ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

FounpDED, 1833.

INCORPORATED BY Royau CHARTER, 1885.

Hon. Hife-President.

Pror. J. O. WESTWOOD, M.A., F.L.S.,

Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1890-91.

resident.

THe Rt. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Vice- 2 residents.

JOSEPH W. DUNNING, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S. og EZ OCs

FREDERICK D. GODMAN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S

Greusurer.

EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.L.S.

Secretaries.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.

THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

Librarian.

FERDINAND GRUT, F.L.S.

Council.

JOSEPH W. DUNNING, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Tor Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., TEI UES.

FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, M.A. F.R.S.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S., &e.

FERDINAND GRUT, F.L.S., &c.

PHILIP BROOKES MASON, M.R.C.S., F.L.S.

Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S.

EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.L.S., &c.

RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S.

IBODINR AY UPS SMMACONMMOING” IORIRisho Tigi iutse

ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.

Tue Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Resident Librarian.

W. E. POOLE.

Assistant Librarian.

Wien EAT:

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1834—1890.

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows

at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1845) ...... Price£4 13 0 £310 0

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) .... SOO 315 0

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) 11 Oe O 410 0

The Transactions for the year 1868........ 0) 70

. op UelWecoooone 12,40

" i" ICV Uswertooe 18 0 2 5 0

; ~ Ivey Als an Saas 1 5 0

x ; UST isedd oon Ie oe W

; 7 IRS GIRS Goode 116 0

: 33 TEV S Goce ae 112 0

; a NS Dyareleretere vere if @ 3 0 0

ra 2 Uy Gan eiocn So 112 0

” ” 1877 .:<;<' 01098 1 ee)

- 1878econe ee re Or0 015 0

. ; 1879s. 6 ante 1 2 0 016 6

~ 1880 see cee 0 19 0 014 38

; iM TSS. t2eicciste 116 0 ee

n 3 TOS erect are 110 0 12:6

i F Tegsee sae c7 0 1160 3

“I 93 1SS4 oe ee actare 1 *S2"0 10

” 9 TS8b aac nrsrc cle P6706 OF195 6

os - TSSG rete aielaiets t76 0 019 6

” 99 TES ioe «cielo t ob16 019 0

9 Fy USBS aes cece I-15, 6 1.63

7 3 odo aan L6G Doe 6

TS9O creme 11970 110 0

Any single volume from 1850 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s Longicornia Malayana .......... 212 0 ne)

Baly’s Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1, Aposta-

GIGI. sc aocdaosoDpoOUECanoIeG00C50e 016 0 012 O

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

ELAIMENOD LE? ha munatakerroletetokeiele steerer alates 0 4 6 03 4

Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’

Pa rtittenysca a cfavavers «/slatelolecstorislelste aueino iets 0 16:50 0 4 6

Newport's ‘ Athalia centifolie’ (Prize Essay) Ona (yt)

The JouRNAL OF PRocEEDINGS is bound up with the Transactions, but

may be obtained separately, by Fellows, gratis; by the Public, price

Sixpence per Sheet (16 pp.).

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are

entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,

and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address,

(aru 4)

CONTENTS.

Explanation of the Plates

List of Fellows ..

Additions to the Eibesy.

MEMOIRS.

. On the South American species of Diabrotica. Part I.

By the late Josurn S. Bary, M.R.C.S., F.L.S., &e.

. Notes on a new genus of Lycenide. By LIoNEL DE NIcE-

VILLE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S8., &e.

. On the phylogenetic significance of the wing-markings in

certain genera of the Nymphalide. By Frepurick A.

Drxry, M.A., M.B., Fellow of Wadham College, and

Demonstrator in the University Museum, Oxford.

. Systematic temperature experiments on some ee

in all their stages. By Frepreric MERRIFIELD, F.E.S.

. The moths of Burma. Part I. By Colonel CHar.es

SwinuoEg, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

. The moths of Burma. Part II. By Colonel CHaries

SwinHor, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

. On new Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. By

Cartes J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S.

. On some moths allied to Himantopterus, with description of

a new species. By Henry J. Euwes, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

. On some aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. ay. Davip

Suarp, M.B., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

. Notes on Lepidoptera from the region of the Straits of

Gibraltar. By James J. Waker, R.N., F.L.S.

. Notes on certain species of Cetoniide of the section Golia-

thides. By Prof. Joun O. nen OoD: M.A., F.L.S., Hon.

Life Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond.

. On the structure of the terminal ae in some male

Hemiptera. By Davip Suarp, M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e..

. On the classification of the aes i the Buropean

fauna. By Epwarp Meyrick, B.A.,

. Additions to the Cicindelide fauna of leds with remarks

on some of the previously-recorded species. Boe HENRY

Wauter Bates, F.R.S., F.L.S., &. .. ;

. A Catalogue of the Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera wdlieded

in the Shan States, with notes on the country and climate.

By NEVILLE ManpERs, M.R.C.S., F.E.S., ee te

Medical Staff. :

PAGE

viii

. Xxili

131

161

201

297

329

339

361

393

399

429

493

511

(wit? |)

PAGE

XVI. Notes on the species of the families Lycide and Lampyridea,

contained in the Imperial Museum of Calcutta, with de-

scriptions of new species, and a list of the species at

present described from India. nh the Rey. Henry S.

Goruam, F.Z.S., F.E.S. we

XVII. On some new species of African diurnal Lepidoptera

Pure Crow ey, F.L.S., F.Z.8S., &e. :

XVIII. A Catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim aanteetea "

Henry J. Elwes and the late Otto Méller. By Prerer

Cat: eee Hon. F.E.S., with notes iy Henry J.

Euwes, F.L.S. ae :

XIX. On a species of Aiden insects Pa the bread-fruit

trees in Ceylon. By Prof. Joun O. Westwoop, M.A.,

F.L.S., &e. 56 ae ; A

XX. Further notes on the synonymy of the genera of Noctuites.

By Arruur G. Buruzr, F.L.8., F.Z.8., &e.

541

551

557

649

653

Proceedings for 1890..

President’s Address ..

Index ..

. xivili

1xi

EXPLANATION

Plates I., II., III.

See pages 89—130

OF THE PLATES.

Plates XII., XIII., & XIV.

See pages 399—428

ny nd Meira fe » XV. See ,, 429—492

See ,, 131—160 » XVI. See ,, 493—510

» VI. See ,, 161—200 » RVI VL

Pe Willer Ville See pages 551—556

See’ 4, :201—296 soe VRE sk RO

pt LX. See ,, 297—328 See pages 557—648

sk te See ,, 329—338 XXI. See ,, 649—652

Sele XL See ,, 393—398

ERRATA.

TRANSACTIONS. °

Page 476, 1. 8, leonalis, Oberth:, dele * and transfer to MNrstxena.

», 489, 1. 4, for Crasrmeris, n. g., read PseLNoPHoRus, Wallgr.

», 516, for Danais liminace read limniace.

», 925, for Kalluna inachus read Kallima inachis.

», 526, for LyBITrHmINa& read LipytHEINa.

» 036, for Leptocircus cureus read curius.

Gn Iga’)

Vist of Fellows

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Date of

HONORARY FELLOWS.

Election.

1875 Burmeister, Hermann Carl Conrad, Buenos Ayres.

1885 Douxkxn, Carl August, Stettin.

1863 Hacen, Hermann August, Cambridge, U.S.A.

1884 Mixer, Fritz, Blumenau, Santa Catarina, Brazil.

1884 OstTEN-SackEN, Baron C. R. von, Heidelberg.

1884 Pacxarp, Alpheus S., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.

1889 Ruxey, Prof. Charles V., Washington, U.S.A.

1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Geneva.

1871. Senys-Lonecuamps, Baron M. E. de, Liege.

1885 SNELLEN, Pieter C. T., Rotterdam.

FELLOWS.

Marked * are Original Members.

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of

Tlection.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 68 St. Ermin’s Mansions,

Caaxton-street, Westminster, 8.W.

1877. Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.

1885 Apxin, Robert, Wellfield, Lingard-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1880 AnpRri, Ed., Member of the Entomological Societies of

France, Berlin, Stettin, &e., 21 Boulevard Brétonmere,

Beaune (Cote @Or), France.

xX LIST OF FELLOWS.

1856 ArmrracE, Ed., R.A., 3 Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

1886 Atmore, E. A., 3 Haylett-terrace, Hxton’s-road, King’s

Lynn, Norfolk.

18838 ArtyE, Robt. Jervoise, Ingow Grange, Stratford-on-Avon.

* +Baprneton, Charles Cardale, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.,

Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge,

5 Brookside, Cambridge.

1885 Baker, George T., F.L.S., 16 Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

1886 Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., Corfe Castle, Dorset.

1890 Barcuay, Francis H., Knott's Green, Leyton, Essex.

1886 Bareacui, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo

Tempi No.1, Florence, Italy.

1887 Barker, H. W., 83 Brayard's-road, Peckham, 8.E.

1884 Barrett, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Department,

Somerset House, W.C.; and 39 Linden Grove, Nunhead,

S.E.

1865 Barron, Stephen, 32 St. Michael's Hill, Bristol.

1861 Bates, Henry Walter, F.R.S., F.L.8., &., 11 Carleton-

road, Tufnell Park, N.

1890 Bazerr, Mrs. Eleanor, Springfield, Reading, Berks.

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, 153 Hither Green Lane, Lewisham, 8.E.

1882 Bere, Carl, Museo Publico, Buenos Ayres.

1886 Brppus, F. W., M.A. Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Beckenham,

Kent. ‘

1880 bicneLi, George Carter, 7 Clarence-place, Stonehouse,

Plymouth.

1879 Bruuurs, T. R.,20 Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham,

S.E.

1889 Buanprorp, Walter F.H., M.A., 48 Wimpole-street, W.

1890 Buarcu, W. G., 214 Green Lane, Smallheath, Birmingham.

1885 Buiatruwayrt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.8., Hagle House, Bath-

easton, Bath.

te BuoMEFIELD, The Rev. Leonard, M.A., F.L.S., &c., 19 Bel-

mont, Bath.

1886 BiLoomriritp, The Rey. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling

Rectory, Hastings.

1875 Borrer, Wm., junr., F.G.8., Pakyns Manor House,

Hurstpierpoint, Sussex.

1876 Boscuer, Edward, Bellevwe House, Twickenham.

1888 Bowsr, B. A., Langley, Hltham Road, Lee, Kent.

LIST OF FELLOWS. x1

1852 | Boyp, Thomas, Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill,

1867

1886

1877

1870

1890

1879

1878

1887

1886

1890

1883

1855

1889

S.E.

Boyp, William Christopher, Cheshunt, Herts.

Bripeman, John B., F.L.S., 40 St. Giles’, Norwich.

Brices, Charles Adolphus, 55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C.

and Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.

Briees, Thos. Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead,

Surrey.

Bristowg, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, 8.E.

Bronentartr, Le Chevalier Charles, Memb. Ento. Soc.

France, and Memb. Geol. Soe. France, Foreign Corr. Geol.

Soc. Lond. &e., 8 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.

Brown, Henry Rowland, B.A., Oxhey Grove, Stanmore,

Middlesex.

Brown, John, 5 King’s Parade, Cambridge.

Bryant, George, 6 Oakley Crescent, Chelsea, S.W.

Bucxton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.8., Weycombe,

Haslemere, Surrey.

Burne, Edward Henry, 32 Bedford-row, W.C.

Burns, Henry, The Free Public Library, Fulham, S.W.

1868 + Burter, Arthur Gardiner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., British Museum,

1883

1886

1885

1860

1880

1889

1890

1886

1890

South Kensington, 8.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road,

Beckenham, Kent.

Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., Windeyer, Ashley-

road, Crouch Hill, N.

CaLvERT, Wm. Bartlett, Colegio Yngles, 13 Calle Nataniel,

Santiago, Chili, South America.

CamEroN, Peter, Olive Mount, Sale, Cheshire.

CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Rose Hill,

Hoddesdon, Herts.

CanviEzE, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.

CanspaLr, W. D., 6 Whittington-terrace, London-road,

Forest Hill, S.E.

Cant, A., care of F, DwCane Godman, Esq., 10 Chandos-

street, Cavendish-square, W.

- CapPpER, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire

and Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near

Lwwerpool.

Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford.

CarpEN, Major-General George, Douglas Lodge, Surbiton,

Surrey.

Xl LIS! OF FELLOWS.

1886 CarmicHaEL, T. D. Gibson, M.A., F.L.S., Chiefswood,

Melrose, N.B.

1868 Carrincton, Charles, Hurst-place, Bexley, Kent.

1890 Carrer, George Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Lume Grove,

Knottingley, Yorkshire.

1889 + Cave, Charles, 18 Lowndes-square, S.W.

1871 Cwampron, G. C., F.Z.S., 11 Calder-Vale-road, Elms Park,

Clapham Common, S.W.

1890 CuHatrerton, F. J. S., 1382 Queen Victoria-street; and 41

Doughty-street, Mecklenburgh-square, W.C.

1889 Curisty, W. M., Watergate, Emsworth, Hants.

1886 + CuarK, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields,

N.E.

1867 Cxrarxe, Alex. Henry, 109 Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.

1886 Cxrarke, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.8., F.G.8., Royal

Herbarium, Kew.

1874 Cock.iE, Capt. George, 9 Bolton-gardens, S.W.

1873 Coxe, William, 7 Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1884 CoLuetrt, E. Pyemont, 19 St. John-street, Manchester.

1880 CopLaNnD, Patrick F., 4% Hope Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1883 CovERDALE, George, 24 Fleming-road, Lorrimore-square,

S.E.

1886 CoweLL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public

Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., 34 Harrington-gardens, South Kensing-

ton, W.

1888 CreGor, J. P., Tredinnick, Bodmin.

1890 Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880 + Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., F.L.S., F.G.8.. Sec. R.M.S.,

5 Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.

1888 Croker, A. J., 156 Terminus-road, South Norwood, S.E.

1883 Crow.ey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Waddon House, Croydon.

1888 Crusu, W., Hlim, Ulwndi-road, Westcombe Park, Black-

heath, S.E.

1873 Daun, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne.

1888 Date, Henry F., F.Z.8., F.R.M.S., Royal Thames Yacht

Club, 2 Savile Row, London, W.

1887 Dautry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.8., Madeley

Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffordshire.

1886 Dannatr, Walter, F.Z.8., luy Dene, Westcombe Park,

Blackheath, 8.E,

1885

1837

1886

1875

1887

1889

1885

1873

1886

1876

1889

1874

1884

1867

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xill

Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.8., 20 Thuwrloe-square,

S.W.

DrvonsHIRE, His Grace The Duke of, K.G., M.A., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., &c., Devonshire House, 78 Piccadilly, W.

Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D.,

Professor of Divinity in the University of Glasgow,

Glasgow.

Distant, Wm. Lucas, Post Office, Pretoria, Transvaal,

South Africa.

Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.B., Fellow of Wadham

College, Wadham College, Oxford; and Friern Lea,

North Finchley, N.

Dosriz, N. F., The New Walk, Beverley, Yorkshire.

Donovan, Charles, junr., M.D., Gurteen, Bandon, Co. Cork.

Doria, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.

Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Grove Park, Warwick.

Doveuas, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 153 Lewisham-

road, Lewisham, 8.H.

Downine, John W., 59 Lupus-street, St. George’s-square,

S.W.

Dowsett, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading.

Druct, Hamilton H. C. J., 43 Circus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.8., 48 Circus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

1849 + Dunnine, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., 12 Old-

1865

1883

1890

1865

1886

1884

1886

1878

1886

square, Lincoln’s Inn, W.C.

D’Ursan, W. 8S. M., F.L.S., Moorlands, Exmouth, Devon.

Durrant, John Hartley-, The Cottage, Merton Hall,

Thetford, Norfolk.

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Hnton Lodge, Witley, Surrey.

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., The Vicarage,

Shepton Montague, Castle Cary, Somersetshire.

Epwarps, James, 131 Rupert-street, Norwich.

Epwarbs, Stanley, F'.Z.8., Kidbrook-lodge, Blackheath, S.E.

E.isHa, George, 122 Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N.

Eis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 159 Howard-place, Skelton,

Stoke-on-Trent.

Ewes, Henry John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vicz-PRESIDENT, Preston

House, Cirencester.

Enock, Frederick, 11 Parolles-road, Upper Holloway, N.

X1V LIST OF FELLOWS.

1890 Farn, Albert Brydges, Mownt Nod, Greenhithe, Kent ;

and Medical Department, Local Government Board,

Whitehall, S.W.

1890 Fenn, Charles, Eversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E.

1886 Frnwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank,

Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

1881 Ferrepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.

1889 Ferrnaxp, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

1878 Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77 St. Helen’s Gardens

N. Kensington, W.

1874 Firou, Edward A., F.L.8., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

1886 Fircu, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park, N.

1865 Fuiercusr, J. E., 26 McIntyre-road, St. John’s, Worcester.

1883 + FLercuErR, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,

Sussex.

1885 Foxknr, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1880 Fow ter, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Secretary, The

School House, Lincoln.

1883 FRrEMAN, Francis Ford, 8 Leigham-terrace, Plymouth.

1888 Fremuin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth,

Maidstone, Kent.

1855 Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill Howse, Dulwich Wood

Park, Norwood, 8.E.

1889 FRyeER, Charles John, Hmscote-road, Warwick.

1884 Furr, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., care of Jos. Anderson, jun.,

Alre Villa, Chichester.

1887 Gauan, Charles J.,M.A., British Museum (Natural History),

South Kensington, 8.W.; and 8 Rylett Crescent,

Shepherd’s Bush, W.

1887 Gatton, Francis, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (President, Anthro-

pological Institute), 42 Rutland Gate, S.W.

1890 GarpneER, John, 6 riars-Gate, Hartlepool.

1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S, F.Z.S.,

VickE-PRESIDENT, South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham,

Sussex; and 10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1890 GoLpTHwalTE, Oliver, 2 Oak Villas, Lea Bridge Road,

Leyton, Essex.

1886 | GoopricH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Aubrey, Lyming-

ton, Hants.

1855 Goruam, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.8., The Chestnuts,

Shirley Warren, Southampton.

1874

1886

1865

1888

1846

1890

1885

1889

1877

1886

1889

1881

1888

LIST OF FELLOWS. XV

Goss, Herbert, F'.L.S., F.G.S., Szcretary, Berrylands,

Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.

GREENE, The Rev. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Apsley-road,

Clifton, Bristol.

GrirritHs, G. C., 43 Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol.

Grut, Ferdinand, F.L.S., Liprartan, 9 Newcomen-street,

Southwark, 8.B.

Hat, A. E., Norbury, Pittsmoor, Sheffield.

Hau, Thomas William, 7 Princess-road, Selhurst, South

Norwood, 8.E.

Hamitton, The Rev. W. A., 1 Dereham-terrace, Truro,

Cornwall.

Harpine, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol.

Harris, John T., Newton-road, Burton-on-Trent.

Harrison, John, 7 Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

Henn, Arnold Umfreville, Heaton Chapel Rectory, near

Stockport.

Henry, George, 38 Wellington-square, Hastings.

Hiaes, Martin Stanger, Mason Science College, Birming-

ham.

1876 + Hituman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1890

1888

1887

1886

Hopaxinson, J. B., Ellerslie, Ashton-on-Ribble, Preston,

Lancashire.

Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., Wordfield, Clive-road,

Penarth, Cardiff.

Hoxiuanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue,

Pittsburg, Penn., United States.

HonratH, Ed. G., 8 Unter den Linden, Berlin.

Horner, A. C., Tonbridge, Kent.

1876 + Horniman, Fredk. John, F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., &e.,

Surrey Mount, Forest Hill, 8.K.

1865 + Hupp, A. E., 94 Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888

Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New

Zealand.

1880 + IncHBaALD, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Grosvenor Terrace, Horn-

sea, Holderness.

XV1 LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Jacoxsy, Martin, 7 Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

1885 + James, Harry Berkeley, F.Z.S., F.R.G.8., Las Salinas,

Valparaiso, Chili; and The Oaks, Woodmansterne, near

Epsom, Surrey.

1848 Janson, Ed. W., 82 Victoria-road, Finsbury Park, N.;

and 35 Little Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Stroud Green, N.; and

35 Little Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4 Haststreet, Lewes.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd.

1889 Jonnson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Winder-terrace, Armagh

Ireland.

1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.I.A., Sloperton

Lodge, Kingstown, Ireland.

1884 Kappet, A. W.,F.L.S.,5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

1876 Karrer, Dr. F., Putbus, Riigen, North Prussia.

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1872 Kaye, Ernest St. G., Jessore, Bengal.

1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.S., 26 Charles-street, St. James, S.W.

1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

1886 Kew, H. Wallis, 5 Giesbach-road, Upper Holloway, N.

1890 Kimpsr, Miss M., Cope Hull, Enborne, Newbury, Berks.

1890 Kine, J. J. F. X., 207 Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.

1861 Kirpy, W. F., F.L.S., 5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

1889 Kuapdtex, Professor Franz, Zoological Department, Royal

Museum, Prague, Bohemia.

1887 + Kunin, Sydney T., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer,

Middlesex Natural History and Science Society), The Red

House, Stanmore, Middlesex.

1876 Kraatz, Dr. G., 28 Link-strasse, Berlin.

1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., R.E., 7 Medina Villas, West Brighton.

1887 + LeEcu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &c.,

29 Hyde Park Gate, S.W.

1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1876 Lewis, George, F'.L.8., 101 Sandgate-road, Folkestone.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XVll

1886 Livett, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.

1875 Livinestonr, Clermont, Hast Lodge, Forest Rise,

Walthamstow, Essex.

1865 + Luewetyn, J. Talbot Dillwyn, M.A., F.L.8., Yuisgerwn,

Neath.

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.

1885 Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road,

Nightingale-lane, Clapham Common.

1850 Lown, W.H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road,

Wimbledon Park, S.W.

1850 + Lussock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.8., F.G.8., &¢., High Elms, Farnborough,

Kent.

1880 Lupton, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-rd., Headingley,

Leeds.

1887 Lynam, R. G., M.B., 20 Magdalen-street, Oxford.

1887 M‘Doucatt, James Thomas, Dwnolly, Morden-road,

Blackheath, S.E.

1851 + M‘Intosu, J.

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., The Old Brewery, Masuri, Western

Himalayas, India.

- 1858 M‘Lacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Westview,

Clarendon-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1887 Manpers, Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., Medical Staff Mess,

Rawal Pindi, India.

1865 Marsuautt, The Rev. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Botusfleming

Rectory, Hatt, Cornwall.

1856 + MarsHatu, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1874 + Mason, Philip Brookes, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Burton-on-Trent.

1887 Matruews, Coryndon, Hrme Wood, Ivybridge, South Devon.

-1865 Matuew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S.,

Lee House, Dovercourt, Essex.

1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Percy Cross,

Fulham-road, S.W.

1872 + Metpota, Prof. Raphael, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.C.S.,

6 Brunswick-square, W.C.

1885 Metviu1, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., &e., Kersal Cottage,

Prestwich, Lancashire.

1887 MerRRIFIELD, Frederic, 24 Vernon-terrace, Brighton.

1888 Meryer-Darcis, George, Endsleigh, Highfield Hill, Upper

Norwood,

XV1ll

1880

1883

1886

1879

1853

1886

LIST OF FELLOWS.

Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Ramsbury, Hungerford,

Berkshire.

Mites, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

Miskin, W. H., Brisbane, Queensland.

Monrterro, Senor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72 Rua

‘do Alecrion, Lisbon.

Moors, Frederic, F.Z.S., A.L.S., Claremont House,

Avenue-road, Croydon-road, Penge, S.B.

Morean, A. C. F., F.L.S., Villa Nova de Gaya, Oporto,

Portugal.

1889 } Mortcr, The Rey. F.D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College,

1889

Oxford, 27 Hillmorton-road, Rugby.

Mostry, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.

1869 + Miuier, Albert, F.R.G.S., 1954 Junkerstrasse, Berne,

Switzerland.

1872 + Murray, Lieut. H.

1886

1889

1887

1878

1890

1882

1886

1878

1869

1877

1883

18758

1.86

Moutcu, J. P., Hornsey-road, N.

Neave, B. W., 95 Queen’s-road, Brownswood Park, N.

NEVINSON, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.8., 6 Tite-street, Chelsea,

S.W.

Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple

Barton, Oxon.

Newman, Thomas P., F.Z.S., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C.; and

Hazelhurst, Haslemere, Surrey.

NewsteEaD, R., The Museum, Chester.

NicéviLue, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Indian Museum ;

and 13 Kyd-street, Calcutta.

NicHouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

Norris, Herbert E., 15 Market Place, Cirencester.

NorripGE, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

OBERTHUR, Charles (fils), Rennes, France.

OBERTHUR, Rene, Rennes, France.

OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., 21 Longridge-

road, Karls Court, S.W.

OLIVIER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

Our, Arthur Sidney, Government Entomologist, Depart-

ment of Agriculture, Macquarie-street, Sydney, N. S.

Wales.

LIST OF FELLOWS. X1X

1878 OrmERop, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.8., Torrington

House, Holywell Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1880 OrmeERop, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell

Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1841 + OwEN, Sir Richard, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., M.D., F.R.S.,

F.L.S. F.G.8., &., Sheen Lodge, Richmond Park, S.W.

1854 Pascor, Francis P., F.L.8., 1 Buwurlington-road, West-

bourne Park, W.

1884 Patron, W. H., Waterbury, Connecticut, U.S.A.

1887 Peers, John Witherington, M.A., Wendover, near Tring,

Herts.

1888 PrENNINGTON, F., jun., Broome Hall, Holmwood, Surrey.

1885 PrERINGUEY, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town,

South Africa.

1879 Prrxkins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-wnder-Edge, Gloucester-

shire.

1887 Puiiips, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter’s

Hill, Kent.

1881 Pim, The Rey. H. Bedford, M.A., 17 Margaret-street, W. ;

and Leaside, Kingswood-road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Heerengracht 476,

Amsterdam.

1885 Poor, W. E., 11 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.8., Greenfield House, Huddersfield.

1884 + Poutton, Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.,

Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.

1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thur-

caston Rectory, Leicester.

1876 PREUDHOMME DE Borne, Alfred , Rue Scuwtin 11, Schaerbeck,

Brussels.

1878 Pricer, David, 48 West-street, Horsham, Sussex.

1886 Raconot, E. L. (Ex-President Ento. Soc. France), 12 Quai

de la Rapeée, Paris.

1882 + RamspENn, Hildebrand, M.A., F'.L.8., 26 Upper Bedford-

place, Russell-square, W.C.

1874 Rexp, Edwyn C., Banos de Cauquenes, Valparaiso, Chili.

1890 RenpLESHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall,

Woodbridge, Suffolk.

1886 Ruopxs, John, F.h.M.S., 860 Blackburn-road, Accrington,

Lancashire.

XX LIST OF FELLOWS.

1853 Rreon, The Most Honourable The Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., &e., 9 Chelsea Hmbankment, 5.W.

1889 Rostnson, Arthur, B.A., Brettanby Manor, Darlington.

1869 + Rosrnson-Dovetas, William Douglas, M.A., MS.,

F.R.G.S., Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.

1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool.

1886 Ross, Arthur J., 5 Royal Exchange Avenue, E.C.

1868 Roruney, G. A. J., 15 Versailles-road, Norwood, 8.H.

1888 Roruscuitp, The Honble. Walter de, 148 Piccadilly,

W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1890 RoutLepes, G. B., 50 Russell-square, W.C.

1865 Rytanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.S., Highfields,

Thelwall, Warrington.

1885 Sapet, Ernest, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lynton House, South

Side, Clapham Common, S.W.

1875 Sait, Auguste, 13 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

1866 + Satviy, Osbert, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., 10 Chandos-

street, Cavendish-sq., W.; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst,

Haslemere.

1886 Satwey, Reginald E., ‘‘ Peace Wold,” Radnor Park-road,

Folkestone.

1885 Sanpars, T. C., 46 Cleveland-square, Hyde Park, W.

1865 + SaunpERs, Edward, F.L.S., TREAsuRER, St. Ann’s, Mount

Hermon, Woking, Surrey.

1861 + SaunpErs, G.S., 20 Dents-rd., Wandsworth Common, 8.W.

1886 Saunpers, Prof.Wm., London, Ontario, Canada (President

of the Entomological Society of Ontario).

1881 Scoxuick, A. J., Albion Lodge, Putney, 8.W.

1886 ScuppER, Samuel H., Cambridge, Mass., United States.

1875 + Seaty, Alfred Forbes, Cochin, South India.

1864 Semper, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10 Newgate-

street, H.C.

1862 Swarr, David, M.B., C.M., Edin., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8.,

Wilmington, Dartford, Kent ; and University Musewm

of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.

1883 Suaw, A. Eland, Wandsworth Dispensary, Wandsworth,

S.W.

1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F'.Z.8., 18 Rutland

Gate, W.

1887 Sicu, Alfred, Burlington Lane, Chiswick, W.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XX1

1887 Sipewicx, A., M.A. (Fellow of Corpus Christi College,

Oxford), 64 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1877 SuaTeR, John Win., 386 Wray-crescent, Tollington Park, N.

1883 Smiru, Frederick W., Hollywood, Lewisham Hill, S.E.

1869 SwmirH, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 136 Harley-street, Cavendish-

square, W.

1885 SmirH, Sidney Philip, 22 Rylett-road, Shepherds Bush, W.

1885 Sour, Richard, 12 Abbey-gardens, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

{ Spence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.

1848 + Stainton, Henry Tibbats, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.8., &c.,

Mountsfield, Lewisham, 8.E.

1889 SranDEN, Richard 8., 67 Harl’s Court-square, South Ken-

sington, W.

1890 Stearns, A. E., 29 Uharleville-road, West Kensington, W.

1862 Stevens, John S., 7 Ravenna-road, Putney, S.W.

1837 Stevens, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper

Norwood, 8.E.

1889 Srraron, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Wilts.

1886 SurraGcE, J. Lyddon, B.A., 76 Regent’s Park-road, N.W.

1882 Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

1884 SwinHor, Colonel Charles, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Avenue House,

Cowley-road, Oxford.

1876 Swinton, A. H., Tudor Villas, Gery-street, Bedford.

1886 THEOBALD, F. V., Chestnut Avenue, Kingston-on-Thames.

1889 THORNEWILL, The Rev. C. F., M.A., Burton-on-Trent.

1859 + Tren, Roiand, F.R.S., F.L.S. (Curator of South African

Museum), Cape Town, Cape Colony.

1886 Tur, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,

S.E.

1869 VaucHan, Howard W. J., Woodford Green, Essex; and

55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C.

1866 VERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

1889 Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taiback, South Wales; and

Trinty College, Cambridge.

XXll “ LIst OF FELLOWS.

1876 WakeEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.

1886 Watxer, Alfred O., F.L.S., Nant Glyn, Colwyn Bay,

Denbighshire.

1870 Waker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun

Mallard, Cricklewood, N.W.

1878 Waker, JAMES J., R.N., F.L.S., 28 Ranelagh-road, Marine

Town, Sheerness.

1863 + Wauuace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.,

Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.

1889 Wat.ey, The Rey. John, Wuhw, China.

1866 + WatstncHAM, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

F.Z.S., &c., PRESIDENT, Haton House, 66a Eaton-square,

S.W.; and Merion Hall, Thetford, Norfolk.

1888 Watton-Lewis, The Rev. R., Kamastone, Queenstown,

Cape Colony.

1886 WarreEN, William, M.A., 3 Kempson-road, Walham Green,

S.W.; and British Musewm, Cromwell-road, 8.W.

1869 WarerHousE, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens,

Acton, W.; and British Museum, Cromwell-road, 8.W.

1845 Werr, John Jenner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Chirbury, Beckenham,

Kent.

1876 | WesterN, E. Young, 27 Craven Hill Gardens, Bays-

water, W.

os Westwoop, John Obadiah, M.A., F.L.S. (Professor of

Zoology in the University of Oxford), Honorary LIFE

PRESIDENT, 67 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1882 Weymer, Gustav, Sadowa-strasse 21a, Hlberfeld, Rhenish

Prussia.

1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,

Norwich.

1868 + WHite, F. Buchanan, M.D., F.L.8., Annat Lodge,

Perth, N.B.

1865 Wuutr, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,

Gloucestershire.

1884. Wuurr, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park,

Sheffield.

1882. Wruiams, W. J., Zoological Society, Hanover-square, W.

1881 Woop, The Rey. Theodore, Merton Cottage, Baldock, Herts

1888 YeERBuRY, Major J. W., R.A., Colombo, Ceylon.

1886 Youna, Morris, Free Museum, Paisley, N.B,

(i SXIDIG@))

ADDTREONS, COs DHE ULB RAR Y

DurInG THE YEAR 1890.

AsrinLE (L’). Journal d’Entomologie, XXV, 1889, redigé par S. A.

de MarsEvt. The Editor.

AviErz (G.). Myrmecologiska Studier. 8vo. Stockholm, 1886.

The Author.

Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales. Vol. I., part 2.

The Director.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History for 1889 and 1890.

Purchased.

AsumEap (Wm. H.). On the Hymenoptera of Colorado. 8vo. Wash-

ington, 1890.

Arxinson (E. T.). Catalogue of the Insecta of the Oriental Region

(Insecta, No. 2). Family Carabide. Calcutta, 1889.

The Author.

Catalogue of the Insecta of the Oriental Region (Insecta, No. 4).

Family Dytiscide. The Author.

Catalogue of the Capside (Insecta, No. 2). Calcutta, 1889.

The Author.

Notes on Indian Economic Entomology. Rhyncota.

The Author.

Avriviuius (C.). Bidrag till kannedomen om vara solitara gettingars.

The Author.

Ofversigt .. . familyen Brachyceride. The Author.

Revisio Microceridarum et Protomantidarum. 4to. Stockholm,

1887. The Author.

Revisio Lepidopterorum Ludovic Ulrice. 4to. Stockholm.

1887. The Author.

Coleoptera och Lepidoptera. The Author.

Bere (Carlos). Enumeratio systematica y Sinonimica de los Formicidos.

The Author.

Bertxau (Dr. Ph.). Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im

Gebiete der Entomologie wiihrend des Jahres, 1889. 8vo.

Berlin, 1890. The Author.

Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, 17 and 18. 1873 and

1874. By Exchange.

Berliner Entomologische Monatsblitter, 1 and 2. 1876 and

1880. By Exchange.

Berliner Entomologische, 25 to 32. By Exchange.

('' isa?)

Borre (A. Preudhomme de). Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique

du Limbourg. Troisiéme Centurie. Bruxelles, 1890.

The Author.

Pourquoi je me suis demis des Fonctions de Conservateur au

Musée Royal @histoire naturelle de Belgique.

The Author.

Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique de Brabant. Quatriéme

Centurie. Bruxelles, 1890. The Author.

Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique de Flandres. 4éme

centurie. Bruxelles, 1890. The Author.

Bronenrart (Charles). Les Entomophthorées et leur application 4 la

destruction des insectes nuisibles. 8vo. Bruxelles, 1890.

The Author.

Coup d’eil rapide sur la faune entomologique des terrains

paleozoiques. Bruxelles, 1890. The Author.

Les Blattes de ’époque houillére. Bruxelles, 1890.

The Author.

Bucxton (G. Bowdler). Monograph of the British Cicade or Tettigiide.

Parts 1 to 4. The Author.

Cameron (P.). Monograph of British Phytophagous Hymenoptera (Ray

Society). Vol. III. J. W. Dunning.

Canadian Entomologist (The). Vol. XXI., No. 12, and Vol. XXIL.,

Nos. 1 to 11. The Editor.

Canvize (E.). Elaterides nouveaux. 4éme fascicule. The Author.

Casry (Thos. L.). Coleopterological Notes. I. With an Appendix on

the Termitophilous Staphylinide of Panama.

The Author.

Cuervrevt (Michel Eugéne). Obituary Notice by C. Broaniarv.

The Author.

CuaRkE (C. Purdon). Is the preservation of the Industrial Arts of India

possible ? The Author.

Curz (Antonio). Saggio di un Catalogo dei Lepidotteri d'Italia.

Firenze, 1889. The Author.

Distant (W. Lucas). A Monograph of Oriental Cicadide. Parts 1 to 3.

Calcutta, 1889—90. Trustees of Museum.

Epwarps (Henry). Biographical Catalogue of the described Trans-

formations of North American Lepidoptera.

The Author.

Euuts (J. W.). The Lepidoptera of Lancashire and Cheshire.

The Author.

Entomological News. Vol. I., Nos. 1 to 6. Philadelphia, 1890.

The Editor.

Entomologist (The). 8vo. London, 1890. T. P. Newman.

Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 8vo. London, 1890.

The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record (The) and Journal of Variation. Vol. L.,

Nos. 1 to 5. The Editor,

¢ xxv)

GasPERINI (Ricardo). Notizie della Fauna Imenotterologa.

The Author.

Grote (A. Robinson), Revised Check List of the North-American

Noctuide. The Author.

Hacen (H.). Unsere gegenwartige Kentniss der Ephimeriden. 1889.

R. M‘Lachlan.

Has (Bernhard). Barbatistes glabricauda och B. punctatissima. 1887.

The Author.

Hansen (Dr. H. J.). Gamle og nye hovedmomenter til Cicadariernes

systematik, The Author.

Hensuaw (Samuel). Bibliography of the more important Contributions

to American Economic Entomology. The Author.

Howarp (L. O.). The Hymenopterous Parasites of North-American

Butterflies. 4to. Cambridge (Mass.), 1889. The Author.

Annotated Catalogue of the Insects collected in 1887 and 1888.

Washington. The Author.

Huust (George D.). The Epipaschiine of N.America. 8vo. Brooklyn.

1889, The Author.

The Phycitide of N. America. The Author.

Insect Life. By C. V. Rmey and L. O. Howarp. Vol. I., Nos. 7 to 12,

Vol. III., Nos. 1 to 3. Department of Entomology.

Kirsy (W. F.). On the employment of Names proposed for Genera of

Orthoptera previous to 1840. [Proc. R. Dublin Soc. }

The Author.

Krrscu (Theodor). Nekrolog (mit portrait). The Publishers.

Kosexe (Albert). Report of a Trip to Australia under the direction of

the Entomologist to investigate the natural enemies of the

Fluted Scale. Washington, 1890.

The Department of Agriculture.

Lewis (R. T.). Note on the male of Icerya Purchasi from Natal.

The Author.

Notes on the larval Forms of Orionia and Icerya.

The Author.

Lintner (J. A.). Fifth Report of the Injurious and other Insects of the

State of New York. Albany, 1889. The Author.

Lowne (B. Thompson). Anatomy, Physiology, Morphology and Deve-

lopment of the Blow-fly (Calliphora erythrocephala).

Part I. 8vo. London, 1890. Purchased.

McCoy (Frederick). Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria. Decades

19 and 20. The Government of Victoria,

Masxeui (W. M.). An account of the Insects noxious to Agriculture

and Plants in New Zealand. The Scale Insects (Coccide).

23 Plates. Wellington, 1887. The Author.

Further Notes on Coccidw, with descriptions of new species

from Australia, Fiji, and New Zealand. The Author.

Motony (Sir Alfred). Notes on the Butterflies and Moths of Yoruba.

The Author.

(, Xxy¥i )

Nature. Nos. 1049 to 1100. London, 1890. The Publishers.

Neat (J. C., M.D.).. The Root-knot disease of the Peach, Orange, and

other Plants in Florida, due to the work of Anguillula.

8vo. Washington, 1889. The Author.

NicevinieE (Lionel de). On new and little-known Butterflies from the

Indian Region. 8vo. 1889. The Author.

Ormerop (Eleanor A.). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects

during 1889. The Authoress.

Manual of Injurious Insects, with methods of prevention.

2nd edition. 8yo. 1890. The Authoress.

Pacxarp (A. 8.). Life-history of Drepana arcuata. The Author.

The partial Life-history of Pseudohazis eglanterina, with

Remarks on the larve of allied genera. The Author.

Prerers (M. C.). Observations sur des Vols de Lépidoptéres aux Indes

Orientales Neerlandaises. The Author.

Puateau (Felix). Les Myriapodes marines. The Author.

Riney (Charles V.). Reports of Observations and Experiments, under

the direction of the Entomologist. 8vo. Washington,

1890. The Author.

Ritey (Charles V.) and S. O. Howarp. The Horn-fly. Washington,

1887 and 1888. The Author.

Saunpers (Edward). Catalogue of British Hymenoptera (Aculeata).

The Author.

SaunpErs (Edward) and James Epwarps. Catalogue of British Homo-

ptera and Heteroptera. The Authors.

ScuiupE (Johannes). Schach den Darwinismus! Studien eines Lepi-

dopterologen. 8vo. Berlin, 1890.

Entomologische Verein in Berlin.

Scnwernrurtu (Dr. G.) Sur certains Rapports entre l’Arabie heureuse

et l’Ancienne Egypte resultant de son dernier yoyage au

Yémen. 8vo. Genéve, 1890. The Author.

Scupper (S. H.) Classified List of Food-plants of American Butterflies,

Lhe Author.

The work of a Decade upon Fossil Insects. The Author.

The Fossil Butterflies of Florissant. The Author.

Mimicry and Protective resemblance. The Author.

Physiognomy of the American Tertiary Hemiptera.

The Author.

Fossil Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada.

The Author.

Sacra (John B.). Contribution towards a Monograph of the Insects of

the Lepidopterous Family Noctuids of temperate North

America. Meyvyision of the Species of the Genus Agrotis.

1890. The Author,

( xxvi )

Societies (Transactions of Scientific) :—

ADELAIDE. ‘Transactions and Proceedings and Report of the Royal

Society of South Australia. Vols. XII. and XIII., part 1.

1888 to 1890. The Society.

Bern. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift. Jahrg. XIX. to

XXXII. 8vo. Berlin, 1875 to 1889. By Exchange.

Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. Jahrg. XVII. and XVIII.

Monatsblatter, 1876 and 1880. Jahrg. XXV. to XXXIII.

8vo. Berlin, 1881 to 1889. By Exchange.

Catatalog der Coleopteren von Siberien von Lucas v. Heyden

(Beiheft. Berlin Ent. Zeitsch.). The Society.

Bompay. Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society. Edited

by H. M. Phipson. Vol. IV., nos. 3 and 4. Vol. V., no. 1.

The Society.

Bostoy. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History.

Vol. XXIV., parts land 2. 8vo. 1889. The Society.

Brooxiyn. HKntomologica Americana. Vol. V., 10 to 12. Vol. VI.,

1 to 11. Brooklyn Society.

Briinn. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Vereines in Briinn.

XXVII. Band. 1838. The Society.

Brussets. Annales Société Entomologique Belgique. 1889.

The Society.

Buckuurst Hinu. The Essex Naturalist, being the Journal of the

Essex Field Club. Edited by William Cole. Vol. IIL.,

nos. 7 to 12. Vol. IV., nos. 1 to 3. The Editor.

Buenos Arres. Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires.

Dr. Burmeister.

Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias in Cordoba.

Tomo X., eutrega 3, 1888. Tomo XI., eutrega 3, 1888.

Dr. Burmeister.

Carn. Bulletin de Normandie.

CamBrivcGE (Mass.). Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum

of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. 8vo. Cam-

bridge. Trustees of Museum.

Conumsus, Onto. Bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural Experiment

Station. Vol. II.,no. 6. S8vo. 1890.

Fiorence. Bulletino della Societa Entomologica Italiana. XXI.,

1to4; XXII., 1 and 2.

FRANKFORT-ON-THE-MatneE. Bericht iiber die Senkenbergische natur-

forschende Gesellschaft. 1889. The Society.

Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senckenbergische natur-

forschenden Gesellschaft. Band XVI., Heft 1. 4to. 1890.

The Society.

Bericht tiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im gebiete der

Entomologie wahrend des Jahres. 1889. Purchased.

GrnrvA. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle

de Genéve. Tome XXX., 2nd partie. 1889 to 1890.

The Society.

Genoa. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturali di Genova.

Vols. VII. to IX. (XXVII. to XXIX.). The Museum.

Guascow. Proceedings and Transactions of the Natural History of

Glasgow. II. (n.s.), part 2; III., part 1, The Society.

(. xxvii)

Societies (Transactions of Scientific) :—

Hacur. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. XXII. Deel, 3 and 4

Aflevering ; XXIII. Deel, 1 and 2 Aflevering.

The Netherlands Society.

Haurrax. Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Insti-

tute of Natural Science. Vol. VIL., part 3.

The Institute.

Lonpon. Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 284 to 294.

The Society.

Journal of the Linnean Society (Zoology). Vol. XX., nos. 123

to 125. Vol. XXIII., nos. 141 to 146. The Society.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. November,

1887 to 1888, The Society.

Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society

of London. 1889, part 4; 1890, parts 1 to 3.

The Society.

Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England. 3rd

Series, nos. 1 to 3; and General Index to 2nd Series.

Exchange.

Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society. 1889, parts 6 and

6a; 1890, parts 1 to 5. The Society.

Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club. Series 2. Vol. IV.,

nos. 26 and 27. The Club.

The Naturalist ; a Journal of the Natural History of the North

of England for the year 1890. The Editors.

Transactions of the County of Middlesex Natural History and

Science Society for 1888 and 1889. 8vo. London, 1889.

The Society.

Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de

Moscou. 1889, nos. 2 to 4; 1890, no.1. The Society.

Paris. Annales de la Societé Entomologique de France. 1889.

The Society.

PuHinapELPHIA. Transactions of the American Entomological

Society. Vol. XVI., no. 4; XVII., nos. 1 and 2. 1889 and

1890. The Society.

Sr. Perzrssurc. Hore Societatis Entomologicw Rossice. T. XXIII.

1889. The Society.

San Francrsco. Proceedings of the Californian Academy of Science.

TI. 1889. The Academy.

ScHAFFHAUSEN. Mittheilungen der Schweizerichen Entomologischen

Gesellschaft. Vol. VIII. Heft, no. 4. 1890.

The Society.

Strerrin. Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung. 50 Jahrg., nos. 7

to 12. 51 Jahrg., nos. 1 to 6. The Society.

Srockuoum. Bihang till Kong]. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar.

The Academy.

Sypney. Records of the Australian Museum. Edited by E. P.

Ramsay, LL.D. Vol. I., nos. 1 and 2. 1890.

The Museum.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales.

2nd Series, Vol, IV., parts 2 to 4, Vol. V., part 1.

Lhe Society.

() -Xxx1se ¢)

Societies (Transactions of Scientific) :—

TopreKa (Kansas). Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science.

Vol. XI. 1887 and 1888. The Academy.

Toronto. The Twentieth Annual Report of the Entomological

Society of Ontario. 1889. The Society.

Tovnovuse. Bulletin de la Société histoire naturelle de Toulouse.

23 année. Janvier a Juin. The Society.

Vienna. Verhandlungen z. b. Gesel. in Wien. XI. Band, 1 and 2

Quartal. The Society.

Wasuineaton. Proceedings of the United States National Museum.

Vols. X. and XI. The Smithsonian Institution.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington.

Vol. I., no. 4. 1890. The Society.

WatrorpD AND Hertrorp. Transactions of the Hertfordshire

Natural History Society. Vol. V., parts 6 to 8.

The Society.

We uineton (N. Z.). Transactions and Proceedings of the New

Zealand Institute. Vol. XXII. The Society.

WEeERNIGERODE (Saxony). Schriften der Naturwissenschaftlichen

Verein des Hartzes. IV. Band. 1889. The Society.

SoviE (Caroline G.) and Ipa M. Exior. Notes on the early stages of

Heterocera. The Authoresses.

StopeL (Alfons). Lepidopteren gesammelt auf einer Reise durch

Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Brasilien, Argentinen und

Bolivien. Purchased.

Tompson (Isaac C.). Types of Metamorphosis in the Development of

the Crustacea, being the Presidential Address for 1890 to

the Liverpool Microscopical Society. The Society.

THoRELL (T.). Ona Silurian Scorpion from Gotland. 4to0. Stockholm,

1885. The Author.

Tryon (Henry). Report on Insect and Fungus Pests. No. 1. 8vo.

Brisbane (Queensland), 1889. The Author.

Wanker (Rev. Francis A.). The Botany and Entomology of Iceland.

; The Author.

WateruHovseE (Charles O.). Aid to the Identification of Insects. No. 31.

The Author.

Westwoop (J. O.). Revisio Insectorum Familie Mantodarum speciebus

novis aut minus cognitis. Fo. 1889. The Author.

Woop-Mason (J.). .Description of a new Genus and Species (Paryme-

nopus Davisoni) from the Oriental Regions.

The Author. '

Monograph of Phyllothelis, a Genus of Mantodea peculiar to

the Oriental Region. The Author.

The Ethiopian and Oriental Representatives of the Mantodea,

subfamily Vatide. The Author.

Zoological Record for 1888. Purchased.

Zoologist (The). 8vo. London, 1890, T. P. Newman.

‘2 Tinie si OAR WA Py Hote ts di ‘ a) ath att bpraul ivan ay (ART /

E ’

, . a, © |) (hen

‘ i's vy ot

‘ “ 7 «

i ‘i . uv

’ : : a

: }

cy a = *

' a i y hd - ‘

7 . +o em DDT cring TT

wariotn't Tope vexhlinn re aro 7! well hy Puch ance ee ae

Ve WAY Nw Lis F hon ae 2 :

tani iiienaantt onl, vs bona TAA, aa Uae

see ey yk ATLA hy lieth Ya og

Roupore kale Bs leat) nee OPcs) | Tf vf ete al ai Lana wane i

Tah wd eas NEF atte 8 edie he -

Wianll ne : Has f .

“(tet <i} fy (ace ih aa pe Lretaly ut i We afrelyaers 7 foun eae?

eth ALWoh te pire ay ot , Ez set at? ino

rai feQl 9, ys toni Ae Maa a a a

d cuaeald Aer sider day A

weitiy lume atk Foo .1iesmani inant wy’ Aurel!

« #010 nn. Cateye aOR ga me,

«| i Tole hve - i = 4

yupts ot aa ribo: “4 als A \ He Me ti AY iB) REE ey ae

Areiratee us fe eS a %

135 vei a8 ¢ at wil Cay ‘yi! ; (ithe Re oraA) ruGs i Fal Ue typ.

M\) eee FO pol V0” aap aiate

Yo rarhin yee alremy ehlon. sonal Sige Sek ice ee civil

ery ite tid cas Sh ax ona)

ytnoh cat’ rom. We | ane aTgnth * HOTS SRi pT awunr ‘arouse .

Dio Lek ye onal > artelie aeiignnt vntdoe's (a it oar

a <—ty eu Kone 1 ; 2 ‘ LY winrar 2 ‘

Ph barista hEL at? ur lea) 1, Aa On ares

(MAST Leta ITA. Ludi te duly AIP beg ielind any : oh

Kae Th i\ roe le = | list ae a lipat realt ar? : : eA \

at qed naa eA inst Sith “10 eal Ae “fl }4 ait AM Ay nia ib mepgnaley

falahoot “Seb. boat Oud hahaa eee hte an ;

ity hort. mesh. no qu hires ogprl tay daggual 4g + 1%) aon

ce gs. RS . ZEAL AD nalaieanpy ouaretett= 7 —_

fis nb th confoereedlt Beta printed ahh (Ch nisetete aa ‘Fe aes

o\ a * : - i - ‘gy +

aati; GU Rece mri ae elo! ct alse aaa

’ joie), : ie : tr

he were, rere: hi ‘ira tl) pat usb, a, corie! ofehintl MOI, t" - ,

Weinert; GP UN eed ict AYE Age ils “y j

re et

AWEMR SY (ity ft gay syra waitia aa Haha athe fs Apel +

nk tea Va T {its thea ry +13, Pao ii a pe Te

. ose aie 4 a > Ee

suite Oe -Lriol alien

pphoh tal: apd td Nay IAS ay f salt faint) Bee bina age re

Sia ot ; hay ‘Yisegtdenee nh eee

sot i

) | ve

Alva ee | SRE rena

stonenave AY ; (bE nobada “ahi ga

& SAG, / Mi Paes

cee a 7 rt

" oe *

= »' 7. = , Oy ih

THE

TRANSACTIONS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For THE YEAR 1890.

I, On the South American species of Diabrotica. Part I.

By Josnry S. Baty, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., &e.

[Read July 3rd, 1889.]

In the present paper I have brought together all the

South American species of the genus Diabrotica known

to me, describing all those which appeared to be new,

and re-characterising those which from the original

brief and imperfect diagnoses required to be more fully

defined. Since the publication of my papers on the

Columbian Diabrotice I have received great numbers

both of specimens and species from various parts of the

South American continent; my knowledge of the limits

of the various specific forms has thus been greatly

extended, and I have been compelled to sink a certain

number hitherto considered distinct into varieties of

other earlier described species. In this paper the genus

is divided into groups and sub-groups, which will, I

trust, greatly facilitate the work of the student. I must

beg to thank Messrs. Kirsch, Meyer, P. de Borre, Fry,

Jacoby, Duvivier, Donckier de Donceel, Staudinger and

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1890.—PART I, (APRIL.) B

2 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

others, who have kindly placed their types and collections

in my hands for examination and description.

JosEPH §. Baty.

Warwick, July, 1889.

TABLE.

Section I. Fourth joint of antenne as long as or longer than

the second and third united.

A. Elytra black, piceous or metallic-green or blue, with one or more dis-

coidal spots, a medial fascia and the outer margin white,

flavous or prasinous (one or other of these markings some-

times obsolete).

a. Elytra not longitudinally grooved or plicate below the humeral

callus.

b. Each elytron with five discoidal spots, two subbasal, two medial

(this pair sometimes confluent) and one subapical.

Spec. 1, 2.

bb. Elytra each with the apex, the lateral margin and a medial

fascia flavous.

Spec. 3.

bbb. Elytra each with two subbasal spots, a medial fascia and an

apical or subapical patch, white or yellowish white.

c. Abdomen entirely flavous.

Spec. 4—7.

ec. Apex of abdomen piceous or black.

Spec. 8—12.

bbbb. Hach elytron with the outer limb and two spots placed

longitudinally on the disk, white or flavous.

Spec. 13.

bbbbb. Elytra each with the outer limb, a medial fascia and a sub-

basal spot (this last sometimes obsolete), flayous.

Spec. 14—16.

bbbbbb. Elytra with the lateral margin, the apex and a medial

fascia, flavous ; antenne pectinate in the g.

Spec. 17.

aa. Elytra more or less distinctly longitudinally grooved or plicate

below the humeral callus.

b. Elytra each with five white spots, placed 2, 2, 1 on the disk.

Spec. 18.

bb. Hach elytron with the outer border, the apex, a medial fascia

and one or two subbasal spots, yellowish white or prasinous.

Spec. 19—24.

bbb. Elytra cyaneous, the outer limb and a post-medial fascia

flavous.

Spec. 25.

bbbb. Each elytron with the outer limb and four spots or patches

placed longitudinally on the disk and sometimes confluent,

flavous or yellowish green.

Spec. 26.

B. Elytra cyaneous, the outer limb flavous, disk rugose.

Spec. 27.

C. Elytra black, each with a broad discoidal vitta and in some species a

subapical spot, testaceous or white,

Spec. 28—31,

South American species of Diabrotica. 3

. Elytra black, with linear or irregular flavous markings.

Spec. 32, 33.

— 49, var.

. Elytra flavous, each with the suture at the base and several irregular

discoidal markings, one humeral, one medial and one or

two post-medial, piceous or black.

Spec. 34—87.

. Elytra flavous, with irregular black markings, placed without order

on the disk and frequently confluent.

a. Black markings scattered over the whole surface, the hinder disk

sometimes excepted.

Spec. 388—40.

— 9 and 33 vars.

aa. Black markings post-medial.

Spec. 1, 2 vars.

. Elytra prasinous or flavous, with small black spots placed trans-

versely in pairs; these spots sometimes confluent and

forming linear fascie.

Spec. 41—47.

. Elytra rufo-testaceous, the outer limb, dilated at the apex, flayous,

the suture at the base and a humeral spot black.

Spec. 48.

. Elytra flavous, each with two annuli (often interrupted), one basal,

the other post-medial, black or cyaneous.

Spec. 49—53.

. Elytra flavous or prasinous, the base to a greater or less extent,

together with one or two patches or transverse bands, black

or cyaneous.

a. Each elytron with two transverse bands, one before the other

behind the middle, black.

Spec. 54.

aa. Elytra with a single post-medial fascia, usually abbreviated at

the suture, black or cyaneous.

Spec. 55—63.

. Elytra flavous or prasinous, each with two short basal spots or wedge-

shaped vitte#, the inner one common, together with a post-

medial patch or fascia black.

Spec. 64—66.

. Elytra prasinous, variegated with flavous; this latter colour in some

species forms regular spots or patches, in others its limits

are ill-defined, it becoming gradually lost in the ground

colour of the disk; occasionally it covers nearly the entire

surface.

a. Antenne thickened in the $.

Sp. 67, 68.

aa. Antenne filiform in both sexes.

b. Elytra with black or piceous markings, which often nearly conceal

the flavous spots.

Spec. 69—72.

— 13, var. B.

bb. Black or piceous markings on elytra obsolete, the flavous spots

sometimes stained or margined with rufo-testaceous.

c. Elytra not grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.

Spec. 73, 74.

4 Mr. Joseph §. Baly on the

cc. Elytra more or less distinctly grooved or plicate below the

humeral callus.

Spec. 75—79.

M. Elytra prasinous, broadly rufous at the base, a post-medial fascia

flavous.

Spec. 80.

N. Elytra prasinous, a broad discoidal vitta rufo-piceous.

Spec. 26 var.

O. Elytra flavous, rarely prasinous, each with twe black or cyaneous

vitte, which extend downwards from the base to a greater

or less extent towards the apex; hinder disk with black or

cyaneous spots or vittule (sometimes obsolete).

a. Elytral vitta not extending below the medial third of the disk.

b. Inner basal vitta subsutural ; each elytron with two black markings,

placed transversely on the hinder disk.

Spec. 81.

bb. Inner basal vitta sutural, common.

c. Apical border of elytron nigro-piceous.

Spec. 82.

cc. Apical margin of elytron concolorous with the disk.

d. Each elytron with three black spots, placed in a triangle just

before its apex.

Spec. 83.

dd. Each elytron with two black spots or vitte, placed transversely

on the hinder disk.

Spec. 84—89.

ddd. Inner post-medial spot on elytron obsolete.

Spec. 90—93.

dddd. Both post-medial markings obsolete.

Spec. 94—98.

aa. Sublateral vitta extending below the middle third of the elytron,

but not reaching the apex; it is sometimes interrupted

below its middle.

b. Each elytron with a discoidal vitta, broadly abbreviated at base

and apex.

Spec. 99—102.

bb. Each elytron with a short post-medial black or piceous spot,

placed between the sublateral vitta and the suture.

Spec. 103—108.

— 13, var. D.

bbb. Post-medial elytral spot obsolete.

c. Sutural vitta entire.

Spec. 109—112.

ec. Sutural vitta not reaching the apical angle.

Spec. 113—121.

— 9—13, 107, 108 vars.

aaa. Sublateral vitta on elytron entire.

Spec. 122, 123.

P. Elytra flavous, each with a sutural line, a submarginal vitta abbre-

viated near the apex, and two linear fascix, black.

Spec. 124.

Q. Outer limb of elytra a different shade or colour to that of the disk,

a. Elytra green, the outer limb rufous,

Spec. 125,

South American species of Diabrotica. 5

aa. Elytra rufous or flavous, the outer limb green.

b. Elytra not grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.

Sp. 126, 127.

bb. Elytra grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.

Spec. 128.

aaa. Elytra flavous or fulvous, the entire limb (the sutural one some-

times excepted) black or piceous.

b. Elytra not grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.

Spec. 129, 130.

bb. Elytra grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.

Spec. 131—133.

aaaa. Elytra olivaceous, the outer margin, dilated at the apex,

greenish yellow.

Spec. 134.

aaaaa. Elytra prasinous, the entire limb white.

Spec. 135.

R. Elytra flayous, a short sutural line at the base black.

Spec. 136.

S. Elytra pale flayous, a broad ill-defined medial fascia pale green.

Spec. 137.

T. Elytra fulvous or flavous, immaculate.

a. Elytra not grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.

b. Elytra transversely impressed across the middle.

Spec. 138.

bb. Transverse impression on elytra obsolete.

Spec. 139—145.

aa. Elytra grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.

b. Elytra transversely impressed across the middle.

Spec. 146.

bb. Transverse impression on elytra obsolete.

Spec. 147—153.

U. Elytra prasinous or olivaceous, immaculate.

a. Thorax rufous.

Spec. 154.

aa. Thorax concolorous with the elytra.

Spec. 155—158.

— 41, 64, and 73 vars.

V. Breast densely clothed on the sides with golden hairs; elytra rugose,

rufous, the outer limb and apex sometimes narrowly edged

with black.

Spec. 159, 160.

Spec. 1. Diabrotica regalis, Baly.

Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1859, p. 270; Journ.

Lin. Soc., xix., p. 213; Jac., Biol. Cent. Amer., Cole-

optera, vol. vi., pt. 1, p. 502, tab. xxviil., fig. 18.

Var. A. Elytris a basi ad longe pone medium fulvis. Long.

4—65 lin.

Hab. Colombia; Cayenne, type and var. A; also

6 . Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

Central America, Guatemala. My collection, that of

the Belgian Museum and Mr. Jacoby.

The broader and more regularly oval form separates

this species from any other belonging to the present

group.

Spec. 2. Diabrotica consentanea, Baly.

Lin. Soc. Journ., xix., p. 214.

Hab. Colombia; also the Upper Amazons and Eeuador.

Var. A. My collection.

This insect nearly equals D. regalis in size, but is

narrower and more elongate. In my former paper I drew

up my diagnosis on a specimen in which the two medial

spots on the elytron were confluent, forming a transverse

band. I have since received other specimens in which

the band is divided into two distinct spots, as in D.

regalis ; this is doubtless the normal coloration of the

species.

Spec. 8. Diabrotica gratiosa, Baly.

lin. Soc. Journ:, xix, p. 215; Jac. PBicl rire

p. 504, tab. xxviil., fig. 22.

Hab. Colombia, Cauca; also Central America,

Nicaragua. Coll. Baly (type) and Jacoby.

D. gratiosa closely resembles elegantula; the thorax

in the present species is convex, the deep fovea on

either side being replaced by a small puncture, only

visible when viewed sideways under a lens. It is also

separated by the rounded, not plicate, sides of the

elytra.

Spec. 4. Diabrotica Lacordairet, Kirsch.

Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1883, p. 199.

Diabrotica morosa, Jacoby, Biol. C. Amer., pt. vi.,

p. 503, plo xxvii, tie. 19)

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-albida aut flava, nitida,

pedibus femoribus, ad basin exceptis, pectore, scutello capiteque

nigris, antennarum articulis tribus ultimis, ultimi apice excepto,

albidis ; thorace convexo, levi; elytris tenuiter punctatis, nigris,

utroque maculis subbasalibus duabus, transversim positis, fascia

lata vix pone medium, utrinque abbreviata, maculaque subapicali,

albidis aut pallide flavis.

South American species of Diabrotica. 7

Mas. Antennis corpore longioribus, articulis secundo et tertio

brevissimis, quarto ad decimum leviter compressis, intus paullo

dilatatis ; articulo decimo toto nigro.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus, filiformibus.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Colombia, Bogota; Panama (Champion) ; Upper

Amazons (Garfell). Dresden Museum (type) ; also coll.

Baly and Jacoby.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a distinct

longitudinal ridge; antenne longer than the body in the ¢, the

second-and third joints very short, the second moniliform, the third

turbinate, distinctly shorter than the preceding one, the fourth as

long as the basal three united and together with the four following

joints, which are each nearly equal in length, more or less dis-

tinctly compressed and slightly dilated on their inner edge;

antenne in the 9 shorter than the body, slender, filiform, the

second and third joints rather longer than in the other sex, the

third being slightly the longer of the two; black, the three outer

joints, the apex of the eleventh excepted, yellowish white. Thorax

one-third broader than long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate

from the base to beyond the middle, thence slightly rounded and

obliquely converging towards the apex; upper surface convex,

shining, impunctate. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly ;

upper surface convex, finely punctured, jet-black, each elytron

with three round spots or patches (two half-way between the basal

margin and the middle, the inner one large, the outer one smaller

and placed close to the lateral margin, the third subapical), and a

transverse band just below the middle, abbreviated at either end,

white or yellowish white. Legs almost entirely black.

The entirely black legs in both sexes and compressed

joints of the antennez in the male, render this species

easy to be recognised. Diabrotica fraterna, mihi, with

which Mr. Jacoby has confounded this species, is much

narrower and quite distinct.

Spec. 5. Diabrotica guttifera.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 251.

Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, flava, nitida, pectore,

tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis basi sordide piceis,

apice albidis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris subcrebre subfortiter

punctatis ; nigris, utroque limbo laterali, postice late abbreviato,

maculis duabus infra basin, oblique transversim positis, una sub-

8 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

apicali fasciaque prope medium, utrinque abbreviata, albidis aut

flavo-albidis.

Var. A. Elytrorum limbo laterali toto nigro, macula sub-

basali externa obsoleta.

Mas. Antennis corpore longioribus; abdominis segmento anali

apice leviter sinuato, disco transversim convexo.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus.

Long. 3—4 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head slightly longer than broad in the g, as broad as long in

the 2, triangular ; clypeus with an ill-defined longitudinal ridge ;

antenne filiform, rather longer than the body in the ¢\, two-thirds

its length in the 9; the second and third joints short, nearly equal

in length in the 3, the third distinctly longer than the second in

the other sex; black, the three lower joints piceous, the three

upper ones, the outer half of the apical one excepted, yellowish

white. Thorax one-half broader than long; sides nearly parallel

and sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded

and obliquely converging towards the apex; anterior angles

thickened, obliquely truncate, the hinder ones subacute; disk

smooth, convex. Elytra oblong-ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly,

their apices conjointly regularly rounded; above convex, distinctly

punctured, the punctures finer below the middle.

Distinctly separated from the preceding species by the

narrower form in both sexes, and by, the filiform antenne

and sinuate apex of abdomen in the male.

Spec. 6. Diabrotica alboplagiata, Jac.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava aut flavo-

fulva, nitida, tibiis, tarsis, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, anten-

narum articulis ultimis tribus, ultimi apice excepto, albidis;

thorace convexo, levi; elytris sat crebre punctatis; nigris, utro-

que limbo externo, pustulis duabus infra basin, interna magna,

rotundata, externa parva, ad limbum adfixa, fascia vix infra

medium curvata, utrinque abbreviata, pustulaque ante apicem,

rotundata, flavo-albidis aut albidis.

Var. A. Elytrorum limbo albido externo obsoleto. Diabrotica

alboplagiata, Jac., Cist. Ent., iii., p. 47.

Var. B. Elytrorum maculis inter se plus minusve conflu-

entibus.

Mas. Antennis corpore longioribus; abdominis segmento anali

leviter emarginato, disci medio concavo.

Lozg. 3}—4 lin.

South American species of Diabrotica. 9

Hab. Amazons (Bates) ; Upper Amazons (Staudinger) ;

var. B, Cayenne. Coll. Jacoby (type) and Baly.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a distinct

longitudinal ridge ; antenne slender, filiform, the second and third

joints very short, nearly equal, the fourth much longer than the

preceding two united, the three upper joints (the apex of the

terminal one excepted) yellowish white, the three or four lower

ones in some specimens piceous. Thorax more than one-half

broader than long ; sides faintly diverging and slightly sinuate from

the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging

towards the apex, the anterior angles obtuse, the hinder ones sub-

acute; disk transversely convex, smooth, impunctate. Hlytra

oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, regularly rounded at the apices ;

convex, sometimes faintly impressed below the basilar space,

rather closely and distinctly punctured.

The present and preceding species are very closely

allied and possibly may prove to be local forms of the

same insect ; for the present, however, I think it right

to consider them distinct.

Spec. 7. Diabrotica testaceicollis.

Oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ante apicem albidis,

basi picea; thorace convexo, rufo-testaceo, elytris tenuiter punc-

tatis, nitidissimis, nigris, utroque maculis parvis tribus, duabus

ante medium una ante apicem, lineaque transversa vix pone

medium posita, utrinque abbreviata, albidis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates); Peru. My collection.

Antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second

joint short, the third slightly longer, the fourth more than equal in

length to the preceding two united; black, the four lower joints

piceous, the ninth, tenth, and the lower half of the eleventh, white.

Thorax nearly one-fourth broader than long; sides slightly sinuate

and nearly parallel from the base to the middle, thence obliquely

converging towards the apex; convex, nitidous, impressed just in

front of the basal margin with a shallow fovea. Elytra ovate,

dilated posteriorly, convex, faintly excavated on the suture below

the basilar space, the latter obsoletely thickened, surface finely

but distinctly punctured; transverse band narrow, margined above

and below by a faint sulcation.

The above insect may be known by the entire absence

10 Mr. Joseph §. Baly on the

of the pale outer limb of the elytron, by the smaller

size of the spots, and by the margination of the trans-

verse band.

Spec. 8. Diabrotica Illigeri.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 251.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, faciei basi plus minusve flava,

antennis ad basin piceo-fulvis aut fulvis, articulis penultimis duobus

albidis; tibiis, tarsis anoque piceis aut nigro-piceis; thorace con-

vexo, levi; elytris sat crebre punctatis, nigris, utroque limbo

basali, margine externo, maculis duabus infra basin oblique trans-

versim positis, fascia vix pone medium, utrinque abbreviata macu-

laque subapicali, flavo-albidis.

Var. A. Elytrorum signaturis ampliatis confluentibus, ad basin

etad marginem extensis.

Mas. Antennis corpore paullo longioribus ; abdominis segmento

anali obtuse rotundato, disco leviter concavo.

Fam. Antennis corpore vix brevioribus.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Amazons; Para (Bates). My collection.

Head not longer than broad, subtrigonate; clypeus with a

strongly raised longitudinal ridge; antenne equal to the body in

length in the g, rather shorter in the 9; filiform, the second joint

short, submoniliform, the third scarcely longer than the second,

obeonic, the fourth much longer than the preceding two united ;

the three lower joints flavous, the ninth and tenth yellowish white,

the rest black. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; sides

straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle,

thence slightly converging towards the apex, the hinder and

anterior angles subacute ; disk convex, nearly impunctate. Elytra

oblong, moderately dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, rather

closely punctured.

The dark apex of the abdomen separates this species

from albofasciata ; the pale markings on the elytra are

also larger and usually confluent.

Spec. 9. Diabrotica scripta, Oliv.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava aut fulvo-flava,

nitida, ano, pectore, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, an-

tennis ad basin piceo-fulvis, articulis nono et decimo albidis ; elytris

sat crebre punctatis, nigris, utroque basi extrema, limbo externo,

ante apicem abbreviato, maculisque tribus, una inter basin et

South American species of Diabrotica. it

medium, rotundata, secunda paullo infra medium, transversa

postice leviter emarginata et tertia ante apicem, rotundata, fulvis.

Var. A. Facie inter oculos fulva; elytris nigris, basi extrema,

limbo externo, vittis latis diseoidalibus duabus plus minusve ex-

tensis, maculisque rotundatis una vel duabus, pone medium cum

vittis seepe confluentibus, flavis.

Galleruca scripta, Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 655, tab. 4, fig. 71.

Var. B. Elytris flavis utroque vitta irregulari a vix infra

basin fere ad apicem extensa, plerumque ante apicem maculam

rotundatam flavam includente, nigra.

Var. C. Elytrorum sutura vittaque submarginali nigris.

Var. D. Elytris flavis, obsolete nigro nebulosis.

Long. 8—3} lin.

Hab. Cayenne; Amazons. In most collections.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a broad

ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne about three-fourths the

length of the body, filiform, the second and third joints short, the

third slightly longer than the preceding one; the three lower

joints piceo-fulvous, the ninth and tenth white. Thorax about

one-half broader than long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate

from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging

towards the apex, all the angles very slightly produced, subacute ;

disk convex, impunctate. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated pos-

teriorly, convex, not depressed below the basilar space, distinctly

and rather closely punctured.

Although the specimens that I have described as

representing the typical coloration of this species, and

those I have placed as varieties, at first sight appear

very dissimilar, they do not differ more than the type

and varieties of D. regalis, consentanea, and many others

of the present group. All the forms of D. scripta agree

in the black anal segment of the abdomen and in the

coloration of the antenne, the ninth and tenth joints of

these latter alone being white. The type may be known

from its allies by the extreme base of the elytra being

narrowly edged with fulvous, by the absence of a second

subbasal spot (although specimens will possibly be found

in which this spot is present), and in the position of the

submedial one, which is placed much lower down on the

disk than is usually the case in D. guttata and other

similarly coloured species.

12 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

Spec. 10. Diabrotica Javeti.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 251.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, femori-

bus (apice extremo excepto) thoraceque flavo-fulvis, antennarum

articulis novo et decimo flavo-albidis; thorace convexo, obsolete

bifoveolato; elytris tenuiter punctatis, utroque maculis duabus

rotundatis infra basin, fascia pone medium, utringue abbreviata

maculaque rotundata subapicali, albidis.

Mas. Antennis corpori fere equilongis, abdominis basi sordide

fulva.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus, abdomine toto nigro.

Long. 83 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Espirito Sancto; Coll. Fry and Baly.

Bahia (Read); Coll. Fry.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with an

elevated ridge; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in

length in the 3, shorter and rather more slender in the ?; the

second and third joints very short, nearly equal and moniliform

in the 3, the fourth nearly twice the length of the two united; in

the ? the third joint is obconic and very slightly longer than the

second, the fourth being about one-half longer than the other two

united. Thorax one-half broader than long; sides rounded and

slightly produced before the middle, slightly sinuate posteriorly ;

convex, impressed on either side with a very small shallow fovea.

Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, moderately convex,

minutely punctured.

The black under side separates D. Javeti from the

allied species.

Spec. 11. Diabrotica fulvo-signata, Baly.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., i1., 1879, p. 77;

Jacoby, Biol. Cent. Amer., pt. vi., Col., p. 517, pl. xxix.,

aire a

Hab. Colombia; also Guatemala, My collection.

Spec. 12. Diabrotica generosa, Baly.

L5G. Doble

Hab. Ecuador. A single specimen in my own col-

lection.

South American species of Diabrotica. 13

Spec. 13. Diabrotica melanocephala (Fabr).

Entom. Syst. Suppl., 1798, p. 95 (sub Galleruca),

Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 652, tab. 4, fig. 65.

Galleruca capitata, Fabr., Syst. Gl. i., p. 452.

G. tripunctata, Fabr., l.c., p. 451; Oliv., Entom., vi.,

p- 652, fig. 66; Jac., Biol. Cent. Amer., Col., vi.,

pt. i., p. 516, tab. xxix., fig. 24.

Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore piceo, capite nigro aut piceo, antennis piceis aut fuscis,

basi et apice flavis; scutello elytrisque nigro-piceis aut castaneis,

utroque limbo externo, apice dilatato, maculisque duabus flavis

aut albidis.

Var. A. Elytrorum maculis confluentibus, sepe ad marginem

extensis.

Var. B. Elytrorum macula postica obsoleta.

Var. C. Elytrorum maculis totis obsoletis.

Var. D. Elytrorum sutura, basi plus minusve ampliata, apice

abbreviata, vitta irregulari submarginali, a basi fere ad apicem

extensa, maculaque parva pone medium, inter vittam et suturam

posita, piceis.

Var. E. Elytris macula postica cum sutura et cum vitta sub-

marginali confluente. Galleruca sinwata, Oliy., l.c., p. 653, tab. 4,

fig. 67 a, b.

Long. 23—8 lin.

Hab. West Indian Islands; Trinidad; Nicaragua ;

Chontales (Janson); Cayenne; Amazons, Santarem,

Nauta (Bates). In most collections.

Head black or rufo-piceous; antenne filiform, the second and

third joints very short, nearly equal in length, the fourth longer

than the preceding two united; five or six intermediate joints

together with the apex of the terminal one, more or less stained

with piceous. Thorax rather broader than long; sides nearly

parallel and sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, slightly

produced and rounded anteriorly; convex, shining, obsoletely

punctured. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly; convex,

rather closely and distinctly punctured.

This variable species has been described by Fabricius

and Olivier under no less than four different names ;

as, however, I possess a long series of intermediate

varieties connecting the extreme forms, I have no hesi-

tation in uniting them under one specific head. Var. D

closely resembles in the pattern of its elytra D. abrupta,

14 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

F., but may be known by the short third joint of the

antenna.

Spec. 14. Diobrotica Pascoei, Baly.

Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser.,,1.,4.478.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Separated from mediofasciata by its differently-coloured

antenne and larger size.

Spec. 15. Diabrotica mediofasciata.

Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida,

pedibus scutello thoraceque fulvis, hoc convexo, levi; antennis

pallide piceis, ante medium pallide flavis; elytris tenuiter sed

distincte punctatis; nigris, margine externo ab infra basin ad

apicem angusto, apice paullo dilatato, rufo-fulvo, necnon fascia

integra lineariformi pone medium posita flava, instructis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). A single specimen in my

cabinet.

Antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second

joint short, the third nearly one-half longer than the second, the

fourth equal in length to the preceding two united; the six lower

joints pale piceous, the rest pale flavous, the apex of the terminal

one nigro-piceous. Thorax rather broader than long; sides

nearly straight and diverging from the base to the middle, rounded

and slightly produced just before the latter, thence converging

towards the apex; upper surface convex, smooth, impunctate.

Elytra ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, finely but distinctly

punctured; the extreme outer margin from below the shoulder to

the apex narrowly edged with rufo-fulvous, the apical margin more

broadly bordered with the same colour.

Spec. 16. Diabrotica bisecta.

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,

nitida, pectore, pedibus (femoribus ad basin exceptis), scutello

capiteque nigris, antennarum articulis penultimis duobus flavo-

albidis; thorace transverso, late transversim excavato, obsolete bifo-

veolato; elytris oblongis, postice vix ampliatis, convexis, ad latera

non plicatis; nigris, limbo externo fasciaque mediali flavis.

Mas. Antennis corporis longitudini fere equalibus, extrorsum

distincte incrassatis.

Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Amazons, Para. My collection.

South American species of Diabrotica. 15

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge rather

strongly raised, but abbreviated before reaching the anterior margin

of the clypeus; antenne robust, nearly equal to the body in

length, the second joint short, the third nearly twice the length of

the second, the fourth longer than the preceding two united, the

seven upper joints in the $ distinctly thickened. Thorax nearly

twice as broad as long; sides nearly straight and slightly diverging

from the base to the apex; upper surface broadly excavated trans-

versely, the excavated portion faintly impressed on either side with

a large shallow fovea. Elytra rather closely punctured, not plicate

below the humeral callus.

The excavated thorax at once distinguishes the present

species from either of the preceding ones.

Spec. 17. Diabrotica pectinicornis.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice convexa, pallide

flava, nitida, tibiis, tarsis capiteque nigris, antennarum articulo

penultimo albido, thorace transversim excavato; elytris subcrebre

punctatis, nigris, limbo laterali, fascia prope medium apiceque

flavis.

Mas. Antennis pectinatis, articulis penultimis duobus incras-

satis, difformibus.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Colombia; Cauca. A single specimen in my

own collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad, coarsely punctured on

the vertex and lower face; clypeus with a distinct longitudinal

ridge ; antenne longer than the body in the g, the second joint

very short, obconic, the third one scarcely half the length of the

second, turbinate, the fourth nearly as-long as the three basal ones

united, the fourth to the eighth each with its upper and inner angle

produced upwards and inwards into an acute tooth or process, these

teeth increasing in length on each succeeding joint; the ninth and

tenth joints strongly thickened, sinuate on their inner margins,

the ninth armed at its inner apex with an acute tooth, the tenth

bidentate at its inner base, the eleventh joint slender, cylindrical.

Thorax nearly twice as broad as long; sides nearly parallel and

slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence con-

verging towards the apex, the anterior angle distinctly produced,

broadly obtuse, the hinder subacute; upper surface transversely

excavated on the middle disk, finely but sparingly punctured.

16 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices

conjointly regularly rounded, convex, slightly flattened along

the suture, distinctly and somewhat closely punctured, faintly

wrinkled.

Spec. 18. Diabrotica decaspila.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, femoribus

ad apicem, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum apice,

articuli ultimi apice excepto, albido; thorace levi; elytris sub-

nitidis, utroque maculis rotundatis quinque, 2, 2, 1 dispositis, flavis ;

abdominis apice piceo.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. A single specimen in my own col-

lection.

Head scarcely longer than broad, somewhat wedge-shaped ;

longitudinal ridge on clypeus well-defined; antenne filiform,

three-fourths the length of the body, the second joint short, the

third rather more than one-half longer, the fourth longer than the

preceding two united; the three or four basal joints more or lesa

stained with piceous, the three upper ones (the apex of the eleventh

excepted) white. Thorax one-half broader than long; sides

parallel and distinctly sinuate behind the middle, rounded ante-

riorly and converging towards the apex, the hinder angle slightly

produced ; disk convex, smooth, impunctate, Elytra oblong-ovate,

dilated posteriorly ; convex, impressed below the humeral callus

with a short broad longitudinal sulcation, very finely punctured ;

each elytron with five round flavous spots, placed in pairs, two

before, two scarcely behind the middle and one near the apex,

rather larger than the rest.

The above species in form and in the disposition of

the spots on the elytra resembles D. regalis ; it is, how-

ever, separated by the presence of the longitudinal

sulcation below the humeral callus.

Spec. 19. Diabrotica Jacobyi, Baly.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., ii., p. 77, 1879.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). Unique in my collection.

Spec. 20. Diabrotica elegantula, Baly.

Lin. Soc. Journ., xix., p. 218; Jac., Biolog. Cent.

Am,, 15.6.5 D004, pl. XXVIII, tes.

Hab. Colombia (Var. A, Magdalena River); also

Central America. Coll. Baly (type) and Jacoby.

South American species of Diabrotica. 17

The difference in the relative length of the second and

third joints of the antenne, mentioned by Mr. Jacoby in

the ‘ Biologia,’ is sexual; in the ¢ the two joints are

of nearly equal length, in the ? the third is distinctly

longer.

Spec. 21. Diabrotica adornata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

tibiis, tarsis capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, articulis nono

decimoque albidis; thorace convexo, tenuiter remote punctato,

utrinque obsolete foveolato; elytris subcrebre punctatis, ad latera

plicatis; nigris, utroque limbo externo, apice dilatato, macula

oblonga aut subrotundata infra basin, fasciaque vix pone medium,

fulvis.

Mas. Antennis modice robustis corpori equilongis, articulis

secundo et tertio brevissimis; abdominis segmento anali late

truncato.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus, minus robustis, articulo

tertio secundo longiori.

Long. 25—8 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head not longer than broad ; clypeus with a slightly elevated,

longitudinal ridge; antenne robust, equal to the body in length

in the $, rather shorter in the ?, filiform, the second and third

joints short, equal and submoniliform in the §; in the ? the

second joint is short, subovate, whilst the third is one-half longer,

the fourth in both sexes is longer than the preceding two united ; the

four lower joints pale piceous, the ninth and tenth yellowish white.

Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; sides nearly parallel

and slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence

obliquely converging towards the apex; the hinder and anterior

angles subacute; above convex, obsoletely foveolate on either side,

shining, impunctate. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly,

convex, very minutely punctured.

Spec. 22. Diabrotica viridimaculata, Jacoby.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 150.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida, pec-

tore, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis,

ad apicem albidis; thorace leviter trifoveolato, fovea tertia minus

distincta, interdum obsoleta; elytris distincte punctatis, infra callum

humeralem leviter plicatis; nigris, utroque limbo externo, apice

dilatato, maculis duabus, una rotundata subbasali, altera apicali ad

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (APRIL.) ©

18 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

marginem adfixa fasciaque angusta vix pone medium posita, ad

suturam abbreviata, prasinis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. Coll. Jacoby (type) and Baly.

Head triangular; antenne slender, filiform, the second joint

short, the third nearly twice its length, the fourth as long as the

preceding two united, the four lower joints fluvo-piceous, the three

upper ones white, the rest black. Thorax about one-fourth broader

than long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to

beyond the middle, thence slightly rounded and converging

towards the apex; upper surface shining, disk impressed on either

side with a very shallow fovea.* Elytra distinctly and rather

closely punctured, plicate below the humeral callus.

Spec. 23. Diabrotica viridi-pustulata, Baly.

Journ. Lin. Soe., xix., p. 226, 1886.

Hab. Colombia. Coll. Oberthur (type).

Spec. 24. Diabrotica Chapuisi, Baly.

Ls¢., De 227.

Hab. Colombia. Coll. Oberthiir (type).

Spec. 25. Diabrotica Ianthe.

Elongata, postice leviter ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum apice albido,

thorace trifoveolato, foveis transversim positis; elytris distincte,

sat crebre punctatis ; lete cyaneis, limbo externo, apice ampliato,

fasciaque communi v1x pone medium posita, extrorsum abbreviata,

flavis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). My collection; a single

specimen.

Head not longer than broad ; clypeal ridge raised, ill-defined on

the sides; antenne filiform, nearly three-fourths the length of the

body, the second joint short, the third slightly longer, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united; black, the three outer joints,

the extreme apex of the terminal one excepted, yellowish white.

Thorax one-third broader than long; sides rounded anteriorly,

* Mr. Jacoby, in his diagnosis, mentions a third fovea less dis-

tinctly impressed; this is obsolete in the specimen given me

by him.

South American species of Diabrotica. 19

sinuate behind the middle, upper surface moderately convex,

impressed with three shallow fovex, placed transversely across the

disk. Elytra subelongate, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex,

slightly plicate below the humeral callus, distinctly and rather

closely punctured.

The above insect, of which I only know a single speci-

men, somewhat resembles in coloration D. elegans.

Spec. 26. Diabrotica octo-pustulata.

Subelongato-oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,

viridi tincta, nitida, scutello, thorace capiteque prasinis, antennis

piceis aut nigro-piceis articulis subapicalibus duobus albidis ;

thorace longitudine paullo latiori, convexo; elytris sat crebre

punctatis, castaneis, limbo externo prasino; utroque pustulis

quatuor, longitudinaliter positis albido-flavis.

Var. A. Elytris viridi-flavis, utroque vitta lata discoidali

castanea. Diabrotica latevittata, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 444.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons (Garfell). My collection.

Antenne filiform, equal to the body in length, the second and

third.joints very short, nearly equal, the fourth nearly equal in

length to the three lower ones united; piceous or nigro-piceous,

the three basal joints paler than the rest, the ninth and tenth white.

Thorax rather broader than long; sides sinuate and nearly parallel

from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging to

the apex; above convex, sparingly impressed with very minute punc-

tures. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, rather

closely and distinctly punctured; castaneous, the outer limb

broadly edged with pale grassy green; each elytron with four

large round pale yellow pustules, placed longitudinally on the

inner disk, one at the base, one before the middle, a third below

the latter, lastly one subapical and confluent with the outer

limb.

This species was originally described by me in 1886 ;

the name then given (latevittata) does not apply to the

ordinary pattern of the elytra. I have therefore changed

it to the one given above.

Spec. 27. Diabrotica rugulipennis.

Subelongato-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

thorace rufo, pectore, pedibus, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis

20 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

ad basin piceis, apice albidis ; thorace sat fortiter bifoveolato ; elytris

rugulosis, cyaneis, limbo externo, apice ampliato, levi, flavo.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Colombia; Magdalena River. Unique in my

collection.

Head not longer than broad; ridge on clypeus ill-defined ;

antenne filiform, equal to the body in length, the second joint

short, the third one-half longer, the fourth longer than the pre-

ceding two united, the three or four lower joints more or less

piceous, the three upper ones yellowish white. Thorax slightly

longer than broad; sides nearly parallel and faintly sinuate,

slightly converging in front, the hinder angles somewhat produced,

subacute; upper surface nitidous, hinder disk excavated and

impressed on either side with a large deep fovea. Elytra narrowly

oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, distinctly

and rather closely punctured, disk irregularly wrinkled, rugulose,

plicate below the humeral callus, the subhumeral costa extending

downwards below the middle, not strongly defined, but bounded

within by a broad longitudinal sulcation ; metallic-blue, the outer

limb, dilated at the apex, flavous, its surface smoother than that of

the disk.

Spec. 28. Diabrotica Fowleri.

Anguste elongata, fere parallela, modice convexa, nigra, nitida,

femoribus ad apicem exceptis, antennarumque articulo penultimo

(ultimo fracto) albidis, thorace leviter bifoveolato, nigro-piceo,

utrinque vitta lata albida; elytris parallelis, distincte punctatis,

utroque vitta lata, a basi fere ad apicem extensa, albida.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, New Friburg. My collection. Rio

Janeiro; coll. Fry. |

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-

defined; antennze filiform, rather shorter than the body, the

second joint short, obovate, the third rather longer than the second,

the fourth one-half longer than the preceding two united. Thorax

rather broader than long; sides parallel and faintly sinuate from

the base to beyond the middle, thence slightly converging towards

the apex ; disk nitidous, impunctate, impressed on either side with

a large shallow fovea. Elytra parallel, moderately convex, plicate

below the humeral callus, distinctly punctured.

Spec. 29. Diubrotica bilineata.

Anguste elongata, fere parallela, modice convexa, nigra, nitida,

antennarum articulis penultimis duobus albidis; thorace trifoveo-

South American species of Diabrotica. 21

lato; elytris parallelis, ad latera plicatis, utroque vitta lata dis-

coidali, a basi fere ad apicem extensa alba.

Mas. Antennis corpore paullo longioribus filiformibus.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus robustis.

Long. 2—23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, New Friburg, ¢. My collection ; Rio

Janeiro, f and @, coll. Fry.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge rather strongly

raised, well-defined; eyes in the g large, prominent; antenne

filiform and slightly longer than the body in the g, the second and

third joints in the same sex very short, moniliform, the fourth

equal in length to the preceding three united; antenne in the ?

shorter than the body, more robust than in the g, the third joint

slightly longer than the second, the fourth shorter than the pre-

ceding three united. Thorax nearly one-fourth broader than long;

sides straight from the base to beyond the middle, very slightly

diverging inthe 3, parallel in the other sex, thence obliquely con-

verging towards the apex; disk trifoveolate, the third fovea less

deeply impressed than the other two. Elytra elongate, parallel,

strongly plicate below the humeral callus, minutely punctured.

Very similar in form to Diabrotica Fowlert ; separated

by the trifoveolate thorax.

Spec. 30. Diabrotica chloropus, Harold.

EKnt., Hefte xiii:, 1875, p. 90.

Anguste elongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida,

antennarum articulis ultimis duobus, ultimi apice excepto, albidis,

femoribus flavis, thorace trifoveolato, fovea posteriori minus dis-

tincta; elytris ad latera plicatis, utroque vitta lata discoidali, a

basi ad longe pone medium extensa maculaque subapicali, testaceis

aut flavis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Minas Gereas, St. Catharine (Harold) ;

Rio Janeiro (Fry); Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; eyes large, prominent ;

clypeal ridge well-defined; antenne equal to the body in length,

filiform, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united, black, the tenth and eleventh,

the apex of the latter excepted, white. Thorax slightly longer

than broad; sides parallel, slightly produced and rounded ante-

riorly, the anterior angle obliquely truncate; disk trifoveolate, the

22 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

hinder fovea ill-defined. Elytra minutely punctured, strongly

plicate below the humeral callus.

H. von Harold describes the thorax as being bifoveo-

late; the third fovea is less distinctly impressed and

probably in some specimens entirely obsolete.

Spec. 81. Diabrotiea exelamationis, Baly.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, p. 271.

Hab. Brazil. Unique in my own collection.

The present species differs from the preceding in its

non-foveolate thorax and in the entirely black legs and

antenne.

Spec. 82. Diabrotica Donckieri.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, nigra,

nitida, femorum basi flava; facie thoraceque fulvis, hoe bifoveo-

lato, disco plagis duabus ornato; elytris distincte, minus crebre

punctatis, punctis infra basin subseriatim dispositis; nigris, utro-

que limbo externo, linea suturali, ab apice ad paullo ante medium

extensa, hine ad basin oblique excurrenti, limbo externo fasciisque

lineariformibus duabus, una longe ante, altera vix infra medium

positis, flavo-albidis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head not broader than long, subrotundate; clypeus with the

longitudinal ridge distinct, but not strongly elevated; antennze

three-fourths the length of the body, black, the second joint short ;

the third distinctly longer than the second, the fourth as long as

the preceding two united. Thorax one-half broader than long ;

sides subangulate just behind the middle, faintly sinuate posteriorly,

slightly converging towards the apex in front; above convex,

deeply impressed on either side with a large round fovea; disk

with two large black patches, which are confluent on the medial

line. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices

regularly rounded; above convex, distinctly punctured, the punc-

tures on the anterior disk obsoletely arranged in striw; sub-

humeral callus very slightly raised, ill-defined; each elytron with

the narrow outer limb, a sutural line, which, extending from the

apical angle to a short distance above the middle of the elytron,

from thence runs obliquely outwards to the basal margin just

within the humeral callus, yellowish white ; in addition are two

South American species of Diabrotica. 23

linear concolorous fascie, one extending from the outer margin to

the anterior oblique line, the other, placed just below the middle,

extending from the suture to the outer limb.

Spec. 83. Diabrotica tarsalis, Harold.

Ent., Hefte xiii., 1875, p. 92.

Ovata, postice ampliata, nigra, nitida, thoracis limbo elytro-

rumque limbo externo, sutura, antice abbreviata lineisque trans-

versis vel maculis irregularibus, flavis.

Var. A. Elytris flavis, maculis irregularibus nigris.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Bogota, Magdalena River. My

collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; longitudinal ridge on

clypeus ill-defined; antenne filiform, three-fourths of the body in

length, the second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer, the

fourth longer than the preceding two united, two or three of the

basal joints piceous beneath, the rest entirely black. Thorax nearly

two-thirds broader than long; sides moderately rounded, nearly

straight and parallel posteriorly; disk convex, obsoletely foveolate

on either side. Elytra rather broadly ovate, slightly dilated pos-

teriorly, convex, disk impressed with faint longitudinal suleations.

The present insect varies greatly in coloration; in

the typical form the elytra are black, with the sutural

and outer margins, together with several obliquely trans-

verse lines on the disk, flavous; in some specimens the

black colour gradually disappears until they may be

described as flavous, with irregular black markings.

Spec. 84. Diabrotica distincta. Jacoby.

Gist) Hint.) a1, pe 46.

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava aut

viridi-flava, nitida, pectore pedibusque, femoribus exceptis, nigro-

piceis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis piceis, ad basin pallidis,

ante apicem sordide albidis ; thorace levi; elytris tenuissime punc-

tatis, ad latera non plicatis, utroque linea suturali, plaga oblonga

a basiad ultra medium extensa, intus angulatim emarginata altera-

que transversa pone medium, piceis aut nigro-piceis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). Coll. Jacoby (type) and Baly.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge rather strongly

raised, well-defined; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body

24 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

in length, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth

much longer than the preceding two united, the three or four

lower joints pale piceo-flavous, the three upper ones, the apex of the

eleventh excepted, yellowish white. Thorax broader than long;

sides rounded anteriorly, nearly parallel and sinuate posteriorly ;

disk convex, impunctate. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, con-

vex, not plicate below the humeral callus, very finely punctured.

Spec. 35. Diabrotica atromaculata.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Anguste, oblonga-ovata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, scutello

capiteque nigris, antennis flavis, articulis intermediis piceis,

thorace levi; elytris crebre punctatis, utroque macula basali

communi, plaga magna humerali trigonata, intus profunde excavata

fasciaque pone medium, utrinque abbreviata, postice emarginata,

nigris.

Var. A. Elytrorum fascia post-mediali interrupta, maculas

duas formant.

Long. 2% lin.

Hab. Amazons, Santarem (Bates). My collection.

Antenne filiform, the second joint short, the third about one-

half longer than the second, the fourth slightly longer than the

preceding two united; the six or seven intermediate joints more or

less stained with piceous. Thorax slightly broader than long;

sides rather deeply sinuate from the base to the middle, slightly

dilated at the latter, thence converging towards the apex; disk

convex, shining, impunctate. Elytra dilated posteriorly, convex,

slightly excavated on the suture below the scutellum, closely and

rather strongly punctured ; each elytron with three black patches,

one at the base common, pentangular, one on the humeral

callus large, triangular, extending downwards from immediately

below the basal margin to the middle of the elytron, its inner

surface deeply emarginate, lastly, one below the middle,

transverse, abbreviated at the suture and outer limb, its hinder

margin emarginate, black.

Rather larger than D. distincta ; the markings on the

elytra, which sometimes change to dark piceous, are

more irregular than in that species; there is also an

additional patch placed on the suture at its base.

South American species of Diabrotica. 25

36. Diabrotica piceo-picta.

Anguste oblonga, postice vix ampliata, pallide flava aut prasina,

nitida, tarsis, capitis vertice, antennis scutelloque pallide piceis ; his

ad basin et ad apicem piceo-flavis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris

crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, utroque maculis quatuor, inter se

plerumque confluentibus, duabus basalibus, prima communi cunei-

formi, secunda humerali, una prope medium transversa, unaque

inter medium et apicem bruneis aut castaneis.

Long. 2—23 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons (Garfell). My collection.

Head scarcely broader than long; longitudinal ridge on clypeus

well-defined; labrum and eyes black; antenne filiform, equal to

the body in length in the g, slightly shorter in the ?, the second

and third joints very short, equal in length in the g, the third

nearly one-half longer in the 9; pale piceous, the two lower

joints, together with the tenth and eleventh, the extreme apex

of the latter excepted, piceo-flavous (in some specimens these

two are not paler than the preceding ones). ‘Thorax slightly

broader than long; sides rounded anteriorly, distinctly sinuate and

slightly converging behind the middle ; disk shining, impunctate,

impressed on either side with a shallow fovea, which varies in

depth in different individuals. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated

posteriorly, convex, rather closely punctured, plicate below the

humeral callus, the subhumeral ridge bounded within by a broad

suleation, which varies in depth and in some cases is almost

entirely obsolete; in the more strongly-marked specimens there

are traces in addition of several shallow sulcations on the disk.

This insect closely resembles D. atromaculata in the

pattern of its elytra, but is separated by the paler head,

foveolate thorax and plicate sides of the elytra.

Spec. 37. Diabrotica atomaria, Jacoby.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 284.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, fulvo-flava, nitida,

pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis pallide fuscis ad basin et

ante apicem flavis ; tibiarum anticorum dorso tarsisque nigro-piceis ;

thorace convexo, non foveolato ; elytris crebre distincte punctatis ;

flavis, utroque suture basi, macula humerali, una mediali duabusque

pone medium, his transversim positis, nigris.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Caracas. Coll. Simon and Jacoby.

26 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on tne

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge prominent, entire ;

antenne nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the second

and third joints short, equal, the fourth much longer than the pre-

ceding two united ; fuscous, the three lower joints, together with

the ninth and tenth, flavous. Thorax nearly one-half broader than

long; sides slightly produced and rounded anteriorly, nearly

straight and parallel behind the middle; disk convex, not foveo-

late. Elytra oblong-ovate, convex, closely punctured ; flavous, each

elytron with a narrow sutural line, dilated at the base and extending

downwards slightly below the middle, a subtriangular basal patch

covering the humeral callus, a subrotundate spot on the outer disk

at its middle and two smaller spots placed transversely on the

hinder disk, half-way between the middle and apex, black; the basal

margin between the humeral patch and the suture also narrowly

edged with black; the lower and inner angle of the basal patch is

joined to the suture by a narrow piceous line.

The specimen of this species, kindly lent me by Mr.

Jacoby, and from which the above description was

drawn,. differs slightly in the coloration of its antenne

and legs from tke diagnosis given in that author’s paper ;

it is however, probably somewhat variable in colour.

Spec. 38. Diabrotica confluenta.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, abdomine, disci

medio excepto, thoraceque fulvis, hoe convexo, obsolete bifoveolato ;

elytris distincte, sat crebre punctatis, ad latera obsolete plicatis ;

flavis, utroque vitta communi basali, vitta brevi humerali macu-

lisque irregularibus discoidalibus, his maculis inter se et cum vittis

basalibus confluentibus, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. EKeuador (Buckley). A single specimen in Mr.

Fry’s collection.

Head not longer than broad, entirely black; antenne filiform,

equal to the body in length, the second joint short, the third half

as long again as the second, the fourth longer than the preceding

two united. Thorax nearly one-half broader than long; sides

faintly sinuate from the base to just beyond the middle, thence

rounded and converging towards the apex; disk convex, nitidous,

impressed on either side with a small shallow fovea. Elytra

broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, conxex, distinctly and rather

closely punctured ; flavous, some irregular patches on the middle

disk, confluent with each other and also with the sutural and

humeral vitte, black; the apical third of the disk immaculate.

South American species of Diabrotica. 27

Spec. 39. Diabrotica vagrans.

Proce. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, abdo-

mine thoraceque flavis, hoe convexo levi; elytris crebre punc-

tatis, flavis, suture basi vittisque vel vittulis irregularibus nigris.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Bolivia. My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; elypeus with an

elevated ridge; antenne filiform, the second and third joints

short, equal, submoniliform, the fourth longer than the preceding

two united. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; sides

straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence

obliquely converging and slightly rounded towards the apex;

upper surface transversely convex, smooth, impunctate. Elytra

oblong-ovate, scarcely dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly

rounded, convex, strongly and rather closely punctured; flavous,

each elytron with the suture at its base, a short irregular patch,

placed on the central third of the middle disk, often connected

obliquely with the sutural marking and an irregular submarginal

vitta extending from the base nearly to the apex of the elytron,

black ; this vitta is frequently interrupted, forming two or more

longitudinal spots.

Spec. 40. Diabrotica pauperata.

Late ovata, postice ampliata, valide convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad apicem albidis ad basin

fulvis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris crebre punctatis, utroque

suture basi, vitta humerali longe ante apicem abbreviata et pone

medium interrupta punctisque duobus discoidalibus, uno prope

medium, altero inter medium et apicem positis, nigris.

Var. A. Elytri vitta humerali ramulam transversam ad pune-

tum primum emittenti.

Var. B. Elytrorum signaturis nigris plus minusve obsoletis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Bahia (Reed). Type in coll. Fry and Baly.

Vars. A and B in coll. Fry.

Head not longer than broad, triangular ; clypeus with a broad

ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, rather more than

half the length of the body; the second joint short, the third

nearly twice as long, the fourth equal in length to the preceding

two united ; the three lower joints piceous, the three upper ones

28 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

white, the rest black. Thorax about one-half broader than long;

sides slightly diverging and faintly sinuate from the base to the

middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex; disk

convex, smooth, impunctate. Elytra subquadrate, ovate, broadly

dilated posteriorly, their apices broadly rounded; upper surface

strongly convex, faintly excavated transversely below the basilar

space, rather coarsely and somewhat closely punctured.

Spec. 41. Diubrotica decempunctata, Latr.

Latr., Voy. Humb., 11, 1833, p. 21, tab. 39, fig. 9.

Var. A. Elytris immaculatis. Diabrotica placida, Baly, Journ.

Lin. Soc., xix., 1886, p. 220.

Hab. Colombia. In most collections.

Since the description was published I have come to

the conclusion that D. placida, mihi, cannot be separated

from D. 10-punctata.

Spec. 42. Diabrotica centralis, Jac.

Cist. Ent, iii., p. 46.

Diabrotica histrionica, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soce., xix.,

p. 215.

Hab. Colombia, Venezuela. Coll. Jacoby and Baly.

When describing the present insect I overlooked Mr.

Jacoby’s diagnosis.

Spec. 48. Diabrotica spilota, Baly.

ORS ya oe

Hab. Columbia. My collection.

Spec. 44. Diabrotica Klugii, Baly.

TERG:, P- 208:

Hab. Colombia. My collection.

Spec. 45. Diabrotica duplicata, Jacoby.

Biol. Cent. Amer. Coleopt., pt. 1., p, 519, tab. xxx.,

fig ee

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava aut fulvo-

flava, nitida, pectore capiteque nigris, vertice interdum nigro-piceo,

antennis fusco-fulvis ad apicem pallidioribus; thorace levi, disco

South American species of Diabrotica. 29

excavato, leviter trifoveolato, fovea tertia minus distincta, interdum

obsoleta ; elytris tenuiter punctatis, ad latera plicatis, flavis apice

rufo-fulvo, utroque maculis quinque 1, 2, 2, nigris, interdum

cyaneo tinctis.

Long. 23—8 lin.

Hab. Colombia; also Central America. Coll. Jacoby

and Baly.

Very similar to D. spilota, mihi; separated by the

more deeply excavated thorax, by the paler antenne

and by the absence of the sutural black patch of the

elytra.

Spec. 46. Diabrotica quindecimpunctata, Germar.

Spec. Ins., p. 600 (1824).

Diabrotica nigro-notata, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soce., xix.,

p- 216.

Hab. Brazil, Petropolis (Gray); Tejuca (Clark) ;

Colombia. In most collections.

After a careful comparison of Brazilian and Colombian

specimens, I have discovered that they all belong to a

single species, 15-punctata, Ger.

Spec. 47. Diabrotica Germari.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

unguibus, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceo-flavis

ad apicem albidis, thorace leviter bifoveolato; elytris crebre, sat

fortiter punctatis, utroque maculis sex, duabus basalibus, una

suturali, communi, altera humerali, necnon duabus ante duabusque

pone medium, transversim positis, nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Cauca. My collection.

Head rather longer than broad; clypeal ridge raised; antennze

slender, filiform, equal to the body in length, the second and third

joints very short, nearly equal, the fourth longer than the preceding

two united, the four lower joints piceo-flavous, the four upper ones

white, more or less stained with fuscous, the rest black. Thorax

nearly one-half broader than long; sides straight and parallel from

the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging

towards the apex; upper surface smooth, disk impressed on either

side with a small shallow fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, dilated

posteriorly, convex, coarsely and rather closely punctured.

30 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Very similarly coloured to D. 15-punctata; separated

by its narrow form, bifoveolate thorax and coarsely

punctured elytra.

Spec. 48. Diabrotica Sharpii, Kirsch.

Berliner Entom. Zeitschrift, xxvii., 18838, Heft i1.,

p- 201.

Late ovata, postice ampliata, valde convexa, flava, nitida, tibiis,

tarsis, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis,

articulis penultimis duobus ultimique basi albidis; thorace con-

vexo, levi; elytris subnitidis, obsolete rugulosis, crebre punctatis ;

sordide rufo-testaceis, limbo externo, apice late ampliato, flavo ;

utroque suture basi maculaque humerali nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Bolivia, Dresden Museum (type); Ecuador

(Buckley). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a longi-

tudinal ridge ; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length,

the second joint short, submoniliform, the third more than one-

half longer, the fourth equal in length to the preceding two united ;

black, the four or five lower joints piceous, the ninth, tenth, and

basal half of the eleventh, white. Thorax about one-half broader

than long; sides slightly sinuate behind the middle, thence

rounded and converging towards the apex; upper surface convex,

shining, impunctate. Elytra broadly ovate, dilated towards the

apex; upper surface strongly convex, closely punctured, faintly

rugulose.

Similar in shape to D. 15-punctata and pauperata. All

the specimens that I have seen agree very closely with

each other, and differing from the preceding species in

coloration.

Spec. 49. Diabrotica biannularis, Harold.

Col., Heft xui., p. 91 (1875).

Diabrotica nummularis ?, Harold, Mitth. Munch. Ent.

Ver Si), Da ted.

Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,

nitida, post-pectore capiteque nigris, antennis flavis, articulis

intermediis nigro-piceis aut nigris; thorace levi, disci medio

leviter excavato aut deplanato, leviter trifoveolato ; elytris tenuiter

punctatis; utroque annulis duobus, uno infra basin altero pone

medium, hoc spe aperto, nigro-ceruleis.

South American species of Diabrotica. dl

Var. A. Antennis flavis, ceteris ut in typo.

Var. B. Elytro utroque plagis magnis duabus, una basali, com-

muni, utrinque punctum parvum flavum plerumque includenti al-

teraque pone medium, postice plerumque emarginata, nigro-cexruleis.

Var. C. Elytrorum annulo basali, postice interrupto vittulisque

duabus pone medium transversim positis, nigro-ceruleis.

Long. 38 lin.

Hab. Colombia (type); two specimens in my own

collection. Central America (type and varieties). In

most collections.

Head shining black; longitudinal ridge on clypeus well-defined ;

antenne filiform, the third joint distinctly longer than the second,

the fourth longer than the preceding two united. Thorax nearly

one-fourth broader than long; sides diverging and sinuate from the

base to the middle, slightly produced and rounded anteriorly,

thence slightly converging towards the apex; upper surface smooth,

impunctate, hinder disk flattened or slightly excavated, impressed

with three shallow fovew, one on either side about the middle, the

third less distinctly defined than the others and often obsolete,

placed immediately in front of the basal margin. LElytra oblong,

slightly dilated posteriorly, minutely punctured.

The present species is so closely similar in colour and

variation of pattern to D. pulchella and adelpha, Harold,

that without close attention to the sculpturing of the

thorax it is quite impossible to separate them. In

C. biannularis the hinder portion of the middle disk is

more or less distinctly excavated, the excavated surface

being impressed with three shallow fove, placed in a

triangle, the hinder one sometimes obsolete ; this exca-

vation varies greatly in depth, and in some few cases

almost entirely disappears, in some specimens the

hinder disk being simply flattened, but never, in any

of the specimens that I have examined, convex ; in the

two allied species the disk is regularly convex, its

surface being bifoveolate in C. pulchella, whilst in

C. adelpha the fovezx are obsolete.

Spec. 50. Diabrotica pulchella, Jacq. Duval.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore

capiteque, antennis ad basin et ad apicem exceptis, nigris ; thorace

bifoveolato ; elytris tenuissime punctatis, utroque annulo basali

alteroque pone medium, hoe plerumque lacerato, cyaneis.

32 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

Var. A. Elytro utroque plaga magna basali communi, plerum-

que maculam parvam flavam includenti, alteraque pone medium,

cyaneis.

Phyllobrotica pulchella, Jacq., Duval, Hist. Nat. de Cuba,

p. 807, pl. 7, fig. 8.

Diabrotica pulchella, Suffr., Wieg. Archiv., 1867, p. 308.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Heuador (Buckley). A single specimen in the

collection of Mr. Fry. Also Mexico and other parts of

Central America, where it appears to be common. In

most collections.

This insect is so closely allied to D. biannularis,

Harold, that it is quite unnecessary to give a detailed

description ; the sole point of difference between the two

being that in pulchella the thorax is convex and bifoveo-

late, whilst in biannularis it is more or less distinctly

excavated and trifoveolate.

Spec. 51. Diabrotica inequalis, Baly.

Journ. Lin. Soc., xix., p. 219 (1886).

Hab. Colombia, Magdalena River. My collection.

Closely allied to biannularis, agreeing in the sculp-

turing of the thorax, but separated by its larger size,

the irregular and coarser punctuation of its elytra,

the plicate outer disk, the black tibiz and tarsi and the

darker coloration of the antenne.

Spec. 52. Diabrotica Haroldi, Baly.

OCR RAR UAE

Hab. Colombia. Unique in my own cabinet.

Agreeing in size and in the coloration of its legs and

antennz with the preceding species, differmg in the

smoother surface of the elytra and in the bi- not tri-

foveolate thorax.

Spec. 58. Diabrotica varicornis, Jacoby.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 282.

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulva nitida,

pectore labro antennarumque articulis intermediis nigris; thorace

South American species of Diabrotica. 33

bifoveolato ; elytris crebre punctatis, utroque annulo basali lineaque

semilunata pone medium, nigris ceruleo vix tinctis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Colombia, San Esteban. Coll. Jacoby.

Head triangular, not longer than broad, rufo-fulvous, the labrum

and eyes black; clypeal ridge nearly obsolete; antenne filiform,

more than four-fifths the length of the body, the second joint

short, the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth slightly longer

than the preceding two united; the third to the ninth black, the

rest fulvous. Thorax one-third broader than long; sides slightly

produced and rounded just before the middle, rather deeply sinuate

behind the latter, obliquely converging and slightly rounded in

front; disk nitidous, deeply bifoveolate. Elytra closely and rather

strongly punctured, faintly wrinkled on the middle disk; each

with a large annulus at the base and a semilunate fascia below the

middle, black with a faint metallic-blue tinge.

Spec. 54. Diabrotica Reedii.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, articulis ultimis

tribus, ultimi apice excepto, albidis ; thorace convexo, rufo-testaceo ;

elytris distincte, subcrebre punctatis, fascia lata communi baseos, ad

marginem abbreviata, et utroque maculis transversis duabus, una

vix ante medium, altera inter medium et apicem positis, nigris.

Var. A. Elytrorum macula antica cum fascia basali con-

fluenti.

Long. 83—8} lin.

Hab. Bahia (Reed). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a broad

longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, robust and slightly exceeding

the body in length in the #, more slender and slightly shorter in

the 9; the second and third joints in the g very short, equal, the

third joint in the 9 slightly longer than the second, the fourth in

both sexes longer than the preceding two united: the three or four

lower joints piceous, the three upper ones, the upper portion of the

apical one excepted, white. Thorax nearly one-half broader than

long; sides slightly produced and rounded anteriorly, sinuate

behind the middle, convex, impressed but not closely, with fine

punctures. LElytra broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, their apices

regularly rounded; convex, transversely depressed below the basilar

space, distinctly punctured.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (APRIL.) D

34 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 55. Diabrotica transversa.

Ovata, postice ampliata, sat valde convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin pallidis, ad apicem albidis,

tibiis tarsisque pallide piceis; thorace convexo, integro; elytris flavis,

plaga magna basali ad marginem lateralem abbreviata, fasciaque

lata pone medium, extrorsum abbreviata, nigris.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Brazil, St. Catharine; my collection.

Head not longer than broad; longitudinal ridge on clypeus

strongly raised; antenne filiform, nearly five-sixths the length of

the body, second and third joints short, the third rather longer than

the second, the fourth longer than the preceding two united; the

three lower joints piceous or nigro-piceous, the three upper ones,

the extreme apex of the eleventh excepted, white. Thorax one-

half broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the

base to beyond the middle; disk convex, its surface entire. Elytra

broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, rather strongly convex, slightly

depressed transversely below the basilar space, minutely punctured.

Broader than the preceding species ; otherwise closely

allied.

Spec. 56. Diabrotica speciossima, Baly.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., ili., p. 79.

Hab. Ecuador. My collection.

Spec. 57. Diabrotica elegans, Baly.

Fe Gs5 PenoUs

Hab. Ecuador. In most collections.

Spec. 58. Diabrotica elata, Fabr.

Syst. HI, 1.;.p. 4545 Oliv.,. Hnt.,- vi, pevG60) 11. tay

fig. (9:

Subelongata, postice ampliata, convexa, pallide flava, nitida,

pectore capiteque nigris, antennis sordide fulvis; thorace convexo,

disco non foveolato; elytris tenuiter punctatis, lateribus obsolete

plicatis; utroque plaga magna basali communi, ad latera abbre-

viata, alteraque transversa pone medium postice emarginata, inter-

dum communi, nigris.

ITab. Cayenne. Not uncommon in collections.

Head not broader than long ; clypeal ridge ill-defined; antenne

filiform, nearly three-fourths the length of the body, the second

South American species of Diabrotica. 35

joint short, the third one-half longer, the fourth as long as the

preceding two united. Thorax one-third broader than long; sides

parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to just beyond the

middle, thence obliquely rounded and converging towards the

apex ; disk, the extreme lateral margin excepted, convex, smooth,

non-foveolate. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, convex, slightly

but distinctly excavated on the suture below the basilar space,

minutely punctured, plicate on the sides, the subhumeral costa

ill-defined, bounded within by a longitudinal groove.

Spec. 59. Diabrotica arcuata, Baly.

Ti e,, 1809, Ds 201:

Hab. Colombia, Bogota, Magdalena River ; in most

collections.

Spec. 60. Diabrotica Jacobiana, Duvivier.

Mem. Soc. des Scien. de Liége, tom xi., p. 47.

Diabrotica Gemmingeri, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soe., xix.,

p- 225.

Var. A. Elytrorum fascia posticali obsoleta.

Var. B. Elytro utroque vittis duabus basalibus nigris, una com-

muni, ceteris ut in var. A.

Diabrotica Jacobyi, Kirsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxvii.,

18838, p. 200.

Hab. Colombia (Steinheil, Stober). Coll. Jacoby and

Baly.

Spec. 61. Diabrotica Buckleyi, Baly.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., 11., 1879, p. 80.

D. translucida, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1880, p. 6038.

Hab. Ecuador. My collection and that of Mr.

Jacoby.

Spec. 62. Diabrotica discoidalis, Baly.

Trans. lint. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 849.

Hab. Ecuador. Coll. Jacoby and Baly.

Spec. 68. Diabrotica Kraatzt.

Elongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore

tibiis, tarsis, femoribus interdum dorso, scutello capiteque nigris

D 2

36 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

antennarum articulis penultimis duobus albidis ; thorace convexo,

minute suberebre punctato; elytris crebre subfortiter punctatis,

lateribus plicatis ; viridi-flavis, utroque maculis basalibus duabus

parvis, una humerali, altera suturali, communi, fasciaque lata

subarcuata, utrinque abbreviata, extrorsum paullo ampliata, inter

medium et apicem posita, nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). Two specimens in my

collection.

Head scarcely broader than long; clypeal ridge elevated, well-

defined; antenne filiform, nearly four-fifths the length of the body,

the second joint short, the third rather longer, the fourth more

than equal in length to the preceding two united; the ninth and

tenth white, the rest black. Thorax one-half broader than long;

sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the

middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex; disk

transversely convex, nitidous, minutely punctured. Elytra nar-

rowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, plicate on the

sides, the humeral costa ill-defined ; surface obsoletely wrinkled,

rather coarsely punctured.

Spec. 64. Diabrotica nigromaculata, Jacoby.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 154.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nitida, subtus viridi-

flava, pectore, tibiis tarsisque nigris; supra prasina, scutello

capiteque nigris, antennis pallide flavo-piceis ; thorace bifoveolato ;

elytris crebre tenuiter punctatis, ad latera plicatis‘ utroque macu-

lis basalibus duabus, una humerali, altera suturali cuneiformi,

communi, fasciaque pone medium, utrinque abbreviata, nigris.

Long, 22 lin.

Hab. Keuador (Buckley), Peru. Coll. Jacoby and

Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge elevated,

well-defined; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length,

the second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united. Thorax about one-fourth

broader than long; sides sinuate and slightly diverging from the

base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging towards

the apex; disk deeply bifoveolate. Elytra broadly oblong-ovate,

dilated posteriorly, convex, minutely punctured, rather strongly

South American species of Diabrotica. 37

plicate below the humeral callus; disk with several very faint

longitudinal sulcations, only visible when viewed obliquely.

This species, for the possession of which I am indebted

to the kindness of Mr. Jacoby, differs in its smaller size

and in the absence of any flavous coloration on the disk

of the elytra. The specimen before me appears to be

a ?; in the absence of the other sex I am compelled to

keep the two species distinct.

Spec. 65. Diabrotica Gorhami.

Anguste oblonga, postice vix ampliata, pallide prasina, nitida,

abdomine flavo, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, clypeo utrinque

antennisque piceo-flavis, tibiis tarsisque fulvo-tinctis, thorace con-

vexo, non-foveolato ; elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis, ad latera

plicatis, utroque vitta brevi suturali communi alteraque humerali

nigris, macula transversa pone medium picea.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). A single specimen in my

cabinet.

Head not longer than broad, subrotundate; clypeal ridge

strongly raised; antenne nearly three-fourths the length of the

body, filiform, the second joint short, the third rather longer, the

fourth longer than the preceding two united. Thorax nearly one-

half broader than long; sides straight and parallel from the base

to the middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex ;

disk convex, obsoletely deflexed on the sides. Elytra oblong,

slighly dilated posteriorly, convex, rather strongly plicate below the

humeral callus, disk rather closely impressed with fine punctures.

Diabrotica Gorhami agrees to some extent with D.

nigromaculata, Jac.; it is, however, more oblong in

form, more convex and the disk of the elytra is without

the longitudinal sulcations present in the latter species ;

the post-medial spot is probably at times more strongly

developed.

Spec. 66. Diabrotica quinquemaculata, Faby.

Galeruca quinquemaculata, Fabr., Syst. EL.,i., p. 452;

Oliy., Ent., vi., p. 659, tab. 8, fig. 77.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

scutello capiteque nigris, antennis piceo-fulvis, articulis intermediis

ultimogue piceis; thorace non-foveolato, fulvo-rufo; elytris sat

crebre punctatis, lateribus obsolete plicatis ; vittis basalibus tribus,

38 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

subeuneiformibus, fere ad medium extensis, et utroque plaga

transversa pone medium, interdum postice emarginata, nigro-

cyaneis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne, Upper Amazons. My collection.

Longitudinal ridge on clypeus ill-defined; antenne nearly four-

fifths the length of the body, filiform, the second joint short, the

third scarcely longer than the second, the fourth longer than the

preceding two united ; the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth and eleventh

joints piceous, the rest obscure fulvous. Thorax shaped as in

D. elata. Elytra rather closely and distinctly punctured, not

depressed below the basilar space, obsoletely plicate below the

humeral callus.

This species differs from D. elata in the coloration of

the thorax, in the more distinct punctuation of the

elytra and in the different coloration of the elytral

markings.

Spec. 67. Diabrotica mutabilis, Baly.

Journ. Lin. Soc., xix., p. 225.

Hab. Colombia. My collection.

Very closely allied to D. twmidicornis, Erichs.; sepa-

rated by its broader more oval form and by the presence

of several faint longitudinal sulcations on each elytron

(these are not mentioned in the original description) ;

the antenne in the male are thickened as in the former

species, but the two upper joints are less abruptly

narrowed. In my original diagnosis of this insect I

described the thorax as obsoletely bifoveolate: this is to

some extent an error; the foveew vary in depth, but in

the majority of specimens are well-defined.

Spec. 68. Diabrotica tunidicornis, Erichson.

Wied. Arch., 1847, p. 167.

Diabrotica fulvofasciata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889,

p. 281.

Elongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, pallide viridis, nitida,

capite, pectore, abdomine tibiisque flavis, his ad basin antennisque

fuscis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris tenuissime punctatis, pallide

prasinis aut viridi-flavis, ad basin interdum nigro-maculatis, plerum-

que viridi-marginatis.

South American species of Diabrotica. 39

Mas. Antennis extrorsum ampliatis, articulis ultimis duobus

abrupte tenuibus.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Peru, Callao; Bolivia. Coll. Baly and Jacoby.

Head trigonate; longitudinal ridge on clypeus well-defined ;

antenne equal in length to the body, the second joint very short,

the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth longer than the pre-

ceding two united, the seventh and following two joints in the g

thickened, the tenth and eleventh abruptly narrowed, not broader

than the sixth. Thorax nearly one-fifth broader than long; sides

very slightly diverging and faintly sinuate from the base to the

middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex; disk

nitidous, more or less deeply bifoveolate, foveee oblong or sub-

elongate. Elytra narrowly oblong, scarcely dilated posteriorly,

closely and finely punctured; the coloration varies from viridi-

flavous to prasinous, but in most specimens the outer margin and

sometimes the suture are narrowly edged with a darker shade of

green.

Spec. 69. Diabrotica formosa, Baly.

Journ. Lin. Soc., xix., p. 226.

Hab. Venezuela. My collection.

Spec. 70. Diabrotica undecimpunctata, Jac.

Cist. Ent., i1., p. 524.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, modice convexa, prasina,

nitida, pectore, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum

articulis duobus penultimis flavis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris

crebre tenuiter punctatis ; utroque vitta lata fulva a basi ad longe

pone medium extensa, punctisque sex, 2, 2, 2 dispositis, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Chanchamayo (Thamm). A single specimen in

Mr. Jacoby’s collection.

Longitudinal ridge on the clypeus well-defined; antenne fili-

form, nearly three-fourths the length of the body, the second joint

short, the third one-half longer, the fourth more than twice the

length of the preceding two united ; the basal joint pale green, the

following two piceous, the ninth and tenth pale flavous. Thorax

about one-third broader than long; sides parallel and distinctly

sinuate from the base to just beyond the middle, thence rounded

and converging towards the apex; upper surface nitidous, deeply

bifoveolate. Elytra convex, slightly but distinctly suleate below

40 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

the shoulders, finely but closely punctured; each elytron with a

broad fulvous vitta, which, commencing at the base, extends

downwards to rather more than half-way between the middle and

the apex; in addition are six small black spots, two basal, the

inner one common, the outer one placed on the humeral callus,

two just before the middle, and two half-way between the latter

and the apex.

Spec. 71. Diabrotica viridula, Fabr.

Syst. El.,1., p. 453.

Diabrotica optiva, Erichs., Wiegm. Archiv., 1847, 1.,

p. 469.

D. fusco-maculata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878,

p. 995 ; Biol. Cent. Amer., pt. vi., p. 528, pl. xxix.,

fig. 25, var.

D. ornatula, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soe., xix., p. 224.

Var. inconstans, Baly, l.c., p. 224.

Hab. Peru, Ecuador, Amazons; also Colombia and

Central America. Common in collections.

This widely-spread species varies in the coloration of

the antenne, tibie and tarsi, from flavous to nigro-

piceous or black. Hrichson describes the breast and

antenne as testaceous and the tibie and tarsi as flavous.

His description of the markings on the elytra agrees

with D. fusco-maculata, Jac., var. A, in the absence of

the third fuscous spot. In inconstans, mihi, which I

have united with the present species, each elytron has

two large yellow patches, one basal, the other below the

middle, the upper one being stained at its base with

rufo- or nigro-piceous. D. viridula varies greatly in

size.

Spec. 72. Diabrotica prolongata, Jacoby.

Cist. Ent., iii., p. 45.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, subtus nitida, flava,

viridi-tincta, pectore nigro; supra minus nitida, lete prasina aut

olivacea, scutello labroque nigris, antennis ad basin flavo-fuscis, ad

apicen pallide flavis, articulis intermediis nigro-fuscis; thorace

leviter trifoveolato; elytris sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis,

disco sulcis nonnullis longitudinalibus obsolete impressis ; basi nec

non margine externo fulvo-limbatis; utroque vitta humerali, ad

medium extensa, macula suturali baseos, communi, alterisque

discoidalibus tribus, longitudinaliter positis, nigro-piceis.

South American species of Diabrotica. 41

Var. A. Elytris pallide prasinis, vitta lata discoidali flava.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Squire, Fry). Coll. Jacoby,

Fry, and Baly. Var. A, coll. Fry.

Head triangular; clypeal ridge rather strongly raised ; antennze

filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second joint short,

moniliform, the third nearly twice its length, the fourth longer

than the preceding two united, the four lower joints fusco-flavous,

with a greenish tinge, the following four piceous, the three upper

ones piceo-flavous. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long;

sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the

middle, thence rounded and obliquely converging towards the

apex; disk impressed with three shallow fovee. LElytra narrowly

oblong, scarcely dilated posteriorly, convex, plicate and strongly

carinate below the humeral callus, disk rather closely punctured,

impressed with several faint longitudinal sulcations ; each elytron

with a narrow submarginal vitta, which covers the subhumeral

costa and extends downwards as far as the middle, and four small

spots, one basal common and three discoidal, one immediately

below the basal margin, another just before and a third immedi-

ately below the middle, nigro-piceous.

The number and position of the dark markings on the

elytra appear to vary greatly; in two specimens I have

seen they form two narrow interrupted linear fascie.

Spec. 73. Diabrotica speciosa, Germ.

Insect. Spec., p. 602, 1824 (Galeruca).

Diabrotica hexaspilota, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soc., xix.,

p- 228.

Oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida,

scutello, tibiis tarsisque nigris, capite rufo-testaceo, antennis

extrorsum piceis, labro plerumque piceo aut nigro; thorace longi-

tudine latiori, levi, utrinque plus minusve distincte foveolato (inter-

dum levi); elytris tenuiter punctatis, utroque maculis tribus,

prima ad basin, secunda prope medium tertiaque inter medium et

apicem positis, flavis ornatis.

Var. A. Pectore rufo-testaceo, tibiis tarsisque fuscis aut nigris.

Diabrotica vigens, Erichs., Wiegm. Archiv., 1847, p. 147.

Var. B. Capite (antennis exceptis) nigro, ceteris ut in typo;

elytris suture basi interdum nigro-lineata. Diabrotica Simoni,

Jac., Proc. Zool. Soe., 1889, p. 280.

Var. C. Elytrorum maculis flavis fere aut totis obsoletis, ceteris

ut in vars. B. and C. Diabrotica amabilis, Baly, l.¢., p. 222;

49 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

D. simulans, Baly, l.c., p. 222; D. Simoni, Jacoby, var., l.c.,

1889, p. 280.

Hab. Brazil, Tejuca, Petropolis (Gray); St. Catha-

rine (ex col. Deyrolle); Tucuman, type and var. A

(Lord Dormer); Peru, Chanchamayo, vars. A and B

(Thamm); Bolivia, vars. B, C; Cayenne, var. A;

Amazons, var. A (Bates); Colombia, vars. A, C, and D

(Steinheil) ; Mexico, var. B. In most collections.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a broad

longitudinal ridge; antenne shorter than the body in both sexes,

filiform, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth

slightly longer than the preceding two united. Thorax slightly

broader than long; sides nearly parallel and slightly sinuate from

the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards

the apex, hinder angles subacute ; upper surface moderately con-

vex, smooth, impressed more or less distinctly on either side with

a round fovea, which is in some specimens ill-defined and in many

instances entirely obsolete. Elytra ovate, dilated posteriorly,

their apices rounded ; above convex, not plicate below the humeral

callus, finely but rather closely punctured.

This common and variable species is found in nearly

all the warmer parts of the South American continent

and also in Mexico and other parts of Central America ;

it varies greatly in the coloration of the head, under

surface of the body and in the presence or absence of

the yellow markings on the elytra; these markings,

when present, appear to differ but little in form. The

fovee on the thorax, as stated above, vary from being

' well-defined to entirely obselete, every stage being found

between the two extremes. Having nearly one hundred

specimens of the different forms, both in sculpture and

coloration, now under my observation, I cannot but

regard them as varieties of the same species, therefore

am compelled to unite them under a single head.

Mr. Jacoby, in his diagnosis of D. Simoni, gives the

thorax in the ? as being marked with four piceous

spots. I have several specimens in my collection in

which the thorax is more or less distinctly marked with

piceous or fulvous, evidently the result of fading after

death.

South American species of Diabrotica. 43

Spec. 74. Diabrotica balteata, Leconte.

Proc. Acad. Phil., 1865, p. 213; Jac., Biol. Cent.

Amer., Col., vi., pt. i., p. 280, tab. xxix., fig. 23.

Diabrotica Sallei, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soce., xix., p. 227.

Hab. Colombia (Steinheil); Central and North

America. Common in collections.

Spec. 75. Diabrotica luteopustulata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida, post-

pectore, tibiarum dorso tarsisque piceis, scutello capiteque rufo-

fulvis, labro nigro, antennis piceo-fuscis, ad basin et ante apicem

pallidis ; thorace levi, leviter bifoveolato; elytris sat crebre, tenuiter

punctatis, utroque maculis tribus, longitudinaliter dispositis, seepe

confluentibus, fulvis.

Var. A. Thoracis foveis obsoletis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Cauca. My collection.

Head scarcely longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a

strongly-raised longitudinal ridge ; antenne filiform, equal to the

body in length in the J, rather shorter in the 2; the second and

third joints short, equal in length in the g, the third rather longer

than the second in the ?; piceo-fuscous; the three or four lower

joints, together with the ninth, tenth, and basal portion of the

eleventh, flavous, more or less stained with piceous. Thorax

nearly one-fourth broader than long; sides rather deeply sinuate

behind the middle, the latter rounded, slightly produced laterally ;

upper surface rather abruptly deflexed on the sides, slightly flat-

tened on the hinder disk, impressed on either side with a small

fovea (these foveee are sometimes entirely obsolete). Elytra

oblong, slightly dilated «posteriorly, their apices conjointly regu-

larly rounded in the g, obtusely rounded in the 2; convex, not

depressed below the basilar space, rather closely punctured, plicate

below the humeral callus, the subhumeral costa well-defined,

extending downwards as far as the middle of the elytron and

bounded within by a deep sulcation; each elytron with three large

subrotundate and more or less confluent fulvous patches, placed

longitudinally, one at the base, a second about the middle, and the

third between the middle and the apex.

44 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 76. Diabrotica glaucina.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, sordide fulva, nitida,

labro antennisque piceis aut nigro-piceis, his ad basin fulvis, ante

apicem flayo-albidis, articulo apicali nigro; thorace convexo ;

elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, disco

exteriori ante medium obsolete longitudinaliter sulcato; utroque

pustulis magnis quatuor, longitudinaliter positis, fulvis, pustulis

duobus anticis plerumque confluentibus.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad ; clypeus with the longi-

tudinal ridge strongly elevated, well-defined; antenne filiform,

equal to the body in length, the second joint short, moniliform, the

third slightly longer than the second, the fourth longer than the

preceding two united; piceous or nigro-piceous, the three lower

joints fulvous, the ninth and tenth yellowish white, the eleventh

black. Thorax one-fourth broader than long; sides nearly parallel

and slightly sinuate from the base to just beyond the middle,

rounded anteriorly, converging towards the apex; above convex,

shining, impunctate. Elytra narrowly oblong, very slightly dilated

posteriorly, their apices conjointly regularly rounded, convex,

finely and rather closely punctured, outer disk anteriorly with

several longitudinal sulcations; plicate below the humeral callus,

subhumeral costa broad, extending downwards as far as the middle

of the elytron.

Spec. 77. Diabrotica curvipustulata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nitida; subtus flava,

thorace femoribusque prasinis, tibiis piceo-tinctis; supra prasina,

antennis basi excepta, piceis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris crebre

puncta disco sulcis longitudinalibus leviter impresso; utroque

pustulis flavis tribus ornatis, harum una basali, rotundata, secunda

‘humerali, ad disci medium fere extensa, intus curvata, apicem

versus ampliata, tertiaque sublunata, pone medium posita, fulvis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Colombia; Nicaragua (Janson). Coll. Fry and

Baly.

Head not longer than broad; labrum fulvous; eyes black ;

antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second

joint short, the third slightly longer, the fourth rather longer than

the preceding two united; the basal joint pale green, the second

South American species of Diabrotica. 45

and third piceo-fulvous, the rest piceous, the two upper ones rather

paler than the rest. Thorax rather more than one-third broader

than long; sides sinuate and slightly diverging from the base to

the middle, rounded anteriorly; disk shining, bifoveolate. Elytra

oblong-ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, closely and dis-

tinctly punctured; plicate below the humeral callus, disk of each

elytron with five or six shallow broad longitudinal sulcations.

The more strongly punctured sulcate elytra, together

with the different form of the fulvous markings, will at

once separate the above insect from sexmaculata, mihi,

the only species with which it can be confounded.

Spec. 78. Diabrotica gracilis, Jac.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878. p. 150.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo amplhata, convexa, prasina, nitida,

pectore, tibiis, tarsis, capite, scutello elytrorumque linea basali

communi nigris; antennis ad basin prasinis, ante apicem flavo-

albidis; thorace bifoveolato ; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera

plicatis ; utroque plagis duabus, una basali, altera pone medium,

flavo-fulvis.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil. Unique in Mr. Jacoby’s collection.

Clypeal ridge well-defined; antennz slender, filiform, the

second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth longer than

the preceding two united; the basal joint pale green, the ninth

and tenth yellowish white. Thorax scarcely one-fourth broader

than long; sides parallel and distinctly sinuate from the base to

beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex;

disk deeply bifoveolate, nitidous, impressed with very minute

punctures, only visible under a deep lens. Elytra oblong-ovate,

scarcely dilated posteriorly ; convex, distinctly and rather closely

punctured ; plicate below the humeral callus, subhumeral costa

extending to just beyond the middle of the elytron, bifurcate at

its base.

Spec. 79. Diabrotica bipustulata, Baly.

Journ. Lin. Soc., xix, p. 221.

Hab. Venezuela. In most collections.

Spec. 80. Diabrotica amena, Dalm.

Analect. Ent., 1823, p. 75.

Diabrotica Clarkella, Baly, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

1859, p. 271.

Hab. Brazil. Common in collections.

46 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 81. Diabrotica Grayella, Baly.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 445.

Hab. Brazil, Petropolis, Constancia (Gray). In most

collections.

The subsutural vitta at once separates this species

from D. Clarkella, which in all other respects it closely

resembles. In most collections.

Spec. 82. Diabrotica apicipennis.

Elongata, modice convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, ano, tibiis,

tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, articulis

novo et decimo albidis (artic. ult. fract,), thorace bifoveolato ; elytris

fere parallelis, crebre distincte punctatis, ad latera plicatis; utroque

margine apicali, suture basi vittaque humerali nigro-piceis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry). Unique in Mr.

Fry’s collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular ; clypeal ridge distinct ;

eyes large, prominent; antenne filiform, the second and third

joints short, the third rather longer than the second, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united ; the second and third joints

piceous, the ninth and tenth white, the eleventh (in the single

specimen known to me broken off). Thorax about one-third

broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the

base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging and slightly

rounded towards the apex; disk convex, deeply bifoveolate. Elytra

subelongate, their sides nearly parallel; above moderately convex,

rather closely and strongly punctured, plicate below the humeral

callus; each elytron with the apical margin, a narrow sutural line

at the base, together with a short humeral vitta, nigro-piceous.

Spec. 83. Diabrotica atrosignata.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida, pectore,

scutello capiteque (antennis basi et apice exceptis) nigris ; thorace

leviter trifoveolato; elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis; flavis,

utroque vittis subcuneiformibus duabus, basalibus interna com-

muni, maculisque tribus ante apicem, triangulariter dispositis,

nigris.

Long. 34 lin.

Hab. Brazil. Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; elypeus with a broad

South American species of Diabrotica. 47

longitudinal ridge; antenne moderately robust, filiform, rather

more than half the length of the body, the second joint short, the

third more than one-half longer than the second, the fourth equal

in length to the preceding two united; the three lower joints,

together with the two upper ones, fulvous, the rest black. Thorax

more than one-half broader than long; sides nearly straight and

parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely con-

verging and slightly rounded towards the apex, the anterior angles

obtuse, the hinder ones acute; upper surface smooth, impunctate,

convex, flattened on the central disk, trifoveolate, the two anterior

fovere rather strongly impressed, the third small and ill-defined,

placed just in front of the basal margin. Elytra ovate, rather

strongly dilated posteriorly; above convex, finely and closely

punctured.

Spec. 84. Diabrotica septemliturata, Erichs.

Diabrotica lineolata, Kirsch, Berl. Entom. Zeits.,

Xxvil., p. 202, 1883.

Subelongato-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, pallide flava,

pectore, ore antennisque nigris, his ad basin plerumque flavis, apice

albido, articulis intermediis interdum fuscis; thorace excavato,

trifoveolato, foveis interdum fere obsoletis; elytris ad latera

plicatis; utroque vittis basalibus duabus, brevibus, una communi,

altera humerali, maculisque lineariformibus duabus, pone medium

transversim positis, nigris.

Var. A. Capite rufo-piceo aut nigro.

Mabrotica septemliturata, Erichs., Wiegm. Archiy., 1847, i.,

p. 167.

Var. B. Elytri vittis basalibus confluentibus, capite ut in

var. B.

Var. C. Elytri maculis posticis duabus inter se confluentibus.

Var. D. Ore flavo.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo (Thamm); Amazons

(Bates) ; Bolivia. Common in collections.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-defined ; antennz

filiform, rather more than three-fourths the length of the body,

the second joint short, the third one-half longer, the fourth slightly

longer than the preceding two united; black, the three outer joints

yellowish white, the three or four basal ones sometimes piceo-

flavous ; in some specimens the antenne are entirely of this latter

colour, the intermediate joints being scarcely, if at all, darker than

the rest. Thorax one-third broader than long; sides parallel and

48 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

faintly sinuate from the base to the middle, obsoletely dilated and

rounded anteriorly; above convex, hinder two-thirds of disk

broadly excavated, more or less distinctly trifoveolate. Elytra

oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, plicate below the humeral

callus; surface closely and distinctly punctured.

After a careful examination. of a long series of this

variable species I cannot separate D. lineolata, Kirsch

(the type-specimen of which, through the kindness of

the author, I have before me) as a distinct specific form.

The head varies in colour from entirely black to entirely

flavous; the antenne are also equally variable in tint.

Dr. Kirsch lays stress on the absence of the discoidal

foves of the thorax in his insect, but in the specimen

before me they, although faint, are distinctly visible

under a lens. Erichson only gives the thorax as bi-

foveolate, the third fovea is always less distinctly defined

than the others and in some specimens possibly entirely

obsolete.

D. septemliturata is separated from D. Clarkella by its

smaller size, and by the difference in the sculpturing of

the thorax. It is also much more variable in the

pattern of its elytra than that species.

Spec. 85. Diabrotica Dysoni, Baly.

Journ. Ent. Soc., 1886, xix., p. 217.

Hab. Colombia; my collection. A single specimen.

D. Dysoni may be known by the form of the elytral

markings, which are broad and of equal width through-

out, their apices being abruptly truncate.

Spec. 86. Diabrotica sedata.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore, oculis antennisque nigris, his ad basin piceis, apice sordide

flavo; thorace leviter trifoveolato ; elytris subnitidis, sat crebre

punctatis, ad latera leviter plicatis, disco sulcis nonnullis longi-

tudinalibus obsolete impresso; utroque vittis brevibus basalibus

duabus, una communi, altera humerali, vittulisque duabus longe

pone medium oblique transversim positis, nigris.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Brazil; also Guatemala. My collection.

Head slightly longer than broad; labrum pale piceous ; c'ypeal

ridge strongly raised, terminating before reaching the anterior

South American species of Diabrotica. 49

margin; antenne filiform, four-fifths the length of the body, the

second joint short, the third one-half longer, the fourth longer than

the preceding two united; the two lower joints piceous, the three

upper ones obscure fulvous, the rest black. Thorax about one-

half broader than long; sides sinuate and nearly parallel from the

base to just beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging and

slightly rounded towards the apex; above convex, slightly exca-

vated on the hinder two-thirds of the disk, obsoletely trifoveolate.

Elytra oval, slightly dilated posteriorly; convex, rather broadly

margined ; above convex, subnitidous, distinctly punctured, obso-

letely plicate below the humeral callus, disk faintly impressed with

several ill-defined longitudinal sulcations.

Spec. 87. Diabrotica Clarkella, Baly.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice conyexa, flava,

nitida, dorso interdum fuseo tincto, pectore antennisque nigris, his

ad basin et adapicem fulvis ; thorace convexo, disco excavato, plus

minusve distincte bifoveolato; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera

plicatis ; utroque vittis basalibus brevibus duabus, una communi,

altera humerali, maculisque duabus pone medium, oblique trans-

versim positis, nigris.

Var. A. Elytrorum maculis posticis confluentibus, capite nigro-

piceo.

Long. 3}—4 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Petropolis, Constantia (Gray). In

most collections.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge only slightly raised,

not well-defined; antennze rather more than three-fourths the

length of the body, filiform, the second joint short, the third

scarcely one-half longer, the fourth equal in length to the preceding

two united; the three lower and the three upper joints, together

with the basal portion of the fourth, flavo-fulvous, the rest black.

Thorax one-third broader than long; sides sinuate and nearly

parallel from the base to the middle, thence slightly converging

towards the apex, the anterior angles slightly thickened, obtuse,

the hinder ones acute; above convex, the medial disk broadly

excavated, impressed on either side with a shallow fovea. Elytra

narrowly ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly

rounded; above convex, rather closely and strongly punctured,

obsoletely rugulose, plicate below the humeral callus.

In some specimens the surface immediately sur-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (APRIL.) E

50 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

rounding the elytral markings is paler than the rest of

the disk.

Spec. 88. Diabrotica simulata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore

scutelloque nigris, capite rufo-piceo, ore nigro; antennis sordide

fulvis, articulis intermediis ultimoque nigris, thorace convexo,

levi; elytris sat crebre punctatis; utroque vitta humerali altera-

que suturali, communi, maculisque duabus, pone medium trans-

versim positis, nigris.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates); a single specimen in my

own cabinet.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; rufo-piceous, the mouth

black; clypeus with a distinctly elevated longitudinal ridge;

antenne filiform, about three-fourths the length of the body, the

second joint short, ovate, the third obconic, about one-third longer

than the second, the fourth longer than the preceding two united ;

the four lower joints, together with the ninth and tenth, fulvous,

the rest black. Thorax one-fourth broader than long; sides

parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle,

thence obliquely narrowed towards the apex; disk smooth, con-

vex. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, rather

closely and distinctly punctured, the subhumeral ridge only visible

immediately below the humeral callus.

Separated from the following species, Buqueti, by the

less distinct plication of the elytra and by the short

subhumeral costa.

Spec. 89. Diabrotica Buqueti.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava nitida, pectore antennis-

que nigris aut piceis, his ad basin piceo-fulvis, articulis penultimis

duobus albidis; scutello labroque piceis; thorace rufo-fulvo aut

flavo, convexo, levi; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis ;

utroque linea suturali baseos, altera subhumerali lineisque brevi-

bus duabus pone medium, transversim positis, nigris aut piceis.

Var. A. Elytrorum lineis posticis obsoletis.

Long. 3% lin.

Hab. Amazons, Kga (Bates); Peru. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a distinct

longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, rather more than three-

South American species of Diabrotica. 51

fourths the length of the body, the second joint short, the third

very slightly longer than the second, the fourth longer than the

preceding two united. Thorax slightly broader than long; sides

nearly parallel and sinuate from the base to the middle, thence

rounded and converging towards the apex, the hinder angle

slightly produced, acute; disk convex, impunctate. EHlytra ovate,

dilated posteriorly ; upper surface rather strongly convex, closely

punctured, distinctly plicate below the humeral callus, the sub-

humeral costa well-defined and extending to the middle of the

elytron.

Spec. 90. Diabrotica proximans.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore, scutello capiteque, antennis ad basin et ante apicem ex-

ceptis, nigris; thorace convexo, levi; elytris sat crebre punctatis,

utroque vittis duabus basalibus brevibus, una humerali, altera

suturali communi maculaque sublaterali pone medium, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge well-

defined ; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body im length, the

second joint short, moniliform, the third slightly longer, the fourth

much longer than the preceding two united, the fifth to the eighth,

together with the eleventh, black or piceous, the rest flavous.

Thorax about one-third broader than long ; sides parallel and very

slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded

and converging towards the apex, the anterior angles slightly pro-

duced, obtuse; disk convex, impunctate. Elytra ovate, slightly

dilated posteriorly, convex, faintly grooved longitudinally below

the humeral callus, rather closely punctured; the basal vitta

wedge-shaped, scarcely extending for more than one-fourth the

length of the elytra.

The black head, the less strong subhumeral plication

of the elytra, together with the short basal vitte and

the absence of the inner post-medial spot, will separate

this species from the preceding.

Spee. 91. Diabrotica brevicornis.

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, pallide flava,

nitida, pectore capiteque nigris, antennis nigro-piceis ad basin et ad

apicem pallidis; thorace levi, disco postico leviter deplanato; scu-

tello piceo; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera distincte plicatis ; utro-

que vittis brevipus basalibus duabus, una communi, altera humerali,

maculaque sublaterali oblonga, pone medium posita, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

E 2

52 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Hab. Cayenne; asingle specimen. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeal ridge elevated,

not sharply defined on the sides; antenne rather more than half

the length of the body, filiform, the second joint short, the third

rather more than one-half longer, the fourth equal in length to the

preceding two united; the three basal, together with the three

upper joints, piceo-flavous, the rest nigro-piceous. Thorax rather

broader than long; sides rounded and very slightly dilated ante-

riorly, nearly straight and parallel behind the middle; disk convex,

its hinder portion very slightly flattened, nitidous, infpunctate.

Elytra narrowly oblong, dilated posteriorly, moderately convex,

distinctly plicate below the humeral callus, rather closely but finely

punctured; surface of disk here and there obsoletely wrinkled.

The short antennz, scarcely exceeding half the body

in length, separate this species from its congeners.

Spec. 92. Diabrotica analis.

Elongato-ovata, postice ampliata, modice convexa, flava, nitida,

abdominis segmento anali, tibiis, tarsis, pectore, scutello capiteque

nigris, antennis ad basin piceis aut piceo-fulvis, articulis penultimis

duobus albidis ; thorace transverso, convexo, levi, utrinque obso-

lete foveolato ; elytris convexis, sat crebre, distincte punctatis, ad

latera plicatis; utroque linea suturali, communi, vitta brevi

humerali lineaque submarginali ante apicem posita, nigris.

Mas. Antennis corpore paullo longioribus.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Bahia (Reed). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head not longer than broad ; clypeal ridge ill-defined; antenne

filiform, equal to the body in length in the 9, slightly longer in

the #, the second joint short, subovate, the third one-half longer

than the second, the fourth rather longer than the preceding two

united; black, the three lower joints piceo-flavous or piceous, the

ninth and tenth yellowish white. Thorax about one-third broader

than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to

beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex ;

disk convex, very faintly foveolate on either side, these fover

sometimes entirely obsolete. Elytra oblong-ovate, slightly dilated

posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded, convex, slightly flat-

tened along the suture, distinctly and rather strongly punctured,

outer disk with three or four very shallow longitudinal sulcations,

in some cases nearly obsolete; subhumeral callus slightly raised

and extending from the humeral callus to a short distance below

the middle.

South American species of Diabrotica. 58

Spec. 93. Diabrotica Westwoodi.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., 252.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore, scutello, labro antennisque nigris, his ad basin piceis, articu-

lis externis tribus, ultimi apice excepto, albidis; thorace convexo,

dorso obsolete deplanato, ad basin fovea obsoleta impresso ; elytris

subcrebre, tenuiter punctatis, ad latera plicatis; utroque linea

suturali, a basi fere ad medium extensa, vitta humerali brevi, macu-

laque oblonga submarginali, nigris.

Long, 33 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection.

Head triangular, scarcely longer than broad; clypeus with an

ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antennz nearly equal to the body in

length, filiform, the second and third joints very short, nearly

equal, the fourth longer than the preceding two united; black, the

three lower joints pale piceous, stained above with black; the three

upper ones yellowish white, the apex of the eleventh black.

Thorax one-half broader than long; sides sinuate behind the

middle, very slightly dilated and rounded anteriorly ; upper surface

convex, the hinder two-thirds of the disk obsoletely flattened,

impressed at its base with a faint fovea. LElytra narrowly oblong-

ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, obtusely rounded conjointly at

the apices; convex, slightly flattened along the suture, finely punc-

tured, plicate below the humeral callus, the subhumeral ridge dis-

tinctly elevated and extending to just beyond the middle of the

elytron.

Spee. 94. Diabrotica Weiset.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, scutello

antennisque nigris, his ad basin piceo-fulvis, articulis penultimis

duobus albidis; thorace convexo, rufo-testaceo; elytris convexis, ad

latera plicatis, sat crebre punctatis, utroque linea brevi basali com-

muni vittaque brevi humerali, nigris.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Brazil, St. Catharine. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, labrum piceous; clypeal ridge

rather broad, well-defined; antenne nearly equal to the body in

length, filiform, the second joint short, the third rather longer, the

fourth longer than the preceding two united; the three lower

joints piceo-fulvous, the tenth and eleventh white, the rest black.

Thorax nearly one-third broader than long; sides parallel and

distinctly sinuate posteriorly, rounded and converging towards the

54 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

apex in front; disk convex, smooth and shining, rufo-testaceous.

Elytra broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, grooved below

the humeral callus, the subhumeral costa elevated and extending

to a short distance below the middle; surface rather closely punc-

tured; outer margin rather broadly reflexed.

Separated from D. Westwoodi by its broader and more

ovate form, the subhumeral groove being also less deeply

impressed.

Spec. 95. Diabrotica facialis.

Anguste ovata, postice amplhata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

scutello capiteque nigris, vertice, clypeoque utrinque flavis;

antennis ad basin piceo-fulvis, articulis penultimis duobus flavo-

albidis; thorace integro, nitido ; elytris tenuissime subremote punc-

tatis, lateribus plicatis ; utroque linea suturali vittaque elevata sub-

humerali, postice abbreviatis, nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Bogota, Dresden Museum, and coll.

Duvivier, Baly, and Jacoby.

Head triangular, not longer than broad, shining black, a patch

on the vertex, together with the clypeus, the longitudinal ridge

and the anterior margin excepted, flavous; antenne filiform, more

than four-fifths of the body in length, the second and third joints

short, nearly equal, the fourth much longer than the preceding

two united ; the four lower joints piceo-fulvous, the fifth piceous,

the following three, together with the apical one, black, the ninth

and tenth yellowish white. Thorax about one-third broader than

long; sides rounded anteriorly, parallel and slightly sinuate behind

the middle; disk nitidous, convex, impunctate. Elytra oblong-

ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, strongly plicate below the

humeral callus, the subhumeral costa strongly elevated and ex-

tending downwards below the middle, general surface minutely

but rather remotely punctured ; each elytron with a narrow sutural

line, abbreviated just below the middle, and a linear vitta, which

runs along the subhumeral costa and extends downwards a little

beyond the medial line, black.

The yellow colour of the face in some cases extends

upwards on the front; the subhumeral ridge is more

strongly developed than in any of the allied species.

Spec. 96. Diabrotica soroensis.

Elongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, flava, nitida, pectore,

labro antennisque nigris (horum articuli ultimi quatuor fracti

aoe ee

South American species of Diabrotica. 55

sunt); thorace levi, obsolete trifoveolato, rufo-testaceo; elytris

tenuiter subcrebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, suture basi et utro-

que vitta humerali vix pone medium extensa, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head triangular; clypeal ridge ill-defined; labrum, eyes, and

antenne black; these last with the second joint short, the third

nearly twice its length, the fourth longer than the preceding two

united, the basal joint piceous (the four upper joints in the single

specimen before me broken off). Thorax rather broader than long;

sides parallel and sinuate from the base to the middle, slightly

rounded anteriorly ; disk convex, impunctate, faintly impressed on

the hinder disk with three shallow fovee. Elytra narrowly oblong,

dilated posteriorly, convex, faintly impressed transversely below

the basilar space, finely and rather closely punctured, strongly

plicate on the side below the humeral callus, the subhumeral ridge

strongly raised.

Spee. 97. Diabrotica brevivittata.

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,

nitida, pectore, ore antennisque nigris, his ad basin et ad apicem

sordide flavis ; thorace excavato, utringue obsolete foveolato ; elytris

sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, utroque lineis basalibus

brevibus duabus, una communi, altera submarginali, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; labrum and eyes

black, the latter large, prominent; antenne filiform, equal to the

body in length, the second joint short, the third one-half longer,

the fourth longer than the preceding two united; the three lower

joints, together with the two upper ones, piceo-flavous. Thorax

nearly one-third broader than long; sides rounded anteriorly,

sinuate and nearly parallel behind the middle ; upper surface con-

vex, hinder disk rather deeply excavated, obsoletely bifoveolate.

Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, moderately

convex, plicate below the humeral callus, rather closely punctured.

Closely allied to D. soroensis ; separated by the deeply

excavated thorax and by the shorter elytral vitte.

Spec. 98. Diabrotica cavicollis.

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, ni-

tida, pectore capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin et ad apicem pallide

56 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

piceis ; thorace rufo-testaceo, disco leviter excavato ; elytris minute

punctatis, ad latera plicatis, utroque vittis basalibus duabus,

lineariformibus, una communi, altera submarginali, nigris.

Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Brazil. My collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-defined : antenne

filiform, rather shorter than the body, the second joint short, the

third rather longer, the fourth slightly longer than the preceding

two united; the three lower, together with the tenth joints fulvo-

piceous (the eleventh joint broken off). Thorax scarcely broader

than long; sides rounded anteriorly, sinuate behind the middle,

convex; the hinder disk slightly but distinctly excavated. Elytra

narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, strongly

plicate below the humeral callus, very minutely punctured ; the

sutural vitta in this species terminates at the commencement of

the middle third of the elytron, whilst the sublateral one extends

to the lower end of the latter.

Spec. 99. Diabrotica sesquilineata, Erichs.

Wied. Archiv., 1847, p. 167.

Elongata, postice leviter ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore capiteque nigris, antennarum articulis ultimis tribus

albidis; thorace scutelloque rufo-testaceis, illo excavato, obsolete

trifoveolato; elytris tenuiter punctatis, lateribus plicatis, utroque

sutura, postice attenuata et longe ante apicem abbreviata, vitta

humerali, ante apicem abbreviata, lineaque discoidali utrinque

abbreviata, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Peru (Thamm); Upper Amazons. Coll. Fry

and Baly.

Head triangular; longitudinal ridge on clypeus ill-defined ;

antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second

and third joints short, equal in length, the fourth much longer than

the preceding two united. Thorax slightly broader than long;

sides very slightly produced and rounded anteriorly, parallel and

very faintly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle; hinder

disk excavated, obsoletely trifoveolate. Elytra narrowly oblong,

very slightly dilated posteriorly, finely and rather closely punctured,

distinctly plicate on the sides, the subhumeral costa well-defined

and extending below the middle of the elytron.

Erichson places this species in the division with the

thorax bifoveolate ; in the specimen before me the fovee

South American species of Diabrotica. 57

are very ill-defined, and it is very possible that occa-

sionally the third one is obsolete; in all respects it

agrees closely with his description. In the pattern of

the elytra it resembles D. atrivittata, but differs in its

narrower form and in the foveolate thorax.

Spec. 100. Diabrotica atrivittata.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore nigro,

scutello capiteque nigro-piceis, antennis flavis, articulis intermediis

oculisque nigris, thorace convexo, levi; elytris crebre punctatis,

ad latera plicatis, utroque suture basi, vitta humerali a basi ad

longe pone medium extensa alteraque discoidali utrinque abbre-

viata, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro, St. Paulo (Fry). Coll.

Fry and Baly.

Head triangular; clypeus with a well-defined longitudinal

ridge; antenne filiform, three-fourths the length of the body, the

second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth

slightly longer than the preceding two united; pale flavous, the

fifth to the eighth, together with the apex of the fourth, black.

Thorax one-third broader than long; sides nearly straight and

parallel from the base to the middle, thence obliquely rounded and

converging towards the apex; above convex, shining, impunctate.

Elytra broadly ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices broadly

rounded; convex, rather closely punctured, subhumeral costa dis-

tinct, extending downwards as far as the middle of the elytron.

Spec. 101. Diabrotica Kirbyt.

Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, pal-

lide flava, nitida, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, pedibus anten-

narumque basi fulvo-flavis; thorace obsolete bifoveolato ; elytris

crebre punctatis, flavo-albidis, utroque sutura ante medium, Vitta

humerali fere ad apicem extensa, alteraque discoidali, utrinque

abbreviata, nigris.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Parana; a single specimen in my own

collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus convex, the

longitudinal ridge nearly obsolete; antenne filiform, moderately

robust, the second joint short, submoniliform, the third rather

58 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

more than one-half longer than the second, the fourth equal in

length to the preceding two united; three lower joints fulvo-

flavous, the fourth to the ninth black (the two upper ones in the

single specimen before me broken off). Thorax nearly one-half

broader than long at the base; sides sinuate from the base to the

middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex, posterior

angles slightly produced, acute; above convex, slightly flattened

on the disk, impressed on either side with a large shallow fovea.

Elytra oblong, very slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices

regularly rounded; above convex, rather closely punctured, plicate

below the humeral callus, subhumeral ridge distinct, extending

more than half-way between the middle of the elytron and its

apex, its hinder portion less strongly elevated.

Spec. 102. Diabrotica atrilineata.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Elongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, pallide flava, nitida,

pectore oculisque nigris, antennis nigro-piceis aut nigris, apice

flavo; thorace bifoveolato ; elytris crebre punctatis, pallide flavis,

suture basi, linea humerali, fere ad apicem extensa, pone medium

late interrupta, lineaque brevi discoidali, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head not longer than broad, triangular, labrum stained at the

base with piceous; clypeus with a well-defined longitudinal ridge ;

antenne filiform, moderately robust, the second joint short, the

third about one-half longer, the fourth slightly longer than the

preceding two united; nigro-piceous or black, the three upper

joints flavous. Thorax nearly one-fourth broader than long; sides

parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to the middle, rounded

anteriorly and converging towards the apex, the hinder angles

slightly produced, subacute; medial disk distinctly excavated,

impressed on either side with a large shallow fovea. Elytra

narrowly oblong-ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices

regularly rounded; above convex, rather coarsely and closely

punctured ; plicate below the humeral callus, subhumeral costa

well-defined, extending to the middle of the elytron.

Spee. 108. Diabrotica trifoveolata.

Subelongata aut elongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice con-

vexa, flava, nitida, pectore capiteque nigris, antennis nigro-piceis,

ad basin et ad apicem pallidis ; thorace rufo-testaceo, trifoveolato ;

South American species of Diabrotica. 59

elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis ; utroque linea brevi basali,

communi, vitta submarginali a basi fere ad apicem extensa, in-

terdum ante apicem subinterrupta, maculaque post-mediali inter

vittam et suturam posita, nigris.

Long. 8—3} lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge well-defined ;

antenne filiform, three-fourths the length of the body, the second

joint short, the third one-half longer, the fourth equal in length to

the preceding two united, two or three lower joints, together with

the three upper ones, piceo-fulvous. Thorax one-fifth broader than

long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to the

middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex ; above

convex, hinder disk excavated, trifoveolate. Elytra narrowly

oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, strongly

plicate below the humeral callus, rather closely punctured.

Spec. 104. Diabrotica confraterna.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Oblongo-elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, ad apicem sordide

fulvis ; thorace convexo, obsolete trifoveolato, rufo-fulvo; elytris sat

crebre punctatis, costa subhumerali yix elevata; utroque vitta brevi

basali, communi, altera humerali, a basi ad longe pone medium

extensa maculaque parva oblonga inter medium et apicem posita,

nigris.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons; a single specimen in my own

collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a distinct

longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, nearly four-fifths the length

of the body, the second joint short, the third nearly twice its length,

the fourth as long as the preceding two united; the two lower

joints piceous, the three upper ones piceo-fulvous. Thorax rather

more than one-fourth broader than long; sides very slightly pro-

duced before the middle, sinuate posteriorly, obliquely converging

towards the apex; above convex, very faintly impressed with

three small fovexr, two, one on either side the disk, only visible

when viewed obliquely, the third rather more distinct, subelongate,

placed on the medial line just in front of the basal margin. Elytra

narrowly oblong, very slightly dilated posteriorly, rather broadly

margined on the sides, regularly rounded at the apex, convex,

60 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

distinctly punctured; subhumeral ridge broad, very slightly

elevated, extending from the humeral callus to just below the outer

and hinder angle of the elytron.

Rather broader than D. trifoveolata, its thorax dis-

tinctly trifoveolate.

Spec. 105. Diabrotica contigua.

Proc: Zool. Soc.,-1889, p- 92.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin et ad apicem flavis;

thorace leviter trifoveolato, disco interdum piceo tincto; elytris

sat crebre punctatis, disco sulcis nonnullis longitudinalibus leviter

impresso, costa subhumerali fere ad apicem extensa; utroque linea

suturali ante apicem abbreviata, ad apicem paullo ampliata, vitta

humerali, a basi fere ad apicem extensa maculaque discoidali pone

medium posita, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro. Coll. Baly and Fry.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a strongly

raised well-defined longitudinal ridge; encarpe thickened, trans-

verse ; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the

second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer than the second,

the fourth longer than the preceding two united; the three lower

joints, the basal portion of the fourth, together with the three

upper ones, flayous, the ninth more or less stained with fuscous,

the rest black. Thorax one-half broader than long; sides slightly

dilated and rounded anteriorly, rather deeply sinuate behind the

middle, the hinder angles slightly produced, acute; disk im-

pressed with three shallow fovee. LElytra narrowly oblong,

slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded, convex,

finely but rather closely punctured; disk of each elytron impressed

with four or five broad but shallow longitudinal sulcations; sub-

humeral costa strongly raised and extending nearly to the apex of

the elytron.

This species may be known from the preceding two by

the sulcations on the elytra.

Spec. 106. Diabrotica boliviana. v. Harold.

Mittheil. d. Munch. Ent. Verr., 1877, p. 111.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore

capiteque nigris, antennis pallide piceis, apice piceo-tlavo, scutello

South American species of Diabrotica. 61

thoraceque rufis; hoc plus minusve distincte trifoveolato, fovea

intermedia interdum obsoleta; elytris distincte, sat crebre punc-

tatis, utroque vitta suturali communi basali, ante medium abbre-

viata, altera sublaterali, a basi ad longe pone medium producta

maculaque oblonga discoidali pone medium posita, cyaneis aut

viridi eneis.

Var. A. Elytrorum vitta sublaterali interrupta.

Var. B. Elytrorum macula discoidali cum sutura confluenti.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Bolivia, Upper Amazons, and Peru. My col-

lection. .

Head not longer than broad, subtrigonate ; clypeus with a broad

longitudinal ride ; eyes large, prominent; antenne filiform, four-

fifths the length of the body, the second joint short, the third twice

the length of the second, the fourth equal to the preceding two

united; pale piceous, the four basal joints beneath, together with

the three upper ones entirely, piceo-flavous. Thorax one-third

broader than long ; sides nearly parallel and slightly sinuate from

the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and obliquely con-

verging towards the apex; upper surface convex, hinder disk

moderately excavated, more or less distinctly trifoveolate, the

middle fovea, which is placed just in front of the basal margin,

sometimes obsolete. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly,

their apices conjointly regularly rounded; convex, distinctly punc-

tured, plicate below the humeral callus, the subhumeral costa

distinct, bounded within by a longitudinal sulcation.

Spec. 107. Diabrotica picco-signata.

Subelongata, postice paullo amplata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore capiteque nigris, antennis ad apicem flavis, thorace inferiori

utringue macula scutelloque piceis; thorace profunde bifoveolato,

foveis fusco piceis; elytris subcrebre punctatis, utroque suture

basi, vitta submarginali a basi fere ad apicem extensa, lineaque brevi

pone medium, inter vittam et suturam posita, nigris.

Var. A. Thoracis maculis piceis obsoletis.

Var. B. Elytrorum macula post-mediali obsoleta.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Tejuca (Gray). My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with an ill-

defined longitudinal ridge; antenne four-fifths the length of the

body, filiform, the second joint short, subovate, the third about

one-half longer than the second, the fourth equal in length to the

preceding two united; black, the three upper joints flavous, the

62 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

three lower ones sometimes nigro-piceous. Thorax nearly one-

half broader than long ; sides nearly parallel and sinuate from the

base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely rounded towards the

apex, the anterior angles obtuse, the hinder ones slightly pro-

duced, subacute; above convex, disk with a large ill-defined

excavation, which is impressed scarcely behind the middle

with two large deep fovex, separated from each other by a

narrow line, each fovea stained with a piceous spot; surface

shining, impunctate. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated

posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded; above convex, finely

but distinctly punctured, plicate below the humeral callus, sub-

humeral costa extending below the middle.

Spec. 108. Diabrotica mitidicollis.

Proc. Zool."Soe., 1889; p. 92:

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,

nitida, pectore scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum apice flavo ;

thorace convexo, levi, fulvo-rufo; elytris sat crebre punctatis, ad

latera plicatis, costa subhumerali longe pone medium extensa;

utroque linea suturali fere ad apicem extensa, linea humerali

ante apicem abbreviata maculaque parva discoidali pone medium

posita, nigris.

Var. A. Elytrorum macula discoidali obsoleta.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not broader than long; clypeus with a well-

defined longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, three-fourths the

length of the body, the second joint short, the third distinctly

longer, the fourth rather longer than the preceding two united ;

the three upper joints pale flavous, the second and third piceous.

Thorax nearly one-half broader than long; sides parallel and

slightly sinuate from the base to the middle, thence rounded and

converging towards the apex; upper surface convex, shining, im-

punctate. Elytra oblong-ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, their

apices rather broadly rounded; above convex, distinctly and

rather closely punctured, very faintly wrinkled, plicate below the

humeral callus, subhumeral costa distinctly elevated and extending

downwards to more than half-way between the middle and apex,

Separate from D. piceo-signata by the non-foveolate

thorax.

South American species of Diabrotica. 63

Spec. 109. Diabrotica Meyer.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

abdominis apice, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis

corpore vix longioribus, ad basin flavis, ante apicem albidis ; thorace

levi, convexo; elytris distincte punctatis, ad latera plicatis, linea

suturali integra, et utroque vitta submarginali ante apicem abbre-

viata et pone medium late interrupta, nigris.

Long. 8+ lin.

Hab. Brazil. My collection.

Head slightly broader than long ; clypeal ridge not well-defined ;

antenne scarcely longer than the body, filiform, the second joint

short, the third nearly one-half longer than the second, the fourth

much longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints

flavous, the ninth and tenth white, the rest black. Thorax nearly

one-half broader than long; sides parallel and very slightly sinuate

from the base to beyond the middle ; disk nitidous, convex. Elytra

narrowly oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, distinctly and

rather closely punctured, outer disk with several broad shallow

longitudinal sulcations; each elytron with the sutural margin,

together with a sublateral vitta, the latter broadly interrupted

below the middle and terminating some distance before reaching

the apex, black or nigro-piceous.

Spec. 110. Diabrotica diversicornis.

Subelongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

abdominis apice, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis pallide flavis,

articulis intermediis ultimoque nigris, tarsis fuscis; thorace con-

vexo, levi; elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis,

costa subhumerali distincta, fere ad apicem extensa; utroque

linea suturali alteraque sublaterali, ante apicem interrupta, nigro-

piceis.

Long. 2} lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, subrotundate; clypeus with a

distinct longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, shorter than the

body, the second and third joints short, equal, the fourth longer

than the preceding two united; pale flavous, the sixth to the

eighth, together with the eleventh joints, black, the ninth and

tenth yellowish white. Thorax scarcely one-fourth broader than

long; sides straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond

the middle, thence rounded and obliquely converging towards the

apex; disk convex, shining, impunctate. Elytra narrowly oblong,

64 Mr. Joseph S: Baly on the

searcely dilated posteriorly; convex, distinctly but rather finely

punctured, the general surface obsoletely wrinkled; subhumeral

costa rather strongly raised, extending nearly to the apex of the

elytron.

Spec. 111. Diabrotica interrupta, Baly.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 445.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection.

Spec. 112. Diabrotica venezuelensis, Jacoby.

Cist. Ent., iii., p. 45.

Diabrotica virginella, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soce., xix.,

p. 228.

Hab. Venezuela. Coll. Jacoby and Baly.

Spec. 118. Diabrotica rugulosa.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin et ad apicem sordide

fulvis; thorace sat profunde subarcuatim excavato; elytris rugulosis,

ad latera plicatis, sulcis longitudinalibus obsolete impressis ; utroque

linea suturali, ante apicem abbreviata, lineaque elevata sublaterali,

a basi fere ad apicem extensa, nigris.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Brazil, St. Catharine. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a longi-

tudinal ridge; antenne about three-fourths the length of the body,

filiform, the second joint short, ovate, the third more than one-half

longer, the fourth equal in length to the preceding two united; the

three lower joints, together with the upper two, obscure fulvous.

Thorax nearly twice as broad as long; sides slightly dilated and

rounded anteriorly, sinuate behind the middle; above convex, the

hinder disk deeply excavated. Elytra oblong-ovate, slightly dilated

posteriorly, convex, irregularly but not deeply rugulose, rather

strongly punctured, plicate below the humeral callus, the sub-

humeral costa raised, well-defined and extending beyond the

middle ; disk with four or five very shallow ill-defined longitudinal

suleations ; each elytron with a narrow sutural line, abbreviated

towards the apex, and a linear submarginal vitta, which, com-

mencing at the base, runs along the subhumeral costa and extends

to some distance below the middle, black.

South American species of Diabrotica. 65

Near D. extensa ; separated by the pale basal joints

of the antenne, more deeply excavated thorax, and less

strongly punctured elytra.

Spec. 114. Diabrotica extensa.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Subelongata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

oculis, labro antennisque (his ad apicem exceptis), nigris; thorace

leviter excavato, utrinque obsolete foveolato; elytris subrugulosis,

sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, costa subhumerali fere

ad apicem extensa; utroque linea suturali, postice abbreviata

vittaque sublaterali super costam humeralem posita, nigris.

Long. 22 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry); Bahia. Coll. Fry

and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with its longi-

tudinal ridge ill-defined; antenne filiform, three-fourths the length

of the body, the second joint short, ovate, the third slightly longer,

obeonie, the fourth longer than the preceding two united; black,

the three upper joints pale flavous. Thorax scarcely one-fourth

broader than long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate from the

base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging towards

the apex, anterior and hinder angles distinctly produced, subacute 5

above convex, excavated on the hinder portion of the disk, and

impressed more or less distinctly on either side with a shallow

fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, their

apices regularly rounded ; convex, rather closely punctured, sub-

rugulose; plicate below the humeral callus, subhumeral costa

extending downwards nearly to the apex of the elytron, curving

inwards before its termination.

In a specimen from Bahia, in my own collection, the

three basal joints of the antenne are pale piceous, and

there are faint traces of several longitudinal sulcations

on the disk of each elytron; in all other respects it

agrees with the typical form.

Spec. 115. Diabrotica nigroscutata.

Diabrotica scutellata, Baly.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 98.

Subelongato-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

oculis scutelloque nigris, pectore, ore antennisque piceis; thorace

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—rarTI. (APRIL.) F

66 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

leviter bifoveolato ; elytris sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis,

costa subhumerali ad longe ultra medium extensa; utroque vitta

sublaterali super costam subhumeralem posita, picea, sutura obso-

lete piceo-tincto.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Brazil. <A single specimen in my own col-

lection.

Head scarcely longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a

well-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, rather more

than half the length of the body, the second joint short, ovate, the

third one-half longer, the fourth as long as the preceding two

united. Thorax nearly one-third broader than long; sides nearly

straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence

obliquely converging towards the apex; disk convex, impressed on

either side with a small but distinct fovea. Elytra narrowly

oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded ;

convex, rather closely punctured, subhumeral costa broad and

straight for the whole of its course, extending downwards to about

half-way between the middle of the elytron and the apex; its

surface covered by the piceous sublateral vitta, which commencing

on the humeral callus is faint and nearly obsolete on the anterior

disk.

The name first given by myself to this species having

been already used by Mr. Jacoby in the ‘ Biologia,’ I

have changed it to the one above.

Spec. 116. Diabrotica Reitteri.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

tibiis, tarsis capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin et apicem flavis, eu-

carpis piceis; thorace rufo-fulvo, leviter trifoveolato; elytris sat

crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis; utroque vittis duabus, a basi

ad longe pone medium extensis una suturali, communi, altera sub-

laterali, cyaneo-nigris.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Colombia, Cauca. A single specimen in my

collection.

Head slightly longer than broad, wedge-shaped; clypeal ridge

ill-defined; antennz filiform, equal to the body in length, the

second joint short, the third nearly twice ‘its length, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints,

together with the three upper ones, fulvous, the rest black. Thorax

not broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the

South American spectes of Diabrotica. 67

base to the middle, thence obliquely rounded and converging

towards the apex; disk nitidous, its hinder two-thirds excavated,

obsoletely trifoveolate. LElytra subelongate, very slightly dilated

posteriorly ; moderately convex, strongly plicate below the humeral

callus, minutely punctured. .

Spee. 117. Diabrotica melanopyga.

Proc. Zool. Soe., 1889, p. 92.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

abdominis apice, tibiis, tarsis posticis capiteque nigris, anten-

narum articulis basalibus tribus ante penultimoque totis, et quarti

quintique apicibus flavis, penultimo piceo; thorace bifoveolato ;

scutello, tibiis tarsisque anticis quatuor piceis, elytris sat crebre

punctatis; utroque linea suturali apicem versus fere obsoleta,

macula parva apicali vittaqgue humerali, fere ad apicem extensa,

nigris.

Long. 22 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro. A single specimen, from

the late E. Deyrolle’s collection, in my own cabinet.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus clothed on

either side with adpressed fulvous hairs, the longitudinal ridge

well-defined; antenne filiform, moderately robust, nearly equal to

the body in length, second and third joints short, nearly equal, the

fourth slightly curved, much longer than the preceding two united ;

the three lower joints, the ninth, together with the apices of the

fourth and fifth, flavous, the tenth piceous. Thorax rather more

than one-half broader than long; sides straight and parallel from

the base to the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the

apex ; above convex, impressed on either side with a large round

fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, scarcely dilated posteriorly, con-

vex, distinctly punctured; plicate below the humeral callus, the

subhumeral costa broad and extending nearly to the apex of the

elytron.

Spec. 118. Diabrotica submarginata.

Elongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, thorace

bifoveolato, capite, antennis exceptis, elytrisque pallide piceis, horum

margine basali, vittisque duabus, ante apicem abbreviatis, una

suturali, altera submarginali, intus sinuata, nigris.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, St. Paulo. A single specimen in my

‘own collection.

68 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Head subrotundate, elypeal ridge raised; mouth and antenne

black, the latter filiform, equal to the body in length, the second

and third joints very short, equal, the fourth nearly twice the length

of the preceding two united. Thorax rather broader than long;

sides rounded anteriorly, nearly parallel and sinuate behind the

middle; disk impressed with two large deep fover. Elytra

narrowly oblong, convex, strongly plicate below the humeral

callus, very minutely punctured.

Spec. 119. Diabrotica emorsitans.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice convexa, prasina,

nitida, tibiis, tarsis, labro antennisque nigris, harum basi scutelloque

piceis; thorace profunde bifoveolato; elytris subnitidis, fortiter

punctatis, leviter elevato-vittatis, vitta subhumerali magis fortiter

elevata; utroque sutura, vitta submarginali, a basi fere ad apicem

extensa intus late emarginata maculaque inter medium et apicem,

ad vittam adfixa, piceis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (A. Fry). Coll. Fry and

Baly.

Head triangular, scarcely longer than broad; clypeus with a

broad ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne slightly longer than the

body in the g, rather shorter in the Q, filiform, the second and third

joints very short and equal in the g', the third rather longer in the

other sex, the fourth longer than the preceding two united. Thorax

about one-half broader than long; sides slightly diverging and obso-

letely sinuate behind the middle, rounded and converging anteriorly

towards the apex; disk moderately convex, deeply impressed on

either side with a large round fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, very

slightly dilated towards the apex, the latter regularly rounded ;

upper surface moderately convex, slightly flattened along the

suture, coarsely and rather closely punctured; each elytron with

five or six narrow slightly elevated vitte, the one below the

humeral callus much broader and more strongly elevated than

the rest.

Spec. 120. Diabrotica minuta, Jac.

Cist. Entom., ii., p. 526.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida,

pectore abdomineque viridi-flavis, vertice scutelloque nigris ;

tibiis, tarsis antennisque piceis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris ad

latera plicatis, crebre punctatis; utroque linea angusta suturali,

vitta sublaterali a basi ad medium extensa, ad apicem intus

South American species of Diabrotica. 69

ampliata, maculaque subapicali oblonga, cum vitta submarginali

obsolete convexa, piceis.

Long. 2 lin,

Hab. Peru. Coll. Jacoby and Baly.

Head not longer than broad; longitudinal ridge on clypeus

well-defined; labrum nigro-piceous ; antenne robust, the second

and third joints short, equal in length, the fourth longer than the

preceding two united. Thorax slightly broader than long; sides

slightly diverging and sinuate from the base to beyond the middle,

thence slightly converging towards the apex; disk shining, deeply

bifoveolate. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly ;

above convex, not depressed below the basilar space, distinctly

and closely punctured, subhumeral ridge strongly raised, a slightly

curved second ridge being placed just within the former.

Spec. 121. Diabrotica virescens, Baly.

Journ. Ent. Soc., xix., p. 223.

Hab. Colombia. Coll. Baly.

Spec. 122. Diabrotica sublimbata, Baly.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 347.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection.

Spec. 123. Diabrotica nigrostriata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, pallide flava, nitida,

pectore, femorum apice, tibiis, tarsis, scutello, labro antennisque

nigris, harum articulis duobus penultimis albis, articulis basalibus

subtus piceis; thorace leviter bifoveolato; elytris crebre tenuiter

punctatis, utroque linea suturali alteraque submarginali, integris

apicibus confluentibus, nigris.

Mas. Antennarum articulis tertio et quarto incrassatis, cylin-

dricis.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Colombia, San Esteban. Coll. Simon and

Jacoby.

Longitudinal ridge on clypeus ill-defined ; antenne rather more

than two-thirds the length of the body in the 9, rather longer in

the g; the second joint short, the third one-half longer than the

70 Mr. Joseph §. Baly on the

second, the fourth as long or nearly so as the two preceding ones

united, the third and fourth joints in the g distinctly thickened.

Thorax one-third broader than long, the sides parallel and slightly

sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and

converging to the apex ; disk convex, smooth, impressed on either

side with a shallow fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong-ovate, slightly

dilated posteriorly, convex, not depressed below the basilar space,

finely and closely punctured; each elytron with a sutural line

extending from base to apex, together with a second also entire,

submarginal and confluent at its extreme apex with the first.

Spee. 124. Diobrotica limitata.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p: 95.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, tibiis,

tarsis, capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, ad apicem albidis 5

thorace flavo-rufo, disco late excavato, leviter trifoveolato, fovea in-

termedia minus distincta, interdum obsoleta}; scutello piceo ; elytris

sat crebre punctatis, pallide flavis, utroque linea suturali, vitta sub-

marginali his apicem versus abbreviatis, lineisque duabus, una vix

ante medium, secunda inter medium et apicem, plerumque cum

vitta submarginali confluentibus, nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Eastern Ecuador (Buckley). Coll. Baly and

Jacoby.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a slightly

raised longitudinal ridge; antenne more than three-fourths the

length of the body, filiform, the second joint short, subovate, the

third nearly twice its length, the fourth as long as the preceding

two united; the three or four lower joints piceous, the three upper

ones, the extreme apex of the eleventh excepted, yellowish white,

the rest black. Thorax only slightly broader than long; sides

nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle,

thence obliquely converging towards the apex; upper surface

shining, impunctate, hinder two-thirds of disk broadly excavated,

trifoveolate, the two anterior fovex well-defined, the middle one,

placed just in front of the basal margin, smaller and sometimes

obsolete. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, their apices

conjointly regularly rounded; above convex, faintly longitudinally

suleate on the outer disk about its middle, rather coarsely punc-

tured, subrugulose.

South American species of Diabrotica. 71

Spec. 125. Diabrotica rufolimbata, Baly.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., ii., p. 74 (1879).

Hab. Rio de la Plata. My collection.

Spee. 126. Diabrotica riridilimbata, Baly.

lescs i. p14.

Hab. ——?. Unique in my own collection.

Spec. 127. Diabrotica prasinomarginata.

Anguste-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida,

pectore tarsisque piceo-tinctis, scutello antennisque extrorsum

nigris; thorace obsolete trifoveolato; elytris subnitidis, crebre

punctatis, ad latera non plicatis, margine exteriori pallide prasino.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Colombia. <A single specimen in my own

collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-defined; antenne

filiform, scarcely three-fourths the length of the body, the second

joint short, the third scarcely longer than the second, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints con-

colorous with the head, the following four stained with piceous, the

remaining four black. Thorax scarcely one-third broader than

long; sides parallel and distinctly sinuate behind the middle,

obliquely converging towards the apex anteriorly, the anterior

angle slightly produced laterally into an obtuse tubercle; above

convex, nitidous, faintly excavated and obsoletely trifoveolate on

the hinder disk. Elytra ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex,

subnitidous, closely and rather deeply punctured, not plicate below

the humeral callus, the outer limb very narrowly edged with pale

green.

Very similar in colour to D. Lebasii: separated by

the less deeply foveolate disk of the thorax, by the

absence of any plication on the outer side of the elytron,

and by the different coloration of the antenne.

Spec. 128. Diabrotica Lebasii, Baly.

Journ. Lin. Soc., xix., p. 221.

Hab. Colombia. My collection.

72 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 129. Diabrotica unipunctata, Jacoby.

Cist. Ent., ii1., p. 47.

Var. A. Elytri macula discoidali obsoleta. Diabrotica

limbella, Baly, l.c., p. 218.

Hab. Colombia. Type coll. Jacoby; var. A; my

collection.

Spec. 180. Diabrotica nigrolimbata, Baly.

Lhe €.5 SARE. Be

Hab. Colombia. My collection.

Spec. 181. Diabrotica oculata.

Elongata, postice vix ampliata, modice convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore, abdomine, tibiis, tarsis, scuteilo capiteque nigris, anten-

narum articulis penultimis duobus albidis; thorace bifoveolato ;

elytris crebre punctatis, lateribus plicatis; utroque, limbo basali

excepto, nigro limbato.

Mas. Antennis corpore longioribus, articulis secundo et tertio

brevissimis, equalibus, oculis magnis.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Squire). My collection.

Head triangular, slightly broader than long; eyes large, rotun-

date; antenne longer than the body, filiform, the second and third

joints very short, moniliform, the fourth more than twice the

length of the preceding two united. Thorax nearly one-third

broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel, scarcely con-

verging at the apex; disk nitidous, deeply bifoveolate. Elytra

subelongate, scarcely dilated posteriorly, rather coarsely and

closely punctured; the entire limb of each (the base excepted)

edged with black.

The solitary specimen known to me (in which the

terminal joint of the antenne is broken off) is a male ;

the female is probably broader, with shorter antenne

and smaller eyes.

Spec. 182. Diabrotica piceomarginata.

Elongata, postice leviter ampliata, modice convexa, flava,

nitida, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum articulis

South American species of Diabrotica. 73

penultimis duobus albidis, tibiis tarsisque piceis, femoribus fulvo-

tinctis ; thorace bifoveolato; elytris subfortiter, sat crebre punc-

tatis, limbo externo piceo, ad apicem nigro-piceo.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Bahia (Reed). My collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge raised but not

well-defined laterally; antennz equal to the body in length, fili-

form, the second joint very short, the third slightly longer, the

fourth longer than the preceding two united; the two or three

basal joints nigro-piceous, the ninth and tenth white, the rest

black. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; sides slightly

rounded anteriorly, abruptly sinuate just behind the anterior angles,

nearly straight and parallel posteriorly; disk shining, impunctate,

distinctly bifoveolate. Elytra subelongate, slightly dilated pos-

teriorly, plicate on the sides, the subhumeral costa ill-defined,

bounded within by a broad shallow sulcation; surface rather

coarsely punctured, faintly wrinkled on the middle disk.

Spec. 133. Diabrotica piceolimbata.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

capite, scutello elytrorum limbo abdominisque apice piceis, tibiis,

tarsis, antennisque nigris, his ad basin piceis, ante apicem albidis ;

thorace leviter bifoveolato; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera

plicatis.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. A single specimen in my

own collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeal ridge ill-

defined; antenne equal to the body in length, the second joint

short, moniliform, the third one-half longer, the fourth longer than

the preceding two united; the three lower joints obscure piceous,

the ninth and tenth yellowish white. Thorax scarcely one-fourth

broader than long; sides straight and parallel from the base to

beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging towards the

apex; disk nitidous, impunctate, impressed with two large shallow

fover. Elytra narrowly oblong, convex, slightly flattened along

the suture, rather strongly and closely punctured; outer disk

plicate ; each elytron with the basal and outer margins piceous, the

piceous colour on the lateral border becoming paler along the outer

edge, being scarcely darker than the disk itself.

74 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 184. Diabrotica Schaufussi.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, nitida, sordide fulva, tibiis

tarsisque piceis, supra olivacea, antennis piceo-fulvis; thorace

levi, lateribus anguste viridibus, disci basi fovea parva impressa ;

elytris minute punctatis, ad latera sat valde plicatis; apice Jato

margineque exteriori sordide fulvis, viridi-tinctis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Bolivia. My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge distinct,

well-defined; antennz filiform, nearly equal to the body in length,

the second joint short, the third half as long again as the second,

the fourth much longer than the preceding two united; piceo-

fulvous, the ninth and tenth paler than the rest, the seventh and

eighth piceous, the eleventh nigro-fuscous. Thorax slightly broader

than long; sides parallel and sinuate from the base to beyond the

middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex; disk con-

vex, impressed at its base with a small but distinct fovea. Elytra

narrowly oblong, scarcely dilated posteriorly, convex, strongly

plicate below the humeral callus, very minutely punctured, their

apical fourth, together with the outer margin, obscure viridi-

flavous. Thighs (in the only specimen before me, which is

probably a $), robust, the hinder pair slightly thicker than the

others.

Spec. 185. Diabrotica viridana, Baly.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 443.

Hab. Chil. My collection.

Spee. 186. Diabrotica liciens, Fabr.

Syst. El., i., p. 461.

Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

pectore, scutello, oculis labroque nigris, tibiis, tarsis antennisque,

harum basi excepta, pallide piceis ; thorace levi; elytris minute, sat

crebre punctatis, inea communi basali nigra.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro. A single specimen in my

cabinet.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a well-

defined longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, slightly attenuated

towards the apex, three-fourths the length of the body, the second

and third joints very short, equal in length, the fourth much

longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints

South American species of Diabrotica. 75

flavous, the rest pale piceous. Thorax one-third broader than

long; sides obsoletely sinuate and slightly diverging from the base

to the middle, thence slightly rounded and converging towards the

apex; disk convex, smooth, impunctate. Elytra oblong-ovate,

slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded; above

convex, finely but rather closely punctured, the subhumeral costa

obsolete; each elytron with a short black sutural line, which

covers the basal third of the suture.

Spec. 187. Diabrotica evanescens.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, pallide viridi-

flava, abdomine flavo, pectore, tibiis, tarsis, seutello capiteque nigris,

antennarum basi picea; thorace longitudine paullo latiori, disco

bifoveolato; elytris subnitidis, crebre punctatis, sordide flavis,

fascia lata prope medium prasina, suture basi nigra.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). Unique in my collection.

Antenne filiform, black, the three lower joints obscure piceous ;

second and third short, nearly equal, the fourth longer than the pre-

ceding two united. Thorax slightly broader than long; sides sinuate,

nearly parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely

converging towards the apex; disk nitidous, impressed on either

side with a large but shallow fovea. Elytra dilated posteriorly,

convex, coarsely and rather closely punctured, each elytron plicate

below the humeral callus; within the latter is a distinct but shallow

longitudinal sulcation, a second less defined being placed on the

medial line between the outer and inner disks; across the middle

of the elytra, which are of a pale dirty yellow colour, is a broad

ill-defined grassy-green fascia; the suture at its base is narrowly

edged with black.

Spec. 188. Diabrotica flavo-fulva.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida, pectore,

scutello labroque nigris, tibiis antennarumque articulis ultimis piceo-

tinctis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris fere impunctatis, levibus,

prope medium transversim impressis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head not longer than broad ; clypeal ridge prominent ; antenne

filiform, three-fourths the length of the body, the second joint

short, the third slightly longer than the second, the fourth longer

76 Mr. Joseph 8S. Baly on the

than the preceding two united. Thorax nearly one-third broader

than long; sides parallel and sinuate behind the middle, obliquely

converging towards the apex in front; disk convex, nitidous.

Elytra oblong-ovate, convex, transversely impressed across the

middle; surface shining, impunctate.

Spec. 189. Diabrotica fulvescens.

Late ovata, postice ampliata, valde convexa, sordide fulva,

nitida, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis fulvo-piceis,

tibiis tarsisque nigro-piceis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris sub-

ventricosis, sat crebre punctatis.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Peru (Thamm). My collection; two speci-

mens.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a longi-

tudinal ridge; antenne scarcely two-thirds the length of the

body, filiform, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the

fourth longer than the preceding two united. Thorax rather more

than one-half broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel

from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging

towards the apex, the hinder angles subacute, the anterior ones

obtuse; disk convex, shining, impunctate. Elytra subventricose,

rather strongly dilated towards the apex, the latter broadly

rounded; upper surface rather closely punctured.

Spec. 140. Diabrotica atriceps.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-albida, viridi

vix tincta, nitida, pectore, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris,

antennis sordide flavis ; thorace leviter bifoveolato; elytris tenuis-

sime punctatis, lateribus non plicatis.

Long. 23 lin.

Hub. Bogota. Dresden Museum and my collection.

Head triangular; antenne filiform, four-fifths the length of the

body, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united. Thorax subquadrate, not

broader than long ; sides parallel and faintly sinuate from the base

to beyond the middle, thence slightly rounded and slightly con-

verging towards the apex; disk shining, impunctate, impressed on

either side with a shallow fovea. Elytra very finely punctured,

not plicate on the sides, the subhumeral costa obsolete.

South American species of Diabrotica. T7

Spec. 141. Diabrotica atritarsis.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,

tibiis anticis ad apicem, tarsis anticis oreque nigro-piceis, tibiis

posticis quatuor ad apicem, tarsis posticis, oculis antennisque nigris,

harum articulis basalibus tribus flavis, antepenultimo penultimoque

albidis ; thorace levi, convexo; elytris subfortiter punctatis.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus clothed with

sericeous hairs, its medial ridge ill-defined; antenne filiform, four-

fifths the length of the body, the second joint short, moniliform, the

third one-half longer, the fourth more than equal in length to the

preceding two united; the three lower joints pale flavous, the

ninth and tenth yellowish white, the rest black. Thorax rather

more than one-half broader than long; sides parallel and very

slightly sinuate from the base to just beyond the middle, thence

slightly rounded and obliquely converging towards the apex, the

anterior angles obtuse; upper surface transversely convex, shining,

impunctate. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, their apices con-

jointly regularly rounded, convex, rather strongly punctured.

Spec. 142. Diabrotica lutescens.

Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, lutea, nitida, oculis

nigris, antennis piceo-tinctis ; thorace nitido, leviter trifoveolato ;

elytris sat crebre punctatis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Brazil, New Friburg. A single specimen in

my collection.

Head slightly broader than long; clypeal ridge ill-defined;

antenne nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the second

and third joints short, equal, the fourth longer than the preceding

two united. Thorax one-third broader than long; sides diverging

from the base to the middle, thence rounded and converging

towards the apex; disk shining, impunctate, impressed with three

shallow fover. Elytra oblong, convex, not depressed below the

basilar space, rather closely but not strongly punctured, middle

disk obsoletely wrinkled.

78 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 148. Diabrotica ochreata, Fabr.

Ent. Syst., i., pt.2, p.4; Syst. El., i., p. 456 (ocreata).

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida,

pectore, tibiis plus minusve, scutello, labro, oculis antennarumque

articulo ultimo nigris; thorace convexo, levi; elytris convexis,

prope medium transversim depressis, minute punctatis.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, West Indian Islands. My collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge entire, broad, rather

strongly elevated; antenne equal to the body in length, filiform,

the second and third joints short, the third being rather longer than

the second, the fourth much longer than the preceding two united.

Thorax one-half as broad again as long; sides nearly parallel and

sinuate behind the middle, rounded anteriorly, converging towards

the apex; disk convex, shining, impunctate. Scutellum black.

Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, transversely de-

pressed across the middle, not plicate on the sides; surface very

minutely punctured. Tibiw to a greater or less extent black or

nigro-piceous.

Three specimens labelled Brazil, formerly in the col-

lection of the late E. Deyrolle, do not differ in the

slightest degree from those from Guadeloupe.

Spec. 144. Diabrotica asignata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, tibiis,

tarsis antennisque nigris, his ad basin flavis, articulis nono et decimo

albidis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris leviter rugulosis, crebre

punctatis.

Long. 23 ln.

Hab. Cayenne. Unique in my collection.

Head scarcely longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a

broad longitudinal ridge ; antenni about four-fifths of the body in

length, filiform, the second joint short, moniliform, the third dis-

tinctly longer, obconic, the fourth longer than the preceding two

united ; the three lower joints flavous, the ninth and tenth white,

the rest black. Thorax about one-half broader than long; sides

nearly parallel and obsoletely sinuate from the base to beyond the

middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex; upper

surface convex, impunctate. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated pos-

teriorly, regularly rounded at the apices, convex, finely rugulose,

strongly and closely punctured.

South American species of Diabrotica. 79

Spec. 145. Diabrotica tibialis.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava nitida,

antennis piceo-nigris, ad basin et ante apicem flavis, tibiis extrorsum

piceis, thorace convexo, nitido; elytris tenuissime punctatis.

Long. 8} lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeal ridge rather

strongly elevated, entire; antennz four-fifths the length of the

body, filiform, the second and third joints short, equal, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united; the four lower joints,

together with the ninth and tenth, flavous, the rest pitchy-black.

Thorax nearly one-half broader than long; sides nearly straight

and parallel behind the middle, very slightly produced laterally

just before the latter, thence slightly converging towards the apex;

disk convex, entire, impunctate. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated

towards the apex; convex, plicate below the humeral callus, the

subhumeral ridge strongly developed, extending downwards to

nearly half-way between the middle and apex; surface very

minutely punctured, the puncturing only visible under a lens.

Spec. 146. Diabrotica fulveola.

Ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulvo-flava, nitida,

pectore nigro, capite nigro-piceo, antennis ad basin fulvis, ante apicem

albidis, thorace convexo, levi; elytris sat crebre tenuiter punctatis,

prope medium transversim impressis.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection, a single

specimen.

Head not longer than broad, triangular, nigro-piceous, labrum

black, clypeus rufo-piceous, its longitudinal ridge well-defined ;

antenne filiform, nearly four-fifths of the body in length, the

second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints

piceo-fulvous, the ninth and tenth yellowish white, the rest nigro-

piceous. Thorax more than one-half broader than long; sides

nearly parallel and very slightly sinuate from the base to beyond

the middle, thence obliquely rounded and converging towards the

apex; disk convex, nitidous. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated pos-

teriorly, convex, slightly plicate below the humeral callus, trans-

versely depressed near the suture below the basilar space and again

more strongly immediately below the middle of the disk.

80 Mr. Joseph §. Baly on the

This species agrees with D. fulvo-flava in the trans-

verse sulcation of the elytra, but differs in the presence

of the subhumeral plication.

Spee. 147. Diabrotica pallescens.

Subelongata, postice ampliata, convexa, dorso leviter deplanato,

pallide viridi-flava, oculis nigris, tibiis tarsisque piceo-tinctis,

antennis piceis, ad basin et ante apicem pallidis; thorace levi ;

elytris sat crebre tenuiter punctatis, ad latera plicatis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head not longer than broad; labrum pale piceous; clypeal ridge

prominent, well-defined; antenne filiform, rather more than four-

fifths the length of the body, the second joint short, the third more

than one-half longer, the fourth rather longer than the preceding

two united; the three or four lower joints, together with the ninth

and tenth pale flavo-piceous, the rest piceous. Thorax very slightly

broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the

base nearly to the apex, slightly converging close to the latter ;

disk moderately convex. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, their

apices conjointly obtusely rounded; above convex, slightly but

distinctly flattened along the suture ; minutely punctured, strongly

plicate below thé humeral callus.

The flattened upper surface of the elytra separates

this species from any others in the present group.

Spec. 148. Diabrotica piceicornis.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,

plus minusve viridi-tincta, antennis pallide piceis, oculis nigris ;

thorace elytrisque pallide prasinis, illo bifoveolato, his tenuiter sub-

crebre punctatis, disco exteriori obsolete longitudinaliter sulcato ;

tarsis piceo-tinctis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro, Petropolis (Gray). My

collection.

Head not longer than broad, subtrigonate; clypeus with a

strongly raised longitudinal ridge; antenne nearly equal to the

body in length, slender, filiform, the second joint short, moniliform,

the third nearly equal in the ¢, one-half longer in the 9, the

fourth equal in length to the preceding two united. Thorax about

South American species of Diabrotica. 81

one-half broader than long; sides slightly dilated and rounded

anteriorly, sinuate below the middle, the hinder angles slightly

produced, subacute; disk minutely punctured, impressed on either

side with a small round fovea. LElytra oblong-ovate, slightly

dilated posteriorly, their apices conjointly regularly rounded ;

above convex, distinctly punctured, plicate below the humeral

callus; on the inner side of the broad subhumeral ridge are

several shallow longitudinal sulcations,

Spec. 149. Diabrotica Bartleti.

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice convexa, flava,

nitida, pectore, tibiarum apice, tarsis capiteque, antennis ad basin

et ante apicem oreque exceptis, nigris, scutello piceo; thorace leviter

bifoveolato; elytris ad latera leviter plicatis, tenuiter subcrebre

punctatis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. A single specimen in my

collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeal ridge not

defined; antenne nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the

second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth equal in

length to the preceding two united. Thorax nearly one-half

broader than long; sides slightly rounded, slightly converging at

base and apex; disk convex, impressed on either side with a small

shallow fovea. Elytra oblong, plicate below the humeral callus

finely but distinetly punctured.

Spec. 150. Diabrotica Fauvelt.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, flava, nitida, tibiis, tarsis,

pectore capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin flavis, articulis nono

decimoque albidis ; thorace convexo, non-foveolato ; elytris crebre,

distincte punctatis, infra callum humerale obsolete sulcatis.

Var. A. Antennarum articulo decimo nigro.

Var. B. Scutello nigro, antennis ut in var. A.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Bahia (Reed). Coll. Fry and Baly,

type and var. A; var. B in coll. Fry.

Head not longer than broad, face triangular; clypeal ridge

slightly raised, ill-defined; antenne slender, filiform, slightly

longer than the body in the , rather shorter inthe 2, the second

and third joints short and equal in the g, the third rather longer

than the second in the other sex, the fourth longer than the pre-

ceding two united; black, the three lower joints, together with the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1890.—PaRT I. (APRIL.) G

82 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

basal portion of the fourth flavous, the ninth and tenth (this latter

joint sometimes excepted) white. Thorax about one-third broader

than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to just

beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging and _ slightly

rounded towards the apex; disk convex, nitidous. Elytra rather

closely and distinctly punctured, obsoletely sulcate below the

humeral callus.

Spec. 151. Diabrotica atriscutata.

Anguste ovata, convexa, postice ampliata, flava, nitida, pectore,

scutello, labro, oculis antennisque nigris, his ad basin flavis, ante

apicem flavo-albidis, articulo ultimo piceo; thorace convexo, obso-

lete trifoveolato; elytris ad latera plicatis, minute punctatis, sutura

ante medium obsolete piceo-marginata.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). A single specimen in my

collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge entire,

not well-defined; antennze nearly equal to the body in length,

filiform, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth

longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints

flavous, the fourth to the eighth black, the two following ones

yellowish white, the eleventh piceous. Thorax rather more than

one-third broader than long; sides rounded anteriorly, sinuate

behind the middle; disk moderately convex, faintly impressed on

either side and again just before the middle of the basal margin

with a small shallow fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly

dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, plicate laterally, the sub-

humeral costa well-defined and extending downwards for some

distance below the middle; surface minutely punctured, the basal

third of the suture obsoletely edged with nigro-piceous.

Spec. 152. Diabrotica egrota.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, subtus flava, nitida,

pectore, ano tibiis tarsisque nigris ; supra subnitida, pallide viridi-

flava, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, ante api-

cem flavo-albidis ; thorace longitudine latiori, lateribus fere rectis,

reflexo-marginatis, disco transversim convexo, levi; elytris crebre

punctatis, subrugulosis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Hcuador (Buckley), My collection; a single

specimen,

South American species of Diabrotica. 83

Antenns nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the second

joint short, the third slightly longer, the fourth distinctly longer

than the preceding two united; black, the three lower joints

piceous, the ante-penultimate and the penultimate yellowish white.

Thorax rather broader than long; sides nearly straight and con-

verging from the base to the apex, narrowly margined; disk trans-

versely convex, impressed just in front of the basal margin with a

shallow fovea, the rest of the surface smooth, impunctate. Elytra

oblong, dilated posteriorly, convex, closely punctured, subrugulose ;

disk of each elytron with several very faint longitudinal sulcations.

Spec. 158. Diabrotica crenulata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, pallide flava, nitida,

pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, vertice antennisque piceis, tibiis

tarsisque piceo-tinctis; thorace obsolete trifoveolato; elytris

minute punctatis, disci medio irregulariter crenulato.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge raised,

not sharply defined; antenne slender, filiform, the second and

third joints very short, nearly equal in length, the fourth much

longer than the preceding two united. Thorax nearly twice as

broad as long at the base; sides slightly converging and slightly

sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely con-

verging towards the apex, the posterior angles slightly produced

laterally, acute; disk convex, impressed with three small shallow

fovee. Elytra narrowly oblong, dilated posteriorly, convex,

minutely punctured, the punctures less visible towards the apex;

the middle third of the disk irregularly and coarsely wrinkled.

Spec. 154. Diabrotica erythrodera, Baly.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., iii., p. 82 (1879).

Hab. Peru. A single specimen, my collection.

Spec. 155. Diabrotica subsulcata, Baly.

Trans. Ent. Soc., 3rd ser., u., 1865, p. 351

Hab. Colombia. Coll. Baly, Fry, Jacoby, &c.

84 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

Spec. 156. Diabrotica viridans.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Subelongata. postice paullo ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida,

antennis, pectore abdomineque pallide piceis, pedibus flavo-viridi-

bus, thorace convexo, fere impunctato ; elytris sat crebre punctatis,

disco exteriori sulcis nonnullis longitudinalibus leviter impresso.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Constancia (Gray). Coll. Fry and

Baly.

Head not longer than broad, triangular, labrum pale piceous;

clypeus with a broad but ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne

nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the second and third

joints short, nearly equal, the fourth as long as the preceding two

united. Thorax one-fourth broader than long; sides nearly

parallel and slightly sinuate below the middle, very slightly con-

verging anteriorly, all the angles subacute; disk convex, im-

punctate. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly,

their apices regularly rounded; above convex, faintly depressed

transversely below the basilar space, finely but rather strongly

punctured, plicate below the humeral callus, the subhumeral ridge

extending below the middle; on its inner side are several very

shallow longitudinal sulcations.

Spec. 157. Diabrotica chloris.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, prasina, antennis

nigris, basi piceo-fulva, articulis penultimis duobus albidis; pedi-

bus piceo-fulvis, femoribus posticis quatuor interdum viridi-flavis ;

thorace nitido, non foveolato; elytris lateribus obsolete plicatis,

erebre tenuiter punctatis.

Long. 38 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head triangular; clypeal ridge well-defined; antenne filiform,

more than four-fifths the length of the body, the second joint

short, the third one-half longer, the fourth exceeding in length the

preceding two united; black, the five lower joints piceo-fulvous,

the ninth and tenth yellowish white. Thorax not broader than

long; sides straight and parallel from the base nearly to the apex,

slightly rounded and converging before reaching the latter; upper

surface smooth and shining, non-foveolate, sides rather broadly

margined. Elytra finely and closely punctured, obsoletely plicate

on the sides, the subhumeral costa continued as far down as the

middle, bordered within by a short shallow sulcation,

South American species of Diabrotica. 85

Separated from D. viridans by the different coloration

of the antenne, and by the much less distinct plication

of the sides of the elytra.

Spec. 158. Diabrotica labiata, Baly.

Journ. Ent. Soc., xix., p. 238, 1886.

Hab. Colombia (Steinheil). My collection.

This species might be mistaken for a unicolorous

variety of D. speciosa, but may be known by the sub-

humeral sulcation of the elytron.

Spec. 159. Diabrotica chrysopleura, Harold.

Col., Hefte xiii., p. 92.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, subtus nitida,

abdomine viridi-aureo sericeo, pectoris lateribus pube adpressa

aurea dense vestitis ; pedibus pallide viridibus, plus minusve piceo-

tinctis; supra subnitida, antennis pallide flavis, extrorsum pallide

piceis, articulo basali nigro tincto; thorace excavato, utrinque sat

profunde foveolato; elytris rugosis, irregulariter elevato-vittatis ;

sordide rufis, apice margineque externo nigris.

Var. A. Elytris totis rufis.

Var. B. Pectore abdomineque rufis, antennis pallide viridibus,

extrorsum piceis.

Long. 3}—4 lin.

Hab. Colombia, La Luzula (Steinheil), var. A and B;

Cauca, var. B. Not uncommon in collections.

Head triangular, clypeal ridge prominent, well-defined ; antennz

filiform, nearly equal to the body in length in the J’, rather shorter

in the ?, the second and third joints short, the fourth longer than

the preceding two united; the six or seven lower joints pale yellow

or yellowish green, the basal one usually stained with black or

piceous, the four or five upper joints piceous. Thorax scarcely

broader than Jong in the 3, rather broader in the 9; sides parallel

and distinctly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence

obliquely rounded towards the apex; disk convex, its hinder

portion excavated and impressed on either side with a deep fovea.

Elytra convex, coarsely rugose, disk with a number of raised

irregular vitte, which anastomose with each other more or less

distinctly on the outer disk.

Harold describes the elytra in this species as obscure

purple; in all the specimens that I have seen they are

rufous, more or less stained with piceous.

86 South American species of Diabrotica.

Spec. 160. Diabrotica diversicolor.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra; femoribus

posticis ad basin abdomineque fulvis, pedibus antennisque prasinis,

his extrorsum pallide piceis, pectoris lateribus dense fulvo hirsutis ;

thorace bifoveolato; elytris crebre sat fortiter punctatis, ad latera

plicatis, sordide rufis.

Long. 34 lin.

Hab. Keuador. Coll. Fry; a single specimen.

Head triangular, scarcely longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-

defined; antenne filiform, rather more than three-fourths the

length of the body, the second and third joints short, nearly equal >

the fourth longer than the preceding two united; the seven lower

joints prasinous, the four upper ones pale piceous. Thorax scarcely

broader than long; sides parallel and sinuate from the base to

beyond the middle, thence obliquely rounded and converging

towards the apex; upper surface opaque, excavated on the hinder

disk, impressed on either side with an oblique fovea. LElytra

convex, strongly punctured, plicate below the humeral callus.

(iSZ-in)

II. Notes on a new genus of Lycenide. By Lionen

pE Nicevitue, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., &e.

[Read December 4th, 1889.]

I nave asked my friend Mr. Distant to exhibit at a meeting

of the Entomological Society a twig of walnut, on which

will be found numerous egg-masses laid by a lycenid

butterfly. I have proposed a new generic name for this

species, which was described as long ago as 1865, by

the late Mr. Hewitson, as Dipsas odata. I have called

it Chetoprocta, with reference to the immense tuft of

long hairs which clothe the end of the abdomen of the

female butterfly. I think it is a good genus, as in

neuration it differs considerably from Zephyrus, Dalman,

the genus to which it is most closely allied. With the

walnut-branch I have sent a pair of specimens of the

imago of this little butterfly, which strongly reminds one

of Zephyrus (Thecla auctorum) quercus, Linneus, the

common ‘‘ Purple Hairstreak.” Like it, C. odata is

purple alone, that colour being rather more restricted to

the base of the wings in the female than in the male.

The under surface is silvery greenish-grey, banded and

spotted with a darker colour. The butterfly is found,

as far as I know, only in the north-western hilly portions

of the Indian Empire, at elevations of from 5000 to 10,000

feet above the sea. It is single-brooded, flying from

May to July, and is only found where walnut-trees grow,

on which its larva feeds. In the day time it flies but

little; when disturbed on beating a walnut or neigh-

bouring tree, it ‘‘ flops” off of one leaf on to another,

resting with closed wings on the upper surface only.

But in the late afternoon it rouses itself, flies backwards

and forwards and round and round the walnut trees with

great rapidity, and it is then that couples may frequently

be taken together. If the end of the abdomen of the

female be examined, it will be found to be furnished

with a large closely-packed mass of long hair-like scales

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRTI. (APRIL.)

88 Notes on a new genus of Lycenide.

of a pale ochreous satiny colour. The female lays its

eges in irregular rows, varying from two to four eggs in

each row, the egg-mass when finished presenting a neat

thatched appearance, and of an elongated form. It

appears that the sticky egg, in passing from the ab-

domen of the mother, becomes thickly coated with the

hairs at the end of her body, the basal portion of the

hairs, which are dark, being attached to the egg, while

the anterior portion of the hairs, which are greyish,

remain free. The larva is of the usual lycznid form,

pale green, and apparently lacks the dorsal gland on the

eleventh segment and the two subdorsal tentacula on the

twelfth segment commonly found in the larve of this

family, and is consequently unattended by ants.

I should be glad if some members of the Entomological

Society would try to breed this butterfly in Hngland. On

the twigs sent are numerous patches of live eggs; also

many patches of dead ones, which were probably laid last

year, and may be known from the others by the hairs

having all been destroyed, and each egg having a round

hole from which the young larva had escaped. It will be

seen that in many instances fresh eggs are laid in con-

tinuation of an old egg-mass. I should be very glad to

know if there is any other butterfly which coats its eggs

with hairs in the way done by C. odata. The Zoological

Society of London might perhaps be asked to try to

breed the butterfly. The larve, I may add, will only

eat the very freshest and youngest leaves of the walnut-

tree.

(89 )

III. On the phylogenetic significance of the wing-markings

in certain genera of the Nymphalide. By Freprrick

A. Drxey, M.A., M.B., Fellow of Wadham College,

and Demonstrator in the University Museum,

Oxford.

[Read February 5th, 1890. |

Puates I., II. & IIT.

Everyone who has paid any attention to the perfect

insects of the genus Vanessa and allied forms, must

have been struck with the great general resemblance

that exists between them in respect of their wing-

markings.* In the investigation of which I now present

the results, my first object has been to ascertain the

exact extent of this resemblance by analysing the wing-

patterns and reducing their constituent markings to a

system ; from this I have been led to search for homo-

logues of the markings in certain other members of the

family Nymphalide, and finally to use the interesting

conclusions thus arrived at in an attempt to sketch the

outline of a phylogeny for insects of the genera

examined.

I need hardly point out that facts of the kind here

dealt with, relating, that is to say, entirely to certain

special external characters of adult forms, constitute

only one kind of phylogenetic evidence out of many that

could be brought ; and that conclusions resting on them,

though valuable as contributions towards the settle-

ment of the question of kinship, must not be held to be

final unless they are corroborated by the result of other

lines of enquiry—especially those relating to the onto-

geny of the various species concerned, and to their

distribution in space and time.

* See a note in Weismann’s ‘ Studies in the Theory of Descent’

(English Edition, 1882, vol. ii., p. 447), by Prof. Meldola, who

observes, ‘‘ The genus Vanessa (in the wide sense) appears to be in

aremarkable condition of what may be called phyletic preserva-

tion.”

90 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

Moreover with reference to the study of these mark-

ings in especial, it must not be forgotten that the

investigator is deprived of the assistance usually afforded

to similar enquiries from the side of embryology, for the

characters in question spring as it were at once into

perfect being at a definite stage in the life of the

individual; they have, so to speak, no growth, no

embryology.* Nevertheless, in spite of these limita-

tions, it would seem worth while to examine the evidence

available from this source with as much accuracy as

possible, to see how far it will go towards indicating

lines of probable development, and to determine the

direction in which such lines appear to lead. The

conclusions so reached will no doubt need to be checked

and corrected by evidence derived from other quarters,

but ought, nevertheless, to be allowed their due weight

in any settlement that endeavours to be final.

The amount of material available for the construction

of a phylogeny of the Nymphalide as a whole has

received a notable addition in an elaborate memoir by

W. Muller (‘Sudamerikanische Nymphalidenraupen’),

published in the ‘Zoologische Jahrbucher,’ Bd. I., 1886,

pp. 417—678. His conclusions, however, as there given,

extend in the main only to groups of higher importance

than genera; and the sole data on which they rest are

the facts of the larval and pupal ontogeny and habits,

the perfect form being left out of account altogether.

In comparing the evidence of kinship derived from

the study of immature stages with that obtainable from

adult forms, it must not be forgotten that in cases such

as the present, in which the immature stages have a

separate and independent existence of their own, the

conditions amid which the earlier periods of life are

passed will have their own special influence upon the

larval form and development, without necessarily pyro-

ducing any corresponding effect upon the form ulti-

mately assumed; and that consequently the affinities

disclosed by the larva do not always exactly correspond

with those indicated by the perfect organism. ‘This

point, to which attention had in some degree been

** A possible exception to this general statement may exist in the

pigmentation of the wings of certain pupe. This point needs

further investigation. See below, pp. 125—128.

significance of wing-markings. 91

previously directed by Darwin* and Lubbock,t has

been fully treated of with great completeness of illustra-

tion by Weismann, in his essay on ‘ Phyletic Parallelism

in Metamorphic Species, i where he has shown this want

of congruence between larval and imaginal affinities to

be especially well-marked among certain of the sub-

groups of the family now before us. In cases where the

form-relationship of the larve does not coincide with

that of the imagines we may find it difficult to determine

which of the two is the more trustworthy guide to the

real affinities of the species; but where the evidence

from both sides can be shown to point in the same direc-

tion such grounds of doubt no longer exist, and we may

claim to have gone far towards establishing the true

phylogenetic relation. Itis interesting therefore to find,

as will appear before the end of this paper, that Muller’s

conclusions, as far as they go, and when due allowance

is made for the facts just referred to, are in general

accordance with the results to which I have been led by

an entirely distinct method of investigation.

As a preliminary to the minute comparative study of

the wing-markings, it will be well to lay down certain

landmarks to serve collectively as a sketch outline of

which the details may be afterwards filled in. For this

purpose let us first of all glance at the costal margin of

the fore wing in V. urtice (fig. 1). Here occur three

dark patches alternating with four areas of lighter

ground colour, the innermost of which is red, the next

two yellow, and the outermost white. These three dark

patches I distinguish by the Roman numerals I., II., III.,

in order from within outwards; while to the four light

coloured areas I give in similar order the letters A, B,

C, D. Outside the white patch D comes the dark sub-

marginal band. This I regard as in series with the

costal patches, and accordingly recognise it as 1V. Now

these eight costal areas of alternate light and dark

colour will be found in one form or another in most of

the insects with which we shall have to deal; and I

ie Origin and Metamorphoses of Insects,’ 1874; vid. esp. pp.

89 9, 70.

‘Studies in the Theory of Descent,’ English Edition by Prof.

Meldaln 1882, vol. i. p.890—vol. il., p. 554.

92 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

therefore propose to adopt the letters and numbers I

have just given as a uniform means of distinguishing

these markings both in figures and descriptions. In cer-

tain forms, as for instance V. polychloros, V. io (fig. 2),

and the various species of the genus Grapta, they are as

easily recognised as in V. urtice ; in others one or more

may be obliterated (as A in P. atalanta, see fig. 3), the rest

remaining easily recognisable ; in others again some or

all of the patches may be broken up into separate

constituents, as in most members of the genus Argynnis

(fig. 4), but, as will be shown, not in such a way as to lose

their actual identity. When this resolution happens, I

shall retain the letter or number already given as the

collective designation of the entire group of constituent

markings, while generally distinguishing the separate

members by the Arabic numerals, 1, 2, 3, 4, &c., in the

case of the dark, and the letters a, 8, y, 0, &c., in the case

of the light areas. It will be seen in the sequel that

in nearly every case the costal patch forms part of a

series of markings which belongs or did belong to the

entire wing, and indeed to both fore and hind wing alike.

It will therefore be necessary, as we proceed, to enlarge

the notions we have at first attached to the letters A to

D, and the numbers I. to IV., and to make them stand

for the whole range of marks, of which the most

conspicuously and uniformly recognisable portions occupy

the region of the costa. It will, moreover, in some

cases be convenient to introduce a further division of

groups into II. and II’., III. and III’., &c. (figs. 31, 37).

We may now begin the consideration of the wing-

markings in detail, taking first—

1. The series of light-coloured spots near the apex of

the primaries. — Comparing Pyrameis cardwi with P.

atalanta, we are at once struck with the identity of

pattern shown by the apex of the fore wings in these

species. On the black ground of this region in P.

cardut occur four conspicuous white spots (fig. 5, a, 8,

y, 0) arranged in a curve, the first and fourth being

markedly larger than the other two. ‘These are

obviously homologous with the’ similar white spots

in P. atalanta (figs. 6, 7), which are arranged in a

curve of the same character and keep much the same

relative size, 8 and y being, however, a little smaller in

P. atalanta than in P. cardui, and « showing distinctly

significance of wing-markings. 98

in the former species the crescent shape only indicated

in the latter.

In P. atalanta, however, we find that the series does

not end with no. 4, which we have called 6. There is in

this species always present a fifth spot, continuing the

curve, and in the female a sixth as well* (figs. 6, 7, €, ¢);

this last spot, a very small one, coming within the red

band of the fore wing. Now the first of these spots

obviously corresponds with the white costal patch in V.

urtice, Which I have called D. I shall continue, there-

fore, to refer to the six spots under the names of the

first six letters of the Greek alphabet, 2, 8, y, 3, «, ¢,

speaking of them collectively as series D.

Although in the great majority of specimens of P.

cardui only the first four terms of this series are repre-

sented, yet it sometimes happens that the fifth, and

even in rare cases the sixth, is present as well. A

specimen of P. cardui was caught at Mortehoe, North

Devon, by Miss Daisy Longstaff, in the autumn of

1889 (fig. 8), in which ¢ is as distinct as in P. atalanta.

Two specimens in the Hope Collection at Oxford show

the same peculiarity ; one being British, the other from

North America. In most of these cases the spot is

larger on the under surface of the wing than on the

upper.t

On the other hand, in P. huntera and P. myrinna,

which bear a general resemblance to P. cardui, I have

never seen ¢; but ¢ is always present and usually very

conspicuous (fig. 9).

In all other species of the genus Pyrameis the series

is present in greater or less completeness. The spots

most constantly present are a and 0. In those members

of the group that approach P. atalanta in aspect, B and

* A specimen in the British Museum has this sixth spot on the

left side and not on the right. Scudder, in his ‘ Butterflies of the

Eastern United States,’ 1889, does not notice this spot either in his

description (vol. i., p. 442), or figure (vol. iii., pl. 2, fig. 6). The

latter is expressly said to be of P. atalanta 9.

+ A third specimen of P. cardwi in the Hope Collection shows

the whole range from a to €; ¢ is here well marked on the under-

surface, but on the upper only faintly mdicated, — being, indeed,

reduced to a few scales of lighter shade than the general ground

colour. A specimen in the British Museum resembles the Mortehoe

specimen in the presence of ¢, but differs from it in another

respect; see below, p. 113.

94 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

y (especially 8) tend to become small and to disappear ;

eis mostly present (small or absent in P. callirrhoe, fig.

10); ¢ as arule is absent, except as we have seen in P.

atalanta 2. In those that approach P. cardwi, 1.e.,

the assemblage of species distinguished by Scudder*

as ‘“‘ Neopyrameis,”’ 6 & y are tolerably conspicuous, ¢

nearly always absent, but € may be very large and dis-

tinct, as in most specimens of P. huntera. P. gonerilla,

from New Zealand (fig. 11), has «—e constantly and

plainly present, their appearance being, however, modified

by an invasion of blue, the meaning of which we shall

see later.

A careful examination of the whole family Vanesside

and allied groups shows that this series D, a—¢ has a

very extensive range; though in passing away from the

insects just specially referred to it in most instances soon

begins to lose its distinctive and conspicuous character.

At first, however, the series is plain and recognisable

enough. JV. 20 (fig. 12) shows the whole set complete

from a to ¢; @ is here coloured pale yellow, and is

modified in shape in order to form the outer part of the

pale zone of the eye-mark ; ¢ though preserving its rela-

tive size is elongated conformably with the outline of the

same mark, and all the spots from f to ¢ are invaded by

a pale blue colour, the meaning of which, like the some-

what similar feature in P. gonerilla, will be considered

later.

In Araschnia levana we have the same series; a, 0 and

€ being the most constant members, while y & « are

small or absent. In the dark form known as A. prorsa,

however, all are usually present (figs. 13, 14).

Other well-marked cases of the complete or partial

presence of the series are afforded by Hurema zabulina

(2and >), H. kefersteinit (a, 0, e, sometimes y, underside

a—t), E. dione (a, [y],+ 3, 2). In this latter case the

spots a—e on both upper and underside are silvery,

while ¢ is vertically elongated and transparent. The

assertion that the window-slit in the centre of the fore

wing in Hf. dione represents the minute white spot in

the red band of the female P. atalanta may sound far-

fetched and unlikely to be true, but to any one who wiil

* Op. cit., vol. i., p. 434.

+ Sometimes absent,

significance of wing-markings. 95

compare the following—E. dione, E. kefersteinw, P.

huntera, P.atalanta ?, there will be no possible doubt

of the correctness of the identification (figs. 15, 16,

iT):

In V. polychloros (fig. 18), the spots of this series are

of a reddish yellow, not very far removed from the

orange-brown ground colour of the wing; nevertheless

it is usually easy to identify 2,8 & y. The rest of the

series is less readily made out; however, in some

specimens 9, « and é are to be distinguished, and even a

further member which we may call 1.

V. urtice, as we have seen, has a well developed and

pure white in colour, but no further members of the

series are present.

In V. antiopa, a and 6 are conspicuous and fused ; y

and dare faintly visible in some specimens, both on the

upper and under side.

The same series of spots may, perhaps, be traced in the

genera Apatura and Limenitis. If we compare the fore

wing of Apatura iris with that of Vanessa atalanta, we

cannot fail to be struck with the general resemblance of the

pattern at the apex in the two cases, though whether the

outer series of white spots in A. iris really corresponds

with that in V. atalanta seems doubtful. Spots, however,

more or less answering to @, y and «, are easily recog-

nised in the male A. iris, while in the female @ and 0 are

possibly present as well (fig. 19). There is, however, a

certain departure from the Vanessa and Pyrameis type,

in respect of the arrangement and relative size of the

spots. Thus, 8 and « are relatively large in Apatura,

small in Pyrameis ; moreover in A. wis, ¢ though preser-

ving the same relation to the nervules of the wing as in

Pyrameis and Vanessa, seems as far as the pattern

is concerned to have stepped into the place of 3.

In L. sibylla we find the series present in A. iris

verging towards disappearance. It is not difficult, how-

ever, to identify «, and probably (6 and ¢ (fig. 20).

But the most interesting results in connection with

this series follow from tracing it in another direction. The

general uniformity of pattern in the genus Argynnis is

well known, and at first sight it may seem that these

insects present nothing that corresponds to this series of

spots. If, however, A. valesina, the melanic variety of

the female of A. paphia (which probably represents a

96 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

reversion to, or survival of, an ancestral type) be carefully

examined, it will be seen that the arrangement of dark

spots and pale ground colour near the tip of the fore

wing closely corresponds with the pattern we have been

considering in the Vanesside (figs. 21, 27; ef. figs. 1—4).

This correspondence is strikingly brought out in some

specimens by the creamy white colour of those pale areas

that answer in position to the dead white band and spots

in P. atalanta, the rest of the ground colour of the wing

in A. valesina tending to a dusky olive.

The Vanessa-like character of this region of the fore

wing, which as we have just seen is perceptible enough

in the dark variety of A. paphia ? , becomes remarkably

vivid in the female of A. niphe; so much so, in fact, as to

give the latter insect almost the general aspect of a

Pyrameis, the underside especially suggesting that of P.

cardui.* The resemblance does not depend only on the

special points which we are now considering, but also on

other features which will be noticed later. Confining

our attention for the present to the series D, a—é, and

making a careful comparison between P. cardui, P.

atalanta 2 and A. niphe 2, we shall not be able

to escape the conclusion that the series is exactly repre-

sented in this last insect, spot for spot (fig. 22). The

only apparent exception is ¢, which is often absent from

the upper side of A. niphe; on the under side, however,

€ is distinct and conspicuous, and in at least one

specimen that I have seen (Hope Collection) it is

faintly visible on the upper side as well. The com-

parison of A. niphe 2 with other members of the

genus Argynnis makes it clear that these light-coloured

markings, which I have shown to be homologous with

the white spots of the Vanesside, are merely an accen-

tuation, as it were, of the general ground colour of the

wing between certain of the dark spots which are so

characteristic of the Argynnide.t If any doubt remains

** The aspect of A. niphe Q is no doubt partly the result of its

mimicry of Danais chrysippus, but the special points named here

and below (p.101) can scarcely be affected by this fact. Moreover

the resemblance as a whole is seen, on careful comparison with

other Argynnids, to depend on the retention and intensification of

true Argynnid characters, not (with the exception, perhaps, of the

general shape of the wings) on the acquisition of new ones.

+The spot a is in one respect exceptional, as will be seen later

(p. 101, note). Itis to be observed also that the white spotsin A, niphe

significance of wing-markings. 97

on this subject, it will be removed by a comparison of

A. sagana 9, A. niphe 2, A. valesina and A. diana ?

with C. pantherata and with the male of almost any

Argynnis that it is most convenient to take; for instance,

A. adippe or A. paphia. Putting together the results of

the examination of all the insects that have been

referred to, we recognise the areas between the dark

spots of this region of the fore wing in the Argynnide

(seen perhaps in their simplest formin A. diana 2 ), as in

most instances simply partaking of the usual brown

eround colour of the wings (4. adippe, A. paphia, &c.),

in other instances becoming somewhat specially marked

out by an increase of paleness (A. valesina, C. panthe-

rata), and in A. sagana 2 and A. niphe 2 assuming

the character of a system of definite spots; which

character becomes absolutely established in Vanessa,

Pyrameis, Araschnia and Eurema, perhaps passes over in

a modified form to the genera Limenitis and Apatura,

and beyond these limits gradually loses its distinctive

features and disappears. That the homology of the

spots in all these cases (except the last) is perfect there

can be little or no doubt for any one who will carefully

examine the insects named. That the true line of

development has been indicated in the above account is

more open to question; it will, however, be seen in the

course of this paper that the conclusion here arrived at

is corroborated by other evidence.

2. The submarginal chain of black spots with blue

centres. —I now wish to call attention to another feature

in the colouring of the Vanessas and allied genera, and

in the same way to make an attempt to trace its history.

Near the anal angle of the hind wing in Pyrameis cardui

there occurs a long narrow oval or crescentic black spot

with a blue core or centre, the latter often showing signs

of a division into two* (fig. 24, IV., 15). This spot is

are not absolutely distinct and circumscribed as in P. cardui and P.

atalanta, but represent merely the central portions of small areas

of unaltered ground colour into which they shade off with greater

or less gradation of tint. In the genus Pyrameis the original

ground colour has disappeared from around the spots a to e, persist-

ing only in the neighbourhood of ¢.

* This duplication of markings in the space between the sub-

median nervure and 1st median nervule is a common feature in

both fore and hind wings of many species. See especially the blue

spots in V. urtice and V. antiopa. (Fig. 26, IV., 8, 15).

TRANS. ENT. SOc. LOND, 1890.—PARTI. (APRIL.) 4H

98 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

evidently the last term in a series of dark spots which

forms a kind of inner border to the hind wing, there

being a separate oval or diamond-shaped spot for each

interspace between the nervules with the exception of

the first two or three interspaces, in which the spots of

this series are fused together (fig. 24, [V., 10—15). In

Pyrameis atalanta the same blue-centred spot occurs in

the same situation, and here again it is easily seen to

be the last term ina series. But in Pyrameis atalanta

the blue colour is not confined to this last term, for in

most, if not all, specimens a definite area of blue,

varying from a few blue scales to a well-marked patch,

occupies the centre of the last spot but one. In the

hind wing of V. polychloros we recognise at once the

same submarginal series of spots, forming a complete

inner border to the wing, each spot being now crescentic

in outline, more or less fused with its neighbours, and

the blue centre being found not only in the last one or

two terms of the series, but in all of them except the

first. The imner portion of the border of the fore wing

in V. polychloros is formed by an evident continuation of

the same series, visible also in the fore wings of

P. cardwi and atalanta (especially in P. cardui, under

side), but in these latter cases somewhat obscured by

the general coloration of the dark area of the wing.

The series as a whole is that which we have already

distinguished as IV., and the anterior portion of which

forms the external boundary of the light-coloured series

D, a—é. The conspicuous blue centres of the marginal

spots in the hind wing of V. polychloros do not extend to

the remainder of the series in the fore wing; neverthe-

less, in many specimens a few blue scales, quite incon-

spicuous, may be detected in the centres of IV., 5, 6 and

7. The same blue-centred chain of submarginal spots

is very plainly visible in A. levana, especially on the

upper surface. It occurs with great distinctness on the

under surface of A. prorsa, and asa trace at the anal

angle of the hind wing on the upper surface of the same

insect, as also in P. gonerilla (fig. 25, IV., 15). Similar

traces will be found at the anal angle of the hind wing

in LH. kefersteini (best marked on under surface), and

E. dione, in these cases the blue being reduced to a few

blue scales, almost invisible to the naked eye. If we

now turn to V, wrtiee, and notably to V. antiopa (fig. 26),

significance of wing-markings. 99

we find the whole series of black submarginal spots with

their blue centres complete and conspicuous. In the

latter insect the crescentic outline of the spots, constant

in V. polychloros, is mostly lost; and the spots become

fused into a black band easily distinguishable from the

dark chocolate colour of the general surface of the wing.

An indication of the formation of this band by the fusion

of separate members, each corresponding to an inter-

space, is preserved both by the crenated outline of the

band and also by the blue centres, which in this species

are large and conspicuous, their outline tending to

become roundish or oval. The character of this sub-

marginal band or chain of spots in V.wrtice bears a

strong general resemblance to the same in V. polychloros,

but in V. urtice the distinct development of the blue

centres in the upper wings marks an approximation to

the condition in V. antiopa, which is also borne out in

some specimens by a tendency towards complete fusion

of the black spots, and the substitution of an oval or

roundish outline for the crescentic shape of the centres.

Having now examined this system of blue and black

markings in its almost evanescent condition in P. cardui

and P. atalanta, and its state of greater development in

V. polychloros, A. prorsa and levana, V. urtice and

V. antiopa, we will glance at two or three species closely

allied to those mentioned, in which we shall find it

represented under curiously modified forms; and then

proceed to consider whether there is any evidence which

may throw light upon its history.

If anyone will attentively examine the tip of the fore

wing in V. io and compare it with the same region in

V. urtice, he will not be long in coming to the conclusion

that the black crescent with its included blue area,

which forms the outer portion of the ocellus in the

former species, is the exact representative of the first

part of the submarginal series which we have been con-

sidering in V. uwrtice. It has been already pointed out

how the spots D 2—? are modified in V. io in order to

help in the formation of the ocellus ; the same applies

to the present series. The first part of the series

remains, the black spots being fused into the outer

crescentic region of the ocellus. The blue centres are

in some specimens quite separate, and easily to be iden-

tified with those of IV,, 1—5 in V. urtice ; inmany, how-

H 2

100 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

ever, they are fused, though seldom without retaining

clear indications of their separate nature. Although the

black constituent of this submarginal series ([V.) ceases

to exist as a conspicuous feature behind the region of

the ocellus, a relic of it can be detected in most, if not

all, specimens in the form of a small dark patch just

outside the spot «, with a few blue scales to indicate the

blue centre.

On page 94 attention was called to the invasion of

the spots D 6—é¢ in V. io by a blue coloration. This

affects both the spots themselves and the surrounding

area of the wing, the scales composing the spots being

not quite white, but a very pale blue, and the surrounding

areas having scales of a blue nearly or quite as intense

as that of the blue centres 2, 8, 4, plentifully mixed with

other scales that merely present the bright chestnut of

the general ground colour of the wing. This last

feature in the colouring I shall speak of as the ‘‘ blue

shade.” Its appearance in J. io irresistibly suggests

the inference that it is due to an extension inwards of

the blue of the centres of the fused submarginal spots,

and this is put almost beyond doubt by a comparison of

the corresponding region in P. atalanta, P. huntera,

and P. gonerilla.

As has been before mentioned, the submarginal black

band is quite recognisable in the fore wing of P. atalanta,

though to some extent masked by the general black

colour of the wing. We have seen that the blue centres

are represented at the anal angle of the hind wing.

But they are also represented in the fore wing, in some

specimens with great distinctness, by two or three

crescentic blue patches in the black ground colour, just

outside the spots #, y, %, «,—nearly the same situation,

in fact, as the blue centres that survive in the fore wing

of V. polychloros. These blue crescents, though usually

well outside the white spots, in some cases approach

them closely, and may even encroach upon 0, aS in a

specimen in the Hope Collection. We have only to turn

to P. gonerilla to see this encroachment carried to a

much greater extent. Here 2 is bordered with blue on

its outer side, d has a narrow blue band surrounding it,

expanding externally to a broad blue margin; £, y and «

are blue altogether.

I haye only once seen anything of the kind in P. cardut,

significance of wing-markings. 101

but 6 and y are nearly always blue, or at least edged

with blue, in P. huntera and P. myrinna.

These cases would seem to support the suggestion

already made that the “‘ blue shade” in V. io represents

an encroachment inwards of the blue of the centres of

the submarginal series of spots.*

The question now arises whether we can trace the

origin of this series of blue-centred spots, which we

have seen in their full development and in their decline.

It will be understood how keenly, when I was investi-

gating this point, I sought among the Fritillaries for

some indication of this blue-centred black border. Did

there exist any species of Argynnis with blue round the

margins of the wings? The clue to the solution of the

question was supplied by the same species that is of so

much interest in regard to the series D, a—, viz.,

A. niphe. In this insect we are at once struck by the

resemblance of the hind wing, both in g and ?, to that

of P. cardut. The various series of dark markings are

seen to correspond, spot for spot, and what is more

interesting still, the submarginal portion of the wing

shows a blue colour, best developed near the anal angle,

which at once suggests the remnants of blue in P. cardut.

The blue here does not, it is true, occupy the centres of

the dark spots corresponding to those which form the sub-

marginal series in P. cardut, but rather belongs to the

ground colour between this series and one still further out,

while externally comes another interrupted narrow area

of blue ground colour before the black edge of the wing is

finally reached. Still it is difficult to resist the conclusion

thatthe bluein P. cardui is derived from a source indicated

by the same colour in A. niphe, which indeed may have

been effected by a spreading inward of the blue in the

form of a shade which has afterwards been cut off, of

which we have already seen an example in A. prorsa, or

by the taking up of the outer row of dark spots in an

attenuated form to make with the submarginal row a

series of composite spots, the included blue ground

colour becoming the centres of the series so made. This

* A similar extension inwards of bluish coloration from the

series of blue-centred spots occurs on the under side of A. levana,

both upper and lower wing. In A. prorsa (hind wing) this has

become separated from the border, remaining as a small but

distinct bluish patch.

102 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

last is most likely the true explanation, if indeed it is

not put beyond doubt by a comparison of the anal

angle, under surface, of A. niphe with the same region,

either upper or under surface, in P. atalanta.

A comparison of the upper wings in A. niphe ? and

P. atalanta gives a similar result. The submarginal

series IV., very distinct in A. niphe, as in nearly all

species of the genus Argynnis (fig. 31), is sometimes

indicated in P. atalanta with tolerable distinctness,

especially in its upper part, and is here seen to be

bounded outwardly by an interrupted bluish area like

that which in A. niphe bounds the same series of spots,

though it is less conspicuous than in the hind wing.

Further along the margin of the wing in P. atalanta the

same interrupted bluish area occurs, and is here rein-

forced by a few scales of a more intense blue, which, as

we have seen, spread inwards over the centres of the

fused dark spots of 1V., forming a ‘“‘ blue shade” like

those already mentioned, and even reaching and en-

eroaching on the white spots of series D, a—¢. There

can, I think, be little doubt of the substantial identity

of series LV. in these two species.

A. niphe, as far as the arrangement of the black spots

on the ground colour is concerned, is quite a typical

Argynnis ; and this particular series (1V.) runs in a very

well-marked form throughout the genus (fig. 27, &c.).

As far, then, as the first constituent of the series of

marks we are considering is concerned, 2.e., the sub-

marginal chain of black spots, we find it well-established

in the Fritillaries, and persisting in a more or less

marked degree in the Vanessas. There would seem to

be little doubt that, as in the case of the series D, a—,

we have in Argynnis the generalised or ancestral and in

Vanessa the specialised or derived form of the series,

and this conclusion is supported by a further investiga-

tion into the history of the second constituent, viz., the

blue centres and shades. If we are right in tracing

back the blue centres to the indications of blue ground

colour in A. niphe, it becomes important to ask, What is

the meaning of the latter ?

Now it is a well-known fact that in very many species

of Argynnis the two sexes differ in colour, one being

much darker than the other. When this is the case the

darker is invariably the female. The general darker

appearance is partly due to the larger size of the black

significance of wing-markings. 103

spots (A. paphia), partly to an alteration in the general

ground colour, which in these females shows an infusion

of a dull olive of various degrees of intensity into the

bright tawny ground colour characteristic of the male

(A. paphia, aglaia, adippe, &c.). As is well known, a

‘‘melanic” variety of the female of the first-named species

sometimes turns up, in which the whole ground colour is

of a deep dusky olive, no trace of the usual tawny colour

being visible. The females of some species of Argynnis

are normally as completely destitute of the usual bright

ground colour as these occasional melanic females, the

prevailing tone in such cases being, similarly, a deep

dusky olive or blue-green; the bluish tinge prevailing,

é.g., in A. diana, the greenish in A. sagana. In other

species we see this dark blue or green ground colour

confined to a particular area of the wing, e.g., the tip of

the fore wing and border of both wings in A. niphe 2,

the border of the hind wing in A. niphe 3; the posterior

and inner half of the hind wing in A. pandora and

A. childreni 2 , the border at the anal angle in the hind

wing of A. childreni ¢. It is significant that in all

these cases, if the bluish or greenish ground colour is

visible in only one sex, that sex is the female; if it is

visible in both sexes, it prevails toa much greater extent

in the female than in the male.

Prof. Meldoia (in Weismann, op. cit., vol. 1., p. 8, note)

quotes Mr. Wallace* as holding that the dark colour of

many female butterflies is a character acquired for pur-

poses of protection ; but the facts to which I have called

attention, more especially the occasional occurrence in at

least one brown Argynnis of a melanic variety so closely

resembling in coloration the normal female of other

species, and the presence of traces of the same dark ground

colour in some of the male Argynnids, would seem rather

to point to the conclusion that at any rate in this group the

dark blue or green is ancestral; preserved, no doubt, in

many instances for purposes of protection, but in the first

place deriving its origin from the progenitors of the race.

**Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection,’ 1870,

pp. 112—114. In the same author’s ‘ Darwinism,’ 1889, pp. 276,

277, the analogous sober coloration of the female in many species

of birds is considered to be an ancestral rather than an acquired

feature. J am not sure that Wallace’s words as cited by Professor

Meldola necessarily imply that the same may not be the case with

butterflies.

104 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

‘The melanic females would then be instances of reversion

or survival, and the whole aspect of the females of the

genus would be a case of the well-known rule that in

species where sexual dimorphism or “ antigeny”’ occurs,

the female most nearly approaches the ancestral type,

the male being the more highly specialised form.* The

nearest representative of the primitive Argynnis would

thus seem to be the female of A. diana, and it is

interesting to note that one of the earliest butterflies yet

found in a fossiliferous depositt belongs apparently to

that species, or at least is not easily to be distinguished

from it. The first step in specialisation we may imagine

to have been already taken in A. diana by the lightening

of the ground colour in certain places, leaving darker

patches forming a chain of spots. A further extension

of the same process would give us a form like the

melanic A. paphia (valesina), or, if a marked accentua-

tion of some of the lighter areas took place, the female

A. sagana. The bright fulvous ground colour of the

majority of Argynnids would then represent a still

further advance in specialisation, affecting, as we should

expect, chiefly the males; and in such instances as

* Scudder (op. cit., vol. 1, p. 533) maintains that in these cases

it is the female that departs from the general type, though he

admits that this is ‘‘precisely the opposite conclusion to that

reached by Darwin,’ He quotes the case of Semnopsyche

(Argynnis) diana 9 as an instance of complete departure from

the ordinary colouring of the group, but makes no mention of

such similar colouring as is visible in A. sagana 2, A. niphe 2,

A, valesina, &e. The partial dark coloration of certain males

he accounts for by saying that ‘tin other cases the melanic feature

has been superinduced upon the opposite sex”’ (vol. 2, p. 951). It

does not, however, seem to me that he has given sufficient reasons

for his view to ensure its general adoption ; and indeed the following

passage would not appear to be in accordance with his own opinion

as elsewhere expressed :—‘‘ Some species, which we can hardly doubt

have had a common ancestor, scarcely differ from each other

excepting in the character of their antigenic peculiarities, and this

accounts for the close resemblance of the females of allied species

of Skippers” (Ib.). Surely this must mean that the males are the

more specialised. A good instance of the preservation of an

ancestral character by the female alone is afforded by the spot Z

in P. atalanta 2, as noticed above, p. 93. With respect to the

alleged mimicry on the part of A. diana 2, which forms part of

Scudder’s argument, see note on pp. 105, 6.

+‘ V. pluto” of Heer, from the Oligocene of Radaboj, Croatia.

Vid. Lyell, Elem. Geol., 1885, pp. 214, 5; Edwards, Butterfl. N.

Amer., 1879, vol. i.

significance of wing-markings. 105

A. niphe f and 9°, A. childrent Sg and 2, &c., we

should recognise the last battle-ground between the

rival tints, the old one holding its own longest in the

female, and especially clinging to the region of the

borders and anal angle of the wings.*

If this be the true account of the bluish or greenish

areas in the wings of such species as A. niphe, and if

this survival of the ancestral ground colour about the

borders of the wings be the origin, as seems most

probable, of the blue constituent of series IV., so con-

stantly present in the Vanesside, we have in the whole

history of this series of markings an interesting case

of the revival and fresh employment of an almost obso-

lete feature; just asif an old weapon, rusty from disuse,

were polished up anew and once more turned to account,

not indeed for its old purposes, but as a piece of orna-

ment. The history of the series D, e—é, we saw to be

somewhat similar, inasmuch as they represent mere

lighter areas of ground colour, seized upon as it were

and turned to more distinctly decorative purposes. In

the two cases the most probable lines of origin are seen

to converge from the showy and highly specialised

Vanessas, through such forms as A. niphe to the archaic

and comparatively sombre female Argynnis diana.t

* Perhaps even in this diminished form still serving as a pro-

tection, by shading the insect off against its surroundings, when

sunning itself in the usual manner of Argynnids.

+ Seudder (‘ Butterflies of the Eastern United States,’ 1889,

pp. 287, 582, note, 718, 1802, &c.) asserts that the difference be-

tween the sexes in Semnopsyche (Argynnis) diana is due to mimi-

ery; the female A. diana mimicking Basilarchia astyanax

(Limenitis ursula of Doubleday and Westwood). ‘There can be

no doubt,” he says, ‘that S. diana is the mimicker, since it

obtains its resemblance by departing from the ground colour not

only of the opposite sex, but that prevailing in both sexes in the

whole tribe of Argynnidi to which it belongs.” JI do not find

myself able to concur with Scudder in this opinion, for the following

reasons :—(1). The ground colour of A. diana Q does not widely

differ from that of many other female Argynnids, e.g., A. valesina,

A. sagana, and (for part of the wing) A. niphe. There is therefore no

need to assume mimicry in order to account for it. (2). The

habits of A. diana are not those of an insect protected by mimicry,

it being, according to Edwards, ‘an exceedingly alert and wary

insect.”’ (3). The resemblance of the two insects is not close. A.

diana is much larger than B. astyanax, and differs widely from it

in shape. (4). On the other hand, there 7s a close resemblance, as

pointed out by Doubleday and Westwood (‘Genera of Diurnal

106 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

3. The white band on the costal margin of the fore wing.

—Returning now to P. cardwi and P. atalanta, we find

another conspicuous mark near the apex of the fore

wing besides those already noticed. This is the broad

white band passing inwards from the costa at the

junction of its outer and middle thirds, to which I have

already given the distinctive letter C. No question can

possibly arise as to the identity of C in these two species.

Lepidoptera,’ vol. ii., p. 275), between B. astyanaw and Lertias

(Papilio) philenor. This resemblance extends not only to markings

and colour, but to form and size as well. It is noticed by Scudder

(op. cit., p. 287), but dismissed as insufticient to establish mimicry.

(5). The genus to which B. astyanax belongs contains undoubted

cases of mimicry in which the Basilarchias are the mimickers.

This raises a presumption in favour of B. astyanax mimicking

rather than being mimicked, which is strengthened by the fact that

B. astyanaz has scarcely the aspect of a typical Basilarchia. (6).

In favour of the view that B. astyanax, whether mimicked by

A. diana or not, itself mimies L. philenor, are the facts given by

Scudder (vol. ii., p. 1251), on the authority respectively of Edwards

and Doubleday, that the latter butterfly ‘‘has a strong and dis-

agreeable scent,” and that ‘its flights are rather low and not very

powerful.” It would therefore seem that L. philenor is specially

protected, and that it would be advantageous to another insect,

such as B. astyanaz, to be mistaken for it. On the other hand, no

reason is alleged by Scudder why it should benefit A. diana to be

taken for B. astyanax, nor does he suggest that A. diana may

be taken for L. philenor. (It should be stated that Scudder fails to

verify the point as to the evil odour of L. philenor.) On the whole,

therefore, it seems to me that the evidence of mimicry between

L. philenor and B. astyanaz is much stronger than that between

B. astyanax and A. diana; and if, as Scudder thinks, the former

is insufficient, a fortiori, the latter must be also. I should wish,

however, to point out that even if it be conceded that A. diana 2

is a mimicker, it does not follow that the ground colour was

acquired for that purpose ; it may merely have survived. More-

over, the spots of A. diana @ are those of a typical Argynnis.

The blacking-in of the base of the wings internal to series I]. has

its counterpart in other American Argynnids (A. cybele, A.

nokonuis , and especially A. leto 2), and the only character that,

so far as 1 know, is really peculiar to A. diana among its relatives

is the large expanse of blue ground colour surrounding the spots of

series I11., which I admit to be like the corresponding feature in

B. astyanax and L. philenor. Whether, therefore, such resem-

blance as exists between these insects be due to mimicry or not, I

see no reason to doubt that A. diana @ is a near representative of

the oldest type of the Argynnids, and so in all probability of the

Nymphalide generally. I may add to the above that Mr. Wallace,

in his lately published volume ‘ Darwinism,’ 1889, p. 248, speaks

unhesitatingly as to the mimicry of P. philenor by L. ursula

(Scudder’s B. astyanax), but makes no mention in this connection

of A. diana.

significance of wing-markings. 107

They correspond exactly, and C is also recognisable with

equal certainty in very many of the allied species, e. g.,

P. huntera,* P. gonerilla, P. callirrhoe, &c. (see figs.

5—11). In Araschnia prorsa and levana Cis again to be

seen, in the former as a conspicuous pale yellow band, in

the latter asa portion of the light ground colour of the wing

between the dark areas II. and III. A similar condition

obtains also in Vanessa urtice and V. polychloros, in

both of which C begins on the costa as a yellow band,

which as it passes inwards soon becomes merged in the

general reddish brown ground colour, this happening

earlier in V. polychloros than in V.urtice. In P. carye Cis

distinct and circumscribed, and of the same colour as

the general surface of the wing. A relic of C is visible

in V. antiopa, and in JV. io (fig. 12) the band is present

and modified to form the pale zone of the inner side of

the ocellus, being in this species of very nearly the

same pale yellow as in V. uwrtice. Many other allied

forms (e. g., the genera Grapta and Hurema) show C

with greater or less distinctness, and it is interesting to

observe that it passes over into the genera Limenitis

and Apatura. L. sibylla and A. iris both exhibit it very

plainly (figs. 19, 20). In these two insects it passes by

one interspace further into the wing than in most

specimens of P. cardui, but some specimens of the latter

show a paling of the ground colour in the situation

corresponding to this extension, which becomes more

marked on the under side; and in European, though

not in American, specimens of V. atalanta a small white

projection is constantly present in the same place.t

Can an origin be assigned for this band C with the same

amount of probability as in the former cases? Again

we look to Argynnis niphe ? for an answer to the

question. In this insect C is as distinct and conspicuous

as in any Pyrameis or Vanessa, and is plainly seen to be

an accentuation of the ground colour between the chain

* According to Scudder (op. cit., vol. i., pp. 430, 458) C is white

in the male P. hwntera, orange in the female. It is, however,

white in the large majority of specimens that I have seen.

+ This statement as to the difference between Huropean and

American specimens of P. atalanta is made on the authority of

Doubleday and Westwood (op. cit., vol. i, p. 204), quoting

Stephens. A specimen in the Hope Collection, labelled as from

Llinois, in this respect resembles specimens from Hurope.

108 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

of spots IL. and the series III. which comes next outside

it (fig. 4). The same appears with equal vividness in

A. sagana ?, and is plainly enough, though less strik-

ingly, visible in the melanic A. valesina (fig. 27). The

tendency to a lightening of the ground colour in this

particular region appears again in C. pantherata (fig. 28),

in this instance the ground colour being brown, though

not so bright as in most brown Argynnids. Turning to

Argynnis diana 2, we find C indicated by a simple

clearing up of the ground colour between the dark

patches of series II. and III.’, and thus the present line

of probable origin is seen to point in the same direction

with those before suggested.

Although in the great majority of cases C is not

specially distinguished from the general ground colour,

except in the neighbourhood of the costa, yet there

are some exceptions which must be noted, as they are of

special interest. The yellow patch (C1, fig. 82) near the

anal angle of the fore wing in V. urtice belongs to this

series, as also the yellow shade at the costal margin of

the hind wing in the same species. These are both

recognisable in V. polychloros, and the latter in V. 20

plainly contributes to the pale zone surrounding the

ocellus of the hind wing. But perhaps the most

striking development of this series occurs in A. sagana ¢ ,

where several members of the series are picked out

in pale primrose. In the hind wing of this species a

broad band is thus formed, which at once suggests the

band that crosses the hind wing in so many species of

the genera Apatura and Limenitis (figs. 29, 30). That the

band in Limenitis corresponds with that in Apatura will

scarcely be questioned, and that the band in Apatura

exactly coincides in position with C 6—é in A. sagana @

will be evident on a comparison of the latter insect with

A. ilia, in which the spots of series III. are persistent.*

The apparent continuation of the same white band on

the fore wing of Apatura and Limenitis would also

appear to be the counterpart of Ce—n in A. sagana ?,

and we are thus led to conjecture that both Apatura and

Limenitis may have taken their origin from a form like

the present.

* As they are also in some other species of Apatura, e.g., A.

celtis and A. clyton.

significance of wing-markings. 109

4, The dark area between C and D.—Having traced C

and D throughout many of the species of the group, we

shall, of course, find it easy to identify the dark area

included between C and D in the same insects.

On the upper surface of the fore wing in P. cardui and

P. atalanta, this dark area simply partakes of the

general black or dark brown of the ground colour of that

part of the wing, and shows no tendency to break up

into separate constituents.

In V. io the same area is easily recognised as forming

the centre of the ocellus in the fore wing, and a part of

it is here suffused with the ruddy chestnut of the general

eround colour.

In V. urtice this area somewhat resembles in shape

the same area in V. io, but is sharply marked off from the

red ground colour. V. polychloros shows us the same

dark patch, im many cases breaking up into a chain of

spots which run parallel with the submarginal series IV.

and the hind border of the wing. Much the same

appearance is presented throughout the genus Grapta,

but in Grapta c-aureum we find the suggestion of a

breaking up of the area into two lateral constituents by

the inclusion of a patch of the ordinary ground colour

just internal to De. This resolution is faintly indicated

on the under side of some of the species we have

already noticed by a paling of the ground colour towards

the middle of the patch. Turning now to the genus

Argynnis, we find, as before, the same arrangement in a

more simple and intelligible form. The dark area is

completely resolved into dark spots, situated on the

ordinary ground colour, and falling into two series, an

inner and an outer. ‘The outer series is clearly seen to

be the first part of a chain of eight spots, running right

across the wing to the inner border, generally parallel

with series IV., but with a decided inwards curve

opposite the middle of the hind border. This is the

series I have named III. It is, of course, one of the

most constant and characteristic features of the pattern

of the ordinary Argynnids.

The inner constituent is a triangular or crescentic

patch, usually an obtuse-angled triangle, with its base at

the costa, and its apex pointing backwards and out-

wards. ‘This I distinguish by the sign III’. (fig. 31,

cf. 4, 27), It is generally large and well-marked in the

110 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

females throughout the genus Argynnis (including A.

sagana and A. niphe) ; in the males it is smaller, often

erescentic instead of triangular, and sometimes (as

in A. paphia 2), apparently on the point of disappear-

ance. In Clothilda pantherata 3 @ it is resolved into

a series of three (sometimes four) dark spots, con-

verging with III. 1—5 towards the middle point of

series III. (fig. 28). The same condition obtains in A.

diana 2, except that here the dark spots are less

sharply differentiated from the rest of the wing.

We see accordingly that the dark space between C

and D in the genera Pyrameis and Vanessa forms part

of aseries. This series occurs in its least modified and

most complete form in the genus Argynnis, where it

consists of a chain of dark spots, in their origin

undoubtedly, like series [V., survivals of the primitive

dark ground colour (see A. diana 2?) extending the

whole way across the wing nearly parallel to the hind

border, and giving off in the interspace between the 3rd

median and 2nd discoidal nervules an interior branch

which reaches the costa separately (fig. 31, III., III’.).

In the genera Pyrameis, Vanessa and Grapta, the

spots posterior to the point of bifurcation have generally

disappeared, while the two branches III’. and III. are

usually fused together with more or less admixture of

the light ground colour * (figs. 1, 2, 3).

The question may suggest itself whether the two small

black spots near the middle of the fore wing in JV.

urtice (fig. 82, II. 6, 7) do not represent two terms of

this series. They are clearly identical with the two

larger spots in the similar situation in V’. polychloros

(fig. 83), and these again with spots constantly present

in the genus Grapta.

If we examine the fore wing of a specimen of JV.

** Before leaving the subject of series IIT. with its offshoot III’.,

we may notice that the first one or two members of III. show a

strong tendency to approach and become fused with the corres-

ponding members of IV. (clearly seen in figs. 4, 31). The

interval between the fore part of III’. and III. thus becomes better

marked than that between II]. and IV., and it is this interval that

gives rise to a in series D, which thus constitutes an exception to

the general relations of its series. This is most clearly shown by

A. nerippe, in which a is conspicuously picked out in white on the

usual tawny ground colour of an ordinary Argynnis, and is well

seen to belong to the interval between IIL’. and III.

significance of wing-markings. 111

polychloros in which resolution of III. is pretty well

marked, we shall find the constituents of III., together

with these two spots and the large spot at the anal

angle of the wing, forming a regular series in the form

of an 8. Comparing such a specimen with any

Argynnis, we shall be tempted to indentify this series as

a whole with series III. in the Argynnis, the only con-

spicuous difference being that in the latter the curve is

less pronounced. With regard to the large spot at the

anal angle I have no doubt of the correctness of the

identification. It exactly represents in V. polychloros

the spot III. 8 in the Fritillaries. The two others,

however, do not really represent II]. 6 and 7 as they

seem to do; but belong to another series, the history of

which will be traced later. This is shown by a careful

examination of Grapta c-aurewm, in which the two spots

corresponding to those in V. polychloros are plainly

seen, while outside them come two minute but unmis-

takeable representatives of III. 6 and III. 7 (fig. 34).

If any one doubts this, he has only to look at the

underside, where he will find the whole of series ITI., with

its branch III’., sharply indicated by small black dots,

two of which coincide exactly with III. 6 and 7 on the

upper surface, while the representatives of the other

two spots in question lie well to the inside of the

present series. A feature in G. c-awrewm worthy of notice

is the presence in III. 7 (upper surface) of a minute

patch of blue scales (the import of which will be

explained later), indicating that it is in series with the

blue centred III. 8.

It is interesting to observe that, as shown by the case

of V. polychloros, it is possible for a new series to be

made up out of parts of two old ones.

Series III., like the already described series IV.,

extends into the hind wing, here constituting a chain of

spots most usually five in number, occupying the five

interspaces from the 1st subcostal to the 1st median

nervule. ‘These five spots I distinguish by the numbers

III., 10—14. They are conspicuously present in P.

cardwi (fig. 24), both upper and under surface; in the

latter situation appearing as extremely handsome ocelli.

They are present but less conspicuous on the under

surface of P. atalanta; on the upper surface of this

species they are partly obscured by the prevailing dark

112 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

sround colour, but still can in most specimens be easily

distinguished by a careful examination. In V. urtice and

V. polychloros they are absent from both surfaces, so also

almost entirely from the under surface of V. io, where,

however, in some specimens, vestiges of III. 10 and 11

can be traced. In the genus Grapta, the spots of this

series on the upper surface, as a rule, are fused ; and the

series appears as an irregular brown band, darker than

the general ground colour, but paler than the spots

of another series (II.) which at present remains unde-

scribed. On the under surface in this genus, the spots

are often discrete and pretty easily recognisable ; this is

notably the case in G. c-albwmn.*

In the genus Argynnis we find, as we should expect,

the spots of this part of the series constantly present and

very distinct, especially on the upper surface (fig. 31).

Beneath, they may be conspicuous as in A. adippe and

A. lathonia, where they are picked out with silver,

present but somewhat faintly distinguished as in A.

paphia, or modified into mere patches of green shading

to the silver spots, as in A. aglaia. The series in

A. lathonia is reinforced by the presence of III. 9 and

III. 15, which in most species are wanting; and the

under side of this insect gives perhaps the most complete

view of the whole series that can be found in the genus.

In A. diana the spots are present but small, in the male

almost evanescent, and in both sexes absent from the

under surface.

Two points of interest remain to be noticed before the

present series is dismissed. ‘The first is the relative

size of the spots III. 10—14.

In the genus Argynnis, ITI. 12 is almost always smaller

than the rest, it may even disappear altogether, as often

in A. adippe . In the genus Pyrameis, III. 11 and 14

show a strong tendency to exceed the average size. This

is well seen on the under side of P. atalanta (less

clearly in P. callirrhoe and P. gonerilla), and on both

surfaces of P. cardui. In P. huntera the enlarge-

ment of these two members of the series becomes a

very conspicuous feature of the pattern, the under side

in this species often presenting III. 11 and 14 in the

* In G. c-awreum, III. is very well defined in the hind wing,

where the spots composing it are blue-centred (see p. 114).

significance of wing-markings. 118

form of two large and very showy ocelli, while the rest

of the series is almost or quite obliterated.

The conspicuous ocellus near the anal angle of the

hind wing in A. iris (fig. 30) may very probably be

identified with III. 14, as is shown by a comparison of

the under side with that of A. ilia, in which most of the

series is present.

The second point that remains for notice is the

frequent occurrence of blue centres in the spots of this

series. A large proportion of British specimens of P.

cardui have a few blue scales in the centre of III. 14;

in some there are distinct blue patches in the centre of

both III. 18 and 14, while specimens of P. kershawt,

from §. Australia, have conspicuous blue centres to

these, and also to III. 12 in addition. It is interesting

to remark that (so far as I have observed) those British

specimens of P. cardw in which Ds is present, mostly

have blue centres to III. 13 and III. 14 as well*; as we

know that the presence of De is an ancestral feature,

this would lead us to make further enquiry into the

occurrence of these blue centres, in order to see whether

they too have a history. Turning to the closely allied

P. huntera, we find the blue centre well-marked in III.

11 and 14, while in P. carye we find the whole series in

the hind wing blue-centred, with the exception of III. 10.

In the very showy P. gonerilla of N. Zealand, III. 11—14

are conspicuously present on the upper side, each with a

blue centre (fig. 25). P.itea has Il. 12—14 provided

with small blue centres, besides possessing a blue relic

of IV. 15 at the anal angle of the hind wing. But the

most interesting development of the blue-centred Iil.

10—12 occurs in V. 20, where these three spots, without

losing their separate identity, combine to form the

ocellus of the hind wing. In many specimens of V. io,

attentive examination of the hind wing will disclose the

presence of the next member of the series, namely III.

13, in a rudimentary form, consisting in fact merely of a

minute black patch, with a few blue scales in the centre,

almost concealed by the long chestnut-coloured hairs

that beset this part of the wing (fig. 35, III. 13). In the

* This, however, appears not to be the case with the British

—— specimen of P. cardui mentioned on p. 98, in which

respect it differs from the Mortehoe specimen mentioned on the

same page.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—pPART I. (APRIL.) 1

114 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

‘Entomologist’ (Vol. xxii. (1889) p. 218; and Plate

VIII., fig. 8), Mr. South figures and describes a variety

of V. 20, in which III. 10 and III. 11 remain distinct as

simple black blue-centred spots, ike the same spots in

P. gonerilla,—this again confirming the account of the

homology of the ocellus just given. The condition is

represented in fig. 86.* Whether other materials enter

into the composition of the central area of the ocellus

in V. to I do not feel certain, but the appearance of

the three blue constituents, especially the doubling of

the middle one, would suggest that perhaps the sub-

marginal blue-centred band IV. (cf. V. urtice) may have

helped in its formation. I am, however, unable to

bring forward any facts in support of this suggestion.

The blue centres to the spots of this series are not

confined to the genera Pyrameis and Vanessa, but occur

also in the allied genera Grapta and Eurema. In

Grapta c-aureum not only are the spots in the hind wing

blue-centred, but III. 7 and 8 (the former being rudi-

mentary) in the fore wing are blue-centred as well. It

will be remembered that this feature enabled us to

decide upon the true position of the central black spots

in the fore wings of Grapta generally, and so also of

V. polychloros and V. urtice. In E. dione, III. 18 and

14 have distinct blue centres.

It appears then, to summarise the foregoing, that the

present series (III.) has a history broadly corresponding

with that of the previously considered ([V.), existing in

its more generalised condition among the Argynnids,

and in a form specialised by alteration and partial

suppression in the Vanessids. Unlike the blue centres

of series IV., which we saw to have a continuous history

from the original ground colour of the Argynnids, the

blue centres of the present series would appear not

to be traceable further back than to the common

ancestor of Vanessa, Pyrameis, Eurema and Grapta.

They represent an added feature.

5. The dark area between B and C.—On the costa of

the fore wing of P. atalanta, internal to the white band

which I have called C, and external to the red band the

costal termination of which I have marked as B, we find

* Taken, by kind permission of Mr. South, from the ‘ Entomo-

logist,’ loc, cvt,

significance of wing-markings. 115

a black area, continuous posteriorly to C with the black

ground colour that pervades the whole region of the

apex. This is clearly identical with the central of the

three black costal patches in Vanessa urtice, V. poly-

chloros, and Grapta c-album, and is without difficulty also

recognisable in V. io as the black claw-shaped mark

which forms by its concave border the inner boundary

of the ocellus (figs. 1,2, 3, I1.). On the underside of P.

atalanta we find this surface diversified by certain bluish

marks, of variable character, but on the whole tending

towards a threefold division of the dark area in question.

Turning to Pyrameis cardui and its immediate allies,

we find no difficulty at all in identifying this area ; and

a glance at the under side of P. cardw or P. huntera

enables us at once to recognise that here the threefold

division visible in P. atalanta meets us again. ‘The

division between the outer and middle portion of the

patch, however, is of far less importance than that

between the middle and inner ; ; and referring back to the

upper side of P. cardwi we see this latter division alone

represented.

Of the two members into which this patch accordingly

divides, the outer becomes merged in the dark ground

colour of the apex, while the inner comes to an end near

the origin of the 3rd median nervule, having enclosed

the disco-cellular nervules in its course, and so having

intruded a little way into the discoidal cell.* With these

two landmarks to guide us, viz., on the outer side C, and

on the inner the disco-cellular nervules, we find it easy

to mark out the corresponding area in the Argynnids

(fig. 4). As we should expect, we find here resolution

instead of fusion; the twofold division is in most cases

very clearly marked; the outer division, that immediately

bounding C on its inner side, being clearly the beginning

of a series of spotst+ (II.) which runs through both

wings, upper and lower, and being separated by a region

of the lighter ground colour from the inner division

(IL.’) which, as in Pyrameis, just occupies both sides of

the disco-cellular nervules (fig. 37).

ye to this poy we have met ae no difficulty in the

: This portion within the cell, ioe ever, belongs properly to

dbisther series (I).—Vid. infra, p. 118.

+ Visible also on the under side of a specimen of P. cardwt, from

North America, in the Hope Collection,

116 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

investigation of this series, nor so far as the Argynnids

are concerned does the least doubt arise with reference

to the identification of series II., which occurs throughout

the group just as universally as series III. and IV., and

is traceable through both fore and hind wings with equal

certainty * (fig. 37).

Nor, again, is there any room for doubt as to the

presence of series II. in the hind wing of the genus

Pyrameis ; a comparison of Pyrameis cardui, huntera,

or myrinna, with any Argynnis being conclusive on this

point ; though here the tendency towards fusion of the

spots into a band is still more strongly marked than in

Argynnis. The marginal region of the dark base of the

hind wing in V. urtice and V. polychloros similarly

results from the fusion of series II.; and the same

feature is readily recognised in V. io, forming the dark

crescentic border of the basal portion of the hind wing

adjacent to the ocellus. In Argynnis sagana ?, the

homologous feature is the dark portion of the hind wing

just internal to the broad cream-coloured band; in all

probability corresponding with the similar character in

A. tris and ilia, L. sibylla, &c. The presence of the

three series, II., III., and [V., in the hind wing in an

almost unmodified condition gives this region in P.

cardui a great resemblance to the same in the Argynnids

(cf. figs. 38, 39).

But with regard to the remainder of the series in the

upper wing, considerable difficulty attends at present

any attempt to bring the Vanessa and Argynnid types

into harmony with each other; and though some of the

steps in the reasoning that follows will not be disputed,

the argument as a whole is somewhat doubtful, and

must not be taken for more than it is worth.

The three black spots in the hinder portion of the fore

wing in VJ. wrtice are, as we have seen, certainly identical

** It is observable with regard to series II., as compared with

III. and IV. in the Argynnids, that the spots of which it is com-

posed (1) take a more zig-zag course across the wing, falling less

easily into a regular series ; (2) are themselves less circumscribed,

often occupying the whole vertical space between two adjacent

nervules, and thus tending, especially in the hind wing, to form a

sinuous band rather than a chain of spots. In A. diana 2 II. is

present in its entirety, though not easily distinguishable from the

general ground colour,

significance of wing-markings. 117

with the three similarly lettered in V. polychloros (figs.

32, 33; II. 6,7, 8). The same three occur throughout

the genus Grapta ; in G. c-aureum, as has been seen, side

by side with spots undoubtedly representing series III.

(fig. 84). In Grapta we also get a representative of the

spot at the anal angle of the fore wing in V. polychloros,

which we have identified as III. 8. So far there is no

difficulty. Now turning to A. levana, we may, | think,

satisfy ourselves on a careful comparison with any

Grapta, that II., 6, 7, and 8 are present, as well as III.,

6, 7, 8; moreover, that there exist in A. levana two

additional black areas in the angles between the sub-

median and median nervures, and between the Ist and

2nd median nervules, 7.e., in the roots of the 7th and 8th

interspaces. These we may regard as in series with II’.

1—5, and may conveniently call II’. 7, and II’. 8 (fig. 40).

The latter does not occur as a distinct spot in any

Grapta with which I am acquainted ; the former, how-

ever, is found in many species (e.g. G. interrogationis),

also constantly in V. v-album, and sometimes in V.

polychloros (as in a specimen in the Hope Collection,

fig. 38). Having thus met with a tolerably generalised

type in A. levana, and having used it to interpret this

part of the series in the Graptas and Tortoiseshells, we

shall find that we are able to trace from the same type

two diverging lines, the first leading towards the genus

Pyrameis, the other backwards, as we may suppose,

towards the Argynnids. The best species to compare

with A. levana for this purpose is P. carye (fig. 41), in

which II. 6 and 7 will be found, forming a continuous

band across the wing, connected in front with the

anterior portion of series II., and behind with III. 8;

while II’. 7 is seen to be similarly connected with II. 8

vertically ; and also with II. 7 horizontally by a lateral

streak following the course of the 1st median nervule.

II. 8 is represented by a distinct but narrow patch

connected with II’. 7, while a dark and not distinctly

defined area at the root of the 8th interspace may

stand for II’. 8. The passage from P. carye to P. huntera

and P. myrinna, and through P. kershawi, P. cardui and

P. callirrhoe, to P. atalanta and P. gonerilla is so easy that

it is not necessary here to trace it in detail; the main

features being the merging of II. 6 in the general dark

ground colour, the paring down of II. 7 until it becomes

118 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

a mere projection on the summit of III. 8, the filling up

of the valley between II. 7 and II’. 7, and (in P. cardua

and myrinna) the disappearance or melting into II’. 8 of

II.8; to which must be added in P. callirrhoe the gradual

overspreading of the wings by a dark ground colour

advancing from the base, this feature reaching its

highest development in P. atalanta and P. gonerilla.

If the identification of the spots already given be

correct, they can of course be easily found in any ordi-

nary Argynnis. The greatest doubt exists with reference

to II.’ 7 and II.’8, which would seem to be usually

absent. A spot corresponding to the former may, how-

ever, sometimes be seen in A. lathonia and A. adippe (as

in specimens in the Hope Collection), while one in the

position of the latter occurs normally in A. lathonia and

A. niphe, and not infrequently in A. childreni, A. idalia,

and other species of the genus. ‘The present series is

thus seen to constitute no exception to our general rule;

and to be traceable as to its posterior portion with

certainty, though as to its anterior with some doubt,

from its earliest beginnings in such a form as A. diana

?, where it is hardly to be distinguished from the

general ground colour, through the more specialised

Argynnids to the highly modified form it assumes in

Araschnia, Pyrameis, Grapta, and Vanessa, the difficulty

of identification in the latter genera arising, as in the

former cases, partly from the suppression of some of

the spots, and partly from the fusion of spots belonging

to the same or different series.

6. The markings within the discoidal cell—The last

series of markings that calls for notice is that which

occupies the discoidal cell in fore and hind wings, dis-

tinguished collectively as series I. These in the fore

Wing consist in their simplest form of five transverse

marks, [.1 being a small black patch in the angle

between the subcostal and median nervures (fig. 4),

I, 2 and 38 being united into a more or less complete

ring (under side of P. atalanta, both sides of A. adippe

and some other Argynnids, figs. 4, 42). It is probably

the latter of these two marks that forms the innermost

of the black costal patches in V. polychloros, V. urtice,

and V. io (figs. 1, 2, L., ef. figs. 42, 48). I. 4 appears in

most Argynnids as a curved band with its convexity out-

wards; in P. cardui as a process from the summit of I.’ 7,

significance of wing-markings. 119

rarely reaching forwards to the subcostal nervure; in P.

atalanta as a similar but blunter process, easily visible

on the under side (fig. 42), but on the upper reduced to a

mere irregularity of the dark inner boundary of the red

streak. I. 5 is closely apposed to the disco-cellular

nervules, with an occasional intercalated patch of lighter

ground colour (as often in A. adippe), and forms the

innermost portion of the middle dark costal patch in the

Vanessas and Graptas.

The markings in the discoidal cell of the hind wing

(I. 6—9) are normally four, or corresponding to I. 1, 2,

38and 5. I. 6, like I. 1, occupies the angle between the

principal nervures of the wing, i.e., the subcostal and

the median; I. 7 and 8 are often united into a more or

less regular ring; I. 9, when present, consists of a

narrow dark border to the disco-cellular nervules (fig. 44).

These markings are, as we should expect, best seen in

the Argynnids; in the Vanessas they are mostly merged

in the dark ground tint that pervades the base of the

wing. I. 6, 7 and 8, however, may be distinguished

on the under surface of V. polychloros, V. urtice, V. 10,

and other species.

T. Phylogenetic conclustons.—It now remains to put

together the results of the preceding investigation, and

to draw from them what conclusions seem possible as to

the phylogeny of the forms examined.

It would appear, then, that all the lines which we

have been able to trace converge in the direction of a

dark olive or blue-coloured Argynnid like the female of

the recent A. diana.* Possibly, were we able to go

back further still, we should find a type in which the

dark coloration was absolutely uniform, as it is over the

basal region of the wings in A. diana, no differentiation

into ground colour and spots having yet taken place.

From such a type as the last mentioned, the earliest

step in advance would be taken by the lightening of the

ground colour in patches between the nervures, the

original dark tint remaining as ill-defined streaks and

* “The stem-form of the Nymphalid@ must have possessed a

caterpillar approximately of the form that is now presented to us

by Acrea... Acrea, the Heliconine, Argynnis still remain in

this stage of development.’ W. Miiller, ‘‘ Sitidamerikanische

Nymphalidenraupen,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. i., p. 621. This is

confirmatory of the primitive character of Argynnis.

120 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

spots between the lighter patches. This, as we have

seen, is exactly the state of things now existing in

A. diana ?; and a consideration of this and other

species (A. idalia, A. leto, &c.) will lead us to the con-

clusion that the process of differentiation began at the

hind border of the wings, and has gradually extended

inwards towards the body. Thus in 4. diana 9, we find

the series of dark spots IV. and III. already distin-

guishable, though not yet well-defined, while LI. is just

emerging into separate existence.*

The four normal series of dark marks having thus

been made distinct, as, for instance, in A. paphia var.

valesina, we find in the next place a very general altera-

tion in the pale areas of the ground colour between the

spots. This loses its dull olive or bluish tint and

becomes bright brown, as in nearly all Argynnids, the

spots at the same time becoming, as a rule, smaller and

more sharply defined. The original ground colour,

however, clings to the females of certain species, and

even, though ina less degree, to the males. Among the

female Argynnids which retain the primitive ground

colour, there occurs the very striking Hoe A. se in

* Seudder (op. cit., vol. i., pp. 513515) advances ine view that

the dark coloration in butterflies began as a dark border to the

wings, spreading inwards and breaking up. It does not appear

from the passage cited whether Scudder would consider the spots

in the Argynnids to have directly arisen in this way, though his

language would seem to suggest such a conclusion. I myself

believe the balance of pr obability to be in favour of the view taken

in the text, for the following reasons :—(1). Other evidence seems

to show that the darker Argynnids are the older. (2). The general

prevalence of a dark colour at the base of the wings even in brown

Argynnids indicates that this at least is an ancient feature. (8).

The spots in series IT. seem by their shape (vid. p. 116, note) to bear

traces of their latter differentiation. Such species as A. lathonia,

in which the spots of series II. are distinct and circumscribed, like

those of series III., we should on other grounds consider as the

more highly specialised members of their group. Higgins (‘ On

the Colour-patterns of Butterflies,’ ‘Journal of Science,’ 1868,

pp- 823—329), suggests that the arrangement of the dark markings

depends on that of the nervures, from the immediate neighbourhood

of which they appear always to take their rise; while the lighter

ground colour of the wing, which may be more or less affected by

a “blush,” is independent of the nervures. He makes, however,

no attempt to show any reason for the alleged connection between

nervures and dark colouring. As a matter of fact, both kinds of

markings, whether light or dark, may either follow the nervures

or be independent of them.

significance of wing-markings. 121

which, while all the dark series keep their normal places,

an entirely new effect is produced by the still further

paling of the ground colour in certain situations, espe-

cially between II. and III., or that region of the wings

which we have denoted by C. In this way definite

light-coloured bands are produced, which may readily

suggest the source whence the groups represented by

L. stbylla and A. wis respectively may have derived

their characteristic pure white markings, the corre-

spondence of which with those in A. sagana can scarcely

be accidental.* In the neighbourhood of the brown

Argynnids we find the slightly divergent form C. pantherata,

which in the breaking up of the patch of original ground

colour III’. marks a point of specialisation not reached

by any true Argynnis, while its somewhat dull ground

colour, and the peculiar accentuation of the costal por-

tion of C and D, relating it to A. valesina and A. diana

? , would seem to indicate its early separation from the

Argynnid stem. This accentuation of C and D is carried

to a much greater extent in A. niphe 2, one of those

transitional species in which we see the old and new

eround colour fighting for the mastery. In this con-

spicuous and highly ornamental species we seem to have

reached the point at which those butterflies called in the

wide sense Vanessas quit the parent stem.t

* W. Miller (op. cit., p. 622) considers that the group including

Limenitis (which he names “ Rippenbauenden’’) must find its

root either among the Vanessine or the Diademine. This would

remove Limenitis a step further off the Argynnids than my own

suggestion would warrant, though it accords with my conclusion as

to their relative antiquity. The position of Apatwra Miiller owns

to be a puzzle (Ibid.). He inclines to remove it from the group of

‘** Rippenbauenden,” and somewhat doubtfully suggests its enrol-

ment among the Vanessing, in the neighbourhood of the genus

Hypanartia (Eurema). In favour of this it may be mentioned that

(according to Scudder) the eggs of Apatwra bear more resemblance

to those of the Vanesside and even of the Argynnide than to

those of Limenitis, and also that Apatura corresponds with many

of the Vanesside in having 2 rows of spines instead of 4 on the

under side of the last tarsal joint. (Scudder, op. cit., vol. i.,

pp. 227, 8).

+ The above statement as to the relative antiquity of Argynnis

and Vanessa is in accordance with Miiller’s conclusions derived

from a study of the larve. “A multiplication of the rows of

spines from 6 [as in Argyniis| to 9, and the addition of the Ds

and Ped rows has led to the forms that the Vanessine now show

us. -* (Op. cit:, p. 621).

122 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

The earliest representatives of the group or subfamily

Vanessine would seem before long to have separated

into three divergent tribes, each pursuing a distinct

path. In the first of these, that leading towards the

genus Pyrameis, the decorative features of A. niphe are

mostly preserved, and indeed, enhanced. ‘The vivid

contrast between the white portions of C and D and the

surviving dark ground colour of the tip of the wing is

rendered still more striking by the deepening of the

sround colour to a dark brown or black, and the con-

sequent blending of the spots belonging to the costal

portion of III., III.’ and IV. into a uniform dark area,

on which the white constituents of D, now formed into

definite spots, tell out with much effect (P. cardui, &c.).

The newer and lighter ground colour is now sharply

marked off from the older and darker, instead of gradually

passing into it, and is, moreover, itself brightened up,

especially in the anterior portion of the fore wing, into a

fresh salmon colour, which in the most highly specialised

members of the genus is further transformed into a

brilliant scarlet (P. atalanta and gonerilla). The relics

of bluish ground colour round the margin of the wings

as in A. niphe are awakened into greater brilliancy and

used in combination with the spots of series 1V. to form

an extremely handsome border to the wing. This

feature, though from its presence in all three of our

diverging subgroups we must suppose it to have belonged

to the ‘‘ Protovanessa,’ or common ancestor of the

three, is in Pyrameis, as we have seen, already on the

wane, remaining chiefly in the neighbourhood of the

anal angle of the hind wing, and in some species contri-

buting a blue infusion to the spots of series D. On the

under side it persists, though in reduced splendour. It

would seem also probable that the ‘‘ Protovanessa”’ was

furnished with blue centres to the spots of series III.,

persisting in P. gonerilla, P. kershawi, P. terpsichore,

P. carye, and (sometimes) P. cardui. The correspondence

described in detail on p. 117 between the remaining

marks of Pyrameis and those of A. levana tends to the

conclusion that P. carye is perhaps the Pyrameis that

comes nearest to the ‘‘Protovanessa,”’ and from this

species as a central point it is easy to trace in one

direction P. terpsichore, P. huntera, and P. myrinna ;

and in the other direction, P. kershawi, P. cardui, P.

see

significance of wing-markings. 123

eallirrhoe (P. indica), P. atalanta, and P. gonerilla.* It

is worthy of notice that P. gonerilla preserves the blue

of III., which has been lost by P. atalanta, P. callirrhoe,

and to a great extent by P. cardui, and that P. atalanta

and P. gonerilla both preserve D « (P. atalanta 2 , also D 9),

which spots have with rare exceptions vanished from

P. cardwi and P. kershawi. Dis found in all the three

species of the group headed by P. terpsichore. It is

also interesting to note the different origin of the black

ground colour on the inside and outside respectively of

the scarlet streak in P. atalanta and P. gonerilla. That

on the outside is a survival in an intensified form of the

original dark colour of the primitive Argynnid, that on

the inside is a new feature seen for the first time in

P. cailirrhoe, this part of the wing having in the history of

the species been dark, light, and dark again. From the

stem leading off from the ‘‘ Protovanessa”’ towards the

genus Pyrameis is emitted the branch represented by

the genus Hurema (Hypanartia). E. zabulina bears a

strong resemblance to P. carye, especially on the under

side. HH. kefersteonwt is in some respects intermediate

between EH. zabulina and EH. dione, this latter being

probably the most highly specialised of the genus,

though retaining series III. with its blue centres in the

hind wing.

The second of the three lines diverging from the

‘* Protovanessa’”’ is that followed by the genus Araschnia,

the single species composing which presents in a remark-

able form, as is well known, the phenomenon of seasonal

dimorphism. It is not necessary here to recapitulate

the analysis of the markings of A. levana, which showed

this form to be in some respects intermediate between

the present members of the genus Pyrameis and the

Argynnids; or to do more than mention two other

features in which A. levana reproduces the characters of

* Prof. Meldola (‘ Weismann’s Studies in Theory of Descent,’

English ed., 1882, vol. 2, p. 447), arranges the genus Pyrametis in

a somewhat different manner, as follows :—P. atalanta, dejeanit,

callirrhoe, tammeamea, myrinna, huntera, terpsichore, carye,

kershawt and cardui. It appears to me, I confess, that the

transition from P. cardui to P. atalanta through P. callirrhoe

(indica) is complete, and that the continuity is broken by the

interposition of P. huntera and myrinna. I am unfortunately

not acquainted with P. dejeanit.

124 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

the common ancestors of the group, i. e., the blue-centred

series IV. and the white spots of series D. In this last

particular the form A. prorsa comes nearer the ancestral

type than A. levana ; in all other respects, however, it

bears marks of higher specialisation, and it is worth

notice, as a confirmation, that Weismann* concludes on

quite other grounds that A. levana is the older form.

The last line leads off through the genus Grapta to

Vanessa polychloros, urtice, ichnusa, and milberti, no

doubt in the order given by Prof. Meldola.t The

nearest approach to the ‘ Protovanessa”’ among the

Graptas is furnished, I believe, by G. c-auwreum. This

interesting form by its aspect at once recalls the

Argynnids, both in colour and markings. As we have

seen, it is characterised by the possession of several

ancestral features, for example, the co-existence of

series II. and III. in the hinder part of the fore wing,

and the presence of blue centres in the latter through-

out its extent. The affinity of Grapta to Araschnia is

suggested by the markings (especially the occurrence in

both of the series II.’), and is supported by the fact that

the larve of both genera are distinguished among their

allies by the occurrence of two spines on the head. The

blue centres of series IV. in V. polychloros, improved

upon in JV. urtice, are an ancestral feature that has

mostly disappeared from the upper side of the Graptas,

though still, as a rule, recognisable beneath. A notice-

able characteristic of the present group is the gradual

disappearance of series III. Well represented in G.

c-aureum, where it preserves the blue centres of the

‘“Protovanessa,” it loses in the rest of the genus its

distinct character ; in V. polychloros it cannot be traced

in the hind wing or in the middle of the fore wing;

while in J’. urtice the outermost costal patch is its only

remaining vestige.

Somewhere probably near the beginning of this third

stem came off a branch, which ends in the two species

V. antiopa and V.io. Both of these forms preserve the

ancestral blue-centred black border; V. antiopa in com-

pleteness, V. io partly as a constituent of the ocellus of

* * Studies in the Theory of Descent,’ vol. i., p. 19.

+‘ C-album, i-album, v-albwm, faunus, comma, dryas, poly-

chloros, canthomelas, cashmirensis, urtice, milberti.” Weismann,

‘ Studies, &c.,’ vol. ii., p. 447, note.

significance of wing-markings. 125

the fore wing, partly as an almost invisible rudiment.

The latter species preserves series D in a conspicuous

form, to which, indeed, it owes much of its beauty; and

it also bears another, though less ancient, mark of

descent in the presence of series III. with its blue centres

in the hind wing; this again partly appearing as the

finely-developed ocellus, partly existing only as a rudi-

ment, which cannot be seen without the closest exami-

nation.*

In conclusion, it need scarcely be said that the present

paper makes no claim to completeness. Fresh lines of

investigation which continually offered themselves during

its progress have had to be deliberately passed over in

order to keep the subject within bounds. I do claim, how-

ever, to have broken new ground in a wide field. And

while I hope to return to this field on a future occasion,

whether with the present or other families, I trust that

what I have now put on record may be taken as a con-

tribution towards a natural and rational arrangement of

the Argynnids and Vanesside.

IT have to offer my grateful acknowledgments to Prof.

Westwood for his kindness in allowing me free access to

the Hope Collection at Oxford under his charge, and in

affording me every means for working in his department,

together with other help of various kinds. I am also

under great obligations to my friends Dr. G. B. Long-

staff, Mr. W. Hatchett Jackson, and Mr. E. B. Poulton,

F.R.S., for much information and many valuable sugges-

tions, for which I here wish to tender them my sincere

thanks.

Postscript.

Since the foregoing paper was written a communi-

cation by Van Bemmelent has appeared in the ‘ Tijdschrift

der Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging,’ in which

the author gives the result of some observations made

* It is worth noting that the blue of the ocellus of the fore wing

and that of the hind wing have different origins. The latter traces

back to the “ Protovanessa” only, the former to the ground colour

of the primitive Argynnids.

+ ** Ueber die Entwicklung d. Farben und Aderna. d. Schmetter-

lings Fliigeln.” ‘Tijdsch. d. Nederl. Dierk. Vereen.,’ 2nd serie,

Deel II., Aflevering 4, Leyden, 1889, pp. 285—247.

126 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

by him on the pupal and imaginal wing-patterns of

V. urtice and P. cardui, with the view of gaining some

information on the question of their phylogeny. He

finds that the wings in the pupal condition show a

colour-pattern which differs in several respects from

that finally assumed, and that the costal band and

white spots in P. cardui (my C and D) are survivals of

this primitive pattern. The series D in P. cardui origi-

nally extended as far as the interspace between the Ist

and 2nd median nervules (my 8th interspace). He

notices the occurrence of a variety of P. cardut possessing

a fifth white spot (my D «), and also speaks of a variety

of P. atalanta with a small white spot in the middle of

the red band, not seeming to be aware that this spot

(my Dé) is normally present in the female. Having

drawn attention to the corresponding five white spots in

V. io, he points out that the under side shows the rest

of the primitive pattern as seven white dots in the dark

sround colour; and that the under surface of the hind

wing also possesses minute black dots representing spots

which have disappeared from the upper surface, unless

the ocellus results from the combination of the two

anterior of them.* The fore wing in V. polychloros may

also show the primitive row of light-coloured spots ; the

first two being united into a crescent shape, as in other

Vanessas. This crescent, he proceeds (my Da), is the

sole relic of the primitive row of spots in V. urtice,

G. c-album and V. antiopa; in the last-named, however,

the next spot (D 6) takes part in the crescent as well.

The series is also present in A. levana and prorsa

(op. cit., pp. 238—240). The author points out that

the development of the wing-pattern in V. urtice con-

firms the conclusions derived from the same in P. cardui

and from the imaginal forms cited. He describes the

py: pattern in the pupa of V. urtice as possessing

*<V. Bemmelen does not clearly en pees series ITT.

and IY., and I am not certain as to the “identification of his dots

on the under surface of the hind wing. Of the two series, IV. is

by far the more easily recognisable on the under surface of the

hind wing in V. io, being represented by large crescent-shaped

spots, some of which may even have blue scales in their centres.

As I have shown above (p. 118), the ocellus of the hind wing

includes three not two members be series III., and the fourth is

represented by a rudiment (fig. 35, III. 13), of which V. Bemmelen

makes no mention,

significance of wing-markings. 127

the spots of my series D, which, however, disappear

(with the exception of the first two) as the final pattern

becomes established ; and notices that the permanent

black spots in the median interspaces (my II. 6 and 7)

appear not in the place of, but on the inner (or mid-

wards) side of the primitive light spots.

While entirely agreeing with Van Bemmelen as to the

primitive character of the spots of my series D, I do not

find myself able to concur with him in his conclusion

that they are replaced or represented by the brown or

black spots of the Argynnids (op. cit., p. 240) ; nor do I

consider that his opinion as to the primitive character

of the markings in the Danaine and Satyride, as com-

pared with other Nymphaline, is fully borne out by the

facts (ibid., p. 242). Nor again, for reasons given at -

length in my paper, can I fall in with the view that

P. atalanta has on the whole undergone less alteration

from the primitive condition than P. cardui (ibid., p. 289),

though this is no doubt the case with regard to the spots

of series D.

Van Bemmelen, in the course of his communication,

refers to a paper by C. Schaffer,* in which the latter

writer mentions that he has at present been disappointed

in his hopes of arriving at some phylogenetic results

from a comparison of the final with the primitive pattern

in the wings of butterflies, in the manner of Weismann’s

work on the colours of lepidopterous larve, and Himer’s

on the colours of vertebrates. But the earliest stage

observed by Schaffer (who also made use of V. wrtice for

this investigation) seemed to him to show already most

of the characters of the final. He makes, however, in

this connection, at least one remark of interest, viz., that

the pattern of the hind wings is longer in developing

than that of the fore wings, and in this he is confirmed

by Van Bemmelen. He moreover suggests that the

submarginal band results from the fusion of separate

spots, pointing (no doubt rightly) to its condition in

A. levana, P. cardui, P. atalanta, and P. gonerilla,+ and

* « Beitrage zur Histologie der Insekten.”’ ‘ Zoolog. Jahrbiich.,’

iii. (1889), pp. 611—652.

+ With regard to P. gonerilla, Schaffer does not seem to have

noticed that the distinct spots in the hind wing do not belong to

the submarginal band (IV.), but to the next series (III.), as fully

shown in my paper. The only indication of the submarginal band

128 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

the occasional signs of separation in V. urtice and

V. polychloros in support of this conclusion. Van

Bemmelen holds the opposite opinion, considering an

uninterrupted band in this situation more primitive than

a series of spots. I need not here repeat my own con-

clusions on this matter, as they are sufficiently expressed

in the course of the present paper.

Another recent treatise, mentioned by Van Bemmelen,*

I have unfortunately not as yet been able to see.

ExpnanaTion oF Puates I., Il., & II.

PLATE, 1.

Fic. 1. V. urtice.

2. V. wo.

3. P. atalanta.

4, A. niphe.

prorsa.

. zabulina.

. keferstewmi.

. dione.

5.. P. cardut.

6. P. atalanta 3.

7. P. atalanta 9°.

8. P. cardui, var.

9. P. huntera.

10. P. callirrhoe.

11. P. gonerilla.

12s Ve 20:

13. A. levana.

—

’, polychloros.

on the upper surface of the hind wing in this species is the blue

relic of IV. 15 (see fig. 25). The rest is merged in the general

dark ground colour.

* Himer, ‘ Die Artbildung und Verwandschaft bei d. Schmetter-

lingen,’ Jena, 1889,

2 tL

significance of wing-markings. 129

PLATE II.

Fig. 19. A. wis 2.

20. L. stbylla.

21. A. paphia, var. valesina.

22. A. niphe 2, under side.

23. A. diana @.

24. P. cardut, var.

25. P. gonerilla.

26. V. antvopa.

27. A. paphia, var. valesina.

28. C. pantherata (series III. and III.’ shaded).

29. A. sagana ?.

PLATE III.

30. A. ars 2.

31. A. paphia 9°.

32. V. urtice.

33. V. polychloros.

34. G. c-awreum.

35. V. 20.

36. V. do, var.

37. A. aduppe.

38. P. cardw.

39. A. paphia.

40. A. levana.

41. P. carye.

42. P. atalanta, under side.

48. V. polychloros, under side.

44. A. adippe.

In all the figures the same letters and numbers stand for the

corresponding markings, as fully explained in the text (see pp. 91,

92); m, median nervure of fore wing; m, do., hind wing; sc,

subcostal nervure, fore wing; sc, do., hind wing; 3, blue.

Each series (except A and I) has, for convenience, been con-

sidered to consist normally of 15 members, 8 in the fore wing,

7 in the hind wing, and the interspaces have received corresponding

numbers. If it be borne in mind that the spaces between the

median and submedian nervures in the fore wing and hind wing

are invariably numbered 8 and 15 respectively, and that the

others are numbered in succession from them, there will be no

difficulty in using the system, though a slight want of correspond-

ence between spaces and spots occurs near the extreme tip of the

fore wing which may occasionally make it necessary to refer to the

branches of the subcostal nervure by their separate names.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—parTI. (APRIL.) K

( 18t> 4

IV. Systematic temperature experiments on some Lepr-

doptera in all their stages. By Fruprrtc Mrrrt-

FIELD, F.E.S.

[Read December 4th, 1889.]

Puates IV. & V.

Tuer experiments made last year on the effect of tem-

perature upon some Lepidoptera in various stages

suggested so many points for further investigation that

I determined to pursue my inquiries in a more syste-

matic way this year. Therefore, instead of sending

pupe away to be iced, I provided myself with a

refrigerator, in which I ascertained that the temperature

ranged during the summer from about 39°, when freshly

filled with ice, to about 55° (or even higher in warm

weather) when most of the ice had melted; 47° was

about the usual summer temperature; in spring and

autumn the temperature was sometimes below 389°, and

I think about 48° was the average in these seasons.

This refrigerator temperature I speak of hereafter as

“cool.” Inside the refrigerator, however, I had an ice-

box, where the temperature was uniformly 33°; this is

where I kept the insects spoken of as ‘“‘iced.” I had,

besides, two forcing-boxes, and the “‘ forcing”’ tempera-

ture must be understood as about 80° unless otherwise

stated.

I had two main objects in view; one to find what

exposure to a low temperature could be borne in the

different stages, the other to ascertain the effect of

temperature, applied in stages anterior to the last, on

the colour and markings of the perfect imsect, and

incidentally [ hoped to throw light on some other

questions.

As to the first object in view, I hoped the experiments

might throw some light on the capability of the insect

to pass the season of winter in some different stage from

that in which it is now passed. It is well known that

TRANS. ENT. §0C. LOND. 1890.—parnT I. (APRIL.) K 2

182 Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

Lepidoptera may hibernate in any of the 4 stages—

egs, larva, pupa, or imago; and I wished to ascertain

whether those experimented on could be made to hiber-

nate in a stage normally passed in a warmer period of

the year.

It is in one or other of the two inactive stages—those

of ege and pupa—that I believe the majority of the

Lepidoptera, in countries where there is a real winter,

pass the cold period of the year, during which for most

of them neither food is to be had for the larva nor

flowers for such perfect insects as are attracted by them ;

but the cases in which hibernation takes place in one

or other of the two active stages—those of larva and

imago—are common, and the ¢apability of passing the

winter in a different stage from that in which it has

habitually been passed, especially if an insect has a

capacity for becoming double-brooded, would, it has

been suggested, be a means by which it could adapt

itself more readily to the great changes of climate to

which the species must have been subjected in past ages.

{ began with the

Eea Stace.—I believe it is a common opinion that

eggs which are usually exposed only to a summer tem-

perature will generally bear severe and protracted cold

without injury to their vitality.

Referring to Tables I. and IL. appended for details of

the experiments made on this point, I limit myself here

to a statement of results. In the case of alunaria

spring-laid eggs, iced in the central “red” stage, 28

days began to affect their vitality, and none hatched

after 60 days’ icing. ‘The case was worse with spring-

laid eggs of illustraria, none of which survived 42 days’

icing; and some illustraria summer-laid eggs were no

better. In all the experiments up to 60 days’ exposure,

and I think beyond that period, nearly all the eggs, after

being removed from the ice, matured so far as to admit

of the formation of the young larva, which could be seen

through the transparent shell; the failure was a failure

to hatch.

A curious result happened with some spring-laid

illustraria eggs iced before they had turned red; two of

them became blackish while in the ice (where the eggs

were kept for 17 days), and hatched the day they were

taken out of the ice, or the next day, the rest remaining

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 133

red for several days, and hatching in from 11 to 13 days

after removal from the ice. These are strong examples

of individual character manifested at a very early age.

The eggs seemed in all cases uninjured by a temperature

of 80°—90°, their development being accelerated by it.

Larva Stace, Growrne Larve.—(1) Hxposure to low

temperature.—Larve of illustraria in their first skins not

exceeding 6 days in age were iced, and all were dead in

20 days; some 80 of the same age, which were cooled,

scarcely seemed to grow, but two lived rather more than

63 days. Some that were iced in their second skins

were all dead in 21 days. Some that were cooled in one

or other of their two last skins grew slowly, four of

them spun-up, one as late as the 58th day, and two

pupated. In all the cases of cooling the larve were

supplied with food, which was slowly eaten; in the case

of the iced larve food did not seem necessary. ‘The

experiments seem to indicate that the older larva is

more capable of enduring a low temperature than is

either the egg or the young larva, and as illustraria will

live and apparently thrive, at least for a time, on dead

leaves, it would seem that this species might hibernate

as a larva in countries where the winter is a short one.

(2) Exposure to a high temperature.—Illunaria, illus-

traria, autumnaria (the old alniaria), and alniaria (the

old tiliaria), will all bear a continuous temperature of

80°, or a little more, apparently without injury ; but

one of 90° to 100° is very injurious to them.

Larv® AND PUPH; EFFECT OF THE TEMPERATURE TO

WHICH THEY ARE SUBJECTED ON THE COLOUR OF THE Morn.

—The series of autumnaria exhibited to the Society last

year indicated that temperature in the earlier stages

materially aftected the colouring and markings of the

pertect insect, but left it uncertain whether that effect

was produced in the larval or in the pupal stage. As

then remarked, they seemed to show either that the

larval period was the critical one, or that the colour of

the perfect insect could be modified by exposing the

pupa to very moderate differences of temperature. |

determined this year, so far as possible, to clear up the

point, and accordingly tried the systematic experiments

I am about to deseribe. At the suggestion of Dr. Chap-

man, to whom I am indebted for a supply of eggs of

both species, I experimented both with autumnaria, as a

134 = Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

species belonging rather to the warmer parts of Europe,

and alniaria, as belonging more to the northern parts.

This year, instead of mixing in equal proportions the

eges of several parents, so as to have a better chance of

obtaining hereditary varieties, I limited myself to the

eggs of a single pair, thus providing more exact means

of comparison.

(1) Preliminary cooling and icing experiments with

illustraria.—Those who are acquainted with Prof. Weis-

' mann’s studies in heredity as translated and added to

by Prof. Meldola, will remember that both in his experi-

ments and in those of Mr. Edwards as recorded in that

work, icing was generally not very efficacious unless

applied to the pupa in an early stage, and that when so

applied it was often fatal. Mr. Poulton’s discoveries

with regard to the pupe and pupating larve of some of

the butterflies showed that the effect of the surrounding

circumstances was in them produced only at a still

earlier stage, viz., on the larva shortly before pupation.

Though there seemed no great reason to suppose that

the same principle would apply to pup protected by

enclosure within leaves, it appeared desirable to test the

matter, and to give the icing every opportunity for

operating. My first experiments were designed to ascer-

tain whether cold could be borne in the earher part of

the pupating and pupal stages, and, as regards pup

which would ordinarily pass the pupal stage in summer,

what degree of cold they would bear as fully-formed

and hardened pupe.

(i) Leing larve just spun up.—A first experiment with

three larve of tllustraria which had recently spun up,

and were cooled for 16 days, showed that they had all

pupated at that low temperature, and I then determined

to try if such larve would pupate at the “ icing” tem-

perature of 33°. Accordingly (Table III.) I placed 8 in

ice just after they had spun up. After 29 days they

looked healthy and had spun a few threads, but had not

turned; I therefore moved them to the ‘ cooling” tem-

perature, and then in about 6 days 4 of them pupated.

These were afterwards iced as pupe for 42 days; one

died and the other three came out as perfect moths. The

other 4 were after 8 days’ cooling exposed to the ordinary

temperature and dry air of the room—about 70° at this

time—and all died in a day or two without pupating.

expertments on some Lepidoptera. 135

(ii) Icing larve about to pupate (Table IV.).—Kight

which were within a few hours of pupating were iced,

and all pupated in from 1 to 6 days, except 1 that died ;

they were kept in ice 28 days, after which 7 emerged as

perfect moths.

(iii) Cooling and icing pupe in an advanced stage

(Table V.).—Eighteen were taken at from 7 to 11 days

after spinning up, cooled for 2 days, and then iced. Six

of them which were iced 28 days seemed quite unin-

jured, and all but 1 emerged. ‘The other 12 were iced

60 days; nearly all of these failed to emerge or were

cripples, 2 of them perhaps necessarily so from want of

space to expand their wings.

Several pupz from sleeved larve which were just on

the point of emerging, but which I wished to keep back,

were cooled, and emerged in perfect condition.

(2) Haperiments with pupating lurve and pupe of E.

autumnaria and EH. alniaria.— The next experimeuts

were tried with these species, which, so far as I know, are

never in the natural state subjected to a lower tempera-

ture than that of an English summer, averaging about

64°. The experiments were more than preliminary,

because they were also directed to ascertain the effect on

colour, and therefore will be again referred to under

another head, but are here referred to for the sake of

indicating their effect on the vitality and healthfulness

of those insects in different periods of the pupating and

pupal stages. The details will be found in Tables VILI.,

VIII., X., XI., XII., and XV., in the appendix, and the

general results may be stated as follows :—Not the least

injury seemed to arise from exposing the matured and

hardened pupa, the soft green pupa, or the pupating

larva to a cooling temperature; and one pupa of

autumnaria, exposed to a temperature of 33° within 15

hours after pupating, emerged as a moth in good condi-

tion. In the case of alniaria, 1 that was kept 42 days

at 83° came out in good condition, as did 2 that were a

little older when iced, and were kept there 50 days. An

exposure to 38° for 58 days or upwards proved generally

fatal, and always more or less injurious, to autwmnaria,

but I am inclined to think alniaria would bear a much

longer exposure. An exposure of autwmnaria for 28

days to a cooling temperature—which must be a much

lower one than this pupa is subjected to in its natural

186 =©Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

condition—did not seem in the least injurious to it.

Cooling the pupating larva, which at an ordinary

summer temperature turns in 8 or 4 days, sometimes

protracted the period to 14 days.

(3) General results of preliminary icing experiments.—

These experiments show that not only is exposure to

cold in the soft green condition not fatal or necessarily

injurious to the species experimented on, but that the

pupation of these summer pupz will take place in some

species at the low temperature of 33°, at which tempera-

ture therefore the necessary physiological changes must

go on, though with extreme slowness. <A curious proof

is afforded of the harmlessness of the exposure to cold

of soft green pup of illustraria by the exhibition I

make of the pupa-cases of 3 that pupated at 33°, and

the perfect moths which came out of them; it will be

seen by inspection of the former that by lying so long

in a soft condition, owing to the slowness with which

they hardened at the low temperature, the pup became

flattened on the lower side like sausages lying on a

counter. There are indications that icing, not pro-

tracted, may be injurious to the summer pupa of

illustraria in one stage, and in one stage only—uviz.,

that in which the pupa is going through the period

which separates the central lethargic period from emer-

gence; and it seems not injurious even here, if the

exposure is limited to that very last pupal state of all,

when the insect is fully formed in the pupa-case, and is

only awaiting the usual time of day to emerge as.a

moth.

On the other hand, the considerable proportion of

deaths and of cripples (see the Tables), and the irregu-

larity of the period of emergence after the pup were

taken out of ice or of the cooling temperature show

that long exposure to cold of these ennomos pup, which

have only a summer existence, is very injurious ‘and

disturbing to them.

(4) Systematic experiments as to the effect of temperature

on the colour and markings of the imago with autumnaria.—

These experiments were directed to several ends. The

first was to ascertain beyond doubt whether it was in

the larval or in the pupal stage that the low temperature

operated, or chiefly operated, on the colour of the

moth, and I think in this respect they have yielded very

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 137

clear results. I should premise that in describing the

colours, I only mention the broad general effects. I am

indebted to Mr. White for the more detailed description

which I append. All the experiments were tried with

egos from the same parent.

The detail of the experiments will be found in the

Appendix (Tables VI., VII., VIII., [X.,X., XI). Some

were forced all through, others forced as larvee, cooled as

pupe. Some were kept at the ordinary temperature all

through ; others, having been so kept as larvae, were

divided into two lots, of which one was forced as pupe,

the other cooled or iced for 28 days or more as pupz.

The result may be stated as follows:—Jt was in_ the

pupal state that the effect was in the main produced. The

forced pupe, whatever the treatment of the larve had

been, invariably produced pale and comparatively spotless

moths ; the cooled or iced pupe, whatever the treatment

of the larve had been, invariably produced dark and

much spotted moths.* Another point, suspected last

year, was established—that a temperature of 63°, or

even higher, is low enough to produce the well-known

dark and spotted appearance. At the same time, the

colouring of the moth seems somewhat affected by the

temperature at which the larva has been brought up.

The larval period in those that were forced was about 30

days, the pupal about 16, total 46 days; as against a

larval period of about 68 days, and a pupal of about 25

days, total 98 days, in the unforced.

The moths from the forced pup are mostly smaller

than the others, but this may be an accident, resulting,

perhaps, from the circumstance that, owing to a relaxa-

tion of vigilance in the beginning of June, they were

exposed for 3 days to a temperature of 90°—100’,

which caused many deaths.

It will be seen that there is some individual variation,

more particularly in the pupe exposed to the ordinary

* There is little difference in general appearance between the

moths from the cooled pup of forced larvee, and the moths from

the cooled pup of larve bred in the ordinary temperature ; such

as exists is perhaps partly owing to the fact that the latter were

exposed generally to a lower temperature (the Refrigerator being

colder at the time they emerged), and in some cases for a longer

time. It is probably owing to this greater exposure that they have

a less vigorous appearance, and include a large proportion of

cripples.

138 Mr. I’. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

temperature, and therefore some of the colouring must

be attributable to individual and presumably hereditary

qualities ; but I do not think any one can look at the

moths experimented on without recognising that practi-

cally the spotting or the spotlessness of autumnaria

depends on the temperature to which the pupa is ex-

posed, and that the temperature of an ordinary English

summer is low enough to develop plentiful spotting,

a difference between 65° and 80° counting for much

more in this respect than one between 38° and 65°.

So that a continental pupa imported young might be

expected to develop the well known spotted appearance

of the dark British form; in other words, the dark

northern form is not, or at all events may not be,

racial, but is the effect of climate on the individual

pupa. In this respect the species seems to differ alto-

gether from the double-brooded ones experimented on

by Prof. Weismann and Mr. Edwards.

(i) With alniaria (formerly tiliaria) (Tables XIL.,

XIIT., XIV., XV., XVI.).—I tried on a brood of these, all

proceeding from the same parent, the same experiments

as on autumnaria; but the results on the colouring,

though tending in the same direction, were by no means

so regular or so striking. This is, perhaps, partly

because I bred only 8 of the female sex (which is the

one which seems the most affected in this species); the

same accidental raising of the temperature, which was

so injurious to autumnaria, having been still more so to

alniaria. In those that were forced the larval period

averaged 27 days, the pupal 14 days, total 41 days;

as against 62 days larval, and 23 pupal, total 85 days,

in those that were unforced. The pupating larve and

pupe seem to bear cold better than those of autumnaria;

I bred two perfect males after an exposure for 50 days to

a temperature of 33°.

(iii) With illustraria.—It will, perhaps, be remem-

bered that last year I showed some illustraria of which

the summer pupe had been iced 14 days, with the

result that they manifested a very slight change of

colouring in the direction towards that of the winter-

pupated form. ‘This year 1 determined to try the effect

of exposure to an icing temperature, for periods succes-

sively increased by regular steps. I wished to see

whether the colouring of the spring emergence could be

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 139

actually reached, and whether the markings also would

change; and, if so, it struck me that it would be inter-

esting to let the insect record, as it were for itself, in the

markings of the preserved specimens, the steps by

which the change in the markings was effected. Accord-

ingly I brought up a brood from a single pair, from which

I obtained 87 pupz between 17th June and 3rd July.

Fourteen were not iced, and previous experiments having

led me to observe that there is often some difference in

general colouring between the first and last parts of a

brood, 8 of these 14 were taken from among those

which pupated earliest, and 6 when about two-thirds

had spun up. The whole of the 14 emerged in good

condition, showing that I had fallen on a healthy

brood; and showing also that it was a naturally dark

coloured one, and therefore, perhaps, not so well

adapted to show any darkening of colour as a lighter

coloured set would have been. I had rather gathered,

from experiments by others previously published, that

about 28 days might be expected to produce full results ;

and therefore at first I was rather extravagant in the

use of my materials, so that the numbers taken from

time to time out of the ice had to be greatly reduced

when experience showed that a much longer time was

necessary to produce full effects in the case of this

insect. The fortnightly withdrawals were as follows :—

10 pupe in 2 weeks, 12 in 4 weeks, 4 each in periods of

6, 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 weeks, and 2 each in periods of

11 and 20 weeks; and I have 14 pupe remaining, which

I hope to spread, if necessary, over another 12 weeks,

as this will make up the period of 7} months, which is

the full duration of the usual winter pupational period ;

this, however, does not seem necessary, as previous

experiments lead me to believe that about 5 months is

sufficient to produce the full colouring of the spring

form under natural conditions, with an average tem-

perature much higher than 83°.

(a) Summer pupa of illustraria; effect of wing on

vigour.— Great as is the difference between exposure for

two or three weeks to a temperature of 60°—70°, which

is what this summer pupa in its natural state would

sustain, and exposure of it, as in the experiments last

described, to a temperature of 33° for 20 weeks, no

injury seems to have been inflicted by this severe trial.

140 # Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

The deaths were very few, apparently not more than

would have occurred if the pup# had not been iced ;

there were no cripples, and the moths emerged with

such perfect regularity that when the temperature in

which the pupa was placed after removal remained

about the same, I could always foretell within a day

when the moth would emerge.

Effect on colour and markings.—As might have been

expected, there is no change in size, but 1 am not sure

there is not a slight difference in form caused by the

icing, in a less rounded costa and a rather narrower

wing. The difference in colour, however, is great, and

in markings striking. In colour a general warm brownish

hue with a considerable increase of darkness prevails.

One of the most striking differences between the ordinary

summer and spring form is in the shape of the outline

of the dark inner portion of all the wings. In the

summer form this outline approaches a half circle, but

is very sinuous, with a conspicuous break of continuity

where it passes from the anterior to the posterior wing,

caused by curves inwards, and with several angles, of

which the most salient is on the anterior wing, near the

costa, with the outer portion of which it consequently

forms an acute angle. In the spring form the dark

inner portion approaches the shape of a half hexagon,

the most salient angle being on the posterior wing, the

other angles and curves being straightened out, an

obtuse angle being substituted for the acute angle on the

costa, and the outer edge of this dark part becoming

continuous from the anterior to the posterior wing.

This edge is also more blurred in the iced than in the

uniced specimens. ‘The first appearance of these changes

in markings was in a female iced 28 days, and after 56

days they became frequent in both sexes, a male of

20 weeks’ icing and two females of 18 weeks’ seeming

the most marked. As may be gathered, the change is

not a gradual and regular one from fortnight to fort-

night. Still there are some intermediate specimens

that appear to show the process of transition—an

interesting subject for investigation, which, however, I

must leave to those who are better qualified to pursue it.

I think it is of consequence to observe that the moth

from the iced summer pupa, though there are changes

causing it to bear a considerable general resemblance to

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 141

that which proceeds from the autumn pupa, is not the

same in colour or in markings.

(b) Autumn pupa of illustraria; effect of forcing, cc.,

on vigour.—This converse experiment affords a striking

contrast as regards its effects on the vigour of the

insect.

Of 36 pupe so treated in the autumn of 1887 (Tables

XVI. and XVII.), only 12 emerged, and of these 7 were

cripples, and only 5 perfect, or nearly so; and of these

5, 4 had been exposed some weeks after forcing to severe

cold out-of-doors for about 5 weeks before the forcing

was resumed.

Of another lot of 68 belonging to a not very healthy

brood—for two-thirds of the larvee died—18 were kept at

the moderate temperature of about 60°, and of these

only 4 emerged, 2 of them being cripples. The rest,

45 in number, were placed out-of-doors, and of these 32

emerged, only 3 of them being cripples.

Of the pup lent me by Mr. Jenner (as mentioned Ent.

Soc. Trans., 1889, p. 92), being a brood which, except two

individuals, laid themselves up for winter pupation instead

of emergence in July, 26 were forced (Table XIX.), and

only 18 of these emerged, of which 4 were cripples.

This was a very healthy lot, for about 30 of the same

brood, which were left to winter in a cool room, nearly

all emerged in perfect condition.

All that were thus forced showed great irregularity in

the time of their emergence, and they all seemed less

thickly clothed with scales than normal specimens are,

whether of the autumn pupa or of the summer pupa,

the moths from which last are in general the most

thickly clothed with scales.

The irregularity caused by forcing the autumn pupa

at different periods is illustrated by Table XVIIL.,

relating to a very healthy lot of 20 pupe. This Table

affords evidence that the irregularity is caused by forcing

the autumn pupa at a time when it would naturally

remain for months in the pupal condition, for the

irregularity ceased when the forcing was postponed until

the autumn pupa had been 4 months in that state.

Liffect on colour and markings.— All the moths are

intermediate in colouring and in markings between the

summer and the spring emergence. Such as were

exposed to cold during part of the pupal period are con-

142. = Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

siderably darker than the rest, and make the nearest

approach in colouring, and I think, on the whole, in

markings, to the spring emergence. In both classes

those that were longest in pupa were, as a rule, darkest,

even in the case of such of the pup as were never at

a lower temperature than about 60°, which seems to

indicate that retardation may be a cause of the difference

in colour and markings.

results are so far in general accord with those recorded

by Prof. Weismann as regards A. levana, and by Mr.

Edwards as regards P. ajax, as to show a significant

difference between the readiness of the summer pupa to

bear and be influenced by winter conditions and the

resistance offered by the autumn pupa to summer con-

ditions. Prof. Weismann explains this difference by

the hypothesis that the winter-pupating generation is

the ancient and more firmly established form, and

expresses the opinion that other disturbances of the

summer pupa, such as extreme heat or mechanical

motion, may cause a reversion to the older form. My

experiments seem to indicate further a direct effect of

temperature in altering colour, &c., in both broods of the

seasonally dimorphic wlustraria, causing the summer

pupa to yield a much darker moth and the autumn pupa

a much paler one, the darkness or the paleness in either

case depending ina great degree on the length of the

exposure. And the very marked effects of a similar

kind produced on the pupa of autumnaria, which I believe

is nowhere double-brooded, also appear to indicate a

similar direct effect of temperature on colour: I do not

know if there is any reason for ascribing it in the case of

this species to reversion.

5. Stage in which temperature most operative.—There

is no doubt a strong predisposition, in an individual

belonging to a double-brooded species, at some period of

its development, towards one of the two different desti-

nations, t.e., the emerging in the summer and with the

summer colouring, or the lying over until the spring

and then emerging in the spring colouring. ‘The experi-

ments lead me to think that in the species operated on

by me the predisposition has become so decided in the

larval stage that no treatment of the pupa can after-

wards entirely alter it, but that in the early larval stage

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 145

treatment can—I do not say in all cases—either give

the required predisposition, or, where it exists naturally,

can completely reverse it. ;

Perrect Insects, IciInc.—From the 20th to the 23rd

July L iced 5 male and 2 female illustraria, a day or two

after their emergence. They were frequently looked at

and seemed in a lethargic condition, nearly motionless,

reviving, however, immediately in the warm air of the

room. By the 15th September, i. e., after about 55 days,

they seemed less inclined to move, and I placed them

for an hour or two ata cooling temperature, and then

in the air of the room, where the temperature was about

64°. One female was dead ; 5 males and 1 female were

alive and could flutter a little, but only one was able to

crawl up the side of the box; and, after keeping them

for a day or two, they showed no signs of reviving.

IncipentaL Matrers.—(1) Male longer in pupa than

female.—The experiments recorded last year indicated

that in the species operated on the pupal stage was

longer in the male than in the female. With a view to

place this matter beyond doubt, I made some exact

experiments by noting as closely as I could the time of

(1) spinning-up, (2) pupating, (3) emergence, and found

myself able to carry out the observations very accurately.

They gave the following results : —

autumnaria (forced). Table VI.

7 males. Days. 9 Females. Days.

gb! Longest. Shortest. Average. | Longest. Shortest. Average.

From spinning-up

to emergence .. 173 164 17 15 14, 14}

From pupating to

emergence .... 153 143 15 13 12 124

The extreme regularity of the period of duration in

all cases will be noted: the slowest female was con-

siderably ahead of the fastest male. As the males and

females emerged at the same time, the male must have

been on the average earlier to pupate than the female,

from which it follows either that the male feeds up

faster than the female, or that the female hatches earlier,

a thing quite possible, as the hatching in this species

extends over a period of many days. A practical con-

clusion seems to be that small larvee of this and similar

species pupating early are almost sure to be males,

144 + Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

while large ones found late in the season are almost

sure to be females.

In some autumnaria (Table VII.) that were cooled

for a period of 28 days there was a similar difference,

only slightly greater, averaging 25 to 3 days in favour

of the female.

In some alniaria (Table XII.) the difference was

ereater still, amounting (in some that had been cooled

for 28 days) to an average of 4 days in favour of the

female.

In illustraria, comparing 25 iced males with 15 iced

females, I find that the former averaged 12°2 days from

the time of being taken out of the ice, the latter

10°6 days.

(2) Slow development of the pupa during the icing

period.—My experiments do not enable me to measure

this accurately, as the temperature to which the pupe

were exposed, after being taken out of the ice, varied

with the varying temperature of the year. As far as I

can guess, I should say that 120 days at 33° represent

as regards progress in time for development certainly

not more than 3 days at 65°.

(8) Obscurity of the causes on which the vigour of a

brood may depend. —I add some observations on the

deterioration in some cases of the heredity broods of

illustraria, because it is of general importance to all

who are bringing up larve for scientific and other pur-

poses to get, if possible, at the causes of this deterioration

with a view to its prevention. All who have bred on a

considerable scale are familiar with it as a frequent

result with many species, but by no means with all,

especially when care is taken, as it has been with my

illustraria, to bring them up under the most favourable

conditions. The second generation of those bred in

captivity, 7.e., the larve fed in the autumn of 1887,

produced remarkably large and healthy moths, the

largest I have ever seen. There was some falling off in

health and size in the next emergence (July, 1888), and

a very great falling off in both respects in the following

autumn-fed brood. Since then the health and size

have continued with those bred by me to be about the

same, that is, poor. But the circumstance I wish par-

ticularly to call attention to is that the deterioration in

some cases, which I should be glad to account for, has

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 145

given place to an opposite result. Some broods, which

with me had become a mere remnant, few in number

and small in size, produced eggs, which I sent to my

friend Miss Pridham, of Wimbledon, who has been

rendering valuable aid in these experiments, and these

have produced much larger, more numerous, and more

healthy moths, and that not in one case, but in several.

The only difference that I can see in the treatment is

that they have been sleeved on old cherry instead of

young birch, and have been in a rather warm situation.

But none could have been finer than those I reared on

young birch in a cool situation in 1887. After much

consideration I cannot see that either interbreeding,

kind of food, crowding, temperature, moisture, change

of locality, or any other circumstances I can think of,

account for the difference. The fact that the deteriora-

tion is not continuous is encouraging, and I shall be

very much dissatisfied if, with the kind suggestions of

members of this Society, the cause of it cannot be

ascertained, for the benefit of myself and others. I have

always thought that the causes of the wholesale deaths

one reads of in narratives of larval bringing up, for

example, in the late Mr. Buckler’s work, require more

investigation than they have received. The only con-

jecture I can make as to this particular case—and it is

a conjecture only—is that possibly illustraria requires a

change of diet after a generation or two. There are

indications of a liking for such change in individuals ;

larve beaten from oak showed with me a decided

preference for birch and willow, and some brought up

on birch took to rose in their last stage.

Some GENERAL ConcLusions.— I venture to submit

some of the principal conclusions of a general kind to

which the experiments recorded in this paper and in

previous ones seem at present to point. As to some

there will probably be little or no difference of opinion,

and as to others, no doubt further experiment is neces-

sary, and their apparent results require also to be con-

sidered by the light derived from a knowledge of the

habits and life-histories of many other species than

I have any experience of. The Tables in the Appendix

show in detail the facts as regards each individual in

many of the broods operated on by me, with the results

stated. They will enable others to judge how far my

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1890.—PaRTI. (APRIL) L

146 = Mr.F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

conclusions appear to be well-founded, and I hope that

so many recorded facts, the substantial accuracy of

which may be relied on, may prove useful in other

ways to some of those who are prosecuting biological

researches.

I. As to seasonal double-brooded species.—This term is

used as a name, not a definition, and in the restricted

sense of a species which has two (or more) generations

in a year, one of them passing the pupal stage in the

winter, the insects belonging to this generation, which I

will call the winter type, differing from those belonging

to the summer generation, which I will call the sum-

mer type, not only in (1) the season of the year

during which their existence is passed, and (2) the

duration of that existence, sometimes three or four

times as long as that of the summer type, but also often

presenting differences in (3) size, (4) shape, (5) colour,

and (6) markings. (The sense in which I use the term

excludes certain species of which I have little knowledge,

such, for example, as those which are many-brooded in

countries where there is no real winter; also those

species which pass the winter in some other than the

pupal stage.)

1. In such a species a young individual may have,

and often has, a constitutional capacity for developing

into either type, according to external circumstances.

2. It seems probable that there is from the beginning

of the existence of the individual a tendency, which

may be very strong, or very slight, to develop in the

direction of one of the two types.

3. If there is no such innate tendency in an indi-

vidual, it can be imparted by external influences during

the early part of its existence.

4. Where the tendency exists, it varies in strength in

different individuals. In the case of some species, or

some broods or individuals of some species, the tendency

from the beginning is so strong that it cannot be over-

come by any external influences.

5. In other cases the tendency can be overcome and

converted into the opposite one, or turned more or less

in the direction of it, by such influences. The decision

as to the type to be assumed is come to before the

termination of the growth of the larva, and this decision

may be completely controlled in some cases by external

influences applied before that period, For example, in

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 147

1887, by keeping the insect in all stages at a tempera-

ture of about 80°, I brought out four successive broods

of wllwnaria in ten months, all of the summer type.

6. After larval growth is completed, no complete con-

version of the one type into the other can be effected ;

it seems clear that such a conversion cannot be made as

regards size, and but slightly, if at all, as regards shape ;

and it seems probable that it cannot be completely

made as regards colour or markings. This incapability

as to colour and markings certainly exists as respects

illustraria, also, according to the published experiments

before adverted to, as respects A. levana and P. ajax;

and I gather that in the cases published as to P. rape,

P. napi, P. pharos, and P. interrogationis the butter-

flies from the iced summer pupz presented some diffe-

rences from the normal form proceeding from the winter

pupa.

7. In the species experimented on by me (and in some

others) the capability of being turned during the pupal

period from the one type partially in the direction of

the other exists in both the summer and the winter type,

but is much greater in the former than in the latter.

Il. As to both double-brooded and single-brooded species.

8. In those experimented on by me the temperature

to which the pupa is exposed modifies the colour and

markings of the imago, sometimes in a striking manner ;

low temperature in these species tending to melanism.

9. The difference between 65° and 80° in the tempera-

ture to which the pupa is exposed is sufficient in some

cases to make a very marked difference. In H. autum-

naria it is enough to make the whole difference in

appearance between the ordinary pale continental type

and the dark and spotted type.

I do not see that the experiments in themselves lend

any support to the theory that <illustraria, having

originally been a single-brooded species suited to a cold

climate, could, as it spread to a warmer region, or as a

glacial period receded, pass the winter in any other than

the pupal stage, and by that means adapt itself to

become regularly double-brooded ; for in no stage but

this have I been able to carry it alive through even a

short artificial winter, and the winters on the hypothesis

must have been very long ones, Nor do they ge to

148 Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

help to show how so great a change as that from single-

broodedness with its pupa of 7 months or more to double-

broodedness with its summer pupa of 2 or 3 weeks could

have been made. Assuming the autumn pupa to have

been the original one, it must have had an even stronger

disposition than the modern seasonal autumn pupa

not to emerge until after a winter had passed over it,

and the extreme reluctance of the modern seasonal

autumn pupa to anticipate its regular period of emer-

gence has been shown. Perhaps the species, or at

least the genus, may claim a very high antiquity, and

may have lived through several periods of advancing as

well as of receding cold; but I cannot pursue this

speculation, for I know too little of such matters to

venture beyond the solid ground of fact more than the

very few steps which are the necessary incentive to

further investigation.

Nore, 6th March, 1890.—I can now complete the

history of the iced summer pupe of S. wllustraria men-

tioned pp. 96—99. I had 12 living on the 28th

December, when they had been iced 22 weeks. Taken

out at successive intervals of 14 days, 5 of them died,

including the 2 taken out at 32 weeks. The survivors

show no increase of darkness over those iced 16 or 18

weeks, and have altogether a less vigorous appearance

than the great majority of those which emerged after

20 weeks’ icing or less; but I am doubtful if the longer

duration of the icing is the cause of this deterioration,

as the larve of this brood that were late in pupating

were decidedly less healthy than the earlier ones.

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 149

The Roman numerals refer to the months ; ‘“‘ Ord.’’ means ordinary temperature ;

‘m,” ‘‘a,” ‘e”? mean “ morning,” ‘‘ afternoon,” ‘evening.”

Taste I.—Icing eggs of S. illunaria.

Hatching.

Origin. Iced. | Nr. |Colour ea Nr. o OL

Began| Ended) Number.

Q@ taken New Forest | 4 v | 34| Red. | 18v | 16| 14 | 25v | @7v 16

lvi| 16 | 28 GV |ckoracei ste 5

LWA | Save sere 8

Siva ye rete ers 1 | 14

9 taken Scarborough | 4 v | 38| Red.| 15 vi] 4; 42 | 20 vi| 22vil....] 3

29vi| 6 | 56)| .... :

30 vil 12 | 575 aul Ae Bein oetoe

vat) Jee GGA [crave wr ifcroke Saar 0

Taste II.—Icing eggs of S. illustraria.

| | Hatching.

: Taken Days |

: but: Iced. | Began Ended) Number.

Bred parents 5 v | 251 |(noticed)| 41 Dai, |) 26.4; 36

Same parents| 6-7v |....| 7 Vv 30)|*Greens”| 247 | 30;) 1% | 24v |...... i

ZOTV Allsishere.are 1

AE VAN rete susie 6

Suva |S afore wie 10

(at loobode Bi | 2a

7 vi (140) Red. | 24v | 20} 14 | 31v eal logon | aly)

Uf Yau |) 28 VAS Vil |\cerere ste 4

1155 Walla sae ce 3 a

21 vi} 10 AD -\letepe.eecrs)| sieve ee olf @)

1 vii} 20 DD ecaheve revel evetcceters a 0

6 ix | 20 OSU | hersne les sselllslanevevers 5| 0)

Bred parents |19-22 vii) 110} 1 viii 110 Red. 6ix| 40 | 36 eres eefeeeees aes oll

Ee a eet: eel ost yee ee Bare

emergence f | |

field’s systematic temperature

}

rrl

Mr. F. Me

150

Gl | 8@ G Tetum ps | eee ee COrmWcqpar ee

GT 8% ¥ T £ | WIA QT [uta TAP j°°°°**| TA OS | TA 6B) Ee9 “ |

aI Te fa T £ | mag a EAPC. |b tae lee Gg i a ee

yee Ale Ags pi "* | ¢* ITAL perp] tA OG | TAT | mage} “ BSG 2S |

ral | Qz F Z £ a3 “ec TA LG jeeeeee “é “cc z a3

ra 6% ¢ rd P| mAg [HAS] OS TTA EB /IA TS /T «POT 55)

a ee “no ‘yuoared

“skUcT | | : |

| ! i]

‘surednd jo yurod oy} UO v20m.9snj]t *S JO BAIVT]— AT ATAV,

“are AIP ‘UIA 0} [VAOWAI Uappns Aq pasnvo ATqeqord syyvoq

‘parddrip

z ate

ia! GP

oF GV

oi GF

56 I

“APIO | “pe

No Me ake 2)

AAD

ANNN

for]

peT00D| “peey

‘edn g

‘suryedng

‘dn unds qsnf warery

“sUqq

| oe lee weeele er eevee

“* MMLLA T perp

** (HIATT perp tA OG °°" **

3 | xI €Z “ce “

P| XIGZ | XEG | TA 6%

ee IITA T potp “ce see eee

** (TILA T porp] TA QE |** °° °°

P| XIP | XI6 s

“* | “potd | TA O€ | TIA 64

}

i OO R

xog pegioura| uoyey, pee]

Oi] oe we aay | FL ay

eo) 8 sla,ols e\s IIA GG TA 0¢g TA O€ | &L (a4

“ce “ec “oe oe | 6% oe |

TIA BZ | TEA BZ | TA GB | TA $B | 8% AIRC,

sere eeee “ee “cc “ee PAG oe

eee ee TAG Gi An GUTANO CNL Gem

(73 a3 (73 “ce | ral 73

TIA 8G | HA BZ | TA SB] TA EZ) TT. POW»)

| 1

| “yuered

-payedng papoon| ‘peasy “dn-dg, & jo

| ‘ON

‘pLUDUYSN))L *G UO syuetat1edxe Suror AIVUIUUIPeEIG— JJ] @TAv,

Taste V.—Advanced pupe of Iilustraria. 151

| ees |

No. Days. |

of @ Sp.up. Cooled) Iced. Takeo merged Sex, an |

| | |

‘Dark’ 2) 19 vil 30 vi | 7 vii | Six | Six | g} 11 7 | 60 | 0 ) | Crippled,

” 3 | ” ” ” ” Died. O01 || 11 Uf 60 | | not room

” 4 ” ” ” | ” | 3—5 ix | a | 11 Ve | a) 0 to expand.

Seeite|-21 yi | 30 vi. | 7 vii | Six | Died. | .. |, 9. | | |

me l5 | 22 vi 3 * a Died. | .. | Soil

> Jp 50 6 » | Died. | .. | 8

5 38| 24vi| Svil|] 7vii| 4vui! 9vi | g | 11 2 2355 no

Mot | 5,- |. 99 a ; 14 vili | 9 11 2 28 Shien |

Be 45| 26 vi! ,, : 5ix | 10 ix 2 9 2 60 5 Crippled.

” 54 27 vl ” H ” ” 12 ix | Ss | 8 2 60 U Crippled.

‘Red” 33} 28 vi| 5 vii| 7 vii | 4 viii] Died. | .. ae 28 |

Pa oe,| 45 $5 leeds 55 AGA Qi fate |) on 2 2B a s8*

B30 | 5; 2% 56 x ley yan |) Ze 4 2 28 fas

” 36 ” ” ” | ” ” 3 7 2 28 le

ot | 53 * % Dix | (pan 9 7 2 60 7

BS | as 50 me ate Dred) |e Ut 2 60

5 ey) a 3 2 . 10 ix a 7 2 60 5 Crippled.

” 40 ” ” | ” | ” | 12 ix Bi 7 | 2 60 Tf Crippled.

* Counted by deducting 2 days of cooling while I was away from home (10—12 viii).

Taste VI.—F. autumnaria. Forced larve, forced pupe.

| Days. | |

No. | Sp. up. |Pupated.| Emerged. |Sex. | ~ |

| Pupg. Pupa. | Total. |

| |

1 2 vi re ee eee nee Paalnnz |

2) 4 vi Gavitrey, tyaroprecd = Seka peee: |

ORO vty | Cava \) 2s Wana ||) he 20 21 |

6 6 vi m

7 Geyer i 8 viv disl asc aiaid ccoreks Ons eat Affected by ex- |

ll 6 via ' | cessive heating ;

WN? 6 via all but one died.

15 8 yla

19 9 via

ZO 9evi a |

21 |10via |

93 |llvim|12via | 27via | g| 14 | 15 | 163

24° | , a |l4vim| via 9} 22 124 | 15 |

25 |12via |1l4vim| 29vim | gf | 14 15 164 |

26 |12via |14via | 26via Q| 2 12 14 |

27 |12via |14vim| 26via 9 | 13 124 | 14 |

28 |12via |14via | 30vim | S| 2 154 | 174

29 |12via |14via | 29via a 15 17

BO) 48 via |lovim| 27 via | 9 | 13 |\12K| 14

31 |13via |livim| 27 via 9 | 13 124, 14

32 |13 via |l5via | 30via | g| 2 15 aly |

33 | 13 via | 16 vim lviim | g | 24 15 | 174

34 | 18 vim | 20 via 2Qviia | 9 | 23 12 144 | Pl. fig. 8

35 | 19 vim | 20 via 3viim | Q| 14 124 | 14

36 | 19 vi m | 21 vim 5via | g| 2 144 | 163] PL. fig. 7

37 | 19 vim | 20 via 3viim | 9 | 14 124 | 14

38 | 19 vim | 20 via 3viia | 9] 14 13 144

Taste VII.—E. autumnaria. Forced larve, cooled pup.

: Taken

No.| Sp. up. |Pupated.| Cooled. oat

3 5 vi 8via |10 via | 8 vii

AD | Siva 8via | 10 vi 8 vil

8 | 6vim| 9via | 10 vi 8 vil

| 9! 6vim| 9via | 10 vi 8 vii

/10| 6vim| 9via |10Vi 8 vii

13 | 6via |10via |12 via | 10 vii

14} Vvia |\1lvia |13 vim } 11 vii

16 | 9via | Died pulpating

17 | 9via |14 vim | 15 vim } 13 vii

(Lie Oviva \sllevanrae | oavtae dt) Wu val

| 22 |10 via |15 vim | 16 vim | 14 vii

Emerged.

Days.

x. = 7

Pup.|0rd.|Cool|Ora,| Tot.

16 vii a

19 vii e

20 vil m

20 vii m

19 vii a

23 vii m

20 vil m

22 vii m

19 vii e

23 vii e

eH NS

404010 = HO WAWAUAHO

2°) 28) 8 | 41

2 | 28) 11 | 44

1 | 28 | 12 | 443

1 | 28 | 11 | 432

2 | 28} 13 | 47

13/29] 9 | 493

1 | 28| 9 | 42%

2 |28| 8 | 40

1 | 28| 9 | 422|

PI. fig. 10

Pitig9

Crumpled

Note to Table VIIT.—As soon as the larye were found to be spinning-up they were

removed from the forcing-box to the ordinary temperature of the room, and were ‘‘cooled”’

a day or two after pupating.

Taste VIII.—-F. autumnaria. Sleeved as larve, ordinary temperature as pupe.

Note.—The

applied till the pupe had been 15 days at the ordinary temperature.

No.| Sp. up. |Pupated./ Cooled) Ord. temp.

7 | 21 vii | 24? vii |10 viii} 12 viii

11 | 25 vii | 262 vii |, i

OB S2d) val || 2G svilh |e. eres 26 vii

Sia eiete hace 8c 26? vii | 10 viii] 12 viii

a e2GAvaty D7 Valea! |e oe 15 viii

ONG a0! vala|P oO! ville) |e 0c ere 30 vii e

PP) || Bertelli agaoalos odeaoces

| Forced.

13 vill |

Oro Guo Or

€01 (0.0 Lele (eve

ee)

Ord. temp.

16 viii

soe eee ewe

ee)

Cooled

eee eee

16 viii

Ord. temp.

CONOR (CeCe Cd

25 viii

”

Emerged

16? viii

27 viii

31 viii

14 viii

16 viii

1 ix

iL thse

reason of the forcing and cooling was that I was away from home from 10th

12th August, and again from 16th to 25th August, and measures had to be taken to prevent the

emergence of the moths during my absence. Upon a careful examination, and a comparison with

some bred in 1888 from larve and pup sleeved as larve, and kept at an ordinary temperature

all through the pupal period, which they closely resemble in appearance, I do not think the

forcing or cooling has affected their appearance.

and 2 in the Plate).

(Waste) ID

Days.

| Pupg. | Forced) Total.

1| 13 vii | 13 vii | 14 viie |27viia| 9 | 12 13 14}

2) 13 vii | 13 vii | 15? vii |Q9viim| gf} 2? 14 16?

8 ie 25 Vil }f.2..... 6 villa| 9 Di? 12 14? | Pl.

i llopeea cia 26 vii | Pupa. | 7 vitim| g | 2? 12 14?

16 | 26 vii | 26 vil | 27 viia| 7 viiim| 9 | 14 itil 123

aly 1 » |20viia| 9 vilia| 14 13 | 143

18 5 » | 20 viie |10 vitim| g | 14 133 | 15 | Pl.

20) 5 1h le 28 vile 109 viiilal ool ta |, 49° |) sy

. autumnaria. Sleeved as larvee, forced as pup.

fig. 4

fig. 3

Sex.

Oy +0 WOO Oy |

Neither forcing nor cooling was in any case

(Nos. 12 and 15 are figs. 1

158

expert

ments on some Lepidoptera.

“1OjJB SOYNUTUT oF B SoUITjoUIOS ‘SuTyednd

JOUR s1oyyO oy} ‘wAarey Suryednd sv papooo orem CZ puv ‘FZ ‘ES ‘6T ‘F “c

"SONI 9290], 0} $020N

‘pool spavareyjye pus ‘adnd sv poortof ‘Bare SB paAde[g

“PUDUUNAND "hJ-—"X ATAV ,

691 Tire liar "+ | pod | XTej°°'**"| WATS) XF9 | MEA CAT! Ge

ésr | éF 3} XI QT [XIP—ZSl"°° "| MIA SOT| WTA GOT| MIA GT | FE |

69 G ** | *petd 8") a SE |) MIA eT | TAS 17g

‘potddiig | 8 “ Gl ¢ HiGG ie ce eo TMA OL) MA GT | HEAL 196s

jh ¢ "+ | *pearq Ce eS ITA) S| RTA G 5) a TUTA Te

gL V6 ee “pad Sole eeeeee oe “ec “ec og

‘potddiig | 8 he OL j Oe eS ee a EMEA | TATA ‘ 62 |

OL oe oe “ped XT eee eee “oe “cc ETA G RB |

‘pojdunig | eT oe 8g ¢ 2) SSC EXE GS: * WIA G GTA 11A OE | LG |

@ 34 ‘el 6I oe Ch z $2) aX F a3 ele ssievale IITA T “cs (a 0%

‘porddiy | GZ ee 9g TE Sela PeX0 |S ee OT ss oe GB |

9 ‘8 ‘Id | 91 eh GP FT | 5 | wxrgo| XIQ9 [°° °° "| WAG 11A 9G | TA 9G | GI |

‘porddiiy | og 6 I OL | 2 | PXIGT MIA GG] TA LZ] TA 9% Es i yp |

‘£pag | *paey | peroop} ‘sdng

ee s|p Hlqoyey,| Pel | Poveda) “Pelco § | ON

‘wdnd sv pool 10 pe[ood ‘BAIv] SB paAdo[G “PluUUNINY “YY-—"TX ATAV],

GP L éG ee “pad oe oe eevee r ee ITA CHG “ec “ee OT

oP i Coal pera RIPL | MAG [°° ot} wis LZ] 1A GZ TTA Gs] 6 CS

86" L EG seme | aRolGi a i WHA QE) amaAgs| “ egal

‘£pig | ‘pay |paor0,q) ‘sdng |

a "xo as10ul 1ne “pao ‘pojoog |payedn 99.10 7)"dn*dq| * |

154 Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

Tasre XIL—E. alniaria (tiliaria), forced as larve, cooled

as pupe.

ie ks | | q | Days.

No. ‘Sp. up. Pupated.| Cooled. esa Emerged Sex. =

| | etl Pupg. Cooled Ordy.

"6\5vi | Svia |10vi Sv (21 yum! Op) 2 | ecsers

7|\6via|10via |ll via 9 vil died | | 4 |

BY ss 5 5 5 Mviim| J | 4 28 15

| 9 | ” | ” ” ” | died : 4

10 | a 2 e 19 villa |, 9.) <4 28 10

13 |9via| died ‘aie |

14 » |13vie | 14 via | 12 vii died laa 28

15 # 53 5 © 122 vita Ine | 428 eo

”

Taprn XIII.—F. alniaria (tiliaria), sleeved as larve, forced

as pupe.

E z ped

| Days.

Pupg.| Ordy. | Forced

5) Bvii )4—6vii| Tvi | 17 vim Fas |) Pa 2? 10?

6 5 79 3 18 vli e co) 2? 2? 116?

7 5 vii 6 vii W vale tl el Oivaion | aoe ie, ile 12?

8 5, 7 vil 7 vii | 20 viim 3 | 2? 0 13?

8) intl lloooooadc 8 vii | 20 viim 3 | 3? 1 12?

Oy “pO vate bebeoosr 10 vii died

12 | 18 vii | lS viia| 13 vii | 28 vil Gee 0 13

I saaanoologe0 09.90 16 vii | 31 viia BP Naeodoalloed dc 15

2D) Goon 19 vii? | 19 vii Seale Wa ooacodlebaccs 15

749 |bio ocedsc 21 vii? | 21 vii ene C2 Negnoonllaacoca 15

Hl \Inoooneuollsoo00G.08 21 vil died

Taste XIV.—F. alniaria (tiliaria), sleeved as larve,

ordinary temperature as pupe.

Sp. up. |

Pupa, |

No found. | Emerged. | Sex.

) | eae | Q6vi | 14 vii o

43 llbaoooo oe 3 vii | 23 vii Q

BP labooh ous | 8 vii | 23 vii é

| 4 | 32? vii |4—6 vii| 23? vii Es

[ae eS Seva GS cetaseves ors 14 viim | g

155

ts on some Lepidoptera.

experimen

—! POAIAINS TOIT FT Ol} 0} SB S}[NSEI oy} puv ‘gE osaTT} Jo IUdTT

-jv01} yonbasqns oy} MOTs Sopqvy Suraorpoz ony puv “ydag yy9g 4q adud surary ouoeq wo}

Jo 9g {x1 g Suruutseq ‘du unds gy ynoqe puv perp euros “ser oT} JO + ‘ydoq TYE pur ‘sny TIO

UsoMjoq “yooprod ]TV ‘soTRUET QT puUB soTVUI OT

*popddrap

*potddrag

“sno

-uvyderpqng

| — *peyddrapg

‘adud sv paot 10 ‘peyooo ‘pootoy ‘MAIL, SB POADOTS *(w20M27272) VLUMIUID * Hf

‘porddrig | 9¢

*popddray |

fe Nee 1 PP weet

oe leet] p [ecce| perp

OG | Cea ede | 2 | te eT

| perp

| | perp

Te 0g ovis) fein) [heres eicel| 42) DX OT

Te 0g shaban ove ee) GG wi X OT

g 6 |6r/¢ | d | mA8Z

pr | 6 (2h 2h | & | 4 6

Ze | 9G 5 "| pel ea Wwe

ie |G Gp | os cea eee mr OERENGS cI

8g | Gk °°") 3 | 2 |e xr ez |

| ee Zz eee eres pop |

fe | e¢ |e |i07*} & | wxer |

Soak OG ep oo al ee Le eed

| 6% [fesuexe FI P se eeeeee

wre 6G) || P| | 0 366

ep [aq feeesteree| parp

veceee| @ [eeeefeee| parp

pe[oog bd

‘pIg) pue |pxo) E

prey | © |'xeg posrouny

‘skep ‘edng 0a |

THA F polypoyvy waww.gsnjjr JO poorq (peotof) PILZ B oSVO

‘dn unds 9% ‘IIA 9% 0} ZZ WOT

>A CHE [lire te || eet ae TULA G) | OE

SST TG irae es ae aan (EUAN Pt a esretapestece aE WIA G | G€

UEDA Gia cele awe es ees EO Ge un Sia ans

XLG “ee UL TIA 6% “é ee ee eeee “ce ce

XT @ Hes TA 6Z | WALZ |.” = GE

a a eed ao oe mA yz | wa pe | Te

xr@y | “WA jg | Bdag jo eA ele | 08

XI CT IIA 1G edng © lei0\ e)'0'» 61 ols 18) Cloieie ee TA £13 6

TRANG, Waa ca EEO G ee | SACO) GES Ga a8G

TUTASG 7p jl ec Pe TTA CO as ees ol) ASO erie arc

SGT eA CGal ASG) | eet i. &@

THA TE | TA OG | WAGT AS 8s) TA GT) HALT 4 1G

“c oe edn g a ec) “é tee ewe ee 0Z

oe e edng Seco @, 08 0.6 ee oe ee eeee 61

XI CT ITA 61 edng eee . TIA LI eee eee RT

meg | WAoe | WA0e | ra i LT

> AEE [mre ee a ORG IIS ST ABE | eS OES It SIE

XG wATZ | Bdng |**"*° °°") WA QT | HA COT | FT

RZ, TIA [TZ edng O/'e)\s (n8).e' 19) 8) |ke-18) ©. Oe) 6)6) 6 ItA 49T €T

“phe ‘peoy \*poyedng “peo10,g | *pajoog | ‘dn «dg | ‘on

udyRy, | ‘

‘AX SIEV]

< Hyds 5,

sit} UL — "TAN “IAN $719%L

156 =©Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

Taste XVI.—Zllustraria autumn pupe, forced.

No. en een Emerged. |Sex.| Days.

1 | 9—12 ix 12 xi 3 | 63 | Crippled

2 14 ix 26 xii 3g | 103 | Crippled

1 | 12—14 ix ill 5a co) 59 Perfect Plate, fig. 9.

2 * | 9 xil 9 | 87 Crippled

3 yall Ue @ | 87 | Crippled

4 | Me 10 xii @ | 88 | Crippled |

Taste XVIL.—IJllustraria autumn pupe, warmed, then wintered (frosty weather).

| es) re Days. |

Sp. up , |e |r ey = =

eh and) | 2°° lwintdl al Bll 8 | 4) gulie (siy ene

“| warmed.| ““P: Pas Hd Ble cine taal ae | a

| se le] ge Ou) nla

B\12-1dix| 12 xi) Q7 xi |1i/ 91) ISH |S] GO [15 |) 35 | 8) 35 | Fair

4 aj 3 is | 99 28 ii |g 60 iy) Bh) 8 50 | Crippled

5) ” | ” ” ” itat | 2 60 15 35 0) 0 |Fair

Calne: pe | | 8a 19160 | 15| 35 | 2] 0 |Crippled |

U - . BG SA ae | » | 22i 19] 60 | 15] 85 | 8 | 13 |Perfect |Pl. fig- 1)

61922 ae) oy loa | gs | 2S 5n |°O)-552)| 15) Sb. Si PomsPerteen

The object of the “ ordinary temperature ’’ was to prevent a sudden change of temperature.

‘““Warm’’ means a temperature of about 70°.

Taste X VIII.—Jilustraria autumn pupe at ordinary indoor

temperature (45°-55°), afterwards wintered or warmed, or both.

Ord | Days

No. | Sp. up. | Wintd. es Warmed). | Hiren eS x05

P. | Ord./Wintd.|Ord. Warm.

1| 26 ix PA fiz ||e ial 91 28 i G2 oD 8} 19

D Als 2. Gimp ete teccssete: oc lleneecters 291 9 ii AY ISoocllacocse 1253)

By || eal roo Oe eres lo olor ‘ Sin lela Reece 134; 11

APA) 2 eI IN ss altore «chanelle rosea 10% 5s aly oil eeverel| Stetstorte 1125) +13

Male? ORK ee sta letaersl| lovey onere * Til ai AG il srcts sll aistererets 125| 13

6 | 26 ix 27 xi 1 Oks 118} sm a |) G2 | 35 See8ii eas

Talee2 1x: 27 xi 1i al 14 11 3 | 62) 385 8 | 36

8 | 28 ix 5 e “ 15 ii oo | 62 5 5 || al

9| 6x i i - 16 ii Bo | 52° Se eens

10 | 28 ix ss " 16 ii 3 | 60 . 3) oS

iil) 74g) ibe . af rr 17 ii a | 59 5 59 || at)

12|/ 6x i a - 23 ii q | BOs oem lake

13 | 26 ix o 4 _ 28 ii go | 62 ; no a)

14 DEF hve fos ecacheteil tre ates 3 ili 11 iii B\" letnallloreioners 152 8

BN, ZOE Hiccaierstcrtel| exes ote S 3 Pia ieee kd acca 158 8

de) GOBER Geel okesrer 291 9 ii O's ll Sree |Pere ss totes 1233)

2) 14 ix 27 xi what 91 9 ii ® | 74 35 8 31

Beil BAD, aN Exons eeeraretel| erenenere 3 ili 9 iii > || Socata reverenete 169 6

BRD e 18h on adullono cue 3 ili 10 iii Ol sted emueees .| 152 7

Sl DGiaxt Rare see oelsreoiere 3 iii 11 iii Colm Pesos aticocdc 158 8

Nos. 1 and 6 to 13, g and 2 9? (wintered) very slightly darker than the rest ; E

No.1, g, especially dark.

experiments on some Lepidoptora. 157

APPENDIX.

Descriptive summary of the effects of the temperature

experiments upon the markings of the moth Ennomos

autumnaria (vel alniaria). By W. Wuirt, F.E.S.

A.—(1) Larvm sLEEVED, TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS NORMAL

THROUGHOUT, INCLUDING (2) THE PUPAL PERIOD.

$. Five specimens: all rather variable, more or less

irrorated.

?. Two: the spotting large in one case, finer and

more sparse in the other ; both darker towards the outer

margin of especially the fore wings.

These may be considered fair types of the ordinary

variations occurring within a brood.

B.—(1) Larva sLEEVED, (2) PUPA FORCED.

3. Four: all paler and more ruddy than in A, and

nearly plain in colour, only one having rather faint

spots.

?. Four: ditto, two with faint spots.

General tendency. Plainer than type; spots lost.

C.—(1) Larva: rorcep, (2) PUPH FORCED.

$. Hight: of more ruddy appearance, and practically

unspotted, not one possessing decided irroration ;_ the

costal margin paler, but the colour towards the edges of

the wings appearing deeper in contrast with the general

plainer coloration ; the band-lines less continuous, and

in some quite faint ; some have local spotting more or

less faint or blotchy, while in others the spotting is

almost entirely absent.

@. Nine: similar in character to the males, but the

irroration is sparse in nearly all the specimens; edging

to the marginal toothing darker.

General tendency. Ruddier than type, on account of

greater freedom from superimposed markings. The

sexes resemble one another more closely than normally,

as in A,

158 Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

D.—(1) Larva sLeevep, (2) PUPH ICED, OR COOLED.

3. Five (two of them crippled) : rather darker than

A, the irrorations both increased and more blotchy ; the

band-lines fuint, the inner one entirely gone.

¢. Five (two crippled, 1 crumpled, 2 perfect):

variable, but fairly normal, excepting that the wner

band-line is lost in every individual but one.

General tendency. Amplification of spotting with

elimination of inner line.

E.—(1) Larvz rorcep, (2) PUPA COOLED.

3. Five: largely irrorated with the darker fuscous

marking, producing the effect of an entire darkening of

the coloration, but the ground colour is really about

normal; the outer band-line very blotchy, while the

inner one is entirely lost in some in the general irrora-

tion, or it may be irrespective of it; the venation lines

are rendered more distinct in most cases on account of

being unspotted.

2. Five: on the whole the irroration is less developed

than in the 3, and finer, while the ground colour is

decidedly paler and more uniform (with the marginal

shading but slightly pronounced), but the irrorations

between the band and the anterior portion of the outer

margin of the fore wings of most of the individuals have

become merged into a blotchy shade; the inner band-

line is entirely lost in all but one, which has instead a

blotchy patch along that part of the field; im most

specimens (i.¢., all but one) the dentated outhne of the

hind wing has a continuous dark line along the outer

margin.

General tendency. Increased development of the

irroration, with continued elimination of the inner band-

line. The ground colour is warmer in both sexes than

in the D form, the larve of which were normally con-

ditioned.

Under each set of experiments with abnormal tempera-

tures (excluding A) the band-lines spring directly from

the costa, instead of starting with an acute angle, or

hooked curve, across the first nervure, as is the case

usually in the A series (see figs.1 and 2). But, curiously

enough, this angulation observable in these types is

contrary.io the regular specific character, as described

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 159

by Mr. Stainton in his ‘Manual.’ Broadly speaking,

the effects produced under B and C conditions are very

similar, and those under D and E are similar, but in

each direction there is a marked intensification of the

chief characteristics in both Cand E, the larve of which

were forced.

EXPLANATION OF Puates IV. & VY.

PLATE LV.

I, autumnaria.

: Fies. 1, 2. Ordinary temperature as larve, and as pupe,

go and 9.

3, 4. Ordinary temperature as larve, forced as pupe,

Grands?

5, 6. Ordinary temperature as larvie, cooled as pupe,

¢@ and @.

7, 8. Forced as larve, and as pupe, gf and ?.

, 10. Forced as larve, cooled as puper, gf and 9.

All the specimens figured are from the same parents.

PLATE V.

S. allustraria.

Fies. 1, 2. Summer pup», not iced, gf and 9.

3, 4. Summer pupe, iced 16 weeks, f and 2. The

specimens figured 1, 2, 3 and 4 are from the

same parents. Fig. 3, though a small part of

one posterior wing is imperfectly developed, is

selected because it is the best illustration of

darkness and change of markings combined.

There are other specimens more extreme in both

particulars.

5. Autumn pupa, forced 17 days, ?.

6. Autumn pupa, forced 34 days, 2.

7, 8. Autumn pup, not forced, spring emergence,

gS and @. The specimens figured 5, 6, 7 and 8

are from the same parents.

9. Autumn pupa, forced 59 days, 2.

10. Autumn pupa, warmed 60 days, also wintered 35

days, 2. The specimens figured 9 and 10 are

from the same parents.

11,12. An ordinary form of the very variable summer

emergence, g and 2.

13,14. Rather dark examples of the ordinary spring

. emergence, g and ?,

‘ [ 7 p

' @ :

r ’

F ’

‘

j ‘

bed .

‘ A

, = {

” '

F ’

CP hbk

VY. The moths of Burma. Part I. By Colonel CHartes

SwinHok, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Read February 5th, 1890. |

Puats VI.

Tus paper is the first attempt yet made at a compre-

hensive list of the moths of the Burman region. Mr.

Moore has recorded two or three lists of Lepidoptera

from Tenasserim and Mergui containing some moths;

and Mr. Butler has also recorded a few moths from

Moulmein. In Mr. Walker’s catalogue of the moths of

the British Museum there are but three references to

Burma; but Mr. Butler advised me to examine the

in the museum, and there we find that all the moths

recorded in Walker’s catalogue as from the East Indies,

and from Hindustan, from Archdeacon Clerk’s collection,

are from Moulmein ; and amongst them are no less than

93 of Walker’s types.

Before leaving India I had the opportunity of going

over the collections of moths of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta, and of the Phayre Museum, Rangoon, and

took many notes concerning Burman moths; and through

the great kindness of Mr. Noble, the Curator of the

Phayre Museum, I have received for examination a large

series of Burman moths, carefully labelled with localities

and dates, and have thus been enabled to record a list

containing 662 species, including 7 new genera, and 107

new species.

I have to thank Lord Walsingham, who has kindly

identified some of the Tineina, and has been so good as

to describe a new species of Grapholitha for this paper ;

and I have also to thank Mr. Warren for giving me for

publication his MS. descriptions of 4 new genera of

Pyrales, and 4 new species represented in my Burman

collection. The types of all the new species will, as

usual, be presented to the British Museum.

TRANS. ENT. SOG. LOND. 1890.—PaRT I. (APRIL) M

162 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

SPHINGES.

SPHINGIDA.

MACROGLOSSIN #.

1. Hemaris hylas.

Sphinx hylas, Linn., Mant., 1., p. 589 (L7%L).

Sphina picus, Cram., Pap. Exot. 1., pl. 148, & B (1777).

Macroglossa kingi, McLeay, King’s ‘ Survey of Aus-

tralia,’ App., p. 465 (1827).

Sesia cunninghami, Walker, vill., p. 85 (1856).

Moulmein. In B. M.

2. Macroglossa luteata.

Macroglossa luteata, Butler, P.Z.S., 1875, p. 241, pl.

5 Wits ist

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

3. Macroglossa obscura.

Macroglossa obscura, Butler, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 5, pl. 1,

f, 2.

Upper Tenasserim. In B.M.

4. Macroglossa proxina.

Macroglossa proxima, Butler, P. Z.8., 1875, p. 4,

ple tte

Moulmein. In B.M.

5. Macroglossa orientalis.

Macroglossa orientalis, Butler, T. Z.S.,1x., p. 528 (1876).

Moulmein (type). In B.M.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

CHGROCAMPIN A.

6. Acosmerya pseudonaga.

Acosmeryx pseudonaga, Butler, Ul. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

Ve): 2unpl os, t. 3. (L881):

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

7. Pergesa acteus.

Sphinx acteus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 248, f. A.

(1779).

moths of Burma. 163

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, September, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

8. Panacra busiris.

Panacra busiris, Walker, vili., p. 158 (1856).

Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

9. Panacra automedon.

Deilephila automedon, 2, Boisd., M.S.

Panacra automedon, Walker, viil., p. 154, 2 (1856).

Panacra truncata, Walker, viii., p. 160, 3.

Pegu. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

10. Panaera vigil.

Sphinx vigil, Guérin, Deless. Voy. dans 1’Inde, pt. 2, p.

80, pl. 23, f. 1 (1843).

Sphinx phenyx, Herr.-Schff., Aust. Europ. Schm., pl.

83, f. 478 (1858).

Rangoon and Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

11. Cherocampa elegans.

Cherocampa elegans, Butler, P. Z.8., 1875, p. 8, pl.

ee en Ue

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

12. Cherocampa rafflesi.

Cherocampa rafflesit, Butler, T. Z.5., ix., p. 556 (1876).

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

13. Cherocampa oldenlandia.

Sphing oldenlandia, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., p. 148 (1781).

Xylophanes gortys, Hibn., Samml. Exot. Schm. Zutr.,

figs. 513, 514 (1816).

Thyetmyo. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

14. Cherocampa silhetensis.

Deilephila silhetensis, Boisd., M.S.

Cherocampa silhetensis, Walker, vill., p. 1483 (1856).

Xylophanes: pinastrina, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 18,

pl. 87, f. 2 (1882).

Pegu. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon. ;

164 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

15. Cherocampa lucasit.

Deilephila lucasii, Boisd., M.S.

Cherocampa lucasii, Walker, viil., p. 141 (1856).

Rangoon, December, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

16. Charocampa clotho.

Sphinx clotho, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins., ii., p. 48, pl. 28,

f:.1 (1773).

Sphina batus, var., Fabr., Ent. Syst., iil., p. 877 (1798).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

17. Cherocampa nessus.

Sphinx nessus, Drury, Il. Exot. Ins.,ii., p. 46, pl. 27, f.1

(1773).

Sphinx equestris, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i1., p. 365 (1798).

Cherocampa rubicundus, Schaufuss, Nunquam Otiosus,

ey Peek (10m).

Moulmein. In B. M.

AMBULICHINA.

18. Ambulyx substrigillis.

Sphinx (Ambulyx) substrigillis, Westw., Cab. Or, Ent.,

p. 61, pl..30, f. 2, (1848).

Taoo (Tenasserim). In I. M., Calcutta.

SMERINTHIINIA.

| 19. Cypa decolor.

Smerinthus decolor, Walker, viii., p. 255 (1856).

Cypa incongruens, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., B. M., v.,

p. 12, pl. 80, f. 8 & 9 (1881).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

The type, which is from Darjiling, is in coll. Saunders.

20. Daphnusa ocellaris.

Daphnusa ocellaris, Walker, viil., p. 288 (1856).

Bassein, August, 1888, in coll. Swinhoe.

Borneo (Type). In B. M., but my specimen isidentical.

ACHERONTIIN A.

21. Acherontia morta.

Acherontia morta, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schm., p. 140

(1816).

Moulmein. In B.M.

moths of Burma. 165

SPHINGINA.

22. Protoparce orventalis.

Protoparce orientalis, Butler, T.Z.S., ix., p. 609, pl.

915 f,.16 .& 17 (1876).

Mandalay and Rangoon, March, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Moulmein. In B. M.

23. Diludia vates.

Diludia vates, Butler, P. Z. 8., 1875, p. 18.

Sphinx abietina, Boisd., Hist. Nat. Ins. Sphing., p. 108

(1875).

Moulmein. In B. M.

24, Calymnia panopus.

Sphinx panopus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., p. 50, pl. 224,

fies. ADB (2779).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

25. Nephele hespera.

Sphinx hespera, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 546, 33 (1775).

Sphinx chiron, Cram., Pap. Exot.,ii., pl. 187, f. E (1777).

Sphinx didyma, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., 148, 41 (1781).

Sphinx quaterna, Charpentier, Ed. Espers. Aus. Schm.

Sph., pl. 1, f. 2 (1880).

Perigonia obliterans, Walker, xxxi., p. 28 (1864).

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

BOMBYCES.

AGERIDA.

26. Algeria rangoonensis, Ni. sp.

Antenne black, not clavate, slightly faleate, setose beneath, the

sete in patches, palpi bright ochreous, nearly curved, rising a little

higher than the head, thickly clothed, brownish at the sides, third

joint very short. Eyes black. Top of head and body dark brown,

nearly black, with greenish and bronzy tints in certain lights; two

bands on the collar, first pale ochreous, second shining dark green ;

with ochreous stripes on the body, one on each side, and one

behind on the thorax, and one on each segment in the abdomen,

the middle one indistinct; anal tuft dark greenish black, long and

thick. Wings hyaline, tinged with yellow, bands purplish brown,

altogether paler than the colour of the body. Fore wing, with

166 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

some ochreous marks at the base; a costal band limited by the

subcostal vein; a band in the hinder margin slightly thinner than

the costal band; a thicker band across end of cell, from the lower

end of which it runs sharply forward to the hinder margin near the

angle making a sharp inward angle; and an outer marginal band,

thickest of all, which deepens upwards, and its inside margin

curves on to the costa. Hind wing with a thin band at the end of

the cell, a thin costal band and marginal line; fringe on both

wings black; wings below paler, more yellowish. Face and

pectus pale whitish yellow, with the ochreous bands on each side

of the thorax above reaching over on to each side of the pectus.

Body dark greenish brown; abdomen with an ochreous central

stripe interrupted on the segments. Legs stout, purplish black,

edged with glistening greyish white on the inner sides; fore legs

with a pale whitish yellow band at the basal joint of the femora; a

broad penicillate fringe on the tibiw, and the tarsi white; middle

and hind legs with long reddish tufts on the tibie; their tarsi

with white bands; middle tibie with one long and one short spur

at the end; hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs, one very long and

one very short, from the same root, and some very long whitish

hairs; all the long spurs brownish, and the short ones white.

Expanse of wings, 13—1}, inch. Length of body to tips of anal

tuft, 14—14 inch.

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to digeria spheciformis, Schiff., from the Amur,

wings yellower, bands thinner, and body differently

banded.

27. Scrapteron noblei, n. sp.

Antenne smooth, ochreous, edged with black at the base, not

clavate, slightly faleate. Palpi curved, rising as high as the top of

the head, stout, bright ochreous, brown at the sides towards the tips.

Eyes black. Head and body shining blue-black; a pale yellowish

ring on the collar, and another dark bluish black marked with grey

behind it. A golden spot on the fore part of each tegula, some bronzy

shades on the thorax and abdomen. Fore wings well clothed and

deep purplish black without markings. Hind wings hyaline, with

black margins, black veins, and a black band closing the cell; fringe

on both wings pale black, much paler than the colour of the fore wings

below, wings as above but duller. Proboscis bright ochreous.

Body and legs deep shining blue-black. Some long grey hairs on

the sides of the abdomen near the base; a large yellow spot in the

centre of thorax near the base, and two or three faint yellow spots

down the centre of the abdomen. Fore tarsi yellow; middle

moths of Burma. 167

femora with a reddish tuft of hairs; middle and hind tarsi with

yellowish bands and marks; middle tibiw with a long and a short

spur at the end; hind tibie with two long and two shorter spurs

{about half the length), one long and one short from each root.

Anal tuft long, thick, bright blue-black above and below, and with

a bright orange spot below; all the long spurs are brownish, and

the short ones white.

The female is of the same general description but of an alto-

gether duller colour, inclining to bronzy greenish. Expanse of

wings, 13,inch. Length of the body to tips of anal tuft, %, inch.

Rangoon, July and August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to S. regale, Butler, from Japan; differs in the

colour of the wings and antenne, being black and yellow

instead of brown and black, and in the body being

differently marked.

28. Sciapteron jucunda, n. sp.

3. Palpi pure ochreous, curved, rising as high as the top

of the head, well clothed, third joint short. Antenne ochreous

brown, smooth, slightly faleate. Eyes black. Top of head and body

dark greenish brown ; a band on the collar in front greyish, with a

bluish band behind it; a dark ochreous band on each side of the

neck. Thorax and abdomen unmarked, except for some crimson

marks on the sides of the abdomen near the tip; anal tuft long,

thick, and deep crimson. Fore wings more rounded at the tips than

in S. noblei, well clothed, and of a bronzy brown, with purplish

reflections. Hind wings hyaline, veins brown, a brown band

closing the cell, outer margin brown, fringe on both wings of the

same colour. Under side, wings duller. Body blue black; a yellow

patch in the centre of the thorax near the base, and a yellow spot

on each segment of the abdomen. Legs blue-black, less clothed

than in S. nobler; fore tarsi yellow; middle tibiz with a long and

a short spur together at the end, and with a crimson tuft; middle

tarsi yellowish on the lower portions ; hind tibiz with two sets of

spurs, a long and short one to each set, and with two crimson tufts

of hair above; hind tarsi grey with whitish marks; all the long

spurs brownish, and the short ones white. Expanse of wings, 14,

inch. Length of body to tip of anal tuft, 13 inch.

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs chiefly from the preceding species by its bright

crimson anal tuft.

168 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

29. Sciapteron gracilis, n. sp.

g @. Antenne ochreous, smooth, slightly falcate. Palpi ochreous,

clothed, curved, rising as high as top of the head; third joint

short. Eyes brown; two yellow bands behind the eyes. Thorax

bronzy, with an ochreous curved band behind. Abdomen greenish

black, with two ochreous bands, one on first and one on third seg-

ment; anal tuft light ochreous red. Fore wings clothed, and of a

pale reddish yellow colour. Hind wings hyaline, with veins, mar-

ginal line and band closing end of the cell, pale reddish yellow ;

fringe on both wings blackish brown. Below, wings same as

above, but with a golden tinge. Body greenish black; collar and

spots down the centre of the thorax and abdomen, reddish

ochreous. Fore legs greenish black, streaked with reddish ochreous,

and with the tarsi entirely of that colour; middle and hind

femora greenish black, with the remaining portion of the legs

reddish ochreous; spurs on the middle and hind legs as in

S. jucunda, but also reddish ochreous. Expanse of wings, 1, inch.

Length of body to tip of anal tuft, 14; inch.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from S. jwcunda in its general reddish colora-

tion, and in its yellow bands on abdomen.

30. Melittia notabilis, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 1).

Antenne black, reddish brown at the tips, stout, slightly

clavate, faleate. Palpi brown, covered with white hairs, stout,

curved, rising as high as the vertex, last joint very short. Eyes

reddish brown. Head, collar, thorax, and first two segments

of abdomen (which is very stout), brownish, luteous ; remainder of

the abdomen dark greenish black, with pale yellowish white thin

bands on each segment; anal tuft short, composed of black and

white hairs. Wings hyaline, with the veins and fringe reddish

brown, and all the bands of that colour. Fore wings with a broad

band on the costa, a thinner one on the hinder margin, a band

across the wing at the end of the cell, and a broad outer band

leaving the hyaline space between attenuated at the upper end;

median vein prominent, and thickly covered with scales. Hind

wings with only the marginal lines, otherwise it is unmarked.

Under side, pectus and face and half the abdomen, a pale chrome

yellow ; remainder of the body black, with a broad chrome yellow

band down the centre to the anal tuft, which is also covered with

this colour. Fore and middle legs with yellow and black stripes;

a tuft of yellow hairs at the base of the middle femora; the

middle tibie covered with long hairs; hind legs densely clothed

moths of Burma. 169

with long hairs, which continue to the end of the tarsi, and are

deep black, with one small and two large yellow patches; one set of

spurs on middle tibia, and two sets on hind tibie, each set

composed of a long and a short one. Expanse of wings, 1f, inch.

Length of body to tip of anal tuft, §, inch.

Rangoon, August, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Nearest allied to M. chaleiformis, Fab., as identified in

the British Museum; but is a much stouter insect,

and is differently coloured in the body.

31. Melittia pellecta, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 2).

Antenne black, stout, slightly clavate, faleate. Palpi brown,

covered with white hairs, stout, curved, rising as high as the vertex,

last joint short. Eyes and top of head brown, collar and thorax

luteous, tinged with reddish. Abdomen black, the segments

marked with white; anal tuft black, short. Fore wings nearly

completely clothed, deep black, a thin hyaline line below the cell,

from the base nearly to the end of the cell; a short hyaline streak

near the end of the cell, and another beyond it, also a small indis-

tinct semi-hyaline streak near the apex, all longitudinal. Hind

wings hyaline, veins and marginal lines black; fringe of both

wings pale black; under side, wings same as above, but the hind

wing in certain lights has a glistening blue tinge. Body and legs

black. Face white. Abdomen with a whitish stripe down its

centre. Thorax with some white marks. Legs clothed as in

M. notabilis; fore legs with white stripes; hind legs with a few

of the long hairs with white tips, and with some faint blue marks

on the tibiew; one set of spurs on middle tibie, and two sets on

hind tibiew, each set composed of a long and a short spur. Expanse

of wings, 1} inch. Length of the body to tip of anal tuft, §, inch.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from M. notabilis in narrow wings and body,

and in its blacker coloration.

32. Melittia congruens, n. sp. (Pl. VL, fig. 4).

Antenne reddish, thin, smooth, clavate, faleate, much like the

antenne of a Hesperid. Palpi reddish, first joints thickly clothed

with white hairs; second joint thinly clothed with white hairs with

brown tips; last joint naked, rather long, half the length of the

second. Eyes with the frontal half bronzy, and the hinder half

deep black, the two colours quite distinct and well defined. Head,

collar, and body, bronzy; some golden hairs at the sides of the

170 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

thorax near the base. Abdomen with the sides and anal portions

dark greenish black; anal tuft deep black. Wings hyaline, with

pale purplish brown veins and bands. Fore wings with a costal

band, a thinner band on hinder margin, a band across the wing at

the end of the cell, and a broad marginal band, circling on its

inner side from the hinder angle round to the costa at one-eighth

from the apex. Hind wings with only the marginal lines; fringe

on both wings pale purplish brown. Underside wings as above,

with a golden tinge. Face and collar white. Thorax pale purplish

brown, with pale luteous marks. Abdomen and anal tuft chrome

yellow, with black sides. Legs pale purplish brown, with luteous

streaks; spurs as in M, pellecta, but all of them unusually stout

and long; middle tibize with some brown and luteous hairs on the

lower half; hind tibiae densely clothed with long reddish hairs ;

hind tarsi with long black hairs, with a white patch. Expanse of

wings, 13, inch. Length of body to tip of anal tuft, §, inch.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Its peculiar antenne and length of spurs separates it

from any other species known to me.

33. Melittia ? volatilis, n. sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 3).

Antenne black, reddish at the tips, thin, clavate, faleate. Palpi

black, clothed with white hairs, curved, rising as high as the

vertex ; third jot small. Eyes half bronze and half ‘black, as in

M. congruens. Collar black. Thorax metallic, lilac purple, body

greenish black, the segments edged with pure white; anal tuft

black. Fore wings black, round at the tips, almost entirely

clothed, except for a hyaline streak below the cell, another along

the outer half of the cell, and a small spot towards the hinder

angle,ina line with the lower streak. Hind wings hyaline; veins

and marginal lines black, and a slight black thickening on the

upper half of the vein closing the cell, and some glistening pale

cerulean blue scales at the base, where there is a tuft of hairs of the

same colour; under side wings as above, but with a glistening

blue tint. Face white. Thorax and abdomen black, some white

marks on the former. Legs black, with white stripes; middle

tibia sparsely clothed with short black bristles; hind tibiae, with

longish black hairs, with two white spots, and with white tips to

some of the hairs; spurs, as in M. pellecta, but slender, and

the short ones very slender and short. Expanse of wings, 1 inch.

Length of the body to tip of anal tuft, § inch.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. nya:

Allied to nothing that I know of; is sub-generically

distinct from any other species of this family known to

me.

34. Melittia ewrytion.

Trochilium eurytion, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 62,

pl. 80, f. 5 (1848).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

35. Pramila minuta, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 5).

Antenne brown. Palpi flesh colour, white below, brownish at

the tips, slender, curved, rising higher than the head; last joint

long, two thirds length of the second. Eyes black; band behind

greyish white. Body dark olive green. A pure white spot on each

side of the thorax at base of fore wings. Abdomen with grey and

green bands, two or three of them edged with pure white; anal

tuft composed of white and brown hairs. Fore wing with all the

veins deep black, the cell and lower interspace hyaline ; costa and

hinder margin black; and this colour prevails in the whole space

beyond the cell, which is closed by a black line and another

parallel line just beyond it, the space between these lines being

chrome yellow; and outside the outer black line is a fine line com-

posed of hyaline spaces between the veins, running almost up to

the apex. Hind wings hyaline, veins, outer lines, and a band

closing the cell, black; fringe on both wings black; below, wings

as above, but with a glistening purplish golden tinge. Body and

legs black. Thorax with white marks. Abdomen with white

bands on each segment. Tibi and tarsi with broad white bands ;

one set of spurs in middle and two sets in hind tibix, each set com-

posed of two long and one short one. Expanse of wings, jj inch.

Length of body to tip of anal tuft, } inch.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I do not know what this insect’s nearest described ally

is, the neuration on both wings is quite different to the

Sciapteron above described, and so are the spurs in the

legs. I put it provisionally in the genus Pramila, to

which it is nearest allied.

SYNTOMIDA.

36. Huchromia orientalis.

Euchromia orientalis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

1876, p. 364.

Rangoon, December, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

172 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

37. Euchromia fraterna.

Euchromia fraterna, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Lond.,

1876, p. 364.

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

38. Phauda flammans.

Euchromia (Phauda) flammans, Walker, 1., p. 257 (1854).

Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

39. Artona fulvida.

Artona fulvida, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Lond.,

1876, p. 356.

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

40. Artona nigrescens.

Artona nigrescens, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Lond.,

1876, p. 356.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

41. Syntomis albifrons.

Syntomis albifrons, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 845, pl.

53.4. 0.

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

42. Syntomis atkinsont.

Syntomis atkinsont, Moore, P. Z.8., 1871, p. 245,

pl. 18, f. 2.

Mergui, Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

Moulmein and Tenasserim. In B. M.

43. Syntomis berinda.

Syntomis berinda, Moore, P. Z.§8., 1878, p. 845, pl.

BEN tip tls

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

44. Syntomis disrupta.

Syntomis disrupta, Moore, P. Z. §., 1878, p. 845, pl.

Ba ie 15%

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 173

45. Syntomis fervida.

Syntoms fervida, Walker, i., p. 181 (1854).

Moulmein. In B. M.

46. Syntomis grotet.

Syntomis grotei, Moore, P. Z.§., 1871, p. 245, pl. 18, f. 4.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

47. Syntomis libera.

Syntomis libera, Walker, xxxi., p. 78 (1864).

Upper Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

48. Syntomis masont.

Syntomis masont, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 845, pl.

5a, f. 4.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

49. Syntomis sladent.

Syntomis sladeni, Moore, P. Z.8., 1871, p. 245, pl.

18) £5.

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

50. Syntomis pectoralis.

Syntomis pectoralis, Walker, i., p. 183 (1854).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

51. Syntomis volans, n. sp. (Pl. VL, fig. 6).

Antenne, palpi, head, and body black. Abdomen with a broad

golden ring encircling each segment. Wings hyaline ; fore wing

broad, long; hind wing very small; wings quite uncoloured;

veins black; costal and marginal lines black, thickest on hind

border, and all round the hind wing ; marginal line on both wings

slightly dentated inwards on the veins. Tip of fore wings with a

black patch, and the hyaline part on the costa towards the base

visible between it and the subcostal vein. Underside black. Legs

black. Expanse of wings, 1), inch.

Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Looks superficially somewhat hike Hydrusa discinota,

Moore, but is differently marked, and the neuration is

different, the two radial veins on the fore wing being

well separated as in the genus Syntomis, and not close

together as in that sub-genus.

174 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

52. Notioptera properta.

Notioptera properta, Swinhoe, P. Z.S., 1889, p. 400,

pl. 43, f. 6.

Rangoon, June, 1886 and 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

AGARISTIDA.

53. Husemia albomarginata.

Eusemia albomarginata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1872, p. 569.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

54. EHusemia adulatrix.

Eusemia adulatriz, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv., p. 464,

pl. 20, f. 1 (1846).

Eusemia bellatrix, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 67. pl. 33,

f. 2 (1848).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Pegu, June. Rangoon, May, 1886, in coll. Swinhoe.

55. Husemia communis.

Eusemia communis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H., 4, xv., p.

140, pl. 18, f. 1 (1875);

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

56. Husemia vulcania.

Eusemia vulcania, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag., Lond., xii.,

p. 123 (1875).

Prome, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

57. Husemia accurata.

Eusemia accurata, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1889, p. 401.

Moulmein, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

58. A’gocera tripartita.

Aigocera tripartita, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. (2),

il., p. 340 (1880).

Thyetmyo, October and November, 1887, in coll.

Swinhoe.

59. Seudyra dissimilis, n. sp.

Fore wings reddish chocolate brown, costal and inner portions

irrorated with grey; some slender transverse lines and the

median vein grey; two large grey rings, the first round, above and

just before termination of median vein; the other larger, oblique,

moths of Burma. 175

and bent in at the sides, a broad white discal band from costa

one-third from apex to hinder margin. Hind wing luteous, with a

broad blackish brown band sinuous on its inner margin. Thorax

chocolate brown. Abdomen luteous, with a dorsal row of brown

marks. Expanse of wings, 13 inch.

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to S. transiens, Walker, but smaller, and can

easily be distinguished by the absence of the two white

discal lines beyond the white discal band, and in having

no brown cell spot on the hind wings.

CHALCOSIIDA.

60. T'rypanophora humeralis.

Syntomis humeralis, Walker, vii., p. 1598 (1856).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

61. Heterusia distincta.

Gynautocera distincta, Guérin, Voy. Deless. Nat. Hist.,

p. 85, pl. 24, f. 8 (1848).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

62. Soritia pulchella.

Chalcosia pulchella, Kollar, Hiig. Kasch., p. 461 (1848).

Moulmein. In B.M.

68. Pintia drataraja.

Eterusia drataraja, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii., p. 821,

pl. 8 a. f. 3 (1859)

Mereui. In I.M., Calcutta.

64. Pintia cyanea.

Pintia cyanea, Butler, Aun. Mag. N. H. (5), xii.,

p. 160 (1883).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

65. Hpyrgis binghami.

Epyrgis binghami, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), x., p.

374 (1882).

Tenasserim. In B. M.

176 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

66. Hpyrgis imitans.

Epyrgis imitans, Butler, Ul. Typ. Lep. Het., v., p. 24,

pl. 84, f. 1 (1881).

Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

67. L’pyrgis papilionaris.

Phalena papilionaris, Drury, Ins. Exot., i, p. 4, pl. 2,

f. 4 (1778).

Phalena venaria, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ui., 2, 156, 96

(1794).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mergui. In coll. Swinhoe.

68. EHpyrgis parvula.

Epyrgis parvula, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xii., p.

160 (1883).

Burma. In coll. Swinhoe.

69. Cyclosia panthona.

Phalena panthona, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 322, f.

C (1780).

Moulmein. In B.M.

Mergui. In coll. Swinhoe.

70. Lauwrion gemina.

Laurion gemina, Walker, u., p. 427 (1854).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

71. Codane zelica.

Gynautocera (Chalcosia) zerica, Doubleday, Ann. Mag.

N.. HYG); xixep ip. 76, ipl. 7; £13 Gs84ip:

Moulmein. Ia B.M.

72. Codane zenotea.

Pidorus zenotea, Doubleday, M.§8., Walker, ii., p. 425

(1854).

Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Moulmein, in B, M,

moths of Burma. 177

73. Codane neoterica, n. sp.

Antenne, head, and fore part of thorax dark green ; remainder

of thorax and abdomen golden yellow. Wings pure white, bands

pale chocolate-brown. Fore wings, with a thin band on the costa,

thickest in the basal half; a broad central band, its outer margin

nearly erect, its inner margin sinuous and widening upwards on to

the costa; a broad outer band, its inner margin extending from the

hinder margin near the hinder angle to the costa, one third from

the apex, and slightly circling towards the apex in its centre;

in this margin are two large white subapical spots one below the

other; a larger submarginal central white spot and some white

median veinlets ; also a broad grey shade on the basal half of the

hinder margin. Hind wings with a thin central band, a broad

marginal band, which fines down and abruptly terminates at one

third from the anal angle. Below as above, but the central band on

the fore wings is broken intoa patch from the costa and a spot below

it. Body and legs golden yellow; legs with brown stripes. Abdo-

men with a row of brown spots on each side. Expanse of wings,

23, inch.

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to C. leuwcomelas, Moore; differs in the broader

central band, thus leaving a much narrower area between

it and the outer border, which is also broader at the

hinder angle. In the hind wing it differs in not having

the white apical spot.

74. Scaptesyle tricolor.

Scaptesyle tricolor, Walker, ii., p. 878 (1854).

Burma. In coll. Swinhoe.

75. Thymara caudata.

Thymara caudata, Moore, P. Z. §., 1879, p. 394, pl.

32, f. 8.

Burma. In coll. Moore.

76. Histia cometaris.

Histia cometaris, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), x.

p. 874 (1882).

Tenasserim. In B. M.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (APRIL.) N

| 178 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

77. Gynautocera papilionaria.

Gynautocera papilionaria, Guérin, Mag. Zool., 1880,

p. 12

Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

78. Pompelon velentula.

Pompelon velentula, Swinhoe, P. Z.S., 1889, p. 401.

Burma. In coll. Swinhoe.

NYCTEMERIDA.

79. Nyctemera coleta.

Phalena coleta, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 368, f. H.

(1781).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

80. Nyctemera lacticinea.

Phalena (Geometra) lacticinea, Cram. Pap. Exot., ii.,

pl. 128, £. Ei(1777).

Burma. In B.M.

81. Nyctemera latistriga.

Nyctemera latistriga, Walker, 1i., p. 897 (1854).

Bassein, October, 1887 ; Rangoon, October, 1888.

Hypongadon, October, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Moulmein. In B.M.

82. Nyctemera tripunctaria.

Phalena tripunctaria, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 892

(1764).

Nyctemera atralba, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schmett., p. 170

(1816).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

83. Pitasila moolaica.

Pitastla moolaica, Moore, P. Z.§8., 1878, p. 847, pl. 53,

i, 10:

Tenasserim, In I, M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 179

84. Pitasila varians.

Nyctemera varians, Walker, ii., p. 400 (1854).

Rangoon, April and August, 1886; Karen Hills, April,

1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

85. Pterothysanus noblet.

Pterothysanus noblei, Swinhoe, P. Z. §., 1889, p. 401,

pl..44, fig. 3.

Prome, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

CALLIDULID.

86. Datanga minor.

Datanga minor, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,i., p. 21

(1879).

Moulmein. In coll. Moore.

LITHOSIIDA.

HYPSINA.

87. Peridrome orbicularis.

Hypsa (Peridrome) orbicularis, Walker, 11., p.445 (1854).

Aganopis subquadrata, Herr.-Schaff., Lep. Sp. Nov., p.

70 (1856).

Rangoon, April, May and August, 1886. In coll.

Swinhoe.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

88. Anagina subfascia.

Hypsa (Anagina) subfascia, Walker, i, p. 446 (1854).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Tenasserim, Tavoy. In coll. Moore.

Rangoon, March, April & May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

89. Huplocia membliaria.

Phalena membliaria, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 269,

figs. C, D (1780).

(Type). Moulmein. In B, M,

nN 2

180 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

90. Neochera marmorea.

Hypsa (Neochera) marmorea, 2, Walker, vil., p. 1674

(1856).

Neochera bhawana, 3, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., il. p.

295, pl. 7, f. 4, (859).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Pegu, July; Rangoon, April, May, September and

October, 1885-6. In coll. Swinhoe.

91. Hypsa heliconia.

Phalena heliconia, 3, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 511

(1758).

P. monycha, 2, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 181, f. C

CTT).

Hypsa doryca, Walker, u1., p. 459 (1854).

Moulmein, in B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1886 and 1888; Bassein, October,

1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

92. Hypsa persecta.

Hypsa persecta, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875,

p. 317.

H. lacteata, Butler, Tl. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., v., p. 48,

pl. 87, f. 9 (1881).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

93. Hypsa subsimilis.

Hypsa subsimilis, Walker, xxxi., p. 212 (1864).

Tenasserim. In I.M., Calcutta.

94. Hypsa venalba.

Hypsa venalba, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 598.

Upper Tenasserim, August. In coll. Swinhoe.

95. Damalis alcifron.

Phalena alcifron, Cram. Pap. Exot. il., pl. 133, f. H

GLA

Noctua carice, Fabr., Ent. Syst.,iii., 2, p. 27, 63 (1794).

Moulmein, in B. M.

Rangoon, May and August 1886, October, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.

“ moths of Burma. 181

96. Damalis egens.

Hypsa (Dimalis) egens, Walker, ii., p. 453 (1854)

Moulmein, in B. M.

Rangoon, January, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

97. Damalis javana.

Phalena javana, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 274, f. C

(1780).

Moulmein. In B. M.

98. Damalis plaginota.

Hypsa plaginota, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1875, p. 320.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

99. Damalis strigivenata.

Damalis strigivenata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1875, p. 821.

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

100. Philona cinerascens.

Hypsa (Philona) cinerascens, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p.

598, pl. 59, f. 6.

Upper Tenasserim, August. In coll. Swinhoe.

101. Digama figurata.

Digama figurata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 5.

(Type). Burma. In coll. Moore.

LITHOSIIN &.

102. Macrobrochis leucospilota.

Macrobrochis leucospilota, Moore, P. Z.§., 1878, p. 8.

Rangoon, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

103. Qonistis entella.

Phalena entella, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 208, f. D

(1779).

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

182 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

104. Lyclene humilis.

Cyllene humilis, Walker, u1., p. 544 (1854).

Moulmein. In B. M.

105. Nepita frigida.

Doliche frigida, Walker, ii., p. 5380 (1854).

Moulmein. In B.M.

106. Nudaria dasara.

Setina dasara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C.,ii. p. 303 (1859).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

107. Sesapa undulosa.

Cyllene undulosa, Walker, il., p. 545 (1854).

Moulmein. In B.M.

108. Barsine coccinea.

Barsine coccinea, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., lv.,

(2), 1., p. 98 (1886).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

109. Bizone bianca.

Bizone bianca, Walker, vii., p. 1684 (1856).

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

110. Bizone pallens.

Bizone pallens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1877,

p- 338.

Moulmein. In B.M.

111. Bizone peregrina.

Bizone peregrina, Walker, i., p. 551 (1854).

Moulmein. In B. M.

112. Tatargyna picta.

Deiopeia picta, Walker, xxxi., p. 263 (1864).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Prome, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 183

113. Argina cribraria.

Phalena cribraria, Clerck, Icon. Inns., ii., pl. 54, f. 4,

(1759-—64).

P. (Noctua) astrea, Drury, Ill., i1., p. 11, pl. 6, f. 3

(1773).

Bombyx pylotis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 585 (1775).

Argina notata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,

p- 365.

Mergui. In I.M., Calcutta.

114. Argina dulcis.

Devopeia dulcis, Walker, ii., p. 569 (1854).

Argina guttata, Rambur, Faune de |’Andalousie, i., p.

229 (1866).

Moulmein. In B.M.

115. Argina pardalina.

Deiopeia pardalina, Walker, xxxi., p. 263 (1864).

Moulmein. In B. M.

116. Detopera thyter.

Deiopeia thyter, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,

p. 361.

Burma. In B.M.

117. Hemonia dulcicula, nu. sp.

Antenne, head, and front of thorax, bright chrome yellow; a

broad band of the same colour extending from the base along the

costa and outer border of the fore wings to the hinder angle, where

it suddenly becomes narrow; remainder of the thorax and of the

fore wings dark pinkish purple. Abdomen and hind wings of the

same tone of colour but much paler, and with the outer portions of

the hind wings yellowish, broadly so at the apex. Below, fore

wings paler; hind wings, body and legs, vellowish. Expanse of

wings, §—*, inch.

Rangoon, May, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Easily distinguishable from H. orbiferana, Walker, by

its well-defined yellow border on costa and outer margin

of fore wings, and by its much smaller size.

184 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

118. Pseudoblabes ouphora.

Pseudoblabes oophora, Zeller, Bull. Soc. I. N. Mose.,

1853, p. 514, pl. 4, f. 1—6.

Rangoon. In coll. Moore.

119. Reselia fragilis, n. sp.

White. Body and fore wings sparsely covered with black irrora-

tions. Fore wings with the entire costa marked with pale black

marks; an ante-medial black band, which fines downwards from

the costa, and stops about two thirds the breadth of the wing; a

post-medial broad black band, with slightly sinuous borders, the

inner border being in the middle of the wing; and a submarginal

sinuous pale black line, which curves inwards on to the costa.

Fringe pale black. Hind wings pure white, unmarked. Under

side grey, shining; medial band on fore wings showing through.

Body and legs brownish. Expanse of wings, 44-10ths inch.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Reselia pascua, Swinhoe, but from which it

can at once be distinguished by its broad black band on

fore wings, which occupies one-fifth of the space of the

wing.

ARCTIIDA.

120. Spilarctia rubescens.

Spilosoma rubescens, Walker, iii., p. 677 (1855).

Moulmein. In B. M.

121. Spilarctia ummera.

Spilarctia ummera, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 405,

pls.43; fig. 1.

Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

122. Phissama transiens.

Spilosoma transiens, 2, Walker, iii., p. 675 (1855).

Amphissa vacillans, 3, Walker, iii., p. 685.

Aloa isabellina, Walker, iii., p. 705.

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

It is impossible to separate the above, the types look

distinct enough; but I have intermediates of many

shades of colour and difference in markings from the

same localities.

moths of Burma. 185

123. Creatonotos interrupta.

Phalena interrupta, Linn., Syst. Nat. Phal., i., v., p.

2553.

Bombyz francisca, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 1., p. 181 (1787).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, May, June and July, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

124. Rajendra tripartita.

Aloa tripartita, Walker, iii., p: 706 (1855).

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon, August and September, 1886. In coll.

Swinhoe.

125. Rajendra vittata.

Eaeuira vittata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 396, pl. 32,

2 2:

(Type). Lower Burma. In coll. Moore.

126. Tinolius zingha, n.sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 12).

Palpi, antenne, head, thorax, and fore wings, ochreous brown ;

antenne nearly as long as the abdomen. Abdomen pinkish

ochreous, bright crimson down the centre, but is somewhat rubbed.

Fore wings ochreous fawn colour, tinged with pinkish; with one

large white spot within the cell in the centre, and another at the

end of the cell outside, where the median branches are emitted.

Hind wings paler and pinkish towards the base and abdominal

margins. Underside, both wings of a uniform pale ochreous

grey, tinged with pinkish and quite unmarked. LExpanse of wings,

2,1, inch.

Beeling, April, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to 7. eburneigutta, Walker, but differs in its

paler coloration; inordinately long antenne, and has

only two spots on the fore wing, whereas 17’. eburneigutta

has three large ones in the centre, and two on the

hinder margin.

127. Tinolius eburnergutta.

Tinolius eburneigutta, Walker, i1., p. 621 (1855).

Rangoon, April, July and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

128. Hypercompa principalis.

Euprepia principalis, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv., p. 465,

pl. 20, f. 2 (1848).

Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

186 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

129. Attatha regalis.

Hypercompa regalis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 575, pl.

Sasa:

Meetan. In coll. Moore.

130. Aloa insolata.

Aloa insolata, Swinhoe, P. Z.S., 1889, p. 404, pl. 48,

fig. 15.

Thyetmyo, September, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

181. Aloa lactinea.

Phalena lactinea, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 1383, f. D

(1727).

Bombyx sanguinolenta, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i., 473, 206

(1793).

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

LIPARIDA.

182. Orgyia postica.

Lacida postica, Walker, iv., p. 803 (1855).

Moulmein. In B. M.

138. Lelioides rubripennts.

Lelioides rubripennis, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1884, p. 358.

(Type) Burma. In coll. B. M.

134. Lelia angulifera.

Prorodeca angulifera, Walker, iv., p. 919 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

135. Genusa bigutta.

Genusa bigutta, Walker, iv., p. 818 (1855).

Moulmein. In B. M.

136. Genusa terminata.

Genusa terminata, Walker, xxxii., p. 340 (1864).

Karen Hills, April, 1887 ; Beeling, March, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 187

137. Artaxa atomaria.

Artaxa atomaria, Walker, iv., p. 796 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

138. Artaxa digramma.

Bombyx digramma, Boisd., Icon. R. Anim. Ins., p. 508,

pl. 86, f. 4 (1829—38).

Moulmein. In B.M.

139. Artaxa flavinata.

Artaxa flavinata, Walker, xxxii., p. 381 (1865).

Moulmein. In B.M.

140. Artaxa pusilla.

Artaxa pusilla, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 86, pl. 112,

f. 4 (1882).

Rangoon, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

141. Artaxa varians.

Artaxa varians, Walker, ili., p. 796 (1855).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mergui. In I.M., Calcutta.

142. Somena subnotata.

Orvasca subnotata, Walker, xxxii., p. 502 (1865).

Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

148. Porthesia virguneula.

Euproctis virguncula, Walker, iv., p. 836 (1855).

Moulmein. In B. M.

144. Porthesia marginalis.

Euproctis marginals, Walker, vii., p. 1731 (1856).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

145. EHuproctis atomaria.

Euproctis atomaria, Walker, iv., p. 837 EBPO

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

188 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

146. Euproctis bigutta.

Euproctis bigutta, Walker, iv., p. 887 (1855).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

147. Euproctis immaculata.

Euproctis immaculata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1884, p. 358.

Rangoon, October, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

148. Cherotricha plana.

Euproctis plana, Walker, vii., p. 1731 (1856).

Hpongalaoo, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

149. Cherotricha varia.

Euproctis varia, Walker, iv., p. 840 (1855).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

150. Procodeca angulifera.

Prorodeca angulifera, Walker, iv., p. 919 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Mergui. In I. M. Calcutta.

151. Lymantria asoetria.

Lymantria asoetria, Hibn., Samml. Exot. Schm., 2,

figs. (1—4).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

152. Patana dispar.

Patana dispar, Walker, iv., p. 820 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Tongloo; Rangoon, October, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

153. Numenes siletti.

Numenes siletti, Walker, ili., p. 663 (1855).

N. insignis, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., ii, p. 367,

p!. x., a, f. 6 (1859).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, December, 1885. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 189

NOTODONTID.

DICRANURINE.

154. Stauropus indicus.

Stauropus indicus, Moore, P. Z.8., 1879, p. 404.

Rangoon, November, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

PHALERINA.

155. Ramesa tosta.

Ramesa tosta, Walker, v., 1017 (1855).

Pyentaza, April, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

156. Hypereschra annulata, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 15).

?. Pinkish grey; palpi brown at the sides, last joint with the

upper part brown with pale tips. Fore wings shaded with brown

on the upper, lower, and outer parts, and with pink in the disc;

some brownish longitudinal streaks in the centre, and some deep

black short subapical streaks connected with a blackish shade

straight across the wing towards the centre of the hinder margin ;

two short brown subcostal central streaks, two curved and distorted

brown lines edged with paler colour across the wing, ante-medial

and post-medial, and between them two large brown rings edged

outwardly with paler colour, the outer the larger, and anterior ring

the size of the first, outside the outer line, all three rings nearly in

a line, the outermost one with a pinkish centre; a submarginal

sinuous pale line, a marginal brown line with a pale inner edge;

cilia with brown patches and a central pale line. Hind wings

brownish, paling in the costa; cilia pale yellowish grey, with a

brown interlined patch at the anal angle. Abdomen grey. Expanse

of wings, 1} in.

Thyetmyo, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs much from H. pallida, Butler, the only other de-

scribed Indian species of this genus, in its smaller size,

rounded apex, and ring-marks on fore wings.

NOTODONTINA.

157. Antheua servula.

Phalena servula, Drury, Ins. Exot., i1., p. 20, pl. 11,

{. 4 (1778).

Antheua discalis, Walker, iii., p. 767 (1855).

190 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

A. exanthemata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 111, pl. 119,

f. 2 (not pl. 104), (1882).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mr. Moore has pointed out to me the fact that Drury’s

figure of P. servula is undoubtedly the same as Walker’s

A. discalis, a common insect in the East.

158. Thiacidas postica.

Thiacidas postica, Walker, v., p. 1028 (1855).

Thyetmyo, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

159. Cleapa latifascia.

Cleapa latifascia, Walker, v., p. 1037 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

160. Bireta longivitta.

Bireta longivitta, Walker, vil., p. 1754 (1856).

Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

CALPINZE.

161. Oresia emarginata.

Noctua emarginata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii., 2, 82, 240

(1794).

Oresia alliciens, Walker, xii., p. 944 (1857).

O. tentans, Walker, l. c.

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

DREPANULIDA.

162. Drepana argenteola.

Drepana argenteola, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii,

p. 369 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

163. Oreta extensa.

Oreta extensa, Walker, v., p. 1166 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

moths of Burma. 191

164. Oreta vatama.

Oreta vatama, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 816.

Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

165. Somatina anthophilata.

Somatina anthophilata, Guén., Phal., ii., 11, 907,

pl. 18, f. 2 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July and November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

166. Problepsis deliaria.

Argyris deliaria, Walker, xxiii., p. 808 (1861).

Moulmein. In B. M.

LIMACODID.

167. Scopelodes testacea.

Scopelodes testacea, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

vi., p. 3, pl. 101, f. 5 (1886).

Moulmein. In B. M.

168. Natada rufescens.

Natada rufescens, Walker, v., p. 1109 (1855).

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

169. Thosea rara.

Thosea rara, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1889, p. 408, pl. 43,

fie.-9:

Thyetmyo, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

170. Thosea unifascia.

Thosea unifascia, Walker, v., p. 1068 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Bhamo, October, 1882; Rangoon, August and October,

1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

192 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the -

171. Parasa bandura.

Parasa bandura, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii., p. 417,

pl. iia, £99859).

Rangoon, 1886 and 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

172. Parasa bicolor.

Neera bicolor, Walker, v., p. 1142 (1855).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

Rangoon, September, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

173. Parasa dharma.

Parasa dharma, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii., p. 414,

pl. 11a, f. 7 (1859).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

174. Parasa mirza, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 14).

@. Antenne and palpi reddish brown. Thorax grass-green;

top of head and sides of thorax pale greyish yellow. Fore wings

chocolate-colour, with a broad grass-green band across the middle,

with both borders slightly curved into the band in their centres.

Abdomen and hind wings greyish yellow; under side yellowish,

unmarked. Fore wings palest. Legs with some brown stripes.

Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Thyetmyo, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Nearest to P. hilaris, Westwood ; chiefly differs in the

much narrower green band of the fore wings, the outer

border of which is also differently shaped.

175. Susica pallida.

Susica pallida, Walker, v., p. 1114 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

176. Susica? cepphica, n. sp.

¢. Pinkish brown. Antenne, palpi, head, and thorax dark

brown; antenne pectinated with short bristles to the tips. Fore

wings pale pinkish brown, suffused with dark brown in parts,

especially towards the base, costa, and outer margins, forming

moths of Burma. 193

bands in the two latter, a submarginal sinuous brown line limiting

the marginal band; an ear-shaped large greyish mark in the disc,

margined with brown, a similar mark on the hinder margin in its

centre. Abdomen and hind wings more brownish; hind wings

unmarked; abdomen paler towards the base; under side pale

brown, unmarked.

?. Of asimilar character; antenne also with similar pectina-

tions; the ear-shaped marks on the fore wing are, however, hardly

visible and often absent, the brown suffusion more uniform, and

the general coloration varying, some being much darker than

others. Expanse of wings, 7, in.

Bhamo, October, 1882; Rangoon, July and August,

1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I do not know where to put this insect ; it is nearest

allied to Susica, but really does not belong to this genus,

and I know of no near allies.

177. Narosa lacteola, n. sp.

gd. Milky white; palpi at the sides and antenne pale reddish

ochreous; abdomen at the sides and tips lightly tinged with that

colour. Fore wings with a minute black dot at the lower end ot

cell, and another in the margin below the apex; six transverse

indistinct and incomplete pale reddish ochreous bands, the basal

one the darkest, and paling towards the margin. Hind wings

slightly tinged with the same colour, unmarked ; under side with

the fore and middle legs and central margin of fore wings tinged

with pale reddish ochreous. Expanse of wings, { in.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from N. adala, Moore, its nearest ally, in

having the reddish ochreous bands dispersed trans-

versely, instead of obliquely from the base to the costa.

In N. adala they are also composed of more distinct

patches, and the black submarginal dots on hind wings

in N. adala are absent.

PRONECA, N. g.

Fore wing narrow, elongated, apex rounded, cell extending to

half the length of the wing; three subcostals, first emitted near

end of cell, second at nearly its length beyond the cell; two

radials; lower median emitted at nearly one-fourth before end of

cell. Hind wing short, somewhat quadrate in shape; cell fully

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND, 1890.—PaRTI. (APRIL.) 0

194 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

half its length; two subcostals from a footstalk beyond end of cell,

radial from middle of disco-cellular, two upper medians in a foot-

stalk beyond end of the cell; submedian and internal veins

straight. Thorax robust. Abdomen extending beyond hind wings;

palpi porrect; first and second joints stout, flattened along their

upper edge, and covered with short lax coarse scales, first joint

extending half its length beyond the head, second joint as long as

the first; third joint slender, squamous, nearly as long as second.

Antenne bipectinated, the branches decreasing in length to two-

thirds the tip, the branches finely ciliated. Legs rather long,

slender, squamous.

178. Proneca fola, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 8).

Palpi and antenne pale pinkish grey; palpi brown at the sides

and base. Thorax pale purplish brown, with a pale pinkish grey

broad band in front and at the sides. Fore wing pale pinkish

grey, diffused with pale purplish brown on the costal and lower

marginal portions; a broad brown band outwardly limited by a

blackish line from the centre of the inner margin to the outer

margin below the apex, the band getting broader inwardly; an

indistinct sinuous brown line between the band and the outer

margin. Hind wing and abdomen brownish grey, unmarked.

Expanse of wings, 7 in.

Thyetmyo, November, 1887, In coll. Swinhoe.

179. Limacodes inferma, n. sp.

g. Pinkish gray; body and wings covered with brown atoms,

making the insect of two or three shades of colour in parts. Antenne

simple. Fore wings with three brown outwardly curved bands,

more or less broken, well separated ; first before the middle, fairly

complete, but not quite touching the costa; second just beyond the

middle, and not rising higher than the end of the cell; third sub-

submarginal, from hinder angle to costa one-third from apex; a

small longitudinal brown streak in the centre near the base. Hind

wings unmarked, whitish towards the base; under side paler,

costal space on fore wings and central space on hind wings

suffused with brown, otherwise unmarked. Expanse of wings,

$, in.

Rangoon, Bhamo; October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Somewhat resembles Merisa propexa, Swinh., but has

three curved bands in fore wing instead of two nearly

straight ones, and they are also very differently placed.

moths of Burma. 195

180. Setora neutra, n. sp.

3S. Antenne pale reddish brown; palpi brown, with pale tips.

Head, collar, and fore part of thorax bright golden yellow. Body

and fore wings dark bright golden brown. Abdomen with a large

yellow spot at the base and a large golden patch before the anal

tuft. Fore wings with a black straight ante-medial band inclining

outwards, a submarginal bidentate line inwardly broadly margined

with gold-colour, a brown mark at the end of the cell, and hinder

marginal border brown. Hind wings pale pinkish brown; fringe

of both wings pinkish grey; fringe long at hinder angle of fore

wings and anal angle of hind wings, and deep black. Under side:

Body and legs pinkish brown; wings pale pinkish brown, un-

marked. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Distinguishable from Setora divergens, Moore, by its

golden front and differently dispersed bands.

181. Miresa fumifera, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 18).

3S. Palpi ochreous. Antenne, body, and wings pale brownish

black. Fore wings with a very large deep black spot near the

hinder margin in its centre, at the inner upper end of this spot is

a suffused pink spot, and a pure white elongated spot with its

lower end dividing the upper part of the black and pink spots;

under side as above; wings yellowish at the apex and outer

borders ; legs with ochreous tarsi with thin brown bands. Expanse

of wings, §, in.

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to nothing I know of.

182. Cania? minutissima, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 11).

Antenne of an enormous size, as long as the whole body, heavily

pectinated to the tips ; pectinations of unusual length, shaft luteous;

pectinations dark pinkish grey. Thorax and fore wings luteous,

covered with pink atoms; costal line pinkish grey, and a straight

upright discal line of a similar colour; ante-medial, from the

hinder margin near the angle to the costa, one-third from the apex;

a fine marginal line and fringe pinkish. Abdomen and hind wings

white, a grey marginal line to the latter and a very long white

fringe; under side luteous; middle and hind tibie clothed with

long hairs, and very long spurs in pairs of equal lengths, one pair

196 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

in the middle, and two pairs on the hind tibie. Expanse of

wings, > in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to nothing I know of, nearest to Cania; is

very curious little insect belonging to this family.

183. Cheromettia ferruginea.

Belippa ferruginea, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx.,

p- 848 (1877).

Rangoon ; Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

LASIOCAMPIDA.

184. Hupterote tavoensis.

Eupterote tavoensis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 848,

pl bs, 1.47.

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

185. Lenodora semihyalina, n. sp. (Pl. VL, figs. 10 & 16).

3g. Reddish brown. Wings darker than the body; wings with

a semihyaline patch in their centres, caused by the minuteness of

the scales in those portions; the patch on the fore wing occupies

nearly the whole central portion of the wing, and runs in towards

the base and apex and hinder angle, and the patch in the hind

wing occupies the upper outer portion of the wing; the wings look

just as if they had been pinched with the fingers, but the insect is

perfect and in first-rate condition, and all the patches are exactly

uniform, and are undoubtedly natural, and are the same above and

below ; under side slightly paler than the upper side ; the insect is

otherwise quite unmarked above and below.

?. Pale pinkish grey. Antenne brown. Body and wings of

the same uniform colour above and below. Wings sparsely clothed

all over, and with faint indications of the same hyaline patches of

the male. Expanse of wings, f 1f,, 9 1) in.

3, Rangoon, 1886; ¢, Bassein, September, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.

Much the same shape and colour in both sexes as

L. costalis, Walker, but is easily distinguishable by the

absence of the longitudinal whitish streak in fore wings,

and by its semilyaline wing-centres.

moths of Burma. 197

186. Gastropacha modulata, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 18).

$. Brownish red, with’a pinkish tinge; pectinations of

antenne blackish brown. Fore wings with an indistinct medial

thin brown band, which curves round the end of the cell on to the

costa, and an indication of another similar ante-medial band;

marginal portion of the wing broadly but lightly suffused with

brown. Hind wings unmarked ; under side suffused with brown ;

hinder margin of fore wings palest. Expanse of wings, 2 in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to G. terrida, Moore, but differs in colour and

in the absence of the whitish spot at the end of the cell,

and the bands on the hind wings.

187. Trabala vishnu.

Gastropacha vishnu, Lefebvre, Zool. Journ., iil., p. 207

(1827).

Amydona basalis, Walker, vi., p. 1894 (1855).

A. prasina, Walker, vi., p. 1417.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

188. Trabala irrorata.

Trabala irrorata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884,

p. 375.

(Type). Mergui. Tavoy, December. In I. M., Calcutta.

189. Hstigena nandina.

Estigena nandina, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii.,

p- 427 (1859).

Gastropacha abstracta, Walker, xxxii., p. 551 (1865).

Lebeda scriptiphaga, Walker, xxxii., p. 569.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

SATURNIIDAs.

190. Atiacus atlas.

Phalena atlas, Linn., Mus. Lud. Uly., p. 866 (1764).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

198 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

191. Loepa sikkima.

Loepa sikkima, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 818.

Burma. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

192. Cricula burmana, n. sp.

Marked similarly to C. trifenestrata, and of about the

same size, but of a dull reddish brown colour. I have a

long series of both sexes, and they are all of the same

tone of colour, not one of them having the bright

yellowish red colour of C. trifenestrata. The cocoon

also is very different; the cocoon of C. trifenestrata,

which is well known, is in a network, full of punctures

and transparent, so that the chrysalis in the inside is

plainly visible, whereas the cocoon of this insect is solid

and thick, and is made of most beautiful continuous silk,

which looks marketable. I had a large cluster of them

sent to me from the Karen Hills by Mr. Ezechiel, and

have some of the moths they produced still in my col-

lection.

Rangoon, July, 1888; Karen Hills. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this insect also from the Naga Hills, and from

Assam.

COSSIDAi.

198. Zeuzera oblita, n.sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 9).

@. White, slightly tinged with pinkish. Thorax with three

black spots on each side. Abdomen with three rows of black spots,

one down the centre and one down each side. Fore wing with

black spots on the costa, outer and hinder margins, and with many

spots and short latitudinal streaks on the wing, a cluster of them

about the middle of the cell, very few in the space beyond the cell.

Hind wings with spots on the outer margin and four or five spots

together in the interno-median area. Below same as above; fore

and middle legs with black tibie and tarsi; hind legs with black

tarsi. Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Rangoon, July, 1885. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Z. indica, Boisd.; markings on fore wings

somewhat similarly disposed, is very minute in com-

parison, and the hind wing and thorax are altogether

differently marked.

moths of Burma. 199

194. Arbela? dea, n.sp. (PI. VL., fig. 7).

Antenne pinkish grey. Head white. Body and wings above

bright dark olive-brown. Thorax with some white marks. Abdo-

men whitish at the base. Fore wings with some indistinct black

marks on the costa and some in the middle of the wing, and some

on its pale pinkish fringe. Hind wings paler at the anal border.

Underside: Face and body white; legs white, striped with brown

above; wings same as above, slightly paler; costa of fore wings

marked with pale pinkish grey; anal tuft same colour as the

wings, enormously long and thick, cylindrical, more than two-

thirds the length of the abdomen. Expanse of wings, ?,in.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

A very curious little insect; allied to nothing I know

of. Undoubtedly of the family Cosside, of an un-

described genus near Arbela, which I leave to be de-

scribed when more specimens are forthcoming.

195. Phragmatecia minor.

Phragmatecia minor, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,

iz, p OF (L879):

Bhamo. — In coll. Swinhoe.

HEPIALIDA.

196. Hepialus tavoyanus.

Hepialus tavoyanus, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (55),

2, i., p. 98 (1886).

Tavoy. InI. M., Calcutta.

200

Moths of Burma.

EXPLANATION OF PuatE VI.

. Melittia notabilis, n. sp., p. 168.

sf pellecta, n.sp., p. 169.

i volatilis, n.sp., p. 170.

o congruens, n.sp., p. 169.

. Pramila minuta, n. sp., p. 171.

. Syntomis volans, n. sp., p. 173.

. Arbela dea J, n.sp., p. 199.

. Proneca fola, n. sp., p. 194.

. Zeuzera vblita 2, n.sp., p. 198.

. Lenodora semihyalina 3, u.sp., p. 196.

. Cania minutissima, n. sp., p. 195.

. Tinolius zingha, n. sp., p. 185.

. Miresa fumifera, n.sp., p. 195.

. Parasa mirza, n. sp., p. 192.

. Hypereschra annulata, un. sp., p. 189.

. Lenodora semihyalina ? , n. sp., p. 196.

. Arsiloncha roseana, nu. sp.

. Gastropacha modulata, n. sp., p. 197.

Ce 201.)

VI. The moths of Burma. Part II. By Colonel CHariEs

Swinuoek, F'.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Read February 5th, 1890. |

Puates VII. & VIII.

GEOMETRITES.

EROSIIDA.

197. Orudiza protheclaria.

Orudiza protheclaria, Walker, xxiil., p. 858 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

198. Dirades conchiferata.

Dirades conchiferata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 4038,

pl. 186, f. 11 (1887).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-

goon.

EUSCHEMIDA.

199. Huschema anderson.

Euschema andersoni, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond.,

Zool., xxi., p. 56 (1886).

Mergui, March, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

200. Huschema awrilimbata.

Euschema aurilimbata, Moore, P. Z.§., 1878, p. 846.

Tenasserim, Mithantoung. In I. M., Calcutta.

Mereui. In coll. Swinhoe.

Tavoy. Incoll. Moore.

201. Huschema bellona.

Euschema bellona, Walker, i., p. 405 (1854).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND, 1890.—PART II. (JUNE.) P

202 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

202. Huschema excubitor.

Euschema excubitor, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 846.

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

Pegu. In coll. Moore.

203. Huschema horsfieldt.

Euschema horsfieldi, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., ii,

p. 384, pl. 8a, f. 7 (1859).

Tavoy. InI.M., Calcutta.

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

204. Huschema ludifica, n. sp.

Thorax and abdomen bright chrome-yellow, unmarked. Antennse

with the shaft greyish yellow, pectinations black. Fore wings

bright chrome-yellow for half the length from the base, with some

pale blackish blue spots which represent the usual basal bands;

remainder of the wing blackish blue, with two pale bluish white

macular bands, as in H. bellona, but broader. Hind wings yellow

for nearly two-thirds of the length from the base, with one large

blackish blue spot at the end of the cell and a smaller and indistinct

spot alongside, near the abdominal margin; the yellow colour is

limited by a blackish blue band with a deep outer curve opposite

the large spot, followed by a broken irregular band of yellow, and

the outer portion of the wing blackish blue. Under side as above ;

tarsi of the male yellowish grey ; the female has, however, the legs

altogether of that colour. Expanse of wings, f' ? 23, in.

Rangoon, April and May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from EH. bellona, its nearest ally, in its

narrower fore wings, in having the thorax and abdomen

unmarked, in the pale spotted nature of the basal bands

in the fore wing, and the greater extent of yellow in

both wings. Ihave three males and one female before

me, which are all exactly alike.

205. Huschema lunulata.

Euschema lunulata, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xx.,

p. 875 (1882).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore,

moths of Burma. 203

206. Huschema militaris.

Phalena militaris, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 375

(1764).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

207. Huschema sodalis.

Euschema sodalis, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (55),

2, 1., p. 99 (1886).

Tavoy. In coll. Swinhoe.

208. Huschema subrepleta.

Euschema subrepleta, Walker, 1., p. 406 (1854).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

209. Milionia pyrozonis.

Milionia pyrozonis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), x.,

p. 875 (1882).

Upper Tenasserim, August. In coll. Swinhoe.

210. Celerena andamana.

Celerena andamana, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep.,

iv., pl. 180, f. 18 (1874).

Upper Tenasserim, August. In coll. Swinhoe.

URAPTERYD.

211. Urapteryx podaliriata.

Urapteryx podaliriata, Guén., Phal., i., p. 82 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

212. Thinopteryx crocopterata.

Urapteryx crocopterata, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv.,

p- 485 (1848).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

218. Cherodes? umbrosa, n. sp. (Pl. VII., fig. 4).

3. Fore wing long; costa rounded towards the apex, which is

nearly faleate ; outer margin very oblique, sinuous; hinder margin

204 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

straight. Hind wing angled in the centre, greyish rosy, suffused

with brownish shades ; palpi, antenne, and hind part of thorax dark

brown, front of thorax with a yellow tinge; wings and abdomen irro-

rated sparsely with dark blackish brown atoms; fore wing with a

brownish patch at the base, a blackish brown spot at upper end of

cell, and four patches at regular intervalsin the costa, from the last

of which, at one-third from the apex, is a transverse slightly sinuous

line to the hinder margin one-third from the angle, this line being

connected with the apex by a streak near its upper end, and there is

a brown patch at the other end on the hinder margin ; a few fainter

brownish marks on the costa at the apex, and a submarginal

sinuous faint line containing brown spots, more or less marked

with white in the interspaces; the costa at the apex is slightly

luteous, and there is a small slightly luteous patch just below the

streak touching the apical point. Hind wing more or less sparsely

covered with blackish brown atoms, rather thickly so on the

abdominal margin, where there is a large patch at one-third from

the anal angle; a submarginal line similar to the one on the fore

wing. Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Not allied to anything I know of; is nearest the genus

Cherodes.

214. Huchera pitmani.

Euchera pitmani, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (55),

1, ii, p. 99 (1886).

Tavoy. In coll. Swinhoe. (Type). Tavoy. In coll.

Moore.

215. Kalabana picaria.

Lagyra picaria, Walker, xxxv., p. 1541 (1866).

Mereui. In I. M., Calcutta.

ENNOMID.

216. Hyperythra angulifascia.

Hyperythra angulifascia, Moore, P. Z. §., 1878, p. 841,

pl. 53, f. 11.

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

217. Hyperythra lutea.

Phalena (Geometra) lutea, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,

pl. 370, figs. c, D (1781).

moths of Burma. 205

P. flavata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, p. 169 (1794).

Hyperythra limbolarta, Guén., Phal., i1., 101, 153,

pl. 3, figs. 3, 4, 2 (1857).

H. penicillaria, Guén., Phal., i., 101, 154.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

218. Hyperythra lala, n. sp.

3. Bright luteous. Antenne brownish, top of head and

collar ochreous. Wings sparsely covered with transverse brown

striations, crossed by central and discal reddish brown thin bands,

the outer band accompanied on its outer side by a broad reddish

brown shade, with a large blackish brown subcostal spot on the

hind wings; there is also, on the fore wings, a more indistinct

inner band, these bands are very variable, and generally more

complete in the female than in the male; the colour of the female

is also sometimes greyer than of the male. Below the yellow

colour is brighter than above, and the bands redder, and there is

sometimes a whitish apical patch in fore wings. Expanse of wings,

14—1, in.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this insect also from Bombay, Ganjam, and

Dhera Dun. It is nearest to H. swinhoei, Butler, but

can at once be distinguished by its entirely different

colour.

219. Angerona fighina, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 5).

3. Palpi and face blackish brown. Antenne with the shaft

chocolate-brown, sete pale yellow, a whitish space on the top of

the head. Body and wings of a uniform rather pale chocolate-

brown, tinged with pinkish. Abdomen with a white basal spot,

anal tuft pinkish white; both wings crossed by an irregularly

dentated pale line, just beyond the middle, from the abdominal

margin of the hind wings, two-fifths from the angle to the costa of

the fore wings, two-fifths from the apex, curved outwardly on the

hind wings, almost straight on the fore wings, and with all the

dentations outwards; also a very indistinct pale submarginal line

of a similar nature, marginal line brown; fringe pale at the base.

Under side pinkish grey, suffused in places with brownish; the

first line very distinct, and beyond this the wings are darker

coloured. Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

206 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Differs from all other known species of this genus in

its small size and peculiar brown coloration.

OXYDIDA.

220. Omiza schistacea.

Omiza schistacea, Moore, P. Z.S., 1878, p. 851, pl. 53,

f. 12:

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

JANOCHROMID.

221. Noreia ajaia.

Timandra ajaia, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

Zool., iti., p. 195 (1859).

Noreia perdensata, Walker, xxiv., p. 1092 (1862).

Decetia posticata, Walker, xxxv., p. 1557 (1866).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

222. Chilkasa falcata.

Chilkasa falcata, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 858.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

BOARMIDA.

223. Medasina strixaria.

Hemerophila strixaria, Guén., Phal., i., 217, 812 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

224. Chogada processaria.

Boarmia processaria, Walker, xxi., p. 872 (1860).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

225. Catoria trispinaria.

Boarmia trispinaria, Walker, xxi., p. 878 (1860).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

226. Catoria procursaria.

Boarmia procursaria, Walker, xxi., p. 875 (1860).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

moths of Burma. 207

227. Catoria sublavaria.

Boarmia sublavaria, Guén., Phal., i., 256, 393 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

228. Hirasa scripturaria.

Tephrosia scripturaria, Walker, xxxv., 1590 (1866).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

929. Serraca transcissa.

Boarmia transcissa, Walker, xxi., p. 380 (1860).

Rangoon, June. In coll. Swinhoe.

230. Amraca fortissima.

Amraca fortissima, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii1.,

p. 245 (1887).

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

231. Pingasa crenaria.

Hypochroma crenaria, Guén., Phal., i., 278, 441 (1857).

Thyetmyo, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

232. Pingasa minimaria.

Hypochroma minimaria, Guén., Phal., 1., 279, 4438

(1857).

H. parvula, Walker, xxi., p. 485 (1860).

(Type parvula). Moulmein. In B. M.

233. Hlphos hymenaria.

Elphos hymenaria, Guén., Phal., i., 285, 456, pl. 16,

f. 4 (1857).

Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

934. Petelia medardaria.

Petelia medardaria, Herr.-Schiff., Exot. Schm., pl. 94,

f. 584 (1850—69).

Bargosa chacoraca, Walker, xxi., p. 481 (1860).

908 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

B. chandubija, Walker, xxi., p. 480.

B. distracta, Walker, xxi., p. 481.

Ephyra? strigulataria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1575 (1862).

Thyetmyo, November, 1887. In Phayre Museum,

Rangoon.

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

GEOMETRIDA.

235. Geometra discissa.

Geometra discissa, Walker, xxii., p. 517 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

236. Maxates celataria.

Thalassodes ceelataria, Walker, xxii., p. 552 (1861).

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

237. Thalassodes dissimulata.

Thalassodes dissimulata, Walker, xxii., p. 551 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

238. Thalassodes palliplagiata.

Thalassodes palliplagiata, Walker, xxvi., p. 1568 (1862).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

239. Thalassodes sisunaga.

Thalassodes sisunaga, Walker, xxii., p. 550 (1861).

T. macruraria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1561 (1868).

(Type of sisunaga). Moulmein. In B. M.

240. Thalera dirempta.

Thalera dirempta, Walker, xxii., p. 595 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

241. Comibena pannosa.

Comibeena pannosa, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 483,

plSt95; figs at, ta, b,°s 2" (387):

C. devexata var., Walker, xxii., p. 574 (1861).

(Type, devexata, var.). Moulmein. In B. M.

moths of Burma. 209

242. Agathia lycceenaria.

Geometra lycenaria, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv., p. 486

(1848).

G. albiangularia, Herr.-Schaff., Exot. Schm., pl. 61,

f. 83389 (1850—69).

Agathia discriminata, Walker, xxii., p.591 9 (1861).

Moulmein. In B. M.

PALYADA.

243. Humelia aureliata.

Humelia aureliata, Guén., Phal., i1., 394, 6381, pl. 22,

{2.6 (L857)-

Thyetmyo, June, 1881. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

244, Humelia fimbriata.

Phalena (Geometra) fimbriata, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,

p. 398, f. n (1782).

Eumelia eugeniata, Guén., Phal., i1., 394, 683 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

945. Humelia rosalia.

Phalena (Geometra) rosalia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,

pl. 368, f. F (1782).

Ametris punicearia, Hiibn., Verz. Schm., 3038, 2924

(1816).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

Moulmein. In B. M.

246. Cacyparis leta.

Ballatha leta, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1215 (1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.

EPHYRIDA.

247. Anisodes similaria.

Anisodes similaria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1582 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

210 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

248. Anisodes rapistriaria, n. sp. (Pl. VII., fig. 9).

Pale reddish ochreous, marks and bands ochreous-brown 3 a fine

line across the top of the head, two bands across the thorax; both

wings crossed by many sinuous lines, some of which, running close

together, form bands, notably one across the centre of the fore

wings, and continued on the hind wing across the basal third, one

submarginal on fore wing, and discal and submarginal on hind

wing; marginal points black; cilia yellow. Expanse of wings,

$ in.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

A pretty little Anisodes of an entirely new pattern.

MACARIDA.

249. Macaria emersaria.

Macaria emersaria, Walker, xxiii., p. 925 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

250. Gubaria fasciata.

Phalena fasciata, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 629 (1775).

P. eleonora, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii1., pl. 288, figs. n, F, @

(1782).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

251. Gubaria xanthonora.

Macaria xanthonora, Walker, xxiii., p. 985 (1861).

Pyentaza, April, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

252. Gonodela inchoata.

Macaria inchoata, Walker, xxiii., p. 981 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

253. Gonodela vasudeva.

Macaria vasudeva, Walker, xxili., p. 938 (1861).

Gonodela placida, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., iii.,

p- 262 (1887).

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 211

954. Azata ferruginata.

Azata ferruginata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iil., p. 470,

pl. 205, f. 2 (1887).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

FIDONID.

955. Corymica arnearia.

Corymica arnearia, Walker, xx., p. 231, & (1860).

Caprilia vesicularia, Walker, xxxv., p. 1659, 3 (1866).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

956. Prionia squalidaria.

Prionia squalidaria, Hubn., Zutrage, iv., 40, fies.

787—8, ? (1882).

P. violacearia, Guén., Phal., i., 144, 231 (1857).

Osicerda alienata, Walker, xxiv., p. 1084 (1862).

Celesdera schistifusata, Walker, xxvi., p. 1749 (1862).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

957. Panagra idea, n.sp. (Pl. VII., fig. 2).

g. Greyish purple, irrorated with brown atoms ; wings, with

the costa, pale grey; a brown band from apex of fore wings to

abdominal margin of hind wings, one-third from base, another

similar parallel band on the hind wings beyond the middle, and a

third band on hind wings between this and the outer margin,

which becomes slightly bent and sinuous towards the acute hinder

angle; inside all these bands the wings are suffused with pale grey;

marginal line black; cilia white. Expanse of wings, 17, in.

Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Distinguishable from the Australian A. hypenaria,

Guén., in having the transverse oblique bands on the

hind wings.

ZERENIDA.

258. Abraxas perampla, Nn. sp.

g. Antenne grey; palpi ochreous. Body and wings white,

spotted and marked with pale blackish brown. Head, thorax, and

costal portion of fore wings slightly tinged with yellowish ; head,

collar, and thorax with some spots. Abdomen unmarked. Fore

wings with a number of spots on the costal and basal portions, and

one large spot at the end of the cell. Hind wing with a similar

912 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

but smaller spot, and both wings with four lines of spots; first

ante-medial represented on fore wing by a streak from hinder

margin, and on hind wing by a broken disjointed band, second post-

medial being a discal straight band from upper radial interspace

inclining to a little beyond centre of first median branch, then a

small dot, then a large spot on hinder margin forming a broken

elbow, and on the hind wing an outwardly curved band broken in

its centre ; third, a row of large spots, one on each vein on both

wings, except the lower radial of the fore wing and radial vein of

hind wing; fourth, a row of marginal spots, a little smaller in each

interspace on both wings. Expanse of wings, 32, in.

Upper Tenasserim, August, 1880. In coll. Swinhoe.

An unusually large and peculiarly marked species of

this genus.

259. Abraxas triseriata.

Abraxas triseriata, Walker, xxiy., p. 1125 (1862).

Mergui. In coll. Swinhoe.

260. Abraxas virginalis.

Abraxas virginalis, Butler, P. Z.8., 1886, p. 892,

pled; tt:

Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

261. Potera marginata.

Potera marginata, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 852, pl. 58,

£219:

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

LARENTIDA.

262. Photoscotosia amplicata.

Cidaria amplicata, Walker, xxy., p. 1404 (1862).

Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

IDQ@IDA.

268. Idea attentata.

Acidalia attentata, Walker, xxil., p. 754 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 218

. 264. Idea emissaria.

Acidaha emissaria, Walker, xxii., p. 751 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

265. Idea ligataria.

Acidalia ligataria, Walker, xxii., p. 748 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In Phayre Museum,

Rangoon.

266. Idea regulata.

Acidaha regulata, Walker, xxiii., p. 794 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

267. Craspedia addictaria.

Acidalia addictaria, Walker, xxii., p. 749 (1861).

Thyetmyo, October, 1887. In Phayre Museum, Ran-

goon.

268. Rambara saponaria.

Zanclopteryx saponaria, Guén., Phal., ii., 16, 915

(1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Tounghu. In coll. Moore.

269. Pseudasthena memorata.

Pomasia memorata, Walker, xxii., p. 657 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

270. Asthena tristicula.

Asthena tristicula, Swinhoe, P. Z. §., 1885, p. 859,

pl. 56Pis Ay.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

271. Asthena urbica.

Asthena urbica, Swinhoe, P. Z.§., 1885, p. 859.

Moulmein, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon,

914 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

272. Timandra aventiaria.

Timandra aventiaria, Guén., Phal., ii., 8, 896 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

273. Timandra comptaria.

Timandra comptaria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1615 (1862).

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

274. Timandra burmana, nu. sp.

Upper side green, irrorated with greyish atoms. Wings with a

straight yellowish white line from the centre of the abdominal

margin of the hind wings to the costa of the fore wings, one-sixth

from the apex; marginal line whitish yellow; fringe greenish grey.

Under side pale greenish yellow, nearly white ; both wings crossed

by a row of pinkish brown submarginal dots from the costa near

the apex to the abdominal margin of the hind wings near the

angle, nearly straight on both wings, and accompanied on the outer

side by a number of bright pink longitudinal short streaks, which

gives it the appearance of a broadish pink band; fringe on both

wings pink. Expanse of wings, 13 in.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Looks on the upper side somewhat like a gigantic

Timandra mundissima, Walker = T. diatomata, Walker,

but differs in the colour of the marginal band above,

and the pink band below; T. mundissima, a very common

Indian insect, of ‘which I have many examples, being

always quite immaculate below.

275. Lycauges annularia, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 18).

Pale pinkish grey, sparsely irrorated with deep black atoms;

collar black. Thorax with two large black spots behind. Abdomen

with black spots down the centre. Fore wings with the costal

portion grey; a grey band across both wings from apex of fore

wings to abdominal margin of hind wings above the centre; fore

wing with a black spot at upper end of cell, one on hinder margin

near the base, and another between them in a line; a spot in a

straight line between the cell-spot and the margin, a submarginal

and marginal curved row of spots, the third from the costa of the

submarginal row the largest, and two sinuous indistinct grey lines

in the marginal space. Hind wing with a black ringlet at the end

moths of Burma. 215

of the cell, three indistinct sinuous grey lines in the marginal

space, and a marginal row of black lunules, one of them at the

extreme end of the angle in the centre. LExpanse of wings, § in.

Rangoon, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to I. postvittata, Moore ; differs in the absence

of the longitudinal bands on the wings, and in having a

prominent ringlet in the centre of the hind wings.

276. Luxiaria exclusa.

Hemerophila ? exclusa, Walker, xxi., p. 820, ¢ (1860).

HT. pretereuns, Walker, xxi., p. 320.

Acidalia imprimata, Walker, xxiii., p. 771 (1861).

Macaria obstataria, Walker, xxii., p. 928.

Bithia lignaria, Walker, xxxv., p. 1600 (1866).

(Type of exclusa). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

MICRONIDA.

277. Micronia aculeata.

Micronia aculeata, Guén., Phal., i1., 26, 928, pl. 18,

f. 8, 2 (1857).

M. gannata, Guén., I. c., No. 929, 3.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Tavoy. In coll. Moore.

278. Micronia sparsaria. (Pl. VIL, fig. 8).

Micronia sparsaria, Walker, xxiii., p. 818 (1861).

Bassein, October, 1887; Rangoon, August, 1886. In

coll. Swinhoe.

Walker’s type-label in the B. M. has somehow got

upon a wrong specimen ; his type-label is now upon a

specimen of the subgenus Acropteris, which consequently

has to this day remained undescribed. In his description

he says “this species is distinguished from the preceding

one by the indefinite outline of the bands, and by the

much more distinct angle of the hind wings”’; and this

description exactly corresponds with the large Micronia

I identify as sparsaria, common in the north and north-

216 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

eastern portions of India, and which, though a good and

constant species, much resembles aculeata (his preceding

species) in shape and markings. Mr. Butler suggests that

Walker’s description-slips might have got transposed,

and by the preceding species he may have meant some

species other than aculeata ; but his type-label is on an

Acropteris, and the only species of that genus described

by Walker is A. convexaria, the hind wings of which are

perfectly rounded, without any inclination to an angle ;

and therefore his remark about the much more distinct

angle of the hind wings cannot apply.

279. Acropteris obliquarta.

Micronia obliquaria, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 622,

pl. 60, £. 17.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

280. Acropteris caseata.

Micronia caseata, Guén., Phal., 11., 27, 982 (1857).

Mergui, Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

281. Acropteris striataria.

Phalena (Geometra) striataria, Clerck, Icon., pl. 55,

{A (4759):

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

Tavoy. In coll. Moore.

282. Acropteris vagata.

Micronia vagata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 622, pl. 60,

fale:

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

283. Strophidia fasciata.

Phalena (Geometra) fasciata, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii.,

pl. 104, f. p (1779).

P. caudata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i1., 2, 168, 124 (1794).

Micronia obtusata, Guén., Phal., 11., 25, 927, pl. 5, f. 6

(1857).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

moths of Burma. 217

NOCTUES.

CYMATOPHORIDA.

284. Lisoba diversipennis.

Heliothis diversipennis, Walker, xv., p. 1750 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

285. Risoba obstructa.

Bolina obstructa, Walker MS.

Risoba obstructa, Moore, P. Z.§., 1881, p. 328.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

LEUCANIIDA.

286. Leucania loreyt.

Leucania loreyi, Dup., Hist. Nat. Lep. France, iv.,

p. Ol, pl. 105, 8, 7 (S27).

L. collecta, Walker, ix., p. 105 (1856).

Upper Burma. In B.M.

287. Leucania exempta.

Leucania exempta, Walker, xi., p. 710 (1857).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

288. Leucania hamifera.

Leucania hamifera, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

vi., p. 179 (1862).

Thyetmyo, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

289. Leucania lanceata.

Leucania lanceata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1881, p. 3840.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

290. Leucania sejuncta.

Leucania sejuncta, Walker, ix., p. 109 (1856).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

291. Leucania albivenata, n.sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 7).

Palpi brown. Antenne, body, and fore wings fawn-colour, tips

of the palpi and top of head paler; hind part of head brown;

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) Q

918 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

three very fine brown lines across the fore part of thorax. Abdo-

men paler. Fore wings with the costa brown up to one-third from

the apex; all the costal portion above the subcostal vein and the

outer portions of the wing streaked longitudinally with brown and

grey; the subcostal branches, outside portion of median vein, and

both its branches prominently whitish, a whitish spot at the root

where these latter branches are emitted, the whole space between

the subcostal vein and the submedian vein dark brown, paling a

little towards the outer margin, a yellowish streak above the outer

portion of the median vein within the cell; a pale apical shade

from the apex, sloping inwards to the submedian branches, and a

brown streak near the hinder margin; marginal points black;

fringe interlined; hind wings greyish fawn-colour, paler towards

the base; veins prominent, marginal points black; fringe pale

yellowish grey, a pale brown thick lunule at the end of the cell.

Under side pale pinkish fawn-colour; fore wing suffused with

brown inwardly, a prominent brown spot on the costa one-third

from apex; hind wing with the lunule at end of cell dark brown,

some brown marks towards the costa, and a prominent marginal

row of brown dots on both wings. Expanse of wings, 13, in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to L. rujistrigosa, Moore ; differs in the absence

of the discal curved row of black points on fore wing, in

its dark brown markings, and absence of prominent

white cell-streak.

292. Leucania subnitens. n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 1).

Antenne, palpi above, head, thorax, and fore wings, pale pinkish

fawn-colour. Antenne whitish towards the tips. Fore wings with

a broad white costal band, irrorated with greyish atoms; under

this band is a brown shade, darkest towards the base, is limited

hindwards by the submedian vein, and gradually becomes paler as

it extends to the outer margin, and is interrupted by a paler shade,

which crosses it from the apex to the interno-median area; the

outer portion of the wing is covered with longitudinal brown and

grey streaks between the veins, and the entire surface is covered

sparsely with black atoms; fringe interlined with pale greyish

brown. Hind wings pure white, suffused broadly at its outer

portions with greyish brown, and with the veins on this portion

darker brown. Abdomen paler than the thorax, with the basal

portion white. Wings below of a beautiful uniform burnished

silvery white, which in some lights reflects pale glistening golden

tints, Expanse of wings, L§ in,

moths of Burma. 219

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Somewhat resembles L. venalba, Moore, above, but

can easily be identified by its pale costa to fore wings,

and by the beautiful glistening colour of the wings below.

293. Leucania nefasta, n. sp.

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings pale fawn-colour,

tinged with pale pinkish. Fore wings with brown-grey longi-

tudinal streaks between the veins, especially on the costal and

outer portions, a thicker streak on the upper side of median and

submedian veins, the median vein streak somewhat thickening at

the end of the cell, and from the end a short blackish brown patch,

interrupted by the grey streaks; an outwardly curved row of black

points from the hinder margin, one-third from the angle, to the

costa, one-third from the apex, a marginal row of black points;

fringe interlined pale brown and pale pinkish fawn-colour. Hind

wings white, shining ; outer margins shaded with pale fawn-colour.

Abdomen grey. Under side paler and duller ; fore wings shaded

in the upper central portions with brown. LExpanse of wings, 1 in.

Bhamo, October, 1882; Rangoon, 1887. In coll.

Swinhoe.

Allied to ZL. subsignata, Walker, from which it can

easily be distinguished by its whiter hind wings, and the

absence of the row of curved discal spots thereon, and

also by the absence of the dot at the end of the cell.

294. Leucania homopterana, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 12).

Antenne brown; palpi, thorax, and fore wings fawn-colour ; tips

of palpi white; fore part of thorax brownish. Abdomen with a

brown suffusion down the centre ; base, anal end, and sides whitish.

Fore wings with the entire surface covered with numerous longi-

tudinal brown and greyish white streaks between the veins, much

like the neuration of a homopterous insect; a white streak on

outer half of cell above the median vein, a black dot below it;

black dots on the costa at regular intervals, a discal outwardly

curved row of biack dots, and a marginal row of black points ;

fringe interlined. Hind wings white, marginally suffused with

brown ; veins near the margin brown, and brown marginal points.

Under side whitish ; fore wings internally suffused with brown; a

brown spot on the costa one-third from the apex; hind wing with

brown suffusions on the costal portion; marginal brown points on

both wings. Expanse of wings, 1; in.

Q 2

22.0 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to L. rufistrigosa, Moore, but differently coloured,

and can at once be distinguished by the unusually

numerous brown and grey streaks on the whole surface

of the fore wings.

295. Leucania basilinea, n.sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 6).

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings pale fawn-colour.

Fore wings covered sparsely with brown atoms; a dark black

longitudinal prominent streak below the median vein from close to

the base to one-third from end of the cell; median vein whitish,

with a very slight thickening at end of cell; a discal outwardly

curved row of black points, and a marginal row of black points ;

some indistinct grey and brown streaks between the veins on the

outer portion of the wing; fringe interlined. Hind wings pure

white, with a marginal row of brown points. Expanse of wings,

13 in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to L. percisa, Moore, but is easily distinguishable

by the prominent basal black streak in the fore wings,

by the absence of the black dot at the end of the cell,

and by its pure white hind wings.

296. Sesamia inferens.

Leucania inferens, Walker, ix., p. 105 (1856).

Bassein, August, 1888; Rangoon, July, 1887. In

coll. Swinhoe.

297. Sesanvia proscripta.

Leucania proscripta, Walker, ix., p. 106 (1856).

Moulmein. In B.M.

298. Arsiloncha roseana, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 17).

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings rosy fawn-colour.

Abdomen whitish. Fore wings sparsely covered with brown

atoms ; some pale spaces between the veins in the central outer

portion of the wing, making that portion the palest; marginal line

white; fringe white, base pale pink. Hind wings pure white,

unmarked. Under side of a pure pale pinkish ; fore wings with a

grey suffusion on basal half of the centre, costa, and hinder margin ;

hind wings white. Expanse of wings, 1,4 in.

moths of Burma. 221

Bhamo, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to S. fraterna, Moore; can be easily distin-

cuished by the absence of the brown dot in the centre

of the fore wing below the median vein, and by the

brown irroration of that wing.

299. Aletia? erigida, n. sp.

Palpi brown; ends of second joint grey. Antenne, head, body,

and fore wings greyish fawn-colour. Fore wings irrorated with

minute black atoms; ante-medial, medial, post-medial, and discal

sinuous, fine brown erect lines across the wing; the first has a

black spot within the cell on its outer side, the second and fourth

have each a pale brown patch in their centres, the third has a row

of black spots adjoining on its outer side, the fourth is more sinuous

than the rest, and is almost submarginal; orbicular and reniform

indicated by pale minute spots; a marginal row of black points ;

marginal line black, very indistinct; the outer third of the wing,

under a glass, is found to be finely crossed by numerous straight

brown lines very close together ; fringe interlined, and with a pale

pinkish basal line ; a brown spot on the costa one-third from apex ;

three subapical costal pale points and all the veins more or less

brown. Hind wings greyish white; veins and marginal line pale

greyish brown; fringe white, interlined at the base with brown

and pale pinkish. Expanse of wings, 15 in.

Thyetmyo, September, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Not allied to anything I can find; is nearest to the

genus Aletia.

300. Aaylia abstracta, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 18).

Antenne, palpi, fore part of thorax, and fore wings fawn-colour ;

top of head, remainder of thorax and abdomen greyish. Fore

wing with the costa, hinder margin, a central stripe from base, and

outer marginal portions of the wing suffused with brown, some of

the veins within these parts dark brown, a whitish mark at the

end of the cell, and three pairs of whitish longitudinal streaks in

eschelon towards the apex. Hind wings white, with the marginal

border slightly suffused with pale brown; pale marginal line to

both wings and interlined fringe. Under side whitish; fore wings

slightly suffused with pale brown along its centre. Expanse of

wings, 1; in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to A. fasciata, Moore, from which it is widely

299, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

separated by the absence of the pale central border, its

difference in colour, and by the pale apical streaks.

301. Nonagria ? irregularis.

Nonagria ? irregularis, Walker, xi., p. 712 (1857).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

HELIOTHIDA.

302. Pradatta bivittata.

Leucania bivittata, Walker, ix., p. 108 (1856).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

BOMBYCOIDA.

303. Pharetra consanguis.

Acronycta consanguis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv.,

p. 858 (1879).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

304. Hyboma divisa.

Hyboma divisa, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 409.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

GLOTTULIDA.

305. Glottula dominica.

Phalena (Noctua) dominica, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,

pl. 399, fm (1782).

Hadena pancratii, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Mad. Romb. et

Maur. Lep., 91, 1.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, September and October, 1887. In coll.

Swinhoe.

306. Polytela chrysopila.

Polytela chrysopila, Walker, xxxii., p. 685 (1865).

Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

BRYOPHILIDA.

807. Bryophila conjecturalis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 10).

Antenne grey; palpi yellowish white, with brown patches on its

sides. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wings white, marked with

moths of Burma. 223

greyish brown; abdomen with greyish brown marks on the seg-

ments on each side; fore wings with greyish brown and blackish

brown marks on the costa, from which extend two or three indis

tinct fine sinuous lines across the basal portion of the wing; a

black central band, broad on the costa, suffused on its outer side

not reaching the hinder margin, before which it becomes indistinct,

limited on its inner side by a fine outwardly curved black line ;

two or three indistinct sinuous discal lines, black dots on the

margin between the veins, and a black longitudinal curved and

broken streak, which commences at the base, stops at one-third,

and is continued from the central line, and continues irregularly

towards the outer margin, where its termination is indicated by a

small patch, and there is a similar patch in the centre of the outer

margin. Hind wings greyish brown, paling towards the base.

Expanse of wings, 1,4 in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to B. nilgiria, Moore, but differs in its markings,

more especially in having the central transverse black

band on the fore wings.

ACONTIIDA.

308. Acontia flava.

Noctua flava, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i1., 2, 51, 139 (1794).

Xanthodes transversa, Guen., Noct., i., 211, pl. 10, f. 5

(1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

309. Acontia intersepta.

Xanthodes intersepta, Guén., Noct., ii., 212, 979 (1852).

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

310. Naranga ferruginea.

Naranga ferruginea, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., 11.,

p. 184, g (1882).

N. quadrwwittata, Moore, l.c., 2.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

311. Ozarba mallarba.

Ozarba mallarba, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 452,

ple Ah feo.

Thyetmyo, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

994 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

312. Tarache imbuta.

Erastria imbuta, Walker, xxxiii., p. 794 (1865).

Acontia acerba, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 108,

f. 25 (1872).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

318. Tarache betica, n. sp.

Grey, suffused with brownish ; last joint of palpi black with pale

tips; some black marks on top of head, and a black band on

collar. Fore wings with a black patch on costa near the base, a

broad band across centre of wing, a very little beyond the middle,

black above, and becomes suffused and brownish below, limited on

both sides by white sinuous lines, which pass round the orbicular

and reniform, which are large and whitish, a broad black apical

band, suffused downwards and inwards, reniform containing a

black mark, costa with three pale points near apex. Hind wings

brownish, unmarked. Expanse of wings, §, in.

Rangoon, May and June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Tarache signifera, Walker ; bands somewhat

similiarly disposed, but is much smaller and browner,

and is altogether differently marked on the costa.

314. Tarache optiva, n. sp.

Of a uniform clear pale iron-grey colour; last joint of palpi

brown; top of head whitish. Fore wings with a broad medial

band slightly darker than the ground colour, and limited on both

sides with white sinuous lines, the inner one outwardly and the

outer one inwardly edged with blackish; marginal line on both

wings dark iron-grey. Hind wingsunmarked. Expanse of wings,

+ in.

Rangoon, July and September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from the above in the uniform iron-erey colora-

tion of both wings and central uniform band on fore

wings.

315. Bagada diffisa, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 17).

Palpi pale yellowish, brown at the sides and tips. Antenne,

body, and wings of a uniform pale reddish fawn-colour. Fore wings

with three indistinct pale brown lines; ante-medial, medial, and

post-medial at equal distances, the last line with small brown dots

between the veins; outer margin with a broad brownish band, its

moths of Burma. 225

inner margin curving inwards below the centre, where there is a

largish brown spot; marginal border with black points in yellow

spots on the veins. Hind wings pinkish brown, paling towards

the base; fringe pale pinkish. Expanse of wings, 1%, in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Has no near ally that I am aware of.

ORTHOSIIDA.

316. Orthosia sinens.

Orthosia sinens, Walker, xi., p. 746 (1857).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

317. Hlydna transversa.

Elydna transversa, Walker, xv., p. 1718 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

318. Aramuna lutosa, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 11).

3. Obscure pinkish grey, irrorated with cinereous grey atoms ;

top of head greyish white. Fore wings with the internal border

limited by the submedian vein, dark greyish purple, with a dark

basal patch caused by an intervening tuft of subbasal grey hairs on

the inner margin, a brown spot on the costal third, a collection of

grey atoms forming a band across the centre, omitting a pale space

with a black dot at the end of the cell, a discal line of three or four

well-separated black lunules, followed by some more clusters of

grey atoms, and a line of disconnected black lunules on the mar-

gin. Hind wings pale grey, brownish towards apical border.

Expanse of wings, 14 in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Widely different from A. marginata, Moore, from

Ceylon, the only other described species of this genus,

in its sombre coloration and absence of the dark marginal

borders of fore wings.

HADENIDA.

319. Hadena spargens.

Hadena spargens, Walker, xxxii., p. 789 (1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

996 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

NOCTUIDA.

320. Spelotis uniformis, n. sp.

Palpi, antenn, head, thorax, and fore wings of a uniform

greyish fawn-colour, irrorated with very minute greyish atoms,

and with a few fine black atoms on the fore wings; costa with

some faint grey marks; marginal points pale grey; fringe inter-

lined with grey; median vein and veinlets greyish. Hind wings

whitish, with fawn-coloured veins, costal space, and outer margin ;

cilia interlined, and with white tips. Abdomen whitish, shining

Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to S. sincera, Swinhoe, but differs in the absence

of the lines on the fore wing, and in the fawn-coloured

suffusion of the borders of the hind wings.

APAMIIDA.

321. Berresa natalis.

Berresa natalis, Walker, xvi., p. 214 (1858).

Moulmein, May, 1888; Rangoon, September, 1888.

In coll. Swinhoe.

322. LIlattia cephusalis.

Tlattia cephusalis, Walker, xvi., p. 209 (1858).

Miana wnornata, Walker, xxxii., p. 677 (1865).

Perigea leucospila, Walker, xxxii., p. 6838.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

323. Perigea centralis.

Perigea centralis, Walker, xi., p. 784 (1857).

Celena serva, Walker, xv., p. 1689 (1858).

Perigea illecta, Walker, xxxii., p. 684 (1865).

P. canorufa, Walker, xxxii., p. 688.

Hadena spargens, Walker, xxxiii., p. 789 (1865).

I. taprobana, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 110,

f; 3 (1872).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

324, Perigea dolorosa.

Mamestra dolorosa, Walker, xxxii., p. 667 (1865).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 227

325. Amyna selenampha.

Amyna selenampha, Guén., Noct., i., 406, 378 (1852).

Alamis spoliata, Walker, xii., p. 1050 (1857).

Hadena latipennis, Walker, xxxiil., p. 738 (1865).

(Type, spoliata). Moulmein. In B. M.

Moulmein, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In Phayre Museum,

Rangoon.

326. Spodoptera ciliwm.

Spodoptera cilium, Guén., Noct., i., 156, 249 (1852).

S. insulsa, Walker, xxxil., p. 648 (1865).

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

327. Prodenia littoralis.

Hadena littoralis, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Madag. Lep., —

p- 91, pl. 18, f. 8 (1834).

Neuria retina, Freyer, Beitr. Schm., v., p. 161, pl. 478,

f. 2, 3 (1846).

Prodenia ciligera, Guén., Noct., i., 164, 260 (1852).

P, testaceoides, Guén., l.c., No. 262, pl. 6, f. 7.

P. glaucistriga, Walker, ix., p. 197 (1856).

P. subterminalis, Walker, ix., p. 196.

P. declinata, Walker, xi., p. 723 (1857).

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

328. Prodenia nubes.

Spodoptera nubes, Guén., Noct., i., 155, 246 (1852).

S. fiium, Guén., l.c., No. 248.

Prodenia infecta, Walker, ix., p. 196 (1856).

P. insignata, Walker, 1x., p. 197.

Agrotis transducta, Walker, x., p. 844 (1856).

Laphygma squalida, Walker, xxxu., p. 652 (1868).

Prodenia venustula, Walker, xxxii., p. 654.

Agrotis submarginalis, Walker, xxxii., p. 699.

Prodenia permunda, Walker, xi., p. 728 (1857).

Moulmein, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

329. Laphygma exigua.

Noctua exigua, Hubn., Samml. Hur. Schm. Noct.,

f. 362 (1810).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

998 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

PLUSIIDA.

330. Plusia signata.

Noctua signata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 81 (1794).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

331. Plusia verticillata.

Plusia verticillata, Guén., Noct., ii., 844, 1168 (1852).

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

332. Plusiodonta auripicta.

Plusiodonta auripicta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,

li., p. 150 (1882).

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

333. Plusiodonta chalsytoides.

Plusiodonta chalsytoides, Guén., Noct., ii., 860, 1201

(1852).

Deva conducens, Walker, xii., p. 963 (1857).

Plusia agens, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., iv., pl. 110,

f. 82 (1872).

Rangoon, August, September, and October, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.

EURHIPIDA.

334. Targalla infida.

Targalla infida, Walker, xiii., p. 1008 (1857).

Penicillaria ludatrix, Walker, xv., p. 1778 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

335. Anuga lunulata.

Anuga lunulata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 62.

Rangoon, January, 1887; September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

ERIOPIDA.

336. Callopistria duplicans.

Callopistria duplicans, Walker, xii., p. 866 (1857).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

moths of Burma. 229

337. Callopistria recurvata.

Callopistria recurvata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,

ii., p. 144 (1882).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

HYBLAIDA.

338. Hyblea constellata.

Hyblea constellata, Guén., Noct., i1., 891, 1251 (1852).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

339. Hyblea firmamentum.

Hyblea firmamentum, Guén., Noct., ii., 892, 1253, 3

(1852).

H, tenebrionis, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 111,

fat, 2) (L872).

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

340. Hyblea puera.

Phalena puera, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 108, f. p, £

(1777).

Noctua saga, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii., 187, 29 (1787).

N. unxia, Hubn., Kur. Schm. Noct., fig. 518 (1810).

Heliothis apricans, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Madag., p. 98,

pl. 15, f. 7 (1884).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

GONOPTERIDA.

341. Cosmophila xanthindyma.

Cosmophila xanthindyma, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Madag.

Lep.,.94, pl. 18, f. 7 3 (1884).

C. indica, Guén., Noct., i1., 896, 1256, 2 (1852).

C. variolosa, Walker, x1., p. 750 (1857).

Curredia edentata, Walker, xi., p. 750.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

342. Arthisma scissuralis.

Arthisma scissuralis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 20.

Bhamo, October, 1882. Rangoon, July, 1888, In

coll, Swinhoe.

230 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

343. Rusicada brunnea, n.sp. (PI. VIIL., fig. 2, 2).

Gonitis brunnea, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,

p. 1538, & (1882);

@. Olive-brown; palpi yellowish below and at the tips of the

second joints. Fore wing with an indistinct incomplete brown band

or diffusely sinuous line before the middle, which is more apparent

on the lower portion; a blackish indistinct spot in the centre of the

cell, a blackish lunule edged outwardly with whitish closing the

cell, a black sinuous post-medial line edged outwardly with whitish,

a submarginal sinuous row of black points edged with whitish, a

large apical whitish patch and marginal whitish lunular line, four

pale points on the costa towards the apex; fringe brown. Hind

wings unmarked, whitish at the base ; cilia pale pinkish, interlined

with brown. Abdomen pale at the base. Under side pale pinkish

erey, suffused with pale brown in the lower central portion of fore

wings; apical costal points distinct, and a recurved black post-

medial line across both wings; tarsi brown, banded with white.

Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

344. Rusicada allitilia.

Gonitis albitibia, Walker, xiil., p. 1001 (1857).

Rusicada nigritarsis, Walker, xi., p. 1006.

Rangoon, July and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

345. Gonitis latemargo.

Gonitis latimargo, Walker, xiii., p. 1002 (1857).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

346. Gonitis metaxantha.

Gonitis metaxantha, Walker, xiii., p. 1005 (1857).

Rangoon, September, 1885. In coll. Swinhoe.

347. Thalatta precedens.

Thalatta precedens, Walker, xii., p. 996 (1857).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

AMPHIPYRIDA.

348. Blenina accipiens.

Blenina accipiens, Walker, xil., p. 1215 (1857).

Rangoon, September, 1888, In coll, Swinhoe,

moths of Burma. 231

CATOCALIDA.

349. Catocala albifascia.

Catocala albifascia, Walker, xxxiil., p. 998 (1863).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon. In coll. Moore.

TOXOCAMPIDA.

350. Toxocampa metaspila,

Toxocampa metaspila, Walker, xiii., p. 1032 (1857).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

POAPHILIDA.

351. Poaphila marginata.

Poaphila marginata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 991 (1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

352. Phurys enervis, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL, fig. 8).

Greyish brown; palpi at the sides and antenne blackish brown.

Wings shaped as in Sanys rivulosa, Walker, slightly curving in

below the semi-faleated apex; a black dot for the reniform, a

whitish thin transverse ear-shaped mark, faintly brown-ringed, for

the orbicular; both wings with many transverse faint brown

shades, the only ones distinguishable without a glass being—Ist,

one-third from base, faint on fore wings, not visible on hind wings;

2nd, central double-lined across both wings, with the interspace

darker ; 8rd, from apex of fore wings to abdominal margin of hind

wings just beyond the middle; a straight distinct pale yellowish

line from costa near apex to abdominal margin near anal angle ;

brown marginal line and blackish points; cilia with pale basal line.

Expanse of wings, 1,), in.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to P. strigata, Moore; differs much in its

smaller size, straight bands, and submarginal pale line

across both wings, P. strigata haying no bands or lines

on the hind wing.

353. Phurys strigata.

Phurys strigata, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 80.

Rangoon. June and July, 1888, In coll. Swinhoe,

232, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

354. Arasada lycaugesaria, n. sp.

Palpi, antenne, and head brown. Body and wings pinkish

white ; a brown thin band on the collar in front, a brown band

across the centre of the thorax. Abdomen with thin segmental

bands of white edged with brown, a broader brown band in the

centre corresponding to the brown band on the hind wings. Wings

sparsely irrorated with chocolate-brown atoms. Fore wings with

the costal line chocolate-brown ; a subcostal streak of that colour

from the base to the apex, three black subapical points on the

costa, also black marginal points, and the irrorations thicker

towards the margin, giving it a slightly darker tint, a straight band

from the outer margin just above the hinder angle of the fore

wings to the centre of the abdominal margin of the hind wings,

followed on the latter by a pure white band, with a small outward

angle in its centre, and lined on both sides with black, then a

small pale space with some black atoms in it, the whole of the

hind wing darker than the fore wing, but paling towards its base,

and with a suffused dark band in the marginal space, duplex in

parts, and running to the outer and apical margins, with a blackish

spot near the latter; marginal points black; fringe marked with

brown. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to A. ruptifascia, Moore; can be easily distin-

cuished by its longitudinal bands, which makes the

insect look much like Lycauges postvittata, a Geometrite

of the family Ideide.

355. Nasaya hepatica.

Nasaya hepatica, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i,

p- 178 (1882).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

356. Dierna acanthusalis.

Dierna acanthusalis, Walker, xvi., p. 205 (1858).

Nahara clavifera, Walker, xxxil., p. 1004 (1865).

(Type, clavifera). Moulmein. In B. M.

CATEPHID.

357. Felinia spissa.

Felinia spissa, Guén., Noct., i1., 822, 1788 (1852).

Briarda decens, Walker, xiii , p. 1098 (1857).

Bassein. Sept., 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

moths of Burma. 233

358. Arcte cerulea.

Cocytodes cerulea, Guén., Noct., ili., 41, 1870, pl. 13,

f. 10 (1852).

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

This insect has been for years in the B. M. wrongly

labelled A. modesta, Van der Hoeven, and a larger Arcte

with a broad black zigzag linear fascia as A. cerulea,

Guén.; but, as Mr. Moore pointed out to me, a glance

at Guenée’s plate ought to be sufficient to put the matter

right.

359. Catephia linteola.

Catephia linteola, Guén., Noct., ii., 44, 1875 (1852).

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

360. Hypospila bolinoides.

Hypospila bolinoides, Guén., Noct., i1., 358, 1832

(1852).

Thermesia signipalpis, Walker, xv., p. 1572 (1858).

Rangoon, April and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mereui. In I.M., Calcutta.

3861. Mosara lateralis.

Anophia lateralis, Walker, xxxiii., p. 917 (1865).

Mosara apicalis, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1032 (1865).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In Phayre Museum,

Rangoon.

(Type, lateralis). Moulmein. In B. M.

362. Anophia longinquua, n. sp.

Blackish brown, irrorated slightly with grey; dorsal tufts on

abdomen paler than the abdomen, which is nearly black; some

white hairs at the base. Fore wings with several transverse indis-

tinct blackish sinuous and partly dentated lines; costa with

yellowish subapical points, orbicular and reniform whitish, indis-

tinct, former minute, latter large, ear-shaped. Hind wings slightly

paler than fore wings, without lines or marks, but with a large

white spot in the centre. Under side paler, a black marginal

lunular line and white points and whitish fringe, and a white

central abbreviated band on both wings. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—ParT Il. (JUNE.) R

234 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to A. olivescens, Guérin, from which it princi-

pally differs in its smaller size, and in the colour of the

hind wings being blackish brown with a white central

spot instead of half-brown and half-white, as in that

species.

363. Anophia undara, n. sp.

Blackish brown. Fore wings with five pale yellowish points on

costa towards the apex, with many black marks on the costa, and

the entire wing with numerous deep black sinuous lines across the

wing; marginal line deep black, lunular with black central spots.

Hind wings darker than the fore wings, unmarked ; fringe of hind

wings interlined, and with a pale basal line. Under side paler,

uniformly coloured, except towards hinder margin of fore wings,

which is whitish, the pale points on the costa more distinct, black

streaks between the veins on the outer portions of both wings and

fringe deeply interlined with black. LExpanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to A. longinquua, but quite distinct in the

markings, and with no white spot or bands above or

below.

364. Stictoptera illucida.

Stictoptera illucida, Walker, xxxiii., p. 918 (1865).

S. chalybea, Butler, P. Z.8., 1883, p. 163.

(Type, illucida). Moulmein. In B.M.

365. Stectoptera grisea.

Stictoptera grisea, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 67.

Burma. In coll. Swinhoe.

366. Hrygia apicalis.

Erygia apicalis, Guén., Noct., 1i1., 50, 1881 (1852).

Calicula exempta, Walker, xv., p. 1808 (1858).

(Type of exempta). Moulmein. In B. M.

367. Odontodes aleuca.

Odontodes aleuca, Guén., Noct., iii., 51, 1882 (1852).

Briarda bolinoides, Walker, xv., p. 1802 (1858).

Steira subfasciata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 922 (1865).

S. quadristrigata, Walker, xxxiii., p. 923,

moths of Burma. 235

(Types of bolinoides and subfasciata). Moulmein.

In B. M.

Rangoon, August, 1886; September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

A very variable insect. Undoubtedly all the above

are one and the same species.

368. Lophoptera costata.

Lophoptera costata, Moore MS., Butler, P. Z.8., 1883,

p. 163.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

HYPOGRAMMID.

369. Dinumma mystica.

Dinumma mystica, Walker, xv., p. 1807 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

370. Dinumma placens.

Dinumma placens, Walker, xv., p. 1806 (1858).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

371. Gadirtha impingens.

Gadirtha impingens, Walker, xiii., p. 1108 (1857).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

372. Gadirtha inexacta.

Gadirtha inexacta, Walker, xiii., p. 1102 (1857).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

373. Hypogramma quadrinotata.

Hypogramma quadrinotata, Walker, xxxill., p. 893

(1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

374. Selepa curvosa, Ni. sp.

Pinkish grey. Palpi brown at the sides and tips. Antenne,

two lines on the collar, and spot in front of thorax, dark brown.

Abdomen with white segmental lines and brown bands. Fore

wings suffused in parts with white, thickly so at the base, upper

and outer portions, some basal indistinct brown marks, a duplex

R 2

236 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

curved brown band of thick lines, bent inwards from the hinder

margin one-third from the base, then curving outwardly and above

and in on to the costa at one-fourth from the base; a fine sinuated

nearly upright central line, a fine dentated discal line curving

somewhat like the band, outwardly margined with pale pinkish

white; a submarginal lunular line with white points, well sepa-

rated from the margin, and outside of it at the apex is a large

brown patch; marginal points black; fringe pale pinkish white,

with some brown longitudinal streaks; a fine lunule at the end of

the cell with a spot behind it. Hind wing white, brownish grey

towards the apical border. Expanse of wings, 93-10ths in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

In the shape of its wings it is somewhat similar to

Selepa vitea, Swinhoe, but in coloration and markings

quite distinct from all other described species of this

genus.

375. Selepa celtis.

Selepa celtis, Moore, Cat. HK. Lep. I. C., i, p. 353,

pl. 9a, f. 9, and pl. 16,.f. 8, 8, larva (1859).

Subrita curviferella, Walker, xxxv., p. 1745 (1866).

Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

376. Selepa vitea.

Selene vitea, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 460, pl. 27,

5 Ais

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

All the insects of this genus have three free veins in

the hind wing lke a Pyrale, but otherwise they are true

Noctuids, and the larva is that of a Hypogrammid.

377. Symitha punctata, n. sp. (PI. VIL, fig. 15).

Antenne brown; general coloration pale pinkish grey, irrorated

with chocolate-brown; tips of palpi whitish. Fore wing with the

irrorations in parts rather dense, forming indistinct incomplete

transverse shades, spots black, one or two on the thorax, one at the

base of fore wing, three in a row subbasal, first on the costa, second

below near it, third in the interno-median area one-third from

base, another in the centre above the submedian vein; a sub-

marginal and a marginal row of spots, one or two of them at the

apex, forming short streaks. Hind wing whitish on the costa,

brownish towards the exterior border ; fringe of both wings inter-

lined, Expanse of wings, § in.

moths of Burma. 237

Rangoon, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

There is an example of this insect in Mr. Moore’s

collection from Darjiling. Distinguishable from all

other species of this genus by the spotted nature of the

fore wings.

378. Cletthora mirabilis, n. sp.

Reddish fawn-colour. Body and fore wings suffused with white,

lightly tinged with pale pinkish. Abdomen grey, with the seg-

ments clearly defined. Fore wings with the subcostal, median,

and outer veins prominent, thickly suffused with whitish on the

space below the median vein, and irrorated with black atoms; an

indistinct outwardly curved row of subbasal spots, two white

recurved slightly sinuous lines, ante-medial and discal, a blackish

space against the outer part of the outer line near the hinder angle.

Hind wings more red than the fore wings, paling at the base.

Expanse of wings, §, in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Cletthora valida, Walker, from Borneo ;

differs in the absence of the black streaks and the white

transverse curved lines.

379. Cletthora bilinea, n. sp.

Palpi brownish ; two last joints with pale tips. Antenne brown

above, pale beneath. Body purplish brown; top of the head, a

spot on the collar, sides and base of thorax, and tips of abdomen

with the anal tuft, pale pinkish grey ; ground colour of fore wings

pale pinkish grey, mostly suffused with purplish brown, with pale

spaces in parts of the centre and outer portions; median and outer

veins prominent ; a large black lunular mark at end of cell, and a

small spot inside it, two pale transverse erect lines, ante-medial

and discal, the former bent inwards below the median vein, and

curving outwardly above and in on to the costa, the latter nearly

straight, curving very slightly inwards, a row of black dots in a

pale suffused band between this line and the margin, the centre

spots most prominent; cilia brown. Hind wings reddish in the

centre, purplish brown on the costal and abdominal portions; cilia

purplish brown, with a pale basal line. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to C. mirabilis, but can easily be distinguished

by the two pale transverse lines.

238 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

POLYDESMIDA.

380. Pandesma jubra.

Pandesma jubra, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 4138,

pl. xliv., f. 4.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

381. Polydesma boarmordes.

Polydesma boarmoides, Guén., Noct., ii., 441, 1314

(1852).

P. mastrucata, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 111,

f. 31 (1872).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

HOMOPTERIDA.

382. Homoptera solita.

Homoptera solita, Walker, xiii., p. 1068 (1857).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

383. Girpa fraterna.

Girpa fraterna, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 94, pl. 156,

figs. 5, 5a (1884).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

384. Girpa inangulata.

Hulodes inangulata, Guén., Noct., i11., 210, 1612 (1852).

Remigia optatwa, Walker, xiv., p. 1510 (1858).

R. optatura, Walker, xv., p. 1848 (1858).

R. comitata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1018 (1865).

Hulodes wmbrosa, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,

p. 91 (1869).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

385. Girpa pertendens.

Remigia pertendens, Walker, xiv., p. 1512 (1858).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

OPHIDERIDA.

386. Othreis ancilla.

Phalena (Noctua) aneilla, Cram., Pap. Exot., i,

pie 149) ft. Fi):

moths of Burma. 239

Ophiusa strigata, Donov., Ins. Ind., pl. 54, f. 2 (1888).

Othreis homena, Hiibn., Verz. Bek. Schm., 264, 2597

(1816).

Ophideres bilineosa, Walker, xiil., p. 1227 (1857).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe. ,

387. Othreis cajeta.

Phalena (Noctua) cajeta, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schm.,

265, 2599 (1816).

Ophideres multiscripta, Walker, xiil., p. 1226 (1857).

Moulmein. In B.M.

388. Othreis fullonica.

Phalena (Noctua) fullonica, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 812,

16767):

Noctua discoree, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., 212, 15 (1781).

Phalena (Noctua) pomona, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1,

pl. 77, £. o (L776).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

Moulmein, in B. M.

389. Rhytia hypermnestra.

Phalena (Noctua) hypermnestra, Cram., Pap. Exot.,

iy., pl. 323, f. a4, B (1780).

Moulmein. In B, M.

390. Phyllodes consobrina.

Phyllodes consobrina, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 57,

pl. 28, f. 2 (1848).

Moulmein. In B. M.

3891. Phyllodes verhuellit.

Phyllodes verhuellu, Voll., Tijd. Voor. Ent., i., p. 166,

pl. 8 (1858).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

392. Ischyja manla.

Phalena (Noctua) manlia, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1., pl. 92,

f. a (1776).

Moulmein. In B. M.

240 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

393. Ischyja schlegelu.

Ischyja schlegelii, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1885, p. 4,

Die 1, te

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

394. Lygniodes hypoleuca.

Lygniodes hypoleuca, Guén., Noct., i., 125, 1500

(1852).

Moulmein. In B.M.

EREBIIDA.

395. Oxyodes scrobiculata.

Noctua scrobiculata, Fabr., Sp. Ins., i1., 212, 14 (1781).

Phalena (Noctua) clytia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 399,

f. a (1782).

Rangoon, September and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

396. Sypna apicalis.

Sypna apicalis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p- 206.

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

OMMATOPHORIDA.

397. Patula macrops.

Phalena (Attacus) macrops, Linn., Syst. Nat., xii., iii.,

225 (1768).

Noctua bubo, Fabr., Sp. Ins., 11., 209, 3 (1781).

Patula boopis, Guén., Noct., i1., 178, 1560 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

398. Argiva caprimulgus.

Noctua caprimulgus, Fabr., Sp. Ins., i1., 210, 6 (1781).

Nyctipao exterior, Walker, xiv., p. 1806 (1858).

N. obliterans, Walker, xiv., p. 1807.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Tavoy. InI. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 241

399. Argiva hieroglyphica.

Phalena (Noctua) hieroglyphica, Drury, Ins. Exot., i1.,

poo; pls 2, f. 1, 9 (LFTB).

P. (Noctua) mygdonia, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 174,

for (TCT):

P. (Noctua) hermonia, Cram., l.c., f. 5.

Noctua ulula, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., 211, 9 ¢ (1781).

Moulmein, in B. M.

- Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

400. Nyctipao crepuscularis.

Phalena crepuscularis, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 509

(1758).

Nyctipao letitia, Butler, Il. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., 111.,

p- 20, pl. 47, 1. 9: d879).

Moulmein. In B.M.

Tavoy and Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

401. Hntomogramma fautriz.

Entomogramma fautriz, Guén., Noct., ili., 204, 1604

(1852).

Upper Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

402. Speiredonia retrahens.

Speiredonia retrahens, Walker, xiv., p. 1294 (1858).

Sericia parvipennis, Walker, xiv., p. 1297.

Ommatophora albifascia, Walker, xxxiil., p. 947 (1865).

Speiredonia conspicua, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep.,

plivits;, £4 (1873).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

403. Speiredonia zamis.

Phalena (Noctua) zamis, Stoll, Cram., Pap. Exot., v.,

p. 162, pl. 36, f. 11 (1790).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

404. Sericia anops.

Sericia anops, Guen., Noct., ii., 178, 1564 (1852).

Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

242, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

HYPOPYRIDA.

405. Spiramia coherens.

Spiramia coherens, Walker, xiv., p. 1321 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

406. Spiramia helicina.

Spetredoniahelicina, Hubn., Zutr. Samml. Exot. Schm.,

iii., 14, 219, figs. 487—8 (1825).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

407. Hypopyra vespertilio.

Noctua vespertilio, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 11., 186, 16, 3

(1787).

Hypopyra shiva, Gueén., Noct., iii., 199, 1597, 2 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

408. Hypopyra unistrigata.

Hypopyra unistrigata, Guén., Noct., ii., 201, 1601

(1852).

Maula idonea, Walker, xxxii., p. 1096 (1865).

Angerona polusaria, Walker, Xx., p. 243 (1860).

Moulmein. In B.M.

BENDIDA.

409. Hulodes drylla.

Hulodes ? drylla, Guén., Noct., ii., 209, 1609, pl. 24,

f. 10 (1852).

Hypopyra restorans, Walker, xiv., p. 1828 (1858).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

410. Hulodes saturnioides.

Hulodes saturnioides, Guén., Noct., iii., 209, 1610

(1852).

H. saturnioides, var., Walker, xiv., p. 1836 (1858).

(Var. type). Moulmein. In B. M.

moths of Burma. 243

411. Hamodes discistriga.

Hypernaria discistriga, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 78.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

412. Hamodes unilinea, n. sp.

Fawn-colour; palpi brown, collar reddish. Abdomen with thin

brown bands on the segments. Wingsirrorated with black atoms ;

costa of fore wings pale; a pale slightly sinuous line across both

wings from the costa of fore wings one-third from the apex to the

abdominal margin of hind wings, one-third from the anal angle,

the veins outside this line pale and rather prominent; a brownish

indistinct patch on the fore wings outside the line touching the

hinder margin, and a row of submarginal black dots on both wings.

Expanse of wings, 1; in.

Beeling, March, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from H. discistriga in its smaller size, difference

of colour, and the transverse line being sinuous and

going evenly across the wings to the costa one-third

from apex, whereas discistriga, which is yellowish, has

a red line across the wings, nearly straight, and

extending to the apex.

OPHIUSIDZ.

418. Melioptis cyllaria.

Phalena (Noctua) cyllaria, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii.,

pl aol... 0, D.(1779).

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

414. Melioptis cyllota.

Achea cyllota, Guén., Noct., ili., 248, 1669 (1852).

A. signivitta, Walker, xiv., p. 1898 (1858).

Moulmein. In B.M.

415. Meloptis pannosa.

Ercheia pannosa, Moore, P. Z. §., 1883, p. 24.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

416. Thyas dotata.

Noctua dotata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 55, 153 (1794).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Hpongadoo, April, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

944 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

417. Thyas honesta.

Thyas honesta, Hubn., Samml. Exot. Schm., u1., Index,

p. 4, figs. 1—2 (1820—26).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

418. Minucia tumidilinea.

Ophiusa tumidilinea, Walker, xiv., p. 1483 (1858).

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

419. Ophisma contenta.

Ophisma contenta, Walker, xiv., p. 1881 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

420. Ophisma certior.

Ophisma certior, Walker, xiv., p. 1881 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

421. Ophisma gravata.

Ophisma gravata, Guén., Noct., 11., 237, 1648 (1852).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-

goon.

422. Pindara illibata.

Noctua illibata, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 592, 8 (1775).

Hemeroblemma peropace, Hubn., Zutr. Samml. Exot.

Schm., iii., 88, 271, figs. 541—2 (1825).

Ophisma letabilis, Guen., Noct., i1., 241, 1657 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

423. Achea combinans.

Achea combinans, Walker, xiv., p. 1899 (1858).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

424, Achea melicerte.

Phalena (Noctua) melicerte, Drury, Ins., 1., p. 46,

pl. 23, f. 1 77):

Noctua tigrina, Fabr., Sp. Ins., 218, 52 (1781).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, June and August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 245

425. Achea serva.

Noctua serva, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 598, 18 (1775).

N. vulpina, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 89, 102 (1794).

N. mercatoria, Fabr., l. c., p. 62, No. 175.

Achea ino, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schm., 269, 2644 (1816).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-

goon,

426. Pstmada quadripennis.

Psimada quadripennis, Walker, xv., p. 1828 (1858).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

427. Nazxia calefaciens.

Naszia calefaciens, Walker, xiv., p. 1405 (1858).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-

goon.

428. Delgamma calorifica.

Naxia calorifica, Walker, xiv., p. 1406 (1858).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

429. Caranilla onelia.

Nazxia onelia, Guén., Noct., lii., 258, 1679 (1852).

Ophiusa obumbrata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 969 (1858).

O. umbrosa, Walker, xxxill., p. 968.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

430. Passipeda hemorrhoda.

Calesiahemorrhoda, Guén., Noct., ii., 258, 1688 (1852).

C. patna, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., iv., pl. 117,

f. 17 (1878).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

431. Macaldenia palumba.

Hulodes palumba, Guén., Noct., i1., 211, 1613 (1852).

Remigia colligens, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1019 (1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

246 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

432. Calesia dasyptera.

Erebus dasypterus, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv., 476, 5

(1848).

E. leucostigma, Kollar, l.c., No. 6.

Calesia comosa, Guén., Noct., ii., 258, 1682, pl. 21,

f. 7 (1852).

C. stigmoleuca, Guén., l. c., No. 1685.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

438. Calesia flabellifera.

Calesia flabellifera, Moore, P. Z. §., 1878, p. 849.

(Type). Upper Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

434. Calesia gastropachoides.

Calesia gastropachoides, Guén., Noct., iii., 258, 1684

(1852).

Upper Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

435. Hypetra noctuoides.

Hypatra noctuoides, Guén., Noct., iii., 259, 1686 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

436. Hypetra occularia, n. sp. (Pl. VIII., fig. 4).

Palpi deep black, last joint grey. Antenne dark brown above,

erey beneath. Head, thorax, and fore wings dark almond-brown.

Fore wing with some pale grey flecks; costa with a pale grey point

one-third from the base, and five towards the apex, extreme base

suffused with grey; a large grey spot below the median vein one-

fourth from base, another still larger just beyond the centre of the

wing, indented on the upper inner side, ringed with black and

grey, and with two large black spots inside, like a large ear-shaped

ocellus; subbasal, medial, ante-medial, and submarginal brown

sinuous thin transverse bands, more or less indistinct, the first

running outside the first large grey spot, the third outside the

ocellus, and almost meeting the second on the hinder margin of

the wing, the second and third margined with greyish on their

inner sides, and the fourth on the outer side; the whole outer

space of the wing outside the third band more densely marked

with grey flecks; marginal festoon brown with grey points. Hind

moths of Burma. 247

wings blackish brown, paler at the base; some grey flecks on the

anal margin; cilia of both wings reddish brown with brown tips.

Under side: wings uniform brown, with prominent veins; body

and legs brown; fore tibiz and tarsi greyish white, tibiz speckled

with brown and with a brown spot, tarsi banded with brown,

middle third tarsi with white bands on the joints; abdomen with

white spots on the sides. Expanse of wings, 2 in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from the other species of this genus in having

an ocellus-shaped mark on fore wings.

437. Dordura aliena.

Hypetra aliena, Walker, xxxili., p. 964, @ (1865).

Dordura apicalis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,

p. 170, pl. 5, f. 20, ¢ (1882).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Though the types of these two are very dissimilar, it

is evident, from the examination of a series of this

insect, that it is extremely variable, and that apicalis is

nothing more than a handsomely marked male of aliena.

438. Ophiusa arcuata.

Ophiusa arcuata, Moore, P. Z. §., 1877, p. 609.

O. joviana, Guén. (nec Cram.), Noct., ili., 269, 1702

(1852).

Rangoon, July and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

439. Ophiusa crameri.

Dysgonia crameri, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 177,

pl. 171, f. 2 (1885).

Phalena (Noctua) achatina, Cram. (nec Sulzer), Pap.

Exot., i., pl. 288, f. a (1780).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

Palone, August, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

440. Ophiusa fulvotenia.

Ophiusa fulvotenia, Guén., Noct., ii., 272, 1710 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888, In coll. Swinhoe.

248 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

441. Ophiusa joviana.

Phalena (Noctua) joviana, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,

pl. 399, f. B (1782).

Noctua sinuata, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii., 145, 83 (1787).

Ophiusa myops, Guén., Noct., i11., 265, 1693 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

442. Grammodes ammonia.

Phalena (Noctua) ammonia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii.,

pl. 250, f. p (1779).

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

443. Grammodes mygdon.

Phalena (Noctua) mygdon, Cram., Pap. Enxot., ii.,

pl. 156, f. a (1777).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

444, Fodina stola.

Fodina stola, Guén., Noct., ii., 275, 1715 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

445. Artena submira.

Artena submira, Walker, xiv., p. 1889 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

446. Athyrma polyspila.

Athyrma polyspila, Walker, xxxili., p. 966 (1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

447. Athyrma semilugens.

Hydrelia semilugens, Walker, xii., p. 814 (1857).

Baniana luteiceps, Walker, xxxui., p. 1000 (1865).

(Types of semilugens and luteiceps). Moulmein. In

«ME.

moths of Burma. 249

EUCLIDIDA.

448. Trigonodes cephise.

Phalena cephise, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 227, f. c

GET 9):

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

449. Trigonodes hyppasia.

Phalena (Noctua) hyppasia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii,

pl 250, 4. 0) (L079)

Trigonodes compar, Walker, xiv., p. 1451 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

450. Trigonodes maxima.

Trigonodes maxima, Guén., Noct., ili., 282, 1723 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Thyetmyo. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

REMIGIIDA.

451. Cauninda archesia.

Phalena (Noctua) archesia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii.,

pl. 273, figs. Fr, a (1780).

Remigia bifasciata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1014 (1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Merge and Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

452. Remigia frugalis.

Noctuc, frugalis, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 188 (1794).

Chalei pe lycopodia, Geyer, Hibn., Zitr. Exot. Schm.,

25, 449, figs. 897—8 (1837).

Remigia translata, Walker, xxxiii., p. 1015 (1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mergeui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

4538. Remigia quesita.

Remigia quesita, Swinhoe, P.Z. §., 1885, p. 468, pl. 27,

1.3)

Thyetmyo, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (JUNE.) S

250 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

ARMANA, N. g.

3. Body moderately stout. Abdomen lanceolate, short, not

extending to the end of hind wings, and slightly tufted at the tip ;

palpi vertical, second joint long, densely pilose, tufted at the tip,

the tuft nearly covering the third joint, which is lanceolate, about

one-fourth the length of the second and depressed, giving the palpi

the form of a hooked tip. Antenne as long as the body, crenu-

lated; legs rather long; femora and tibize with long hairs on all

the legs; middle and hind tibie with long spurs. Fore wing

narrow, costa nearly straight, outer margin moderately oblique

and slightly rounded, hinder margin outwardly curved towards

the base.

Separable at once from the genus Remigia by its clean

long tarsi, and from that genus and the genus Cauninda

by its peculiar-shaped palpi.

454, Armana nigrericta, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 1).

Palpi, face, and eyes deep black. Antenne brown, their crenu-

lations white; top of head, thorax, abdomen, and wings above of

a uniform bright pale yellowish fawn-colour. Wings slightly irro-

rated with minute black atoms, which are denser on the outer half;

two black spots on the cell-veins in the fore wings, one near the

centre and the other towards the end of the cell, and one black

spot on the cell-vein on the hind wings near the centre of the cell;

a straight duplex brown band from the apex of the fore wings to

the abdominal margin of hind wings, one-third from the anal

angle, both wings outside this line shaded darker than the rest of

the wings in consequence of the denser irrorations; a small

blackish patch at the apex of fore wings on the outer side of the

band, and two small black angles on the inner side, and a small

black patch at the other end of the band towards the anal angle.

Below yellower, irrorations on wings denser throughout, transverse -

band black, not duplex, fines down on hind wing, and terminates

before reaching abdominal margin; a black spot in centre of each

cell, and no black marks at either end of the band; fore and

middle legs with blackish femora and tibix, and grey tarsi; hind

legs with brown on the tarsi above. Expanse of wings, 1,, in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe,

moths of Burma. 251

PSEUDO-DELTOIDES.

FOCILLIDA.

455. Zethes cristifera.

Ephyrodes cristifera, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1071 (1865).

Catada epops, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 120,

f. 42, 2 (1878).

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

456. Zethes decolor.

Focilla? decolor, Walker, xxxili., p. 1029 (1865).

Bassein, September, 1888; Bhamo, October, 1882 ;

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

457. Zethes hesitans.

Zethes hesitans, Walker, xv., p. 1524 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. InB. M.

458. Zethes mopsa, n. sp.

Fawn-colour, irrorated with greyish brown atoms. Fore wings

with a white ear-shaped hyaline spot within the cell ; four sinuous

brown rather indistinet lines across both wings, outwardly curved

on fore wings, nearly straight on hind wings; first basal, only

apparent on fore wings, second before the hyaline spot, third and

fourth beyond it, all nearly equidistant, the third thickening into a

brownish band on the costa, and some indistinct thin sinuous lines

between the transverse lines; adiscal brown band, nearly straight,

on both wings, immediately followed by a very fine indistinct

sinuous line marked with whitish and blackish points and lunules,

which on the fore wing run to the apex; marginal line brown ;

fringe brown, with a pale basal band. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, 18838. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from Z. (Egnasia) inserpatalis, Walker, in its

smaller size, want of subapical whitish patch, and in

the difference of the position of the transverse lines.

459. Zethes compactilis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 16).

Palpi, antenne, and top of head reddish brown. Body and wings

dark purplish grey. Abdomen with two reddish brown tufts at base,

and a thin dorsal line of that colour, which thickens on to the anal

tuft, which is brown at the tip and greyish white at the sides, as is

§ 2

252, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

also the abdomen ; tegule covered with greyish white hairs. Fore

wings entirely smeared with the same colour, and sparsely irrorated

with brown atoms; a very large brown patch on the hinder mar-

gin just before the middle, a faint band above running past the

small grey-ringed orbicular, an equally large brown patch at the

hinder angle, pale in its interior ; in some lights both patches are

almost invisible on account of the speckled grey sheen on them, a

grey curved line running through the last patch; brown points

close to the margin, which form a lunular line towards the angle;

costal and outer and inner marginal lines pale brown towards the

apex, three pale dots on costa near apex, cilia dark brown. Hind

wing darker, not being suffused with grey; marginal line brown,

lunular; cilia brown, with a basal pale line; abdominal border

fringed with whitish hairs. Expanse of wings, 1¥, in.

Thyetmyo, November, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Zethes aristifera, is smaller, differently

coloured, has the two patches on the hinder border of

fore wings, and differs altogether in general character.

460. Zethes palliolata, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 10).

Palpi brown, pale atthe tips. Antenne brown. Body and wings

of a uniform luteous white, tinged with pale pinkish. Thorax with

a thin brown line in front. Abdomen irrorated with grey; seg-

ments marked with brown and white. Wings sparsely irrorated

with chocolate-red atoms, the irrorations denser in parts, forming

bands and lines; reniform represented by a black spot, orbicular

like a narrow ear, ringed with chocolate-red. Fore wing with a

basal and two other equidistant outwardly curved lines within the

basal third, which is dark from the denser irrorations, the outward

line elbowed outwardly above and below, a duplex sinuous very

short central line from the costa; a duplex discal line straight

from the abdominal margin of hind wing near the angle to the

lower radial interspace on the fore wings, and from thence into

three branches on to the costa; first bent acutely inwards, second

and third circling above round a whitish large subapical spot, a

sinuous line beyond this duplex line, from the elbow on the fore

wing to the anal angle of the hind wing, which is darkest on the

margin; there is also a darkish patch on the fore wing beyond the

elbow ; submarginal points and marginal festoon brown; a brown

point near end of cell on hind wing. Expanse of wings, 1/4 in.

Rangoon. July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Zethes decolor, Walker ; somewhat similarly

moths of Burma. 253

marked, differs in colour, in the angulated nature of the

inner bands, in the great difference in shape of the

orbicular stigma, and absence of spot at anal angle.

461. Zethes umbrifera, n. sp.

Body purplish brown. Wings with the ground colour yellowish

grey, but so covered with purplish brown shades as to be almost

altogether of that colour, with the ground colour showing here and

there. Fore wing with a large black spot below the costa one-

fourth from the base, and another small one on a light ground

beyond it; a brown line from the costa beyond the middle, forming

a sharp outward angle, then sinuous downwards to the hinder

margin beyond the middle; a corresponding semidentated brown

band on hind wings, running straight across the wing to the abdo-

minal margin near the anal angle, the latter outwardly pale-edged,

as also is a submarginal similar band across both wings, well

separated from the margin; a very large blackish spot or patch, -

rounded below, on the costa of fore wings near the apex, where

there are five pale points; veins prominent; marginal points

black, line brown; fringe variegated. Expanse of wings, 1; in.

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Easily distinguishable from the other species by its

sombre colour, and the black spot of raised scales below

the costa near the base of the fore wings.

462. Zethes exigualis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 8).

Chocolate-brown ; palpi blackish brown. Fore wings with three

blackish spots or patches on the basal half, a broad white central

band, striated with chocolate-brown on the lower half, and becomes

suffused into the general colour of the wing upwards before reaching

the costa, its outer border bends outwards into an acute angle in

its centre, the upper part of the angle being limited by a white

streak from the apex of the angle to the middle of the costa on the

last blackish spot; a pale transverse subapical line runs half-way

down the wing, with a blackish diffused space on its inner side,

and a subcostal blackish streak from this patch to the base of the

wing; a submarginal row of pale points. Hind wings with a

central band, corresponding to the band on the fore wings, but

attenuated hindwards; some indistinct subbasal pale poimts and

fringe on both wings with a pale basal line. Expanse of wings,

f in.

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

954 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Not resembling any species known to me ; looks like

a small Pyrale.

463. Rhesena obliquifasciata.

Rhesena obliquifasciata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,

ii., p. 183 (1882).

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

464. Rhesena transcissa.

Rhesena transcissa, Walker, xxxv., p. 1974 (1866).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Walker’s type came from Australia, but my insect is

identical with it, and Mr. Moore has it from Ceylon.

465. Cultripalpa indistincta.

Cultripalpa indistincta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,

il., p. 188 (1882).

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-

goon.

466. Cultripalpa partita.

Cultripalpa partita, Guén., Noct., iii., 332, 1797 (1852).

Bassein. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

467. Egnasia ephyrodalis.

Egnasia ephyrodalis, Walker, xvi., p. 217 (1858).

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

468. Egnasia reduplicalis.

Egnasia? reduplicalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1179 (1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, 1883, 1887; Bassein, August, 1888. Incoll.

Swinhoe.

469. Egnasia talusalis.

Egnasia talusalis, Walker, xvi., p. 219 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

470. Egnasia igneola, n. sp.

Chocolate-colour. Body and both wings irrorated with white.

Abdomen also with white flecks down each side. Fore wings with

a pale yellowish spot for the orbicular; reniform bright igneous

moths of Burma. 955

yellow, transverse, with a small connected dot in front, and a short

streak behind, a subbasal indistinct disconnected chocolate trans-

verse band, another similarly coloured more distinct band just

beyond, bent outwardly to and disconnected at the reniform, two

others beyond the orbicular, one bent just outside it, where there

is a large suffused dark chocolate space, the outer line white above,

and deeply bent in on to the costa almost above the orbicular; a

submarginal white line denticulated above, limiting the flaming

subcostal patch, and sinuous below, the space between this and the

inner band being more or less suffused with igneous yellow;

another indistinct white and brown line close to the margin. Hind

wings pale on the costal portion, a brown lunule at end of cell, a

brown recurved line corresponding to the third line on the fore

wings, a white recurved line corresponding to the fourth, edged on

both sides with brown, followed by a yellowish band; the rest of

the wing dark chocolate, with the submarginal white line and line

close to the margin like those on the fore wing; cilia on both wings

dark chocolate, interlined. Expanse of wings, 1} in.

Rangoon, August, 1886 and 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from all other Egnasia in its oblique white

subapical line on fore wings, the fiery-red mark at end

of cell, and straight red-bordered black discal line on

hind wing.

471. Nagadeba ianthina, n. sp.

Brownish purple; palpi white speckled with brown. Body and

wings irrorated with greyish white atoms, a prominent white spot

for the orbicular, reniform pale, indistinct; costal space towards

apex smeared with white; both wings crossed by a white line,

margined with brown on its inner side, which commences on the

costa near the middle, runs straight towards the outer margin,

forms an angle outside the reniform, and is slightly sinuous from

thence to the abdominal margin of hind wing near anal angle;

between this line and the base are several indistinct transverse

brownish bands, and between this line and the outer margin is an

indistinct sinuous whitish line, dentated in parts, and also margined

inwardly with brown; cilia brown, with a fiery red basal band.

Expanse of wings, ?, in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Has the white oblique subapical streak and bands

disposed somewhat as in Egnasia igneola.

956 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

472. Matella sinuosa.

Egnasia sinuosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i,

p. 184 (1882).

Moulmein. In coll. Moore.

473. Daxata multifasciata, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 14).

Blackish brown, tinged with pinkish; palpi pinkish grey, marked

with brown. Antenne and body blackish brown; ground colour

of wings pinkish grey, thickly suffused with blackish brown, and

both wings crossed by many suffused fascie ; a large black mark

at the end of cell; costa with several black marks; a black sub-

basal band on fore wings, an outwardly curved dentated central

black line across both wings; black marginal lunular spots and a

mixed cilia of brown and pale pinkish. Under side paler, veins

and intermediate lines prominent, both wings with three outwardly

curved dark bands, and spot at end of cell of fore wings. Expanse

of wings, }, in.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to D. byungens, Walker ; differs in the disposal

of the bands and the outwardly curved dentated central

black line.

AMPHIGONIDAs.

474. Lacera alope.

Phalena (Noctua) alope, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 286,

figs. u, F (1780).

Lacera capella, Gueén., Noct., iii., 887, 1802, pl. 24,

f. 18 (1852). 7

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

475. Anphigonia hepatizans.

Amphigonia hepatizans, Guén., Noct., iii., 888, 1805,

pl. 24, f. 12 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

THERMESIIDA.

476. Platyja lobifera.

Platyja lobifera, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., pt. 2,

p. 101 (1886).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 257

A477. Platyja umminia.

Phalena (Noctua) wmminia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iil.,

pl. 267, f. r (1780).

Sympis subunita, Guén., Noct., iil., 8344, 1810 (1852).

Cotuza drepanoides, Walker, xv., p. 1552 (1858).

Ginewa removens, Walker, xv., p. 1638.

Ophisma trajecta, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,

p. 108 (1869).

Hulodes falcata, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 115,

128, 6) (1873).

(Type, drepanoides). Moulmein. In Bb. M.

Rangoon, July and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

478. Sympis rufibasis.

Sympis rufibasis, Guen., Noct., iil., 844, 1809, pl. 24,

f. 1 (1852).

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

479. Capnodes finipalpis.

Thermesia finipalpis, Walker, xv., p. 1576, 2 (1858).

Capnodes maculicosta, Walker, xv., p. 1608.

Thyetmyo, September, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

480. Capnodes fabularis, n. sp.

Olive-brown, irrorated with minute grey atoms; a black basal

spot on costa and indication of a pale line; an ante-medial erect

yellowish grey line on fore wing, sinuous above, and bent in on to

the costa, where there is a deep black spot; another black spot in

the centre above the long black-yellow linear orbicular mark, two

or three yellowish dots towards the apex, where there is a yellowish

suffusion, which in some specimens runs down the outer border ;

a yellowish grey nearly straight line from a small brown patch on

the costa, one-fourth from the apex to the abdominal margin of hind

wings beyond the middle; an indistinct sinuous yellowish line

between this and the margin on the fore wings, invisible in most

specimens on hind wing; marginal points black, marked with pale

yellowish outside. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, September, and October, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.

958 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

There is an example of this insect in the British

Museum from North China.

Much smaller than C. maculicosta; differs in its

brown coloration, and in the two transverse pale lines

on fore wing and medial line on hind wing.

481. Thermesia simplex.

Thermesia simplex, Walker, xxxili., p. 1068 (1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

482. Thermesia subcostalis.

Thermesia subcostalis, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1059 (1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

483. Sanys rivulosa.

Thermesia rivulosa, Walker, xxxiii., p. 1060 (1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

484. Selenis longipalpts.

Selenis longipalpis, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1068 (1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

485. Mestleta irrecta.

Selenis irrecta, Walker, xxxii., p. 1066 (1865).

S. niviapex, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1069.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

486. Sonagara scitaria.

Drepanodes ? scitaria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1488 (1862).

Anisodes ? pyriniata, Walker, xxvi., p. 1582.

Thermesia ? reticulata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1062 (1865).

Homodes thermesioides, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., xx.,

p- 28, pl. 2, f. 15 (1877).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

moths of Burma. 259

487. Azazia rubricans.

Ophiusa rubricans, Boisd., Faun. Lep. Mad., p. 106,

pl. 16, f. 1 (1834).

Thermesia transducta, Walker, xxxiii., p. 1058 (1865).

T’. consueta, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p. 93

(1869).

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

488. Pleurona falcata.

Pleurona falcata, Walker, xxxv., p. 1564 (1866).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

DELTOIDES.

PLATYDIDA.

489. Hpisparis varialis.

Neviasca varialis, Walker, xvi., p. 7 (1858).

Episparis signata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1032 (1865).

E. davallia, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 120,

f. 41 (1878).

Rangoon, April and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

HYPENIDA.

490. Dichromia orosia.

Phalena (Noctua) orosia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 275,

f. p (1780).

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

491. Dichromia quadralis.

Dichromia quadralis, Walker, xvi., p. 14 (1858).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

492. Hypena biplagiata.

Hypena biplagiata, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

vii., p. 86, pl. 184, f. 1 (1889).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

493. Hypena cidariordes.

Hypena cidarioides, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk,, ii.,

p. 189 (1882).

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

960 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

494. Hypena laceratalis.

Hypena laceratalis, Walker, xvi., p. 60 (1858).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

495. Hypena lesalis.

Hypena lesalis, Walker, xvi., p. 62 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

496. Hypena mandatalis.

Hypena mandatalis, Walker, xvi., p. 58 (1858).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

497. Hypena invenustalis, n. sp.

Brownish fawn-colour ; palpi long, two-thirds of length of abdo-

men, black at the sides, last joint short, one-fourth of the length of

second. Fore wing with a black spot in centre of cell, a brown

line curving outwards slightly from beyond centre of hinder margin

to costa, less than one-third from apex, and margined with whitish

on its outer side, followed by a line of black points. Hind wings

unmarked ; marginal line on both wings black, lunular, margined

inwardly with whitish; cilia brown. Under side greyish brown,

unmarked; outer veins and intermediate lines prominent. Expanse

of wings, lin.

Rangoon, July and August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to H. obstupidalis, Swinhoe; the palpi are longer,

inner and outer lines wanting, central line inclining

outwards, and not erect as in that species.

498. Nolasena ferrifervens.

Nolasena ferrifervens, Walker, xil., p. 982 (1857).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

499. Marapana raralis.

Hypena raralis, Walker, xvi., p. 65 (1858).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

500. Ophiuche mistacalis.

Herminia mistacalis, Guén., Delt. et. Pyral., 60, 69

(1854).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 261

501. Ophiuche quinquelinealis.

Hypena quinquelinealis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 612.

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

HERMINIIDA.

502. Dragana pansalis.

Dragana pansalis, Walker, xvi., p. 200 (1858).

Apphadana evulsalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1218 (1865).

Poaphila concors, Walker, xxxv., p. 1969 (1866).

Mereui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

508. Apphadana rubicundula.

Apphadana rubicundula, Swinhoe, P. Z. §., 1885,

p. 475, pl. 28, f. 2.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

504. Apphadana plana, n. sp.

Brownish fawn-colour; orbicular represented by a black spot,

reniform obsolete. Fore wing crossed by three brownish sinuous

very indistinct lines, first crossing outside the orbicular, second

medial, third from hinder margin, one-third from the angle to the

apex, and pale-edged outwardly. Hind wing with a brown spot at

end of cell, and a discal sinuous brown line corresponding to the

outer line of the fore wing, the space beyond this line on both

wings being brownish and darker than the rest of the wings.

Expanse of wings, §, in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to. A. festina, Swinhoe; differs in its lighter

coloration, its black orbicular spot, and the shape and

direction of the lines, the outer line of festina being

uniform in its distance from the outer margin through-

out, and touches the costa one-fourth from apex.

505. Pseudoglossa modesta, n. sp.

3&2. Purple-brown. Antenne of the male moderately pecti-

nated on one side for two-thirds its length; orbicular represented

by a pale dot; reniform large, ringed with ochreous grey, in shape

like a crooked figure of eight; both wings crossed by three nearly

262 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

equidistant outwardly curved sinuous black lines, the first margined

inwardly, the other two outwardly, with pinkish white, ante-

medial, medial, and post-medial, and rather close together; a fourth

line, submarginal and of the same description on the fore wing

only, and which terminates near the apex in a pure white promi-

nent spot on a black ground, sometimes with a very small pure

white dot just above it. Under side paler, bands on hind wing as

above, and a discal band in addition on fore wing; a longitudinal

spot for the orbicular, and a large round spot for the reniform,

both encircled with white; apical spot as above, and a black

lunular mark at the end of cell on hind wing; all the bands and

marks very black and prominent; body black; legs black, streaked

in some specimens with pale pinkish white, and spurs black.

Expanse of wings, § 15, ? 14 in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this also from Bombay and the Nilgiris.

Allied to P. fulvipicta, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het.

B. M., vii., p. 87, pl. 184, f. 7 (1889) ; bands and stigmata

differently shaped.

506. Bertula imperatalis.

Bertula imperatalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1168 (1865).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

507. Bertula agrestis, n. sp.

Purplish brown. Body and wings for two-thirds their length

faintly dusted with grey. Fore wings crossed with three equi-

distant sinuous brown lines, ante-medial, medial, and post-medial,

and rather close together, on hind wings; these lines converge on

the abdominal border towards the anal angle, the third being lost

in the broadly diffused discal band, which crosses both wings, and

has a reddish tinge, and on the outside of this band is an indistinct

pale sinuous line; marginal line black and lunular, a yellowish

patch at the anal angle of the hind wings. Wings below brown,

paling on the inner borders ; veins and lines between them promi-

nent; three transverse sinuous lines as above, with an indication

of a fourth. Expanse of wings, 1/, in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this insect also from North Kanara.

Allied to Bertula placida, Moore ; wings much shorter,

outer line bent instead of being nearly straight, and

differs in having the broadly diffused discal band,

moths of Burma, 263

508. Bertula ethnica, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 11).

_ Blackish brown; insides and tips of palpi pale greyish. Abdo-

men greyish brown, with greyish at base and on segments. Wings

of a uniform blackish brown; a lunular mark at end of cell of fore

wings, a transverse blackish sinuous line across both wings just

before the middle, a black band from the hinder margin one-third

from anal angle to the costa near the apex, followed by some pale

marks, and the rest of the wings beyond nearly as dark as the

band; marginal festoon black; cilia blackish brown. Under side

uniformly brown; wings paling towards the base; veins and

streaks between them prominent; tarsi and spurs with pale bands,

Expanse of wings, 1,4 in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to B. agrestis, but differently marked across the

wings.

509. Bertula factitia, n. sp.

Of a uniform dark olive-brown. Fore wing with a black dot in

centre of cell, a black ringlet at the end, a short black sinuous line

commencing at costa near the base, another one-third from base,

which in some specimens is only indicated on the costa, in others

crosses the wing; a third discal, more or less dentated across both

wings, and bends in on costa of fore wing; a submarginal

dentated pale line, which is not always visible on the hind wing;

marginal line black, slightly lunular; cilia with a pale line at the

base. Under side paler; veins and intermediate lines prominent ;

a black dot at end of cell in all the wings, a discal transverse dentated

line across both wings, and another blackish similar line between

this and outer margin, clearest on hind wings; marginal line and

cilia as above. Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this also from Calcutta.

Differs from the two former, from which it can easily

be distinguished by the discal dentated transverse line.

510. Bertula analis, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 5).

Blackish brown; insides and tips of last two joints of palpi pale

flesh-colour. Thorax with some dark grey hairs at the base. Fore

wings flecked with pale pinkish grey, especially so on the basal

and costal portions; an ear-shaped black ringlet at end of cell,

with pale interior; costa with four small black patches, and with

a larger black subapical patch edged with pale flesh-colour, some

264 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

very indistinct and incomplete blackish pale-bordered sinuous lines

across the wing from the patches, only visible here and there, a

row of pale points below the large subapical patch; marginal

lunules black ; cilia pale at the base. Hind wings with an indis-

tinct dentated medial outwardly curved irregular line, with pale

marks ; another similar pale flesh-coloured discal line, attached to

a deep black streak on the abdominal margin near the anal angle;

marginal line and fringe as in fore wing, a pale lunular mark at

end of cell; costa and base paler than rest of wing. Under side

paler; costa of fore wings broadly flesh-colour in its central parts,

with two black spots; a pale lunule at end of cell in both wings;

hind wing with a central sinuous blackish line running past the

lunule; both wings with a dentated discal blackish line, followed

by another similar flesh-coloured line, margined inwardly with

black ; marginal line and cilia as above; outer veins prominent.

Expanse of wings, 1} in.

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

Fore wings narrower than in the former species, and

remarkable for its deep black subapical patch on fore

wings, and anal streak on hind wings.

511. Hipoepa? opacaria, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL, fig. 3).

Palpi, antenne, head, thorax, and fore wings pinkish brown,

glossed and shining. Abdomen grey; basal hairs white. Fore

wings with several shades of colour; a straight outwardly inclined

ante-medial dark line, a slightly sinuous post-medial line, between

them a dark shaded band, which elbows outwardly in two places,

and a submarginal sinuous line, dentated outwardly in places.

Hind wings pale pinkish brown, whitish towards the base; mar-

ginal line on both wings brown; fringe interlined. Expanse of

wings, 1; in.

Rangoon, January, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Not allied to any species I know of.

512. Hadennia ignicoma, un. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 12).

Purplish brown; a long tuft of red hairs at the tip of palpi,

rising like a crest above the head; reniform represented by a

prominent latitudinal white spot pointed at both ends; a black

suffused broad band just before the middle across both wings,

another similar broader discal band, broadly suffused towards apex

of fore wing and in dise of hind wing. Under side pale greyish

moths of Burma. 265

brown, greyish on basal half of costa of fore wings, and nearly the

whole surface of hind wings, with the white spot on fore wing

prominent, as also are the outer veins and intermediate lines.

Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from H. hypenalis, Walker, in the absence of

the sinuous central transverse brown line on fore wing

and yellowish discal line on both wings, and from

H. prunosa in having the outer band on fore wing above

less oblique, in the absence of marginal white dots, and

on the under side the submarginal white dentated line

across both wings, and also the marginal white dots.

513. Bocana manifestalis.

Bocana manifestalis, Walker, xvi., p. 171, 2 (1858).

Lamura oberratalis, Walker, xvi., p. 189, 3.

Rangoon, June, 1886; August and October, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.

514. Bocana marginata.

Bocana marginata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,

p. 195, pl. 6, f. 19 (1882).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

515. Bocana nigella, n. sp.

Dark blackish brown; sides of second joint of palpi deep black’

with pale interior and tips of last two joints. Eyes with pale lines

on the inside. Fore wings with two black spots, one above the

other, at the end of the cell, with indications of a pale ring round

each; some pale indistinct points in a discal line across both

wings, but very indistinct; marginal black spots and dark cilia

with a pale line at its base. Under side paler, flecked with grey;

veins and intermediate lines prominent, a pale black lunular mark

at end of each cell; dentated, prominent, ante-medial and outer

lines across both wings black, margined with white on their outer

sides, the inner one indistinct on fore wings, a whitish spot on

costa of fore wings one-fourth from apex, a smaller spot near the

apex. HExpanse of wings, 1}, in.

Rangoon, June and September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mr. Moore has this insect from the Andamans.

Differs from B. manifestalis, Walker, in its smaller

size, narrower and more pointed fore wings, and in the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART Il. (JUNE.) T

266 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

absence of the black reniform and discal transverse

sinuous lines.

516. Dyrzela bosca, n. sp.

Olive-brown, irrorated with very minute greyish atoms. Fore

wings with an indistinct brown lunular mark at end of cell; two

indistinct transverse sinuous brown lines, first from hinder margin

before the middle to the costa at one-third from base, second post-

medial, erect, distorted above, and turns inwards on to the costa,

a large black spot near the apex just outside this line; marginal

points black; cilia brown. Hind wings unmarked, pale towards

costa; veins prominent; cilia brown, with a pale basal line.

Expanse of wings, 1,3 in.

Bassein, August, 1888.

Rangoon, September, 1886.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to D. incrassata, Walker, from Borneo; is

olive-brown instead of ferruginous, and has only two

instead of three transverse lines on fore wings, and these

are differently placed.

517. Oglasa costipannosa, n. sp.

Chocolate-brown. Thorax and fore wings smeared with greyish

white powder ; collar white in front and on the base of fore wings;

costa pale to the patch, with a subbasal brown spot, and another

below it; a sinuous indistinct brown line from the basal third to

the centre of hinder margin, another more indistinct of a similar

nature commencing just before the patch, which is very large,

dark chocolate-brown, extends from centre of costa to near the

apex, and extends nearly half-way downwards, is bordered with

white, and irregularly curved and notched on its outer side; a

diseal line of transverse black spots below its centre, a whitish

transverse line also across the wing below its outer end, com-

mencing at the notched point; marginal line yellowish, points

black. Hind wings paler, darkest towards apical portions; cilia

of both wings pinkish brown, with pale tips on the hind wings.

Expanse of wings, 1; in. .

Rangoon and Moulmein, May, 1888.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to O. lagusalis, Walker, from Borneo, is choco-

late-brown instead of whitish testaceous, and has only

one large rounded costal patch instead of two triangular

ones.

moths of Burma. 267

518. Hydrillodes lentalis.

Hydrillodes lentalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 66, 81,

pl. 5, f. 3 (1854).

Catada ? captiosalis, Walker, xvi., p. 210 (1858).

Bleptina morosa, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., ii1.,

p. 64, pl. 56, f. 15 (1879).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

519. Nodaria externalis.

Nodaria externalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 64, 78

(1854).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

520. Avitta cervina.

Briarda cervina, Walker, xxxv., p. 1968 (1866).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

521. Labanda fasciata.

Lazanda (sic) fasciata, Walker, xxxii., p. 605 (1865).

Diomea muscosa, Walker, xxxili., p. 898 (1865).

Labanda saturalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1251 (¢ only),

(1865).

(Type, fasciata). Moulmein. In B. M.

522. Aginna robustalis.

Herminia robustalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 58, 66

(1854).

Bocana turpatalis, Walker, xvi., p. 174 (1858).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

523. Rivula bioculalis.

Rivula bioculalis, Moore, P. Z.S., 1877, p. 614.

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

524. Spadia vegetus.

SP Nae Swinhoe, P.Z. §., 1885, p. 475, pl. 28,

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

rt 2

268 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

525. Zanclognatha invenustua, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 9).

Palpi brown. Antenne, body, and wings reddish fawn-colour ;

bands brownish, transverse, a short subbasal band from the costa,

three equidistant, sinuous, ante-medial, medial, and post-medial,

and rather close together, the third band marked with white at its

outer side above, also a submarginal sinuous band, well-separated

from the outer margin, and marked with whitish on its outer side

throughout. Hind wings paler, witha whitish sinuous submarginal

band corresponding to the above ; brown marginal lunules on fore

wing, a brown marginal line on hind wings; cilia with a pale

basal line. Expanse of wings, #, in.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Z. undulata, Moore; pattern of markings

somewhat similar, but is smaller, differs in the shape of

the wings, thin reddish coloration, and in the general

character of the insect.

PYRALES.

HAPALIADA.

526. Dadessa elycesalis.

Botys elycesalis, Walker, xix., p. 995 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

527. Conogethes punctiferalis.

Astura punctiferalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 820, 347

(1854).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

528. Botyodes asialis.

Botyodes asialis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 321, 348, ¢

(1854).

Botys sellalis, Walker (nec Guén.), xviil., p. 648 (1859).

Botyodes sirionanthe, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 262.

B. principalis, Leech, Entom., xxi., p. 69, pl. 3, f. 9

(1889).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 269

529. Botyodes scinisalis.

Botys scinisalis, Walker, xviil., p. 648 (1859).

B. consimilalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

pp. 374, 471 (1863).

B. disjunctalis, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,

p. 96 (1869).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1886; October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

5380. Meroctena tullalis.

Botys tullalis, Walker, xviii., p. 649 (1859).

Meroctena staintoni, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 392, pl. 18, f. 4, 3 (1863).

Moulmein, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-

goon.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

581. Charema unitalis.

Botys unitalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 349, 411 (1854).

B. megapteralis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1407 (1865).

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

532. Charema vinacealis.

Botys vinacealis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 619.

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

583. Hapalia coclesalis.

Botys coclesalis, Walker, xviii., p. 701 (1859).

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. Im coll.

Swinhoe.

534. Hapalia caldusalis.

Botys caldusalis, Walker, xviii., p. 650 (1659).

Tenasserim. In I. M., Caleutta.

5385. Hapalia damoalis.

Botys damoalis, Walker, xviii., p- 656 (1859).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

270 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

536. Hapalia euryclealis.

Botys euryclealis, Walker, xviii., p. 651 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

537. Hapalia ilusalis.

Botys ilusalis, Walker, xviii., p. 705 (1859).

Rangoon, May, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

538. Hapalia plagiferalis.

Botys plagiferalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1452 (1865).

Rangoon, October, 1882; June, July, and August,

1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

589. Hapalia ablactalis.

Botys ablactalis, Walker, xviii., p. 660 (1859).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

540. Hapalia denticulosa.

Hapalia? denticulosa, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 837,

pl. 188, f. 8 (1886).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

541. Hapalia fraterna.

Hapalia fraterna, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, 1i., p. 338,

pl. 183, f. 9 (1886).

Rangoon, September and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

542. Hapalia ropasalis.

Botys iopasalis, Walker, xvili., p. 652, ¢ (1859).

B. boteralis, Walker, xviii., p. 716.

(Type, topasalis). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, May, 1886 ; August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Walker’s labels of his Botys iopasalis and his Botys

plagiatalis have, I think, got transposed in the B. M.

Collection; they are insects closely allied and some-

what similarly marked; the latter is, however, nearly

twice the size of the former, and the type is lost with

Layard’s collection. His descriptions of the insects

- moths of Burma. 271

ought to be sufficient to prove that the labels in the

B. M. have become wrongly placed. Both his types

were females, iopasalis from Moulmein and plagiatalis

from Ceylon, and his catalogue does not record any

specimen of plagiatalis from any other locality.

543. Hapalia ultimalis.

Botys ultimalis, Walker, xviil., p. 659 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

544. Hapalia vitellinalis.

Botys vitellinalis, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., p. 492 (1848).

B. extinctalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 467,

pl. 9, f. 18 (1863).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

545. Hapalia ? mineusalis.

Zebronia ? mineusalis, Walker, xvu., p. 481 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

546. Hapalia ? allicostalis, n. sp.

Pale ochreous; sides of palpi and sides of collar pale reddish

ochreous ; top of head whitish; costal line of fore wings white,

costal portion above subcostal vein and outer portions of the wing

slightly darker than the rest of the wing, a greyish ochreous lunule

at end of cell, lines of same eolour, very indistinct, smuous, one

ante-medial, almost invisible, another discal, outwardly curved

above. Hind wings paler than fore wings, unmarked; cilia

sreyish ochreous, interlined. Abdomen white. Under side, body,

and legs white; wings of a uniform pale greyish ochreous; fore

wings with the lunule at end of cell, costal space, and apical

margin suffused with brown. Expanse of wings, | in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhce.

Belongs to Mr. Warren’s new genus Aploprepes, MS.

ined., and is allied to nothing I know of.

547. Hapalia cascalis, n. sp. (Pl. VIII., fig. 18).

Pale ochreous brown; top of head pale yellowish. Fore wings

with the outer veinlets prominent, apex rather acute; a grey

272 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

lunule at end of cell; two greyish sinuous lines, first ante-medial,

almost erect, second discal, curving outwards above. Hind wings

with the costal space whitish towards the base, a grey transverse

discal line corresponding to the discal line above ; cilia dark brown,

interlined. Under side: Body white, shining; legs brownish,

tarsi white. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

548. Hapalia perbonalis, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 17).

Reddish ochreous; costa of fore wings marked with brown spots

along its whole length; a brown misshapen ringlet with pale centre

at end of cell; both wings crossed by thin greyish ochreous nearly

straight slightly sinuous bands, first ante-medial, second post-

medial, meeting together on the abdominal margin near anal

angle, third discal on fore wing only, fourth and fifth submarginal

and close together, the fifth being marked by largish spots of same

colour on the veins; fringe grey, interlined. Expanse of wings,

1 in.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

549. Tatobotys pterophoralis.

Botys pterophoralis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1418 (1865).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

550. Tatobotys cunealis.

Botys cunealis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1420 (1865).

Rangoon, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

551. Decticogaster zonulalis.

Decticogaster zonulalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1880,

p- 231.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

552. Cnaphalocrocis medinalis.

Salbia medinalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 201, 148, ?

(1854).

Botys rutilalis, Walker, xviii., p. 665 (1859).

B. wlealis, Walker, xviil., p. 666.

Cnaphalocrocis jolinalis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 885, pl. 12, f. 7 (1868).

moths of Burma. 273

Botys accerimalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1449 (1865).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

553. Dolichosticha venilialis.

Asopia venilialis, Walker, xvii., p. 873 (1859).

Botys marisalis, Walker, xviil., p. 717 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

554. Nosophora albiguttalis, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 14).

Of a uniform purplish brown colour above. Thorax with a tuft

of greyish hairs at the base. Fore wings with a large pure white

lunular-shaped patch at the end of the cell, lobed below, excavated

on the outer side above, extending from the subcostal vein, where

it is nearly pointed, more than half-way down the wing. Under

side: Wings same as above; body white; fore legs brown; hind

legs grey ; tarsi pinkish white. Expanse of wings, 1,,in.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

The white spot on fore wings is shaped like the same

spot in N. quadrisignata, Moore, but differs altogether in

colour, and in the absence of the spot on the hind wings.

555. Lotanga milvinalis.

Deba milvinalis, Swinhoe, P. Z. §8., 1885, p. 875, pl. 57,

£2.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

556. Marasmia ruralis.

Botys ruralis, Walker, xvili., p. 666 (1859).

Marasmia cicatricosa, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p- 886, pl. 12, f. 8, ¢ (1863).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

557. Marasmia vibiusalis.

Botys vibiusalis, Walker, xviil., p. 634 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

274 Colonel Charles Swinhce on the

558. Isocentris equalis.

Botys equalis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 468,

pl. 10, f. 3 (1863).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

559. Acharana otreusalis.

Botys otreusalis, Walker, xviil., p. 687 (1859).

B. triarialis, Walker, xviii., p. 639.

B. neloalis, Walker, xviii., p. 643.

B. abstrusalis, Walker, xviii., p. 663.

B. pharaxalis, Walker, xviii., p. 725.

B. immundalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1448 (1865).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

560. Acharana similis.

Acharana similis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, u., p. 286,

pl. 180, f. 12 (1885).

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

561. Ravanoa bilinealis.

Zebronia bilinealis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1850 (1865).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

THLIPTOCERAS, gen. nov. (Warren MS.).

Fore wings elongate, narrow, with pointed apex and oblique hind

margin. Hind wings considerably broader in proportion, charac-

terised particularly by the antenne of the male, which a little way

above the base are flattened out, becoming for a short space much

broader, but thinner. The female has the fore wings broader and

less acutely pointed than the male.

562. Thliptoceras variabilis, n. sp. (Warren MS8.).

Fore wing dull yellowish, somewhat sparsely scaled, liable in

both sexes to a smoky grey suffusion, which leaves only the apices

and fringes yellow; the two lines and reniform stigma slightly

darker, often very indistinct; the exterior line is subdentate above,

strongly bent in beneath the reniform stigma and repeated on the

hind wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow; palpi deeper

yellow. Under side like the upper, but duller and without

moths of Burma. 275

markings. Both sexes from Dharmsala and other localities in

india. Expanse of wings, 18—20 mm.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have specimens also from Kulu and from Khandalla,

all identified by Mr. Warren. One of my Rangoon

specimens is suffused in the manner described above

with dark brown.

568. Thliptoceras calvatalis, n. sp.

Of a pale olive-grey colour. Abdomen of the male very long,

extending quite a quarter of an inch beyond the hind wings.

Wings sparsely clothed, nearly semihyaline, shining; lines very

indistinct and difficult to trace, a grey mark at end of cell, indica-

tions of an ante-medial grey line, and a discal outwardly curved

line on fore wings; and in one male example an indication of a

discal transverse line on hind wings corresponding to the discal

line on fore wings. Under side: Wings as above, but paler; body

and legs whitish. Expanse of wings, 1—1,j, in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this also from Darjiling and Bhooj. Super-

ficially the males somewhat resemble Charema vinacealis,

Moore.

564. Thliptoceras epicrocalis, n. sp.

Dark bright ochreous yellow ; male with a broad purplish mar-

ginal band on both wings; both sexes with a broad purplish cilia,

which becomes pale yellowish towards the anal angle of hind wings;

a reddish brown lunular mark at end of cell in fore wings; lines

of same colour, first ante-medial, nearly straight, from costa one-

third from base to the middle of hinder margin, second from costa

one-third from apex, half-way down the wing, curving slightly

outwards, then straight in to the lunular mark, then (curving

slightly outwards) down to the hinder margin near the other line.

Hind wings with costal and basal portions whitish ; a discal line

corresponding to the interior line of fore wing, terminating near

the outer margin one-third from anal angle. Expanse of wings,

Ge ey lle

Rangoon, May, 1886; July and August, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.

565. Hbulea europsalis.

Ebulea europsalis, Walker, xviil., p. 749 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

276 Colonei Charles Swinhoe on the

566. Rehimena phrynealis.

Botys phrynealis, Walker, xviii., p. 680 (1859).

Rehimena dichromalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1492 (1865).

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

567. Paliga damastesalis.

Scopula damastesalis, Walker, xix., p. 1018 (1859).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

568. Paliga leucanalis, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 15).

Antenne, palpi, thorax, and fore wings rosy-red; basal half of

costal line of fore wings white; ground colour of fore wings is

really of a luteous grey, with the costal border and all the veins so

thickly covered with rosy-red atoms as to leave the whole of the

wing of that colour, with very little of the ground colour showing

between the veins here and there. Hind wings and abdomen

luteous grey, unmarked ; cilia interlined. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

Near N. cilialis, Curtis, of Europe; the cilia is, how-

ever, rosy red instead of white, as in that species, and

it is a brighter insect, being more rosy and yellow

throughout.

569. Udea martinalis.

Scopula ? martinalis, Walker, xviii., p. 791 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

570. Cometura picrogramma.

Cometura picrogramma, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p. 226.

Rangoon, May 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

571. EHuclita fuscicostalis.

Asopia fuscicostalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1883,

p. 122, pl. 6, f. 4.

Rangoon, June, 1888; Bassein, August, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

572. Godara comalis.

Pionea comalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 368, 453, 3

(1854).

moths of Burma. 277

P. incomalis, Guén., l. c., 869, 454, ?.

Rangoon, September, October, and November, 1888.

Tn coll. Swinhoe.

ASOPIIDA.

5738. Chnaura octavialis.

Syngamia octavialis, Walker, xvil., p. 384, $ (1859).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In Phayre Museum,

Rangoon.

574. Sameodes cancellalis.

Botys cancellalis, Zeller, Lep. Caffr., p. 84 (1852).

Stenia pipleisalis, Walker, xvii., p. 420 (1859).

Lepyrodes ? lepidalis, Walker, xvii., p. 465.

Samea sidealis, Walker, xix., p. 987 (1859).

Hymenia meridionalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1814 (1865).

Samea vespertinalis, Saalmuller, Ber. Suck. Gesell.,

1880, p. 301.

Sameodes trithyralis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1880,

p- 218; and 1883, p. 1384, pl. 8, f. 4.

Rangoon, June and September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

575. Mabra eryzxalis.

Asopia eryxalis, Walker, xvil., p. 871 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

576. Hymenia recurvalis.

Phalena recurvalis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 407 (1775).

P. angustalis, Fabr., Mant., 222, 809 (1787).

P. (Pyralis) fascialis, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 898,

f. o (1782).

Hymenia diffascialis, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schm., 361,

3453 (1816).

Hydrocampa albifascialis, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Mad.

lep., p. 119, pl: 16, f.. 1 (1884).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

577. Coptobasis lunalis.

Botys lunalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 352, 417 (1854).

B. thyasalis, Walker, xviii., p. 784 (1859).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

278 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

578. Tamraca torridalis.

Asopia torridalis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., pp. 342,

457, pl. 6, f. 15 (1868).

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

579. Aitholix scissalis.

Afidiodes scissalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1526 (1865).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

580. Agathodes ostentalis.

Perinephela ostentalis, Geyer, Zutr. Samml. Exot.

Schmn., x., 417, figs. 88383—4 (1837).

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

581. Leucinodes orbonalis.

Leucinodes orbonalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 223, 187

(1854).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

MARGARONIDA.

582. Glyphodes bicolor.

Botys bicolor, Swainson, Zool. Illustr., 1st. ser., ii.,

pl. 77, f. 2 (1821).

Eudioptis perspicillalis, Zeller, Lep. Micro. Caftr.

Kong. Vet. Akad. Handb., p. 58 (1852).

Glyphodes diurnalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 294, 300,

pl. 5, f. 5 (1854).

G. parvalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1855 (1865).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon. June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

583. Glyphodes bivitralis.

Glyphodes bivitraks, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 293, 298

(1854).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 279

584. Phakellura indica.

Eudioptis indica, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1851, p. 163, pl. 12, figs. 5, 6, 7.

Phakellura gazorialis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 297, 304

(1854).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

585. Cydalima conchylalis.

Margarodes conehylalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 303,

317, pl. 8, f. 9 (1854).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

586. Cydalima laticostalis.

Margarodes laticostalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 303,

315, 2 (1854).

M. nitidicostalis, Guen., l. c., No. 316.

Margaronia leodicealis, Walker, xviii., p. 580, d (1859).

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

587. Margaronia celsalis.

Botys celsalis, Walker, xvili., p. 654 (1859).

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

588. Pachyarches marthesiusalis.

Margaronia marthesiusalis, Walker, xviil., p.531 (1859).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

589. Pachyarches psittacalis.

Parotis psittacalis, Hubn., Samm]. Exot. Schm., iii.,

p- 80 (1825).

Margaronia maliferalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1863, 3

(1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.

590. Pachyarches vertumnalis.

Margarodes vertumnalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 309,

333 (1854).

Rangoon, September, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

280 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

591. Pygospila tyres.

Phalena (Pyralis) tyres, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 2638,

sero L/S)

Moulmein. In B. M.

592. Filodes fulvidorsalis.

Pinacia fulvidorsalis, Hubn., Geyer, Zutr. Samml.

Exot. Schm., 15, 322, figs. 6483—4 (1882).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

593. Huclasta defamatalis.

Tlurgia defamatalis, Walker, xviil., p. 544 (1859).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

SPILOMELID.

594. Synclera cesalis.

Glyphodes cesalis, Walker, xvii., p. 499 (1859).

Moulmein. In B. M.

595. Synclera multilinealis.

Botys multilinealis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 837, 380,

pl. 8, f. 11 (1854).

Zebronia salomealis, Walker, xvii., p. 476 (1859).

Botys annuligeralis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1424 (1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.

596. Omphisa illisalis.

Botys wlisalis, Walker, xvill., p. 653 (1859).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

597. Ariwpana caberalis.

Spilomela caberalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 284, 282

(1854).

Zebronia abdicalis, Walker, xvii., p. 480 (1859).

Moulmein. In B.M.

598. Aripana lactiferalis.

Zebronia ? lactiferalis, Walker, xvii., p. 480 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 281

599. Notarcha cassusalis.

Zebronia cassusalis, Walker, xvii., p. 477 (1859).

Z. aurolinealis, Walker, xvii., p. 478.

Botys faustalis, Led., Pyral. Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 471, pl. 10, f. 15 (1868).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

600. Notarcha aurantiacalis.

Botys aurantiacalis, F. E. yon Rosl, Schmett., p. 218,

pl. 75, f. 3 (1848).

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

: 601. Notarcha plutusalis.

Zebronia plutusalis, Walker, xvii., p. 478 (1859).

Haritala tigrina, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 812,

pl. 182, f. 5 (1886).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, August, September, and November, 1888.

In coll. Swinhoe.

602. Chabula acamasalis.

Zebronia ? acamasalis, Walker, xix., p. 970 (1859).

Z. perspicualis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 13847 (1865).

Botys jlexissimalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1426.

Heterocnephes strangulalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent.,

1880, p. 224; and 1884, p. 35, pl. 3, f. 1.

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

603. Nausinoe euroalis.

Nausinoe euroalis, Swinhoe, P. Z.S., 1889, p. 420,

pl. 44, f. 12.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

604. Nausinoe neptis.

Phalena (Noctua) neptis, Cram., Pap. Exot., i.,

pl. 264, f. F (1779).

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon, August, September, and October, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.

TRANS. ENT. SOC: LOND. 1890.—PART II. (JUNE.) U

282, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

605. Pagyda rubricatalis, n. sp.

Luteous white. Fore wings crossed by seven straight brick-red

bands, first basal, fourth at the middle, second and third between

them, all four equidistant and inclining inwards from the hinder

margin, the fourth terminating on the subcostal vein, the fifth

from costa one-third from apex, half-way across the wing, sixth discal,

seventh submarginal, all three inclining inwards from the costa

and paler than the others, the last two running across the wing,

but more or less indistinct in parts. Hind wings brick-red, whitish

on the costal and outer spaces; a white mark at the end of the

cell, and an indistinct discal white line curving outwards and bent

inwards below the centre; marginal line on both wings reddish

brown; cilia white. Expanse of wings, ?; in.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from P. salvalis, Walker, in its more numerous

transverse bands, its different coloration, and in the red

hind wing.

ENNYCHIDA.

606. Pachyzancla mutualis.

Botys mutualis, Zeller, Lep. Microp. Caffr. Kong). Vet.

Akad. Handl., p. 40 (1852).

B. stultalis, Walker, xviii., p. 669 (1859).

B. basalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1404 (1865).

B. apertalis, Walker. xxxiv., p. 1450.

Rangoon, June and September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

607. Pachyzancla mellealis, n. sp.

Greyish yellow; palpi dark brown. Eyes black. Fore wings

smeared with pale greyish brown, dark on the costal and marginal

borders; a greyish brown ringlet at end of cell, a spot on first

median branch one-third from base of wing, another on same

branch one-third from outer margin of wing, a discal sinuous

almost dentated line curving outwards above, bent inwards below

on to the latter spot, from whence it descends to the hinder margin.

Hind wings dark greyish brown on the marginal space, with an

outwardly curved discal line, similar to and corresponding with

the line on the fore wings; cilia greyish brown, nearly black on

fore wings in one example. Under side: Wings unmarked, with

greyish brown costal space on fore wings, and marginal space on

both wings; body white. Expanse of wings, j;—j 10.

_ Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 283

I have this also from Calcutta.

Bands somewhat as in P. mutualis, Zeller, but is

easily distinguishable by the difference in colour, and by

its broad greyish borders.

608. Pelecyntis absistalis.

Pyrausta absistalis, Walker, xvil., p. 811 (1859).

Asopia lydialis, Walker, xvii., p. 374.

Botys ustalis, Led., Pyral. Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

pp. 375, 471, pl. 10, f.14 (1868).

Hedylepta pyraustalis, Snellen, Midd. Sumatra Lep.,

pl. 71 (1880).

H. ustalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1884, p. 37.

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In Phayre Museum,

Rangoon.

609. Hedylepta illectalis.

Botys illectalis, Walker, xviil., p. 658 (1859).

Ebulea opheltesalis, Walker, xix., p. 1010 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

610. Hedylepta vulgalis.

Asopia vulgalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 202, 150, pl. 6,

f. 8 (1854).

Botys macliusalis, Walker, xviii., p. 703 (1859).

B. reductalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1412 (1865).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

611. Entephria appensalis.

Entephria appensalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1884,

patty pl. 3) fib, 12:

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

STENIIDA.

612. Hurrhyparodes tricoloralis.

Botys tricoloralis, Geller, Lep. Caffr., p. 81 (1852).

Isopteryx ? abnegatalis, Walker, xvul., p. 404 (1859).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

284 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

618. Spanista ornatalis.

Asopia ornatalis, Dup., Lep. Fr., viii., p. 207, pl. 228,

f. 8 (1831).

Botys saturalis, Treit., Hur. Schm., Suppl., 2, p. 29

(1835).

Cataclysta ? elutalis, Walker, xvii., p. 448 (1859).

Pyralis? deciusalis, Walker, xix., p. 905 (1859).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

614. Maruca testulalis.

Crocephora testulalis, Hubn., Geyer, Zutr. Samml.

Exot. Schm., iv., 12, 315, figs. 629—30 (1882).

Hydrocampa aquatilis, Boisd., Guéer., Men. Icon. Reg.

Anim. Ins., pl. 90, f. 9 (1844).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

615. Bocchoris trimaculalis.

Adiodes trimaculalis, Snellen, Tid. Voor. Ent., 1880,

p. 232.

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

616. Lepyrodes geometralis.

Lepyrodes geometralis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 278, 271,

pl. 8, f. 6 (1854).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mergui. In coll. Moore.

EKurycraspepa, gen. nov. (Warren MS.)

Fore wing with nearly straight costa; prominent but not acute

apex, oblique and curved hind margin; both wings elongate and

narrow ; labial palpi straight, porrect, twice the length of the head ;

maxillary short, porrect ; tongue and ocelliabsent. Antenne thick,

laminated, pubescent beneath. Abdomen with lateral segmental

projections; fringe of both wings unusually deep. Neuration:

Fore wings: first median nervule starting from three-fourths of

the cell, second, third, and fourth at even distances from each

other, the third from lower end of cell, the second and fourth

before and beyond the end respectively, upper radial from below

upper end, last subcostal from upper angle, second, third, and

fourth from a common stem. Hind wing with the median ner-

vules as in fore wing, the disco-cellular very deeply angulated

moths of Burma. 285

basewards, subcostal and costal separating in the middle of the

wing, the branches of the latter at three-fourths.

Akin to Parthenodes, Guén.

617. Hurycraspeda burmanalis, n.sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 19).

Palpi blackish brown, tips white. Antenne grey. Head, thorax,

and abdomen white. Fore wings blackish brown; a white patch

on the hinder margin at the base, and a broad white marginal

band which narrows towards the apex, which it does not quite

reach, the band is intersected by the veins, and has a central row

of brown points or marks, the white from the band runs into the

broad brownish fringe opposite the veins, the fringe is paler than

the colour of the wing and has a central whitish line, and being so

deep makes the band look as if it were submarginal instead of

marginal. Hind wings white; a pale greyish brown central trans-

verse band, darkest on the abdominal border, and diffused inwardly ;

cilia as in fore wing. Expanse of wings, $, in.

Bassein, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

HYDROCAMPID.

618. Parapoynz oryzalis.

Paraponyx oryzalis, Wood-Mason, Rice Pests of Burma,

Calcutta, 1885, with plate.

Burma. In I. M., Calcutta.

619. Parapoynx stagnalis.

Nymphula stagnalis, Zeller, Lep. Microp. Caffr. Kongl.

Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 26 (1852).

Rangoon, 1887. In eae Swinhoe.

620. Parapoyn«x votalis.

Oligostigma votalis, Walker, xvii., p. 483 (1859).

Rangoon, May and June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

GIRTEXTA, gen. nov.

3. Fore wing elongated, triangular; costa almost straight,

apex pointed, posterior angle hardly rounded, posterior margin

slightly convex towards the base, cell extending half the length of

the wing; five subcostal branches, first emitted close to end of cell,

second from the end, third from second at half its length, fourth

from the third at nearly half its length, fifth also from end of cell ;

286 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

disco-cellulars extremely slender, concave, radial from the middle ;

four median branches, the two upper on a footstalk from end of

cell at one-fifth beyond its end, next also from end of cell, the

lowest at one-fifth before end of cell; submedian straight. Hind

wing hatchet-shaped, apex slightly produced, exterior margin con-

vex in the middle, cell short, less than one-third the length of the

wing; three subcostals, first and third from end of cell, second

from below first at halfits length; disco-cellular extremely slender,

concave, radial from its extreme lower end, upper and middle

median branches from end of cell, lower at one-fourth, submedian

and internal veins straight. Body long, slender, and extending

half its length beyond the hind wings in the male; palpi projected

forward considerably, flattened at the sides and pointed at the tip,

hirsute. Antenne slender, minutely serrated from about half its

length to the tip. Legs long, smovth; middle tibix armed with

two terminal spurs, hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs, one pair

medial the other terminal.

Distinguishable from the genus Cataclysta by the com-

paratively shorter wings and thin triangular form, the

porrect character of the palpi in both sexes, and also in

its robust form.

621. Girtexta argentuosalis, n. sp.

Luteous. Fore wings with six glistening silvery upright trans-

verse nearly straight bands; subbasal, ante-medial, medial, and

post-medial equidistant ; fifth discal curved and broken below the

middle, the lower portion terminating on the hinder angle; sixth

submarginal, not reaching the hinder angle. Hind wings paler ;

costal portion whitish, patched with glistening silver, indicating

portions of the bands corresponding to the outer bands of the fore

wings; but in the eight examples before me—all good specimens—

the submarginal band is the only one approaching completeness ;

marginal line on both wings brown; cilia whitish. Under side

dull greyish, with some of the bands, of a dull grey colour, of the

fore wings showing through. Expanse of wings {,—8, in.

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

I have this also from the Nilgiri Hills.

CALLINAlAS, gen. noy. (Warren MS.).

Fore wing narrow, with straight costa, rounded apex, and curved

hind margin. Hind wing twice as broad as fore wing, with the

moths of Burma. 287

anal angle somewhat produced. Legs long, slender, delicate ;

labial palpi long, porrect. Tongue short; maxillary palpi and

ocelli not visible. Antenne short, thick, laminated. Eyes large.

Neuration: Fore wings: cell long, quite two-thirds of the length of

the wing; submedian running straight to the hind margin above

the anal angle; first median nervule starting from four-fifths of

the cell, second and third together from the lower end, the latter

forming a straight continuation of the median; fifth (lower radial)

from a little above the lower end of the cell, upper radial from the

disco-cellular below the cell; last three subcostal nervules on a

common stem, the first two separating only a short way before the

apex, apparently only one other nervule between them and the

costal. Hind wing with no disco-cellular; first median rising at

scarcely one-third, second and third separating at about centre,

fourth apparently independent, produced basewards to near the

base of the median; subcostal leaving the costal at one-third; the

two branches of the latter parting at about one-third.

This peculiar neuration appears to warrant the erection

of a new genus. ‘The single example, a female, is of deli-

cate structure; its position will be among the genera of

the Hydrocampide that have porrect palpi.

622. Callinais gracilentalis, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 6).

Eyes black; palpi and front of head dark blackish brown.

Antenne, top of head, body, and fore wings milky white. Fore

wings with two ochreous transverse indistinct linear marks on the

costa, indicating the commencement of two thin transverse lines,

one in the centre and the other near the large apical blackish

brown spot, which is slightly excavated below, and is paler on the

outer margin; a very slight ochreous tinge on outer portion of the

wing. Hind wings white, suffused with pale ochreous brown,

which darkens on the hinder margin; cilia brownish, interlined

with white. Under side white; fore wing as above; hind wing

with the outer portion brown; abdomen with the anal portion

brownish, with lateral pure white tufts. Expanse of wings, 3 in.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

623. Hydrocampa palliolatalis, n. sp.

Ochreous white. Fore wings with the ground colour white,

smeared with ochreous; base, costal, and outer portions nearly all

ochreous ; central and lower portions of wing with patches and

parts ochreous; in one specimen the costa is all ochreous, in

288 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

another it is patched with that colour; a white band running

through the ochreous discal portion, marked on each side with

brown, straight down from the costa one-fourth from apex, half-

way across the wing, then curves deeply inwards and then down

to the hinder margin just beyond the middle, but the curved

portion is very indistinct and only traceable on one wing in one

example; marginal line grey, with white diffuse points or spots;

cilia pinkish grey, with brown patches. Hind wings yellowish

grey, with an indistinct grey band in the centre. Expanse of

wings, $,—,, in.

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

Allied to H. fengwhanalis, Pryer.

624. Hydrocampa depunctalis.

Hydrocampa depunctalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 274,

265 (1854).

Zebronia ? decussalis, Walker, xvii., p. 481 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

625. Hydrocampa responsalis.

Diasemia responsalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1826, ? (1865).

Paraponyx turbata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p.586, 2.

P. marmorea, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885,

p. 434, 2.

Isopteryx enyxalis, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 869, 2.

Cymoriza linealis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., iii.,

p. 210, ¢ (1887).

Rangoon, June, July, .and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

626. Pramadea carbatinalis, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 18).

Of a uniform dark olivaceous brown colour. Fore wing with a

brown ringlet in upper centre of cell, and brown-ringed lunular

mark at upper end; a lunular discal yellowish line curving out-

wards above and bent inwards below, the lunules marked inwardly

with dark brown, and two small brown patches, one above the

other, on the hinder margin just beyond the middle, inside the line

where it extends downwards from the bend; a corresponding

lunular line on the hind wings, marked similarly, having a great

outward curve in its centre, a yellowish spot inside the cell, with

an adjoining brown mark on its inner side; marginal line of both

moths of Burma. 289

wings brown; cilia grey and brown alternately, with a basal inter-

line alternately yellow and brown. Under side paler; markings

similar; tarsi with yellowish bands. Expanse of wings, 1{, in.

Rangoon, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Pramadea denticulata, Moore; differs in the

absence of the interior line, the difference in colour, and

in the form of the discal line.

SICULIDA.

627. Durdara myrtea.

Phalena (Noctua) myrtea, Drury, Ins. Exot., ii., 4,

plo, fo (L773):

Bhamo. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

628. Rhodoneura acaciusalis.

Pyralis acaciusalis, Walker, xix., p. 901 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

629. Rhodoneura bastialis.

Pyralis bastialis, Walker, xix., p. 902 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

630. Rhodoneura puralis.

Pyralis ? puralis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1238 (1865).

Mergui. In I.M., Calcutta.

631. Rhodoneura tetraonalis.

Rhodoneura tetraonalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 617,

ple 60; 4. 10.

Rangoon, July, August, and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

632. Pharambara trifascialis.

Pyralis trifascialis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 614,

pl.)60,,4..9:

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

6338. Microsca subrosealis.

~ Mrcrosa subrosealis, Leech, Entom., xxii., 1889, p. 66,

pl. 4, f. 14.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

290 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

634. Morova angulalis.

Morova angulalis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., iii.,

p. 214 (1887).

Rangoon. In coll. Moore.

PYRALIDA.

635. Oromena reliquenda.

Briarda reliquenda, Walker, xv., p. 1802 (1858).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

636. Stemmatophora roborealis.

Pyralis roborealis, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 865,

pleats, ae

Rangoon, May, 1886. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

637. Stemmatophora tactilis, n. sp.

Of a uniform dark chocolate-brown colour. Antenne and palpi

pale reddish brown; abdominal tuft brown, with some reddish

hairs. Wings with two transverse flesh-coloured lines; ante-

medial and discal nearly straight, and meeting together in a

rounded form close to the abdominal margin of hind wings near the

anal angle, the ante-medial line suddenly bent in on the costa of

the fore wings, the discal line slightly sinuous on fore wings.

Under side slightly paler, greyish on inner marginal space of fore

wings; middle and hind tarsi pale flesh-colour. Expanse of wings,

1,—1;, in.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this also from the Nilgiri Hills.

638. Stemmatophora denticulata, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 7).

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, .and fore wings dark olive-brown ;

a blackish lunular mark at the end of cell, an ante-medial pale

indistinct slightly curved line, a denticulated pale yellowish discal

outwardly curved line with blackish marks inside the denticula-

tions; between these two lines the costal line is closely spotted

with pale yellowish points. Hind wings and abdomen greyish

white, brownish on the costal and apical borders of the wing;

marginal line on both wings brown; cilia grey, interlined with

brown. Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Thyetmyo, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 291

Looks superficially like an Agrotis with brown fore

wings.

639. Pyralis ibycusalis.

Pyralis tbycusalis, Walker, xix., p. 899 (1859).

Rangoon, May, 1886; June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

640. Pyralis pictalis.

Asopia pictalis, Curt., Brit. Ent., xi., pl. 527 (1834).

Pyralis pronewalis, Walker, xix., p. 906 (1859).

Myelois bractiatella, Walker, xxvil., p. 86 (1868).

Pyralis elachia, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., iii.,

pa (0; pl. 58, £..3)(1879)-

tangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

641. Pyralis wmbrosalis.

Pryalis umbrosalis, Warren MS. in ed.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

642. Pyralis regina.

Pyralis regina, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H., i., p. 452

(1879).

Rangoon, May, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

6438. Herculia lucillalis.

Pyralis lucillalis, Walker, xvii., p. 268 (1859).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

644. Haculia suffusalis.

Pyralis suffusalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1235 (1865).

Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

645. Taurica sikkima.

Taurica sikkima, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., il.,

p- 202 (1887).

Rangoon, July, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

646. Endotricha decessalis.

Eindotricha decessalis, Walker, xvii., p. 890 (1859).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

292 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

647. Vitessa swradeva.

Vitessa suradeva, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1.C., ii., p. 299,

pl. 7a, f. 7 85s).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

PTEROPHORID.

648. Pterophorus lacteipennis.

Aciptilus lacteipennis, Walker, xxx., p. 949 (1864).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

CRAMBITES.

PHYCITIDA,. |

PHYCITINA.

649. Ankova meridionalis.

Nephopteryx meridionalis, Walker, xxvii., p. 64 (1868).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

SCHCGANOBIDA.

650. Apurima xanthogastrella.

Apurima xanthogastrella, Walker, xxvii., p. 194 (1868).

Rupela? degenerella, Walker, xxviii., p. 524 (1868).

Lithosia? cramboides, Walker, xxxi., p. 230 (1864).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

651. Brihaspa atrostigmella.

Brihaspa atrostigmella, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 666,

Diloo, 1. bonne

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

652. Schenobius bipunctifera.

Tipanea bipunctifera, Walker, xxvill , p. 528 (1868).

Chilo gratiosellus, Walker, xxx., p. 967 (1864).

Schaenobius punctellus, Zeller, Monog. Chilo et Cramb.,

p- 4 (1863).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

CRAMBOSTENIA, gen. nov. (Warren MS.).

Allied to Cirrhocrista, Led., but distinguished by the acutely-

pointed fore wings, and very straight hind margin of both wings ;

labial palpi porrect, twice as long as the head; maxillary palpi

moths of Burma. 298

likewise porrect, resting on the labial; forehead with a pointed

projection, which forms one surface with the palpi; ocelli and

tongue absent. Antenne short, stouter near the base, weakly and

irregularly ciliated in male. Wings white, glossy, with costa,

hind margin, two transverse lines, and reniform stigma brown.

Type, C. acciusalis, Walker.

658. Crambostenia angustifimbrialis, n. sp. (Warren MS.).

Wings pearly white, with the costa fulvous, the streak thinning

out towards the apex; first line appearing only as a small pro-

jection from the costal streak, second a little more distinct for a

short distance from the costa, and again above the middle of the

inner margin; disco-cellular vein thinly fulvous-tinged, thickened

into two dots at either end; fringe white tinged with fulvous, and

with a fulvous basal line, which is itself preceded by a row of

almost contiguous darker dashes at the end of the veins. Hind

wings like fore wings, with traces of two fine transverse lines,

visible only near the inner margin. Abdomen: Under side of

wings, middle and hind legs, white; palpi, sides of thorax on a

level with the costal streak of the fore wings, and fore tibie,

fulvous. Expanse of wings, 25 mm.

Burma. In B. M.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

654. Hschata percandida, n. sp.

Glistening silvery white. Eyes black. Fore wings sparsely

irrorated with grey atoms on the outer portion; a discal duplex

transverse line, which bends outwardly above, greyishin the male,

glistening and metallic-silver in the female; a submarginal duplex

grey line, slightly silvery in its interior in the male, glistening and

metallic in the female, with glistening silvery streaks between the

bands inside the veins; marginal black points between the veins in

both sexes; cilia white, in the female glistening and quite golden

in some lights. Hind wings unmarked, and, though bright and

shining, they have not the beautiful glistening sheen of the fore

wings. Under side pure white, unmarked. Expanse of wings,

So lse, 2i25 in.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to E. gelida, Walker; is much larger, and

differs in the disposition and nature of the transverse

lines.

294 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

CRAMBIDA.

655. Chilo dodatellus.

Chilo dodatellus, Walker, xxx., p. 966 (1864).

C. aditellus, Walker, xxx., p. 967.

(Type, aditellus). Moulmein. In B. M.

TORTRICES.

TORTRICIDA.

TORTRICINA.

656. Pandemis eductana.

Pandemis eductana, Walker, xxviii., p. 310 (1863).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

657. Dichelia privatana.

Dichelia privatana, Walker, xxviil., p. 820 (1868).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

CONCHYLIN#.

658. Conchylis flavicostana.

Conchylis flavicostana, Walker, xxviii., p. 361 (1863).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

GRAPHOLITHIN A.

659. Grapholitha (Semasia) swinhoeiana, n. sp.

(Walsingham MS8.). (Pl. VIIL, fig. 19).

Head pale ochreous, with a few brown scales at the sides, having

a slight projecting frontal tuft. Palpi short, the apical joint dis-

tinctly appearing beyond the thickly clothed 2nd joint, pale

ochreous. Thorax greyish fuscous.

Fore wings long, narrow, with straight costal and dorsal mar-

gins, the apex rounded, apical margin strongly indented on vein 4,

pale ochreous with some umber scaling, especially about the

middle; the costal half of the wing is covered by a greyish fuscous

shade from the base to the apex, where it becomes attenuated; on

this is a longitudinal hoary subcostal streak, above which a series

of short costal geminations extend throughout the wing-length ;

two small fuscous dots, followed by a very short transverse shade,

indicate the position of the usual ocelloid patch, which is situated

higher than usual, and is opposite the marginal indentation ; the

cilia are pale ochreous interrupted by two streaks of umber scales

at the apex.

moths of Burma. 295

Hind wings very broad, with rather pronounced abdominal

angle, half as wide again as the fore wing.

Abdomen and legs pale ochreous shaded with greyish fuscous ;

under sides of both wings clouded with fuscous, except at the

extreme apical margin.

In neuration this remarkable species differs from

nearly all Tortricide with which I am acquainted in

the absence of a closing vein to the cell of the hind

wing. Grapholitha roesslert, Geller, and G. vestaliana,

Zeller, both from the United States, resemble it in this

respect, and it is worthy to be classed with those species

under a new generic name; in the form of the fore

wings, with the conspicuous indentation of the apical

margin, it agrees with the North American genus

Proteopteryx, Wism., but this has the cell of the hind

wing closed. The expanse of the wings of the single

female specimen before me is 31 mm., doubling the size

of Proteopteryx, and equalling or surpassing the average

of G. roessleri.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

TINEIDA.

660. Cervaria xylinella.

Cervaria xylinella, Walker, xxxv., p. 1823 (1866).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

PLUTELLIDA.

GELECHINA.

661. Thisizima ceratella.

Thisizima ceratella, Walker, xxix., p. 820 (1864).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

662. Sagora rutilella.

Sagora rutilella, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,

p. 101 (1869).

Karen Hills, February and March, 1887. In coll.

Swinhoe.

Errara.—P. 271, line 18, after “‘ Hapalia? albicostalis, n. sp.”

add ‘‘(Pl. VIII., fig. 14)”; p. 273, line 8 from top, for ‘‘fig. 14”

read ‘‘fig. 16.”

296 Moths of Burma.

EXpuaNaTION oF Puates VII. & VIII.

PLATE VII.

Fic. 1. Lewcania subnitens, n. sp., p. 218.

2. Panagra idea, n. sp., p. 211.

3. Micronia sparsaria, Walker, p. 215.

4. Cherodes? umbrosa g, u. sp., p. 203.

5. Angerona figlina, n.sp., p. 205.

6. Leucania basilinea, n.sp., p. 220.

he ‘9 albivenata, n. sp., p. 217.

8. Zethes exigualis, nu. sp., p. 253.

9. Anisodes rapistriaria, n.sp., p. 210.

10. Bryophila conjecturalis, n. sp., p. 222.

11. Aramuna lutosa $,n.sp., p. 225.

12. Leucania homopterana, n.sp., p. 219.

13. Agxylia abstracta, n. sp., p. 221.

14. Daxata multifascrata, n. sp., p. 256.

15. Symitha punctata, n.sp., p. 236.

16. Zethes compactilis, n.sp., p. 251.

17. Bagada diffisa, n.sp., p. 224,

18. Lycauges annularia, nu. sp., p. 214.

19. Hurycraspeda burmanalis, n.sp., p. 285.

PLATE VIII.

Fic. 1. Armana nigrericta, n. sp., p. 250.

2. Rusicada brunnea 2 , Moore, p. 230.

3. Hypoepa opacaria, n.sp., p. 264.

4, Hypetra occularia, n. sp., p. 246.

5. Bertula analis, n.sp., p. 263.

6. Calinais gracilentalis, n. sp., p. 287.

7. Stemmatophora denticulata, n.sp., p. 290.

8. Phurys enervis, n. sp., p. 231.

9. Zanclognatha invenustua, n. sp., p. 268.

10. Zethes palliolata, n. sp., p. 252.

11. Bertula ethnica, n. sp., p. 2638.

12. Hadennia ignicoma, n. sp., p. 264.

13. Pramadea carbatinalis, n. sp., p. 288.

14, Hapalia? albicostalws, n. sp., p. 271.

15. Paliga leucanalis, n.sp., p. 276.

16. Nosophora albiguttalis, n. sp., p. 273.

17. Hapalia perbonalis, n. sp., p. 272.

18. 3 cascalis, n. sp., p. 271.

19. Grapholitha (Semasia) swinhoeiana, n. sp., p. 294.

VII. On New Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar.

By Cuaruss J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S.

[Read March 5th, 1890. |

Pruate IX.

Tue following paper forms a slight contribution to our

knowledge of the Longicorn fauna of Africa and Mada-

gascar. In addition to describing some new genera and

species, I have endeavoured to put right a few of the

errors which have crept into the catalogue of Gemminger

and Harold. There remain to be made many more

corrections, chiefly referring to the synonymy and

generic position of species, and I hope, at a future

time, to be able to devote a paper specially to this

subject.

PRIONIDZE.

Closterus oculatus, n. 8.

3. Oculis supra subtusque fere contiguis: antennis articulo

tertio quam seapo fere duplo longiori; prothorace supra sparsim

punctato et vage fulvo-pubescente, lateraliter utrinque uni-dentato ;

elytris sparsim punctulatis, postice subcoriaceis, singulisque obso-

lete quadri-costatis. Long. 28, lat. 9 mm.

Hab. Madagascar.

Eyes almost touching below as well as above. Prothorax

sparsely tawny pubescent above, somewhat sparsely and rather

feebly punctured ; the lateral margins each with a single median

tooth, the antero-lateral angles subobtuse, the postero-lateral angles

rounded. Scutellum punctured at the sides, smooth in the middle.

Elytra subcoriaceous, very feebly and very sparsely punctured, each

with four raised lines. Antenne with the third joint nearly twice

as long as the scape, the fourth and following joints (the eleventh

excepted) subequal or gradually decreasing in length.

From C. flabellicornis, Serv. (the only other species of

the genus of which the male has been described), the

present species differs, inter alia, by the sub-contiguity

of the eyes below, by the different form of the lateral

margins of the prothorax, by the greater relative length

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—parT II. (JUNE) x

298 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

of the third joint of the antenne, by the much feebler

and sparser punctuation of the elytra, as well by the

more distinct raised lines on the latter. The remaining

two species of the genus—C. major, Waterh., and C.

janus, Thoms.—have been described from female forms

only ; and their characters do not permit me to regard

the form just described as the male of either.

Closterus serraticornis, n. s.

3. Fusco-ferrugineus; oculis magnis supra fere contiguis, subtus

approximatis; antennis corpore longioribus, articulis a tertio ad

decimum apice intus angulatim productis; prothorace crebre sub-

rugosoque punctato, pube sparsa fulvo-ferruginea obtecto, mar-

ginibus lateralibus angulis posticis subrotundatis; elytris sub-

coriaceis, sparsim punctulatis, singulisque lineis elevatis quinque

vel sex; pectore dense punctulato, et fulvo-ferrugineo pubescente ;

abdomine breviter sparsimque pubescente et sparsim punctulato ;

pedibus sat dense punctulatis, femoribus pubescentibus. Long.

33—35, lat. 11 mm.

Hab. Madagascar.

Eyes almost touching above, about a millimetre apart below.

Prothorax much broader than long, very closely and somewhat

rugosely punctured, clothed with a sparse and rather long tawny

red pubescence; the lateral margins with the median tooth

distinct, the anterior angles scarcely prominent, the posterior

angles obtuse and almost rounded. Elytra somewhat coriaceous,

rather sparsely punctulate, and each with five or six raised longi-

tudinal lines which do not reach the apex and of which'some are

almost obsolete. Body underneath, the abdomen excepted, densely

puuctulate and clothed with a longish reddish tawny pubescence ;

abdomen sparsely punctulate, and with a short and very sparse

pubescence. ‘The legs thickly enough punctulate, and the femora

with a rather long pubescence. Antenne about a fourth longer

than the body, with the joints, from the third to the tenth, each

produced at its inner apical termination into an acutely angular

tooth.

The present species is very distinct by the structure of

its antenne, and ought to be, perhaps, on this account,

formed into a separate genus; but as I find no other

character of sufficient importance by which to separate

it, I think it best to place it in the genus Closterus.

Longicorma from Africa and Madagascar. 299

Anamn (Monodesmine), n. g.

Head large and, together with the eyes, nearly as broad as the

prothorax in the middle; very convex below, mandibles horizontal.

Palpi with their last joint quite cylindrical. Eyes large, closely

approximated above, moderately separated below, reaching almost

to the base of the mandibles in front. Prothorax tranverse, rather

short, obtusely dilated at the middle of each side, and provided

with a lateral carina which curves down on each side from the

posterior border to reach as far as the outer termination of the

coxal cavity. Elytra rounded at the apex, each with a single lon-

gitudinal keel placed on the disk. Antenne longer than the body

(3), with the scape rather short, the third joint almost twice

as long as the scape, the fourth and following joints slightly and

gradually decreasing in length. With the joints from the third to

the tenth compressed towards the inner border, and each angulate

at its inner apical termination. Legs subequal, the posterior a

little longer ; femora rather short, strongly enough compressed and

dilated. Anterior coxe strongly transverse; the anterior cotyloid

cavities widely enough open behind.

This genus has been necessary for the reception of A.

nigrita, Chey., a species altogether foreign to the genus

Oeme, in which Chevrolat and Andrew Murray had

placed it, and one on which Murray relied to support his

favourite theory of a connection between the faune

of Africa and South America. The genus forms one of

the connecting links between the Prionide and Ceram-

bycide, and, according to Lacordaire’s system, ought to

be placed in the former rather than in the latter family.

The palpi are of a form very exceptional in both these

families, and resemble more those of the Lamude.

Type :—A. nigrita.

Oeme nigrita, Chev. Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1855,

p- 1853.

Oeme nigrita, Murr. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4 Ser.,

Vol. Vi.» p--£66,:pl.:2; fig.1.

Hab. Old Calabar.

CERAMBYCIDA.

Xystrocera chalybeata, n. sp.

Chalybeata, subopaca; prothorace minutissime creberrimeque

punctulatis, dorso postice (g) plaga, seutiforma, subnitida; elytris

rugoso-punctatis, singulis lineis duabus vel tribus vix elevatis ;

Kid

300 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

antennis (j) corpore plus sesqui-longioribus, articulis quinque

primis scabrosis, (@) corpore vix brevioribus. Long. 11—13 mm.

Hab. Nyassa.

Almost wholly of a dull steel blue colour, with the antennz

inclined to black. Prothorax very densely and finely punctulate.

Elytra rugosely punctured, each with two or three very feebly

raised longitudinal lines, apices somewhat obliquely rounded.

g. With the prothorax slightly longer than broad, with a

scutiform subnitid space on the disk posteriorly ; with the antenne

more than half as long again as the body, with the first five joints

thicker and scabrous. Abdomen steel blue, with what appears to

be the last dorsal segment modified into a broad bifurcate process,

with a somewhat similarly shaped but smaller process, beneath it,

with both these processes projecting beyond the apex of the fifth

ventral segment.

9. With the prothorax broader than long, the disk destitute of

a shining space. With the antenne scarcely as long as the body,

with the scape scabrous, the four following joints somewhat

asperately punctured. Abdomen underneath fulvous brown, with

the apex of the last segment steel blue.

In this species the scape of the antenne is provided at

the apex with a sharp carina, limiting a smooth ter-

minal groove, but it is not produced into a spinous or

angulate process on the inner side, as is the case with

the majority of the species of the genus.

Allogaster unicolor, n. 8.

A. geniculate affinis et similis, sed differt antennis rufo-testaceis,

pedibus fere omnino testaceis; processu prosterni postice abrupte

angustata.

Hab. Nyassa? and Natal.

Reddish testaceous, with a faint tawny ochreous pubescence.

Prothorax briefly and sharply enough spined on the middle of each

side; the disk with a callosity in the middle, and with two small

and very feebly raised tubercles anteriorly. Elytra closely pune-

tured, conjointly rounded at the apex. Legs testaceous, with the

extreme apical border of the femora blackish. Antenne wholly

reddish testaceous. Each of the first four abdominal segments (3)

with a large transverse tomentose depression.

The prosternal process has, in the present species, a

form unlike that of any Cerambycid known to me. This

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 301

process is moderately broad in front, is slightly dilated at

the point where it arches over to bend down behind the

cox, and behind the dilatation is abruptly narrowed.

The anterior coxal cavities remain widely enough open

behind. In A. geniculata, Thoms., the prosternal process

has a somewhat similar form, but from the postmedian

dilatation it is gradually narrowed to its posterior

extremity, the latter being somewhat pointed. The

mesosternal process in both species is broader than the

prosternal, is feebly and triangularly emarginate in the

middle of its apical border, and on each side posteriorly

has a small process abutting against the coxa. There

are two male examples of the new species in the collec-

tion. The female of the genus has not been described,

and is still unknown to me. Lacordaire and Thomson

placed Corethrogaster annulipes, Chey., (described from

the female only) in the genus; but this species, as well as

the Heterogaster semifemoratum of Chevrolat, belong to

the genus Parwme of Aurivillius.

Taurotagus brevipennis, 0. s.

Rufo-brunneis, pube holosericea grisea obtectus; prothorace

lateraliter et supra inequali nec plicato; elytris (g\) prothorace

triplo-longioribus; elytris (¢) prothorace plus triplo longioribus.

Long. 28—30 mm.

Hab. Yoruba (Capt. Moloney), Sierra Leone.

Reddish brown, with a rather thin silvery grey pubescence,

which on the elytra gives reflections like watered silk. Prothorax

uneven towards the sides, with four feeble obtuse tubercles on the

disk. Elytra rounded at the apex, those of the male three times as

long as the prothorax in the middle; those of the female a little

more than three times as long. Antenne in the male about a

fourth longer than the body, in the female surpassing but little the

middle of the elytra. Prosternal process vertical or subvertical

behind. Head underneath, between the eyes, without a distinct

eroove or ridge.

This species has all the characters which Lacordaire

has given for the genus T'aurotagus, with the exception

that the prothorax is not transversely wrinkled, but is

made uneven by some obtuse and feebly raised tubercles.

302 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

HERcODERA, N. g.

Head with the antennal tubers scarcely raised, with the front

short, with the eyes coarsely facetted, deeply emarginate, and

scarcely surpassing the insertion of the antenne in front. Antenne

sparsely ciliate, a little longer than the body (??), with the scape

subclavate, shorter than the third joint, the fourth joint about

equal in length to the scape, the fifth to the eighth subequal, each

slightly shorter than the third, the last three joints decreasing in

length ; the third and fourth joints each armed with a small spine

at the apex, some of the following joints also provided with an

exceedingly minute spine. Prothorax longer than broad, slightly

angular and unarmed at the sides, and somewhat constricted

just before the base. Elytra nearly linear, and subtruncate or

rounded at the apex. Legs moderately long, with the femora

stalked at the base, and gradually swollen beyond the middle; with

the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two succeeding

joints combined. Prosternal process rather narrow; feebly arched ;

scarcely dilated at its posterior extremity. Mesosternal process

nearly flat. Anterior cotyloid cavities open behind. Intermediate

cotyloid cavities closed on the outside.

I have placed this genus near Atesta, in the group

Phoracanthine, though it might equally as well, perhaps,

be placed in the group Callidiopsine. The presence of

spines on the antenne is, however, very exceptional in

the latter, while it is characteristic of the former group.

Hercodera fasciata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 1).

Rufo-testaceis, antennis pedibusque (femoribus medio exceptis)

nigris; prothorace reticulato-punctato; elytris dense fortiterque

punctatis, eneo-viridis, fascia lata testacea que pars major pone

medium. Long. 10 mm.; lat. 24 mm.

Hab. Masai-land (’. J. Jackson, Esq.).

Reddish testaceous, with a few scattered greyish hairs. Head

obsoletely punctured. Prothorax at the sides and above covered

with broad shallow regular punctures, giving it a finely reticulated

appearance. Jlyira very thickly and strongly punctured, with the

punctures becoming finer and less dense posteriorly; metallic

green, with a very broad transverse testaceous band beginning a

little behind the basal third, and extending as far as the apical

fourth of the elytra ; this band slightly triangularly produced along

the suture in front. Apices of the elytra feebly truncate, almost

rounded. Legs black, with the thickened clavate portion of the

femora reddish testaceous. Antenne black.

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 308

Merosrium (Obriine), n. g.

Head large, broad between the eyes, attenuated posteriorly,

concave between the antennal tubercles ; with the eyes prominent,

coarsely facetted, feebly emarginate in front, widely separated

above. Antenne more than half as long again as the body, with

the third and fourth joints short, subequal, together scarcely

longer than the scape; with the fifth and following joints com-

pressed, each longer than the third and fourth combined. Pro-

thorax twice as long as broad, horizontal for a short distance at the

base, thence inclined upwards and anteriorly bent forwards so as to

form with the head a sub-semicircular curve; the middle of each

side with an obtuse tubercle or angle, in front of and behind

which the prothorax is slightly constricted. Elytra linear, a little

retracted and truncate at the apex, with the lateral margins sinuate

in the middle. First segment of the abdomen as long as the three

following united. Prosternal process subhorizontal posteriorly, and

produced a short distance behind the cotyloid cavities; the latter

completely closed in behind. Intermediate cotyloid cavities open

on the outside.

Type :—Metobrium elegans, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. de

France, 1887, p. 334, pl. 3, fig. 9.

A figure of this species and a very full description

have been given by M. Fairmaire, but he has erro-

neously referred it to the genus Obriaccum, of Thomson.

From this genus it is at once separated by the greater

width of the head, the length and curvature of the

thorax, and the different relative proportions of the

basal joints of the antenne.

The genus Obriaccum is, as pointed out in M. Lameere’s

supplement, synonymous with the previously charac-

terised Ossibia of Pascoe.

HYPARGYRA, N. g.

Head concave between the antennal tubercles; front subvertical,

a little broader than long, feebly transversely impressed near the

base. Antenne a little longer than the body, with joint 3 much

longer than the scape, with joints 4—6 subequal, each shorter than

8rd, with joints 7—10 gradually decreasing in length, 11th longer

than 10th. Eyes finely facetted, deeply emarginate. Prothorax

sub-cylindrical, a little longer than broad, feebly rounded and

unarmed at the sides, and very slightly constricted at the base.

Scutellum forming a nearly equilateral triangle. Elytra slightly

304 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

and gradually narrowed posteriorly; apices obtusely rounded.

Femora clavate; the posterior, longer and more gradually thick-

ened, surpassing the elytra behind; first joint of posterior tarsus

longer than the two succeeding joints combined. Front cox

spherical, not angulate on the outside, their cotyloid cavities com-

pletely closed behind. Intermediate cotyloid cavities open on the

outside. Abdomen with five visible segments, the fifth scarcely as

long as the fourth, and rounded at the apex. Female stouter than

the male, with the antenne a little shorter than the body, with the

eleventh joint scarcely longer than the tenth, and with joints 7—11

slightly dilated and compressed.

Following Lacordaire’s system, this genus must be

placed in the Callichromine, in which group it seems to

come nearest to Jonthodes. It is easily distinguished

from the latter by the form of the prothorax, and by the

scape rounded, not angulate, at its inner apical border.

Hypargyra cribripennis, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 2, 3).

Niger, elytris viridis, sub-nitidis, versus suturam purpureo-

cyaneis: capite punctato; prothorace foveolato-punctato, vitta

utrinque, et vittis duabus obsoletis medio disci argenteo-sericeis ;

elytris fortiter et creberrime punctatis; pedibus piceis sparsim

punctatis, femoribus quatuor anticis rufis; antennis nigris, scapo

dense punctato, corpore subtus argenteo-pubescente. Long. 14 and

17; lat. 3} and 44 mm., gf and 9.

Hab. Mamboia, Mpwapwa (E. Africa).

Black. Head with a faint silky white pubescence; strongly

enough punctured. Prothorax above with close foveolate punctures ;

with a few small smooth spaces; with a distinct silvery white or

fulvous vitta on each side, and two almost obsolete vitte along the

middle of the disk. Elytra of a fine metallic green, passing to

purplish blue towards the suture and external margin; covered

with very strong and confluent punctures, which give to them

a rasp-like appearance. Body underneath with a silvery pubes-

cence, somewhat denser in the female. In the female specimen

before me the legs are entirely dark brown, in the male the

four anterior femora are red.

The characters of the male have been drawn up from

one of two specimens in Mr. Bates’s collection; those of

the female from a specimen in the British Museum

collection.

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. — 305

Compsomera nigricollis, n. s.

Capite fusco-ferrugineo; prothorace nigro, opaco, dense sub-

rugoso punctato; elytris chalybeato-cyaneis, fasciis longitudinalibus

a basi ultra medium extensis, nigris; versus basin dense asperato-

punctatis, versus apicem minute et subdense granulosis : corpore

subtus atro-fusco, leviter griseo-sericeo-pubescente; antennis pedi-

busque rufo-ferrugineis, femoribus leviter rugoso-punctatis ; scapo

antennarum scabroso. Long. 27 mm.

Hab. Mamboia (EK. Africa).

Head obscure reddish brown, faintly punctured in front. Pro-

thorax dull black, very densely punctured. Elytra of a metallic

blue, tinted with violet posteriorly; with two longitudinal black

fasciz on each, and a common triangular black fascia all united at

the base; with the outermost or marginal fascia of each elytron

broad, dilated posteriorly, and cut away obliquely behind, the

inner fascia narrow, attenuated posteriorly, and united at its

extremity with the outer fascia. Towards the base the elytra are

closely and somewhat asperately punctured, posteriorly the punc-

tures are replaced by minute and dense granules. Body under-

neath blackish brown, with a faint greyish white pubescence giving

silvery reflections in certain lights. Legs and antenne reddish

brown; the femora somewhat rugosely punctured; the scape of

the antenn scabrous.

From the other described species of the genus easily

distinguished by having the prothorax almost wholly

black.

Mecaspis mina, n. 8.

Chalybeato-cyanea, nitida; prothoracis disco glabro, postice sat

dense punctulato; scutello modice elongato, transversim rugoso ;

elytris basi minutissime denseque punctulatis et subtiliter velutinis,

deinde glabris nitidis, sparsim punctulatis ; corpore subtus chaly-

beato-cyaneo, nitido; prosterno haud tuberculato; antennis pedi-

busque nigris, femoribus (basi exceptis) badiis; tarsis supra

griseo-pilosis, posterioribus argenteis. Long. 29 mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Deep dark blue, passing in places to violet. Prothorax punctu-

late and very feebly rugulose on the disk, especially towards

the sides posteriorly ; the anterior and posterior sulci each with

two or three feeble transverse ridges. Elytra with the base very

minutely and closely punctulate and covered with a faint velvety

pile, the remainder glabrous and sparsely and finely punctured.

306 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

Legs black; with the femora, except at their bases, chestnut red.

The four anterior femora dentate and strongly enough emarginate

on the underside towards their extremity.

Do.icHAsPIs, n. &.

From Mecaspis differs by the more elongated and

much smoother scutellum; the femora all unarmed

underneath ; the mesosternal process flat below, some-

what truncate and subvertical in front.

Dolichaspis scutellata, n. s.

Chalybeato-violacea vel viridi-cyanea; prothoracis disco subti-

liter atro-velutino; scutello longissimo (5}—6 mm.), minute

sparsissimeque punctulato; elytris minutissime creberrimeque

punctulatis et tenuiter velutinis, versus apicem glabris et sparsim

punctulatis ; corpore subtus chalybeato, subnitido; lateribus pec-

toris abdominisque subtilissime argenteo-sericeis; antennis nigris,

dimidium elytrorum paullo excedentibus. Long. 85—36 mm.

Hab. Angola.

Prothorax strongly though somewhat obtusely tubercled on each

side; the disk with a faint velvety black pile, with the median line

glabrous. Scutellum very long, very sparsely punctulate, and

without transverse ridges. Elytra very minutely and closely

punctulate on those parts covered by the faint velvety pile;

towards the apex and on a narrow space along the middle of each,

clabrous and sparsely punctulate. Legs and underside of the body

steel blue, sub-nitid; the tarsi above with a shining grey pile.

Prosternal process rather broader towards the middle of its length,

strongly arched and subvertical behind. Antenne scarcely differing

in the two sexes; reaching to about the apical third of the elytra

in the male.

Two specimens, which appear to be male and female,

in the Brit. Museum collection. In the male the sixth

ventral segment is scarcely visible, and the apex of the

fifth is shghtly sinuately emarginate ; in the female the

fifth segment is rounded at the apex.

Hypatium splendidum, n. s.

Aurato-viride, cupreo-micans, nitidissimum; capite fronte sat

dense punctato; prothorace disco sparsim punctato et versus latera

nonnihil transversim rugoso; elytris concoloribus dense punctatis ;

pedibus antennisque (clavis femorum 4 anticorum rufo-castaneis

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. — 807

exceptis) nigris, his (?) dimidium elytrorum vix excedentibus ;

corpore subtus sub-nitido, subtilissime griseo-pubescente. Long.

192; lat. 53 mm.

Hab. Mpwapwa (E. Africa), (Dr. Kirk).

Head, prothorax above and elytra of a bright golden green,

strongly shining, and, in certain lights, giving reddish coppery

reflections. Head rather thickly punctured in front. Prothorax

near the anterior margin smooth; with the basal constricted part

transversely strigose; with the disk sparsely punctured (more

sparsely in the middle), and towards the sides feebly wrinkled ;

with the medio-lateral tubercles obtuse, and the antero-lateral

callosities strongly enough developed. Scutellum somewhat ru-

gosely punctured. Elytra densely punctured, with the punctures

somewhat less dense towards the base; apices rounded. Body

underneath sub-nitid, with a faint greyish pubescence. Legs and

antenne black, with the thickened clavate portion of the four

anterior femora reddish chestnut. All the femora provided with a

tooth on the underside a little before the apex.

A second specimen, also a female, and of somewhat

greater size (length 22 mm.), differs in colour only

from the description given. In this specimen not a trace

of green is visible; those parts which in the first

specimen are golden green are here entirely of a coppery

purple. Finding not the slightest difference in structural

character to accompany this rather marked difference of

colour, I am obliged to regard both specimens as speci-

fically the same.

Philematium nitidipenne, n. 8.

Q. Alneo-viride, nitidissimum ; capite dense sub-rugoso punc-

tato; prothorace dorso inequali, transversim rugoso et inter rugas

dense fortiterque punctato; scutello brevi, triangulari, sub-rugoso ;

elytris valde denseque punctatis, punctis postice minutioribus et

sparsioribus; pedibus antennisque nigris (clavis femorum anticorum

intermediorumque rufo-castaneis exceptis), tarsis supra grisco-

pubescentibus. Long. 28 mm.

Hab. Nyassa (Thelwall).

Bright brassy green, strongly shining. Head thickly and some-

what rugosely punctured, with a small space on the vertex between

the eyes almost impunctate. Prothorax with the posterior raised

portion of the disk transversely rugose, with the intervals between

the ridges strongly and densely punctured, with the anterior raised

308 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

portion of the disk less densely punctured and without ridges.

Elytra thickly and strongly punctured, with the punctures gradually

becoming smaller and sparser posteriorly. Body underneath brassy

green, impubescent, scarcely punctured; abdomen with a golden

tinge. Legs black, with the clubs of the four anterior femora

reddish chestnut. The tarsi above with a greyish pubescence,

which on the posterior tarsi is silvery. Prosternal process feebly

obtusely tubercled and subvertical behind. Antenne black, shorter

than the body.

A single female example in the collection. The species

is easily distinguished by the peculiar punctuation of its

elytra. In no other species of the genus do we find the

punctures anteriorly so strong, and posteriorly so sparse.

The shortness of the antenne (in the female) is also a

very distinct character.

Callichroma fuligineum, n. 8.

= Callichroma abyssinicum, Chev. MS.

Nigrum, subtus sub-zeneum; antennis chalybeatis, articulis

3—6 interdum rufis; pedibus rufis, chalybeato-tinctis; capite

rugoso-punctato; prothorace dorso regulariter et transversim stri-

goso; elytris opacis, nigro-fusco tenuiter velutinis; antennarum

articulo 40 quam 80 vix breviori. Long. 15—23 mm.

Hab. Abyssinia and W. Africa ?.

Prothorax regular, armed on each side with a sharp conical

spine, the dise nude, sub-nitid, crossed by fine ridges running into

each other, and all with a fairly regular transverse direction.

Elytra dull, with a brownish black faint pubescence. Antenne

steel-blue, with sometimes the joints 3—6 reddish; with the

fourth joint as long as (3), or scarcely shorter than (? ), the third.

A species easily recognised by the regular transverse

ridges on the whole of the upper side of the prothorax,

and the dull brownish black colour of the elytra. Its

structure brings it nearest, perhaps, to the North Indian

C. perletum, white. There are fourteen specimens in the

Brit. Museum collection. Two specimens in Mr. Bates’s

collection are ticketed W. Africa, but Mr. Bates considers

the correctness of this locality open to question.

HExARRHOPALA (Cleomenin@), n. g.

Head deeply enough concave between the antennal tubercles.

Front declivous. Muzzle short. Eyes finely facetted, emarginate,

Longicorma from Africa and Madagascar. B09

lower lobes somewhat rounded, upper lobes small, narrow.

Antenne (@ ?) attaining the middle of the elytra; scape short,

little thickened, joint 8 equal to 4 and 5 united, the rest gradually

decreasing in length, joints 5—11 slightly dilated, 6th and 7th

broadest. Prothorax cylindrical, longer than broad, with the sides

nearly parallel, unarmed, very slightly constricted at the base ;

with a carina, strongly raised posteriorly, along the middle of the

disk. Elytra with the sides nearly parallel; strongly punctured ;

apices broadly conjointly rounded. Femora pedunculate at the

base, abruptly swollen into a short thick club at the apex. Abdomen

with the first segment as long as the three following united.

Sternal processes simple. Anterior cotyloid cavities closed in

behind; the intermediate shut off from the mesothoracic epimera

by the production forward of the antero-lateral lobes of the meta-

sternum. The body, legs, and basal joints of the antenne provided

with long scattered hairs.

There can be no doubt that the place of this genus is

in the group Cleomenine, from the other genera of

which, it is, however, sufficiently distinct. It comes

nearest, perhaps, to Apiogaster.

Hexarrhopala apicalis,n.s. (Pl. IX., figs. 8 and 3a).

Nitida, sparsim ciliata; capite antennisque et corpore subtus

nigris; prothorace supra rufo-testaceo, marginibus anticis posti-

cisque nigris, disco sparsim punctato et in medio longitudinaliter

carinato, carina postice valde elevata; elytris brunneo-testaceis,

tertia parte apicali violacea, grosse sub-rugosoque punctatis,

apicibus conjunctim late rotundatis ; corpore subtus sparsim punc-

tato; pedibus nigrescentibus, clavis femorum 4 anteriorum rufo-

testaceis. Long. 12; lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Lake Nyassa (Thelwall).

The fronts of the four anterior tibize with a silky fulvouns pile,

the rest of the body almost destitute of pubescence beyond the

rather long widely scattered cilia coming off from all parts. The

four basal joints of the antenne nitid and somewhat sparsely

punctured, the remaining joints with a dull brownish black tomen-

tum. The tibie carinate, with the intervals between the carine

punctured.

The coloration of this species is extremely like that of

the following little species which I am obliged to refer

to Apiogaster.

310 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

Aptogaster similis, n. 8.

Nigra, nitida, sparsim ciliata; prothorace in medio disci

laterumque, elytris (sutura antice et tertia parte apicali, nigris,

exceptis) et clavis femorum rufo-testaceis ; capite subnitido, dense

punctato ; elytris sparsim punctatis, apicibus leviter sinuato-trun-

catis; antennis dimidium elytrorum vix excedentibus, scapo valde

punctato et versus apicem breviter transversimque carinato. Long.

5; lat. 14 mm.

Hab. Lake Nyassa.

The prothorax across the middle above, and a broad vitta of

each elytron extending from the shoulder near to the apical third,

and there invading the whole width of the elytron, reddish testa-

ceous; the clubs of the femora of the same colour; the rest of the

body black.

In the sinuation of the lateral margins, and the

enlargement behind of the elytra, in the form and

punctuation of the head, in the width and strong punc-

tuation of the metathoracic episterma, and in other

characters, this species agrees with A.rujfiventris, Perroud.

It differs in colour, in the rougher scape, which bears two

short transverse ridges on the inner side at the apex,

in the stronger punctuation of the elytra, and in having

the basal segment of the abdomen relatively shorter.

LAMIID.

Srrxis, n. g. (Lamune vere).

Head broadly and slightly concave between the antennal

tubercles; front slightly convex, a little broader than high. Eyes

emarginate, with the lower lobes rather short and oblique. Antenne

(?) about as long as the body, with the scape reaching to about the

middle of the prothorax, narrowly cicatrised at the apex, the

cicatrix limited by a complete carina, with the third joint about

equal in length to the scape, the fourth much shorter, the rest

decreasing gradually. Prothorax broader than long, armed with a

sharp spine on each side just behind the middle, strongly punctured

above. Elytra much broader than the base of the prothorax, very

strongly punctured, gradually rounded on the sides at the middle,

strongly retracted towards the apex, where each is emarginate with

the outer angle produced into a short blunt spine. Legs moderately

long, with the femora somewhat thickened beyond the middle;

with the intermediate tibiz emarginate; with the claws of the

tarsi divaricate. Prosternal process simple, arched in the middle:

mesosternal process subvertical in front. Metasternum very short.

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. dll

Two characters—the presence of a closed cicatrix on

the scape of the antenne, and the shortness of the

metasternum—fix the position of this genus in Lacor-

daire’s group Lamiine vere. From Velleda, which it

seems to approach most nearly, it differs chiefly by the

broader front of the head; the shorter and more trans-

verse prothorax, with the lateral spines slightly recurved

and placed just behind the middle; the elytra much

more strongly punctured ; and the femora not carinate

on each side below.

Stixts punctata, n.s.

Niger; capitis vertice et prothoracis dorso valde punctatis,

et tenuiter griseo-pubescentibus ; scutello griseo; elytris punctatis,

punctis magnis, oblongis, sub-seriatim dispositis, singulis plaga

triangulari laterali et fascia preapicali cinereis, apicibus emargi-

natis, angulis externis breviter spinosis; corpore subtus pedibusque

tenuissime griseo-pubescentibus. Long. 10; lat. 34 mm.

Hab. Mpwapwa (EH. Africa), 2.

Front of the head with a few minute scattered punctures; the

vertex rather strongly and sparsely punctured. Prothorax above

rather densely punctured with deep strong punctures. Elytra with

large oblong punctures arranged somewhat in rows, with the

punctures at the base slightly asperate.

Idactus spinipennis, n. s.

Fulvo-brunneo-pubescens; capitis vertice macula arcuata nigro-

velutina ; prothoracis disco trituberculato, in medio fusco-liturato ;

elytris basi asperatis, singulis prope basin crista sub-elongata fasci-

culoque pilorum et postice fasciculis pilorum tribus; apicibus sub-

attenuatis et ad suturam spina obtusa brevi armatis; lateribus et

disco inter cristas fusco-plagiatis ; antennis corpore paullo longio-

ribus, scapo crasso, obconico, apice intus asperato-cicatricoso,

cicatrice sine carina, articulo 80 quam 40 sesqui-longiori ; femoribus

in medio incrassatis, tarsis anticis sub-dilatatis, et lateraliter

sparsim fimbriatis. Long. 20; lat. 73 mm.

Hab. Banks of the Anseba River (Abyssinia).

Eyes with the lower lobes rather large. Prothorax with a strong

and sharp tubercle on each side, and three tubercles on the disk, of

which the median is a little stronger than the two anterior. Elytra

somewhat asperate at the base, each with a slightly elongate crest,

surmounted by a fascicle of hairs, on the middle of the disk near

S12 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

the base, with a small tuft of hairs external to this crest, with

three tufts of hairs posteriorly placed near the inner border of the

postero-lateral fuscous patch. The apices somewhat attenuated,

and each ending at the suture in a short blunt spine. The pros-

ternal process slightly arched, and sending out a small angular

process against the coxa on each side just at the commencement of

the posterior declivity. The mesosternal process flat, and sending

out a similar process on each side a little before its posterior

extremity.

Idactus Ellioti, n.s.

Fulvo-griseo-pubescens; capitis vertice macula arcuata nigro-

velutina ; prothoracis dorso in medio et lateribus pone tuberculos

suf-fuscis, disco tri-tuberculato, tuberculo medio valde elevato,

conico; scutello fusco, linea media fulva excepta; elytris basi

fortiter punctatis, griseo-pubescentibus, plaga magna elongata

utrinque fusca, supra in medio triangulariter valdeque emarginata ;

singulis prope basin crista fasciculoque pilorum, et postice fasci-

culis pilorum tribus ; apicibus sub-oblique truncatis ; antennis cor-

pore paullo longioribus, scapo clavato adapicem punctis paucis aspe-

ratis, articulo 80 quam 40 fere sesqui-longiori. Long. 17; lat.6} mm.

Hab. Madagascar (G. F’. Scott Elliot).

This has a strong general resemblance and a somewhat

similar style of marking to the preceding. It differs,

however, by the more clavate scape of the antenne, the

stronger median tubercle on the disk of the prothorax,

the base of the elytra strongly punctured and less

distinctly asperate, the apices somewhat obliquely trun-

cate and without a spine at the suture. The sternal

processes are somewhat similar in structure, and the

anterior tarsi are slightly dilated and fringed. The eyes

in this species are smaller than in the last, and are

relatively of about the same size as in I. tridens, Pase.

Idactus maculicornis, n. 8.

Brunneo-pubescens, fusco variegatus, capitis vertice macula

arcuata nigro-velutina; prothorace lateraliter et in medio disci

nigro-velutino-sub-maculato; scutello fusco; elytris fasciculis

minutis pilorum dispersis, singulis prope basin tuberculo fasci-

culoso, apicibus rotundatis ; antennis (?) corpore vix longioribus,

griseo pubescentibus fusco-maculatis, seapo sub-clavato, apice intus

asperato, articulo 80 quam 40 paullo longiori; segmento ultimo

dorsali abdominis fasciculis duabus pilorum fulvorum.

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 313

Hab. Mombas, E. Africa.

In style of marking and colour resembles the two

preceding, especially the first, but the postero-lateral

fuscous patch of each elytron is more broken up into

line-like spots, which enclose two whitish spots. The

present species is very distinct by the numerous very

small tufts on the elytra, by the fasciculose tubercle

instead of an elongated crest on each near the base, and

by the apices of the elytra rounded off to the suture, and

not furnished with a spine. The sternal processes have

a structure similar to that in the two last species, and in

I. tridens. The eyes are small.

Notwithstanding the marked structural differences

between the three species just described, I feel compelled

to place them in the same genus. Beyond having a

longer third joint to the antenne, they differ in no

essential respect from Idactus tridens. JIagree with Mr.

Pascoe that the genera Jdactus and Oeax are best placed

near Lasiopezus. Ocax, in Gemminger’s catalogue, is,

without reason, placed as a synonym of Acmocera ; so

also is Hmphreus—a very distinct genus which should, I

think, be placed in the group Bareine near Stenobia.

Judging from the description, (Barcus) Sundewallii,

Fihr., must be extremely closely allied to, if not identical

with, Hmphreus ferruginosus, White.

Prosopocera antennata, n. 8.

@. Griseo-pubescens, elytris pallide brunneo irroratis, sin-

gulisque pone humerum macula parva laterali nigro-velutina ;

pronoto antice rotundato, basi bisinuato, disco medio leviter

ineequali, tuberculis lateralibus prothoracis sat validis, apice sub-

obtusis; elytris humeris minute granulatis deinde spa~sim punctu-

latis; antennis corpore vix equalibus, articulo tertio‘quam scapo

breviori. Long. 27; lat. 11 mm.

Hab. Yoruba (W. Africa), (Capt. Moloney).

Head with the front in its upper part flat or slightly concave, in

its lower part somewhat convex, with a raised median line extend-

ing from base to vertex, with a transverse impressed line between

the eyes above the antennal tubercles, and with two oblique nude

lines on the basal part of the front. Eyes of moderate size, their

lower lobes reaching a little more than half-way to the base of the

mandibles. Pronotum with its front margin rounded, its basal margin

bisinuate ; with four transverse impressions, two of which, close to

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Il. (JUNE.) ¥

314 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

the margins, are less distinct; of the remaining two that near the

base is almost perfectly straight, while the anterior groove is very

strongly bisinuate; disk somewhat uneven. Elytra with a grey

pubescence mottled with pale brown; with some small granules

on the base and shoulders, from thence very sparsely punctulate ;

each with a small velvety black spot placed close to the margin

behind the shoulder. Body underneath and legs with a yellowish

grey pubescence. Antenne grey, with the third joint a little

shorter than the scape, the fourth barely longer than the third, the

fifth and following joints subequal.

In the Museum collection there are two specimens—

one from Sierra Leone, the other from Old Calabar—

which agree in the relative length of the third joint of

the antennz and other structural characters with the

specimen just described, but differ by having two black

spots (placed obliquely) on each elytron instead of one.

For the present I regard these as forming a variety.

The three following species form a separate section in

the genus Prosopocera characterised by having the horn

of the head in the male coming off from the base of the

front, and directed slightly upwards instead of down-

wards, and by having the two intermediate of the four

transverse grooves of the prothorax almost directly

transverse and parallel, instead of being more or less

strongly bisinuate. The prothorax itself is proportionately

somewhat shorter, with the pronotum less produced and

less rounded in front.

Prosopocera aspersa, n. s.

Prosopocera schiippelit. De}. Cat.

Picea vel rufo-picea; capitis fronte (¢) in medio excavata,

cornu supra concavo subtus convexo, apice bifido; prothorace

lateribus obti%Se breviterque tuberculato, supra in medio et lateraliter

albido-pubescente ; elytris sparsim punctatis, maculis numerosis

minimis aspersis, singulisque maculis quatuor majoribus (una

basali, duabus ante medium oblique positis, quarta ad tertiam

apicalem) albido-pubescentibus; antennis (3') articulis tertio ad

quintum inerassatis. Long. 18—22mm.,

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Head in the male with an oval excavation in the front just

above the horn, the latter also hollowed out at its base on the

upper side. Lower lobes of the eyes not reaching quite half-way to

the base of the mandibles; with a white spot behind the lower

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. — 315

lobe of each eye, and a few faint whitish lines on the front of the

head. Prothorax with rather short and obtuse lateral tubercles

vaguely pubescent on the middle of the disk, more distinctly

pubescent on the sides. Elytra with numerous very small scat-

tered white spots, and each with four larger whitish spots, of

which one is at the base; two, the largest, are placed obliquely

towards the side in front of the middle, and each encloses a nude

spot; the fourth is at about the beginning of the apical third. |

Sides of the body underneath whitish. Legs and antenne with a

faint greyish pubescence.

Prosopocera cornifrons (Dej. Cat.), n.s.

Olivaceo-brunnea leviter griseo-pubescens; capitis fronte (3)

cornu armata, cornu apice bifido; prothorace lateribus sat valde

obtuseque tuberculato ; elytris sub-sparsim punctatis leviter griseo-

pubescentibus maculis aspersis fulvido-albidis; antennis (3)

articulis tertio quartoque incrassatis; corpore subtus lateribus

fulvido-pubescentibus. Long. 1S—20 mm.

Hab. Senegal.

Head with the horn in the male concave above and bifid at the

apex; with the front above the horn not excavated. Prothorax

strongly enough tubercled at the sides, with the tubercles blunt at

their apex. Elytra somewhat sparsely punctured; with a taint

greyish pubescence, and with some small scattered, and a few

larger somewhat obscure, fulvous white spots. Antenne in the

male not quite twice as long as the body, with the third and fourth

joints thickened; with the joints from the fourth ringed with

fuscous at their apices, for the rest greyish-pubescent.

Prosopocera Dejeani, n. s.

Prosopocera senegalensis, Dej. Cat.

Piceo-fusca, leviter et vage griseo-pubescens ; capitis fronte (3)

cornu armata, cornu apice bifido; prothorace lateribus sat valde

tuberculato, tuberculis apice obtusis et lateraliter sub-compressis ;

elytris valde punctatis, griseo vel albido vage pubescentibus ;

antennis articulis tertio quartoque (3) incrassatis. Long. 20—25 mm.

Hab. Natal.

Pitchy brown. Head feebly rugosely punctured in front, with a

whitish pubescence around the eyes, with the horn in the male

bifid at the apex. Prothorax strongly enough tubercled at the

sides, with the tubercles blunt at the apex and slightly compressed

from before backwards. Elytra rather strongly punctured, with

¥2

316 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

a somewhat mixed pubescence of light grey and brownish

grey, with one or two lighter coloured spots towards the sides

anteriorly. Antenne about half as long again as the body, with

the third and fourth joints in the male thickened, with the joints

from the fourth fuscous at their apices.

There are five specimens of this species in the Brit.

Museum collection, but all in a more or less rubbed con-

dition, so that I have not been able to satisfactorily

describe the nature of the pubescence. ‘The species

seems to be closely allied to the last, from which it

differs by its larger size, its much darker-coloured derm,

its somewhat more strongly tubereled prothorax, and

finally by having its pubescence pale grey or whitish,

where in the other species it is fulvous.

Alphitopola octomaculata, n. s.

Rufo-brunnea, griseo-pubescens; capite partim, prothorace

antice et vitta marginali elytrorum rufo-ferrugineo-pubescentibus 5

prothorace utrinque macula parva nigra; elytris singulis maculis

tribus nigris—una humerali, secunda laterali, pone humerum, tertia

dorsali, paullo ante medium. Long. 14 mm.

Hab. ‘Lake Nyassa (Thelwall).

Head with a pubescence partly grey, but mostly of a reddish

rust colour. The front with a median raised line, the vertex with

a transversely arcuate linear impression. Prothorax reddish pubes-

cent in front of the middle, greyish pubescent behind the middle ;

the sides slightly rounded in the middle, each with a small rounded

black spot. Elytra strongly and thickly enough punctured, with

the punctures almost concealed by the close fawn-coloured pubes-

cence; with a marginal reddish rust-coloured band, and each with

three black spots, one above the shoulder basal, one below and

a little behind the shoulder, the third on the disk a little in front of

the middle; apices of the elytra rounded. Body underneath and

legs with a greyish pubescence; the middle of the breast and of

the abdomen pink-tinted owing to the red colour of the derm

underneath. Last abdominal segment (¢) with a deep triangular

emargination at the apex. Mesosternal process very feebly

tubercled near its posterior end. Antenne greyish-pubescent, a

little longer than the body.

Alphitopola vitticollis, n. s.

Fulvo-brunneo-pubescens ; capite linea mediana, elevata, nigra;

prothorace vittis tribus niveis (vittis lateralibus ad oculos extensis) ;

Longicornia from Africa and Madagasear. 317

scutello, macula ovali pone scutellum, et macula subovali (antice

nigro-notata) singulo elytro ad medium niveis; elytris valde punc-

tatis, apicibus rotundatis ; corpore subtus brunneo, pectore utrinque

niveo-vittato; antennis fusco-ferrugineis tenuiter griseo-pubescen-

tibus. Long. 13; lat. 4 mm.

Hab. L. Nyassa (Thelwall).

With a fulvous brown pubescence. Head with a longitudinal

median raised black line; with an arcuate linear impression

between the antennal tubercles; with the eyes large; with the

palpi testaceous. Prothorax unarmed and slightly rounded at the

sides; transversely grooved near the base and apex; with a median

dorsal vitta, and a broader vitta on each side snow-white; the

lateral vitte produced to the eyes in front, and along the sides of

the breast behind. Scutellum and an oval sutural spot adjoining

it, snow-white. Each elytron, just in front of the middle, with an

oval snow-white spot which is marked at its anterior end with a

small round black spot ; with asimilar black spot at the side of each

elytron behind and below the shoulder. Apices of the elytra

rounded. Mesosternal process strongly tubercled. Antenne red-

dish brown, with a faint greyish pubescence.

_Alphitopola Pascoei, n,s. (Pl. IX., fig. 4).

Pallide-brunnea, tenuissime griseo-pubescens; capite antice

luteo-flavo-pubescente, linea mediana longitudinali elevata; pro-

thorace medio disci sub-nitido, lateribus singulis vitta lutea, nigro-

unipunctata; elytris valde punctatis, maculis tribus basalibus (una

communi pone scutellum), fasciaque obliqua nigro-bipunctata

utrinque ante medium, et macula utrinque versus apicem, luteis ;

apicibus rotundatis ; pedibus antennisque brunneis. Long. 12mm.

Hab. UL. Nyassa (Thelwall).

Head with a buff yellow pubescence in front, with a raised

longitudinal median black line, with an arcuate linear impression

between the antennal tubercles. Prothorax unarmed and slightly

rounded in the middle at the sides, with a transverse groove

towards base and apex, each side with a luteous vitta marked near

its middle with a minute black spot. Elytra strongly and some-

what sparsely punctured; with three luteous spots at the base—

one behind and one on each side of the scutellum—of which the

two lateral are each terminated anteriorly by a small black point;

with, on each before its middle, an oblique luteous fascia extending

from the margin inwards and backwards without reaching the

suture, and marked with two small round black spots, one near its

318 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

lateral, the other near its inner end; with a luteous spot on each

towards the apex; with the apices rounded. Mesosternum with a

small conical tubercle. Legs and antenne pale brown.

Phymasterna maculifrons, n. 8.

P. lacteoguttate similis; indumento atro-fuliginoso vestita ;

albo-maculata ; capite maculis sex—una vertice, una medio frontis,

una singula gena, et una utrinque pone oculos; prothorace plaga

alba utrinque ; scutello albo-maculato; elytris maculis quinque et

punctis duabus albis ; antennis nigris, opacis. Long. 9—15 mm.

Hab. Madagascar.

Covered with a dull brownish black indumentum above, and

with a greyish pubescence underneath. Head with a white spot

on the vertex, a spot on the middle of the front, a transverse spot

on each cheek, and a small rounded spot behind each eye.

Prothorax with a white plaga on each side. Scutellum with a

white spot. Elytra sparsely punctured, with the punctures con-

cealed by the somewhat scaly pubescence; each with two points,

one above, one below the shoulder, and five more or less rounded

spots, white; of these spots the first is near the suture, and ata

short distance behind the scutellum; the third, the smallest, is in

a line with the first; the second, a little larger than the first, is on

the side close to the outer margin; the fourth and fifth are placed,

one behind the other, on the posterior half of the elytron, the

fourth spot being the largest of all. Body underneath with a

white spot on each side of the prothorax in front of the outer

angle of the cotyloid cavity, a spot on each side of the mesothorax,

a large oblong spot on each side of the metasternum, and a spot

on each side of each of the first four abdominal segments.

From P. lacteoguttata, Casteln., differs by its some-

what narrower form, its much blacker indumentum, the

white spots on the front and sides of head, and on the

sides of the pro- and meso-thorax underneath, the

scutellum with a white spot, and the spots on the elytra

of relatively somewhat different sizes, with the first

spot farther back from the scutellum.

Phymasterna obscura, n. 8.

Piceo-fusca, griseo-pubescens; capitis fronte linea mediana

elevata, vertice arcuato-impressa ; prothorace obscure-fulvo-quadri-

vittato ; elytris punctatis, griseo fulvoque pubescentibus; antennis

griseo-pubescentibus, corpore duplo longioribus (), corpore paullo

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 319

longioribus (@), articulo tertio quam quarto distincte longiori.

Long. 14; lat. 53 mm.

Hab. Angola.

Head impunctate, with the front a little longer than broad,

with a median raised line from base to vertex, the latter with

a f\-shaped impression. Prothorax almost impunctate, with the

sides obtusely angulate in the middle; grey, with two fulvous

vittz along the disk, and one, broader, on each side enclosing one

or two grey spots. Elytra punctured; witha lead-grey pubescence,

interspersed with tawny; apices rounded. Body underneath and

legs with a rather thin grey pubescence. Antenne greyish pubes-

cent, with the third joint distinctly longer than the fourth.

Piectroscarus (Bareine), n. ¢.

Head deeply and triangularly concave between the antennal

tubercles; these very prominent and separated by a narrow

channel at their base; front nearly flat, indistinctly marked off

from the epistome, the latter with its inferior margin tri-sinuate.

Eyes moderately large. Antenne much shorter than the body:

with the scape stout and somewhat deformed, narrow at the base,

and prolonged at the apex on the dorsal side into a rather strong

and sharp recurved spine; third joint shorter than the scape,

nodulose externally at the apex; fourth joint a little longer than

the third, thickened towards the apex; fifth and following joints

subequal, fitting closely into each other, and of nearly uniform

thickness throughout, with the exception of the last joint which

narrows towards the apex. Prothorax about as long as it is broad

in front, but shorter than its width at the base; provided on the

middle of each side with a sharp and stout conical tubercle; and

on the disk anteriorly with two very small and widely separated

tubercles. Elytra with the shoulders each projecting forwards in

an obtuse conical process ; with a large obtuse hump or swelling on

the disk of each elytron behind the base, with a feeble depression

behind the hump; apices obliquely truncate, with the sutural

angles dentate. Legs subequal; femora moderately stout, some-

what thickened towards the middle. Intermediate tibie deeply

notched at about the middle of their length. Claws of the tarsi

divergent. Prosternal process feebly arched, very narrow in the

middle, widely enough expanded towards the posterior extremity.

Mesosternal process rather narrow, gradually attenuated pos-

teriorly, and truncate at its extremity.

This genus seems to be best placed near Temnoscelis.

320 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

Plectroscapus bimaculatus, n. 8. (Pl. IX., fig. 5).

Fuscus, pube breve fulvo-brunnea obtectus; capitis prothora-

cisque lateribus et articulis basalibus antennarum subtus, cinereis 5

elytris sparsim punctatis, singulis macula nigro-velutina longe

pone medium. Long. 26 mm.; lat. 9} mm.

Hab. Old Calabar.

Dark brown, with a short fulvous pubescence which, on the

elytra, is mixed in places with grey. With the first three joints of

the antenne underneath, the pro- and mesosterna, and the sides

of the head and prothorax ashy-grey. Elytra sparsely punctured ;

each with a distinct velvety black spot placed on a slight promi-

nence at about the posterior fourth. Each of the first four abdo-

minal segments with a small white pubescent spot on each side ;

the last segment feebly sinuately emarginate at the apex.

The unique specimen of this interesting species is

probably a male; and the curious spur on the scape of

the antenne may, perhaps, be a sexual character.

Thylactus insignis, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 6).

Fulvo-brunneo dense pubescens; capite supra macula spatulata

nigro-velutina; elytris punctatis, dense brunneo-pubescentibus,

lineis oblique transversis pallidioribus; singulis medio lateris plaga

triangulari nigro-velutina; apicibus externe rotundato-explanatis et

breviter nigro-fimbriatis. Long. 82; lat. 10 mm.

Hab. Bathurst (W. Coast of Africa).

Clothed with a thick fulvous brown pubescence, somewhat

paler in parts. Head with a distinct velvety black spatulate spot

above. Prothorax armed on each side with a strong and sharp

tubercle, in front of which is an indistinct pale fulvous and slightly

oblique vitta. Elytra, through the thick brownish pubescence,

appearing finely and sparsely punctured ; with a paler pubescence

forming on each three oblique lines, of which one from behind and

below the shoulder curves upwards and backwards on to the disk,

the remaining two, straight and almost directly transverse, placed

one behind the other on the posterior fourth; with a triangular

velvety black plaga at the margin on the middle of each side;

apices somewhat truncate near the suture, externally broadly

rounded, slightly dilated and fringed with short black hairs.

Antenne with a greyish brown pubescence, with the scape some-

what fuscous underneath.

This species is more robust and more thickly pubes-

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 3:21

cent than 7’. longipennis, Pase., and is distinguished

further by the spatulate black spot on the head, the pale

transverse lines on the elytra, the black spots at the

sides triangular in form, and the apices of the elytra

more rounded externally.

Psathyrus longipennis, n. s.

Brunneo-ferrugineus, tenuiter fulvo-pubescens; prothorace cylin-

drico, latitudine vix longiore, minutissime et crebre punctulatis ;

elytris elongatis, fulvo-brunneis, minute denseque punctulatis,

singulisque lineis duabus longitudinalibus elevatis, apicibus acumi-

nato-rotundatis ; femoribus compressis ; antennis longissimis, scapo

brevi, crasso, ad apicem cicatricoso, cicatrice transversim rugosa,

articulis a tertio sub-asperatis. Long. 19 mm.

Hab. Madagascar.

Head with the front rectangular and divided by a deep median

groove. Eyes with the lower lobes somewhat rounded, with the

upper lobes sub-approximate above. Prothorax scarcely longer

than broad, and not narrowed in front. Elytra very long, with two

feebly raised lines on the disk of each. Femora compressed,

narrowed to a knife-like edge on the upper side, and rounded

below; with the anterior femora shorter and deeper, and concave

in front. Antenne very long, with the scape rather short and

thick, and provided with a transversely rugose cicatrice at the

apex; the cicatrice limited by an incomplete but distinct carina,

external to which is a second shorter carina enclosing a small

depression.

This species differs from P. aspericornis, Chev.,—the

type of the genus, and the only known species,—by its

shorter and somewhat differently shaped prothorax, by

its much longer elytra, and by its eyes more approximate

above. It agrees with it in the form of its head and

eyes, in the structure of its cotyloid cavities, and in

other important respects. The cicatrice of the scape

bears the closest resemblance in the two species, and is

of a kind quite peculiar to this genus, though no

mention of it is made by either Thomson or Lacordaire.

Docus, n. g.

3. Head moderately retracted, concave between the antennal

tubercles, with the latter sub-prominent, with the front rectangular,

Eyes emarginate, their lower lobes sub-ovate, reaching scarcely

S22 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

half-way to the base of the mandibles. Antenne a little longer

than the body, with the scape rather stout, elongate, reaching

beyond the middle of the prothorax, with the third joint scarcely as

long as the scape, with the fourth and following joints gradually

diminishing in length. Prothorax sub-cylindrical, as long as

broad, armed with a strong tubercle on each side just behind the

middle. Elytra much broader than the prothorax, slightly and

gradually narrowed up to their posterior third, and from thence

more abruptly narrowed to the apex. Legs of moderate length,

with the femora very stout and fusiform, the posterior a little

longer and stouter than the anterior. Intermediate tibie entire.

Claws of the tarsi divergent. Sternal processes simple, very

feebly arched. Intermediate cotyloid cavities open on the outside.

This genus must, I think, be placed near Planodema

in Lacordaire’s group Theocrine. Its unique species

has somewhat the appearance of a Monohammus, but is

easily distinguished by its long scape destitute of a

cicatrice, its stout fusiform femora, its divergent claws

and entire intermediate tibie.

Docus femoratus, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 7).

Griseo-brunneo pubescens; prothorace supra vittis tribus

obscuris fulvis; elytris punctatis, singulis plaga obliqua pone

medium et maculis nonnullis dispersis cinereis, apicibus rotundatis.

Long. 17; lat. 5} mm.

Hab. Masai (H.C. V. Hunter, Esq.).

With a greyish or yellowish brown pubescence. Head and

prothorax impunctate; the latter with a few minute glossy

granules on the disk, and with three rather obscure longitudinal

fulvous vitte. Scutellum fulvous. Elytra densely enough punc-

tured, brownish pubescent, with a small black spot on each side of

the scutellum, and each with an oblique ashy patch at about the

middle, as well as some small scattered spots of the same colour ;

apices rounded. Body underneath and legs with a nearly uniform

fulvous brown pubescence, with a minute whitish spot on each side

of each of the first four abdominal segments. Antenne with the

joints from the third fuscous at their apex, pale grey at their base.

Eumimetes johanne, n. s.

Olivaceus, griseo-fulvo-pubescens; prothorace dorso in medio

valde et subasperato punctato; elytris valde punctatis, pube pallide

fulva passim densiore, et ferrugineo-brunnea mixta; corpore subtus

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 828

pedibusque qualiter pubescentibus; antennis griseis, articulis a

tertio apicibus fuscis. Long. 16; lat. 7 mm.

Hab. I. of Johanna.

Derm olive-green, clothed with a dense pale fulvous pubescence.

Head very sparsely punctured with the punctures almost entirely

concealed by the pubescence. Prothorax with the pubescence

thick and uniform in front and behind, and interrupted across

the middle of the disk by numerous strong and somewhat asperate

punctures. Scutellum transverse, truncate behind. Elytra strongly

and rather thickly punctured, with the punctures stronger and

somewhat asperate towards the base; with the pale fulvous pubes-

cence, owing to the somewhat irregular distribution of the punc-

tures, denser in some places than others; with three or four

very obscure rust-brown spots or bands on each elytron. Body

underneath and legs with a nearly uniform fulvous grey pubes-

cence. Antenne scarcely longer than the body (¢).

This species has the size and general form of EF.

sparsus, Klug., with the sides of the prothorax a little

more strongly tubercled. It may be easily distinguished

by its difference of colour and punctuation.

SorrpDus, n. g.

Head broadly and slightly concave between the antennal

tubercles; front transverse; eyes subdivided, lower lobes small.

Antenne a little longer than the body, with the scape rather

short and stout, the remaining joints slender, with joints 3 and

4 subequal, each much longer than the scape; the fifth a little

longer than the scape, the rest slightly and gradually decreasing

in length. Prothorax longer than broad, unarmed at the sides,

with its greatest width at about the anterior third, and from

thence gradually narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly; with the

pronotum produced and rounded in front. Elytra at the base a

little broader than the prothorax; posteriorly scarcely narrowed ;

broadly sub-truncate at the apex. Intermediate tibiw entire;

claws of the tarsi divergent. Prosternal process simple, rather

narrow in front, dilated posteriorly. Mesosternal process with an

obtuse tubercle near the middle of its length. Anterior cotyloid

cavities placed far enough back from the anterior border of the

prothorax, slightly angulate on the outside. Intermediate cotyloid

cavities open on the outside.

The species on which this genus is founded must be

withdrawn from Xylorrhiza to which it has little resem-

824 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

blance, and from which it differs by distinct structural

characters. ‘The genus seems to have no near affinities,

but it will be best placed, I think, in Lacordaire’s Section

A, of the group Niphonine. The anterior coxal cavities

are separated from the front border of the prosternum

by a longer interval than is the rule in this group.

Soridus biapicatus, Chev.

Xylorrhiza biapicata, Chev., Rey. et Mag. de Zool.,

1857, p. 82.

Chevrolat has described the prothorax as at least

twice as long as broad, but in this he erred, for I find,

on measurement, that it is not quite half as long again

as the width at the base.

STATHMODERA, 0. g.

Head coneave between the antennal tubercles; the latter slightly

prominent, with their anterior apical border entire; front higher

than broad, with its lateral borders almost parallel. Antenne

a little longer than the body, sparsely setose underneath; with the

scape rather stout, this and joints 3 and 4 subequal, the rest

gradually decreasing in length. Prothorax slightly rounded at the

sides; unarmed; marked above with deeply impressed longitudinal

lines. Elytra strongly and serially punctured; retracted posteriorly ;

with the apices narrowly truncate, and each armed at the outer

angle with a very strong spine. Femora sub-clavate ; the posterior

not surpassing the fourth abdominal segment; intermediate tibix

emarginate; claws of the tarsi divergent; the two basal joints of

all the tarsi marked with a feeble longitudinal dorsal groove, and

armed above at their distal extremity with some slender spines.

Intermediate cotyloid cavities closed on the outside. Sternal pro-

cesses simple.

From the characters of the two small species com-

prised in this genus, the latter must, I think, be placed

in the group Ptericoptine.

By the twelve longitudinal deeply impressed lines on

the pronotum, and the slender spines at the dorsal

extremity of the two basal joints of the tarsi, the two

species now described may be easily identified.

Stathmodera lineata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 8).

Fuscus 3 capite, vilta utrinque prothoracis et maculis nonnullis

elytrorum fulvo-pubescentibus; prothorace pone apicem et ante

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. © 825

basin transversim bi-impresso; dorso lineis longitudinalibus duo-

decim sat profunde impressis ; elytris valde crebreque et seriatim

punctatis, punctis sub-oblongis; apicibus angulis externis valde

spinosis; pedibus dense punctatis; antennis fuscis, scapo dense

punctato. Long. 7; lat. 2} mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Prothorax above with twelve nearly parallel longitudinal lines,

and with four transverse impressions, two near the base and two

anteriorly. Elytra with closely approximated rows of very strong

and somewhat oblong punctures; with a pubescence almost limited

to six or seven fulvous spots on each, four of which are placed

obliquely at about the apical third. Abdomen with the posterior

border of the first, and spots at the sides of all the segments,

fulvous.

Stathmodera aureicornis, n.s.

Prothorace vitta lata fulva utrinque; dorso lineis duodecim

longitudinalibus sub-parallelis, lineis transversis anticis obsoletis ;

elytris minus valde punctatis, lateraliter utrinque uni-carinatis,

griseo-pubescentibus, regione suturali antice et fascia obliqua sub-

media suf-fuscis; antennarum articulis basalibus sub-aurato-pubes-

centibus. Long. 8; lat. 2} mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

From the preceding differs by the broader fulvous vitta on each

side of the prothorax; the longitudinal lines of the pronotum less

parallel, the anterior tranverse lines less distinct, the most anterior

being almost absent; the elytra with a greyish pubescence, the

punctures seen through which appear much smaller and the rows

less approximate; the punctures on the less pubescent fuscous

region near the suture appearing large enough; each elytron with

a slightly sinuate carina beginning a little behind and below the

shoulder, and extending to near the base of the external spine.

Antenne with a somewhat golden metallic pubescence on three or

four of the basal joints. (In fresh specimens this pubescence would

probably be seen to extend to nearly all the joints.)

AmpPHIstyLus (Spalacopsine), nu. g.

Differs from Spalacopsis by the following characters :—

Head more elongated. Antenne shorter than the body (9 ?),

destitute of long hairs or cilia, almost glabrous, the basal joints

only with a very short close pubescence; the scape not reaching

to the anterior border of the prothorax, the third joint distinctly

longer than the scape, and nearly three times as long as the fourth

326 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

joint, this and the following joints subequal or gradually decreasing

in length. Prothorax and elytra equal in width at their bases.

Elytra conjointly acuminate at the apex, not in the least divergent.

Type :—Amphistylus Pauli, Fairm.

Tetraglenes Pauli, Fairm., Comp. Rend. Ann. Soc.

Ent. de Belgique, tom. 28, p. LXXVII.

Spalacopsis Pauli, Fairm., Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de

France, 1887, p. 345, pl. 3, fig. 1.

Hab. Zanzibar, Nyassa.

This species is very interesting as carrying to the

oreatest known extent amongst Longicornia that peculiar

modification of the head in which the front forms with

the upper side a very acute angle, and in which the eyes

are simple and placed far back from the insertion of the

antenne.

In the British Museum collection there is a single

specimen from the Nyassa region.

Nupserha Kirkt, n. 8.

Elongata, flavo-testacea; capitis fronte subtiliter infuscato,

vertice nigro-vittato; prothorace lateribus subparallelis, pone

apicem et ante basin transversim sulcato, disco nigro-vittato ;

elytris nigris, lateribus antice et macula pone medium flavo-

testaceis, singulis quadri-carinatis (margine et sutura inclusis)

intervallis valde et seriatim punctatis, apicibus sub-oblique trun-

catis, angulis externis acutis, angulis suturalibus dentatis; antennis

nigris, corpore fere equalibus (g'), corpore brevioribus (?). Long.

18—20 mm. ; lat. 44—5 mm. (¢ @).

Hab. Mpwapwa, E. Africa (Dr. Kirk).

Head with the front slightly infuscate and strongly and rather

closely punctured, with the vertex more sparsely punctured, and

with two black vittz meeting between the eyes. Prothorax strongly

and rather sparsely punctured on the middle of the disk, almost

impunctate towards the sides; yellowish testaceous, nitid, with

two comma-shaped black spots (‘’) on the anterior part of the disk.

Elytra black, with the shoulders, the sides anteriorly, and a discal

spot on each behind the middle yellowish testaceous ; each with

two distinct carine in addition to the raised sutural and marginal

edges; with a single row of punctures between the marginal and

infero- lateral carine, with two rows of strong punctures between

the infero- and supero-lateral carine, and with two less distinct

rows of smaller punctures between the supero-lateral and sutural

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 327

carine. Body underneath and legs yellowish testaceous, sub-

nitid, and almost impunctate. Antenne black.

Two specimens, a male and a female, in the collection.

The female specimen differs a little in colour from the

male. The whole of the front of the head, with the

exception of the epistome and labrum, is black, the vertex

is wholly black, and there is a very broad black band

along the disk of the prothorax from base to apex.

Phytecia basalts, n. s.

3. Nigra, tenuiter griseo-pubescens et sparsim setosa, elytris

tertia parte basali fulvo-testacea, sub-nitida, femoribus et basi

abdominis rufescentibus; capite prothoraceque valde sparseque

punctatis, hoe lateraliter rotundato; scutello griseo; elytris sub-

seriatim foveolata-punctatis, disco antice convexo postice sub-

depresso, apicibus sub-truncatis; antennis corpore vix equalibus.

Long. 22; lat. 64 mm.

Hab. Natal.

Black, with a faint greyish pubescence. Head and prothorax

sparsely and strongly punctured, the latter rounded at the sides.

Elytra with about the basal third yellowish or fulvous-testaceous,

and sub-nitid, the remainder black; with the whole provided with

large foveolate punctures arranged in fairly regular rows; with the

punctures becoming small and very sparse at the apex. Body

underneath and legs with a somewhat denser greyish pubescence.

Abdomen at the base with a reddish tint. Femora, except at the

base, reddish. Claws of the tarsi appendiculate. Antenne

scarcely as long as the body, black, with the first six joints more or

less grey.

This species, while very distinct, does not offer cha-

racters sufficiently strong to justify its separation into a

distinct genus. It differs from the robuster forms of

Phytacia by its much stronger punctuation, the appen-

diculate claws of its tarsi, and its obsoletely grooved

intermediate tibie. From the genus Blepisanus, to

which it shows some affinity, it is excluded by the form

of its antenne (not thickened to the apex), by its

laterally rounded and somewhat globular prothorax,

and by its more convex elytra.

328 Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar.

Note.—In referring the (Lamia) enea of Parry to the

genus Domitia of Thomson, I suggested that this species

might be identical with either D. viridipennis, Chevr., or

D. lupanaria, Thoms. I have since, through the kindness

of Mr. Fry, been enabled to examine the type of D. enea,

and I find that it is quite distinct from D. viridipennis.

A comparison of the two may prove useful.

In D. enea the prothorax is provided with two obtuse

and rather feebly raised tubercles on the anterior part of

the disk; the elytra are highly polished, brassy black,

and each furnished with twelve rows (including the

short sutural row) of somewhat feeble punctures; the

femora are somewhat reddish brown.

In D. viridipennis, the prothorax is without dorsal

tubercles, the elytra are highly polished, green, each

with twelve rows (including the sutural row) of much

stronger punctures. The legs, like the rest of the body

and the antenne, are black with a faint greyish

pubescence.

EXXPLANATION OF PuatTE IX.

Fia. 1. Hercodera fasciata.

2, Hypargyra cribripennis.

3. Hexarrhopala apicalis ; 3a, side view of prothorax.

4. Alphitopala Pascoei.

5. Plectroscapus bimaculatus.

6. Thylactus insignis.

7. Docus femoratus.

8. Stathmodera lineata.

C829)

VIII. On some moths allied to Himantopterus, with

description of a new species. By Henry J. Ewes,

HL.S:., 2.9.5 eC.

|Read March 5th, 1890.}

PLATE X.

In describing a new species of a family which has puzzled

several lepidopterists of much greater experience than

myself, I feel that I am attempting a task which is

impossible to accomplish fully ; but, as any opinions on

the classification of Heterocera must be provisional in

the existing very confused and imperfect state of our

knowledge, I hope that I shall at least lay a better

foundation for a study of this group than we have at

present.

It seems to me that descriptions of new species which

are to be certainly identified by future workers, must

be accompanied either by a correct illustration, or

by such a comparison with their allies as may enable

their distinctive characters to be appreciated. I have

found that the difficulty of acquiring a correct know-

ledge of Lepidoptera is greatly increased by the non-

comparative descriptions which are often given, so

that it is not surprising that few workers have studied

exotic moths, or that still fewer of those who have

studied them have done so ina thorough and careful way.

The literature is voluminous and scattered, and the

difficulty of examining such species as the present is

great, and can only be undertaken successfully with the

help of a good draughtsman, or when wings denuded of

their scales are prepared and mounted in such a way

that they can be compared together. Having obtained

the assistance of Mr. Frohawk, whose beautiful drawings

contribute to make our President’s recent monograph of

Tinegeria a model for other work, I have been able to

see points that I could not otherwise have seen, in the

very delicate and minute venation which he illustrates.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART II. (JUNE.) 2

330 Mr. H. J. Elwes on some

With regard to the systematic position of these

insects, Doubleday, speaking of Thymara zaida, says it

cannot be far from the Lithoside. Walker says that

they are perhaps most nearly allied to Psychide.

Westwood places Himantopterus with the Aretiide.

Rogenhofer founds upon it a separate family, which he

says is nearest to Syntomide and Procride ; but he does

not appear to have seen any of the Indian species.

Moore and Butler agree in placing both Thymara and

the African species among the Chalcosiide, and in the

British Museum they are arranged between Aglaope and

Anomeotes, Feld., a genus occurring in the Himalaya

and Angola.

Dr. Heylaerts, of Breda, who is an authority on

Psychide, writes that Himantopterus Juscinervis 1s by no

means a Psychid, but he thinks that Walker has put it

in its right place. (It stands in Walker’s Catalogue

between Reselia and Arctia.)

Mr. Snellen, of Rotterdam, who is considered a high

authority on Heterocera, and whose Analytical Table of

the characters of the European Families of Lepidoptera

shows that he has studied them comprehensively, writes

to me as follows :—‘‘I have a species allied to Himan-

topterus, namely, Pedoptila nemopteridia, Butl. This un-

doubtedly belongs to the Zygenina (the Chalcostide do

not form a distinct family) as a somewhat abnormal genus,

and is allied to Procris. The male is sufficient to fix the

systematic position, for it has two internal veins in the

fore wing, the Syntomina have but one, the Psychina also

one, but this is long and forked, basally in Ovketicus,

externally in Psyche and allied genera.”

As, however, the neuration of the hind wing in

Himantopterus is unknown, and that of Thymara caudata

and JT’. zaida differ from each other, as well as from

my species, I cannot say whether these genera should be

kept separate; and if so, to which of them my species

should be referred.

The same difficulty exists inthe African species, which

differ from each other in minute points of neuration, and

in consequence have been described by Butler under

three different genera ; so that we have no less than two

subfamilies and five genera existing for a group which

consists of only nine supposed species, of which one or

two may not be distinct, and only three are known

moths allied to Himantopterus. 331

from sufficiently good specimens of both sexes to enable

them to be fully described.

No doubt several others remain at present unknown

tous in Africa and Asia; therefore I can only say that at

present I see no good grounds for recognising more than

two genera, namely, Himantopterus or Thymara, which

will include all the Asiatic forms, and Doratopteryz,

which will include those from Africa.

Fam. HIMANTOPTERIDA.

Hrmantopreripm, Rogenh., Sitz. der Zool. Bot. Ges.

Wein., xxxiii., p. 23 (1883).

THyMARIDEH, Walk., Cat., xxxi., p. 277 (1864), sine

descriptione.

Gen. Himantoptervus, Wesmael, Bull. Acad. Brux., iii.,

p- 162 (1836) ; Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,

ert Olis tbe: keh lh,

? Toymara, Doubl., Zoologist, i., p. 197 (1843).

Rogenhofer’s family is based rather upon the neura-

tion of his genus Doratopteryx than upon that of Himan-

topterus, which he does not appear to have seen; and

as by the figure he gives of the fore wing Doratopteryx

has only one free internal vein, whilst both Himan-

topterus and Thymara have two, it may be that for those

who base their classification to some extent on the

number of these veins, the two could not be placed in

the same subfamily.

Walker gives no characters for his family T’hymaride,

which was created for the only two species apparently

known to him, namely, Thymara zaida, Doubl., and

T. papilionaria, W1k., the latter of which, judging from

the type (an imperfect female, which alone represents the

species in the British Museum collection, though Walker

describes both sexes), is not congeneric with JT’. zaida,

as it has, like Doratopteryx, only one internal vein in

the fore wings.

With regard to the genus Himantopterus, it is based

on the single female specimen from Java, imperfectly

described and figured by Wesmael, which, however, has

been better figured by Prof. Westwood in our own

Transactions. As I have not seen this type, I can only

surmise that the vein which Westwood numbers 3 and

calis a rudimental discoidal vein (vena spuria apud

Z 2

332 Mr. H. J. Elwes on some

Rogenhofer), is incorrectly figured,* because in allthe

other species, as in my own, though it is only con-

spicuous in the outer end of the cell, it really extends to

the base of the wing, dividing the cell down the middle,

and does not terminate in a free end, as shown by West-

wood; and in the drawing of Thymara zaida by Double-

day, which in this one particular is, as I have proved by

examination of the type, incorrect (cf. fig. 10).

Himantopterus ? vel Thymara Dohertyi, sp. nov.

Plate. x,t. 122, 4. 75 ty Os Drea

3. Expands ‘75 in. Length of the hind wing, ‘70 in.;

breadth, °12.

@. Expands 1:2 in. Length of the hind wing, 1:1 in.;

breadth, °05.

Length of the body, g *15 in., 9 ‘12 in. Antenne, ¢g ‘30,

0:25.

Antenne of the male broadly pectinate, the pectens minutely

hairy, black. Antenne of the female clothed with short spiny hairs,

black, yellowish at the base. Head black ; neck and thorax covered

with coarse dark orange hairs, which also clothe the breast, base

of the wings and abdomen; and in the male, are continued down

the upper half of the hind wings, where they apparently take the

form of scales. ‘The remainder of the wings are apparently devoid

of scales, but clothed with black hairs, thickest on the veins and

centre of the hind wing, where they are a good deal mixed with

the yellow scales on the veins and inner margin. Towards the

end of the hind wing in both sexes a few grey or pale yellowish

hairs appear. Fringes of both wings consisting of the same black

hairs. Eyes prominent and smooth; palpi and tongue invisible.

Legs black, slightly hairy, with two minute spurs on the joint of

the tibia and tarsus in the hind legs of the male.

I cannot make out the form of the claspers, as they

are thickly clothed with hair. The shape of the hind

wing varies considerably in the five male specimens, so

I have figured two of the most different, but the two

female specimens are exactly alike.

Found in the Naga Hills at about 5000 ft. elevation in

August by W. Doherty.

* From a drawing made from the type by Mr. M‘Lachlan, which

he has kindly lent me since the reading of this paper, I find that

this surmise is correct.

moths allied to Himantopterus. 333

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES ALLIED TO HIMANTOPTERUS.

Himantopterus fuscinervis, Wesmael, Bull. Acad. Brux.,

Hive pe Got. Wiest 2, (183G)s

Java.

This specimen remains unique in the Brussels Museum,

no other existing, as far as I can learn, in any Dutch or

other collection. It resembles Dohertyi ? very closely

in form, but differs considerably in colour.

Thymara zaida. (Pl. X., figs. 8 and 10, 3s).

Thymara zaida, Doubl., Zoologist, 1., p.197, g¢ (1843) ;

said to come from North India (bought of Mr.

Lewis James in 1843, fide Brit. Mus. Register).

Of this curious species two males only are known

to exist, the types in the British Museum, and if

they really were taken in India I imagine that some

remote part of Assam must be the habitat, as none of

the very numerous collections received since 1843 have

contained it. My figure was made, with Mr. Butler’s

permission, from one of the type-specimens.

Thymara caudata. (Pl. X., figs. 9 and 11, 3d).

Thymara caudata, Moore, P. Z.S., 1879, p. 894, t. xxxil.,

3) o's (Pl. *X.; figs: 9 and 11).

Mr. Moore’s type, which, though described as a male,

is, judging by the antenne (as figured), a female, came

from Burmah, but he states that he has also seen a speci-

men in Mr. Farr’s collection, taken by him at Pankabari.

This is a rest-house at the foot of the Himalaya, on the old

road to Darjeeling, and if the insect really occurs in this

locality it is most extraordinary that neither Otto Moller,

who resided in the immediate neighbourhood for some

years, or any of the numerous native collectors in

Sikkim, have ever found it. It differs in the neuration of

the hind wing from Dohertyt, see fig. 11, which is drawn

from a specimen in the British Museum, taken by Mr.

Hampson in the Nilgiri Hills. This gentleman informs

me that he has taken the insect not uncommonly in

the Nilgiris at about 3000 ft. He has never seen it on

the wing, but on two occasions has found it settled on a

334 My. H. J. Elwes on some

leat, and at other times has taken it by beating into an

umbrella, in which it lies motionless, or with a slight

quivering of the wings. In this species the antennze

agree with those of Dohertyi in both sexes, but the hind

wings do not vary in form as in my species. Of two

female specimens in Mr. Lindsay’s collection, one has

the abdomen of the same shape as in Dohertyi, but tufted

with black hairs at the end, whilst the other has a very

peculiar round dark woolly tuft attached to it, resembling

those seen in the females of Bombyx neustria and some

other moths. Whether, as Mr. Hampson suggests, this

wool is detached after oviposition and used by the female

as a covering for the eggs, [am unable to say, but it

adds another difficulty to the correct classification of the

Species, no such appendage existing, as far as I am

aware, in any of the Zygenide, Chalcoside, or allied

genera.

T’. papilionaria, W1k., Cat. Het., xxxi., p. 277, ¢ 2 (1864).

Described from East Africa; where it was discovered

by Horace Waller, preserved in Mr. Walker’s collection,

which is now in the keeping of the Highgate Grammar

School, where I have been unable to see it.

This seems very nearly allied to Doratopteryx plumigera,

but the upper part of the hind wing is much broader, and

there is a large fawn-coloured spot half-way down it. It

certainly is more nearly allied to Doratopteryx than to

Thymara, and has, like the former, only one free internal

vein. The antenne appear to agree very well with those

of Himantopterus. The species is represented in the

British Museum by a single imperfect female. As it is

impossible to examine this specimen without much risk,

it is hoped that it may be figured.

Gen. DoraroptEryx, Rogenhofer, Sitz. Zool. Bot. Ges.

Wien., xxxiil., p. 23 (1888).

? Pepoprina, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol. xv.,

p. 341, fig. (1885).

The neuration of Doratopteryx differs from that of

Thymara in having the upper median vein and the lower

radial well separated at their origin, whereas in Thymara

moths allied to Himantopterus. 335

they are emitted from a short common footstalk. In

Himantopterus they start from the same point, as also

in Pedoptila. There is also only one free internal vein

instead of two, and in the hind wings Doratopteryx 1s

described as having two simple longitudinal veins, whilst

Pedoptila, according to Butler, has three. 1, however,

can only see two in the type of P. nemopteridia. Hogen-

hofer says that the venation of Pedoptila Staudingert

differs in many points from that of P. nemopteridia, as

shown in Butler’s figure; and the comparison of the

two genera by Butler in Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol.

Xvl., p. 51, seems to me to show that there is hardly

sufficient difference to separate them.

Doratopteryx afra, Rogenhofer, I. c., p. 24, figs. 1, 2, ?.

Discovered by Marno between Sadani and Koakiora,

near Zanzibar in Kast Africa. Type in Imperial Museum

at Vienna. I have not seen this species.

Doratopteryx plumigera, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 6th

ser., vol. 1., p. 48, fig. 1 (1888).

Collected by Jackson at the mouth of the River Ozy,

Kast Africa (not anywhere near the mountain Kiliman-

jaro, as stated in Mr. Butler’s description).

Of this there are six more or less broken specimens in

the British Museum, which in colour resemble P.

nemopteridia very closely. The two sexes differ in the

antenne much as 7’hymara does, but the hind wings are

not broader in the male than in the female.

It is evidently very near D. afra, which I only know

by description. The fawn-coloured hairs, however,

extend to the end of the cell. Iam unable to see

clearly the veins in the hind wing, as shown by Mr.

Butler. They differ from those shown in his figure of

Pedoptila as they do from those of Semioptila. To enable

an accurate comparison to be made they must be care-

fully drawn by the same artist on an enlarged scale.

Pedoptila nemopteridia, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser.,

vol. xv., p. 341, fig.; Waterhouse, Aid, pl. 26,

fy LOS ied:

Cape Coast, West Africa. Collected by Swanzy.

In the type-specimen the claspers are open, and can

336 Mr. H. J. Elwes on some

be very well seen; they are strongly hooked. The ends

of the fore wings being both damaged it is not possible

to see the fork of the subcostal shown in Butler’s figure,

and his drawing of the recurrent vein in the cell is

incorrect, as I have seen in the specimen itself.

Pedoptila Staudingeri, Rogenhofer, Sitz. Zool. Bot.

Ges., xxxvill., p. 61 (1888) ; id., Ann. k. k. Natur.

Hof. Mus., 1889, t. xxiii., 9, 3.

Sierra Leone, West Africa. Four males, one female,

in Mus. Staudinger.

Of this Rogenhofer says that it is near P. nemopteridia,

but differs in the broad middle cell, which is closed by a

faint transverse nervure, the veins 5 and 6 springing

from a common stalk, as well as by the quite differently

formed hind wing, which shows inwardly an angular

projection ; as also by the rounded somewhat spoon-

shaped white point. ‘This description and figure shows

that this species does not agree with Pedoptila in venation,

but has, like Thymara, two free internal veins, and tends

to confirm my opinion that venation is too variable in

this family to be used as a generic character.

Genus SemiopTina, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser.,

xx., p. 180 (1887).

Semioptila torta, Butl., l.c.

The type came from the Congo River, and is in the

possession of Mr. P. Crowley, of Croydon.

Though the specimen may be sufficient to distinguish

some characters, it is in such bad condition and so

nearly denuded of scales that it is certainly insufficient

from which to describe a species, and I am astonished

that Mr. Butler should have attempted to do so. It is,

however, judging by the remnants of the antenne and

by the abdomen, a female.

This genus differs from the preceding ones in having

four branches to the subcostal vein, and, as far as I can

see from an examination of the type, which was kindly

lent me by Mr. Crowley, it has two free internal veins in

the fore wing, as the last species, and only two veins in the

moths allied to Himantopterus. 337

hind wing, the inner one of which is branched, as shown

by Mr. Butler.*

* T annex a woodcut of the venation of this insect, made by Mr.

Frohawk from the type-specimen, which may serve to identify the

species in future, and which shows what I had not been able to see

myself, and what Mr. Butler has not noticed, viz., that the upper

half of the cell is apparently open, though there is a faint indication

of a transverse vein closing it. The hind wings also appear to

be different in venation from what either Mr. Butler or I had

supposed.

338 Moths allied to Himantopterus.

TGS.

. Female of the same.

. Neuration of male, enlarged.

. Neuration of female, enlarged.

. Antenna of female, highly magnified.

. Antenna of male.

. Thymara zaida, Doubl., 3.

. T. caudata, Moore, g.

. Neuration of 7’. zaida, enlarged.

. Neuration of 7. cawdata, enlarged.

. Antenna of 7. caudata.

EXPLANATION OF PuatTEe X.

H. Doubledayt, Elwes (males).

(Gy Bo9) 1)

IX. On some aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. By Davin

Snare, M.B., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Read March 5th, 1890.]

Durine a visit of a few months to Ceylon, in 1882,

Mr. George Lewis obtained an interesting collection of

Coleoptera, and placed the water-beetles in my hands

for determination. As the collection was a very frag-

mentary one and can include but a small proportion of

the aquatic Coleoptera that exist in the island, neither

Mr. Lewis nor myself anticipated that it would add much

to our knowledge of the fauna of the island. I have

however found on working through it, that the collection

includes a considerable proportion of novelties, and that

of the remainder a large part are species that have been

either very imperfectly described by Motschoulsky and

Walker, or that have not previously been known to occur

in the island. I have therefore drawn up a complete

list of the Dytiscide and Hydrophilide obtained by Mr.

Lewis, omitting only two or three specimens that are

representative of species requiring further materials for

their elucidation. I may mention that Mr. Lewis also

brought back a series of nine species of Gyrinide, but as

all are described in Dr. Regimbart’s recent monograph

of the family, I have not thought it worth while to

include a list of them.

In dealing with the species that were so imperfectly

described by Walker in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

1858 and 1859, I have followed the course advocated by

Mr. H. W. Bates, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., January,

1886, that is to say, when the species have not in the

interim been described under other names I have given

a description, making use of Walker’s proposed name.

But when the species has already been described under

another name, I have adopted this latter, as Walker’s

descriptions are so brief, imperfect, and erroneous that

they can have no claim to priority.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PApRT Il. (JUNE.)

340 Dr. David Sharp on some

Mr. Lewis has given some particulars about the locali-

ties where he collected these insects in the ‘ Transactions’

of the Society, 1882, pp. 475, et seq. His remarks con-

tain, however, no special references to the water-beetles.

DYTISCIDA.

Hydrocoptus subvittulus.

Hydrocoptus subvittulus, Motsch., Etudes Ent., viii.,

1859, p. 43.

Oblongo-ovalis, transversim convexus, testaceus, elytris casta-

neis, lateribus vittaque obsoleta singuli in medio testaceis, seriebus

regularibus numerose punctatis. Long. 2 mm.

Allied by the punctuation of the elytra to H. distinctus,

Wehnceke (rubescens, Shp., Dyt., No. 9), but differing by

the colour of the elytra, and by the presence of some

punctures along the base of the thorax.

I think this is probably the H. subvittulus of Mots-

choulsky, a species which is apparently not included in

the Munich Catalogue, and is not referred to in my

systematic work on the family.

About fifteen specimens were procured in February,

1882, at Dikoya and Kandy, exhibiting very little varia-

tion.

Hydrocoptus bwvittis.

Hydrocoptus bivittis, Motsch., op. cit., p. 44.

Two specimens at Kandy in February.

Canthydrus luctuosus.

Hydrocanthus luctuosus, Aubé, Spec. Gen. Hydroc.,

p. 408.

Dikoya; a good series. Most of the specimens are

C. sexpunctatus, Shp., which must be reduced to a

synonym, as it is no doubt either a variety, or the other

sex, of C. luctuosus. A single specimen found at Boga-

wantalawa is to some extent intermediate between C.

luctuosus and C. letabilis, but may probably prove to be

a distinct species.

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 341

Canthydrus letabilis.

Hydroporus letabilis, Walk., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(8), i1., p. 205 ; Sharp, Dyt., No. 62, p. 277.

Colombo, in April. About twenty specimens, varying

greatly. Only three or four belong to the typical form

in which there are two spots at the base of each wing-

case ; the others have the two basal yellow spots con-

fluent so as to form a band, and in most of them the

black colour is replaced by a fuscous colour.

Laccophilus parvulus.

Laccophilus parvulus, Aubé, Spec. Gen. Hydroc., p. 429.

Colombo. One specimen.

Laccophilus inefficiens.

Hydroporus inefficiens, Walk., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

1859, p. 51.

Ovalis, parum convexus, nitidus, testaceus; prothorace margini-

bus anterioribus (hoc obsolete) et posterioribus in medio fusco-

maculatis; elytris fusco-vermiculosis, pone basin fascia flammulata

arguta pallide testacea. Long. 3}, lat. vix 2 mm.

On the front of the thorax there are two obsolete fuscescent

marks, nearly or quite confluent, and at the base of the thorax

two larger marks. The dark marks on the elytra are coarse and

cover the larger part of the surface; they do not appear as undu-

latory or zigzag parallel lines, but leave isolated irregular pallid

irrorations between them; the fascia behind the base is very

definite though irregular, and the dark colour in front of it is

interrupted by about six radiating pallid dashes ; behind the middle

there is a trace of a pallid fascia, the outer dark marks being

absent there and the pallid marks between this and the suture

larger.

This species has not been intelligibly described pre-

viously. So far as is known, it is peculiar to Ceylon,

where it appears to be no rarity. It may be placed

next L. clarke.

Laccophilus anticatus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, subdepressus, nitidus, rufo-testaceus, subtus infuscatus ;

elytris nigris, fascia arguta subbasali, signaturis post medium et ad

apicem, margineque externo testaceis. Long. 33, lat. 1? mm.

342 Dr. David Sharp on some

Head and thorax yellow, the latter with only trace of fuscescence

at the base. Elytra blackish, with a very definite pallid fascia

near the base, the front margin of this fascia only slightly, the

posterior more strongly, irregular; just behind the middle there is

a large pale mark, not so definitely limited as the anterior fascia

and not extending to the suture, and at the extremity there is

another similar but smaller and still less definite palemark. Under

surface more or less infus¢ate.

This species has no trace of zigzag longitudinal marks

on the elytra, and comes near to L. siamensis, Shp.,

from which it differs, however, in being considerably

smaller, and in having the pallid marks smaller, the

basal fascia especially being smaller and more definite.

Colombo, in April. Fifteen examples.

Laccophilus flexuosus.

Laccophilus flecuosus, Aubé, Spec. Gen. Hydroc.,

p. 430; Régimbart, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), ix.,

p. L151:

Colombo. One specimen.

According to Dr. Regimbart the insect considered by

me (Tr. Dubl. Soc. (2), u., p. 310) to be L. flexuosus,

Aubé, is really distinct therefrom, and he has proposed

the name of LZ. sharpi for it. The specimen found by

Mr. Lewis as above certainly agrees better with Aubé’s

description than those I previously identified therewith.

Laccophilus rufulus.

Laccophilus rufulus, Regimbart, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2),

Vie pol L

Colombo. One specimen.

Neptosternus taprobanicus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, subdepressus, rufo-testaceus, nitidus; elytris nigricanti-

bus, flavo-maculatis. Long. 3, lat. 13 mm.

This is closely allied to the Madagascar species, N. ornatus, but is

a rather smaller insect, and has much difference in the spots of the

elytra; these are as follows, on each wing-case: two near the base,

the outer of them at the shoulder and not elongate; a transverse

one just behind the middle, extending from the outer margin more

than half-way tc the suture; anda large apical mark not extending

—

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 343

to the suture. The hind angles of the thorax are prolonged back-

wards in a spiniform manner.

Mr. Lewis obtained about a dozen examples of this

species in a rapid stream at Kitulgalle.

Hydrovatus castaneus.

Hydrovatus castaneus, Motsch., Et. Ent., 1855, p. 82.

Colombo.

Hydrovatus fusculus.

Hydrovatus fusculus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 198, p. 326.

Kandy and Colombo.

Hydrovatus elevatus.

_ Hydrovatus elevatus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 199, p. 828.

Kitulgalle. Only one specimen was obtained ; it is a

variety of very small size.

Hydrovatus sinister, sp. nov.

Subrotundatus, testaceus; elytris fusco-testaceis, fortiter punc-

tatis, ad apicem profunde sinuatis. Long. 2} mm.

Head broad and short, very indistinctly impressed on each side,

obscurely margined in front, very densely and finely reticulate.

Thorax rather sparingly and finely punctured, densely and finely

reticulate. HElytra rather coarsely and regularly punctate, shining,

very indistinctly reticulate ; the acumen at the extremity remark-

ably definite. Under surface shining, cox coarsely punctate.

Prosternal process triangular, not sinuate at the sides. There is

only a very slight difference in the structure of the antenne of the

two sexes, but in the male they are distinctly a little longer, and

very slightly broader than they are in the female, and joints 4—7

of the antenne are just perceptibly broader.

This species should be placed near H. fractus, Shp. ;

it is more sparingly punctate and more shining, and has

the acumen at the extremity of the elytra remarkably

definite and distinct.

Colombo, in April. About a dozen specimens.

344 Dr. David Sharp on some

Hydrovatus subtilis, var.

Hydrovatus subtilis, Sharp, Dyt., No. 2038, p. 329.

Six specimens procured by Mr. Lewis at Colombo in

April agree with the types from Siam, except that the

antenne of the male have the intermediate joints more

dilated.

Bidessus bufo, sp. nov.

Oblongo-ovalis, latiusculus, testaceus, parum nitidus, crebre

punctatus; elytris fusco-submaculatis. Long. 2 mm.

Antenne short. Head short and broad, with fine distinct

elevated margin in front. Thorax very strongly transverse, indis-

tinetly punctate, at the base with a curved plicate impression,

which on the elytra is continued as a straight line appearing

externally as an elevation ; the punctuation of the elytra is dense

and distinct, there is no pubescence, they are of a pallid sordid

testaceous colour, with numerous very indistinct small black spots;

the plica at the base of each extends about one-sixth of the length.

The under surface is coarsely punctate.

This is a very distinct species from any other known,

and should be placed at the end of Group 1 of the genus.

The thorax is peculiar, being impressed along each side

parallel with the margin.

Kandy, in February. Five specimens.

Bidessus intermixtus.

Hydroporus intermixtus, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (3), i1., p. 204; Sharp, Dyt., No. 289,

p. 358.

This appears to be rather variable in colour ; some of

the individuals possess fuscous marks on the elytra,

while in other specimens these can scarcely be detected.

Dikoya, in February; on the Hadley Estate. Six

specimens.

Bidessus gentilis, sp. nov.

Ovalis, angustulus, parum nitidus, testaceus; elytris abdomine-

que fuscescentibus, illis vage testaceo-signatis; stria basali ely-

trorum nulla, stria suturali obsoleta, tantum ad apicem bene

impressa. Long. 2mm.

This species should be placed after B. fammulatus, Shp., with

which it agrees in not having a continuation of the thoracic stria

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 345

on the elytra, but from which it differs in having the sutural stria

obsolete. The antenne are short, yellow. Thorax sparingly and

obsoletely punctured, yellow fuscescent at the base, on each side

with a fine but elongate stria. Elytra rather closely and finely

punctured and pubescent, dull; fuscescent, with yellow marks

externally, sutural stria distinct at the extremity only. Under

surface only very sparingly and obsoletely punctured.

Kitulgalle. Nine specimens. The yellow marks on

the elytra are variable.

Hyphydrus indicus.

Hyphydrus indicus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 858, p. 882.

Dikoya, in January and February. Twenty specimens.

This species was previously known only by a single

individual of the male sex. Mr. Lewis obtained the

female as well as the male. The individuals of the

former sex are a good deal smaller, more dull and more

finely punctured, the front and middle tarsi are quite

small; there is no impression on the elytra. The

maculation of the tarsi exists in each sex. There is

apparently very little variation.

Hyphoporus pugnator, sp. nov.

Ovalis, convexus, fortiter punctatus parum nitidus, pectore

abdomineque nigris, supra testaceus, vertice summo, prothorace

basi in medio elytrorumque signaturis nigris; antennis pedibusque

rufis; tarsis anterioribus et intermediis nigris, Long. 5 mm.

Head with broad but only very slightly elevated margin in

front, the vertex behind the eyes blackish. Thorax very densely

punctured. Elytra with remarkably coarse and deep, rather close

punctuation, and with a few fine punctures on the interstices.

Dikoya, January 26th, 1882.

Walker’s type of H. interpulsus is an insect similar to

FH. pugnator, but with much more scanty punctuation on

the elytra. Mr. Lewis obtained one specimen at Hadley

that is probably referable to Walker’s species.

Copelatus pusillus.

Copelatus pusillus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 854, p. 580.

Colombo. One specimen.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—ParT . (JUNE.) 24

346 Dr. David Sharp on some

Rhantus taprobanicus, sp. nov.

Anguste ovalis, nitidus, niger, supra testaceus; elytris crebrius

nigro-irroratis vertice inter oculos prothoraceque disco nigro-

signatis; elytris punctis seriatis conspicuis; antennis pedibusque

quatuor anterioribus testaceis. Long. 12 mm.

Very similar to the widely distributed R. pulverosus, but of

narrower and more parallel form, and with the serial punctures on

the elytra very different, they being comparatively large and

distant, and much more conspicuous than the very numerous

minute punctures of which the series are composed in the well-

known R. pulverosus. The structure of the front feet of the male

is almost similar to that found in R. pulverosus, and there is

scarcely any difference in the sculpture of the sexes.

Hadley and Bogawantalawa. Six specimens.

Rhantus interclusus.

Colymbetes interclusus, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (8), ii., p. 204.

Ovatus, parum convexus, nitidus, nigricans; supra testaceus,

capitis signaturis, prothorace late in medio elytrorumque irrora-

tionibus nigris; pedibus piceo-testaceis, posterioribus piceis. Long.

12 mm.

Distinguished from R. taprobanicus by the whole of the middle

of the pronotum, from front to hind margin, being black ; the serial

punctures on the elytra are not so large, and the female has a

much more distinct reticulation—the meshes being larger as well

as more distinct—on the thorax and elytra.

Hadley. One female example. This and Walker’s

type in the British Museum are the only specimens of

the species I have seen.

HAydaticus rhantoides.

Hydaticus rhantoides, Sharp, Dyt., No. 1036, p. 664.

Colombo ; three specimens of unusually small size and

narrow form.

Hydaticus bihamatus.

Hydaticus bihamatus, Aubé, Spec. Gen. Hydroc., p. 174.

H. discindens and H. fractifer, Walk., Ann. & Mag,

Nat, Hist. (3), ii., p. 204,

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 347

About twenty specimens, obtained most of them at

Bogawantalawa in March, represent three well-marked

varieties or races previously unknown to me. The diffi-

culties connected with the specific discrimination of

H., bihamatus and its allies have already been noticed by

myself, and more recently by Dr. Régimbart (Ann. Soe.

Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 154). If all the forms mentioned by

this savant be really one species the variation is extreme ;

but I think myself it is more probable that there will

prove to be several good species, each variable in colour.

At present sufficient materials for deciding this question

do not exist in our collections. H. fractifer, Walker,

is a variety not obtained by Mr. Lewis; H. discindens,

Walker, is one of the varieties mentioned above.

Hydaticus vittatus.

Dytiscus vittatus, Fab., Syst. Ent., App., p. 825.

Hadley. The specimens are of small size and narrow

form, with a greater development than usual of the

yellow colour on the thorax and elytra. Two specimens

from Lynford are a remarkable new variety, mm which

the yellow colour occupies about one-half of the area of

the wing-cases.

Sandracottus festivus.

Dytiscus festivus, Ill. Mag., i., p. 166.

Bogawantalawa, in March. Two specimens.

Cybister ventralis.

Cybister ventralis, Sharp, Dyt., No. 1161, p. 742.

This species is only known by one example of the

male sex from Madras. JI refer to it with considerable

doubt three specimens from Ceylon in the collection of

Mr. Lewis, the form being more elongate than in the

typical example. These specimens were obtained from

different sources, and there is a great sexual disparity

between them; but as there is not, under the circum-

stances, sufficient evidence that they belong to the same

species, I shall not remark farther on them.

2a2

348 Dr. David Sharp on some

Cylister sugillatus.

Cybister sugillatus, Er., Nov. Act. Ac. Ces. Leop.,

XVl., p. 227.

Dikoya and Bogawantalawa. Seven specimens—all

similar—of a small narrow variety of this widely distri-

buted species.

Cybister wehnckianus.

Cybister wehnckianus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 1152, p. 787.

Dytiscus extenuans, Walker, Ann. Nat. Hist. (8); in,

p- 204.

This species has been previously known only by one

female example, the locality of which was given as

“Hast India ?”. Mr. Lewis has now procured three

examples representing both sexes, and I think it probable

the species may prove peculiar to Ceylon. The male

has very small anterior tarsi; sexual sculpture in

the female is absent, but the peculiar impressions on the

metasternal lacinize are quite as strongly marked as in

the other sex. One of the three specimens is from

Kandy ; the other two are not labelled.

HYDROPHILIDA.

Sternolophus rufipes.

Hydrophilus rufipes, Fab., Syst. El., i., p. 251.

Peradenyia, 20th February, 1882. Four specimens.

Hydrobius minimus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, convexus, nitidus, fuscus; antennis basi palpisque flavis

capite thoraceque nigricantibus illo utrinque flavo-maculato, hoc

ad latera late testaceo; elytris parce punctatis, ad apicem colore

dilutiore. Long. vix 2 mm.

Palpi short and stout, terminal joint longer than the penulti-

mate, fuscescent at the apex. Head almost impunctate, blackish,

with a yellow mark over the insertion of each antenna. Thorax

very short, polished, impunctate. Elytra with a deep sutural stria

reaching nearly to the scutellum, finely and sparingly punctate.

Legs slender, rufescent; tarsi very slender.

This obseure little insect will not enter into any of

the divisions that have recently been made for the

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 349

smaller species of the old genus Hydrobius, but the

characters of these divisions are of somewhat doubtful

importance, being variable from species to species.

FH, minimus has a small curvate transverse elevation on

the mesosternum, and the front and middle femora

pubescent beneath, while the hind femora are pubescent

merely along their anterior margin.

Dikoya, in January. A small series of examples.

Hydrobius evanescens, sp. nov.

Ovalis, angustus, fuscus, supra eneus; elytris apice flavescente,

antennarum basi palpis pedibusque testaceis; supra crebre punc-

tatus. Long. 2 mm.

This is very similar to H. minimus, but is somewhat brassy in

colour above, and is more distinctly punctulate. On the under

surface the hind femora have no pubescence, and the mesosternal

crest is more marked, the transverse elevation being rather more

raised, while from the middle of it there extends backwards a

slight longitudinal carina.

Kitulgalle and Kandy. Two specimens.

Hydrobwus (Anacena) advena, sp. nov.

Ovalis, convexus, nitidus, testaceus, supra piceus, limbo dilutiore ;

elytris parce punctatis. Long. 24 mm.

Palpi pale yellow, quite short, terminal joint twice as long as

the preceding one. Head shining, impunctate. Thorax also im-

punctate. Elytra with elongate sutural stria, sparingly but not

finely punctured. —

This species has the mesosternum unarmed, and the

hind femora covered with pubescence beneath, except at

the tip, so that it may be placed in Anacena. Looking

at the upper surface only it may be distinguished from

H. minimus by being rather larger, and having the

elytra considerably more coarsely punctate.

Bogawantalawa, in April. Three specimens.

Philydrus iteratus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, niger, nitidus; prothorace lateribus piceis, antennarum

basi, tarsis, palpisque rufis, his articulo basali nigricante, anten-

narum clava fusca; dense minus fortiter punctatus. Long. 7mm.

350 Dr. David Sharp on some

Palpi elongate, penultimate joint much longer than the terminal

one, which is about half as long as the true second joint. Antenne

with the terminal joint rather long, twice as long as the penultimate

one. Thorax densely punctate, the sides narrowly piceous, the

hind angles rounded. Elytra densely punctate, the three series of

larger punctures distinct but very irregular, each series having

additional punctures near it. Mesosternal lamina very large,

forming an acute angle in front, although the front margin is

somewhat rounded; this angle projects considerably below the

breast. Claws very small.

Colombo, in April. Five specimens.

This species is similar to many others in size and

form, but does not appear to be very closely allied to any

other I know.

Philydrus fragilis, sp. nov.

Anguste ovalis, convexus, politus, obsolete punctatus, testaceus,

vertice nigricante; subtus fuscus. Long. 4mm.

Palpi clear yellow, clypeus yellow, slightly more obscure in the

middle, vertex blackish. Elytra with deep sutural stria, which,

however, does not extend to the base, the sutural interval behind

darker in colour; the punctuation very obsolete and the serial

punctures fine; the punctuation of the thorax is scarcely so obso-

lete as that of the elytra, and on the head it is still less obsolete.

The tarsi are very slender, the claws quite small. The meso-

sternum bears a very large lamina, the lower margin of which is

continuous with the plane of the breast, while the front angle is

distinctly more prominent downwards.

Dikoya, in January. Three specimens.

Philydrus escuriens.

Philydrus escuriens, Walk., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(3), i., p. 209.

Pylophilus nigriceps, Motsch., Etudes Ent., 1859, p.46.

Testaceus, capite nigro, utrinque flavo-maculato; obsolete

punctatus, tenuissime pubescens, subnitidus. Long. 2} mm.

P. escuriens is one of the smallest insects of the genus; the apex

of the maxillary palpus is infuscate, the mesosternal lamina is

very peculiar ; it appears extremely short on its lower face, but in

fact extends as an elongate carina traversing the whole length of

the obliquely ascending mesosternum.

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 351

I have examined Walker’s type, and possess also a

type of Motschoulsky’s; so that the nomenclature is

certain, although Motschoulsky states that his insect

has no mesosternal carina.

Philydrus abnormalis, sp. nov.

Niger, supra piceus, limbo dilutiore; antennis palpisque testaceis,

pedibus sordide rufis; obsolete punctatus; palpis elongatis ut in

genere Helocharidi constructis. Long. 3—4 mm.

Palpi very long, the pseudobasal joint slightly curved, as in

Helochares, and the terminal joint also articulated as in Helo-

chares, to bend inwards, not outwards, as is the case in the normal

Philydri. Antenne yellow, the club slightly more obscure, not

setose, the intermediate joints are consolidated, though the position

of the sutures may still be detected. Head narrow, black, rather

closely and finely punctate. Thorax closely and subobsoletely

punctate: LElytra still more obsoletely punctured, with very dis-

tinct sutural strie, not quite attaining the base. Legs quite

slender, pitchy-red; tarsi yellowish. Mesosternum with a lamina

which is scarcely more than a strongly raised longitudinal keel.

The structure of the palpi will no doubt justify this

insect being separated from Philydrus, but I do not think

it necessary to propose a new genus for it at present.

Colombo, 17th April, 1882. Three specimens.

Helochares taprobanicus, sp. nov.

Nigerrimus, nitidus, dense punctatus, antennarum basi tarsis

palpisque rufis, his elongatis, articulo basali fuscescente. Long.

7 mm.

Palpi quite 24 mm. long, the second true joint infuscate before

the extremity, the third joint also a little darker in the middle,

terminal joint much shorter than the third joint. Antenne with

the club fuscescent, the terminal joint quite twice as long as the

preceding one. The upper surface is moderately closely, rather

finely punctate, very shining, the two series of punctures on the

elytra rather fine and not very distinct. Mentum deeply curvately

rugose, in front with a deep emargination. Mesosternum with a

small elevation on the middle. Claws moderately large.

Colombo, in April. Five specimens.

There is a group of species of Helochares occurring in

the tropics of Old and New Worlds with very long palpi,

852 Dr. David Sharp on some

the middle breast feebly armed, and with the mentum

excised in front; they should, no doubt, form a distinct

genus. IH. taprobanicus is the smallest insect of this

group in my collection.

Helochares anchoralis, sp. nov.

“Anguste ovalis, subdepressus, subtus, fuscus, supra testaceus,

dense punctatus; elytris subtiliter striatis ; pedibus elongatis, sat

robustis, tarsis cum unguiculis magnis. Long. 6 mm.

Maxillary palpi rather elongate and stout, pale yellow. Antenne

yellow, the club more dusky; nine-jointed, 2nd joint elongate,

equal to the following three together, 6th joint elongate in front,

and receiving and covering the base of the club, this is elongate,

very pubescent, terminal joint longer than usual. Head densely

punctured. Thorax rather strongly transverse, but little rounded

at the sides, densely punctate. Elytra very densely and evenly

punctured, finely striate, the strie very nearly obliterated at the

base, deeper at the deflexed extremity. Mesosternum unarmed.

Claws at the extreme base beneath with a slight swelling, and also:

with a short onychium, which bears two elongate set. Sides of

the head beneath with long sete behind the eyes.

Colombo, in April. Four specimens.

Helochares lentus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, sat convexus, testaceus, subtus fuscus; dense punctatus,

et in elytris seriatim fortiter punctatus. Long. 44 mm.

Palpi clear yellow, moderately long. Head narrow; labrum

large. Thorax closely and rather coarsely punctured, a little

narrowed in front, hind angles rounded. Elytra with moderately

distant rather fine punctuation, and also with very distinct series

of much larger punctures; both serial and diffuse punctuation are

diminished behind. Mesosternum with a feeble swelling at its

apex. Legs rather feeble, claws small.

Dikoya, in January. four specimens.

Helochares densus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, subdepressus, testaceus, subtus fuscus, dense punctatus,

et in elytris seriatim minus fortiter punctatus. Long. 44mm.

This is closely allied to H. lentws, but may be easily enough

distinguished by the serial punctuation on the elytra being less

coarse and less deep, while the diffuse punctuation is rather more

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 358

coarse and close, so that the surface is less shining. H. densus

is also a less convex insect, and the serial punctuation is quite

obsolete at the extremity of the elytra.

Kandy and Dikoya, in February ; Bogawantalawa, in

March. Half-a-dozen examples.

Laccobwus rectus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, subdepressus, fuscus, nitidus, fere levigatus, capite

thoraceque nigricantibus, illo anterius utrinque, hoc ad latera flavis ;

antennis, palpis, pedibus elytrisque pallide flavis, his lineis multis

nigris ornatis. Long. 2+ mm.

Head yellow beneath, dark above, marked rather indistinctly

with yellow on each side, obsoletely punctate. Thorax dark in

colour, with the sides broadly yellow, almost impunctate. Elytra

yellow, with elongate uninterrupted lines of dark colour; these

lines are very numerous, and each one is about as wide as the

interval separating it from the next; there is some extremely

minute punctuation serially arranged. The mesosternum is armed

with a conspicuous lamina.

Kitulgalle. Six specimens.

I do not know any other Laecobius in which the

alternate yellow and black lines are arranged as definitely

as in this species.

Berosus decrescens.

Berosus decrescens, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

1859, p. 258.

Parvus, testaceus ; abdomine fusco, capite metallescente ; thorace

in medio metallico-bivittato ; elytris fusco-irroratis; crebre minus

subtiliter punctatus, elytris pube depressa vestitis, subtilissime

striatis. Long. 3 mm.

In this insect the mesosternum has a fine carina extending over

all its length, but scarcely raised from the surface, so that it might

be overlooked, except that it is black in colour, while the breast is

yellow. The club of the antenne is clear yellow. The punctuation

of the upper surface is rather coarse, and the striz of the elytra are

so fine that they are only conspicuous because of their course being

indicated by a line of black colour. Each puncture on the wing-

cases is also marked with black, and there are a few distant small

black spots.

Kitulgalle. A series of specimens.

354 Dr. David Sharp on some

Volvulus @neus.

Volvulus eneus, Br., Hist. Nat., v., p. 282.

Dikoya, in January. One specimen.

This species is said by Erichson to be the Hydrophilus

attenuatus, Fab., but 1 am not at all sure this synonymy

is correct, as Erichson was not aware that there are

numerous closely allied species of Volvulus.

Globaria leachi.

Globaria leachi, Latr., Régn. An., iv., p. 521.

Kandy, 20th February, 1882. Four specimens.

The Ceylon examples of this insect have the serial

punctures on the sides of the elytra less distinct than

examples from other localities in Asia, and may possibly

be another species.

Amphiops simplex, sp. nov.

Rotundatus, nitidus, piceo-testaceus, dense punctatis; elytris

punctatura suturam versus obsoletescente, ad latera absque punctis

seriatis. Long. 3} mm.

Palpi and base of antennze clear yellow. Head without con-

centration of punctures on the front; canthus dividing the eyes

very slight. Thorax shining. Elytra with dense punctuation,

which is coarse at the sides, obsolete at the suture.

This is more dilute in colour than the other species of

the genus, and is the only one yet known in which there

is no trace of larger serial punctures at the sides of the

elytra. A. pisiformis, Fairm., comes nearest to it.

A. simplex was procured in some numbers by Mr.

Lewis at Colombo in April.

Amphiops pedestris, sp. nov.

Subrotundatus, nitidus, piceus, palpis antennis tarsisque testa-

ceis; elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis. Long. 3 mm.

Head with very numerous punctures, the punctuation uneven,

consisting of small punctures with which some larger punctures

are mixed. Thorax with the punctuation quite obsolete on the

dise, but moderately distinct at the sides. Elytra shining, with

series of coarse punctures, and on the interstices with a few rather

large distant punctures, the series near the suture very indistinct.

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 355

Colombo, in April. This is apparently not an un-

common insect, as Mr. Lewis brought back about twenty

examples.

Amphiops mirabilis, sp. nov.

Subrotundatus, niger, nitidus, subtus piceus, tibiis dilutioribus ;

antennis, palpis tarsisque testaceis; elytris fortiter seriatim punc-

tatis, interstitiis crebre fortiterque punctatis. Long. 3; mm.

This is closely allied to A. pedestris, but is no doubt distinct, the

large punctures of the upper surface being larger and more

numerous. Head not very shining, the numerous large punctures

being mixed with others much smaller, and which render the

surface rather dull; at the sides of the thorax there are also rather

numerous large punctures, and others much smaller. At the sides

of the elytra the interstitial punctuation is so numerous and coarse

that, being similar to the serial punctuation, this last can scarcely

be discriminated from it; the series of punctures near the suture

are subobsolete, and the interstitial punctuation there is almost

wanting.

Kandy, 20th February, 1882. One specimen.

Hydrochus lacustris.

Hydrochus lacustris, Nietner, Ann. Nat. Hist. (2), xix.,

p- 3886.

Colombo. Two specimens.

Epimetopus flavidulus, sp. nov.

Sordide testaceus, pectore capiteque nigris; prothorace fusco ;

hoc inequali; elytris tuberculis elongatis metallescentibus munitis.

Long. 3 mm.

Palpi short, with elongate aciculate terminal joint; sordid

yellow. Thorax greatly produced in the middle in front, at the

sides much narrowed behind, so that the base is only about half

the width of the wing-cases, the surface, rather rough and uneven,

with a peculiar marginate elevation on the middle near the front

of the produced part. Elytra yellow, with three or four rows of

metallescent elongate tubercular elevations, which do not extend on

to the declivous apical portion, or rather are there much smaller

and more distant; between the tubercles there is some indistinct

seriate sculpture. Metasternum short. Ventral segments yellow,

polished.

One example of this interesting little insect was found

356 Dr. David Sharp on some

at Kandy, 18th February, 1882. Itis abundantly dis-

tinct from H. bullatus, Shp.

PROTOSTERNUM, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongo-ovale, subdepressum. Prosternum, mesosternum

et abdominis segmentum basale carinata. Tarsi perbreves, pos-

teriores articulis tribus basalibus longitudine subequalibus.

This genus is established for a single species—a very minute

insect—having the form of the species of Dactylosternum, but

differing therefrom by the mesosternum possessing merely a

slightly elevated carina along the middle. By this character, and

by its general facies, it approaches the Central American genus

Heteryon, but in that genus the first ventral segment is not

carinate. The palpi are quite short, the antenne have a very

elongate club; the mentum is deeply and broadly impressed on the

middle in front; the carina on the prosternum is very minute; the

mesosternal carina is fine and is divided into two parts, the anterior

of which emits a small branch on either side; the metasternum is

also feebly carinate in its anterior part. The carina on the first

ventral segment is fine but very definite and elongate. The whole

of the under surface is covered by a minute sculpture making it

quite dull.

Protosternum atomarium, sp.nov.

Rufo-piceum, subdepressum, oblongo-ovale; antennis palpisque

flavis; subtiliter punctatum, elytris striato-punctatis, striis postice

magis profundis. Long. 1$ mm.

Antenne with the club clear, pale yellow. Head broad and

short, not visibly margined, very finely punctate, eyes not visible

from above. Thorax very short, very little emarginate in front,

rather closely and finely punctate, with a large foveiform puncture

on each side at the base. Elytra continuous in outline with the

thorax, the outer margins very slightly reflexed; with very regular

series of coarse punctures, which are finer and appear more like

strie near the suture, and with a very feeble interstitial punctua-

tion.

Dikoya and Kandy. Four specimens.

Cyclonotum simplex.

Cyclonotum simplex, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1874, p. 419.

Hydrobius stultus, Walker, Ann. Nat. Hist. (3), i,

p- 209.

Colombo. Several specimens.

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 357

Spheridium quinquemaculatum.

Spheridium quinquemaculatum, Fab., Ent. Syst.,

Suppl., p. 39.

S. tricolor, Walker, Ann. Nat. Hist. (8), i1., p. 209.

S. quinquemaculatum is a very abundant insect in

Hindostan and China, and, like some others of the

genus, varies greatly in the coloured markings of the

upper surface. Walker’s type of S. tricolor is, however,

only a very slight departure from the definitely five-

spotted form described by Fabricius.

Cercyon lineolatus.

Trichopoda lineolata, Motsch., Bull. Mosc., 1863, i.,

p. 444.

Galle, in December, 1881. MHalf-a-dozen specimens.

Cercyon vicinalis.

Cercyon vicinale, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

1859, p. 258.

C. nigriceps, Motsch., Bull. Mosc., 1863, 1., p. 445.

C. atriceps, Har. & Gemm., Cat. Col., ii., p. 496.

Motschoulsky’s description agrees with specimens that

I have compared with Walker’s type of C. vicinale in the

British Museum. The name C. atriceps, proposed by

Gemminger and Harold as a substitute for Motschoulsky’s

trivial appellation, becomes therefore superfluous, as it

will be the simplest course to adopt Walker’s specific

appellation for the species.

Galle and Hadley.

Cercyon uniformis, sp. Nov.

Rotundato-ovalis, sat convexus, ferrugineus, nitidus, antennarum

clava fusca; sat crebre punctatus, elytris striatis, striis postice vix

magis profundis. Long. 2} mm.

Palpi clear yellow. Head truncate in front, rather closely

punctate, shining. Thorax very short. Elytra with well-marked,

though fine, stri#, extending from the base to the extremity, and

rather deeper on the declivous part; the outer striz are more

like rows of punctures, but those near the suture are almost im-

punctate, The punctuation of the interstices is like that of the

358 Dr. David Sharp on some

head and thorax, but not quite so close. The mesosternal lamina

is largely developed but very slender, and the polished space on

the metasternum is sparingly and obsoletely punctate.

This species has in appearance a good deal of

resemblance to the genus Pelosoma, but the very slender

mesosternal lamina quite removes it from the genus

in question, and it may be placed near the Japanese

C’. olibrus.

Dikoya, Bogawantalawa, Kandy.

Megasternum nigrovittatum.

Pachysternum nigrovittatum, Motsch., Bull. Mosc.,

1863, 1., p. 447.

The genus Pachysternum, founded by Motschoulsky for

this insect, op. cit., p. 446, must fall as a synonym of

Megasternum; Motschoulsky compared his genus only

with Cryptopleurum, from which it is, of course, abun-

dantly distinct, and says nothing about its relations

to Megasternum, from which I see nothing to distin-

guish it.

Mr. Lewis found one specimen of M. nigrovittatum at

Kitulgalle.

ARMOSTUS, gen. nov.

Corpus rotundato-ovale, convexum. Prothorax utrinque ad

marginem anteriorem profunde excavatus. Mesosternum processu

maxime elevato, facie inferiore polito fortiterque punctato, ovali,

instructum. Metasternum in medio elevatum, politum fortiterque

punctatum. ‘Tarsi breves, posteriores articulo basali sequentibus

tribus conjunctis «quali.

Mentum with deep punctures, emarginate in front; projecting

from its front margin there is a very dense ciliation; maxillary

palpi slender and rather elongate, terminal joint aciculate. Pro-

sternum with a sharp carina along the middle of the transverse

process in front of the cox, and on either side of this process with

a large deep excavation for the reception of the club of the

antenne. Basal ventral segment carinate along the middle. Hind

tarsi rather short, the basal joint thicker than the others.

This genus is established for a single species allied to

Oosternum, but differing by the large unimpressed men-

tum, by the large antennal cavities, and the very

remarkable development of the mesosternal and meta-

sternal elevations, as well as by the compressed and

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 359

rigid tarsi, much thicker at the base than at the apex.

The position should be between Oosternum and Perato-

gonus, to which latter peculiar genus it makes a con-

siderable approach.

Armostus optatus, sp. nov.

Rotundato-ovalis, convexus, rufus, supra piceus, palpis anten-

narumque basi flavis ; fortiter punctatus, elytris profunde striato-

punctatis, interstitiis convexis. Long. 13 mm.

Head finely margined in front, closely and rather coarsely punce-

tured. Thorax rather coarsely and closely punctured at the sides,

more sparingly on the disc. Elytra with very deep strie, which

bear rather large punctures, the interstices are broad in front, and

become narrower and more elevated behind; there is no pube-

scence; the apex is flavescent. The under surface is finely

unctate and dull, except the remarkable mesosternal and meta-

sternal elevations.

Dikoya, in December, 1881. Two specimens.

. - ’

et HOT, me

eat Hilt tap sete

wih Gel eb ng Cru ie

7 Satin) bua ae

fli! at Bu gas as dale bs orn oilw Oh a 7s

+" iowmnyy a oldenabia )

a : hd Enis _ <

: eo qn sayin As) sheer ea J. 39).

win slylad aueuiy Geghe autho ene rae: Nilars-oanbasoB

asltds Be ae, atiylo nalitvay y-tatitaat talvalt Tait om Ae

8) Tapas PP ind. aca ailegtal x an

es vay Zipet aid Suiiin tine Yfoecto dnd te action ¢benl bast

; iba od ta Degsultoetiny viowids jar doa tag padsay pxtadt abe if

| Nail yy nae. alppiay atre sel alts oils ine ‘tulinays »

ea © — rage tamales oe-odel oomasviarotit ating veihoagy oye Wwihtat ad

~unt 4: vd se malt plugiiad padpvaleiaiwed fp wa HOTA Spiugnd

ie i vyslang ephoait MTD. gaged ful st kaye rv fein”

. ‘ tions “fae toitiaiqundt ledoumit “ally nysory Aidh tum atoasy ©

| =4 Haulaialg lendada”

: “anyoulileaean OUT TB ah apdistanatt. a mode” a

; . on oy : ; iy i

- -

atu

WSe-> fe * See serena

9 ee ere

7 ,

7 ae 7

am a.

: 7A

i Pa =i

‘

i, 4 a

Col?)

X. Notes on Lepidoptera from the region of the Straits of

Gibraltar. By James J. Wauxer, R.N., F.L.S.

[Read March 5th, 1890. ]

THe following remarks on the Lepidoptera observed by

me on both sides of the Straits of Gibraltar must not be

regarded as at all exhaustive of the subject, but rather

as indicating merely a fragment of the entomological

riches of a region which, though of limited extent, com-

prises portions of the continents of Kurope and Africa,

and moreover presents some interesting features in the

relative distribution of the insects and other living

things on each side of the narrow channel which sepa-

rates these two great masses of land. It is in the hope

of adding a little to the knowledge of the Natural History

of one of our most interesting and valued British pos-

sessions, and of the country in its immediate vicinity,

as well as of their affording some little assistance to any

entomologist who, like myself, may have the good

fortune to be located for a time at Gibraltar, that I offer

these field-notes, with a brief description of my principal

hunting- grounds i in the region.

From October, 1886, to “April, 1889, I was attached to

H.M.S. ‘ Grappler,’ stationed at Gibraltar, and naturally

my chief collecting-ground was on “‘the Rock ”’ itself,

and the adjoining Spanish territory within easy walking

distance. I was mainly occupied in making as complete

a collection as possible of the Coleoptera of the district,

and as several other orders of insects, as well as the

land-mollusca, claimed a share of my attention, the

Lepidoptera cannot be considered as at all thoroughly

worked out. The necessary military restrictions of so

important a fortress prevent any collecting at night,

except almost in the town itself, and as all communi-

cation with Spain is cut off half-an-hour after sunset

every evening by the closing of the barrier-gates, no

entomological work is practicable outside after that time.

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) 283

362 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

These circumstances render the present list of the

nocturnal groups of Lepidoptera a mere fraction of what

may reasonably be supposed to exist in so varied a

district, though, among the butterflies and the day-flying

moths, I think but few have been overlooked.

The great Rock itself, a huge wedge-shaped mass of

ancient grey limestone rising abruptly on all sides to a

height of little short of 1400 ft., is, on its northern and

eastern aspects, quite precipitous and inaccessible; and

the steep and arid western and southern slopes, exposed

to the full force of the afternoon sunshine, and but

scantily covered, except in a few favoured spots, with

brushwood and herbage, do not hold out any great

promise to the entomologist, or to the naturalist gene-

rally. Nevertheless the flora, especially in the spring

months, is of singular beauty and interest. The

exhaustive ‘Flora Calpensis’ of Dr. Kelaart (London,

1846) enumerates no fewer than 452 species of flowering

plants (one or two of these, so far as Europe is con-

cerned, being peculiar to this little spot) as native to the

British territory, and to the narrow sandy isthmus

which joins the Rock to the mainland, up to the boundary

of the Spanish lines. Insects, too, are to be found in

considerable variety, and of the 638 species of butterflies

enumerated in these notes, 35 have been observed more

or less abundantly on the Rock itself. Of these, Melitea

aurinia, var. Desfontainet, Godt., and Anosia plexippus,

L. (the latter represented by a solitary individual, which

had wandered hither, possibly, directly across the ocean

from its transatlantic home), have been observed by me

in this locality only, and this is also the single spot on

the European side of the Straits where I have seen

Charaxes Jasius, L. This last-named butterfly, how-

ever, will probably be found in the district not uncom-

monly, as its food-plant, Arbutus unedo, L., is said to

srow abundantly in the wooded ravines near Castellar

de la Frontera, 17 miles from Gibraltar, whence the

fruit is regularly brought to the Gibraltar market by the

country-people; and I have also seen the shrub in the

woods behind Algeciras, where several very interesting

plants as Rhododendron ponticum, L., the ‘‘ insecti-

vorous”’ Drosophyllum lusitanicum, and the noble fern

Dicksonia culcita, L. Heritier, have almost their sole

Kuropean station.

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 368

For some five or six miles from the Rock the country

is rather bare and monotonous, the roads and cultivated

patches being hedged with the prickly pear (Opuntia

vulgaris) and the Agave Americana, both of which New

World plants thrive as well here as in their native conti-

nent; and except for a few fruit-gardens near the small

town of Campamento (84 miles from Gibraltar), trees are

conspicuous by their absence. The isthmus which joins

the Rock to the mainland is level and sandy, and not

more than ten feet above the sea in any part; and

beyond the wretched village of San Felipe de la Linea,

just within the Spanish lines, a broad belt of bare sand-

hills extends from the Mediterranean beach to that of

Gibraltar Bay. These merge gradually into the slopes

of the Sierra Carbonera, a range of sandstone hills about

1000 ft. high, running north and south for several miles.

Although these hills are now bare of everything except

scanty brushwood and the usual aromatic herbage of

the Mediterranean region, they are said to have

been formerly covered with cork and other trees,

which were cut down at the time of the great siege of

Gibraltar (1779—1782): a few of the characteristic

cork-wood insects (Lycena melanops, Fidonia plumistaria,

&e., still linger on these hills, as if to bear witness to

their former wooded condition. After passing the town

of San Roque the country becomes much more varied

and luxuriant, though still somewhat arid and sandy in

places ; and, commencing at nine miles from the Rock,

on approaching the valley of the small river Guadar-

ranque, which falls into Gibraltar Bay half-way between

Gibraltar and Algeciras, the fine cork-woods of Almoraima

extend for many miles on both sides of the stream, and

afford by far the most interesting and productive col-

lecting-ground in the district. Almost equally good

eround, of a somewhat similar character, is to be found

about four miles inland from Algeciras, on the lower

slopes of the Sierra de la Luna, a range of rugged sand-

stone hills attaining a height of more than 2000 ft. ; but

I was able to visit this part on but few occasions, while

my almost weekly excursion on foot to the cork-woods

during the summer months was invariably a highly

enjoyable and successful day’s work.

To complete the account of the Spanish localities, the

‘Grappler’ made two flying visits of three or four days’

232

364 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

duration to Malaga in Apri) and May, 1888. The

weather on each occasion was not very favourable, and

not much available collecting-ground was to be found ;

the country west of the town being a flat, alluvial, highly-

cultivated plain for the most part, while on the east side

the slopes of the rugged limestone hills are almost

entirely occupied by vineyards. A considerable number

of species of insects was, however, obtained, including

several that were either very rare in, or absent from, the

Gibraltar district, Huchloé tagis, var. bellezina, E., and

Pararge mera, L., being observed here only.

Passing next to the African side of the Straits, almost

exactly opposite ‘‘ Mons Calpe”’ ata distance of 13 miles,

the second Pillar of Hercules, ‘‘ Mons Abyla,” the modern

Djebel Mousa, or ‘‘ Ape’s Hill,” rises as a huge rugged

dome-shaped mass of limestone (not distinguishable, in

hand specimens, from that of Gibraltar) to a height of

2808 ft. I had the good fortune to be enabled to ascend

this mountain, from Almanza Bay, on November 4th,

1888, a gloriously clear day, when the view from the

summit was one never to be forgotten. The ‘Grappler’

visited on several occasions a little indentation of the

coast called Benzus Bay, about five miles west of Ceuta,

and at the foot of the main mass of the mountain: here

a rugged and stony, but fertile valley, watered by

perennial springs in the limestone, is cultivated by an

industrious and peaceable community of Moors, who

obtain two and sometimes three crops of wheat, maize,

and ‘‘dhourra”’ (Holcus sorghum, L.) in the year. A

number of interesting insects, not observed at all on the

European side, oceur at this place. Indeed, the diffe-

rence between the faunas on the two shores, when the

narrowness of the channel separating them and the

comparatively recent date which geologists agree in

assigning to its formation are taken into account,

appears worthy of special attention. The great depth of

the Straits (503 fathoms between Gibraltar and Benzus),

and the constant strong current from the Atlantic into

the Mediterranean, no doubt render.-them a much more

formidable barrier to the passage of living creatures

from side to side than would appear at first sight.

Although one of the great migration routes of birds

actually crosses this narrow sea, there are several species

which come right up to its southern shore, and proceed

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 365

no farther. Of these the elegant little black-winged

kite, Hlanus ceruleus, Desf., the conspicuous bush-shrike,

Telephonus erythropterus, Shaw, and [us barbatus, Dest.,

the last bird being abundant and somewhat destructive

in the orange-orchards of Tangier and Tetuan, may be

instanced ; but perhaps the most singular case is that

of the two ravens, the well-known Corvus corax, L.,

being found sparingly on the European side only, while

the smaller and very distinct C. tingitanus, Irby, replaces

it at Tangier (where it is abundant) and elsewhere in

Marocco, but appears never to cross the Straits. It is

true that the partridge, Caccabis petrosa, Gmel., s0 com-

mon in Marocco, occurs on the Rock of Gibraltar, as

does also the monkey, Macacus inuus, L., but it is more

than probable that both these creatures were originally

conveyed there by human agency; the ape is found, na

truly wild state, on the Djebel Mousa. In the land-

shells also the same difference is noticed, those from the

Djebel Mousa, though closely allied to the Gibraltar

species, being mostly distinct; the fine and rare Helix

Scherzeri, Zélébor, however, seems confined to the sum-

mits of the mountains, and H. Tarnieri, Morelet, abun-

dant at Tangier, reappears sparingly at Algeciras and

Tarifa. Among the butterflies, Huchloé eupheno, L.,

Thestor mauritanicus, Luc., Lycena Theophrastus, F.,

Cononympha arcanioides, Pierr. (which comes down to

the beach at Benzts Bay), and Pamphila Zelleri, Led.,

appear to be confined to the Maroccan portion of the

region, while Huchloé ewphenoides, Stgr., is an instance

of a common Spanish insect which does not cross the

Straits. In the Coleoptera, the species which are more

or less common on one side, and are apparently not

found at all on the other, are too numerous to mention.

Tangier was visited pretty frequently, though never

for more than two or three days at a time, and mostly

in the winter months: I noted upwards of 30 species of

butterflies as occurring there, the most interesting being

Thestor mauritanicus. Many more probably exist there,

as the country is favourable for collecting, and even

more varied than that near Gibraltar. To the west of

the town, in the direction of Cape Spartel, are undu-

lating downs, attaining in the Djebel Kebir a height of

nearly 1200 ft., and covered with a dense uniform

“scrub” of aromatic herbs and bushes, among which

866 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

the lovely white-flowered Cistus ladaniferus, L., is most

conspicuous in the early months of the year. The

reed-fences enclosing the few cultivated spots support

great festoons of Aristolochia, Clematis, Smilax, Bryonia,

and other climbers, from which many moths may be

beaten, and the tall Hucalyptus trees in the gardens on

‘* Mount Washington,” the hill nearest Tangier in that

direction, are, in September, the favourite resort of

Charaxes Jasius. On the eastern side of Tangier the

shores of the Bay are fringed with sand-hills, supporting

a scanty growth of Retama, &c., and strips of salt-

marsh: these rise into low clay hills, with massive

fragments of ancient buildings (relics of the old Cartha-

ginian city of Tingis) scattered over them; in part

cultivated and strewn with innumerable loose stones,

beneath which, in the winter and early spring months,

a varied and most interesting coleopterous fauna has its

habitat. There is, however, little or no wooded country

within walking distance of Tangier, and, owing to

limited time and other causes, I did not on any occasion

go more than five miles from the town.

From Cape Malabata (the eastern boundary of Tangier

Bay) to Benzuts the southern shores of the Straits

appear somewhat barren and uninyiting, and I had no

opportunity of landing at any point except once or twice

at Almanza Bay, which in general resembles that of

Benzus in character, with the addition of a good-sized

stream in the valley. The Spanish town and peninsula

of Ceuta, which bears a remote resemblance to Gibraltar,

though very far inferior in grandeur, was visited by

me only on one occasion, when I saw no insects worthy

of notice.

Southwards from Ceuta to the mouth of the Bus-feka

or Kus River, a distance of about 20 miles, the shore of

the Mediterranean Sea is for the most part flat and

sandy, with low marshy land between the beach and the

hills, which about 6 miles inland attain an elevation of

over 2500 ft. A spur of these hills terminates to seaward

in the fine bold promontory of Cape Negro, the vertical

cliffs of which are over 600 ft. high. Just to the north

of Cape Negro is the extensive plain of Buzaghal or

Ksmir, comprising several square miles of marsh and

lagoon, shut off from the sea by a strip of sand-hills

about 150 yards wide, through which, in the winter, the

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 367

surplus water of the marsh cuts its way in a deep and

almost impassable torrent. There is good anchorage

(but only in westerly winds) about half-a-mile from the

shore, and we made many trips to this spot in the

‘Grappler’ for the purpose of shooting wild-fowl. This

great marsh, covered with dense beds of reeds, bulrushes,

and other aquatic plants, and with tangled thickets of

tamarisk here and there, is a perfect paradise for water-

birds. The open waters of the lagoon are in winter

blackened with multitudes of the commoner kinds of

ducks, and with two species of coots (Fulica atra, L.,

and F’. cristata, L.): in autumn the starlings congregate

here in flocks of hundreds of thousands, the sound of

their wings, heard at a distance of a mile or more, being

like that of the surf on a beach; while among the less

common birds the elegant marbled duck (Anas angustt-

rostris, Mén.), the purple heron (Ardea purpurea, L.),

the glossy ibis (Plegadis falcinellus, L.), and the bril-

liantly coloured purple gallinule (Perphyrio ceruleus,

Vand.) find a secure breeding-place among the tangled

reed-beds. Once or twice, too, I have here seen the

majestic white heron, Ardea alba, L., a very rare bird in

these parts. As our visits were naturally mostly made

in the winter, I did not meet with many Lepidoptera

here, but the Coleoptera were always most abundant,

and included many of the finest and most interesting

forms which I met with in the whole region.

There is a somewhaé similar marsh to the southward

of the Cape Negro promontory, extending on both sides

of the Kus River nearly up to the town of Tetuan, six

miles distant from the sea; but this marsh, being more

saline in character, is on the whole much less productive

in insectsthan Esmir. To the south and east of Tetuan,

the ‘‘ Riff Coast,” of piratical renown, remains practically

a terra incognita, the fierce and fanatical character of

the inhabitants rendering it very dangerous for a

Christian to venture among them. A few miles inland

the fine range of the Beni Hassan or ‘ Lesser Atlas,”

whose highest summit, a sacred mountain of the

Mohammedans, is partly covered with forest and con-

siderably exceeds 7000 ft. in elevation, will no doubt

afford many fine insects when explored, but I believe

that up to the present time no HKuropean has ever set

foot upon it.

368 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

I now proceed to enumerate the Lepidoptera met

with :—

Papilio podalirius, L.—I have never seen this

insect in the vicinity of Gibraltar, but at Malaga, on

May Ist, 1888, I took a very fine female specimen

of the var. Feisthameli, Dup. The var. Latteri,

Aust., appears to be not uncommon on the African

side of the Straits: I have met with it at Esmir in

July, and at Benzts Bay and Tangier in August and

September.

P. machaon, L.—Very common everywhere on both

sides of the Straits; I have taken freshly-emerged

specimens on the Rock of Gibraltar from February 18th

to the end of October. The larva is, so far as I have

observed, as frequently found on rue (Ruta angustifolia,

Pers.) as on fennel and other Umbellifere.

Thais rumina, L.— This beautiful butterfly is one of

the most characteristic species of the Rock, where it

abounds in early spring; it is found throughout the

district, being common close to the town of Malaga, and

abundant at Tangier. A favourite haunt for the species

at Gibraltar is the bush-covered slope at the back of the

“‘ Alameda,” or public garden, where, in May and June,

the curious larvae may be found commonly on Aristolochia

glauca, Desf. The earliest date on which I have observed

the imago on the wing at Gibraltar is February 8th, and

it lasts in good condition until the end of April. The

ab. Cantenert, Hey., was seen only on April 13th, 1887,

on the summit of Peregil Island, a curious little flat-

topped limestone rock of about two acres in extent and

250 ft. in elevation, lying about a quarter of a mile from

the African shore, almost exactly opposite the Rock of

Gibraltar.

Pieris brassice, L. — Common everywhere throughout

the year. As arule the specimens are rather smaller

than those met with in England, the apex of the

primaries is less densely black, and the under side of

the secondaries much more dusky in tone, through being

more thickly sprinkled with black scales. The larva is

very common on T'rope@olum, as well as on Crucifere, at

Gibraltar.

Pieris rape, L.—As common as the preceding, and

also on the wing all the year round. Somewhat smaller

on the average than British examples, but not otherwise

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 369

different. (P. napi, L., is said to occur both at Gibraltar

and Tangier, but I did not meet with it.)

P. daplidice, L.—Also a generally common insect, but

most numerous in the cork-woods of Almoraima, beyond

San Roque, where it flies from March to November ; on

the Rock of Gibraltar I have taken it as early as January

18th. The larva is found on Biscutella microcarpa,

DeC., and other Crucifere.

Huchloé belemia, HX. — Common in open sunny places

throughout the whole region, especially at Gibraltar and

the adjacent Spanish district. This butterfly is often

to be seen on the wing on fine days even before

Christmas (it was common at Tangier on December

9th, 1887), but is most plentiful in February and

March. About the end of April the second brood

(ab. glauce, Hb.) appears, and lasts until the middle

of June. It has a very strong, swift, and erratic flight,

and is by no means easy to catch. The beautiful

pink-striped green larva is found not rarely on Biscutella

and other Crucifere (of which it prefers the flowers) in

April.

E. belia, E.—Only once found on the Rock of Gibraltar,

and quite rare in the adjoining district, where, however,

I have seen it as early as January 28th. At Malaga I

found it fairly common at the beginning of April, 1888,

but I did not observe it at all on the African side of the

Straits. The var. Ausonia, Hb., was taken at San

Roque on March 31st, and ‘at Malaga on April 30th,

1888.

E. tagis, E.—Very common in sunny open spots in

the cork-woods in March and April, but not observed

elsewhere, except at Malaga, where I found the var.

bellezina, E., rarely at the beginning of April, 1888.

First seen on the wing March 26th, 1887; in its flight

it is similar to EH. belia.

E. cardamines, L..— This species is reported to be not

rare in the cork-woods, but I met with it there on only

one occasion (April 8th, 1887), when it was quite scarce.

The three males then taken are large and fine, but differ

very slightly, if at all, from British specimens.

EE. eupheno, L.—Restricted to the African side of the

Straits, where it replaces H. ewphenoides, Staud., and is

not rare at Tangier and Benzus Bay; I have taken it as

early as March 10th at the first-mentioned locality

370 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

Its flight is much more powerful than that of its near

ally.

EE. euphenoides, Staud.—Only found on the European

side of the Straits; it is common on the Rock of

Gibraltar and at Malaga, and in the cork-woods it forms

quite a feature in the scenery on a fine sunny day at the

end of March, flitting quietly from flower to flower

among the brushwood. The females of this and of the

preceding species are much less numerous, or at all

events less frequently seen, than their mates; I should

put the proportion at about three males to one female

observed. The earliest date of its appearance is March

11th (on the Rock), and it remains on the wing until the

end of April. The larva I frequently swept off Biscutella

in May.

Leucophasia sinapis, L.— A common insect in the

cork-woods, but not observed anywhere else; it first

appears at the end of March (26th), and successive

broods occur up to the end of July. It varies greatly in

size, as well as in the development of the black apical

spot of the primaries, the late summer specimens being

very small and faintly marked.

Colas edusa, ¥.—This is perhaps the most abundant

butterfly throughout the entire region, and there is

scarcely a fine day in any month on which freshly-

emerged specimens may not be seen on the wing. The

autumn and winter broods, as a rule, are smaller, paler

in colour, and with narrower dark borders than the

spring and summer insects. The smallest male speci-

men I possess, however, was taken at Gibraltar in June,

1887, and measures exactly 14 in. (88 mm.) in expanse.

The next in size, also a male (Gibraltar, February, 1887),

measures 1 in. 7} lin. (41 mm.), and the smallest female

(Gibraltar, December, 1889) is 1 in. 10 lin. (46 mm.).

The largest male, taken at Algeciras in June, 1888, is a

singularly fine deeply coloured specimen, with abnormally

wide and dark borders ; this expands 2 in. 3 lin. (57 mm.),

and a fine example of the ab. helice, Hubn., from San

Roque (June, 1888) measures 2 in. 4 lin. (59 mm.).

Compared with British specimens, the greater depth and

richness of colour of the summer broods of C. edusa

from the Straits region is very noticeable, and some of

the females are very darkly suffused at the bases of the

primaries. The ab. helice, Hubn., is fairly common, mostly

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 871

so in June and forms intermediate between it and the

type are occasionally met with. On November 22nd,

1886, I took a very beautiful ‘‘ gynandromorphous”

specimen in the cork-woods, having the right wings

male and the left female ; this was flying among numerous

examples of the ordinary form, apparently, like it, only

just emerged from the pupa. On June 6th, 1888, the

abundance of this butterfly on the Rock of Gibraltar

was so great as to attract general attention, it being

visible by hundreds, even in the main street of the town.

‘Ihave often found and reared the larve on species of

Lotus. (C. hyale, L., though well looked out for, did

not put in an appearance ; it certainly should occur in

the region.)

Gonepteryx rhamni, L.— Not seen on the Rock of

Gibraltar, but common at San Roque and Algegiras,

also at Tangier, flying with G. cleopatra; very large and

fine, the males averaging 2 in. 8 lin. (68 mm.) in expanse.

First observed June 4th, also in March and April after

hibernation.

G. cleopatra, L.—Abundant on the Rock and through-

out the Gibraltar district, as well as on the African side

of the Straits at Tangier, Benzts Bay, &c.; in May,

June, and July, also in early spring (from February

17th) after hybernation. I have taken fresh specimens

(in 1887) at San Roque as early as April 30th.

Thecla spini, Schiff.—Not a rare species in the cork-

woods; also on the steep bushy slope of the Rock

above the Alameda, where it frequents the flowers of a

species of Sedum (altissimum, Poir.), which grows there

in plenty. The ab. female lynceus, Hubn., is much more

common than the type. First seen in the cork-woods,

May 14th, 1887.

T. ilicis, E. (var. esculi, O.)..—Very abundant in the

cork-woods, and also observed at Benzus Bay and

Tangier, but not on the Rock of Gibraltar. It flies over

the low bushes, and is partial to the flowers of Scabiosa,

from which it may be taken with the fingers. First

observed 14th May, 1887, and lasts until the end of

June.

T. roboris, E.—I have only met with this beautiful

little butterfly on two or three occasions in the cork-

woods, where, in June, it flies round the tops of the tall

oaks (Quercus lusitanica), usually well out of reach of

372 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

any ordinary net ; but I have taken the female on flowers

in company with 7’. spini and J’. ilicis. The earliest date

on which it was observed is May 81st.

T’. quercus, L.— Another somewhat scarce species in

the Gibraltar district, having been taken sparingly on

Quercus lusitanica in the stone-pine plantation (com-

monly known as the ‘‘ First Pine Wood”’) about a mile

north of San Roque. First seen July 7th, 1887.

T’. rubi, L.— Common near San Roque (apparently

not found on the Rock), also at Tangier. At the former

locality I have observed it on February 28th ; it is quite

over by the first week in April.

Thestor ballus, Hubn.—Generally abundant; at Gib-

raltar it is to be found in March and April in waste flowery

places and on the glacis of the fortifications, and it is

equally common at Malaga and Tangier. It is very

active on the wing, the male especially, and is partial

to the flowers of Fedia cornucopia, DeC., one of the

Valerianee which abounds on the Rock. The male

occurred in 1888 as early as February 7th; the female

has not been seen before March 9th.

T’. mauritanicus, Lucas. —I had the good fortune to

meet with this rare and curious little butterfly on April

Ist, 1887, at Tangier, when I found it common, but

getting somewhat worn, in an exceedingly restricted

locality about two miles south-west of the town, near the

Guadalhorce or ‘‘ Jew’s River.” Iagain found it in 1888

on March 10th, and in 1889 on March 28rd, in the same

spot—a space not 380 yards square, beyond which not

one was to be seen, in the midst of miles of precisely

similar scrub-covered country. The male flies close to

the ground, and for a short distance only at a time,

much less rapidly than its congener 7’. ballus: it

invariably settles on the bare spots of ground among the

low bushes, where it is easily caught. The female is

either much scarcer, or flies less readily than the male,

as 1 have taken only one female to about seven males.

Polyommatus phleas, L.— Very abundant everywhere

throughout the year, especially the summer form eleus,

F.; the autumn and winter specimens are very brightly

coloured, the var. elews bemg met with from April to

September.

Lycena betica, L.— Common almost all the year

throughout the Straits region, being often seen in the

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 878

Alameda at Gibraltar. I have records of its appearance

from February 28th to October 30th.

I,. telicanus, Hubn.—More abundant than the last, and

generally distributed ; it is very plentiful in the marshy

hollows or ‘‘ sotos’’ in the cork-woods, and on the borders

of the Esmir lagoon in Marocco. March 26th to the end

of October.

L. theophrastus, ¥.—I met with one female specimen

of this pretty little insect (of which I can find no previous

record from Marocco) on the borders of the lagoon at

Ksmir, on July 25th, 1888.

L. baton, Berg., var. panoptes, Hubn.—F airly common

in May, 1888 (first observed on the 8th), on the lower

slopes of the Sierra Carbonera, about two miles from

the Rock of Gibraltar, frequenting dry flowery banks.

I did not see it elsewhere, nor did I meet with the type-

form.

L. lysimon, Hubn.— Searce near Gibraltar ; I took a

few rather worn specimens in a sandy waste field at

Campamento, three miles from the Rock, on August

17th, 1887. I have also met with it at Esmir and near

Tetuan, Marocco, in November.

L. astrarche, Berg.—Very common everywhere, almost

all the year round; I have seen it on the wing on

February 21st. Rather larger and brighter than English

specimens, the orange spots always very well marked

(especially in the female), and the ground colour of the

under side of the wings warm ochreous-brown.

L. icarus, Rott.— Exceedingly abundant and very

variable in size and colour. Some of the males are very

bright, and have a submarginal row of small black dots on

the upper side of the secondaries ; the females, as a rule,

are much more blue above than English specimens. In

the middle of summer very small examples occur, not

exceeding 8} lin. (18 mm.) in expanse, the males having

a series of faintly indicated submarginal orange dots on

the upper side of the secondaries, the females very dark,

with little or no blue. Flies from February 12th to

November. ‘The var. ccarinus, Scriba, occurs rarely.

L. bellargus, Rott. — Found rarely near San Roque

(April 30th, and again in July, 1887) also at Malaga.

Summer specimens of the male have a submarginal row of

bright orange dots on the upper side of the secondaries.

L. argiolus, L.—Generally common ; | have seen it on

374 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

the Rock (where the larva may be found on the blossoms

of ivy) as early as January 12th, but it is most plentiful

in June and July.

L. minimus, Fuess., var. Lorquinu, H.-S.— Only met

with by me on one occasion (May 16th, 1887), when I

took a few examples of both sexes in beautiful condition,

in a ravine close to the shore of Cabrita Point, about two

miles south of Algeciras.

L. melanops, Bdy. — Locally abundant in open places

in the cork-woods, where its food-plant, Doryeniwm

suffruticosum, grows ; also on the Sierra Carbonera near

San Roque, and at Malaga. It frequents the flowers of

various species of Hrica, and is on the wing from April

12th to the middle of May.

Charaxes jasius, L.—I have only twice seen this noble

butterfly on the European side of the Straits, on both

occasions in the Alameda at Gibraltar, on June 2nd and

October 7th, 1888. At Tangier, in September of the

same year, it might almost have been called abundant in

the lanes and gardens to the west of the town, beyond

the ‘‘Jew’s River.” It is a grand sight to see three or

four of this splendid insect wheeling round the top of a

tall ‘‘ blue-gum”’ tree, occasionally, though but seldom,

descending to alight on a twig within reach of the net,

though even then it is not easy to approach. Over-ripe

figs are, however, a great attraction to it. The largest

and finest female I obtained (measuring 4 in. 3 lin.=

108 mm. in expanse) was taken on the stem of a plum-

tree from which a little gum was oozing. I did not

meet with the larva at Tangier, as I was too busy with

Coleoptera to look for it when it was feeding in early

spring; the food-plant, Arbutus wnedo, L., abounds near

Tangier, but is not found within many miles of Gibraltar.

I have taken the butterfly (much worn) at Benzus Bay

on August 28th, and have seen it at Esmir in October.

It also occurs at Ceuta.

Vanessa polychloros, L.—Not common; taken at San

Roque on June 9th, 1887, also met with on the Rock of

Gibraltar, and in the Alameda at Algeciras. On the

African side I have seen it at Benzus Bay. It is rather

more plentiful after hibernation in March and April.

V.atalanta, L.—Generally common, but not abundant,

throughout the entire region. Flies all the year round.

V. cardut, L.—Very plentiful everywhere during the

From the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. = 875

summer, and fresh specimens are occasionally to be met

with in the winter months; these are usually small and

very darkly coloured.

Melitea aurinia, Rott., var. Desfontainii, Godt.—-I

shall not readily forget my astonishment at meeting

with this butterfly—for which I had been vainly scouring

every accessible marshy place for at least ten miles round

—on a steep, arid, bushy slope of the Rock of Gibraltar,

within a stone’s throw of the main road, and barely 300

yards from the town walls. I first saw it on May 27th,

1888, and managed during the following week to obtain

a small series, not without a good deal of trouble, as the

insect flies very strongly, and the nature of the ground

it frequents renders its pursuit a matter of difficulty. It

is not easy to realise that these large richly-coloured

insects (my largest female measures in expanse of wing

2in. 3$ lin.=57 mm.), and the little pale washed-out

looking alpine merope, Dup., of which I have specimens

barely 1 in. 3 lin. (=34 mm.) in expanse, are but forms

of one variable species.

M. phebe, Kn., var. etheria, Hibn.—Common in the

cork-woods, frequenting the same localities as Lycena

melanops, and on the wing at the same time, from April

30th to the end of May. No second brood observed.

The specimens are very fine and large, averaging 2 in.

2 lin. (= 55 mm.) in expanse.

Argynnis latona, E.— Apparently very rare; I took

one specimen by the roadside at Campamento on June

18th, 1887, and have seen one or two more caught near

San Roque.

A. pandora, Schiff. — Very sparingly observed in the

cork-woods (May 28th, 1887), and near San Roque

(July 7th, 1888) ; also taken at Benzus Bay in August,

and seen at Tangier in September. It must, however,

be common somewhere in the neighbourhood of Gibraltar,

as on September 19th, 1888, quite a large number sud-

denly appeared on the Rock after the prevalence of a

fresh westerly breeze, and were seen for a fortnight after-

wards, frequenting flowers of heliotrope, &c., in the

Alameda. All were males, so far as I could ascertain,

and all in exceedingly worn condition.

(Anosia plexippus, L.).—This wandering butterfly was

taken by Lieut.-Commander Cochran, of H.M.S. ‘ Grap-

pler,’ in his garden at Rosia, Gibraltar, on October 24th,

876 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

1886 (vide Entom. Monthly Mag., vol. xxiii., p. 162), and

was seen shortly afterwards by me, it being then only

just dead. I kept a special look-out for it during the

whole of my stay at Gibraltar, but did not see or hear

of another specimen.

Melanargia ines, Hfsge. (thetis, Hubn.).— Only one

specimen of this pretty species, a female in very fine

condition, taken in the cork-woods on May 21st, 1887.

I saw it commonly at Malaga when I was there in

H.M.S. ‘ Swiftsure’ in April, 1876, and on my visit to

the same place in May, 1888, obtained a few beautiful

specimens (all males) on a bare limestone hill-top about

two miles east of the town. Itis said to occur abundantly

at Gaucin, 25 miles north of Gibraltar.

Satyrus statilinus, Hutn., var. allionia, F.—Abundant

in the stone-pine plantations beyond San Roque, and in

the cork-woods, but not found on the Rock of Gibraltar ;

in Marocco I have observed it at Benzts Bay. It is very

fond of settling on the trunks of the cork-trees, and is to

be taken in good condition from July 2nd to the end of

August. I have seen worn stragglers in the cork-woods

as late as October 29th. Usually very large and well-

marked, averaging 2 in. 6 lin. (= 63°5 mm.) in expanse

of wing.

S. fidia, L.—This fine species is very common on the

Rock of Gibraltar, being often seen on the main road

settled on horse-droppings, or coming down from the

slopes above when the road is watered, as it is every day

about 3 p.m.; it is then most easily taken, as the ground

it usually frequents is very rough and impracticable.

The specimens are larger and finer than those I have

seen from South France, the female often attaining an

expanse of wing of 3 in. (= 76 mm.). The earliest date

on which I have observed it (in 1888) is June 16th, and

it continues on the wing until the end of August. I

have taken it sparingly in the cork-woods, and in

Marocco at Benzus Bay. Its flight is powerful, and it

is rather shy.

Pararge mera, L., var. adraste, Hubn.—Only met with

at Malaga, and there but rarely, on April 5th, 1888.

P. megera, L.—Very abundant everywhere throughout

the Straits region, and on the wing almost all the year

round; I have notes of its appearance from January

28th to the end of October. Perhaps slightly paler

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 377

in tone than British examples, but not otherwise

different.

P. egeria, L.—As plentiful as the last species, and

found everywhere throughout the year. Always of the

dark type-form, which I have also taken at Ferrol, on .

the north coast of Spain.

Lipinephile janira, L., var. hispulla, Hubn.—Abundant

everywhere in the open country from May 7th to the end

of August. The type-form not met with.

i. ida, E.—One of the commonest butterflies, fre-

quenting open bushy places throughout the region. First

observed May 12th, 1887, and I have seen the females

in good condition in the middle of September.

E. pasiphaé, X.—Also very common and generally dis-

tributed, and found in the same situations as the last ; it

abounds on the slopes of the Rock of Gibraltar (where I

have observed it on April 25th) at San Roque, Malaga,

Tangier, and Benzus Bay. Unlike H. ida, it lasts but a

short time, being quite over by the middle of June.

Cenonympha arcanioides, Pierret.— Found only in

Marocco, where it is common throughout the summer

in dry bushy situations. At Tangier I have taken it as

early as March 10th ; it also occurs at Esmir and Benzus

Bay.

C. dorus, E.—Locally common on the downs beyond

San Roque, and on open hill-sides in the cork-woods ;

also at Benzus Bay, but apparently rare there. June

24th to the end of July.

C. pamphilus, L.—Quite a rarity ; found on the Rock

of Gibraltar in May, 1887, and near Tetuan on June 20th,

1888. Both these specimens are richly marked, and the

Tetuan example has well-defined dark borders to all

the wings above, but they do not exceed English examples

in size.

Spilothyrus alcee, E.— Rare. ‘Taken near Cabrita

Point, May 16th, and at San Roque on June 18th, 1887.

S. althee, Hibn.—Common everywhere almost all the

year. ‘Taken on the glacis of the fortifications at

Gibraltar on March 14th, 1888, and as late as November

20th at San Roque.

Syrichthus proto, EK. — Very common and generally

distributed. There appear to be two broods, the first

appearing in May (10th), the second, which is more

numerous, in July, and continuing on the wing until the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) 2€

378 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

end of September. The larva was found plentifully at

Malaga at the end of April, 1888, between united leaves

of Phlomis purpurea, L.

S. fritillum, Hubn.—Loeally common in a waste field

by the side of the main road between Campamento and

San Roque, but not seen elsewhere. First found July

13th, 1887, and again on May 22nd of the following year.

S.sao, Hubn., var. therapne, Rby.—Common near San

Roque in dry waste places, frequenting the flowers of

thyme, &c. ; also sparingly in the cork-woods, at Tangier,

and at Esmir. Double-brooded, appearing in April

(16th) and May, and again in July, the second brood

being the more common. I took a fine freshly-emerged

example at Esmir as late as November 8rd, 1888.

Hesperia thaumas, Hufn. — Generally abundant

throughout the Gibraltar district (except on the Rock,

where I have never seen it), as well as at Tangier, in

dry open places. May 10th to the middle of June.

H. acteon, E.—Also plentiful at Campamento, San

Roque, and other places near Gibraltar, but not on the

Rock, and I have no record from Marocco ; it is always

found in damp situations. May 10th to the middle of

June.

H. nostradamus, F.—Common in the Gibraltar district,

being often taken on heliotrope flowers in the Alameda ;

also at Tangier (where I first observed it on June 11th,

1887), Benzus Bay, and Esmir. It is most plentiful in

August and September, and frequents the hottest and

driest situations.

H. Zelleri, Lederer.—This little skipper is found only

on the African side of the Straits. My first specimen

was taken at Benzus Bay on Aucust 30th, 1887, and I

subsequently met with it in a damp spot among the

sand-hills about a mile east of Tangier on September

19th, and again in some numbers on the edge of the

Ksmir lagoon on October Ist. In the following year I

took it again at Ksmir on July 25th, and in good con-

dition as late as November 10th. The flight of this

butterfly is much less rapid than that of its near ally,

P. nostradamus, and it appears always to be found in

moist places, or at any rate, never very far away from

water; at Esmir the yellow flowers of Inula viscosa,

Ait., are its great attraction. The original record of

this species (Lederer, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855,

p. 194) gives Syria as its habitat. I can find no record

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 379

from any other country, and its occurrence in so distant

a locality as North Marocco is very interesting. Speci-

mens of H. Zelleri in the National Collection agree in

every particular with my insect.

Smerinthus populi, L.—I found the remains of this

insect at Benzus Bay, May 5th, 1888; living examples

were not met with.

Acherontia atropos, L.—Imago of occasional occur-

rence. Larvae found once or twice by me at Gibraltar,

on the thorny Solanum Sodomeum, Willd.

Sphinx convolvuli, L.—Apparently not common ; occa-

sionally found at flowers. I have only seen one or two

specimens at Gibraltar.

Detlephila euphorbie, L.—Not seen in the perfect state,

but the larve were not uncommon on the Neutral Ground

at Gibraltar, and in the cork-woods. I have seen them in

June and October.

D. lwornica, L.— This species is said to be common

in some summers at the flowers of Plwmbago capensis,

Pelargonium, &c.,at Gibraltar and Tangier. I have only

one specimen, however, from the former locality.

Cherocampa celerio, L.—Not uncommon in September

and October at the flowers of Plumbago capensis, &c., at

Gibraltar; also occasionally found at rest on walls, &c.

Pterogon proserpina, Pall. —I have not met with this

insect in the perfect state, but the larve were found in

considerable numbers near Campamento, on Cnothera

biennis, in June, 1888.

Macroglossa stellatarum, L.—Abundant everywhere all

through the year; I saw it commonly on the Rock of

Gibraltar on Christmas Day, 1886, busily engaged at the

wild flowers, of which I remember counting no fewer

than thirty species in bloom on that day.

Sciapteron tabaniforme, Rott.—Scarce. A fine pair taken

on white poplar on the Rock of Gibraltar July 8th, 1887.

Sesia Ramburi, Staud.—Not very uncommon on the

flowers of thyme, wild carrot, &c., on the downs beyond

San Roque, in June.

Paranthrene tineiformis, E.—F ound with the preceding,

but much less common; also taken on the Rock of

Gibraltar. June.

Zygena sarpedon, Hubn.— Not common. Taken on

the Sierra Carbonera, May 8th, 1888; also at Algeciras

and Benzus Bay in June.

2c2

380 Mr. J. J. Walker's notes on Lepidoptera

Z. stechadis, Bork. — Locally plentiful in marshy

places. Cork-woods, June 4th, 1887; Benzuis Bay, June

25th, 1888.

Z. lavandule, H%.— This very beautiful insect has

occurred to me only in one little spot, a sunny bank

about a mile north of the town of San Roque, on the

way to the cork-woods. I found it here not uncom-

monly on May 7th, 1887, and again on May 10th,

1888. It flies rather actively in the bright morning

sunshine.

Z. betica, Ramb. — Exceedingly abundant in the

Alameda of Gibraltar, and other places on the rock;

also on the Neutral Ground. The larva feeds on the

handsome yellow-flowered Coronilla glauca, frequently

stripping the bushes of their foliage, and the moth is

double-brooded. The specimens of the first brood, which

appears in May (being observed on the 18th of that

month in 1887), are much finer and larger than those of

the more numerous second brood, which emerge in

August and September. The cocoon is smooth, oval,

and white, and not a little resembles a lizard’s egg.

Nola cicatricalis, Treitschke.—One or two found on

tree-trunks in the cork-woods in April, and at rest on

lichen-covered boulders on the Rock of Gibraltar in

October.

Emydia cribrum, L., var. candida, Cyrill.—Not un-

common. ‘Taken on gas-lamps at Gibraltar, among

crass at Campamento, and in heathy places in the cork-

woods. May, and again in August and September.

Deiopeia pulchella, L.—Abundant everywhere, and to

be met with throughout the year, though most plentiful

in early summer. On May 14th, 1887, I saw it in vast

profusion at the edge of the cork-woods, every step that

I took disturbing scores of examples. Larva on Helio-

tropum europeum, Echium, and other Boraginee.

Euchelia jacobee, L.—Locally common near Campa-

mento in June; the larva found in plenty on ragwort.

Euprepia pudica, L.—Occasionally found at rest at

Gibraltar and Tangier. The larva is not uncommon,

but it feeds up very slowly, and is not easy to rear. The

imago appears in August and September.

Arctia villica, L.—Not common. Found near Campa-

mento in March and April, and the larve and pupe are

occasionally met with in early spring. The specimens

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 381

are much larger and finer than English examples ; they

expand 2 in. 9 lin. (= 69°6 mm.).

A. casta, E.—I found only one example of this beautiful

little tiger-moth, at rest on the ground near San Roque,

on April 12th, 1888.

Phragmatobia fuliginosa, L.—Only observed in Ma-

rocco, at Esmir, and in the marshes near Tetuan, where

the cocoons are to be found not uncommonly in the

winter, spun up on the rushes. The specimens bred

from these are remarkably large and brightly coloured,

on an average measuring 1 in. 63 ln. (—=39 mm.) in

expanse.

Orgyia Josephine, Oberth. (‘Etudes d’Hntomologie,

Lép. d’Algerie,’ vol. 6, div. ii., p. 77, and plate ii., fig. 5,

$).—This very beautiful and interesting species was

described by M. Oberthur from specimens obtained at

Lake Sebgha, in Algeria, by M. Austaut, in April, 1880.

I found it at Esmir under the same circumstances as the

preceding species, but only bred two males from a good

many cocoons collected; the wingless females, which

are covered with ashy-grey woolly hairs, appear to be

much more numerous.

O. trigotephras, Bdv. — Common on the Rock of Gib-

raltar, at Tangier, and Benztis Bay, in June. In its

habits it exactly resembles O. antiqua, flying actively

by day.

Ocneria dispar, L.— Not common on the Rock of

Gibraltar, and in the cork-woods of Almoraima, but

observed in all its stages in most astonishing profusion

at Monte de la Torre, about four miles from Algeciras,

on June 28th, 1888 (vide Entom. Monthly Mag., vol. xxv.,

p- 65).

O. atlantica, Ramb. — One female of this interesting

species was found at rest on a stone wall at Gibraltar,

July 5th, 1887.

Porthesia auriflua, L.—Not uncommon at Gibraltar

and San Roque in June. The black dots on the pri-

maries, occasionally developed in English examples, are

very conspicuous in these specimens.

Cossus ligniperda, L.— Not common. The larva

observed in elm and poplar trees at Campamento.

Zeuzera e@sculi, L.— Found once on the Rock of

Gibraltar, June 11th, 1887. A large and well-marked

female specimen.

382 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

Saturnia pyri, L.— Apparently common throughout

the region. I have had many specimens brought to me

at Gibraltar in April and May, and have found the

cocoons at Tangier in the winter. On June 28th, 1888,

I observed the full-fed larve in large numbers on willow-

bushes and fruit-trees at Algeciras.

S. carpi, L.—Only met with in the cork-woods,

where it is very abundant at the end of March (the

earliest date on which I have seen it on the wing being

the 6th).. The larva is also common there in May on a

variety of plants, but it appears to have a preference for

the yellow-flowered Helianthemum halimefolium.

Lasiocampa trifolii, L.—Not often seen on the wing,

but common in the larva-state at Gibraltar and Tangier ;

at the latter place feeding chiefly on the single-seeded

white broom, Retama monosperma, L. I have taken the

male imago at gas-lamps in September at Gibraltar.

Clisiocampa neustria, L.—Common in the larva-state

at Gibraltar, and near Algeciras I have seen the oaks

almost defoliated by the ravages of the larva in the

beginning of June. The imago appears about the 20th

of that month.

Megasoma repandum, Hubn.—This fine moth appears

to be not uncommon at Gibraltar, also at Esmir, the

larvee feeding on various Leguminose. I found a female

on the Rock of Gibraltar on August 6th, 1888, which

laid a few eggs; the larve resulting from these fed up

well on Lotus, and produced fine imagos in November.

IT also obtained a pupa at Esmir on March 1st, 1889,

from which a very fine dark-coloured female emerged on

the 20th of the same month.

Pygera bucephala, L.—Found in the larva-state on

oaks (Quercus lusitanica) near San Roque; also pupe

in the sandy soil at the foot of these trees. Imago bred

March, 1888; these were very large and fine, the expanse

of wings being quite 3 in. (76 mm.).

Cerura vinula, L.—The cocoons (mostly empty) of this

moth were not rare on poplar-trunks at Tangier, but

only one imago was bred (May, 1888). ‘This is a small

and very darkly suffused male, bearing a close resemblance

to specimens of D, menciana, Moore, from the Hima-

layas, in the National Collection.

C. bifida, L.—Occasionally found in the larva-state,

or drying its wings on the trunks of poplar-trees, on the

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 383

Rock of Gibraltar, in August. These specimens are

very dark, and are probably the var. wrocera, Bdv.

Raphia hybris, Hiibn.—Found once or twice drying its

wings on poplar-trunks at Gibraltar in August, 1887,

and at Campamento in April, 1888. The pupa was also

found under bark of Lombardy poplar at San Roque in

the winter of 1887-8.

Acronycta psi, L.—A larva of this species, found

feeding on Arbutus unedo at Tangier in November, 1886,

produced a very large and clearly marked imago in the

following April.

A. rumicis, L.— Pupe not uncommon, spun up on

rushes, on the borders of the Esmir Jagoon in winter,

the imago appearing in February.

Bryophila muralis, Forst., var. par, Hubn.—Found at

rest on walls and tree-trunks, Rock of Gibraltar, but

scarce. July.

B. ereptricula, Treitschke.—More plentiful than the

preceding, occurring on walls at Gibraltar and Campa-

mento in August and September. The orange-spotted

larva observed in the spring months.

Tapinostola musculosa, L.—Not common. Found on

flowers of Scabiosa, Centaurea, &c., by the roadside near

San Roque in May.

Leucania Loreyi, Dup. — Fairly common on ivy-blos-

som in the Alameda at Gibraltar in October.

L. l-album, L.—Occurs with the preceding, but much

searcer. October and November.

Caradrina exigua, Hubn.—Not rare at ivy-blossom,

&e., at Gibraltar ; also at Tangier. October, and again

in spring.

C. ambigua, W. V.— Also on ivy-blossom in October,

but less common than the preceding. Gibraltar.

Pachnobia rubricosa, W. V.— One specimen picked up

at rest in the village of Campamento, in May, 1888.

This is smaller and more obscurely marked, but more

brightly coloured, than any British specimen I have

seen.

Orrhodia erythrocephala, W. V. —I refer with con-

siderable doubt to this species a moth taken on ivy-

bloom at Gibraltar in October, 1887.

Triphena pronuba, L.—Occeurs throughout the summer,

but can scarcely be called a common insect. Gibraltar

and Tangier.

384 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

Agrotis Dahlii, Hubn.— Rare; on ivy-blossom at

Gibraltar, November, 1887.

A. saucia, Hibn.—Not uncommon, and appears to be

found almost all the year. Gibraltar and Tangier.

A. leucogaster, Freyer.— One specimen of this pretty

species, bred from a pupa found in some flood-refuse

near Tetuan. February, 1889.

A. puta, Hubn.—Not common. Taken at ivy-bloom

at Gibraltar in October.

A. segetum, W. V.—A fairly common but not abun-

dant insect, at ivy-bloom at Gibraltar. October and

November.

A. spinifera, Hiibn.—Found occasionally on the Rock

at ivy-bloom in October, also met with in February ; it

is, however, more plentiful among coarse grass and

herbage at La Tufara, on the ‘‘ Hastern Beach”’ (of the

Mediterranean), three miles north of Gibraltar, in

October. Some very richly-marked specimens were

taken on the Tangier sand-hills in September, 1888.

A. ypsilon, Rott. (sujfusa, Hubn.).—Not common; on

ivy-blossom at Gibraltar, in October.

A. crassa, Hubn.— Rare ; one or two worn specimens

at light, and disturbed from among herbage, in September.

Gibraltar.

Brithys pancratu, Cyr.—Not taken in the perfect state,

but the conspicuous white-spotted black larve were

abundant on the leaves of the beautiful and fragrant

sea-lly (Pancratiwm maritimum, L.), which grows on

every sandy beach throughout the region, just above the

reach of the waves. These larvye are to be found almost

all the year round, and I bred the imago in November

and February.

Dryobota saporte, Dup.—A fairly common insect at

Gibraltar on ivy-blossom. October and November.

Mamestra serena, W. V.— Once bred from a pupa

picked up on the Rock of Gibraltar, March, 1888: a

dark and suffused specimen closely approaching the var.

corsica, Ramb.

M. dysodea, W. V.— One or two specimens found at

rest on stones, &c., on the Rock. April.

M. oleracea, L.—Not common. Bred from pupa, also

on ivy-blossom at Gibraltar, in October.

Trigonophora flammea, Ki.—A fine specimen, taken on

ivy-bloom at Gibraltar, November, 1887.

Jrom the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 385

Habryntis meticulosa, L.—Not rare, and found through-

out the year, though most frequently seen on ivy-bloom.

Gibraltar and Tangier.

Hriopus Latreilleit, Dup.—The larve of this species

were found feeding on ferns in a garden at Gibraltar,

and several imagos were bred. October, 1887.

Calocampa vetusta, Hubn.—One specimen only, on ivy-

bloom at Gibraltar, in October, 1887.

Calophasia platyptera, E.—One only, taken at Tangier,

September, 1887.

Cleophana antirrhini, Hubn.—San Roque. Found

rarely on flowers by day. May, 1887.

C. yvanti, Dup.—Only once taken, in the cork-woods,

in May, 1887.

Cucullia verbasci, L.—Not found in the perfect state,

but the larve are common in May on Verbascum sinuatum,

L., and other plants of this genus, throughout the

Gibraltar district. Imago bred in April: very dark.

C. chamomille, W. V.—I have only one note af the

occurrence of this species, in the larva-state at Gibraltar,

March, 1887.

Ewrlupia adulatriz, Bdv.—Apparently rare; one or two

worn specimens taken at Gibraltar, and a fine example

found in the sweeping-net, at Tangier, September,

1888.

Heliothis armigera, Hubn.—Not common. Found on

the beach at La Tutara, October, 1887.

H. incarnata, Fr.—Also scarce. One example in the

cork-woods, May, 1887, and another near Algeciras in

July, 1888.

HH. peltigera, W. V.—Tolerably common, at Gibraltar

and Tangier, from May to July.

Plusia chalcites, E.—A specimen of this pretty species

was bred from a pupa found ina garden at Gibraltar,

October, 1888 ; it has also occurred there at light.

P. gamma, L.—Common, but not abundant, through-

out the region; chiefly in the early spring months.

Acontia luctuosa, W. V.— Fairly plentiful in weedy

places, and at flowers of wild mint and thyme by day,

from May to September. Generally distributed.

A. lucida, Hubn., var. albicollis, F.— Rare; one at

Campamento in May, 1887, and a beautiful specimen at

Tangier in February, 1888.

Catocala elocata, K.—Several specimens of this species

386 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

were taken at rest on walls, &c., at Tangier, September,

1887 and 1888.

C. dilecta, Hubn.—A larva found feeding on Quercus

lusitanica at Algeciras on June 4th, 1888 (which, for

want of a suitable box, I was obliged to carry on board

the ship loose in my pocket), produced this fine moth on

July 138th. ;

C. promissa, W. V.— Rare; one specimen taken at

Monte de la Torre, near Algeciras, June 28th, 1888.

C’. conversa, E.—Common in June in the cork-woods,

and near Algeciras; usually at rest on the trunks of the

cork-trees.

C. nymphagoga, K.—Found with the preceding; per-

haps less common, but observed in numbers at Monte de

la Torre on June 28th, 1888. [On this day I took a

single specimen of a small Catocala, which I have as yet

been unable to identify ; but from its lacking the central

black band on the yellow secondaries, it would appear

to be referable to the American genus Allotria.]

Cerocala scapulosa, Bdy.—Found occasionally in sandy

places in the cork-woods, flying by day among Helian-

themum halimefolium. April and May.

Ophtwusa bifasciata, Petagna.— One specimen of this

pretty and curiously marked moth was taken at Tangier,

September 7th, 1888.

O. algira, L.—Also rare. Taken at San Roque, June

28th, 1887, and observed at Tangier.

Pseudophia lunaris, W. V.— Very abundant in the

larva-state on low oak-bushes in the cork-woods in May.

Imago less plentiful, but still not rare, and easily dis-

turbed by day, in April. Bred March 138th, 1888.

P. tirrhea, Cr.—A larva found feeding on a South

American tree, Schinus molle, at Gibraltar in November,

1886, produced a fine female imago, February 21st, 1887.

Spintherops spectrum, F.—The very beautiful larve of

this moth were not rare on a few bushes of Retama near

the foot of the Sierra Carbonera in May. Some fine

specimens bred, June, 1887.

Emmalia trabealis, Scop.— Apparently rare; found

near Campamento, August 23rd, 1887.

Prothymia conicephala, Staud. — One specimen taken

near San Roque, July 29th, 1887.

Trothisa ostrina, Hubn.— Generally distributed, and

common in dry places. Found from April to October.

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 387

T’. parva, Hubn.—Equally common with the preceding.

Perhaps most plentiful in August.

Metoptria monogramma, Hubn.—A common species on

the Rock of Gibraltar, and also observed at Malaga. It

has the habits of an Huclidia, and flies actively by day

among its food-plant, Psoralea bituminosa, L. April

14th to end of May.

Herminia crinalis, Tr. — Not uncommon at Gibraltar

on ivy-blossom in October, but usually in worn condition.

H. lividalis, Hibn.—A common insect on the Rock of

Gibraltar, and at Tangier, among weeds (Parietaria, &e.).

June and October.

H. obsitalis, Hibn.—Not rare on the Rock; usually

disturbed out of dark corners. September and October.

Eugonia quercaria, Hibn.—One specimen taken in

the cork-woods, June 28th, 1887.

Aspilates ochrearia, Rossi.—Not uncommon at Gibral-

tar, and usually very large and fine. I have a male

specimen taken in April, 1887, which measures 1 in.

6 lin. (= 88 mm.) in expanse.

2 Pseudosestra obtusaria { Lozogramma obtusaria, Walk.,

Cat. Lep. Het., Geometrites, xxii., p. 985 (1861) ].—

A single specimen of a Geometer, taken by beating the

undergrowth in a stone-pine plantation about two miles

north of San Roque on March 19th, 1888, is perhaps the

most remarkable capture in the region, as it appears to

be identical with Lozogramma obtusaria, described by

Walker from New Zealand, and apparently not known

from elsewhere. Of this moth there are eight examples

in the National Collection, with which the San Roque in-

sect agrees in all particulars, except that (being fresh and

in good condition) it is rather brighter and more clearly

marked than any of these specimens, all of which are

slightly worn and faded. After a careful comparison of

the Spanish insect with the New Zealand type by Mr.

Butler and myself, we can come to no other conclusion

than that they belong to one and the same species.

Ligia opacaria, Hubn.—Once taken in the cork-woods,

among Hrica, October 29th, 1887.

Terpnomicta dilectaria, Hibn.—One very small speci-

men, apparently of this species, at Tangier, in September,

1887.

Abraxas pantaria, L.—Exceedingly abundant in all its

stages on the ash-trees in the Alameda at Gibraltar,

388 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

which are frequently stripped of their leaves by the

prettily-coloured larve. It also occurs plentifully at

San Roque, Esmir, &c.; in fact wherever there are ash-

trees. The moths of the first brood, appearing in

April, are much larger than those of the second brood,

on the wing in July.

Selidosema plumaria, W. V.—Common throughout the

summer and autumn at Campamento and San Roque, in

dry bushy situations. Very much smaller than speci-

mens from the South of England.

Thamnonoma gesticularia, Hiibn.—A not uncommon

species in the cork-woods in May and June; easily dis-

turbed by day.

Fidonia plumistaria, Vill—This handsome and con-

spicuous Geometer is not rare in some heathy localities

in the cork-woods, flying in the hot sunshine in April;

also on the summit of the Sierra Carbonera, where, in

1889, I met with it as early as March 26th.

Gnophos respersaria, Hubn.— Occasionally found in

dry stony spots in the cork-woods in June. I have also

seen 1t on the Rock.

G. mucidaria, Hiibn. — Not rare on the Rock of

Gibraltar, where it comes to the gas-lamps in October.

Boarmia rhomboidaria, W. V.—Taken at Algeciras on

June 28th, 1888. Apparently rare.

Pachycnemia hippocastanaria, Habn.—Oceasionally in

heathy places in the cork-woods in May.

Anthometra plunularia, Bdv.—Not rare in June on the

borders of the cork-woods, flying in the sunshine over

low bushes of Calycotome spinosa and other thorny

Leguninose.

Nemoria herbaria, Hubn.—One specimen taken at light

at Gibraltar, October, 1888.

Acidalia (Cleta) vittaria, Hubn. — Taken at Algeciras,

flying by day, April 23rd, 1887; also near Campamento

in June.

A. ochrata, Scop.— Plentifulin dry grassy places, near

Campamento and elsewhere, in June.

A. perochraria, Rossl.—Found with the preceding, but

less common. June.

A. nexata, Hibn.—This very minute but pretty Geo-

meter is apparently not rare near Campamento, flying

by day in moist places with A. vittaria. June and

October. -

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 389

A. virgularia, Hibn.—A very plentiful species on the

Rock of Gibraltar, where it comes freely to gas-lamps.

Most common in October.

A. elongaria, Ramb.—Rare ; one specimen at Campa-

mento, May, 1887.

A. circwitaria, Hubn.—I have an example of this

species, taken at Benzus Bay in June, 1887.

A. ostrinaria, Hubn.—Occasionally taken in the cork-

woods, in June.

2 A. transmutaria, Ramb.—One specimen, apparently

referable to this species, taken at San Roque, June, 1887.

A. promutata, Guén. — Found at rest occasionally on

stones, &c., in July. Rock of Gibraltar.

A. luridata, Zell.—Taken at a gas-lamp at Gibraltar,

September, 1887.

A. emutaria, Hubn.—Rare ; one specimen at Esmir,

November 8rd, 1888.

A. imitaria, Hubn.— Also rare; found on the Rock of

Gibraltar, July 18th, 1887.

A. ornata, Scop. — Not rare, in dry flowery places at

Campamento and San Roque, from May to August; also

taken at Ksmir.

Pellonia calabraria, Zell. — Tolerably common in the

cork-woods, and on the Sierra Carbonera, at the end of

April and in May; a day-flyer.

Zonosoma pupillaria, Hubn.—Beaten out of oak in the

cork-woods in July, 1887.

Z. porata, F.—Rare; taken near San Roque in July,

1887.

Sterrha sacraria, L.—A generally abundant insect

throughout the region, and found during the greater part

of the year. Very variable.

S. consecraria, Ramb.—One specimen of this pretty

little moth picked up in the town of Gibraltar, October

9th, 1888.

Anaitis plagiata, L.—Not uncommon on flowery banks

near San Roque, in May and June; the specimens

resembling those of the second brood in England.

Chesias oblata, F. (obliquaria, W. V.).— Apparently

rare; taken at Campamento in March, 1888.

C. griseata, W. V.— Also a rarity; one found at

Gibraltar in May, 1887.

Ortholitha pertbolata, Hubn.—Not uncommon in the

cork-woods, among Hrica, on October 29th, 1887.

390 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

Phibalapteryx fluviata, Hubn. — Occasionally found

singly, at almost all times of the year, at Gibraltar ;

also taken at Esmir, November, 1888.

Larentia fluctuata, L.—Our familiar ‘“‘ garden carpet ”

is by no means a common insect at Gibraltar, but it

sometimes occurs at the gas-lamps, and at rest on walls,

chiefly in the autumn months.

L. basochesiata, Dup.—Occasionally, but rarely, taken

at gas-lamps, &c. One of the first moths noticed on the

Rock of Gibraltar, October 23rd, 1886.

L. bilineata, L.—A scarce and local insect in the

cork-woods. July.

Eupithecia centaureata, W. V.— Not uncommon at

light, &c., on the Rock in spring and autumn.

EE. satyrata, Hubn.— Occasionally found in the cork-

woods, among heath. May and June.

E. pumilata, Habn.—Tolerably common at Gibraltar

in spring and autumn; also at Tangier in March. More

uniform in colour than English specimens.

Cledeobia connectalis, Hiibn.—Tolerably common in

dry grassy places at Campamento and elsewhere. June.

Stemmatophora gadesialis, Ragonot.— One example,

taken at San Roque, July, 1887.

Scoparia angustea, Steph. — At rest on walls, &c.,

Gibraltar and Campamento, in October ; not rare.

Hellula undalis, F.—Taken in the Alameda at Gibraltar,

August, 1887.

Aporodes florais, Hubn.—Among wild mint at San

Roque ; scarce. July, 1887.

Asopia glaucinalis, L.—Rare ; Gibraltar, in October,

1887.

A. farinalis, L.—F ound with the preceding ; also rare.

October, 1887.

Eurycreon palealis, Schiff.— Not common; among

wild carrot at San Roque in May, 1887, and at Benzis

Bay in June.

Botys sanguinalis, L.— Gibraltar; not rare on dry

slopes on the Rock, April and May.

B. (Mecyna) polygonalis, L.— Scarce in the perfect

state. The larva found commonly at the Sierra Carbo-

nera on Retama, in company with that of Spintherops

spectrum.

Nomophila noctuella, Schiff. — Generally common,

especially in August.

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 391

Margarodes unionalis, Hubn.— Not rare at Gibraltar,

at ivy-blossom and light in the autumn ; also at Tangier

and Benzus Bay.

Metasia suppandalis, Hubn. — Taken amongst wild

thyme at San Roque, June, 1888.

Stenia brugierialis, Dup. — At Campamento in Sep-

tember, 1887. Apparently rare.

Myelophila cribrella, Hibn.—Not uncommon among

thistles, &c., at Campamento in May.

Ancylolomia tentaculella, Hubn.—In grassy places; at

San Roque and Campamento, September and October.

In addition to the preceding one or two species of

Geometre and several Pyrales and Crambites still remain

undetermined, being in most cases represented by single

examples in indifferent condition.

I have to acknowledge the kind assistance afforded me

by Mr. A. G. Butler and Mr. W. Warren in working out

many of the more obscure and difficult species noticed

in this paper.

5 ; at i) aw con

: i" a i : : . As v ; cet . . ; : ol it

in inti? | ti in Ae ne gu ui walt ‘i i ae e

i An

ry aX |

= tba dit) aa oper Botan dbl mien ous RT ae 4

“sia it avn om ‘muon add ich Salt loots Moxsahdjeri dap? ae |

| (et Gt PO SMOU baa ae |

ity 4 a) soak atid “alleen yi dota bythe My

HON BHAT ch gana cane de onic

“tha ii ohaosaqnas aA = nth daiceaiqn wh ieee. a.

oa eras 3 Jcltaagaantga By vind a wentmad

rout ih quan MOV ng-. 10 (add) siolhgeatrpey ahs \eulgpgllias aoe

% PP EG 408, Ct pongane andar) Deis pode (ts albeit” SS

Aik pe ot honked ani ms ut th Hiakiy aVitatitas aaneol Nar . .

tok Na) Dwi “eallist of TL ASA Nast ttt) beta aupald. iba :

tr miainceas owes 4 OQ), u cei fli and acl wm Perini me

PATH City moti nye ti saline RA Ustad Dink wrongs 0

*) a by this Boer, OTOL BOER Penis ty iran, boruunietab ie i

a. aan tha ue dea tets Weer i ‘walqninyag . ee

oxit patie 4an rid ate all Sut Litt bulrlecomion OF ovat lime 7

ja Liab eiyat tet" image OW he Pitts: “en tiaret OF du hes aia

bist Son pothoea mh ' pitti Ata" Siteede pout nts 19, “7 fats .

i | " ae, ») all 2 a

* : ‘

Pm f, ;

f 7

- “e

a ; ‘

. a, t

4 i] 7 4 " .

* re

} -

' 7

The i' e

“ "

¥ i

= .

4° roa i ;

\ bd

» ; ;

vi ‘ u ‘ ;

J au ,

= 4 A ‘ -

i ; ad

: ~ ,. &

ae J i

’= od .

ica ; a

7 : : A , B

: : : n M jj 7

‘ = - ' em ‘ i

i La —_ ’

se re, ;

i -

) c Vs ‘ $ , :

: |

; ue J 110 §

/ : fey f : up

- : ee:

4 ?

/ } By

rt |

y= ’ 1 ; S

: wie

‘ bul ;

i ' :

. :

il ri

; ; _ n

Ky 7 mer

(ei : et

( 393.)

XI. Notes on certain species of Cetoniide of the section

Goliathides. By Prof. Joun O. Westwoop, M.A.,

F.L.S., Hon. Life Pres. Ent. Soc. London.

[Read April 2nd, 1890.]

Puate XI.

Asthenorhina Stanleyana, Westw.

Nova species A. Turneri major et robustior.

Mas. Supra opacus, velutinus; capite, pronoto et scutello

olivaceo-luteis, elytris obscure rufo-brunneis, femoribus anticis valde

robustis, viridibus, supra fulvo-holosericeis, infra cum tibiis viridi-

bus ; corpore infra olivaceo-luteo ; medio sterni, pedibus 4 posticis

abdomineque viridibus nitidissimis, tarsis nigris.

Fem. Viridis nitidissima, capite antice obscure rufo, pronoti

lateribus fulvo-marginatis; elytris fulvo-tinctis, vitta tenui ex

humeris ad tubercula subapicalia extensa suturaque nigris.

Long. corp. maris lin. 15 ; foem. lin. 13.

Habitat apud Stanley Falls, Congo. In Mus. Hopeiano,

Oxonie.

This new species, which I have dedicated to the

intrepid African traveller Stanley, is considerably larger

than the type of the genus, A. T'urneri, and, like it, the

male is clothed on the upper side of the body with a

close and very short velvety pile, rendering the surface

opaque on the head and prothorax ; this pile is of a dark

fulvous colour, rather darker in front of the scutellum,

whilst on the elytra it is of a dark chestnut-red; the

scutellum is dark olivaceous, with slender paler lateral

margins, and the suture is very slender and dark green.

On each shoulder of the elytra there is a very small

polished spot, and below this is a very fine elevated line

extending to the subapical tubercle; each elytron is

terminated at the extremity of the suture by a very

small point; half-way between the longitudinal line and

the suture is another scarcely perceptible fine raised line,

united to the former at its junction with the subapical

tubercle. The front of the head, or clypeus, is subovate,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Il. (JUNE.) 2D

394 Prof. Westwood’s notes on

with the sides slightly elevated, and the fore margin is

rather deeply emarginate,, the edges finely black ; the

antenne and eyes are black. The prothorax above is

entire, without any trace of punctures, the lateral

margins are dilated from behind the eyes; the posterior

half of each lateral margin is suddenly angulated and

rather deeply emarginate, leaving the apical angle rather

acute. Beneath, the sides of the head are clothed with

pale buff pile, as is also the whole of the under side of

prothorax, except a small black central dot in front of

the mesosternal point. The whole of the meso- and meta-

sterna are clothed with pale buff pile (as are also the

broad flat coxe), except the slightly porrected sternal

point, which is extended backwards to the base of the

hind legs, and is of a brilliant green colour. This is

also the colour of the abdomen, except the lateral part

of each segment and two triangular spots on the podex,

which are clothed with pale pile. The fore legs have

the femora greatly incrassated, clothed in front with

pale pile, but otherwise brilliant green, with two small

black spines on the fore edge near the extremity, and

two other very minute ones towards the base of the front

margin ; the tibie are green above, nearly black beneath,

narrow, with a small black hooked spine at the apex,

the inner edge clothed with fine pale hairs; the tarsi

are slender and black: the four hind legs are rather

small, green beneath and black above, the middle tibiz

are slightly attenuated at a little distance from the distal

extremity, and in the two posterior tibie, in the same

position, is a small oval excavation bearing a brush of

fine fulvous hairs. The two spines at the apex of the

tibiz are distinct but small. The sternal point of the

mesosternum is small, triangular, and scarcely produced

into a lateral angle.

The maxille of the male are terminated by a small

acute horny point densely clothed with hairs, and the

mentum has the middle of its fore margin produced into

two obtuse flattened lobes, rather rounded at the tips.

The abdomen of the male has the two basal segments

with a slight central depression.

The female of A. Stanleyanais entirely destitute of the

fine coat of pale buff-coloured pile with which the male is

adorned. Itisrather smaller than the male; itis of a glossy

bright green colour, the front of the head rather strongly

certain species of Cetoniide. 395

impressed, the margins being thin and bent upwards,

the disc densely marked with small punctures and of a

dark red colour; a small fine carina runs down the

middle of the disc, with two fine raised lines extending

from its hinder end to the angles in fronu of the eyes,

which, as well as the antenne, are black; the front of

the clypeus is slightly emarginate. The prothorax is

brilliant green, finely punctured, and slightly bi-impressed

on the disc, the posterior half of its lateral edges sud-

denly angulated, behind which they are emarginate.

The scutellum is glossy green. The elytra are green

tinged with fulvous; the shoulders black, from which

runs a slender carina to the black subapical tubercle ;

between this and the suture the disc is finely rugulose, the

rugosity forming indistinct longitudinal strie, the suture

itself narrow, slightly raised and dark green; the podex

is orange-red, with the apical margin green. The body

beneath is glossy green, with the sides of the prosternum

tinged with orange. The posterior cox are densely

punctate. The femora are orange, with the tips black ;

the mesosternal process is as in the male; the anterior

tibize are broad and strongly 3-dentate. The four pos-

terior tibiz and tarsi are black, the former slightly tinged

with green. The four posterior tibie are bispinose

between the base and middle, and the apex of each is

dilated, especially in the hind pair. The ventral seg-

ments of the abdomen are entire, convex, and finely

rugulose.

Genus ASTHENORHINA.

In the year 1843 I described and figured two interesting

species of beetles belonging to the section Goliathides,

forming a distinct genus, to which, in consequence of the

unarmed head, I gave the name of Asthenorhina (Arcan.

Ent., vol. ii., p. 71, pl. 67, figs. 2 and 3). It is most

nearly allied to Tmesorrhina and Aphelorrhina, having

the fore legs robust, with thickened femora armed near

_ the tip on the anterior edge with two small acute spines,

the clypeus entire, with the fore margin slightly emargi-

nate, the maxille in the males with the apical lobe slender,

and the apex curved and acute ai the tip, the mentum

deeply and broadly notched, the prothorax with the

lateral margins strongly angulated in the middle; the

body in the two specimens represented in the plate (from

396 Prof. Westwood’s notes on

the collection of the late Mr. J. Aspinell Turner, of

Manchester) were both males, with the posterior tibie

not armed with spines, but with a fascicle of hairs on

the inside near the tip. The species inhabits Ashantee.

It is of a dark green colour, the upper surface of the

body opaque, and tinged with fulvous at the base of the

elytra, which colour varying to luteous in one of the

specimens and extending over the entire elytra, has a

broad dark green stripe extending from the shoulder to

the subapical tubercle; whereas the under surface of the

body is glossy. The length of the insects were 10 lines.

A female of this insect was subsequently obtained by

the late Captain Parry, of which I published a figure

and description in the ‘Transactions’ of the Entomo-

logical Society of London (n. s., vol. ili., 1854, p. 68, pl vi.,

fig. 4). It differs from the male in having the upper

surface of the body of a rich dark green colour and

shining, the front half of the head black and the hinder

part green, with the anterior and lateral margins elevated,

the former emarginate in the middle, and with a central

longitudinal carina slightly elevated, the epimera scarcely

visible from above, the elytra finely punctured, the

punctures wide apart; the shoulders and_ subapical

tubercles black; the body beneath is dark green and

polished, slightly and finely punctured, except the sides

of the metasternum and coxe, which are closely punc-

tured ; the legs are dark green, the fore tibie strongly

3-spined, the spines black ; the four posterior tibiz are

black, slightly glossed with green, with the tarsi black.

I subsequently obtained, for the Hopeian Collection,

another female with the head and pronotum very glossy

and rich green-coloured, the clypeus dark orange-red,

and the anterior part of the lateral margins of the pro-

notum orange; the elytra orange, with a small black

spot on the shoulder-tubercle, and another on the sub-

apical tubercle ; the scutellum and narrow suture dark

green ; the legs black, slightly glossed with green.

In 1880 Dr. Kraatz published the description and

figure of a female insect from Ashantee (which I cannot

distinguish from that of Asthenorhina Turner), to which

he has assigned the name of Platynocnemis marginicollis

(‘Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr.,’ 24 ann. 1880, p. 148,

pl. i., fig. 1), with the observation :—‘‘Da mir von

Asthenorrhina nur 3 vorliegen, von Platynocnemis nur

certain species of Cetonide. 397

ein weilchen, so bedtirfen die Angaben tiber die Bildung

der beine bei den verschedenen Geschlechtern noch

spaterer erginzungen; die Bedornung der schienen ist

bei Asthenorrhina ahnlich wie bei Platynocnemis ? aber

von der erweiterung der hinterschienen ist in Westwood’s

Abbildung nichts zu sehen.”’*

Goliathus Fornassinit ? and G. Higginsit.

I recently (November last) received from Mr. A. T.

Glama, of St. Petersburg, a sketch of a male of a species

of Goliath beetle (which is copied in Plate XI., fig. 4)

from Accra, W. Africa, which appears to be allied, so

far as the head is concerned, to Goliathus (Goliathinus)

Fornassinii of Bertolinii, the male of which, from

Zambesi, is represented in my ‘Thesaurus Entomolo-

gicus,’ pl. 1, fig. 1, from the late Mr. Turner’s collection,

and the female by M. Thomson, in the ‘ Annals’ of the

French Entomol. Society, 1856, pl. vii., fig. 1, and

which agrees with Mr. Glama’s insect in having the

anterior tibie bidentate. The latter insect has the head

and prothorax very black, the latter without the longi-

tudinal yellow lines, the elytra brown (brun foncé) with

yellow spots, and the legs (jambes tres noir), the head

and eyes pitchy black; the thorax with deep punctures ;

the prothorax very broad, subheptagonal, with an angu-

lated depression in the middle.

The insect seems also to approach, in the subhepta-

gonal form of the prothorax, the female insect of which

I figured in ‘ Thesaurus Entomol.,’ pl. 2, fig. 7, under

the name of Goliathus Higginsii, from Tropical Africa.

As illustrating these rare insects I have added a copy of

my figure of this insect to the present plate. The male

being unknown, I cannot refer it satisfactorily to its

generic position.

** In both the figures of Asthenorrhina Turneri 3, above referred

to, the slight emargination or impression near the apex of the two

posterior tibiz is clearly shown.

398 Notes on certain species of Cetoniide.

EXPLANATION OF Puate XI.

Fig. 1. Asthenorhina Stanleyana, male; 1a, maxilla of male;

1b, mentum of ditto.

2. Ditto, female.

3. Goliathus Higginsiti ; 3a, maxilla; 86, mentum.

4. Goliathus Fornassinii, copied from Mr. Glama’s sketch.

(Urs99r +)

XII. On the structure of the terminal segment wm some

male Hemiptera. By Davip Suarp, M.B., F.L.S.,

HE Oay CoC.

[Read February 5th, 1890. |

PLATES SOW, Ochre, & XV.

THE arrangement of the subjects is as follows :—

1. Introductory.

2. Description of the parts in various species.

3. Comparative observations on the separate structures.

4. General remarks.

I. Introductory.

Although entomologists are now becoming acquainted

with the remarkable and complicated structures con-

nected with the organs of the male devoted to the fer-

tilisation of the eggs of the female, it is probable that

the subject has even yet not received so much attention

as it deserves, and as it will doubtless secure in the

future. There are several reasons for this comparative

neglect; among them may be mentioned the extremely

complex and varied nature of the structures: this not

only renders them most difficult to describe intelligibly,

but also has hitherto made it impossible to homologise

the various parts seen in different insects, so that no

satisfactory system of nomenclature for them has been

established. ‘To this may be added the great difficulty

that exists in forming any idea of their true function.

I have recently been examining some heteropterous

bugs, and I have found these structures in them remark-

ably easy of examination, and to a certain extent,

perhaps, comprehensible as regards their function; and

as very little, so far as I have been able to find, has been

written about them, I have thought the following remarks

about a few Pentatomide might possibly be of some

value, notwithstanding their very imperfect and desultory

nature.

TRANS. ENT. SOc. LOND. 1890.—ParT 111. (SEPT.) 25

400 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

In order to make my descriptions intelligible, I must

briefly sketch the general conditions prevailing in the

Pentatomide, as to the structure of the terminal (or

genital) segment in the male sex.

First, it forms a cavity or chamber widely open

externally, which I shall call the terminal chamber, and

in this open chamber are placed the following structures,

viz.:—l. The part of the male organs through which

pass the membranous structures connected with the

ejaculatory duct; this I shall call the edeagus. 2. The

termination of the alimentary canal; this is free and

very mobile, and forms a sort of tail: I shall therefore

call it the rectal- andes 3. Some accessory pieces or

appendages, viz., a, lateral, one on each side; b, inferior,

a single piece. The general arrangement of these parts

is that the rectal-cauda is in the middle above, and

completely overlaps and covers the cedeagus, which is

usually so completely concealed that I had examined

many specimens without suspecting its existence until 1

discovered it by dissection; the lateral appendages are

placed near the side-walls of the segment, one on each

side, and are in many species very mobile, though in

other cases very little power of movement appears to be

present: the inferior accessory piece is placed on the

middle of the inferior part of the segment directly below

the termination of the rectal-cauda.

These parts exist in all the Pentatomide I have

examined, and though so variable in form from species

to species that they are not similar in any two I have

seen, yet they are in all clearly homologous. There is

another part, of a very peculiar and important nature,

that is nearly always (perhaps I might say absolutely

always) present, viz., a tubular or cylindrical structure,

fastened to the inner face of the floor of the chamber,

and completely surrounding the cedeagus ; it is, in fact,

a fence or hedge, open only above; I will speak of it as

the theca.

In order to complete this brief outline of the nomen-

clature I have used, I should add that the transverse

deflexed wall separating the anterior part of the segment

from the open posterior part is called the diaphragm, and

that there frequently exists on each side of this diaphragm

and close to the rectal-cauda a projection of variable

form, which I have called the superior lateral process.

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 401

The posterior edge of the segment, which is very variable

in form, is called the lip.

In reference to the Plates XII., XIII., XIV., which

illustrate the following descriptions, I must say a few

words of explanation. Such figures are very difficult to

draw, owing to its being far from easy to see with

definiteness into the depths of the chamber in which the

pieces are placed; thus anyone who has not dissected

specimens fails to catch the relations of the pieces,

especially at their bases and in the depths of the

chamber, and this has happened in the case of several

of the figures here given. ‘The structures, too, are much

more delicate than the plates give an impression of, so

that, owing to this and to the absence of colour in them,

they do not convey at all adequately the idea of elegance

and ornamentation which I think would be perceived by

all who inspect the parts in their natural—especially if

fresh—condition.

Il. Descriptions of the male characters in some species

of Pentatonide.

Owing to the kindness of my friend Mr. W. L. Distant,

who has determined the species for me, and given me

such other information as I sought from him, the names

here used are no doubt correct ; a most important point

in such descriptions.

1. Tesseratoma nigripes, Dall.* (subfam. Tesserato-

mine). Hab. N. India. Fig. 2, Pl. XIJ.— The rectal-

cauda is quite short and very broad, and its hind margin

ciliate; behind it, but a little beyond it, there projects

upwards the inferior process, which is of very hard con-

sistence, subacuminate at the extremity, and concave in

front; there is a space between it at the apex of the

rectal-cauda, and there does not appear to be any special

provision for defending the orifice of this latter part.

The lateral appendages are very large and of complex

form, the inner margin of each is accurately adapted to

the side of the rectal-cauda, and, passing close to the

inferior process, is furnished at the apex with a small

abruptly bent-in process, which, when the inferior appen-

** This species has the peculiarity of having the lower wings

beautifully coloured.

2n2

402 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

dage is depressed, is pressed upon by it, so that co-

ordinated action between the inferior and the lateral

appendages perhaps exists.

In this species the open face of the terminal chamber

is very large, but is directed entirely upwards, and can

be completely closed by the mere apposition of the

inferior face of the hemi-elytra; at the hind margin of

the chamber there is a large triangular incrassation pro-

jecting anteriorly, and the apex of this process serves as

a support to the extremity of the inferior accessory

appendage when this is depressed.

2. Tesseratoma papillosa, Drury. Hab. China. Fig.

3, Pl. XI1.— The position, arrangement, and relations

of the pieces is similar to that described in the preceding

species, but the shape of the chamber behind, and the

texture, sculpture, and clothing of the various parts is

quite different. These latter points are probably corre-

lative with the striking difference in the colour and

texture of the dorsal segments of the hind body in these

two species.

3. Tesseratoma malaya, Stal. Hab. Hills of N. India.

Fig. 1, Pl. X1J.—Similar to T. nigripes, but with well-

marked distinctions in the form of the lateral appen-

dages.

4. Husthenes eurytus, Distant (subfam. Tesserato-

mine). Hab. N. India.—The rectal-cauda is here very

short, not very broad, and only partially covers the

cedeagus ; only the bifid process terminating the latter

can, however, be perceived, owing to the great develop-

ment of the theca: this theca is of a most remarkable

nature in this insect, being white and deeply striate, so

that when the insect is in the natural condition of damp-

ness it has the appearance of an assemblage of minute

rods. Whether this be a post-mortem condition due to

shrivelling I do not know. The rectal-cauda, in the

only specimen at my disposal, is surrounded at the base

by a folded and corrugate membrane, and I expect this

permits the cauda to be slightly extended downwards so

as to cover the theca. ‘The inferior process is sub-

acuminate at the extremity and concave in front, similar,

in fact, to that of J'esseratoma, but smaller; the lateral

appendages are very different in form from those of

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 4035

Tesseratoma, especially as regards the internal terminal

process, and I do not know whether this can be brought

into such a position as to be pressed upon by the inferior

process. There is no inerassation of the lip of the

chamber in the middle behind.

The colour of the dorsal plates of the hind body in this

insect is in life magnificent, being of a brilliant metallic

colour, in tint between violet and purple. This fades

after death, but may be restored by thoroughly wetting

the insect.

The diaphragm projects strongly on each side of the

cauda in an angular manner, forming thus a superior

lateral process of a much less perfectly differentiated

character than it assumes in many other species where

it is present.

5. Husthenes pratti, Dist. Hab. Central China. Fig. 4,

Pl. XIJ.—The cauda is short, not deflexed, but projecting

backwards, fuscous in colour, with white membranous

extremity, the orifice open and exposed; the diaphragm

surrounding the base of the cauda is white, membranous.

The theea is a nearly transparent, white, longitudinally

striated structure: from its middle projects the extremity

of the cedeagus. This organ also is quite white, and

appears semimembranous, but is really of chitinous con-

sistency ; its exposed part is of irregular form, but

possesses a large cleft along the middle, and from this

there projects a perfectly transparent, very elongate,

thread-like structure (the true intromittent organ, I

presume): within the theca, on each side, there is a

slender free wing, something like a small compressed

rod; this is rather darker in colour than the other parts

of the cedeagus.

The lateral appendages are placed rather deep down,

and are therefore not very conspicuous, but are of com-

plex form; the terminal part of each forms two lobes,

one of which is slender and polished, and reflexed

upwards just before the orifice of the cauda, its extremity

just touching that of its fellow of the opposite side; the

other lobe is much broader, placed more externally, and

bears much long pubescence. ‘The inferior process is

placed just below the inner pair of the lobes of the lateral

appendage, and is shaped like the terminal portion of

the bowl of a spoon.

404. Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

There is in this species an additional or superior

lateral process on each side, in the shape of a projection

inwards from the outer wall of the segment; it is a

polished subacuminate process of black colour, placed at

the side of the cauda just at the termination of the

diaphragm.

In the figure of this species (Fig. 4, Pl. XII.) the

shape of the segment is not well rendered, and the

inferior process is not correct in shape.

6. Hurostus grossipes, Walk. (subfam. Tesseratomine).

Hab. N. India.—Of this remarkable species I have only

a mutilated individual of the male sex at my disposal.

The characters are in most respects similar to those of

the other Tesseratomine I have described, more especially

to Husthenes eurytus, but with differences in all the

details, and with the important distinction that the

inferior accessory process does not project upwards

behind the processes of the lateral appendages, but

remains below them: the rectal-cauda is moderately

long, with its outer face deplanate, and it conceals the

cedeagus, which is surrounded by a striated theca of

pallid colour, but apparently of much less _ perfect

structure than that of Husthenes eurytus; the lateral

appendages are large, and each is terminated by a free

slender process extending upwards and backwards, and

a little curved.

7. Aspongopus obscurus (subfam. Dinidorine). Hab.

Assam.—The arrangements of the parts are similar to

those of T’esseratoma, the lateral appendages being, how-

ever, very different in form; they are curved round

behind the inferior process, and meet together in the

middle at some little distance behind this inferior pro-

cess, with which they are perfectly co-ordinated when

the latter is depressed, and they are, too, furnished with

a few elongate sete at the points where the parts come

into contact. A second species of the genus from the

same locality differs chiefly in that the lateral appen-

dages are still larger, and are in close contact with the

inferior process.

8. Piezosternum subulatum, Fab. (subfam. Dinidorine).

Hab. Bogota. Fig. 10, Pl. XIJJ.— The structures in

this insect are so very different from those of Aspongopus

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 405

that the propriety of placing the two insects in the same

subfamily may be doubted; the segment is, in fact, quite

different in its plan from any other Pentatomid I have

seen, and seems to approach in some respects the family

Pyrrhocoride. When the hemi-elytra are opened and

the insect first inspected it seems as if all the parts were

absent; the floor of the terminal chamber projects

backwards, and its sides are curved upwards so that an

imperfect cavity is formed, and.all that can be seen is a

transverse projection on the upper part of the anterior

wall of this very open cavity. This is, however, due to

the very great retractility of the terminal segment, and

when the segment is extended to its full length, it is seen

that the anterior part, which was covered during re-

traction by the preceding segment of the body, is the

true terminal chamber, and the part behind it that was

exposed is merely an adventitious growth. ‘The orifice

of the true terminal chamber looks directly upwards,

but does not occupy anything like the whole of the upper

aspect of the chamber, but is confined to an oval space

on its centre; the orifice, too, is in larger part filled up

by the rectal-cauda, which is not at all deflexed, but

forms a horizontal roof in the position I have mentioned:

immediately behind it there are two small projections

nearly meeting in the middle; these are the lateral

appendages ; the projection I have alluded to previously

as seen on the upper part of the anterior wall of the

adventitious posterior cavity, it is now seen occupies the

position of the inferior process. Although it has the

form and somewhat the position of that part, as described

in the Tesseratomine, it differs in the important fact

that it is not articulated, and also, of course, in the fact

that it is placed altogether behind the lateral accessory

processes, instead of in front of their terminations.

In considering the functions of the different parts

hereafter, I shall state that I consider the function of

the inferior lateral process to be that it determines the

exact direction to be taken by the cedeagus when it is

protruded, or rather deflexed. It is possible that the

projection 1 am now speaking of in P. subulatum may

have this function, though I very much doubt it.

On lifting up the rectal-cauda (and this is very easily

done when the specimen is duly relaxed) the very large

theca is seen occupying the greater part of the chamber,

406 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

and exposed in its upper part are the terminal pair of

processes of the cedeagus.

9. Megarhynchus limatus, H.-S. (subfam. Pentato-

mine). Hab. Assam. Fig. 18, Pl. XIII.— Passing to

the subfamily Pentatomine, we find the structures not

only very different in appearance from those already

considered, but evidently distinct in some of their fune-

tions. First, the position of the open face of the terminal

chamber is different; instead of looking upwards it is

directed backwards, and it is more completely withdrawn

into the preceding segment; but when so retracted the

structures by which the segment is closed are quite con-

spicuous without dissection, or even without the segment

being extended or drawn out of its receptacle in the

preceding segment.

In the extremely delicate and elegant I. limatus, the

most conspicuous point in these parts is the rectal-

cauda; this is delicately tinted, and extends downwards

longitudinally along the segment, which it in great part

closes; it is pointed at the extremity. On each side of

it are seen the, also very conspicuous, lateral appen-

dages ; these are comparatively slender and free, and are

somewhat like curvate compressed horns. The inferior

process is a slightly raised, transverse ridge along the

floor of the segment, and is emarginate in the middle so

that the terminal point of the rectal-cauda fits accurately

into it, and thus completely closes the orifice of the

terminal chamber. Having only one specimen of this

insect in my possession, I am unable to speak of the

condition of the cedeagus and the theca; but the species

is an interesting form, as the structures are much less

highly evoluted than they are in the next forms of

Pentatomine I shall describe. Our European Acantho-

soma tristriatus 1s somewhat allied in the structure of

these parts to Megarhynchus, but is still more imperfect.

Pig. 9 ae ls xis

10. Nezara sp., near acuta, Dall. (subfam. Pentato-

mine). Hab. Madagascar. Figs. 11a, 11b, 12, Pl. XIII.

—This species, for which I am unable to find a specific

name, was obtained by the Rev. Deans Cowan at Marosika,

twenty miles north of Mahanoro, east coast of Mada-

cascar, and is probably undescribed. The terminal

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 407

seoment in the male is very retractile, and in the con-

dition of repose is drawn so completely into the body

that when the insect is looked at from above or below

the segment appears to be entirely absent, but looked at

from behind all the parts of the structure are displayed,

and present a very remarkable appearance; the segment

may be easily withdrawn by extension from the protection

of the body, and it is then seen that the remarkable

processes of the terminal chamber are really greatly

exposed. Inthe middle there is seen a structure pre-

senting a concavity somewhat lke an oyster- or scallop-

shell in shape, with raised margins: this is a portion of

the rectal-cauda ; on each side posteriorly the angles of

the segment are flexed upwards and dilated, and are

remarkably irregular in form; above them the superior

angles of the chamber project backwards, and form on

each side a process somewhat similar to the posterior

angles; there is no inferior process behind the rectal-

cauda ; the lateral appendages are concealed in the large

irregularly-shaped fissure existing between the superior

and inferior angles, as above described, and the tip of

the appendage just comes into contact with the peculiarly

raised black margin of the reflexed inferior angle: on

the middle of the dorsal part of the segment there is

seen projecting backwards a process which, seen from

above, looks very like the rectal-cauda of the T'esserato-

mine, and which, occupying as it does exactly the same

position, would naturally be supposed to be the homo-

logue of that part: but this is not so; this projection is

a portion of the anterior chamber projecting backwards,

and in all probability is homologous with the corrugated

membrane I have described as existing at the base of

the rectal-cauda in Husthenes eurytus.

The rectal-cauda examined in detail is of remarkable

structure ; its basal part is placed under the process just

mentioned, and is quite delicate and membranous, but

immediately beyond this its outer aspect is developed

into the peculiar shell-like structure I have already

mentioned ; beyond this shell-like piece there is a narrow

chitinous strip, deflexed so as to be placed almost at

right angles to the preceding part of the cauda, and the

orifice of this cauda is directed quite downwards, and is

surrounded by a protruding pale membrane.

The membranous basal portion of the rectal-cauda

408 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

acts as a sort of hinge, and allows the part to be

lifted, and when this is done the cedeagus and its

theca are seen placed just beneath the membranous

basal part of the cauda; the theca is a large tubular

or conico-tubular structure open at top only, and there

displaying the extremity of the edeagus, which consists

of an extremely delicate minute tube and of a pair of

plate-like lobes projecting just beyond the theea.

The reflexed and elevated posterior angles of the

chamber in this species are, I think, clearly homologous

with the transverse line, which I have described in

Megarhynchus limatus as being the inferior process, and

it should be noticed that different entirely as this part is

from the inferior accessory appendage of the Tesserato-

mine, yet the two have this in common, viz., that the

tips of the lateral appendages are co-ordinated with the

inferior appendage, so that the two have clearly a rela-

tion in their movements.

11. Nezara viridula, L. Hab. Madagascar. Fig. 16,

Pl. XI11.—This insect, though possessing a great super-

ficial resemblance to Nezara sp.?, described above,

differs so strongly from it in the male characters that 1

doubt whether the two can be correctly placed in the

same genus. The characters, as will be seen on a com-

parison of the figures, are similar to those of the genus

Lidessa.

12. Nezara marginata, De Beauvois. Hab. Volcan de

Chiriqui, Panama. Fig. 17, Pl. XII1.— The characters

are very similar to those of Nezura sp.?, from Mada-

gascar, the distinctions being in size and form of the

various parts.

18. Dalpada oculata (subfam. Pentatomine). Hab.

Assam.—The external characters, so far as I can see

them in the only individual I possess, are not very

remarkable ; the rectal-cauda is very large, elongate,

and greatly detlexed, and possesses along the middle a

fine line having the appearance of a suture; the lateral

appendages are very large, and are shining and polished,

in strong contrast to the contiguous parts: there is

apparently a small inferior process in the form of a

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 409

raised carina placed quite underneath the apex of the

rectal-cauda. ‘The cedeagus I am unable to see.

The most remarkable peculiarity in this insect is that

the floor of the terminal chamber is divided at the

bottom very far forwards, so that by a very slight pro-

jection of the rectal-cauda excrementitious matter is

ejected outside the organism.

14. Cappea taprobanensis (subfam. Pentatomine). Hab.

Assam.—In this curiously coloured species the terminal

segment is of smaller size than usual, and the lateral

appendages are so deeply placed that Iam not able to

describe their form, to do which a special dissection

would be necessary. The floor of the terminal chamber

is deeply divided in the middle as far as the extremity of

the rectal-cauda. This is narrower towards the apex,

without sculpture, and overlaps the inferior process,

which is therefore concealed by it. Though the species

resembles Dalpada oculata in having the floor of the

terminal chamber divided deeply, to allow the deposition

of the excrement outside the segment, yet in the lateral

appendages the two appear to be entirely different.

15. Stilida indecora, Stal (subfam. ?). Hab. Queens-

land. Figs. 5, 5a, 5b, Pl. XII. — The rectal-cauda is

quite short, not deflexed, and the posterior part of its

upper surface has a triangular area that is roughly

punctured and pubescent. The cedeagus is quite con-

cealed, but, on cutting off the rectal-cauda, it is seen to

be very large, completely filling up the theca in which it

is placed, and having the appearance of being a densely-

packed bundle of corrugated membrane which has a

groove in its posterior aspect, and in this there is placed

a free, slender, slightly curved, chitinous ligula. The

theca is smooth and polished. The lateral appendages

are small, are placed very close to the rectal-cauda, and

project backwards behind it as two slender, elongate,

curved processes, whose apices just meet in the mesial

line. ‘The inferior process is almost entirely concealed

by the rectal-cauda, but when this latter part is removed

the inferior process is seen to be a rather slender, elon-

gate ligula, placed immediately behind the theca, pro-

jecting backwards and upwards, quite smooth and

polished, except a smooth portion at the tip, which is

depressed and roughly sculptured.

410 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

16. Edessa rufo-marginata, DeGeer (subfam. Pentato-

mine). Hab. Central America. Figs. 6,7, Pl. XIL., 8, 9,

Pl. XIII.—The rectal-cauda is very large, and is curved

from above downwards, so that its orifice is not at all

displayed, being, in fact, closely adpressed to the floor of

the terminal chamber. The basal part of the cauda is

quite cylindrical, smooth, and shining, but the median

part of the cauda is thickened, and forms an angular

chitinous process on each side ; the two processes, viewed

from behind, form together a flattened prominence, each

outer edge of which is curved, and is densely fringed

with cilie directed outwards; the lower part of the

cauda below the prominence is transversely striate.

The cedeagus is completely concealed by the cauda, but

when this is removed the cedeagus is seen as a hard

symmetrically formed polished black object, only the

apex of which projects from the theca by which it is

closely embraced, the theca forming, in fact, in the case

of this species, a part of the cedeagus ; the cedeagus has

its free apex deeply and broadly grooved, and at the

bottom of the groove in the middle there is a minute

round orifice. The lateral appendages are large, and

have a very irregularly formed terminal portion. There

is no inferior appendage ; but in this species there exists

on each side a superior lateral process, projecting from

the anterior wall of the terminal chamber : each process

is bifid, and the edge of the posterior arm of the lateral

appendage moves inward against the cleft.

17. Edessa cornuta, Burm. Hab. Guatemala, San

Geronimo. Fig. 15, Pl. XI11.—The general disposition of

the parts is similar to what has been described in HL.

rufo-marginata, but the shape of the lateral appendages

is very different, and the ornamentation of the lower

part of the rectal-cauda is very inferior.

18. Edessa sp. Hab. 8. America, Corrientes. Fig. 14,

Pl. XIII.—Although a very obscure insect, the develop-

ment of the rectal-cauda is remarkable, and I have

therefore figured it.

19. Pharypia pulchella, Drury. Hab. Pantaleon,

Guatemala. Fig. 13, Pl. XII.— The segment in this

species is entirely black, and as the sides are a good deal

produced beyond the pieces seated in the chamber, these

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 411

are difficult to see, and are not quite correctly rendered

in the figure. The cauda has an angular incrassation

on each side (though not so represented in fig. 18), and

the apices of the lateral appendages project, one on each

side, as an obtuse rounded lobe; in the middle of the

lip there is a small angular excision.

20. Catacanthus incarnatus, Drury (subfam. Pentato-

mine). Hab. HE. India. Fig. 20, Pl. XIII. — Of this

very beautiful bug I have only one male example

at my disposal, and the arrangement of the parts of

the genital segment is so complex. and peculiar that

these cannot be explained satisfactorily without breaking

up a specimen. ‘The lip of the segment is very deeply

divided ; the cauda appears to be short, and to bear

a ciliate ovate ornament; the lateral appendages are

very elongate, tusk-like processes, and there is a large

superior lateral process on each side. In addition to

this there are some peculiar complicated objects pro-

jecting from within, or from beneath the cauda, and

these I cannot at present reconcile with anything I have

seen in other species.

21. Cantao ocellata (subfam. Scutellerine). Hab. Hima-

laya.—The terminal segment is completely covered by

the scutellum, and the tips of the wings project back-

wards beyond it. On extracting the segment it is seen

that the rectal-cauda is moderately long, and is partly

coloured black and yellow, and is hairy ; it is closed at

the extremity by a valvular membrane, at the base it is

somewhat constricted, and is embraced on each side by

the diaphragm, which is horizontal in its direction and

emarginate for the reception of the base of the cauda,

and emits forwards on each side a small, curved, corneous

process closely applied to the cauda. On lifting the

cauda the large theca is seen; it is transversely striate :

the wdeagus cannot be seen. ‘The inferior process forms

a large inverted arch, which can be seen on the floor of

the chamber below the cauda. The lateral appendage is

seen on each side of the cauda as a small polished

rounded process, whose extremity scarcely extends back-

wards at all beyond the diaphragm, which, as already

stated, forms here a horizontal root.

412 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

22. Chrysocoris ornatus, Dall. (subfam. Scutellerine).

Hab. N. Indian Hills. Fig. 24, Pl. XIV.—This is a very

highly modified form, so far as the external parts of the

male segment are concerned. The diaphragm is very

abruptly folded in, is corneous, but is pallid in colour,

and is marked by numerous series of black file-like (or .

comb-like) asperities, arranged so as to form a pattern ;

there are altogether about fifty rows (of very different

lengths) of these curious processes.*

The rectal-cauda is large, and extends nearly to the

floor of the segment ; it is in greater part corneous, but

has a large sharply defined membranous patch at the

extremity. The theca and edeagus I cannot see. The

lateral appendages are of peculiar form, and are seen,

one on each side, as abruptly bent hooks, projecting

towards the cauda; each hook bears on its basal part a

patch of pubescence. The inferior process is a sharply

defined carina, depressed in the middle, extending all

across the floor of the segment, below the orifice of the

cauda.

23. Calliphara obscura, Hope (subfam. Scutellerine). .

Hab. N. Borneo ?. Fig. 25, Pl. X[V.—The floor of the

terminal chamber is much produced posteriorly, and at the

truncate apical angle on each side there is a large patch

of peculiar scales similar to those mentioned in C.

ornatus, though so different in their position. The

rectal-cauda is large, laterally subcompressed, and sub-

carinate along the middle. The lateral appendage is a

large horn-like process, much curved outwards, with

dilated base. The inferior process can scarcely be dis-

tinguished.

24. Pecilochroma lata (subfam. Scutellerine). Hab.

Assam. Figs. 21, 22, 22a, 22b, Pl. XIV.—In this species

the rectal-cauda is less deveolped than it is in any other

Pentatomine I have examined, and appears merely as a

small rounded process of a reddish colour pendent from

the upper part of the terminal segment. There is appa-

rently no theca, and owing to this fact, and to the small

size of the cauda, the cedeagus is exposed; as seen

* Comb-like processes similar to these are found on the accessory

male organs of some Staphylinide, where the male characters are

very extremely developed, as in Plociopterus, for example.

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 413

without dissection its large upper face is noticed to be

bifid. On taking out the cedeagus it is found to be a

very remarkable organ; it is divided by a transverse

joint into two parts: of these the lower is probably the

theca; it is nearly cylindrical, polished, and bears some

longitudinally raised lines ; from the joint between it and

the apical part of the cdeagus there spring, on the

posterior aspect, two curious elongate tentacular pro-

cesses of pallid colour; the apical half is of more com-

plex structure, and is divided into two parts by a longi-

tudinal cleft: on the posterior aspect, at the base of this

cleft, there is an oval process just between the two

tentacles I have already described; on the front aspect

there is a prominent pointed process projecting, and on

each side of this a pallid tentacle considerably shorter

than those on the posterior aspect ; the terminal face of

the cedeagus presents the appearance of a broad truncate

process of pallid colour, cleft along the middle, and

bearing on each side of the cleft a large black oval

prominence, the extremity of each prominence being

tree and pendent over the front of the cedeagus.

The lateral appendages in Peecilochroma lata are not

very conspicuous, but consist of a polished spinose hook,

placed one on each side, the apex of each hook being a

little broader, so as to form achisel-like edge. A second

smaller hook, the superior lateral process, crosses the

larger hook near its base, as if to afford it support.

The inferior process is absent on the mesial line, but

on each side there is a raised carina extending far

upwards, and it is from the upper part of this carina

that proceeds the second hook I have mentioned above

under the name of the superior lateral process.

25. Pecilochroma hardwicki, Hope (subfam. Scutel-

lering). Hab. Himalaya. Fig. 23, Pl. XIV.—On ex-

tracting the terminal segment of the male, it is found to

be broad, and the rectal-cauda is short, of a pallid tawny

colour, hairy, and bears on each side of its upper face a

curvate pointed spine or horn: the diaphragm is mem-

branous and pallid in colour. On lifting the cauda the

very large theea is displayed ; it is smooth and polished :

the edeagus cannot be seen. The inferior process is seen

below the cauda as a ridge or carina forming a curve

with the concavity upwards. The lateral appendage is

414 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

seen on each side as a small, polished, curved process,

projecting inwards from the lateral wall of the chamber,

which is itself here prominent and projecting inwards.

26. Calidea baro (subfam. Scutellerine). Hab. Hima-

laya.—The terminal segment in the male, when extracted,

appears to be entirely closed behind by a polished curtain,

extending from the roof to the floor, and marked down

the middle by a longitudinal groove; this curtain is the

posterior face of the rectal-cauda, which is peculiar; the

anterior face of the cauda is quite membranous, pallid

in colour, and totally different from the external face ;

the tip of the cauda is closed by a membrane. On

taking off the cauda it is found that the parts covered

by it are difficult to distinguish well, being seated far

forwards, and much enclosed ; the theca is placed at the

bottom of the segment, and from it projects forwards

and upwards; this consists (so far as I can see in one

example and without dissection) of five elongate rods,

connected by a material of less hard texture, and of

more pallid colour. The lateral appendages form two

shell-like laminz, placed just behind the theca, and very

deeply seated. The inferior process is a carina forming

an inverted arch, whose arms are directed much forwards

as well as upwards. There is a very prominent hooked

process fixed to each side of the inner wall of the

chamber, near its upper part.

27. Brachyplatys sp.? (subfam. Plataspine). Hab.

Old Calabar. Fig. 26, Pl. X1V.—The lip of the terminal

chamber projects beyond the body so as to form a floor

(the shaded part in figure, which is really horizontal in

direction, though in the figure it looks perpendicular) ;

there are no sides to the chamber, and the rectal-cauda

has a small process closely applied to the extremity of

the body and exposed posteriorly, though somewhat pro-

tected above by the slightly overhanging termination of

the scutellum. The lateral appendages form two slender

filaments. In the figure they are represented too large

and not sufficiently close to the roof, or hind margin, of

the scutellum.

28. Brachyplatys sp.? (subfam. Plataspine). Hab.

Marosika, Madagascar (Cowan). Fig. 27, Pl. XIV.—The

terminal chamber has here disappeared, and the rectal-

terminal segment in sone male ILemiptera. 415

cauda is a small papillary process, exposed at the lower

part of the perpendicular shell-like process that forms

the extremity of the abdomen. The lateral appendages

are two very slender, small, curved spines, closely

applied to the cauda, and not distinguishable without

examination.

29. Taricha nitens, Dallas (subfam. Plataspine). Hab.

Burmah. Fig. 28, Pl. X1V.—The terminal chamber is

here also absent, and the small rectal-cauda is exposed

at the apex of the body, but is somewhat protected by

this being a little concave and somewhat overarched by

the extremity of the scutellum. ‘The lateral appendages

are small curved spines, and the inferior process appa-

rently exists as a small piece placed below, and closely

applied to the rectal-cauda.

III. Comparative remarks on the various preces.

The posterior or terminal chamber.—The terminal seg-

ment of the male in the Pentatomide consists of two

parts—1, the terminal chamber, which is open above, or

both above and behind; and 2, the anterior chamber,

which is covered in, and contains, in addition to other

structures, some powerful muscles. The general form

of the segment is that of a cylindrical or conical body, of

which a portion has been sliced off. The separation

between the two chambers is effected in larger part by a

diaphragm, which descends from the upper part more or

less obliquely ; this diaphragm thus forms the anterior

wall of the posterior or terminal chamber.

In a large number of species the terminal chamber

has its opening upwards; in Nezara and a number of

others its open aspect is directly backwards ; in Piezo-

sternum the growth forming this chamber has become so

extensive that it forms a completely closed receptacle,

with an opening only in the middle of the roof, while

behind it there is formed. a portion of yet another

chamber, a remarkable phenomenon which I have not

found in any other Pentatomid. On the other hand,

in the Plataspine, the posterior chamber is absent, but

there exist on the end of the body the foundations, as it

were, marking out its plan; and in the species of Brachy-

platys, figured Pl. XIV., fig. 26, a portion of the floor of

the chamber is present, and in another member of the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—Part WI. (SEPT.) 2F

416 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

group, not otherwise mentioned in this paper, the

structure and position of the terminal chamber is quite

different from anything I have described; so that

evidently in this group very extraordinary modifications

are to be found.

The anterior chamber I shall not further allude to, as

the parts with which I am now concerned are situated

in the posterior chamber. Passing to this part: it will

be seen that its posterior margin is to a greater or less

extent unoccupied ; this part may be conveniently called

the lip, this term including the space between the inferior

process and the hind margin of the segment. The lip

varies extremely in its form; it may be prolonged in the

middle, the prolongation differing in size and shape

according to the species, or it may, on the contrary, be

deeply divided along the middle, being thus more or less

completely cleft into two halves. Cantao ocellata is an

example of a species with the lip prolonged in the middle,

while Dalpada oculata is one in which it is deeply

divided.

In the species of T'esseratoma the lip bears in the

middle a large raised process extending forwards towards

the inferior process. I have not observed a similar pro-

cess in any other genus.

The diaphragm.—Thisis the part that limits the posterior

chamber in front, where it appears as a deflection of the

upper surface on each side of and around the cauda ; it

differs greatly in its direction, in some descending per-

pendicularly, in others remaining nearly horizontal : it

also differs greatly in texture, colour, and sculpture, and

in the clothing it bears. It appears in its most remark-

able condition in Chrysocoris ornatus, where it is very

abruptly inflexed, pallid in colour, and large in extent,

and ornamented with patches of black scales or asperi-

ties.

The rectal-cauda.—The rectal-cauda, or the cauda, as

it may for the sake of brevity be better called, is the

most remarkable of the external male characters in the

Pentatomide. It differs, however, greatly in the different

species and genera. It is comparatively insignificant in

Pecilochroma lata, but becomes a truly extraordinary

process in Edessa, in Nezara, and in Catacanthus. In the

larger T'esseratomine,—genera Tesseratoma, Husthenes,

and Eurostus,—it is horizontal in its direction, and

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 417

merely projects as a short horizontal process, termi-

nating in the middle of the posterior chamber. In

Edessa it extends the whole length of the segment along

its middle, the orifice of the cauda being closed by appo-

sition with the floor of the chamber at the part I have

called the lip. In this genus, as well as in Nezara and

Catacanthus, the cauda is ornamented by thickened pro-

cesses or bosses, which are frequently covered with

symmetrically curved ciliz.

Excepting only in Pecilochroma lata, the cauda covers

up the cedeagus, and for this purpose its under face is

very peculiarly formed, being hollowed by a large cavity,

the lips of which differ much in form and other respects

in different species. In those genera where the cauda

is elongate, Nezara and Edessa, e.g., it so completely

encloses the cedeagus that that organ can only be

brought into use when the cauda is got out of the way ;

for this purpose it is capable of elevation, and of being

retracted to a considerable extent into the anterior

chamber. The species of Hdessa I have examined,

notably L. rufo-marginata, afford a good illustration of

this peculiarity.

In the Plataspine the cauda forms a curious rounded,

very slightly elevated, process, having no apparent

orifice, owing to this being curved forwards and applied

to the face of the segment, and protected beneath by a

small carina.

Although I do not entertain any doubt as to the cauda

being really the terminal portion of the alimentary

canal, it is, perhaps, well to say that I have not verified

this by tracing it forwards into the abdominal cavity.

The lateral appendages.—Although constantly present

in the Pentatomide, these appendages are not alike in

form in any two species, and they, in fact, differ so

extremely in their shapes that it is almost impossible to

say anything of a general character as to this point.

Their position is, however, constant, one on each side of

the rectal-cauda, and frequently curving round behind its

extremity. The anterior parts of the lateral appendages

penetrate through or under the diaphragm, where their

extremities are connected together by means of a strong

ligament, which passes immediately behind, and presses

on, the theca of the edeagus. The lateral appendages

are of very large size in the species of T'esseratoma and

2F2

418 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

in Aspongopus obscurus. In the Plataspine they appear

at first sight to be absent, but I have succeeded in de-

tecting them in nearly all the species I have examined in

the shape of curvate, slender, more or less minute,

spines, placed one on each side of the protuberant boss

formed by the curiously metamorphosed cauda.

The inferior process. — The usual form for the inferior

process to take is that of a ridge or carina, extending

transversely across the floor of the posterior chamber

behind the cedeagus, and immediately below the terminal

orifice of the cauda: this ridge may be depressed in the

middle, or even quite divided into two separate parts by

a deficiency in the middle, or by the division of the lip

of the chamber into two lobes. On the other hand, the

inferior process in certain species takes the form of a

raised acuminate ligula, shaped much like the terminal

portion of the bowl of a spoon; this is well seen in the

Tesseratomine.

The theca.—The theca is always present, so far as I

have observed, except in Pewcilochroma lata, where it is

apparently wanting. Like the other male parts here de-

scribed, it varies greatly in different species in size, texture,

and other points. It forms a fence surrounding the cedea-

gus, and open at the top to permit the passage of the true

intromittent organ through the cedeagus. But in Hdessa

rufo-marginata the theca closely embraces, and in fact

forms part of, the cedeagus; and in Pacilochroma lata,

alluded to above, I have little doubt that the lower part

of the cedeagus, as shown in fig. 22a, is really the theca,

in which case this insect differs from other forms here

described in that the theca is placed below the cedeagus

instead of around it.

The function of the theca is no doubt like that of the

rectal-cauda, to serve as a protection to the cedeagus,

which it completely surrounds, except at the extremity.

There is some evidence that the special duty of the theca

may be to protect the cedeagus from the weight and

pressure of the rectal-cauda. This evidence is as follows:

—So far as I have yet observed there is only one Penta-

tomid—Pecilochroma lata—in which the cdeagus is

not covered by the cauda, but stands up free and exposed

behind the very short cauda. Now, this species is also

the only one I have discovered in which the theca is

apparently absent; but it would appear that if the theca

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 419

were @ protecting shield for any other purpose than

shelter against the pressure of the cauda, it would be

specially required in this species: thus its absence where

the cauda does not come into relation with the cedeagus

suggests very strongly that its function is protection

against the pressure of the cauda.

The cwdeagus.—This of all the accessory male parts

is, of course, the most important, being the part most

directly engaged in the process of fertilisation. But it

is of all the parts the most variable; it is, indeed, so

extremely different that I cannot with certainty homologise

the parts in some of the forms. As instances of extremely

different forms of edeagus [ may mention Pwcilochroma

lata, EHusthenes pratti, Stilida indecora, Edessa rufo- -

marginata, and Piezosternum subulatum. Notwithstanding

the difficulties of homologising the parts of the cedeagus

(which is complicated by its variable relations with the

theca), I would suggest that it may ultimately prove to

consist in all these insects of three parts, viz., two lateral

lobes similar to one another, and a single median ligula

or style. But to assert this positively examinations

must be made of a large number of species in a fresh

condition.

The cedeagus in the Pentatomide is not capable of

being thrust out of the body as it is in Coleoptera ; it

consists of two arms, the basal one of which is fastened

to the floor of the terminal segment; to this basal

portion the part of the cedeagus usually visible is fastened

by a transverse joint. In repose this outer part of the

cedeagus is bent up and so concealed, while for the pur-

pose of copulation it is deflexed; if it exercise any

movement during copulation—which appears to me very

doubtful—it must be that of elevation or depression of

the part external to the transverse joint.

The true intromittent organ, as seen in E. prattt, is &

very elongate, transparent tube, similar to a glistening

white thread ; its great length is very remarkable.

IV. General remarks.

Although very little can be said as to the special

functions of the parts I have described, and although it

is as yet. very difficult to form any idea likely to be of

importance as to the reason of their existence, yet there

420 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

are some points of interest that may be alluded to with

advantage.

The great variety seen is most remarkable. The forms

I have described are merely such as I happened to have

at hand, and were not selected to give any idea of the

variety that exists in the Pentatomide ; indeed, they do

not do so, for I have, since the descriptions were made,

examined a few other members of the family, and find

some of them to be quite different from anything here

delineated. They are also very different from anything

that exists in Coleoptera, and no similar system of

arrangement of the parts has been described, so far as I

know, in other insects.

Another point that strikes the attention is the fact

that in some species, especially in the genera Hdessa and

Nezara, the structures appear to be of an ornamental

character.

On comparing a heteropterous hemipteron with a male

insect of another order—a beetle, say—an important

difference will be observed, viz., that one whole segment

of the body is greatly separated from the other segments,

and entirely devoted to the reception of the male parts,

but the parts are not withdrawn completely into the

body; indeed, the greater portion of the segment is

exposed, and the part of it in which the structures I

have described are situated is left uncovered, except by

the membranous tips of the upper wings. It must be

noted, too, that in all cases where there is a complex

ornamentation of the parts, they are freely exposed, and

not covered by the tips of the wing-cases. In the

Scutellerine, where the scutellum assumes such extra-

ordinary dimensions that it entirely covers the body, the

terminal segment is, like the other parts, covered by the

monstrous scutellum ; but in the Plataspine, where the

scutellum is quite as greatly developed as it is in the

Scutelleriné, perhaps even more so, the parts are not

covered by it, but are exposed on the perpendicular

extremity of the body, or are even placed on the under

surface; and in Hdessa and Nezara the posterior aspect

of the segment is not covered in any way, though appa-

rently it can be concealed occasionally by bending down

the delicate tips of the wings which usually project

beyond it.

It may be proper here to notice that in the male

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 421

Pentatomide the segment preceding the genital segment

is also highly modified for sexual purposes, being greatly

diminished in size, and, in fact, differentiated almost

entirely for the purpose of forming a remarkably perfect

articulation at the base of the genital segment. It is, in

fact, in the normal condition of repose, quite concealed

between the terminal and the ante-penultimate segments,

so that there appears to be one segment less in the male

than there is in the female, both on the dorsal and

ventral aspects. In some species,—those of the genus

Tesseratoma, for example,—there is a stigma present on

this rudimentary segment, proving it to be a true seg-

ment, and not a mere articulating ring.

The extreme difference between the arrangement and

general conditions of the male parts in the Pentatomide

and the Coleoptera is, I believe, correlative with a

different method of copulation in the two orders. In the

Coleoptera it is the rule that the male is placed above

the female during coupling, while in the Hemiptera-

Heteroptera the general rule seems to be that the male

creeps beneath the female: in this latter sex the vulva

is invariably placed quite on the under surface of the

body, and not in the last segment of the body, but in

that preceding it; and the general arrangement of

the parts in the other sex are evidently correlatively

modified.

The most striking of the special features of the genital

seoment is the peculiar development of the alimentary

eanal. The chief function of this rectal-cauda is to

protect the cedeagus, which lies completely beneath it.

For this purpose the under side of the rectal-cauda is

hollowed by a large cavity, and the part of this cavity

immediately above the cedeagus is reduced to the con-

sistency of a delicate membrane ; thus the calibre of the

canal of the interior of the cauda is entirely contracted

at this spot, so that a very remarkable protecting cap

for the cedeagus is obtained at the cost of obstructing the

canal to such an extent that passage of excrementitious

matter can only be made by either depressing the

cedeagus or by raising the cauda off the cedeagus.

It appears to be a great comfort or advantage to

insects to be able to withdraw and cover over some of

the sensitive parts of the body during repose, or when

the parts are not in use; for this purpose a very large

422 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

number of Coleoptera are provided with special cavities,

in which they can withdraw the sensitive portions of the

antenne; and in many cases complete protection is

obtained for the sensitive parts of the mouth by various

modifications for retracting the mouth within the thoracie

cavity, or under protection of a projecting part of the

thorax (the chin-piece in Histeride and Elateride, for

example), or by inflecting the head in a peculiar man-

ner. ‘The modifications of some parts of the skeleton for

these purposes is truly marvellous, as any one who has

examined the extraordinary modifications of the sternum

in the Anobiide will admit; and it is therefore quite

consistent with what we find to obtain in insect economy

that the alimentary canal at the other extremity of the

body should be made to protect the cedeagus, and the

fact justifies us to some extent in inferring that the

cedeagus, or some part of it, is a sensitive organ; but it

is, on the other hand, equally probable that the delicate

structures of the cedeagus are covered simply to preserve

them from injury.

I have stated, in speaking of the rectal-cauda, that

in many forms it does not extend to the extremity of

the body, but terminates in the middle of the genital

segment. ‘This certainly is a very curious arrangement,

and at present I am not able to state any incontrovertible

reason for the abbreviation. Evidently the cauda,—. e,

the alimentary canal,—ought to extend to the extremity

of the body ; for it does so in the female Pentatonide in

a conspicuous manner, and it does so in the males of |

many species. It would hence appear that its abbrevia-

tion in some forms must be looked on as a departure

from the natural arrangement of the parts. And it

must be considered a very peculiar departure, for it is

ditticult to understand how in such cases the excre-

mentitious matter is extruded entirely from the body.

Mr. Champion tells me that he is under the impression

that some bugs have the power of forcibly ejecting the

excrementitious matter by a sort of squirting process ;

but if this be the method employed in the Seutellerine,

it must be accompanied by a process of simultaneously

spreading the wings so as to get their tips out of the

way, while at the same time the genital segment must

be greatly exserted so as to extend it beyond the

tip of the scutellar covering of the body. I have

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 423

little doubt, however, that this segment is capable of

being so extended, for it is by such an extension that L

presume the process of coupling to be rendered possible.

Still, there are other considerations that make it difficult

to believe that in these T'esseratomine and Scutellerine

the alimentary canal can have become shortened by a

process of evolution. Without referring to these more

particularly at present, I will content myself with saying

that it appears more probable that the original termina-

tion of the genital segment was at the line of the

diaphragm, and that the part posterior to this—that is,

the posterior chamber, in which the external male parts

are situated—is a subsequent growth that has taken

place pari passu with the evolution of the male parts for

the purpose of their protection. If so, then both the

posterior chamber and the peculiar modifications of the

rectal-cauda are to be looked on as having as their

objective result the protection of the cedeagus.

With reference to the special function of the lateral

appendages and the inferior process, I can only make

vague suggestions which actual observation may probably

prove to be erroneous. Where the inferior process 1s

specially developed, it perhaps determines the exact

direction the cedeagus shall take when it is deflexed.

The function of the lateral appendages is at present

more obscure, but they are always present, and probably

play an important part in the act of copulation. I have

stated that they are connected together by a powerful

ligament pressing on the back of the theca of the

cedeagus, and, on breaking up a specimen of Husthenes

pratti, I find that this is just at the spot where the

ejaculatory canal passes into the theca; it is therefore

quite probable that the lateral appendages have a con-

trolling power over the passage of the seminal fluid.

I see no reason for considering, with any great proba-

bility, that any part of the structures are clasping or

holding instruments. I look on them as (1) for pro- .

tection of the sensitive parts from pressure, (2) for the

exclusion of parasites, (8) as directing instruments to

determine the exact direction of movement of the true

intromittent organs, and (4) as probably instruments

for altering the pressure on the ejaculatory canal at its

point of entrance into the cedeagus; but the superior

lateral processes, which are only present in some species,

424 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

and are always fixtures, may be of the nature of supports

or holdfasts. My suggestion as to the protective func-

tions of some of the parts is, | think, of importance ;

this, indeed, is probably one of the reasons why the

structures I have been speaking of differ so much in

their general arrangement from what they do in the

other orders of insects. In the Coleoptera, for instance,

protection is obtained by withdrawing the whole of the

male organs and their accessory parts into the interior

of the body ; whereas in the Hemiptera the organs are

not withdrawn into the body to an extent sufficient to

protect them; and it appears probable that the cavity

in which they are lodged is a special outgrowth for their

protection and accommodation. According to embryo-

logical data obtained in other insects the cedeagus was

originally, wholly or in part, an external organ of thenature

of an appendage, and if this be the case, the mode of

evolution of forms in which it is now drawn completely

—with all its complex accessory parts—into the interior

of the body must have been totally different from the

development in the Hemiptera, where it remains homo-

logically an external organ, with special arrangements for

covering it.

The esthetic aspect of the arrangement in many of

the higher species, such as Catacanthus, Nezara, and

Edessa, is very remarkable, but I do not think there is

at present evidence that would justify us in attaching

any special biological importance to it. It certainly is

a most remarkable fact that the posterior part of the

alimentary canal should be used as an external organ

for the protection of other parts, and that it should

become adorned with bosses and projections symmetri-

cally formed and elegantly ciliated; and the idea is

almost suggested that these peculiarities are of use in

producing some impression on the other sex. But |

think this idea may be dismissed as in all probability

quite untenable.

Not the least curious point in these organs is the great

variety of forms they present. The variations in the

shapes of the lateral appendages and of the inferior

process are truly extraordinary, but they are insignificant

as compared with the extreme differences that exist in

the cedeagus itself. If this organ, as seen in Husthenes

pratti, in Stilida indecora, Hdessa rufo-marginata, Pecilo-

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 425

chroma lata, and P. hardwicki, be compared, it will be

understood how difficult it is to recognise the homo-

logous parts; and it is not easy to see how such very

different organs can have the same function. Indeed,

the great variety existing in so important a part, and

one so closely connected with the continuance of the

species, will, I think, prove to be very difficult of expla-

nation to those who adopt the theory of a common

ancestor for species systematically allied.

Finally, I may remark that I have not observed any

variation whatever in the parts in individuals of the

same species.

EXPLANATION OF Puates XII., XIII., & XIV.

PLATE XII.

Fic. 1. Tesseratoma malaya, Stal, viewed from above; l.a.

lateral appendage, 7. inferior accessory process, c. rectal-cauda.

Fie. 2. T. nigripes, Dallas, viewed from above; l.a. lateral

appendage, 2. inferior accessory process, c. rectal-cauda.

Fia. 8. T. papillosa, Drury, viewed from above, with one of the

lateral appendages, J. a., partially rotated or lifted.

Fic. 4. Husthenes pratti, Distant, viewed from behind and

slightly from above; l.a. lateral appendage, 7. inferior accessory

process, c. rectal-cauda, J.p. superior lateral process.

Fic. 5. Stilida indecora, Stal, showing the normal position of

the terminal segment, ¢.s., when retracted.

Fie. 5a. Terminal segment of S. indecora, viewed from above;

l.a. lateral appendage, v. inferior accessory process, c. rectal-cauda.

Fic. 58. S. indecora, after the rectal-cauda, diaphragm, and one

lateral appendage have been dissected off, viewed from above and

a little in front; J.a. lateral appendage, 7. inferior process, o.

cedeagus consisting of semimembranous corrugated substance, o. 8.

style of cedeagus, ¢. theca.

Kia. 6. Hdessa rufo-marginata, DeGeer, viewed from above ;

l.a. lateral appendage, 7. inferior accessory process, c. rectal-cauda,

l.p. superior lateral process.

Fic. 7. The same, viewed from behind and a little from below ;

the rectal-cauda is very large, and extends all along the middle of

the figure: the lower part is not quite correctly rendered by the

artist.

426 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

PLATE XIII.

Fia. 8. E. rufo-marginata, with the rectal-cauda (c) elevated

and drawn in, and the edeagus deflexed so that its apical part (0)

is protruded; a.o. orifice of rectal-cauda, J.a. lateral appendage,

t. theca.

Fic. 9. H. rufo-marginata; A, rectal-cauda dissected off, showing

the large excavation (i) on its under surface for the accommodation

of the extremity of the edeagus; B, under surface of termination

of rectal-cauda, showing the orifice or anal aperture a.o.; ©, upper’

surface of rectal-cauda; D, cedeagus (0.) closely embraced by its

theca (¢.).

Fic. 10. Piezosternum subulatum, Fab., viewed directly from

above; c. cauda retracted and elevated, l.a. presumed lateral lobes

of cdeagus, 7. inferior accessory process; the lateral appendages

are not lettered, but are seen behind the lobes of the cedeagus.

Fic. 11. Nezara sp.? (Madagascar, Cowan); A, viewed from

above; B, from behind; c. rectal-cauda, J. a. lateral appendage.

Fic. 12. The same (Nezara sp.?, Madagascar, Cowan), after the

rectal-cauda has been dissected off, viewed from above and in front;

o. edeagus, ¢. theca.

Fic. 13. Pharypia pulchella, seen from behind and slightly

from below. The artist has not succeeded with this figure; the

parts being all deep black, it is rather difficult to see the outlines.

Fie. 14. Hdessa sp.? (Corrientes), showing the ornamented

rectal-cauda extending all along the middle of the segment.

Fig. 15. Hdessa cornuta, Burm., viewed from behind; ec. rectal-

cauda, l.a. lateral appendage, the shape of this latter not correct.

Fic. 16. Nezara viridula, L. (Madagascar), viewed directly from

behind; c. rectal-cauda, lJ. a. lateral appendage.

Fic. 17. N. marginata, De Beauy., viewed from behind and a

little from one side; ¢. the large and complicated rectal-cauda.

Fie. 18. Megarhynchus limatus, H.-S., viewed from behind.

Fic. 19. Acanthosoma (Cyphostethus) tristriatus, viewed from

behind; l.a. lateral appendage, c. rectal-cauda.

Fie. 20. Catacanthus incarnatus, Drury ; c. ornament on rectal-

cauda.

PLATE XIV.

Fia. 21. Pecilochroma lata, seen from above; o. cwdeagus,

c. the very short rectal-cauda.

Fic. 22. P. lata, seen from behind.

Fic. 224. P. lata, edeagus, lateral view; 0. cedeagus proper,

t. presumed theca.

Fic. 223. P. lata, edeagus proper, posterior aspect.

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 427

Fia. 23. P. hardwicki, seen from behind; 1. a. lateral appendage

(form incorrect), d. diaphragm, ec. rectal-cauda, h. horns attached

to cauda, 2. terminal orifice of cauda.

Fic. 24. Chrysocoris ornatus, Dall., viewed from behind; l.a.

lateral appendage, c. cauda. Bad figure.

Fic. 25. Calliphara obscura, viewed from above and a little in

front; c. rectal-cauda, /.a. lateral appendage.

Fic. 26. Brachyplatys sp.? (from Old Calabar), viewed from

‘behind; c. rectal-cauda, l.a. lateral appendage (figured too large

and projecting too much downwards).

Fic. 27. Brachyplatys sp.? (Marosika, Madagascar, Cowan),

viewed from behind and slightly from below ; c. rectal-cauda, l.a.

lateral appendage.

Fig. 28. Taricha nitens, viewed from behind and slightly from

below; c. rectal-cauda, l.a. lateral appendage (too large and

prominent).

z 7 : .

BF st fain ‘ona hi tue hi ev

, dati ip ys by Pe oe Sitinenl Per! tries ih ‘dvsian ny Be re,

- Fes) My i ert er | pe. ray har ee | evytears iq ill ie Lites ore cre

7 25 A epientn yng larry Ataiea ih.

- ' -, 4) i ta) £4 alt Why “ug 1 Mild aot pa 2 WPS Y 4 s ae el,

26: ad * ot ae

: erat bie dd tii or pee lity ce thd ‘

2 et Coated Pe waloie es Fi NoytegMetadona cag A a MK.

' F byr thet We lane hg! gee repens ce kof eng 7

r ’ ~~

Pog Ctl a Last BU phy 18 (hapa te Aik is

F ’ ' - Ji oo ¢ “Se

BIg) Rl He hr FR oag e) Dolia ee

5 él it ii “ail Te oie iif i’ Tite a0

7 , 4 é F , ' *

We 4 r ' 7 7

} of. foe Lele) | i Wii He 4 av Mie

; a

Se Alera aide yr ero Sp ga ofriiish aaok! frase

¥) ; Tey

wna Tsai be Lata, yar Sagi) a aati 5 ieee test +S dy

at a Sih) RAPE ERG Looe il aby Bah (Optec Spy te ate aT.

¥ bad ix aie ‘ e

”

+ Sohwoy

‘ Ain ; po

= ; | ind \ bythe

* > plinish wali Nie ose nett

. tlajilve seca reales faves , (Te *

Eva pe tieh r Lat Cases id Ae ee :

4 : : (ud BAN £2 be ea wal Bh ba wv

' ' Fu3 Te be Trgr ah ipl ood: Botages ¥ Pig §

enc Bpnscn. : FEY 70); A Fits la i

id Neo Veo sya vious Heyy anh Ayan suka

pee na ae tempore ay bigs’? wade, gv ine

‘ “iguts vital iat Sito 4c (te ile oh wale

: ive: YAS Bestar oi Rogawbus i Trt fine

bop fig (WEP coatia 2, ne

; ;

XIII. On the classification of the Pyralidina of the

European fauna. By Epwarp Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.S.

Read April 2nd, 1890.

PLATE XV.

WueEn Professor Fernald was in England last year he

expressed a desire that I would work out the classifica-

tion of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. He

pointed out that the generic nomenclature was in a state

of great confusion, owing to the misappropriation or

neglect of the names used by older authors, that, as a

means to the removal of these abuses, the generic

definitions required a thorough revision and correction

—Lederer’s classification, now nearly thirty years old,

the only one based on an adequate examination of

structure, is not founded on modern principles, and con-

tains more actual errors of observation than is generally

known,—and that the work was of great importance, as

the classification of the species of any part of the world

must always be based on a knowledge of those of the

European region, which were the first worked out.

Thus he himself stood in immediate need of the work

for his forthcoming paper on the Pyralidina of North

America. ‘This paper has been written in accordance

with his request, and he concurs in the general prin-

ciples on which I have worked, and agrees with the main

results obtained, although he is of course in no way

committed to an entire approval of all the details.

The species here included are those which inhabit the

region of the European fauna in the sense in which the

term is used by Staudinger in his Catalogue, except that

I have excluded the Labradorian species ; if these are

included, a large part of Canada has an equally good

claim, and they will moreover, in any case, be worked

out by Professor Fernald. The region as so defined is

a reasonably convenient one for delimitation, but I

would not be understood to express any belief in its

TRANS. ENT. SOG. LOND. 1890.—PART III. (SEPT.)

430 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

natural separation; on the contrary, I cannot but think

that no natural line of separation between Eastern

Siberia on the one hand, and Japan and North China on

the other, is capable of being drawn. Probably, how-

ever, on accurate investigation, we should find that there

is no natural line anywhere.

It will be well to mention here some of the general

rules of classification. No genus, family, or higher

group, is tenable unless distinctly separable from all

others by points of structure, which, whether singly or

in conjunction, are capable of accurate definition. If a

systematist is not able to define by a clear and not

simply comparative character the distinction between

two genera, he is bound to merge them together ; thus,

to say that in one the cell is short and in another long,

is no sufficient definition ; to say that in one the cell is

less than one-third of the wing in length, and in another

more than one-third, is sufficient, if found constant and

clearly perceptible, but in practice it would probably be

a very bad character, as probably some species would be

transitional. Even where transitional forms are not

known, it will always be necessary to use judgment

as to whether the distinction employed is of such a

character as to be likely to hold good in the event of the

discovery of additional species. But even where there

is a good and definable point of distinction, it does not

follow that the genera are to be maintained; where

genera are small and numerous, it becomes intrinsically

undesirable to multiply them, and in such a case, if two

small genera agree in nearly all structural characters,

resemble one another superficially, are apparently closely

connected genealogically, and finally are capable of

accurate definition and distinction as a single whole,

then they ought in general to be united. Many structural

characters are variable, either in different specimens of

the same species, or sometimes in a transitional series

of closely allied species. I hope shortly to give a paper

on the classification of the European Geometrina, and

shall then give some remarkable and, I believe, unpre-

cedented statistics of the variation of structural cha-

racters, but many instances will be found in the

following genera. The same point of structure will often

be found available as a good and reliable distinguishing

character in one instance, and not in another ; this can

of the Pyralidina of the Huropean fauna. 431

never be determined except by actual consideration of

the particular circumstances. Nor can it be said before-

hand what characters are likely to be good; perhaps

the most suspicious are tufts of hairs, especially when

developed as secondary sexual characters, when they are

often unreliable.

In the use of generic names I have followed the now

generally received practice of adopting the generic name

under which a species of the genus was earliest de-

scribed, except where such name has been preoccupied

in a different sense by another author; subsequent

limitations being accepted so far as they restrict the

meaning of a generic name in accordance with my

definition of the genus. ‘The misuse of some older

names is largely due to an indiscriminate following of

Treitschke. ‘To give one or two conspicuous instances,

the genus Botys was founded by Latreille to include two

species only, now passing as Lythria purpuraria and

Hydrocampa nympheata ; it must be long since either of

these species was included by any writer in Botys, but

clearly one or other must be the actual type; I hold it

to be purpuraria. © Scopula, Schrk., was founded to

include stratiotata and dentalis, and is a synonym of

Nymphula. Both these names were subsequently used

by Treitschke in a quite different sense, for which there

is no authority. Alucita and Pterophorus are also

instances of generic titles much abused. In some

instances a generic name has been orthographically

wrongly written in the first instance; I have concurred

in the prevalent view that, in the interests of perman-

ence; such an error is not to be corrected, as it opens

up an unending possibility of confusion, except where it

is a mere printer’s error for which there is evidence (see

Psammotis). In specific names the necessity for absolute

literal permanence does not exist to the same acute

degree, and corrections may, I think, be sometimes made

here, when the error is slight and the intention of the

writer obvious. But I hold that it conclusively follows

from this that, if a generic name is not liable to modi-

fication in the slightest degree, then any original diffe-

rence, even one of the termination only, is sufficient to

constitute two names distinct for separate use. Indeed,

as it has hardly ever been proposed to alter the termina-

tion of any generic name, there is no probability of con-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PpaRT UI. (SEPT.) 24

432 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

fusion. Hence I retain Huchromius, Gn., although there

is a previously existing genus Huchromia, Hb. ; Cyneda,

Hb., although there is an earlier Cynedus, Gron.;

Notarcha, Meyr., notwithstanding the existence of Notar-

chus, Cuv. “This is obvious, for if we once begin to alter

on the general ground of nearness, there is again no

limit to the possibility of change, as no actual line of

demarcation can be drawn between forms which are too

near, and those which are near but not too near; thus,

to quote an actual instance, Lederer considers Achatodes

and Agathodes to be too near, though originating from

totally different root-words. No doubt such names as

those mentioned above ought not originally to have been

formed, just as names which offend against orthography

ought not to have been formed; but once formed, they

must be maintained if we are to be logical. It is

expressly urged by those who maintain the literal per-

manence of original generic names that the form is

everything and the meaning nothing, and the appli-

cation of this principle is here undoubted.

In the following list of species I have ventured to

mention some at present unpublished species of Dr.

Staudinger (marked List XXXIII), which, as he says,

are contained in all the principal collections under the

names employed. It is, I admit, a reprehensible

practice, but as the species are really pretty well known,

and are also well-marked and distinct, I thought it best

to acknowledge their existence and fix their classification.

In the specific nomenclature I have not entered at all

into the subject of synonymy or correction of names, as

it does not appear to bear on the present subject; I

have therefore simply employed the name in general

use, and have not mentioned synonyms except in a few

instances, where I have merged established species.

Neither have I troubled to investigate the specific dis-

tinctness of some doubtful forms. ‘Those species marked

with an asterisk (*) are unknown to me; I am not at

present able to visit continental collections, and have

not found it possible to obtain a sight of them by other

means; fortunately they include hardly ary species of

importance in generic nomenclature; my paper may

therefore be regarded as practically complete. Although

only my conclusions as to the Huropean fauna are given

here, it must be understood that I have re-examined for

of the Pyralidina of the Huropean fauna. 433

the purposes of this paper my entire exotic collection,

and that these conclusions are based upon and are con-

sistent with the whole of this material; hence my

investigation is not liable to the charge of incompleteness

in this particular.

PYRALIDINA.

Ocelli usually present. Tongue usually well-developed. Maxil-

lary palpi usually well-developed. Fore wings with vein 1 usually

simple, sometimes more or less furcate at base, 5 more or less

closely approximated to 4 or sometimes remote yet nearer 4 than

7, 8 and 9 stalked, or separate in Siculodide and Agdistis only, 11

from beyond middle of cell. Hind wings with frenulum developed,

veins la, 1b, 1le all present, simple, or 1a sometimes absent

(Pterophoride and Orneodide), 5 more or less closely approxim-

ated to 4 or sometimes remote yet nearer 4 than 7, 6 and 7

stalked or sometimes rising separate, 8 rising free and remote from

cell, gradually descending so as to be closely approximated to 7 for

a short distance near beyond its origin, or more usually anastom-

osing with it, thence rapidly diverging again.

This group has no direct relationship to the Noctuina

and Geometrina, next which it is usually placed; nor

yet to the Tortricina and Tineina, which constitute a

radically different line of development. The structure

of vein 8 of the hind wings is sufficient to distinguish it

from them all. Its real origin is from an early form of

the Bombycina, probably approaching Heterogenea more

nearly than any form known to me, though Heterogenea

will not in fact fulfil allthe requirements of the ancestral

form; probably also there is some affinity with Thyris.

The connecting-link and earliest form of existing Pyralid-

ina appears to be the Siculodide, a family not found

within the region of the European fauna, in which veins

8 and 9 of the fore wings are usually separate though

occasionally stalked. ;

The ocelli are often stated by systematic writers to be

absent, when in fact they are only concealed by the

scales; as, for example, in Calamotropha, where they

are seen to be well-developed on removal of the scales

covering them. The length of the antenne is given in

terms of the length of the fore wings; thus antenne

three-fourths means that they are equal in length to three-

fourths of the extreme length of the fore wings. The

length of the ciliations of the antenne is given in terms

262

434 Mr. KE. Meyrick on the classification

of the breadth of the stalk of the antenne ; thus ciliated

(}) means that the ciliations are equal in length to two-

thirds of the breadth of the antennal stalk at the corre-

sponding point. The antenne are said to be ciliated

when they are furnished with short hairs arranged in a

single or double regular series. When these are long,

they are usually collected into small fascicles or bundles

at the joints, but are still arranged in a regular series.

They are often very short, and only perceptible with a

good lens, but it is extremely rare for them to be quite

absent in the 3, though often said to be so by careless

observers. Sometimes in such a case the antenne are

called pubescent, but this is again quite a wrong use of

the term, which should only be used where the short

hairs (pubescence) are distributed over the whole surface

of the antennal stalk, not confined to a regular series ;

this structure is unusual. The maxillary palpi have

been much overlooked, even Lederer declaring them

absent in not a few cases where they are fairly developed ;

in nearly all the families they are almost always present.

When very short they le at the base of the tongue

between the labial palpi, and are thus hard to perceive.

The abdomen of the ¢ is usually furnished with a more

or less developed exterior apical tuft, called the anal

tuft ; but sometimes, as in Margaronia, there is a dense

exsertible interior tuft, attached to the genitalia, which

I have called the genital tuft. I have not used the

genital organs as generic characters, because, after

examining a good many species for this paper, I came

to the conclusion that those structures which I had

previously thought of value were not constant either in

families or genera; often in closely allied species quite

extraordinary differences occur; thus J'alis may be

quoted as an instance of a genus where all the species

show a remarkable range of difference in the structure

of these organs. I cannot, in fact, give a single case of

two natural genera which could be separated by a point

of structure of the genitalia themselves. In the fore

wings vein la, the lowest of the normal three free inner-

marginal veins, at first diverges considerably from vein

1b, but presently curves. round and runs directly into

1b, where it terminates ; this structure appears constant,

but is often hard to observe, because the vein becomes

extremely faint and fine towards its termination. ‘This

of the Pyralidina of the European fuuna. 435

curious structure appears to be characteristic of the

Pyralidina; at least I have never observed it in any

other group, but have perhaps not searched sufficiently.

Vein 10 is often shortly or obsoletely furcate at base in

some families, especially the Pyralidide; this was

certainly an aboriginal character of the whole group,

but has now disappeared very generally; in those

genera where it is found it appears to be quite un-

reliable as a character for definition, being frequently

present in some species, and not in others; I have

therefore not employed it as a generic character for

separation. Vein 1c is obsolete. In the hind wings

veins la, 1b, le are all present; but in some of the

genera with fissured wings, where the neuration becomes

extremely degraded, one or more of these veins tend to

disappear. In neither fore wings nor hind wings are

there any additional bars or veins, such as sometimes

exist as a survival in some ancestral forms (e.g., the

Hepialide). The relative breadth of the hind wings is

given in terms of the greatest breadth of the fore wings;

thus hind wings over 1 means that the hind wings are

broader than the fore wings.

It will be seen that I have sunk the E’pipaschiade in

the Pyralidide, and the Hydrocampideé and Scopariade

in the Pyraustide, having found that on an extended

comparison no distinctive character could in these cases

be relied on as constant.

The generic classification of the Phycitide and Gal-

leriade is not given here; M. Ragonot has been for

many years at work on these families, andit would seem

wise to wait for the publication of his results, of which

a part is promised this year. Should I find that his

views do not satisfy me, it will then be time enough to

publish my own.

I desire to record my gratitude to those entomologists

who have kindly assisted me with specimens or other-

wise; particularly to Prof. Fernald, who has been good

enough to furnish me with his valuable opinion on many

troublesome points, and to Mr. Geo. Baker, who enabled

me to have the advantage of inspecting his extensive

collection of Crambide, and Dr. Jordan’s equally full

collection of Pterophoride.

436 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

TABULATION OF FAMILIES.

1. Fore wings and hind wings six-cleft re .. 8. ORNEODIDE.

Tore wings and hind wings not six-cleft .. 56 2.

2. Hind wings with well-defined pecten of hairs on

lower margin of cell towards base aid ‘ 3.

Hind wings without defined CLE on margin of

cell . Ae as ae 38 5.

3. Fore wings with vein 7 absent sis ar .. 4, PHyciTipm.

Fore wings with vein 7 present fe 5c he 4.

4. Maxillary palpi triangularly scaled. . ee .. 6. CRAMBIDE.

Maxillary palpi not triangular Sc 5. GALLERIADE.

5. Hind wings with vein 5 remote from4 .. a 6.

Hind wings with vein 5 oon apprentice or

from point with 4 : . he

6. Hind wings with vein 8 ifabimmobing with 7 2. MusorTimip®.

Hind wings with vein 8 free ate a0 .. 7. PrERoPHORIDE.

7. Fore wings with vein 7 rising out of 8 3. PyRALIpIpa&.

Fore wings with vein 7 separate 1. PYRAUSTIDA.

1. PYRAUSTIDA.

Ocelli distinct, or very rarely cbsolete. Tongue well-developed,

or rarely obsolete. Maxillary palpi well-developed, or rarely rudi-

mentary. Fore wings with vein 1 simple or rarely obsoletely

furecate at base, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base or rarely

stalked, 7 separate from 8, 8 and 9 stalked. Hind wings without

defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell (but sometimes

with loose scattered hairs), veins 4 and 5 closely approximated at

base or from a point or stalked, 7 rising out of 6 near base or rarely

separate but closely approximated, anastomosing with 8.

The ancestral form of this family is most nearly

represented by Scoparia and Heliothela, at which point a

common origin with the Crambide is indicated. From

this point there appear to be two main lines of descent ;

one by way of Titanio, Loxostege, Pyrausta, Notarcha, to

Margaronia; the other by way of Metasia, Hydrocampa,

Schenobius, to Acentropus. The Phlyctenia group is a

lateral branch from Pyrausta, and the group of Huclasta

and Nausinoe a lateral branch from Metasia. It will be

found that on this scheme the remaining genera here

given can be easily fitted in as intermediate steps or

short lateral offshoots; the relation of each genus is

usually given under its own head.

The family is largely represented almost everywhere,

but especially within the tropics, where it becomes a

dominant group,

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna.

abounding

in genera and

437

species.

Many species ranging into the South Eur opean or Central

Asiatic regions are outlying stragglers from tropical

genera, and hence many genera figure in the list which

have small claim to a Palearctic origin.

mentary, almost obsolete . 2.

Posterior tibiz in g with ates middle- pou aetee

loped.. O09 : 5 : 5.

2. Fore wings with. vein 10 rising out ‘of 9 or tailor:

mally) coincident 56 ot 3.

Fore wings with vein 10 rising separate .. 4.

3. Face with acute conical horny projection .. 12. SciERocona.

Face without projection Se 56 10. PrRINEPHELA.

4, Face with short rounded prominence rap .. 11. AnGEDonta.

Face without prominence 13. PHLYCTENIA.

5. Fore wings with vein 10 rising out of 9 6.

Fore wings with vein 10 rising separate, rarely

anastomosing with 9 Se ae 50 oe 13.

6. Ocelli obsolete ..° E . 46. Caracnysta.

Ocelli distinct .. Ee lle

7. Tongue obsolete ° . 47. DonacauLa.

Tongue developed .. Of ae : 8.

8. Fore wings with gpued scale- Soe fon yein 1

near base beneath . Sc .. 37. DupoNCHELIA.

Fore wings without Besien on vein a we

9. Fore wings in § with veins 7 and 8 curved apa

near base, enclosing rough depression beneath -25. Prnma.

Fore wings in g with veins 7 and 8 normal. 10.

10. Posterior tibie in g\ with outer pers sa 1 of

inner 5 9. HURRHYPARA.

Posterior Abie in ait oneet mde: eae 4 3

of inner ot od re c 11.

11. Labial palpi dicen tinal a by oC .. 45. NymMpuuta.

Labial palpi porrected 12.

12. Antenne ¢toalmostl.. .. Ae dc -. 39. STENIA.

Antenne? .. , ne ae 17. Psammoris.

13. Face with more or ee strong horny Preominences 14,

Face without horny prominence ef 18.

14. Frontal prominence with a vertical edge . 21. CornIFRONS.

Frontal prominence without vertical edge. . 15.

15. Frontal prominence bounded beneath ae a flat

anteriorly emarginate plate .. 23. TrTanto.

Frontal prominence without flat plate endith 16.

16.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

. Posterior tibie in g with outer pre eg iag rudi-

Fore wings with large scale-tooth on inner margin 24. Cynapa.

Fore wings without large scale-tooth

17.

438 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

tls

18.

119%

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34,

35.

Frontal prominence conical, more or less pointed 22. LoxosTEGE.

Frontal prominence pustule-shaped 30 .. 34, Merasta.

Antenne in g bent, with tuft of scales on bend 35. Naconeta.

Antenne in g without tuft ve oe ie 19.

Antenne in g with stalk notched above basal

joint ae 5 ote .. 4. Hymenta.

Antenne in g with a not nore oe oie 20.

Abdomen in J with large dense exsertible genital

tuft .. 5 Se : bo are ie 21.

Abdomen in g without ach tuft.. ae aC 23.

Thorax in g with patagia elongate, terminating

i an expansible pencil of scales ote -. 3, OMIODES.

Thorax in § with patagia normal os Sc 22.

Fore wings with vein 7 orale approximated to 9

at base only 0 a Bo .. 2. PARATALANTA.

Fore wings with vein 7 closely appressed to 9 on

basal fourth ae Ac os -- 1. Marcaronia.

Thorax in § with patagia forming erect spreading

hair-tufts .. ae AG oe -- 49. ScIRPOPHAGA.

Thorax in the 3 with the vanes normal 50 24.

Hind wings with veins 6 and 7 separate at origin 31. Procuonistis.

Hind wings with veins 6 and7 from a point or

stalked .. ate ae a 56 56 25.

Antenne #—1 or more ae 56 fe 5c 26.

Antenne ? orless .. as ae aye 56 30.

Antenne longer than fore wings .. ote .. 43. Eucuasta.

Antenne not longer than fore wings 56 Bc 27.

Labial palpi ascending Sc a0 5c le 28.

Labial palpi porrected sid 5 ae 29;

Terminal joint of labial palpt with ‘fn iangular butt

infront .. de Sc a6 .. 40. Hyprints.

Terminal joint of labial pele not tufted . .. 42. NAUSINOE.

Anterior femora and tibiw in g\ rough- ited -. 41, ANTIGASTRA.

Anterior femora and tibie in g not rough-haired 38. IscunurGeEs.

Thorax in g with hair-pencil, covered with flat

scales, from beneath hind wings ate .. 8. PLEUROPTYA.

Thorax in g without such hair-pencil .. 50 31.

Labial palpi ascending or OC Be Sc 32.

Labial palpi porrected 50 oye s0 Be 36.

Terminal joint of labial palpi with ee tuft

Iniront i. se ae se 36 33.

Terminal joint of labial palpi not tufted ae 3c 34.

Posterior tibis with outer spurs half inner .. 5, AGROTERA.

Posterior tibie with outer spurs meee equal

inner 50 5s oe .. 33. HELLULA.

Terminal joint of pales short, thick, ppieee -. 7. NovarcHa.

Terminal joint of palpi moderate, slender, gene-

rally pointed ate Z bis 35.

Hind wings in ¢ with oval deprenenlt in eal -. 6. SATANASTRA.

36.

37.

38.

39.

41.

42.

44,

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna.

Hind wings in g without depression ..

Labial palpi dilated towards apex ..

Labial palpi not dilated terminally 50 -

Maxillary palpi triangular, or with well-defined

dilation towards apex

Maxillary palpi filiform, or with aps «loosely rene

cillate ere

Terminal joint of nba palpi more or less exposed,

distinct .. : SC

Terminal joint of labial palpi eonooaled § in scales

of second .. AG Bc Se

Labial palpi with second joint more or tbs tufted

towards apex beneath Sc

Labial palpi with scales prealy diminishing

throughout : i

Hind wings with veins 4 ae 5 feat a oink or

stalked oi Sc Ac

Hind wings with veins 4 and 5 approximated at

base

Middle tibiew in J diated usually Ra “tuft of

hairs in grooye .. ;

Middle tibize in J Aarne Sc ss

Maxillary palpi forming a soe aprending ‘tuft 50

Maxillary palpi ge an acute BES cing tuft

beneath .. ac

Head, palpi, and famiord IGEN with fouah fang

hairs ox sie

Head, palpi, and forbra % moet with Dedernte

projecting scales .. : oe 50

Maxillary palpi nearly SAE! to labial

Maxillary palpi much shorter than labial 56

Terminal joint of labial palpi exposed, distinct ..

Terminal sein of labial palp! concealed in scales

of second . 50

Antenne of g\ very shortly ciated (4) .. ae

Antenne of ciliated with fascicles (14—2) ..

Posterior tibia with outer aoe almost ie

inner oe 5c

Posterior tibie with outer ores a of inner, or

rarely less . ae =e

Fore wings in - with groove near Hage Gotan

above with scales .

Fore wings in sahout groove .. “5 56

Hind wings 14—14 .. SC dc od aye

Hind wings hardly over1 .. aie sie Sc

ee ee

1. Marcaronta, Hb.

ade

. 50. ACENTROPUS.

28.

36.

19.

14,

18.

439

Hyprocampa.

37.

38.

43.

39.

41.

40.

. SCHGNOBIUS.

. SCOPARIA.

. HELIOTHELA.

. Mrecyna.

42.

. MESOGRAPHE.

. CyBoLomria.

. METAXMESTE.

44.

. EVERGESTIS.

45.

46.

47.

ORENAIA.

DIASEMIA.

IsocENTRIS.

48.

MIcrostTE@a.

49.

Nomopuina.

PYRAUSTA.

Face slightly rounded, oblique ; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.

Antenne four-fifths, in g filiform, ciliated ({—1).

Labial palpi

440 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

moderate, subascending, second joint with dense projecting scales

beneath, often longer and forming a pointed tuft forwards, ter-

minal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi rather short, dilated termi-

nally with dense scales, obliquely truncate. Abdomen in g with

large dense exsertible genital tuft. Posterior tibizw in g\ with outer

spurs one-sixth to one-half of inner. Fore wings with vein 7

closely approximated to 9 on basal fourth, 8 and 9 stalked, 10

closely approximated to’ 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;

veins 38, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-fifths.

A characteristic Indo-Malayan genus of some extent,

of which stragglers are found in the warmer parts of

other regions. I have united under this title Margarodes,

Gn., and Glyphodes, Gn., between which I can find no

structural distinction. The genera Cydalima, Ld.,

Stemorrhages, Ld., Pachyarches, Lid., Enchocnemidia, Ld.,

Sisyrophora, Ld., Cryptographis, Ld., and probably

others also (besides Chloauges, Ld., Pygospila, Gn., and

Heterocnephes, Ld., which I had already merged in the

above), ought, I think, also to fall into this genus; [am

acquainted with all those mentioned, and they agree in

all the characters of the generic definition given above,

but differ variously in the possession of tufts or scale-

thickenings on the legs, antenne, abdomen, or wings,

and sometimes sinuations in the antenne. These

characters seem to me to be here of specific value only ;

the natural classification of the species of this group is

not improved, but rendered more obscure, by the creation

of these small. unnecessary genera ;.and it appears to

me scientifically advantageous to include them all under

one, which will even then be by no means very large.

unionalis, Hb.

nigropunctalis, Brem.

quadrimaculalis, Brem.

*melaleucalis, Ky.

*expictalis, Christ.

2. PaRATALANTA, Nn. g.

Face rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.

Antenne four-fifths, in $ filiform, ciliated (}—1). Labial palpi

moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting

scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.

Maxillary palpi moderate or short, rather dilated with scales termi-

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 441

nally. Abdomen in ¢g long, anal segment elongate, with large

dense exsertible genital tuft. Middle tibiw in g dilated, enclosing

tuft of hairs ingroove; posterior tibixe with outer middle-spur one-

fifth to one-half of inner, outer end-spur one-half inner. Fore

wings with vein 7 closely approximated to 9 at base, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings

1j—1}; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Allied to Omiodes ; at present represented only by the

two following Siberian species.

ussurialis, Brem.

heterogenalis, Brem.

3. OmiopEs, Gn.

Face somewhat rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue deve-

loped. Antenne three-fourths to five-sixths, in ¢ filiform,

ciliated (¢—14), basal joint sometimes with a slight projection of

scales in front. Labial palpi moderate, arched, ascending, second

joint with dense rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint

very short, obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, filiform

or somewhat dilated with loose scales towards apex. Thorax in $

with patagia elongate, ending in an expansible pencil of long hair-

scales; abdomen in g elongate, with dense exsertible genital tuft.

Posterior tibiz with outer spurs one-third to one-half of inner.

Fore wings with vein 7 approximated to 9 towards base, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings

over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-fifths.

A genus of rather limited size, of which the species

seem to be scattered rather indiscriminately through

the Indo-Malayan region, Pacific Islands, and Central

America; in the Hawaiian Islands there is a locally

developed group of them. ‘The two here given are

Indian species which range into Siberia.

tristrialis, Brem.

quadrimaculalis, Koll.

4, Hymenta, Hb.

Face rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-

tenn two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (}—}), basal joint in $

with an erect apical spine or projection of scales on inner side,

stalk notched above basal joint. Labial palpi moderate, arched,

449, Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

ascending, second joint with dense projecting scales beneath, ter-

minal joint short or moderate, more or less pointed. Maxillary

palpi moderate, porrected, filiform. Abdomen in ¢ with small

anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs one-third to four-fifths

of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 approximated to 9 towards base,

8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind

wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of

6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

Allied to Omiodes. An Indo-Malayan genus of limited

extent; of the two following species luctuwosalis is Indian,

and ranges into Siberia; recurvalis is now one of the

most widely distributed of insects, occurring in abun-

dance throughout the warmer regions of the whole

world. Under this head are included Zinckenia, Z., and

Coptobasis, Ld. ; as thus constituted, the genus shows

some variation in structure, but is readily known by the

notch above basal joint of antenne in ¢.

recurvalis, F.

luctuosalis, Gn. ; Zelleri, Brem.; Bremeri, Wk.

5. Acrotera, Schrk.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in $ filiform, ciliated (1). Labial palpi moderate,

curved, ascending, second joint with dense projecting scales

beneath, flatly compressed, terminal joint moderately long, with

acute triangular separate projecting tuft of scales in front. Maxil-

lary palpi short, filiform, pointed. Abdomen in g\ with small anal

tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings

with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated

to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approxim-

ated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to near

middle.

A small and rather isolated genus, probably repre-

senting the ultimate stage of a development from the

Notarcha group. Besides the one European species, I

am acquainted only with one Indo-Malayan, and (if

Tetracona, Meyr., be merged, which is perhaps advisable)

one Australian.

nemoralis, Se.

6. SATANASTRA, N. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (3). Labial palpi moderate,

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 443

curved, ascending, second joint with loosely appressed scales, more

or less rough beneath, terminal joint moderate, rather slender,

pointed. Maxillary palpi short, filiform. Abdomen in ¢ with

small anal tuft. Posterior tibiae with outer spurs one-half inner.

Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely

approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5

approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8

to two-fifths ; in g with median fold dilated in cell into an elong-

ate-oval depression.

A development from Notarcha ; a small Indo-Malayan

genus, of which one species ranges into Siberia. It is

included by Lederer under Conchylodes, Gn., and I have

formerly called it by that name, but 1 now consider that

Guenée’s genus is quite distinct from it.

argyria, Butl.

7. Norarcna, Meyr.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in g filiform or with projecting joints, ciliated

41—1}). Labial palpi moderate, arched, ascending, second joint

with dense projecting scales beneath, terminal joint short, thick,

tolerably cylindrical, obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected,

filiform. Abdomen in ¢ with slender anal tuft. Posterior tibiz

with outer spurs somewhat less than one-half inner. Fore wings

with vein 7 approximated to 9 near base, 8 and 9 stalked, 10

closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins

3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-

osing with 8 to about one-third.

An extensive genus, probably Indo-Malayan in origin,

but apparently now distributed throughout intertropical

regions. The only truly European species is a remark-

able exception; two other Indian species range into

Syria and Siberia respectively.

multilinealis, Gn.

ruralis, Se.

paleacalis, Gn.

8. PLEUROPTYA, N. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in g filiform, ciliated (1). Labial palpi moderate,

porrected, second joint with short dense projecting scales beneath,

terminal joint short, exposed, obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate,

somewhat thick, filiform. Thorax in g with an expansible tuft of

444 Mr. KE. Meyrick on the classification

hairs, covered by a plate of flat scales, on each side from beneath

base of hind wings. Abdomenin ¢ with small anal tuft. Posterior

tibie with outer spurs one-third of inner. Fore wings with vein 7

closely approximated to 9 on basal third, 8 and 9 stalked, 10

closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;

veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

A development of Notarcha. I am only acquainted

with the one species, which ranges from Southern Hurope

to India.

aurantiacalis, F. R.

9. Kurruypara, Hb.

Face somewhat rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.

Antenne three-fourths, in filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi

moderate, subascending, second joint with short dense projecting

scales, terminal joint short, tolerably exposed, obtuse. Maxillary

palpi moderate, porrected, slender, filiform. Abdomen in g with

moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie in g with outer middle-spur

extremely short, one-sixth of inner, outer end-spur one-fourth.

Fore wings with vein 7 from near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8; in # with

a thickening of dense scales between 7 and 8 on under side. Hind

wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of

6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Only the one species is known; it stands rather

isolated, but has, perhaps, some relationship to the pre-

ceding, and ranges from Western Europe to Eastern

Siberia. The depression, which Lederer mentions as

existing between veins 7 and 9 of the fore wings in the ¢,

I cannot find definitely traceable, but the genus is suffi-

ciently distinct without this character.

urticata, L.

10. PErRINEPHELA, Hb.

Face rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. An-

tenne two-thirds, in g filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi mode-

rate, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated

to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi

moderate, porrected, filiform, apex somewhat penicillate. Abdo-

men in § with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie in g with

outer middle-spur rudimentary, almost obsolete, in @ one-half

inner, outer end-spur one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7

of the Pyralidina of the Huropean fauna. 445

from near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8. Hind wings hardly over 1; veins

3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-

osing with 8 to middle.

A development of Phlyctenia; the single known

species occurs from Western Europe to Eastern Siberia.

Lederer has accidentally misprinted Hibner’s name,

which is as above.

lancealis, Schiff.

11. Aterponia, Ld.

Face with a short rounded prominence; ocelli distinct ; tongue

developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated ($). Labial

palpi moderate, porrected, second joint with dense rough pro-

jecting scales beneath, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi

moderate, porrected, filiform, apex somewhat penicillate. Abdo-

men in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie in ¢ with

outer middle-spur rudimentary, almost obsolete, outer end-spur

one-fifth of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 rather approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings

over 1; veins 8,-4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near

origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

A development of Phlyctenia ; there is but one species,

which ranges from Central Europe to Kastern Siberia.

luctualis, Hb.

12. ScLEROcONA, N. g.

Face with acute conical horny projection ; ocelli distinct ; tongue

developed. Antenne three-fourths, in g filiform, ciliated (2).

Labial palpi long, straight, porrected, second joint with dense pro-

jecting scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint loosely

scaled. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex penicillate.

Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Middle tibie in § rather

dilated; posterior tibiz in g with outer middle-spur obsolete, outer

end-spur one-third of inner. Fore wings in g with lower margin

of cell upcurved, and an upwards-turned pecten of scales beneath

it on lower surface, 7 contorted towards’ base, 8 and 9 stalked, 10

out of 8 (or abnormally absent), 11 sometimes (abnormally) out of

8. Hind wings 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6

near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

A development of Phlyctenia; the single species is

known only from South-east Europe. Lederer founded

the genus Calamochrous for an American species, and

446 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

placed with it this insect, which he had not seen ; it is,

however, totally distinct. The abnormal differences in

neuration which are noted above occurred in one wing

of a specimen which was normal on the other side;

probably they are a monstrosity only, but I have seen

only two specimens.

acutella, Ev.

13. Puuyctmnia, Hb.

Face slightly rounded ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-

tenne two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (}—1). Labial palpi

moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting

scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.

Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex penicillate or somewhat

dilated with scales. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft.

Middle tibie in J sometimes dilated and containing tuft of hairs

in groove; posterior tibize with outer middle-spur in ¢ obsolete, in

? one-half inner, outer end-spur one-half to three-fourths of inner.

Fore wings with vein 7 from rather near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10

more or less approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;

veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-

osing with 8 to two-fifths.

An early offshoot from Pyrausta. The genus is of

considerable size, and is characteristic of Hurope and

North America, probably originating in the former ;

there is a locally developed group of species in the

Hawaiian Islands, and one species in Australia; it has

not yet been recognised elsewhere. I have previously

called this genus Scopula, which term I now recognise to

have been wrongly applied.

cilialis, Hb. *bipunctalis, H.-S.; dis-

*fimbriatalis, Dup. punctalis, Gn.

languidalis, Ev. scorialis, Z.

testacealis, Z.(S notseen). *costalis, Ev.

*gratialis, Brem. (gracialis, imquinatalis, Z. (? var.

form. prav.). seq.).

crocealis, Hb. prunalis, Schiff.

institalis, Hb. cyanalis, Lah.

conjinalis, Ld. orbicentralis, Christ.

lutealis, Hb. *ustrinalis, Christ.

ferrugalis, Hb. accolalis, Z.

elutalis, Schiff. terrealis, Tr.

fulvalis, Hb. fuscalis, Schiff.

*tritalis, Christ. sambucalis, Schiff.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 447

14. Nomopuina, Hb.

Face slightly rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed.

Antenne two-thirds, in & filiform, ciliated with fascicles (1%).

Labial palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense

projecting scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint

concealed. Maxillary palpi short, filiform. Abdomen in 3 with

moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibize with outer spurs less than

one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings

14—13; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near

origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

An early developmental form of Pyrausta, showing in

the narrowed fore wings an adaptation to a grassy

habitat. The single species is practically cosmopolitan,

and there is no reason to suppose it has been artificially

introduced anywhere.

noctuella, Schiff.

15. Metaxmeste, Hb.

Head rough-haired, face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue de-

veloped. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated simply or

with fascicles (}—1). Labial palpi moderately long, porrected,

second joint with very long rough projecting hairs, terminal joint

concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex terminating

in a pencil of loose scales. Abdomen in g\ with moderate anal tuft.

Femora rough-haired; posterior tibie with outer spurs three-

fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base; in g§ sometimes with

a long expansible pencil of hairs beneath from base near inner

margin. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base,

7 from point with or out of 6 near origix, anastomosing shortly

with 8 to one-fifth.

An early alpine development of Pyrausta; it has

certainly no immediate relationship to the other forms

included with it by Lederer under his Hereyna. Catharia,

Ld., is merged in it. The species are restricted to the

mountains of Kurope and Asia Minor.

pyrenealis, Dup.

sericatalis, H.-S.

schrankiana, Hoch.

phrygialis, Hb.

TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1890.—PaRT I. (SEPT.) 2H

448 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

16. Isocmntris, Meyr.

Face slightly rounded ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-

tenne three-fourths, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (1—2). Labial palpi

moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting

scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.

Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex penicillate. Abdomen

in § with slender anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with spurs all long

and almost equal. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings 1; veins

3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing

with 8 to two-fifths.

A small Indo-Malayan genus, of which the species

range very widely. I am not sure that the following

Central Asiatic species is certainly referable here, as I

have only seen one specimen in indifferent condition,

with the structural characters partly obscured. It is an

offshoot of Pyrausta.

let alis, Stgr., List XXXIII.

17. Psammortis, Hb.

Face somewhat rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.

Antenne three-fourths, in g filiform or serrulate, ciliated (3—1).

Labial palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense

projecting scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint

concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, filiform, termin-

ating in somewhat penicillate scales. Abdomen in g with small

anal tuft. Posterior tibiae with outer spurs two-thirds of inner.

Fore wings with vein 7 from rather near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8.

Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7

out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

A development of Pyrausta, consisting only of the two

following European species; whether the genus is a

natural or tenable one appears to me very doubtful. It

would not surprise me to find that the origin of vein 10

of the fore wings from 9, which is the only distinguishing

point from Pyrausta, is not constant, although in fact

it holds in all the specimens which I have examined.

The generic name is printed by Hiibner Psamotis, but in

the two collateral forms of the name given at the same

time (Psammoten, &c.) the double m is used; this is

also etymologically correct, and the first spelling is

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 449

therefore certainly a mere typographical error, which I

have removed.

pulveralis, Hb.

hyalinalis, Hb.

18. Pyravusta, Schrk.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. Antenne two-

thirds to three-fourths, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (}—2) or rarely naked.

Labial palpi moderate, porrected, second joint with dense pro-

jecting scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint con-

cealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex loosely peni-

cillate. Abdomen in % with moderate anal tuft. Middle tibiz in

3d sometimes dilated, enclosing tuft of hairs in groove; posterior

tibiz with outer middle-spur one-third to two-thirds (rarely one-

fifth), outer end-spur one-half to three-fourths of inner. Fore

wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approxim-

ated to 9 towards base, rarely anastomosing with 9. Hind

Wings over 1; veins 38, 4, 5 more or less approximated at base,

7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-

fifths.

Although representatives of this genus are found

nearly everywhere, it is mainly characteristic of the

temperate regions of the northern hemisphere, and is

probably of European origin. ‘The occasional anastom-

osis of veins 9 and 10 of fore wings is a curious form

of variation, found also in Hvergestis ; no use can be

made of it in classification, as both forms occur in diffe-

rent individuals of the same species, or even in different

wings of the same specimen. The species in which I

have noted this form of variation are trinalis and decrepi-

talis, but it may probably occur more or less rarely in

others also. Hence the Hawaiian genus Protocolletis,

Meyr., which was founded essentially on this character,

should be suppressed.

trimaculalis, Stgr. albofascialis, Tr.; minu-

quadripunctalis, Schiff. talis, Spr.

octomaculata, F. ‘obfuscata, Se.

nyctemeralis, Hb. acontialis, Steyr.

nigralis, F. pellicalis, Stgr.

fascialis, Hb. castalis, Tr.

cingulata, L. tithonialis, Z.

nigrata, Se. dotatalis, Christ.

*Lederert, Stgr. sanguinalis, L.

2H 2

450

purpuralis, L.

fibulalis, Christ.

falcatalis, Gn.

aurata, Se.

*solemnalis, Christ.

*pullatalis, Christ.

porphyralis, Schiff.

alborivulalis, Ev.

*tendinosalis, Brem.

cespitalis, Schiff.

limbopunctalis, H.-S.

*tesserulalis, Christ.

manualis, Hb.

eplippialis, Zett.

*limitalis, Christ.

erealis, Hb.

uliginosalis, Stph.

alpinalis, Schiff. '

rhododendronalis, Dup.

nebulalis, Hb.; ? sororialis,

Hein.; ? nitidalis, Hein.

decrepitalis, H.-S.

turbatalis, Christ. (doubt-

ful; % not seen).

olivalis, Schiff.

*hilaralis, Christ.

numeralis, Hb.; illutalis,

Gn.

torvalis, Moschl.

murinalis, F. R.

austriacalis, H.-S.

Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

*nrepetalis, Ld.

incoloralis, Gn.; ruficos-

talis, Ld.

repandalis, Schiff.

*varialis, Brem.

extinctalis, Christ. (¢ not

seen).

*perlucidalis, Hb.

*nerpendiculals, Dup.

*labutonalis, Ld.

flavalis, Schiff.

*biternalis, Mn.

trinalis, Schiff.

auralis, Peyer.

gracilis, Butl. ;

talis, Christ.

clausalis, Christ.

moderatalis, Christ.

rubiginalis, Hb.

stachydalis, Zk.

verbascalis, Schiff.

nubilalis, Hb.

palustralis, Hb.

*appositalis, Ld.

*erudalis, Ld.

*lutulentalis, Ld.

asinalis, Hb.

subsequalis, H.-S.

saxatilis, Stgr., List

XXXII.

explica-

19. MicrosTEG@a, n. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in g filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi moderately

long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated

to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi

moderate, porrected, apex somewhat penicillate. Abdomen in &

with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer middle-spur

one-third, outer end-spur one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7

from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards

base; in g with a groove beneath cell near base, covered above by

dense scales from upper side. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5

closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 451

with 8 to two-fifths; in g with a groove above cell near base,

above which is a thick ridge of scales.

A development of Pyrausta, containing only the single

European species.

pandalis, Hb.

20. Mrcyna, Stph.

* Face slightly rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue develope.

Antenne two-thirds, in $ filiform, ciliated (}—3). Labial palpi

rather long, porrected, second joint with dense scales attenuated to

a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi moder-

ate, porrected, triangularly dilated with dense scales, forming an

angular projection at apex beneath. Abdomen in $ with small

anal tuft. Middle tibie in § dilated, usually containing tuft of

hairs in groove; posterior tibiae with outer middle-spur one-half,

outer end-spur one-half to three-fourths of inner. Fore wings with

vein 7 from rather near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated

to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3,4, 5 approximated

at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Probably an earlier ancestral form of Pyrausta. ‘The

genus 1s quite cosmopolitan, but probably comprises

only a few species. ‘The use of the generic name seems

to call for some explanation; its actual history appears

to have been as follows:—Guenee first formed the genus

Mecyna to include the polygonalis group and asinalis,

and communicated its character to various entomolo-

gists, without having actually published it; amongst

others, to Stephens, who published it first, evidently

intending it to include all the species placed in it by

Guenée, but he only mentions asinalis, because he did

not suppose any other to be British. Subsequently

Guenée published his own views, having by that time

come to the conclusion that asinalis was wrongly in-

cluded; he therefore restricts it to the polygonalis group.

It appears to me that under these circumstances polygo-

nalis, which was undoubtedly regarded by Stephens as

belonging to the genus, and only not mentioned for

obvious reasons, is justly to be looked on as the type.

polygonalis, Hb.

91. Cornirrons, Ld.

Face with long horny laterally compressed acute projection,

terminating in a vertical edge, or with a sharp vertical ridge only

452 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ fili-

form, ciliated with fascicles (2). Labial palpi moderate, obliquely

ascending or porrected, second joint with short or long projecting

scales beneath, terminal joint exposed or concealed. Maxillary

palpi rather long, porrected, filiform, apex sometimes penicillate.

Abdomen in 3 with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer

spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;

veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, or 4 and 5 from a point,

7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

There is a good deal of structural difference between

the two species which I have placed together here ; but

I think it is reasonable and possible to regard them as

extreme forms of the same type, the range of varia-

tion being analogous to that of the similar genus T%tanio.

The genus is perfectly definable, and intermediate forms

may probably be found hereafter. The species are both

from the Mediterranean coasts.

ulceratalis, Ld.

isatidalis, Dup.

22. LoxostrecE, Hb.

Face with a rather short pointed or obtuse conical horny pro-

jection ; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne three-fourths,

in g filiform, ciliated ($—1). Labial palpi moderately long, por-

rected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated to a

point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi moder-

ate, porrected, filiform, apex sometimes penicillate. Abdomen in

¢ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs one-

half to three-fourths of inner, rarely with outer middle-spur in J

one-sixth of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 more or less closely approximated to 9 towards base.

Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 from

point with or out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third

to two-fifths.

Characteristic of the temperate regions of the northern

hemisphere, especially Europe, but stragglers occur also

elsewhere. ‘The frontal projection is always more or

less clearly conical in general form, but the apex is

sometimes acute, sometimes rounded, the former being

more typical. This genus includes Hurycreon, Ld.,

Phlyctenodes, Gn., and EHphelis, Ld. Where, however,

I have previously used the name Hurycreon, Ld., myself,

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 453

it has been in the sense of comprehending both this

genus and Metasia, Gn., and in point of fact nearly all

the Australian species included by me under the name

are truly referable to Metasia.

nudalis, Hb.; ?bipunc- comptalis, Frr.

talis, Dup. eruginalis, Hb.

pustulalis, Hb. *sedacovialis, Kv.

cruentalis, Hb. *scalaralis, Christ.

sticticalis, L. clathralis, Hb.

*peregrinalis, Kv. virescalis, Gn.

Eversmanni. Stgr., List — verticalis, L.

XXXITI. turbidalis, Tr.

*scutalis, Hb. sulphuralis, Hb.

peltalis, Ev. palealis, Schiff.

consortalis, H.-S. algiralis, All.

mucosalis, H.-S. *concoloralis, Ld.

23, Trranio, Hb.

Face with short or long projecting horny plate, more or less

rounded above, flat beneath, anterior edge emarginate or some-

times almost straight; sometimes with one or two short spines on

side of face, and rarely with a sharp conical spine on forehead

above projection; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in g filiform, ciliated (1—2) or simple. Labial palpi

moderate, porrected, second joint with short or long rough pyro-

jecting scales beneath, terminal joint rather short, loosely scaled,

sometimes almost concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, rather

short, or minute, filiform or with apex loosely penicillate. Abdo-

men in gd with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer

spurs one-half to three-fourths of inner, legs sometimes hairy.

Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 rather

approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over1; veins 3, 4, 5

rather approximated at base, 4 and 5 sometimes stalked, 7 out of 6

near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-fifths.

A considerable genus, especially characteristic of

Central Asia, but spreading also into Europe and North

America, and with two or three species in the Indo-

Malayan and Australian regions. ‘The variation in the

development of the frontal projection and adjacent

facial spines, and in the length of the maxillary palpi,

have led to the creation of many small genera, which

are not tenable on a general consideration of the whole,

454 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

as all transitional forms occur, nor does a strict colloc-

ation of forms showing a particular character bring

together those which are most nearly allied. Hence I

unite the whole into one easily defined genus. The

stalking of veins 4 and 5 of the hind wings is not con-

stant specifically, both forms occurring in different indi-

viduals of the same species. The genera thus merged

are Aporodes, Gn., Noctuomorpha, Gn., Threnodes, Gn.,

Noctuelia, Gn., Emprepes, Ld., Anthophilodes, Gn., Tego-

stoma, Z., Aeschremon, Ld.

*conchylialis, Christ. venustalis, Ld.

Moeschleri, Christ.;baphi- —magnificalis, Christ.

alis, Lid. *modestalis, Christ.

*concinnalis, Christ. Staudingeri, Christ.

pudicalis, Dup. originalis, H.-S.

pentodontalis, Ersch. pulchellaus, Ster., List

lepidalis, H.-S. XXXII.

*nlumbiferalis, Christ. sartalis, Hb.

*erubescens, Christ. pollinalis, Schiff.

turcomanica, Christ. *cacuminalis, Kv.

disparalis, H.-S. multiguttalis, Ster.

comparalis, Hb. *eponyma,n.s.; Moeschleri,

alticolalis, Christ. Roman. (nec Christ.).

superba, Frr. heliothalis, Stgr., List

vespertalis, H.-S. XXXITI.

*plebeialis, Christ. paschalis, Stgr., List

floralis, Hb. XXXIII.

*qustautalis, Oberth. sultanalis, Stgr., List

normalis, Hb. XXXII.

24, Cynapa, [b.

Face with a slight rounded prominence; ocelli distinct ; tongue

short. Antenne two-thirds, in g filiform, ciliated (1). Labial

palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint clothed with loose

scales attenuated forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary

palpi moderate, porrected, rather triangularly dilated terminally

with loose scales. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Pos-

terior tibiz with outer spurs about one-half inner. Fore wings

with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated

to 9 near base; scales of inner margin forming a large projecting

tuft about one-third. Hind wings over 1; veins 38, 4, 5 rather

approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8

to one-third.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 455

Allied to Titanio; a small genus, possibly consisting

only of one geographically varying species.

dentalis, Schiff.

furiosa, Stgr., List XXXII.

95. Pruma, Ld.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in g ciliated. Labial palpi moderate, porrected,

second joint with rough projecting scales attenuated forwards.

Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected. Abdomen in g with moder-

ate anal tuft. Fore wings in § with vein 7 bent apart from 8

near base, enclosing with it a roughened depression on lower

surface, 9 and 10 out of 8. Hind wings over 1; 3, 4, 5 approxim-

ated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8.

I have not been able to see a specimen of the scarce

species which composes this genus, and the characters

given above are derived from Lederer; assuming their

correctness, the genus is distinct enough, and must be

allied to Titanio.

*ramalis, Hb.

26. HeLiorHELA, Gn.

Face rounded ; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne less

than two-thirds, in § filiform, ciliated (}—+). Labial palpi moder-

ate, porrected, second joint with short dense projecting scales

beneath, becoming longer towards apex, terminal joint moderate,

stout, exposed. Maxillary palpi long, not much shorter than

labial, porrected, expanded with scales towards apex, truncate.

Abdomen in § with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer

spurs half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 somewhat approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings

over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to one-fifth to two-fifths.

A small genus, represented by scattered species in

probably all the principal regions; it is in the direct

line of transition between itanio and Scoparia. The

lower margin of the cell in the hind wings is sometimes

so far clothed with hairs towards the base as to make a

marked approach to the structure of the Cramlide ; yet

the hairs do not form a clearly defined pecten as in that

family.

atralis, Hb.

*pregalliensis, rey.

456 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

27. Scoparia, Hw.

Face rounded, vertical ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-

tenne two-thirds, in g filiform, ciliated (}—14). Labial palpi

moderate or long, porrected, second joint with long dense pro-

jecting scales beneath, terminal joint moderate, exposed, or resting

in scales of second. Maxillary palpi rather long, porrected, tri-

angularly dilated with scales. Abdomen in 3 with moderate anal

tuft. Posterior tibia with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings

with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to 9

towards base. Hind wings from over 1 to nearly 2; veins 3 and4

remote, 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-fifths, cell without discal

hairs.

A cosmopolitan genus of large size but uneven distri-

bution ; within the tropics it hardly seems to occur

except at considerable altitudes; its maximum of de-

velopment is reached in New Zealand. Lederer states

that in S. centuriella vein 8 of the hind wings is free

from 7; it is not so in my specimens of that species, nor

is there a similar instance in any individual of those

which I possess (numbering about 100 species) ; I judge

therefore that his example must have been an unusual

variety or sport.

ochrealis, Schiff. manifestella, H.-S.

letella, Z. sibirica, Ld.

resinea, Hw. pheoleuca, Z.

lineola, Curt. *staudingeralis, Mab.

angustea, Stph. pallida, Stph.

alpina, Stt.; gracilalis, Stt. cembre, Hw.

petrophila, Stdfs. Zelleri, Wk.

sudetica, Z. ulmella, Dale.

*absconditalis, Roman. *mandschurica, Christ.

murana, Curt. ingratella, Z.

Srequentella, Stt. dubitalis, Hb.

crategella, Hb. ambigualis, Tr. ; atomalis,

truncicolella, Stt. Dbld.

valesialis, Dup. basistrigalis, Knaggs.

*delphinatalis, Gn. incertalis, Dup.

*gallica, Peyer. perplexella, Z.

*seriziatalis, Oberth. centuriella, Schiff.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 457

28. OrENarA, Dup.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in g filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi moderate,

porrected, second joint with short dense projecting scales beneath,

terminal joint moderate, exposed, obtuse or pointed. Maxillary

palpi moderate, porrected, rather thick, obtuse or pointed. Abdo-

men in ¢ with moderate anal tuft. Middle tibie in § sometimes

with pencil of hairs m groove; posterior tibiz with outer spurs

one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;

veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-

osing with 8 to one-third.

An intermediate link between Scoparia and Evergestis.

The three species are natives of the mountains of

Hurope.

alpestralis, F’.

rupestralis, Hb.

helveticalis, H.-S.

29. Hvercestis, Hb.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in $ filiform, ciliated (3). Labial palpi short or mode-

rate, porrected, second joint rough-scaled, terminal joint rather

short, loosely sealed, somewhat pointed. Maxillary palpi as long

as second joint of labial, porrected, filiform, apex somewhat peni-

cillate. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibize

with outer middle-spur one-half, outer end-spur one-half to three-

fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base, sometimes

anastomosing with 9. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely

approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8

to one-third.

A genus of moderate extent, specially characteristic of

the Huropean region, but extending also into North

America. The occasional anastomosis of veins 9 and 10

of the fore wings, as in Pyrausta, is not a constant specific

character, some specimens not showing it; the species

in which I have observed it are encalis and anartalis.

enealis, Schiff. *submundalis, Mill.

subfuscalis, Stgy. limbata, L.

*mundalis, Gn. *infirmalis, Stgr.

458 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

politalis, F. umbrosalis, F. B.

straminalis, Hb. Pechi, Baker; renatalis,

extimalis, Se. Oberth.

*vagabundalis, Christ. Srumentalis, L.

nomadalis, Ld. *allardalis, Oberth.

*cesialis, H.-S. segetalis, H.-S.

saxicolalis, Mn. *helenalis, Steyr.

desertalis, Hb. sophialis, F.

*serratalis, Stgr. anartalis, Stgr., List

*manglisalis, Kirsch. XXXIII.

orientalis, Ey.

30. Mrsoerapue, /1b.

Face slightly rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct: tongue deve-

loped. Antenne two-thirds, in $ filiform, ciliated (1—3). Labial

palpi moderate, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales

attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary

palpi moderately long, porrected, triangularly dilated towards apex

with loose spreading scales. Abdomen in # with moderate anal

tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings

with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to 9

towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and5d closely approxim-

ated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-

third.

Allied to Hvergestis. One species extends from Western

Europe to Japan, and a second throughout Africa; the

third is also African.

Jorficalis, L.

africalis, Gn.

*conquisitalis, Gn.

31. ProcHorisTIs, n. g.

Face slightly rounded ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-

tenne three-fourths, in 3 stout, filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi

moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting

scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.

Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, triangularly dilated termin-

ally with scales, apex obliquely truncate. Abdomen in $ with

small anal tuft. Middle tibiz in g rather dilated, grooved; pos-

terior tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with

vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 rather approximated to 9

towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 459

base, 7 approximated to 6 at base but separate, anastomosing with

8 to one-third.

Apparently allied to Cybolomia. The three species

are all Asiatic.

rupicapralis, Ld.

capparidis, Christ.

*simplicialis, Brem. (misprinted -ealis).

382. CypoLtomia, Ld.

Face flat, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in J dentate or filiform, ciliated (2—1). Labial palpi

long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated

to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi

moderately long, porrected, triangularly dilated with scales.

Abdomen in g with small anal tuft. Posterior tibize with outer

middle-spur one-third, outer end-spur one-half inner. Fore wings

with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to 9

towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at

base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

A somewhat aberrant genus, seeming to have relation-

ship to Evergestis; the palpi resemble those of the

Crambide, and there is some analogy in other respects.

The species range from Southern Europe into Western

Asia on the one hand, and South Africa on the other.

Guenée’s name Hypolais is earlier, but is pre-occupied in

the birds. The first species is abnormal, and perhaps

should not be included.

2 monialis, Ersch. (¢ not dulcinalis, Tr.

seen). siccalis, Gn.

fractilinealis, Christ. lutosalis, Mn.

nemausalis, Dup. pentadalis, Ld.

33. Heniuna, Gn.

Face somewhat rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.

Antenne two-thirds, in § stout, ciliated (¢). Labiai palpi moderate,

obliquely ascending, second joint with dense. rough projecting

scales beneath, terminal joint rather short, with acute triangular

tuft of scales at apex beneath. Maxillary palpi moderate, por-

rected, slender, filiform. Abdomen in gf with small anal tuft.

Posterior tibia with outer spurs nearly as long as inner. Fore

wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approxim-

ated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3 and 4

460 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

approximated at base, 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6

near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

The exact affinity of this genus seems very uncertain.

There is only one species, which is now cosmopolitan in

warm countries, but I am disposed to think that it has

probably been artificially introduced from Europe.

undalis, F.

34. Metasia, Gn.

Face with rounded pustule-shaped horny projection; ocelli dis-

tinct; tongue developed. Antenne three-fourths, in 3 filiform,

ciliated (1—1), sometimes with projecting scales at joints. Labial

palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting

scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.

Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex penicillate. Abdomen

in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs

one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings

1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to near middle.

A genus of moderate extent, distributed through

Southern Europe, the Indo-Malayan region, and Aus-

tralia. Lederer oddly makes no mention of the frontal

protuberance, which is conspicuous.

octogenalis, Ld. *mendicalis, Stgr.

suppandalis, Hb. corsicalis, Dup.

*ochrofascialis, Christ. ophialis, Tr.

carnealis, Tr. adelalis, Gn.

*ossealis, Stgr. olbienalis, Gn.

35. Nacouera, Walk.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-

tenn three-fourths, in g stout, subdentate or serrate, ciliated

({—1}4), sharply bent beyond middle, with a tuft of scales on back

above bend, sometimes also bent before middle. Labial palpi

moderate, porrected or subascending, second joint with short dense

projecting scales beneath, terminal joint rather short, stout,

exposed. Maxillary palpi short, filiform. Abdomen in g with

small anal tuft. Posterior tibize with outer middle-spurs one-

third, outer end-spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7

from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base.

Hind wings slightly over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7

out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to near middle,

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 461

A rather small genus, ranging through the Indo-

Malayan region, Australia, and the Pacific Islands; one

species extends into Eastern Siberia. I have given it

previously the name of Semioceros, but now recognise

that Walker’s name should be adopted. The genus is

one of a small group, all having tufted antenne in the

3, and originating probably from Metasia.

fenestralis, Christ. (Agrotera).

36. Drasemia, Hb.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in § filiform, ciliated with fascicles (13—2). Labial

palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense pro-

jecting scales, terminal joint moderate, exposed, tolerably cylin-

drical, pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex loosely

penicillate. Abdomen in gf with slender anal tuft. Posterior

tibiz with outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner. Fore wings

with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated

to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approxim-

ated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-

third.

A very small but quite cosmopolitan genus, allied to

Metasia.

litterata, Se.

ramburialis, Dup.

37. DuPoNcHELIA, Z.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

three-fourths, in g filiform, shortly ciliated (4). Labial palpi

moderate, ascending, second joint with dense projecting scales

beneath, terminal joint rather short, cylindrical, exposed. Maxil-

lary palpi short, apex loosely penicillate. Abdomen in 3 very

long, anai segment elongate, with exsertible genital tuft. Posterior

tibiz with outer middle-spur in g one-fourth, in ? one-half inner.

Fore wings with an upward-turned ridge of scales from vein 1 near

base beneath, 7 from near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8; in g with a naked

irregular indentation in cell beneath, and a small indentation

between 7 and 8 at base, 2 almost from angle or out of 4, 3 and 4

stalked. Hind wings 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base,

7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Allied to Diasemia; the single species is South

European. Geller’s genus was published in 1847, and

462 Mr. KE. Meyrick on the classification

in Scudder’s ‘ Nomenclator’ a genus of Diptera, Dupon-

chelia, Desv., is dated from the same year; but on

application to Mr. G. H. Verrall, he kindly informed me

that Desvoidy’s genus was published in 1868, Scudder’s

entry being erroneous.

fovealis, Z.

38. Iscunurcss, Ld.

Face somewhat rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.

Antenne four-fifths, in J ciliated (}—1), with angularly projecting

scales at joints, or sometimes filiform. Labial palpi moderately

long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated

to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi

moderate, porrected, filiform, apex penicillate. Abdomen in

long, with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs

one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 approximated to 9 at base. Hind wings 1; veins

3, 4, 5 somewhat approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

Allied to Diasemia; a small genus, ranging from

Southern Europe through the Indo-Malayan region to

Australia.

brugweralis, Dup.

diffusalis, Gn.

39. STEnta, Gn.

Face somewhat rounded, more or less oblique; ocelli distinct ;

tongue developed. Antenne four-fifths to almost one, in g filiform,

with projecting scales at apex of joints, ciliated (1). Labial palpi

moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting

seales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.

Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex loosely penicillate.

Abdomen in ¢% very long, with moderate anal tuft. Posterior

tibie with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7

from near 8, 9 and 10 oat of 8. Hind wings somewhat over 1

veins 38, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Probably a development from the preceding ; appa-

rently characteristic of the Huropean region. Amauro-

phanes, Lid., and Arnia, Gn., are included here,

*disstpatalis, Christ.

*~ntervacatalis, Christ.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 463

*ameentalis, Christ.

stigmosalis, H.-S.

punctalis, Schiff. ; concoloralis, Oberth.; ? fusco-

cilialis, Rag.

nervosalis, Gn.

40. Hypriris, Meyr.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

five-sixths, in g ciliated (4), with angularly projecting scales at

joints. Labial palpi moderate, arched, ascending, second joint

with dense projecting scales beneath, terminal joint moderate, with

triangular projecting tuft of scales beneath. Maxillary palpi rudi-

mentary. Abdomen in g very long, with small anal tuft. Pos-

terior tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with

vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9

towards base. Hind wings 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base,

7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Probably allied to Ischnurges; a genus of two Indo-

Malayan species, of which one ranges very widely,

extending over Southern Europe, Africa, and Australia.

Lederer’s name Spanista is preoccupied in the Hyme-

noptera.

ornatalis, Dup.

41. Anticastra, Ld.

Face flat, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. Antenne

five-sixths, in § ciliated (4). Labial palpi moderate, porrected,

second joint with dense rough projecting scales attenuated to a

point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi moder-

ate, apex loosely penicillate. Abdomen in g\ with moderate anal

tuft. Anterior femora and tibie in § clothed with rough pro-

jecting hairs on inner side; posterior tibize with outer spurs one-

half inner; all tarsi very long. Fore wings with vein 7 from near

9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base.

Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base,

7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Allied to Ischnurges and Stenia. The typical species

is Indian, but ranges into Europe; the other is Siberian,

and may very likely not belong to the genus.

catalaunalis, Dup.

*virgatalis, Christ.

TRANS, ENT. SOG. LOND, 1890.—PaRT III. (SEPT.) 21

464 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

49. Nausinor, Hb.

Face flat, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. Antennz

about one, in g filiform or serrate, ciliated (4—1) or simple.

Labial palp1 moderate or rather short, subascending, second joint

with long dense projecting scales beneath, terminal joint concealed.

Maxillary palpi short, thick, apex somewhat penicillate. Abdomen

in § with slendey anal tvft. Anterior tibie and tarsi in 3 some-

times clothed with long dense hairs; middle tibie in g sometimes

containing tuft of hairs in groove; posterior tibie with outer spurs

one-half to four-fifths of inner. Fore wirgs with veins 2 and 8

in § someiimes stalked from arzle of cell, 7 from near 9, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings

over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 3 and4 in g sometimes

sinuate so as to enclose a transparent space at base. 7 out of 6 near

origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-fourth to two-fiiths.

Allied to Antigastra, and probably a development

from Ischnurges. It consists of a few species, scattered

generally throughout warmer countries, some of them

having an exceedingly wide range. Phalangiodes, Gnu.,

Lepyrodes, Gn., Synclera, Ld., and Rhimphalea, Ld., are

included here. The following species are without the

hairy legs or eccentricities of neuration which are shown

by some others :—

traducalis, Z.

* Bleuset, Oberth.

43. Hucuasta, Ld.

Face flat, oblique; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

over one, in ¢ ciliated (1), with angularly projecting scales at

joints. Labial palpi moderate, porrected, with dense projecting

scales, narrowed to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.

Maxillary palpi very short, thick, apex loosely penicillate. Abdo-

men in g long, with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with

outer spurs about one-third of inner. Fore wings with vein 7

from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards

base. Hind wings 14; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of

6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Derivable from Nausinoe; a small Indo-Malayan

genus, extending into Asia Minor and Australia.

splendidalis, H.-S.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 465

44, Hyprocampa, Latr.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-

tenn two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, towards apex with angularly pro-

jecting joints, ciliated (3). Labial palpi moderate, ascending, second

joint with short or moderately long rough projecting scales beneath,

terminal joint moderate, pointed or obtuse. Maxillary palpi

moderate, subascending, loosely scaled, somewhat pointed. Abdo-

men in # with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibia with outer

spurs three-fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9,

8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 near base. Hind

wings somewhat over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base,

7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

A small European genus; it would seem probable

that it originates from the neighbourhood of Metasia,

but the exact connection is not distinctly traceable. The

aquatic habits of this and the following genera are

doubtless mainly responsible for their difference in super-

ficial appearance from the rest of the family. Lederer,

by an unaccountable error, states vein 10 of the fore

wings to rise out of 9, whereas it is by the separation of

these veins that the genus is distinguished from the

following.

arundinalis, Ev.

nympheata, Li.

rwulalis, Dup.

45. Nympnuua, Schrk.

Face rounded, vertical ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-

tenne two-thirds, in $ filiform or with angularly projecting scales

at joints, ciliated (t— 4). Labial palpi moderate, arched, ascending,

second joint with short or moderate projecting scales beneath,

terminal joint moderate, obtuse or tolerably pointed. Maxillary

palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, apex with loose peni-

cillate scales. Abdomen in ¢§ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior

tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7

from near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8. Hind wings 1; veins 3, 4, 5

approximated at base, or 4 and 5 from a point, 7 out of 6 near

origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-half to three-fourths.

A development from Hydrocampa. It is an Indo-

Malayan genus of some extent, but some straggling

forms of it seem to occur in all the principal regions.

212

466 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

stagnata, Don. *obnubilalis, Christ.

candidata, F. *vittalis, Brem.

stratiotata, L. *algiralis, Gn.

*rufoterminalis, Christ. *thyrididalis, Ld.

46. Caractysta, Hb.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli obsolete; tongue developed.

Antenne two-thirds, in $ filiform, towards apex with angularly

projecting joints, ciliated (3). Labial palpi moderately long,

arched, ascending, second joint with appressed scales or shortly

rough-haired beneath, terminal joint moderate, slender, obtuse or

pointed. Maxillary palpi short or moderate, filiform. Abdomen

in $ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs

three-fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 8, 9 and

10 out of 8. Hind wings 1; veins 3 and 4 approximated at base,

5 approximated or stalked or coincident with 4, 7 out of 6 near

origin, anastomosing or wholly coincident with 8.

A development of the preceding ; probably especially

Indo-Malayan, but every main region seems to possess

one or two species.

lemnata, L.

47. DonacavLa, 0. g.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct; tongue obsolete. An-

tenne in ¢ three-fifths, filiform, ciliated (13). Labial palpi very

long, porrected, clothed with dense loosely dilated scales, attenuated

towards apex, terminal joint moderately long, exposed. Maxillary

palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with loose scales. Abdomen

in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs

two-thirds of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 8, 9 and

10 out of 8, 11 sometimes anastomosing with 12 (sometimes

abnormally 8 and 9 out of 10). Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5

approximated at base or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-

osing with 8 to one-third.

A development of Schanobius. The single species is

European and West Asiatic.

mucronella, Schiff.

48. Scumnosius, Dup.

Face with short conical projecting tuft of scales; ocelli distinct ;

tongue very short or obsolete. Antenne in ¢ three-fifths, in ?

less than one-half, in § filiform, ciliated (I—3). Labial palpi very

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 467

long, porrected, clothed with dense loosely dilated scales, attenuated

towards apex, terminal joint moderately long, exposed. Maxillary

palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with loose scales. Abdomen

in f§ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs

one-half to four-fifths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near

9,8 and 9 stalked, 10 somewhat approximated to 9 towards base,

11 sometimes anastomosing with 12. Hind wings 1 or over 1

veins 4 and 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-

osing with 8 to one-fifth to one-third.

A genus of limited extent but cosmopolitan distribu-

tion. The resemblance of this genus to Chilo, which

has usually led to their being classed together, is due to

analogy only; as reed-frequenting insects, they have

both the form of wings and palpi, and the colouring,

which is adapted to concealment in such a situation ;

the tendency to anastomosis of veins 11 and 12 in the

fore wings appears to be a direct consequence of the

narrowing and extension of the wings. It is quite

certain that Schenobius is truly derivable from Hydro-

campa, and the intermediate steps are extant in Indian

and Australian forms; nor is there here any trace of

transition in the structural family characters, such as is

shown in Heliothela, which approaches the true con-

necting-link between the families. Chilo is simply an

aquatic Crambus. Although I have not used the 3

genitalia as systematic characters, they may with advan-

tage be examined in Hydrocampa, Schanobius, Scirpo-

phaga, and Acentropus, by those who doubt their near

relationship ; they will be found identical in the four

genera.

gigantellus, Schiff.

forficellus, Thnb.

Alpherakii, Stgr.

49. ScrrpopHaca, Tr.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct; tongue very short or

obsolete. Antenne one-third to two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated

(1—2). Labial palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, loosely

sealed, terminal joint moderate or short. Maxillary palpi moder-

ate, porrected, apex somewhat dilated with penicillate scales.

Thorax in § with patagia forming a rough erectly spreading tuft

of hairs; abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie

with outer spurs one-half to four-fifths of inner. Fore wings with

468 Myr. E. Meyrick on the classification

vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 tolerably remote, 11 some-

times anastomosing with 12. Hind wings 1 or over 1; veins 4 and

5 somewhat approximated at base, 7 closely approximated to or

out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-fifth to one-third.

Very closely allied to the preceding, and equally

cosmopolitan.

prelata, Se.

cinerea, Tr.

50. Acentropus, Curt.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct ; tongue absent. Antenne

two-thirds, in 3 filiform, ciliated ($). Labial palpi moderately

long, porrected, dilated with rough projecting scales towards apex.

Maxillary palpi very short, loosely scaled. Abdomen in g without

anal tuft. Posterior tibiee with all spurs short and slender. Fore

wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 tolerably

remote. Hind wings 1; veins 4 and 5 approximated at base,

7 out of 6 near origin (but very faint and nearly obsolete at origin),

anastomosing with 8 to beyond middle. Wings in 2 sometimes

much abbreviated or aborted.

Certainly a development of the preceding, from which

it differs but little ; a very small genus, characteristic of

Europe, but possibly overlooked elsewhere. I do not

know why there should ever have been any doubt about

its position if structure is attended to, as it is perfectly

clear. The statement that the tibia have no spurs,

originally implied by Curtis’s generic name, and repeated

by Heinemann and others, is perhaps responsible ; but

it is quite erroneous, as they are distinctly developed,

although very slender. I am not quite certain about

the common origin of veins 6 and 7 of hind wings, as

these veins become so very faint towards their base as

to be hardly traceable, but the point cannot be of much

importance here, as in Scirpophaga both forms are found

sometimes in the same species.

niveus, Ol. ; Garnonsii, Curt. ; Hansoni, Stph.

latipennis, Moschl.

newe, Kol.

2. MUSOTIMIDA.

Ocelli distinct or obsolete. Tongue well-developed. Maxil-

lary palpi well-developed. Fore wings with vein 7 out of 8 or

separate, 8 and 9 stalked. Hind wings without defined pecten of

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 469

hairs on lower margin of cell, 3 and 4 from a point or separate,

4 and 5 tolerably remote, 6 from angle of cell, 7 from upper

margin of cell before 6 or rarely out of 6 near origin, anastomosing

from 8.

This little family is characteristic of the coasts of the

Western Pacific from Japan to New Zealand, but one

species reaches as far back as Ceylon. It contains at

present only three genera, and seems to be the remnant

of a more extensive group, related by collateral develop-

ment to the Pyralidide.

51. Musotima, Meyr.

Face somewhat rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct; tongue well-

developed. Antenne two-thirds, in gf stout, subdentate, ciliated

(4). Labial palpi moderately long, porrected or subascending,

second joint with projecting scales beneath, terminal joint exposed,

with rough scales beneath towards apex. Maxillary palpi moder-

ate, dilated with rough scales, truncate. Abdomen in g with

moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with all spurs nearly equal.

Fore wings with vein 7 separate, 9 and 10 rising out of 8, 11

short. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 remote, 6 from angle,

7 from considerably before angle, anastomosing with 8 from near

origin to one-third.

A small genus, at present known from Ceylon, Australia,

and New Zealand. Unfortunately I am not acquainted

with the following East Siberian species, referred by

Bremer to Hydrocampa; but his figure shows so much

superficial resemblance to the typical species of this

genus, that I venture to place it here provisionally ;

someone who possesses the insect will perhaps compare

it with the characters given above.

*colonalis, Brem.

3. PYRALIDIDA.

Ocelli present, often concealed by scales. Tongue well-developed,

or sometimes obsolete. Maxillary palpi well-developed, or rarely

rudimentary. Fore wings with vein 1 usually shortly or obscurely

furcate at base, sometimes simple, 4 and 5 closely approximated at

base or often stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9. Hind wings without

defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell, veins 4 and 5

closely approximated at base or from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6

near origin or rarely separate but closely approximated, free or

sometimes anastomosing with 8.

470 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

The earliest form of the family is the group of Stericta,

formerly separated by me as a distinct family under the

name of Hpipaschiade, but I now recognise that this

distinction is not tenable. From this group development

has taken place in two principal lines; one through

Mnesixena, Synaphe, Endotricha to Acropentias, the other

through Pyralis to Aglossa. The family is nearly cosmo-

politan, but of no great size; it 1s, however, unrepre-

sented by indigenous species in New Zealand.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Hind wings with vein 8 AUSSLOMOHEE eurene'y

with 7

Hind wings with vein ‘8 free or gustampaing ex-

tremely shortly .. be be an 35 4,

2. Fore wings with vein 10 outof8 .. ae .. 52. ACROPENTIAS.

Fore wings with vein 10 rising separate .. de 3.

3. Thorax in g with bese noel a ending in

long tuft of hairs . 2 .. 53.. ENDOTRICHA.

Thorax in g with es Forest St .. 56. Leprpoema.

4. Antenne in g bipectinated.. 5c An 5 5.

Antenne in $ ciliated a sie 8.

5. Posterior tibiz in oy with tuft of Pellets on paca

joint Sc : a6 .. 61. Xestuna.

Posterior tibie in g\ wi without tuft . ac 6.

6. Basal joint of antenne large, dilated with acai; 55. MNuESIXENA.

Basal joint of antenne normal .. hie og The

7. Tongue obsolete s¥e SE ate ei .. 63. AGLOSSA.

Tongue developed .. oe .. 54, SYNAPHE.

8. Basal joint of antenne in g with homay pro-

jection or od A 9:

Basal joint of antennz anode horey proeehon 10.

9. Crown in g with long reflexed tuft of hairs .. G0. Cranropuonra.

Crown in ¢ without reflexed tuft . a . 09. STERICTA.

10. Basal joint of antenne with Bioienan of seb this

Basal joint of antenne without projection .. 62. Pyratis.

11. Hind wings with vein 7 out of 6 .. ae .. 58. ULoTRIcHA.

Hind wings with vein 7 rising separate .. .. 57. Hyporta.

52. ACROPENTIAS, N. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue short. Antenne two-

thirds, in § dentate, ciliated (1). Labial palpi moderately long,

subascending, second joint with long dense projecting scales

beneath, forming an angular tuft at apex, terminal joint moderate,

exposed, pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 471

with dense scales. Abdomen in $ with small anal tuft. Posterior

tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 3

from considerably before angle, 4 and 5 stalked from angle, 7 out

of 8 near base, 9, 10, and 11 out of 8. Hind wings 1; veins 4 and

5 stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to middle.

This curious genus includes only one Hast Siberian

species.

obtusalis, Christ. (Sparagmia).

53. ENDOTRICHA, Z.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in $ ciliated or finely bipectinated, pectinations ending

in tufts of cilia, Labial palpi moderate, ascending, second joint

with rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint short, exposed.

Maxillary palpi very short, slender, or rudimentary. Thorax in J

with patagia much elongated, terminating in long tuft of hairs.

Abdomen in $ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibia with

outer spurs one-third to one-half of inner. Fore wings with veins

4 and 5from a point or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 rather approxim-

ated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5 from

a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to

one-third.

An Indo-Malayan genus of moderate size, ranging

thence into Australia, Hastern Asia, and Africa, and one

species reaching Kurope.

flammealis, Schiff.

icelalis, Walk. (icelusalis) ; flavofascialis, Brem.

*costimaculalis, Christ. (costemaculalis).

*olivacealis, Brem.

*nenicillalis, Christ.

54. Synapue, Hb.

Face rounded, sometimes with projecting scales ; ocelli distinct ;

tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in g bipectinated, pectin-

ations slender, often terminating in fascicles of cilia. Labial

palpi very long, porrected, clothed with loose scales or sometimes

with rough projecting hairs, attenuated forwards, terminal joint

long, exposed. Maxillary palpi moderately long, more or less

triangularly dilated with scales. Abdomen in g with moderate

anal tuft. Femora and tibiew sometimes hairy; posterior tibie

with outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner. Fore wings with

vein 6 sometimes out of 9, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 closely approxim-

ated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 6

4792, Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

approximated at base or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, approxim-

ated shortly to 8, or connected with it at a point only.

Characteristic of the HKuropean and Central Asiatic

regions. It is by error that Lederer states the antenne

to be sometimes ciliated; they are pectinated in all

species, but the pectinations are sometimes very slender.

Both forms of the structure of vein 8 of the hind wings

sometimes occur in the same species, though connection

is much rarer.

pertusalis, Hb. isthmicalis, Ld.

uxorialis, Ld. *infumatalis, Ersch.

bombycalis, Schiff.; con- armenialis, Ld.

sessoralis, EKrsch. *oculatalis, Rag.

moldavica, Esp. angustalis, Schiff.

consecratalis, Ld. brunnealis, Tr.

connectalis, Hb. honestalis, Tr.

morbidalis, Gn. borgialis, Dup.

interjunctalis, Gn.

55. MNESIXENA, Nn. g.

Face rounded, with slightly projecting scales; ocelli distinct ;

tongue short. Antenne two-thirds, in g bipectinated, basal joint

large, dilated with scales, often with a small concealed horny pro-

jection on upper side. Labial palpi very long, porrected, with loose

rough scales, attenuated forwards, terminal joint moderate. Maxil-

lary palpi moderate, dilated with loose rough scales towards apex.

Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with

spurs all long and nearly equal. Fore wings with veins 7 and 8

out of 9, or 8 and 9 out of 7, 10 rather approximated to 7 at base.

Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5 stalked or separate, 7 out of 6

near origin, approximated shortly to 8.

A small genus, characteristic of Western Asia and the

shores of the Mediterranean.

pectinalis, H.-S. *cribellalis, Esch.

colchicalis, H.-S. *russulalis, Christ.

massilialis, Dup. concatenalis, Ld.

spectosalis, Christ.

56. Lerrpoema, n. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in # dentate, ciliated with fascicles, basal joint with

very large apical projection of scales. Labial palpi moderately

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 473

long, subascending, second joint loosely scaled, terminal joint

moderately long. Maxillary palpi rather short, dilated with scales

towards apex. Abdomenin ¢ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior

tibie with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with veins

4 and 5 from a point, 6 sometimes out of 9, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 and

11 sometimes anastomosing shortly. Hind wings over 1; veins 4

and 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing

with 8 to two-fifths.

A development of the preceding, containing only one

species from Western Asia and the Mediterranean.

tamaricialis, Mn.; ? obatralis, Christ.

57. Hyporta, Z.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in § dentate, ciliated with fascicles, basal joint large,

with apical projection of scales. Labial palpi moderately long,

porrected, second joint withapical projecting tuft of scales beneath,

terminal joint moderate, exposed. Maxillary palpi moderate,

dilated with scales towards apex. Abdomen in ¢ with moderate

anal tuft. Posterior tibia with outer spurs one-halfinner. Fore

wings with veins 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approximated to 9 at base.

Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5 approximated at base, 7 from

very near 6, approximated shortly to 8.

Allied to Mnesixena; attached to the shores of the

Mediterranean.

corticalis, Schiff.

*proximalis, Christ.

*infulalis, Ld.

58. Unorricua, Ld.

Face rounded ; ocelli distinct; tongue short. Antenne two-

thirds, in g\ subdentate, ciliated with long fascicles (3), basal joint

with projection of scales in front. Labial palpi moderate, sub-

ascending, second joint shortly rough-scaled beneath, terminal

joint moderate, exposed. Maxillary palpirudimentary. Abdomen

in gf with moderate anal tuft. Middle tibie dilated with rough

scales; posterior tibiz with outer spurs two-thirds of inner. Fore

wings with veins 4 and 5 from a point, 8 and 9 out of 7, 10 from

near 7. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5 stalked, 7 out of 6 near

origin, approximated shortly to 8.

Nearly allied to Hypotia; it contains one Mediter-

ranean species.

egregialis, H.-S.

474 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

59. Srericta, Ld.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in g ciliated, basal joint with a long densely scaled

erect or reflexed horny process. Labial palpi moderately long,

curved, ascending, second joint with appressed scales, sometimes

expanded at apex, terminal joint rather short, pointed. Maxillary

palpi rather short, filiform, in J terminating in a long pencil of

hairs. Abdomen in § with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibize

with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with veins 4 and 5

approximated or from a point or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10

approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and

5 approximated or from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin,

approximated shortly to 8 or rarely connected at a point or very

shortly anastomosing.

A genus of moderate size, principally developed in

the Indo-Malayan region and Australia, but also found

in North America; the position of the following Kast

Siberian species cannot be assured in the absence of the

3, but is almost certain.

inimica, Butl.; amurensis, Ster. MS. (Aglossa).

60. CranzopHora, Christ.

Face rounded, crown in $ with long recurved tuft of hairs

ocelli concealed (?); tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in $

filiform, ciliated, basal joint with a short horny projection in front.

Labial palpi rather long, curved, ascending, second joint with

dense appressed scales (said to have a tuft of hairs in 3, probably

in error). Maxillary palpi (said to be absent, but probably) fili

form, in g terminating in a long pencil of hairs. Posterior tibie

with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with veins 7 and 8

out of 9. Hind wings with veins 4 and 5 approximated at base,

7 out of 6 near origin, approximated shortly to 8.

Apparently closely allied to the preceding, and con-

taining one Hast Siberian species. I have not been

able to see it, and the above generic characters are taken

from Christoph, but whether they are trustworthy is

very doubtful. I have ventured to make one conjectural

correction ; the tuft of yellowish hairs said to be attached

to the labial palpi of the g is probably the maxillary

palpi, which are said to be absent, but probably lie con-

cealed between the labial, as in the preceding genus.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 475

One of the veins of the fore wing (10 or 11) is not

alluded to by Christoph, but is probably overlooked.

* Fickt, Christ.

61. Xestuna, Snell.

Face somewhat rounded, oblique, with somewhat projecting

scales; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antennzx one-half, in

& bipectinated, towards apex simple, basal joint with apical pro-

jection of scales in front. Labial palpi moderate, porrected, second

joint with rough projecting scales beneath towards apex, terminal

joint short, concealed. Maxillary palpi rather short, dilated with

loose scales towards apex. Thorax in § with very large expansible

pencil. of hairs from shoulders beneath. Abdomen in g with

moderate anal tuft, and apical lateral pencils of scales. Posterior

tibie in g with rough projecting scales, outer spurs one-half inner,

posterior tarsi in g\ with tuft of scales at apex of basal joint above

(anterior and middle legs broken). Fore wings with vein 1 with

long basal fureation, 4 and 5 closely approximated towards base,

7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings

over 1; veins 4and 5 froma point, 7 out of 6 near origin, approxim-

ated shortly to 8.

Intermediate between the preceding group and Pyralis ;

it includes only the following Kast Siberian species.

miraculosa, Snell.

62. Pyrauts, L.

Face rounded, with rather projecting scales; ocelli distinct or

concealed; tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ filiform,

serrulate, or dentate, ciliated (1—2). Labial palpi moderately

long, porrected or ascending, second joint with appressed or rough

projecting scales, terminal joint moderate or short, exposed. Maxil-

lary palpi short or moderate, tolerably filiform or apex dilated with

loose penicillate scales. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft.

Posterior tibize with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with

veins 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 rather

approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and

5 from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, approximated

shortly to 8.

A cosmopolitan genus, but some of the species owe

their wide range to artificial introduction. I have here

included Stemmatophora, Gn.; it is supposed to be dis-

tinguished from Pyralis by the presence of ocelli, but I

476 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

find them to be present in all species alike, though in

some more exposed and conspicuous. P. pictalis, Curt.,

which I have not mentioned in the list of species, is

excluded as an exotic, only inserted in the Kuropean

lists by an error of habitat, or perhaps an accidental and

purely temporary introduction.

rubidalis, Schiff. *fuscolimbalis, Rag.

fulvocilialis, Dup. *leonalis, Oberth.

*incarnatalis, Z. combustalis, F. R.

glaucinalis, L. subustalis, Lid.

costalis, F. *gadesialis, Rag.

regalis, Schiff. perversalis, H.-S.

lienigialis, Z. obsoletalis, Mn.

farinalis, L.; domesticalis,

Z. (cert.).

63. Aauossa, Latr.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct or concealed; tongue obsolete.

Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ bipectinated, pectinations slender.

Labial palpi moderately long, porrected or subascending, second

joint with dense rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint

moderate, exposed. Maxillary palpi moderate, apex with loose

penicillate scales. Abdomen in § with moderate anal tuft. Pos-

terior tibie with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with

veins 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approxim-

ated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5

stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, approximated shortly to 8.

Now nearly cosmopolitan, but probably by artificial

introduction. The antenne of the ¢ are always said to

be ciliated, but are really bipectinated, the pectinations

being very fine, as in some species of Synaphe.

pinguinalis, L.

cuprealis, Hb.

*ersucealis, Ld.

*signicostalis, Stgr.

4. PHYCITIDA.

Ocelli distinct or rarely concealed. Tongue well-developed or

rudimentary. Maxillary palpi well-developed or rudimentary,

not triangular. Fore wings with vein 1 simple, or obsoletely

furcate, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base or stalked, 7 absent

(coincident with 8), 8 and 9 stalked. Hind wings with defined

pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell, veins 4 and 5 closely

approximated at base or stalked or coincident, 7 out of 6 near

origin, anastomosing with 8 or free.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. ATT

This family is an early offshoot of the immediate

ancestors of the Pyralidide. It is cosmopolitan, but

especially attached to warm countries. As mentioned

above, in courtesy to M. Ragonot, I do not propose to

enter into the classification of this and the following

family until his monograph is published.

5. GALLERIADA.

Ocelli distinct or concealed. Tongue well-developed or obsolete.

Maxillary palpi more or less developed, not triangular. Fore

wings with vein 1 usually furcate at base, 4 and 5 closely approxim-

ated at base or stalked, 7 rising out of 8, 8 and 9 stalked. Hind

wings with defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell, veins

4 and 5 closely approximated at base or stalked or coincident, 7

out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 or free.

_ A small family, but nearly cosmopolitan. Like the

preceding, it is an early development from the ancestors

of the Pyralidide.

6. CRAMBID.

Ocelli distinct or concealed, or rarely obsolete. Tongue well-

developed, or rarely obsolete. Labial palpi long, straight, por-

rected. Maxillary palpi well-developed, strongly triangularly

dilated with scales. Fore wings with vein 1 simple or obsoletely

furcate, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base or stalked, 7 separate

or out of 8, 8 and 9 stalked or rarely coincident. Hind wings with

defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell, veins 4 and 5 from

a point or stalked or coincident or rarely only approximated at

base, 7 out of 6 near origin or approximated or widely remote,

anastomosing with 8 or very rarely free.

A family of considerable size and universal distribution.

The earliest existing form is probably Diptychophora,

which shows the aboriginal character of a well-marked

separation at origin of veins 4 and 5 of the hind wings ;

from this there are two lines of descent, one through

Talis to Ancylolomia, now represented by very few

species except in Australia, where T'alis is dominant,

and the other through EHuchromius to Crambus. The

uniformity of the palpi in this family is very remarkable.

478

. Ocelli concealed

. Hind wings with veins 4 and 5 separate ae origin

TABULATION OF GENERA.

. Fore wings with vein 7 rising out of 8 .,

Fore wings with vein 7 separate ,.

. Hind wings with vein 7 rising out of 6 .. o

-- 64.

so yrale

29005

66.

Hind wings with vein 7 widely remote ..

Ocelli exposed, distinct

Hind wings with yeins 4 and 5 from a point or

stalked .. on ee

. Hind wings with vein 7 wat of 6 or oracle closely

approximated .. fs te

Hind wings with vein 7 widely déraote from 6 .

Fore wings in 3 with semitransparent patch in

cell... AC :

Fore wings in 3 without semitransparent patch

. 65.

Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

ANCYLOLOMIA.

CALAMOTROPHA,

CRrAMBUS.

DipTYCHOPHORA.

TAuis.

67. EucHROMIUS,

7. Face with conical horny projection .. 68. Cuno.

Face without projection .» 69. PLATYTES,

64, AncyLotomta, Hb.

Face rounded ; ocelli distinct ; tongue obsolete. Antenne two-

thirds, in g flattened-dentate, ciliated (4), or unipectinated. Labial

palpi long, porrected, clothed with loose rough scales, attenuated

forwards. Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with

scales towards apex. Abdomen in ¢ with moderate anal tuft.

Posterior tibize with outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner.

Fore wings with veins 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 rather approximated to

9 towards base, 11 running into 12. Hind wings 14; veins4 and 5

closely approximated or stalked, 7 remote from 6, anastomosing

very shortly with 8.

A small genus, ranging over South Europe, the Indo-

Malayan region, and Africa.

contritella, Z.

tentaculella, Hb.

pectinatella, Z.

*inornata, Ster.

palpella, Schiff.

65. Tauis, Gn.

Face with horny projection; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed.

Antenne two-thirds, in $ dentate, ciliated or bipectinated. Labial

palpi long, porrected, dilated with loose rough scales, attenuated

forwards. Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with

scales towards apex. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 479

Posterior tibia with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with

veins 4 and 5 separate or stalked, 7 separate, 8 and 9 stalked, 10

tolerably remote, 11 sometimes bent. Hind wings 14—14; veins

4 and 5 from a point, stalked, or rarely coincident, 7 remote from

6, anastomosing more or less with 8, rarely with inner margin in

S$ lobed and furnished with hair-pencil.

Perhaps not yet sufficiently recognised; it is well-

developed and dominant in Australia, where it takes the

place of Crambus ; stragglers are found in New Zealand,

the Hawaiian Islands, Central Asia, and Europe.

Hednota, Meyr., is a synonym.

pulcherrima, Stgr.

quercella, Schiff.

*arenella, Rag.

*subscissa, Christ.

66. DiprycHorHora, Z.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in g¢ shortly ciliated. Labial palpi moderately long,

porrected, dilated with loose rough scales, attenuated forwards.

Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with scales towards

apex. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie

with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 separate,

8 and 9 stalked, 10 tolerably remote, 11 running into 12 or free,

but bent so as to be closely approximated to 12. Hind wings 1};

vein 4 from a point with 3 or absent (coincident), 5 more or less

remote at origin from 4, 7 remote from 6 at origin, anastomosing

with 8 to one-third.

Whether the following species is truly referable here,

I cannot certainly state, but it seems not unlikely. The

genus is well-developed in New Zealand, and species

occur in Australia and South America; the subjoined

species is Asiatic.

*exsectella, Christ.

67. Hucnromivs, Gn.

Face with conical horny projection ; ocelli distinct; tongue

developed. Antenne two-thirds, in g serrate, ciliated (). Labial

palpi long, porrected, clothed with loose scales, attenuated for-

wards. Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with scales

towards apex. Abdomen in 3: with moderate anal tuft. Posterior

tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7

separate, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 more or less remote, in ¢ with a

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT II. (SEPT.) 2K

480 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

semitransparent patch in cell towards base. Hind wings 1};

veins 4 and 5 stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8

to near middle.

A small genus characteristic of the coasts of the

Mediterranean, but one species has now spread very

widely in other regions, probably, as I have explained

elsewhere, by artificial introduction. Hubner’s name

Eromene, commonly used for this genus, cannot stand,

as Hubner himself used the same name for a genus of

Noctuina (=Thalpochares, Ld., which it supersedes)

earlier in the same volume.

bellus, Hb. vinculellus, Z.

zonellus, Z. ocelleus, Hw.

wockeellus, Z. *lutus, Stgr.

ramburiellus, Z. *acartellus, Kirsch.

superbellus, Z. *nulverosus, Roman.

anapiellus, Z.

68. CuiLo, Zk.

Face with conical horny projection; ocelli distinct or concealed ;

tongue short. Antenne two-thirds, in g subdentate, ciliated (3):

Labial palpi very long, porrected, clothed with loose rough scales,

attenuated forwards. Maxillary palpi moderately long, porrected,

triangularly dilated with scales towards apex. Abdomen in ¢

with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs three-

fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 8, 8 and 9

stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base, 11 bent. Hind wings

14; veins 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 closely approximated

to or from a point with 6, anastomosing with 8 to about middle.

A small genus of pretty general distribution.

phragmitellus, Hb.

cicatricellus, Hb.

69. Puaryres, Gn.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in % subdentate, ciliated (3). Labial palpi very long,

porrected, clothed with loose rough scales, attenuated forwards.

Maxillary palpi moderately long, triangularly dilated with scales

towards apex. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior

tibiz with outer spurs two-thirds to three-fourths of inner. Fore

wings with vein 7 from near 8, 8 and 9 stalked or sometimes

coincident, 10 remote. Hind wings 14; veins 4 and 5 stalked or

coincident, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to beyond

middle.

of the Pyralidina of the Huropean fauna. 481

y y yl :

Whether any species outside the Kuropean fauna are

justly referable here is perhaps as yet not clearly ascer-

tained.

alpinella, Hb.

carectella, Z.

*pallidella, Dup.

*lugdunella, Mall.

cerussella, Schiff.

70. CrambBus, F’.

Face rounded, sometimes more or less prominent or forming a

pointed horny cone; ocelli exposed, distinct; tongue developed.

Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ dentate or filiform, ciliated ($—1) or

rarely shortly bipectinated. Labial palpi very long, porrected,

clothed with loose rough scales, attenuated forwards. Maxillary

palpi moderately long, triangularly dilated with scales towards

apex. Abdomen in $ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie

with outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner. Fore wings with

veins 4 and 5 separate, from a point, or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9,

or 8 sometimes absent (coincident), 10 approximated to 9 towards

base or sometimes out of 9 near base, 11 rather bent, sometimes

connected with 12 at a point. Hind wings about 12; veins 4 and

5 from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with

8 to about middle, or rarely shortly only.

Probably the largest genus of the whole group, being

plentifully represented in all regions except Australia,

where there are no indigenous species, and the Indo-

Malayan region, where there are comparatively few. Al-

though showing considerable variation in structure, it will

certainly not admit of subdivision. In the frontal structure

every transitional form occurs, and it is impossible to

draw a line; transitional forms between the dentate and

pectinated antenne are also found, as in Talis; and the

various differences in neural structure are all found in

different specimens of the same species.

candiellus, H.-S. pascuellus, L.

malacellus, Dup.; hapa- ericellus, Hb.

liscus, Z.; concinnellus, silvellus, Hb.

Walk. splendidellus, Christ.

argyrophorus, Butl. dumetellus, Hb.

hamellus, Thnb. ° *nemorellus, Hb.

argentarius, Steyr. palustrellus, Rag.

uliginosellus, Z. (? = prec.)

2x 2

482

pratellus, L.

alienellus, Zk.

heringiellus, H.-S.

Kobeltt, Saalm.

textellus, Christ.

culmellus, L.

hortuellus, Hb.

lucellus, H.-S.

craterellus, Se.

chrysonuchellus, Sc.

biarmicus, Tgst.

maculalis, Zett.

truncatellus, Zett.

trichostomus, Christ.

mandschuricus, Christ.

vigens, Butl.; fucatellus,

Christ.

falsellus, Schiff.

verellus, Zk.

incertellus, H.-S.

confusellus, Stgr.

*Staudingert, Z.

corsicellus, Dup.

dimorphellus, Stgr.

luctiferellus, Hb.

*permutatellus, H.-S.

speculalis, Hb.

myellus, Hb.

*colchicellus, Ld.

mytilellus, Hb.

pinellus, L.

conchellus, Schiff.

pauperellus, Tr.

pyramidellus, Tr.

margaritellus, Hb.

furcatellus, Zett.

radiellus, Hb.

monoteniellus, H.-S.

*vectifer, Z.

latistrius, Hw.

fulgidellus, Hb.

saxonellus, Zk.

Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

aureliellus, F. R. ; imima-

turellus, Christ.

*delicatellus, Z.

perlellus, Se.; rostellus,

Lah.; languidellus, Z.

levigatellus, Ld.

zermattensis, Frey.

combinellus, Schitf.

*petrificellus, Dup..,

coulonellus, Dup.

*orientellus, H.-S.

subflavellus, Dup.

*Kindermannt, Z.

spuriellus, Hb.

digitellus, H.-S.

pudibundellus, H.-S.

fascelinellus, Hb.; jucun-

dellus, H.-S.; ramo-

sellus, Z.

acutangulellus, H.-S.

*italellus, Cost.

*cyrenaicellus, Rag.

*profluxellus, Roman.

*naleatellus, Z.

trabeatellus, H.-S.

inquinatellus, Schiff.

siculellus, Dup.

*tersellus, Ld.

desertellus, Lid.

geniculeus, Hw.

salinellus, Tutt.

contaminellus, Hb.

matricellus, Tr.

polvellus, Tr.

delicllus, Hb.

lithargyrellus, Hb.

ossellus, Stgr., List

XXXIII.

tristellus, F.

selasellus, Hb.

*eneociliellus, Kv.

luteellus, Schiff.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 483

71. CaLamotRopHa, Z.

Face with short prominence; ocelli present, concealed; tongue

developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ ciliated. Labial palpi very

long, porrected, clothed with loose rough scales, attenuated for-

wards. Maxillary palpi moderately long, triangularly dilated with

scales towards apex. Abdomen in § with moderate anal tuft.

Posterior tibiz with outer spurs two-thirds of inner. Fore wings

with veins 4 and 5 separate, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approximated to 9

towards base. Hind wings about 13; veins 4 and 5 from a point,

7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to about middle.

This genus is only separable from Crambus by the

ocelli, which are completely concealed by scales, whereas

in Crambus they are always clear, exposed, and con-

spicuous. Thisseems sufficient under the circumstances.

The genus contains only a few widely scattered species.

paludelia, Hb.

*hierochuntica, Z.

7. PTEROPHORIDA.

Ocelli usually concealed or obsolete, rarely distinct. Tongue

well-developed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Fore wings with

vein 1 simple or shortly furcate, 5 remote from 4, 7 separate or

out of 8 or absent, 8 and 9 stalked or coincident or rarely separate

(Agdistis), 10 and 11 sometimes out of 9 or absent, wing usually

fissured, forming two or rarely three or four segments. Hind

wings without defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell,

vein 5 remote from 4, vein 7 remote from 6, approximated shortly

to 8 beyond origin, wing usually fissured, forming three segments.

This family, which is of considerable size and cosmo-

politan, appears to be of very early origin. The

Australian family Oxychirotide, which probably consists

of the remnants of a collateral branch of development,

supphes forms quite intermediate in character between

the Pterophoride and other Pyralidina, including species

with ordinary entire triangular wings, with absolutely

linear wings, and with wings divided each into two seg-

ments. I have formerly stated the Pterophoride to

possess no ocelli, but I now find that they are present in

some of the earliest forms, as Agdistis, though usually

obsolete. The exceptional separation of veins 8 and 9

of the fore wings is referred to under Agdistis. All the

species of this family show a more or less developed

484 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

double row of short spine-like dark scales on lower

margin of cell in disc beneath. The development of the

family has proceeded on two lines, the ancestral form

being near to Agdistis; one line being by way of

Platyptilia and Oxyptilus to Trichoptilus, the other

through Stenoptilia, Alucita, and Crasimetis to Ptero-

phorus. The extreme genera of both lines have the

neuration much degraded.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Wings entire ars ie ae . 75, AGpISTIS.

Wings fissured 5 2.

2. Hind wings with more or less developed tooth

of black scales in dorsal cilia .. Oc Ac 3.

Hind wings without black scales in dorsal cilia 5.

3. Fore wings with veins 7 and 9 absent .. .. 72. TRICHOPTILUS.

Fore wings with veins 7 and 9 present.. 56 4,

4. Fore wings with vein 10 rising out of 8 .. 73. OxyPTILUs.

Fore wings with vein 10 separate . 74. PLatypriia.

5. Fore wings with all veins present .. 76, STENOPTILIA.

Fore wings with one or more veins absent .. 6.

6. Fore wings with vein 10 separate 56 Ac 7.

Fore wings with vein 10 out of 8 or absent .. 8.

7. Fore wings with vein 7 out of 8. . 79. GYPSOCHARES.

Fore wings with vein 7 separate .. 77. Avvctta.

8. Fore wings with veins 3 and 7 absent .. .. 81. PrERopHorus.

Fore wings with veins 3 and 7 present a0 Sh:

9. Fore wings with vein 11 out of 8 . 80. CrasIMetIs.

Fore wings with vein 11 separate oe . 78. MARASMARCHA.

72. TricHopritus, Wism.

Face without tuft, rounded; ocelli obsolete ; tongue developed.

Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ ciliated (}—3). Labial palpi moderate,

ascending, second joint with short projecting scales beneath,

tending to form a short angular apical tuft, terminal joint short or

long, filiform, tolerably pointed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibiz

thickened with scales on origin of spurs, outer spurs nearly equal

inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft from before middle; vein 2 out of 4

or absent, 3 absent, 5 and 6 extremely short, 7 absent, 9 absent,

10 from near 8 or absent, 11 from near 8, long. Hind wings trifid,

third segment with more or less developed tooth of black scales in

dorsal cilia, often slight; vein 2 from middle of cell, 8 absent,

5 and 6 very short, 7 to apex.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 485

A genus of limited extent, but cosmopolitan ; more

species are known from Australia than any other region.

siceliota, Z.

paludum, Z.

foe \OXYPTINUS, 4.

Face rounded, smooth or with small tuft ; ocelli obsolete; tongue

developed. Antennz two-thirds, in f filiform, simple or ciliated

(¢—3). Labial palpi moderate, ascending, second joint with

appressed or projecting scales beneath, sometimes forming a short

angular apical tuft, terminal joint moderate, filiform, tolerably

acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibi thickened with scales on

origin of spurs, outer spurs nearly equal inner. Fore wings bifid,

cleft from about middle; vein 2 from a point with 4, 3 and 4

stalked, 5 and 6 very short, 7 from below 8, long, 9 and 10 out of 8,

11 from near 8. Hind wings trifid, third segment with a well-

developed tooth of black seales in dorsal cilia ; vein 2 from middle

of cell, 3 from near angle, very short, 5 and 6 very short, 7 to

apex.

This genus is especially characteristic of Europe, but

stragglers have spread thence into the surrounding

regions.

letus, Z. marginellus, Z.

distans, Z. ericetorum, Z.

tristis, Z. *maculatus, Const.

Kollari, Stt. hieracit, Z.

piloselle, Z. teucru, Greening.

Hofmannseggit, Moschl. didactylus, L.; ? brunneo-

parvidactylus, Hw. dactylus, Mall.

*Bohemanni, Wallgr.

74. Puaryerinia, Hb.

Face with projecting tuft of scales, rarely absent; ocelli obsolete;

tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in g ciliated (}—1).

Labial palpi rather long, obliquely ascending, second joint loosely

sealed, terminal joint moderate, porrected, filiform. Maxillary

palpi obsolete. Tibie simple or somewhat tufted on origin of

spurs and centre of middle tibiw, outer spurs nearly equal inner.

Fore wings bifid, cleft from two-thirds to three-fourths; vein 2

from much before angle, 3 from near angle, 5 and 6 short, 7 from

below 8, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 from near 9, 11 remote. Hind wings

trifid, third segment with well-developed tooth of black scales in

dorsal cilia; vein 2 from middle of cell, 3 from near angle, 5 and 6

short, 7 and 8 divergent from beyond cleft.

486 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

A genus of considerable size, and quite cosmopolitan.

cosmodactyla, Hb. sumilidactyla, Dale.

acanthodactyla, Hb. nemoralis, Z.; wsodactyla,

tesseradactyla, L. Z.

farfarella, Z. Bertrami, Rossl.

gonodactyla, Schiff. ochrodactyla, Hb.

Metznert, Z. *capnodactyla, Z.

Zetterstedtti, Z. rhododactyla, F.

75. Aapistis, Hb.

Face with more or Jess developed horny prominence; ocelli dis-

tinct; tongue developed. Antenne four-fifths, in g filiform,

shortly ciliated. Labial palpi moderate, ascending, second joint

with rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint short. Maxil-

lary palpi obsolete. Tibi simple, outer spurs one-half inner.

Fore wings entire; vein 2 from near angle, 3 and 4 approximated

or stalked, 5 widely remote from 4, from near middle of transverse

vein, 7 from near 8, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 from near 8, or sometimes

8 separate, 9 and 10 stalked, or all three separate. Hind wings

entire, on lower margin of cell beneath with a pecten of dense

scales in disc, and inner margin roughened beneath with scales ;

vein 2 from middle of cell, 3 and 4 approximated at base, 5

absent, 6 remote from 7, 8 shortly approximated to 7, posteriorly

divergent.

A European genus, extending into Africa. It is

small and compact, immediately separable from the

whole of the family, and all the species are very similar

superficially, but it includes remarkable variations in

structure. I believe, however, that these will eventually

be connected by transitional forms, and that there

is no necessity for generic subdivision, nor have I at

present been able to obtain as much material for examin-

ation as I could wish. ‘The occasional separation of

veins 8 and 9 of the fore wings is only paralleled in this

group in the Siculodide. In the roughened dark scales

on the under surface of the inner margin of hind wings

may be seen the origin of the black scale-teeth of the

preceding genera. ‘The differences in the frontal promin-

ence, which are considerable, are of value in specific

distinction.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 487

satanas Mill. *frankenia, Z.

adactyla, Hb. paralia, Z. (? = seq.)

*manicata, Ster. tamaricis, Z.

Heydenii, Z. Bennetii, Curt.

meridionalis, Z.

76. Srenoprinia, Hb.

Face with projecting tuft or conical horny prominence; ocelli

distinct or concealed; tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in

& ciliated ({—1). Labial palpi moderately long, porrected, second

joint with tolerably appressed or loose rough scales, sometimes

expanded towards apex, terminal joint moderate or short, tolerably

filiform. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibia simple, outer spurs

almost equal inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft from about two-thirds;

vein 2 from two-thirds of cell, 3 from near angle, 5 and 6 short,

7 from near 8, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 from near 9, 11 tolerably remote.

Hind wings trifid, third segment without black scales in dorsal

cilia; vein 2 from before middle of cell, 3 from before angle, 5 and

6 very short, 7 and 8 divergent from beyond cleft.

A nearly cosmopolitan genus of some size.

miantodactyla, Z. plagiodactyla, Stt.

pelidnodactyla, Stein. *lutescens, H.-S.

serotina, Z. graphodactyla, Tr.

zophodactyla, Dup. pterodactyla, L.

*tslandica, Stgr. paludicola, Wallgr.

arida, Z. stigmatodactyla, Z.

coprodactyla, Z. *Mannu, Z.

*Nolckent, Tgstr.

77. Auucrta, L.

Face rounded, without tuft; ocelli concealed or obsolete ; tongue

developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ ciliated (3—1). Labial

palpi moderate, ascending, loosely scaled or tolerably smooth,

terminal joint short, obtuse or pointed. Maxillary palpi obsolete.

Tibiz simple, or thickened with scales on origin of spurs and centre

of middle tibiz, outer spurs two-thirds to three-fourths of inner, or

almost equal. Fore wings bifid, cleft from about two-thirds;

vein 2 from about four-fifths of cell, 3 and 4 from a point, 5 and 6

short, 7 from near 8, 9 absent, 10 approximated to 8 towards base,

11 from rather near 8. Hind wings trifid, third segment without

black scales in dorsal cilia; vein 2 from about middle of cell,

3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 and 8 divergent from beyond cleft.

488 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classvfication

Principally European and American, with stragglers

in other regions. The variation in scaling of the tibize

(and occasionally of the tarsi also) is specific merely,

and quite insufficient for generic distinction.

lithodactyla, Tr. tephradactyla, Hb.

gigantea, Mn. distincta, H.-S.

Rogenhoferi, Mn. inule, Z.

Constanti, Rag. carphodactyla, Hb.

monodactyla, L. *coniodactyla, Steger.

scarodactyla, Hb. pectodactyla, Ster.

lienigiana, Z. osteodactyla, Z.

78. Marasmarcua, Meyr.

Face with more or less projecting tuft; ocelli obsolete ; tongue

developed. Antenne two-thirds, in g ciliated (3). Labial palpi

moderate, ascending, slender, terminal joint moderate, pointed.

Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibiz simple, outer spurs nearly equal

inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft from before two-thirds ; vein 2from

near angle, 3 and 4 from a point or stalked, 5 and 6 short, 7 from

near 8, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 absent, 11 from nearangle. Hind wings

trifid, third segment without black scales in dorsal cilia; vein 2

from before middle of cell, 3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 and 8

divergent from beyond cleft.

A small genus, occurring in Europe, Central Asia,

and Africa. It closely approaches the preceding, and is

a development from it.

*ehrenbergiana, Z. pheodactyla, Hb.

agrorum, H.-S. ctnnamomea, Stgr.

*rhypodactyla, Stgr. microdactyla, Hb.

*trummatodactyla, Christ.

79. GYPSOCHARES, N. g.

Face without tuft ; ocelli obsolete ; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in § ciliated (1). Labial palpi moderate, subascending,

second joint loosely scaled, somewhat tufted at apex beneath,

terminal joint moderate. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibiz hardly

thickened, outer spurs nearly equal inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft

from three-fifths ; vein 2 from a point with 4, 3 out of 4, 5 and 6

very short, upper angle of cell produced, 7 out of 8, 9 absent, 10

separate, approximated to 8, 11 tolerably remote. Hind wings

trifid, third segment without black scales in dorsal cilia; vein 2

from middle of cell, 3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 to apex.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 489

Includes at present only the following South European

species.

baptodactyla, Z.

80. CRASIMETIS, Nn. g.

Face without tuft; ocelli obsolete ; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in g ciliated (3). Labial palpi moderate, ascending,

loosely scaled, terminal joint short, pointed. Maxillary palpi

obsolete. Tibie thickened with scales on origin of spurs, outer

spurs almost equal inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft from about

middle; veins 2 and 8 out of 4, 5 and 6 short, 7 absent, 9, 10 and

11 out of 8. Hind wings trifid, third segment without black scales

in dorsal cilia; vein 2 from middle of cell, 8 absent, 5 and 6 short,

7 and 8 divergent from beyond cleft.

I know only the two following species, of which one is

European, the other Kast Siberian. It is an interesting

genus, as being obviously the ancestral form of Ptevo-

phorus.

brachydactyla, Tr.

amurensis, Christ.

81. PrrropHorvs, Geoffr.

Face without tuft; ocelli obsolete; tongue developed. Antenne

two-thirds, in g ciliated (4—1). Labial palpi moderate, more or

less ascending, filiform, second joint sometimes loosely scaled,

terminal joint moderate or short, acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete.

Tibi simple, outer spurs almost equal inner. Fore wings bifid,

cleft from about middle; vein 2 from near angle or out of 4, or

absent, 3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 absent, 9 absent, 10 absent,

11 from a point with or out of 8 or absent. Hind wings trifid, third

segment without black scales in dorsal cilia; vein 2 from middle

of cell, 3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 to apex.

A considerable genus, nearly cosmopolitan, but no

truly indigenous species occurs in Australia.

caspius, Lid. punctinervis, Const.

volgensis, Moschl. xanthodactylus, Tr.

sptlodactylus, Curt. xerodactylus, Z.

galactodaetylus, Hb. *decipiens, Ld.

*subalternans, Ld. baliodactylus, Z.

phlomidis, Stgr. calcarius, Ld.

pentadactylus, L. parthicus, Ld.

confusus, H.-S. semrodactylus, Mn.

490 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

*marptys, Christ. ischnodactylus, Tr.

tetrudactylus, L. *desertorum, Z.

malacodactylus, Z. *olbiadactylus, Mill.

*chordodactylus, Stgr. *nephelodactylus, Kv.

icterodactylus, Mn.

8. ORNEODIDA.

Ocelli distinct. Tongue developed. Maxillary palpi obsolete.

Fore wings six-cleft, cell very short, vein 5 absent, 7 separate,

8 and 9 coincident. Hind wings six-cleft, cell very short, 5 absent,

7 out of 6 near origin, 8 free.

The family consists only of the one genus. It stands

quite isolated, the earlier connecting forms being appa-

rently all extinct. Owing to the great degeneration of

the veins, and the absence of earlier forms, it is 1m-

possible to fully trace its affinities, but there can be no

doubt that it is a development parallel to the Ptero-

phoride, but very distinct from that family.

82. OrnEoDES, Latr.

Face with projection of scales ; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.

Antenne three-fifths, in g minutely ciliated (4). Labial palpi

long, obliquely ascending, second joint with rough projecting scales

beneath, more or less tufted towards apex, terminal joint moderate

or long, pointed, slender or thickened in front with rough scales.

Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibizw sometimes partially

rough-haired above, outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner.

Fore wings six-cleft, cell very short; veins 5 and 6 absent, 7

separate, 9 and 10 absent, 11 separate or out of 8. Hind wings

six-cleft, cell very short; vein 5 absent, 6 out of 7, 8 free, approxi-

mated to 7.

This genus appears to be principally developed in

Europe, Africa, and Australia, but is not of any great

extent; stray species are also known from North and

South America, and it is likely enough that others will

be found there, as the species are inconspicuous and

easily overlooked.

zonodactyla, Z. desmodactyla, Z.

dodecadactyla, Hb. hexadactyla, L.

palodactyla, Z. Huebneri, Waller.

grammodactyla, Z. *cymatodactyla, Z.

*nerittodactyla, Steger.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 491

Appendix.

The following species, which are unknown to me,

I have not ventured to classify; they may be referable

to Pyrausta.

*amasialis, Ster.

*pauperalis, Ster.

*gutturalis, Ster.

EXPLANATION OF Puate XY.

. Fore wing of Aglossa pinguinalis, showing veins num-

bered.

2. Fore wing of Zurrhypara urticata.

3. 5a Sclerocona acutella.

4. 3 Stenoptilia pterodactyla.

5. 3 Crasimetis brachydactyla.

6. as Pterophorus spilodactylus.

Ue 5 Agdistis Bennetit.

8. 35 Orneodes hexadactyla.

9. Hind wing of Aglossa pinguinalis, showing veins num-

bered.

10. Hind wing of Hurrhypara urticata.

am 56 Talis quercella.

12. of Stenoptilia pterodactyla.

13. "3 Pterophorus spilodactylus.

14. 5 Agdistis Benneti.

1Ipy. <; Orneodes hexadactyla.

16. Labial palpus of Pyrausta repandalis.

17. . Scoparva letella.

18. on Metaxmeste schrankiana.

19. i Pleuroptya aurantiacalis.

20. 3 Notarcha multilinealis.

21. Satanastra argyria.

22. 6 Agrotera nemoralts.

Dae PA Stericta inimica.

24, os Synaphe consecratalis.

25. Acropentias obtusalis.

26. Mavillaty palpus of Pyrausta repandalis.

27. si 5 Mecyna polygonalis.

Pyralidina of the European fauna.

Fig. 28. Frontal projection (from above) of Titanio pentodontalis.

29. > "A " T. normalis.

30. +5 9 > Metasia suppandalis.

ole 33 is a Loxostege EHversmanni.

32. Frontal projection (lateral view) of Cornifrons ulcera-

talis.

( 493 )

XIV. Additions to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico, with

remarks on some of the previously-recorded species.

By Henry Watrer Barzs, F.R.S., F.L.8., &c.

|Read May 7th, 1890.]

PuatTeE XVI.

Tue object of the present paper is to make known the

additions to the coleopterous fauna of Mexico, as far as

regards the family Cicindelide, which have been received

by Messrs. Godman and Salvin since the completion of

Coleoptera, vol. i., part 1, of the ‘ Biologia Centrali-

Americana,’ and to describe such species and well-

marked varieties as appear to be new to Science, cor-

recting at the same time the descriptions and identifi-

cations of known species by the light of the more

complete material since received. In the ‘ Biologia’ the

total number of Cicindelide recorded was 61 belonging

to 5 genera. In the present paper the total is increased

to 78, the additions, 17 species, belonging all to the

restricted genus Crcindela.

Cicindela obsoleta, Say.

Var. or race Santaclare.

Elytra utrinque maculis quatuor discretis (lma humerali 2nda

infra humerali 3ia et 4ta medianis oblique positis) lunulaque

apicali interdum interrupta apice intus recurva, albis. Colore

supra variat; (1) sat late viridis (sicut in C. campestris) et (2) pur-

pureo-fusca, opaca marginibus anguste letioribus. Long. 16—

20 mim.

Hab. Santa Clara in Chihuahua (Hoge).

Excepting the conspicuous and separated maculation

of the elytra this form shows no difference from the type-

form, and from numerous varieties of C. obsoleta found in

Colorado, New Mexico, and Texas, none of which exhibit

a similar number and form of spots. The second and

third spots are always distant from the margin, and the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Il. (SEPT.)

494 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

colour of the green variety is clearer than in Leconté’s

var. prasina. In all the varieties the penultimate

joint of the labial palpi is white in the ¢, and dark

metallic, like the rest of the palpi, in the ¢?; the

sculpture of the head and thorax is very faint, and the

elytra are smooth except near the base, where they are

distantly granulate-punctulate; the under surface is

shining brassy green, the abdomen inclining to chaly-

beous; the middle part of the labrum is produced, tri-

dentate in the g and quinquedentate in the ¢, the

lateral teeth being very small.

Cicindela thalestris. (Pl. XVL., fig. 1).

C. obsoleta (Say) paullo minor fronte utrinque acutius striata

corporeque subtus fere toto glabro; supra opaca, viridis, elytris

(marginibus exceptis) fusco-viridibus immaculatis, subtus nigro-

chalybea lateribus plus minusve purpureis; labro ¢ 2 medio

parum producto et valide tridentato; palpis labialibus articulo

penultimo $ albo-testaceo, 2 fusco-testaceo. Long. 18 mm.

Hab. Ventanas in Durango (Hége).

Closely allied to C. obsoleta, but having a different

facies owing to the somewhat more convex and rounded

thorax, and relatively shorter elytra gradually though

slightly widened in both sexes to a little before the apex.

The colour does not differ much from Texan examples of

C. obsoleta, var. prasina, Lec., but the species is certainly

different, and the armature of the labrum, strongly tri-

dentate in both sexes, whereas it is five-toothed, the

middle tooth alone large, in C. obsoleta 2, readily dis-

tinguishes them. The species, in fact, is somewhat

intermediate between C. obsoleta and C. pulchra. In all

the examples the under surface is destitute of hairs;

none at all are visible on the sides.

Cicindela scotina.

Elongata, atra opaca femoribus cyanescentibus; labro albo,

medio (g%) paullo haud abrupte producto tridentato (dentibus 2

lateralibus parvis), fronte plana subtilissime vix perspicue strigulosa,

oculis mediocriter prominentibus; thorace quadrato lateribus

rotundatis, sulcis profundis, disco vix perspicue striguloso ; elytris

dimidio basali aspere sat distanter punctatis dimidio apicali levi,

to the Crcindelide fauna of Mexico. 495

margine haud serrulato; pectore opaco sparsissime piloso, ventro

nitido. Long. 13mm. 3g.

Hab. Durango (Flohr). One example.

A small species of the obsoleta group, resembling much

the typical form of C. obsoleta, with which it agrees in

colour, form of labrum, and sculpture of elytra. It

differs in the rather more prominent eyes and the

narrower and more rounded thorax.

Cicindela viatica, Chevr.

Var. nigrilabris. Sericeo-nigra elytris lateribus corporeque

subtus cum femoribus interdum leviter cyaneo-tinctis; labro in ?

semper nigro, in ¢ albo interdum nigro maculis duabus albis, raro

fusco-nigro. Long. 10---12 mm.

Agrees precisely with the silky green or greenish blue

type-form in all respects, except in the black colour of

the body and the labrum of the 2. The eyes seem,

however, to be somewhat less prominent; the peculiar

sculpture of the elytra is the same, viz., large but

shallow punctures in one or two slight longitudinal

depressions, and a rather close punctuation towards

the apex; the smooth apical edge of the elytra, the

glabrous under surface, and the longitudinally convex

labrum, much produced in the middle and tridentate,

less strongly in ¢ than in 2, with lateral teeth short

and broad, are also the same. The palpi are black in

both sexes, much shorter in C. viatica and its variety

than in the other species of the genus, without, however,

any dilatation of the penultimate joint of the labials.

Hab. Refugio in Durango (Hége). A good series of

examples.

Cicindela melania.

C. viatica var. nigrilabri similis sed valde differt thorace trans-

verso lateribus rotundatis; elytris levibus palpis longioribus graci-

lioribusque, ete. Paullo major toto nigra vix sericea; labro (3)

medio late sed haud abrupte et leviter producto, denticulis tribus

minutis vix conspicuis; fronte plana toto subtiliter strigulosa ;

thorace transversim quadrato, lateribus ante medium rotundatis,

margine sicut in C. viatica albo-piloso; elytris humeris magis

rectangulatis apice latius rotundatis, foveolis umbilicatis serie

obliqua. Long.12mm. ¢.

Hab. Refugio in Durango (Hége).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaART III. (SEPT.) 2 L

496 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

Two males only, perfectly similar, with the remark-

able exception that in one the palpi are entirely black,

and in the other the penultimate joint of the labials is

brownish testaceous.

Cicindela Rittert. (Pl. XVI., fig. 2).

C. pulchra (Say) appropinquat sed valde differt capite et thorace

relative angustis elytrisque longioribus et lateribus; viridi-cyanea

elytris violaceis immaculatis, pectore abdomineque violaceo-nigris ;

labro (?) albo, vix convexo medio paullulum producto, truncato,

unidentato ; oculis sat prominentibus collo convexo, fronte glabra

utrinque striata; thorace sat angusto, subcylindrico sed brevi,

nitido parum striguloso; elytris elongato-oblongis convexis apice

late rotundatis sutura recte spinosa, margine haud serrato, ver-

sus basin sicut in C. pulchra sat grosse et crebre punctata,

postice subtilissime puctulatis ; corpore subtus fere glabro. Long.

16 mm. @.

Hab. Villa Lerdo in Durango (Ritter).

One example only has been received of this fine and

apparently very distinct species. By Herr Hége’s

desire I name it after the late Mr. Enrique Ritter,

manager of the Hacienda of Coyote, near Lerdo, who

took two or three specimens of it.

Cicindela plurigemmata. (Pl. XVI., fig. 3).

C. Flohrvi similis sed certe diversa, abdomine ceruleo-metallico

elytrisque foveolis magnis numerosis cyaneis conspersis. Supra

fusco-cuprea sericeo-opaca ; thorace subrotundato, sulcis transversis

et dorsali profundis disco parum distincte striguloso, subleevi ;

elytris elongato-ovatis medio disco utrinque striga oblique et inter-

dum guttula submarginali ab humeris longe distanti, albis. Long.

U2 mmr Qe

C. semicircularis, Klug, Jahrb. d. Ins., i., p. 33 ?.

Hab. Jefugio in Durango (Héige). Three examples

only, females.

In general form and other characters this species

resembles C. Flohri, and seems to have a close relation-

ship with it; but it differs in the uniform metallic

cyaneous colour of the under side, and in the sculpture

of the elytra, in which latter respect it approaches

C. cyanventris. The labrum (white) is advanced in the

middle, subtruncate, with a central tooth, and the angles

tu the Cicindelide fuuna of Mexico. 497

of the truncature well-marked. The eyes are somewhat

strongly prominent, and the sides of the vertex are

sharply striated, the central part, as well as the occiput

and neck, being nearly smooth or very finely alutaceous,

like the convex disk of the thorax on each side. The elytra

are rather strongly punctulated throughout, towards the

base granulate-punctate, and the large bluish rounded

shallow umbilicated foveoles are scattered from the base

nearly to the apex; the apices are separately rounded,

the edges not serrulated, the sutural apex spinose. The

sides of the body are thinly and loosely pubescent, the

trochanters blackish, the legs purple-coppery, cyaneous

towards the base of the femora.

This species comes nearer Klug’s description of his

C. semicircularis than any other Mexican form that I

have seen. It agrees in form, which Klug says is that

of C. flexuosa, but it differs in the colour of the head,

in the labrum being distinctly unidentate in the 2, im

the impunctate thorax, and in the absence of a second

submarginal spot on the elytra; and it may therefore be

a nearly allied and distinct species. At any rate, the

species referred to C. semicircularis in the ‘ Biologia

C.-A.,’ on the authority of French collections, cannot be

that of Klug, who describes the labrum as scarcely

armed and the thorax as finely punctured, the wrongly-

named insect having the labrum greatly produced, almost

narrowly sublobate in the middle in both sexes and

strongly tridentate, and the thorax rather coarsely and

densely sculptured. It will require, therefore, a new

name :—

Cicindela rugatilis.

Cicindela semicircularis, Bates, Biol. Centrali-Amer.,

Cok 1 hip. Otel pile @ecdlug):

Hab. Toluca (Salle, Floge).

Quoad formam C. tuberculate (Fab., Nov. Zealand), nec C.

flexuose, Fab., similis. Cupreo-fusca sericeo-opaca, elytris plus

minusve nigro-fusco nebulosis, puncto submarginali longe post

humerum, altera simili marginali post-medium, fascia paullo

obliqua discoidal mediana (fere semper interrupta) maculaque

exteriori subapicali obliqua interdum in lineam tenuem margi-

nalem versus apicem ducta, albis; maculis sepe partim deficienti-

bus guttis tribus interdum solum relictis ; labro (f 2) brevi, medio

Olas

498 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

sublobatim producto et valde tridentato angulis lateralibus rectis ;

thorace antice rotundato prope basin sat fortiter angustato, undique

confuse ruguloso sulcis profundis ; elytris supra ineequalibus punc-

tulatis foveolisque numerosis umbilicatis cyaneis in seriebus duabus

irregulariter dispositis; subtus nigro cyanea utrinque sparsim

pilosa, episterno prothoracico igneo-cupreo subglabro; pedibus

cyaneis partim igneo-cupreis. Long. 10—11 mm.

The elytra in both sexes are conjointly and broadly

rounded at the apex, the apical edge not serrated, and

the sutural angle scarcely spinose. The palpi are all

metallic, the penultimate of the labials dark brownish in

the g. The head and thorax are often of a clearer

coppery hue.

Crcindela precisa. (Pl. XVI., fig. 4).

C. hemichrysee (Chevr.) subsimilis sed multi robustior, sat

brevis capite relative crasso oculis parum prominentibus, thorace

subcylindrico postice angustato ; fusco-wnea, elytris obscure viridi-

eneis alutaceo-opacis fusco-cupreo strigatis passim cyaneo-punctu-

latis, post-medium fascia brevi parum obliqua curvata vel leviter

biflexuosa a margine distante guttaque submarginali ante apicem,

albis. Long. 10mm. $ 9.

Hab. Chilpancingo in Guerrero (H. H. Smith, Hége).

Though similar in form to C. henuchrysea, this species

can scarcely belong to the same group, as the labrum is

totally different, being scarcely convex, broadly pro-

duced in the middle, with the anterior margin of the

produced part more or less truncated and unidentate,

and a conspicuous submarginal row of large setiferous

punctures 10 or 12.in number. The head is much

thicker and broader behind the eyes, which latter are

much less prominent; the vertex is only slightly de-

pressed and finely striated, the declivous forehead con-

fusedly rugulose. The thorax is relatively long, gradually

narrowed behind, with the transverse sulci only faintly

impressed, the dorsal sulcus more strongly so, though

abbreviated at both ends, and deeply incised at its basal

termination; the disk on each side finely and closely

strigulose. ‘The elytra are relatively short, slightly and

sradually dilated from the base to near the apex, the

shoulders rectangular. The discoidal white fascia lies

considerably behind the middle, and in the centre of

each elytron is curved or feebly biflexuose, only slightly

to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico. 499

oblique and thickened at its inner end; a submarginal

preapical spot is the only other white marking. The

elytra in both sexes are conjointly rounded at the apex,

with small sutural tooth, the margin not serrulated.

Beneath greenish eneous, the episterna coppery «neous

and more brilliant. The femora and tibiz cupreous,

the tarsi'violaceous. The palpi whitish, with the termi-

nal, in the maxillaries also the penultimate joint,

metallic. The sides of the body beneath, especially the

abdomen and metasternum, are clothed not densely with

long incumbent pubescence, the episterna being nearly

elabrous and partially strigulose and punctured.

Cicindela guerrerensis. (Pl. XVI., fig. 5).

C. eneicolli (Bates) et punctulate, Fab., affinis. Elongata

supra cuprea capite et thorace nitidis elytris subopacis his puncto

sublaterali infra humeros fascia tenui post-median obliqua S-formi

(marginem haud attingenti) lunulaque tenui apicali antice oblique

recurva et paulluluin incrassata, albis; interdum linea tenui alba

marginali inter fasciam et lunulam ; thorace angusto lateribus

rectissimis. Long. 11—12 mm. 2.

Hab. Tepetlapa in Guerrero (H. H. Smith); Chil-

pancingo in Guerrero (Hége).

Two examples, one % rich coppery above, the other

a ¢, evidently discoloured, dull coppery brown, both

agreeing in nearly all other respects. The labrum is

similar in form to that of C. eneicollis, the produced

middle part having a truncated edge unispinose in the ¢,

and with the angles produced, and therefore subtrispinose

in the 2; the penultimate joint of the labial palpi is

white in the ¢, and dull fuscous in the 2. ‘The apex

of the elytra is the same in both sexes, being conjointly

and acutely rounded, with an acute spine at the sutural

angle. The eyes are only moderately prominent, and

the head appears narrow; the forehead and the concave

vertex are closely striated, coppery red, with two cyaneous

vitte. The thorax is very finely rugulose-striate, the

depressions cyaneous, the sides pubescent. The aluta-

ceous elytra are subsparsely and equally punctulate, the

points cyaneous and free from accompanying granules,

and the usual umbilicated foveoles are seen near the

base only. Beneath the colour is cyaneous, with the

episterna brilliant fiery coppery. The legs are cupreous

500 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

in certain lights, and the sides of the body, especially the

abdomen, are clothed with longish scarcely adpressed

hairs.

Cicindela speculans. (Pl. XVL., fig. 6).

C. precise affinis, minor et minus convexa; eneo vel cupreo-

fusca subopaca; elytris vitta lata abbreviata marginali (a basi

usque ad medium) ramulum flexuosum versus discum emittenti

politissima, post-medium fasciola tenui flexuosa discoidali guttaque

posteriori (interdum deficienti) a margine longe distanti, albis;

thorace sicut in C. precisa postice angustato lateribusque rectis

vel (g solum ?) leviter rotundatis. Long. 5}—7z; mm. $ 9.

Hab. Omilteme in Guerrero, 8000 ft. (H. H. Smith).

This curious little species is evidently closely allied to

C. precisa, though having much in common with C.

Hoegi (Bates). The head and thorax are of nearly the

same form, at least in the ?, the ¢ differing strangely

in the head being narrower and less convex behind the

eyes, and the thorax less rectilinear on the sides. The

basal part of the elytra appears flattened, owing to the

epipleure being vertical in conjunction with the mirror-

like marginal stripe, and forming a rectangular edge

with the disk, which edge is curiously sinuated at the

point, where a brilliantly polished narrow subflexuous

oblique vitta is emitted to the disk. The eyes are more

prominent than in C. precisa, and the concave vertex

more completely covered with sharp partly concentric

strie. ‘The thorax is finely striated in different direc-

tions, and the sulci are still more faintly impressed than

in C. precisa. The elytra are finely alutaceous, beset

with bluish green punctures, the interstices of which are

minutely marbled with cupreous; the apical margin is

not serrulated, and is oblique and straight for a short

distance near the sutural angle, which latter is:spinose.

Beneath blackish blue, glabrous on the sides; femora

aurescent. The labrum is broadly produced, subtrun-

cate, unispinose in the middle, as in C. precisa, but the

centre is strongly longitudinally convex, and the sub-

marginal setiferous punctures are less numerous and

inconspicuous.

Cicindela punctulata, Fabr.

Var. Chihuahue.

Hab. Norru America, Arizona (Morrison); Mrxtico,

Santa Clara in Chihuahua, and Chihuahua City (Hoge).

to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico. 501

On comparing a good series of both forms this variety

or race presents a very distinct appearance from the more

northern C. punctulata. It is on the average smaller,

more slender, the thorax especialiy narrower, and the

punctuation of the elytra is finer and closer; all the

punctures, even to the apex, are accompanied by a dis-

tinct granule. The colour differs in being dark greenish

blue, but the small and variable white markings of the

elytra are the same.

Cicindela potitula, Leconte, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., 1875, 159.

This Texan species has been met with by Herr Hoge

‘at Monterey, in Nueva Leon.

Cicindela Dugesi, Bates.

Biologia Centrali-Americana, Col., i., 1, p. 258.

This species has, since the above-cited description was

published, been received in numbers from various loeali-

ties, particularly in the Province Guerrero. ‘The first

examples received were all of a coppery eeneous hue ; most

of those lately arrived are greenish brassy brown, opaque,

with rather brighter s#neous or coppery head, thorax,

and elytral suture, the green umbilicated foveoles of the

latter conspicuous against the dark colour. The white

markings also are more developed than is described in

the type-form, in which they consist of a short oblique

streak on the disk, with a smali posterior discoidal spot ;

many examples having an apical lunule and marginal

posterior spot. The following variety has the aspect of

a distinct species :—

Var. C. calomicra.—HElytris lunula humerali apice prolongata et

cum fascia mediana conjuncta, hac postice cum macula marginali

posteriori connexa, lunula apicali antice versus diseum prolongata

ibique cum macula postero-discoidali conjuncta. Long. 8—9 mm.

Hab. Cuernavaca in Morelos (Hoge); Chilpancingo

in Guerrero (H. H. Smith, Hége).

The white markings in their full development much

resemble those of the var. T'aretana of C. hydrophoba

(Chevr.) Insome examples the humeral Junule is widely

interrupted in the middle, and the apical lunule discon-

nected from the postero-discal spot, or the latter dis-

appears altogether. The abdomen and four posterior

502 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

trochanters are red in all the varieties, and the species

clearly belongs to the rufiventris group, from all the

others of which it is distinguished, besides its small size,

by the vaulted subsemicircularly produced labrum, un-

armed in the g, and sharply unidentate in the ¢.

Cicindela deliciola. (Pl. XVI., fig. 7).

C. dysenterice (Bates) similis sed differt, inter alia, elytris brevi-

oribus grossius punctatis sicut inequalibus. Supra opaca pallide

viridi-azurea vel grisescenti-cupreo-fusca, elytris plus minusve

fusco-nebulosis, thorace transverso subrotundato, elytris lunula

humeral postice minime prolongata, fascia mediana parum obliqua

cum vittula marginali conjuncta et pone hance macula ovata mar-

ginali, lunulaque apicali tenui, albis ; interdum signaturis omnibus

(lunula apicali excepta) prope marginem conjunctis. Long.9mm.

Hab. Real de Monte in Hidalgo (Hége).

Rather smaller and relatively shorter than C. Catha-

ring and C. dysenterica; thorax rather more transverse

and more strongly rounded, and throughout densely and

rather coarsely rugulose. The elytra are simply but rather

strongly punctate, and not, asin C. Catharine, minutely

eranulated. The white markings differ from both species

especially in the median fascia being uninterrupted and

less oblique, by which its dilated apex lies very little

behind the middle of the elytra and nearer the suture; a

submarginal lne extends from the humeral lunule to

beyond the middle, but it is narrower and lies nearer the

margin than in C. dysenterica. The head is sharply and

strongly striated, the striz covering the whole crown,

and the forehead has two purple vitte. The thorax is

strongly sculptured. The elytra are nearly conjointly

rounded at the apex, the apical margin not serrulated,

and the suture not spined. The hind trochanters are

dark metallic, the abdomen red, with base more or less

dusky. Beneath, the prosternal episternum has a few

long white hairs and strong punctures near the coxe, the

metasternal episterna are nearly glabrous, and the sides

of the abdomen thinly pubescent, both the episterna are

golden coppery, the rest of the pectus green, the hind

coxe golden. The labrum is white and subsemicircularly

rounded, the margin sinuated on each side, and the

to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico. 503

angles distinct though obtuse, the middle in the ? uni-

dentate, in the ¢ unarmed.

Crcindela rufiventris, Dej.

Among the great number of examples of the different

varieties from very numerous localities referred in the

‘Biologia’ to this species on the authority of Chaudoir,

I have failed to find a single specimen agreeing with

Dejean’s description in the essential peculiarity of the

elytral markings, viz., a crescent-shaped apical lunule

and three detached spots in triangle on the disk. The

detached spots of course represent the marginal and dis-

coidal ends of the median fascia and the posterior mar-

ginal spot, but in Mexican examples it invariably occurs

that when the median fascia is dissolved into spots the

apical lunule is also disintegrated. The apical lunule

remains entire when the median markings degenerate

only in closely-allied N. American species, e. g., C. cuma-

tilis. Dejean’s example was from Palisot de Beauvois’s

collection, and labelled ‘St. Domingo”; whether this is

correct, or the specimen came from the south-eastern

States, is doubtful, and the Mexican forms perhaps do

not belong to the same species.

C. rufiventris (2) var. 16-punctata, Klug (= rubri-

ventris, Chevr.).—In its typical form this var. is small

(9—10 mm.), generally dark and bluish in tint, and

the markings form on each elytron eight equal-sized

spots, the two median spots sometimes connected by a

thin line. It occurs chiefly in the vicinity of the city of

Mexico. The hind trochanters are dark brassy brown,

the labrum scarcely at all produced in the middle even

in the ?.

Var. C. Ventanasa.—Same as 16-punctata, but larger

(102—12 mm.), and relatively narrower. Apparently

common at Ventanas in Durango, and at La Noria in

Sinaloa. This var. graduates into the var. Sallei of

Sinaloa.

Var. ?.— A little longer than 16-punctata (103—11

mm.); elytra more parallel, dark purple-coppery with

green reflections; median fascia and apical lunule

entire (narrow in the middle); trochanters the same.

Northern Sonora and Chihuahua ; also Arizona.

Var. Sallei, Chevr. — Distinguished from var. 16-

punctata and Ventanasa chiefly by the larger elytral

504 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

spots and markings, a character specially mentioned by

the describer, who likens the species to C. aulica, De}.

The hind trochanters are generally brassy ferruginous,

but they are sometimes clear red. The size given by

Chevrolat is 103 mm., but the greater number of examples

measure 11—12 mm., ora little more. The labrum is

scarcely produced in the middle, unidentate in the ?.

With some local variation it ranges over a wide area ;

Guatemala, Ceno de Plumas in Oaxaca (Hége); Jalapa,

Chilpancingo, Iguala, and Mescala in Guerrero (H. H.

Smith); and Ventanas in Durango (Hége). Its southern

varieties merge gradually into the following :—

Var. Melly:, Chaud., Bates, Biol. C.-A., Col., i., 1,

p. 8, t. 1, f. 7, in which the elytra is of a richer velvety

bluish black, and the head and thorax opaque coppery

red (Oaxaca, Guatemala), and

Var. calochroides, Motsch., in which the two (posterior)

marginal spots of the elytra have disappeared, and the

apical lunule is often reduced to a spot near the suture.

Chontales, Nicaragua.

Cicindela hydrophoba, Chevy.

This species is very distinct-from C. rujfiventris, in

general form, length, and convexity of the labrum, and

in the constant red colour of the hinder trochanters. It

seems to have nearly the same.range. ‘The only addi-

tional locality I have to record is Temax in North

Yucatan (Gaumer). Herr Hoge obtained a large series

of the beautiful variety 5-notata at Acapulco.

Cicindela nebuligera. (Pl. XVI., fig. 8).

C. rufiventris var. Sallei affinis. Letius aurato-cuprea, elytris

utrinque disco fusco-nigro; thorace prope basin distincte angus-

tato subtiliter ruguloso ; elytris maculis humerali et posthumerali,

fascia mediana obliqua §S-formi, macula postericri marginali

majori, lunulaque apicali integra sat lata interdum cum macula

postero-discoidali conjuncta ; trochanteribus cum medio pectore

leete zneis episternis igneo-cupreis, abdomine rufo; labrum antice

late arcuatim productum medio brevissime unidentatum margine

utrinque leviter sinuato angulis distinctis. Long.11 mm. $ 9.

Hab. Refugio in Durango (Hége).

There are three examples only of this distinct species

to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico. 505

of the rufiventris group. The elytra are punctured, as

in C. sall@i and allies, but the umbilicated foveoles are

longer and more numerous towards the base; the con-

jointly rounded apices have nearly smooth edges.

Cicindela rectilatera, Chaud.

This Texan species occurs in the States of Tamaulipas

and Coahuila, under the same form as in Texas; but at

Villa Lerdo in Durango, where it has been collected in

large numbers by Mr. Hoge, it presents itself as a tolerably

well-marked variety, being generally smaller, the elytra

relatively a little shorter, and the white spots larger, the

two median spots being sometimes more approximated

than usual with traces of a fine line connecting them

together.

Cicindela flavopunctata, Chevr.

The southern form of this common Cicindela is on the

average smaller, and has a decidedly narrower thorax ;

the hind trochanters also are always red like the abdo-

men, the latter having little or no trace of fuscous at the

base. It is a more important variety than any of the

others described under this species, and I propose to call

it after the name of the State which appears to form its

head-quarters.

Var. C. Chiapana. Thorace angusto cylindrico, elytris utrinque

maculis quinque albis, abdomine trochanteribusque posticis rufis.

Long. 10 mm. $ 9.

Tapachula in Chiapas; La Noria in Sinaloa (Héqe) ;

Guatemala (Champion), near the city (Salvin).

Specimens nearly approaching this in the small size

and narrow thorax occur in’Central Mexico, but they

have the same blackish brown trochanters and’base of

abdomen as the ordinary typical and rather larger form

with quadrate thorax. In Nicaragua and Costa Rica

another allied but less slender var. occurs.

Cicindela sinaloe.

Sat angusta, elytris elongato-subovatis. Cupreo-fusca sub opaca,

oculis mediocriter prominentibus, thorace quadrato, elytris lunula

humerali postice incrassata, fascia mediana valde obliqua recta

plerumque interrupta cum vittula lata marginali conjuncta lunu-

506 Mr. H W. Bates’s additions

laque apicali antice oblique prolongata et extus paullo recurva,

albis; pedibus elongatis, trochanteribus apiceque abdominis rufis.

Long. 8—1l mm. $ 2.

Hab. Mazatlan (Hoge).

A small species having the facies (except the longer

legs) of C. sallei and allies, but in all its essential

characters belonging to the same group as C. sperata

and Gabbii. The labrum is short and broad, with

straight front margin in the 3, and slightly produced

and tridentate in the middle in the @. The vertex is

only moderately depressed between the eyes, and finely

striated on the sides. The thorax is quadrate, not much

narrower than the head with the eyes, and not greatly

exceeded in width by the elytra; its sides are nearly

straight, the sulci deep, and the surface minutely

sculptured. The elytra are broadest in the middle, and

the apices are separately rounded in both sexes, in the

3 with a short oblique sinuation near the sutural spine,

in the @ more strongly rounded and produced, with the

sutural apex somewhat retracted and the outer margin

oblique and subsinuated to the ante-apical angle, which

is distinctly indicated; the surface is subgranulate-

punctate throughout, the apical margin faintly serru-

lated. The sides of the body are rather densely clothed

with adpressed hairs. The femora are brilliant green,

their apices and the tibie translucent reddish.

Cicindela fera, Chevrolat.

This distinct species, so similar in form and elytral

markings to C. repanda (Dej.), but distinguished by the

red apical half of the abdomen, the smoother, darker,

more opaque, and behind dilated elytra and the glabrous

forehead, has been taken in great number by Herr Hoge

at Villa Lerdo in Durango. He met with it also in more

southerly localities, viz., San Juan Bautista in Tabasco,

and Tehuantepec.

Cicindela euryscopa. (Pl. XVLI., fig. 9).

C. boopi (Mann.) et C. awrarie (Klug) proxime affinis, differt

inter alia, elytrorum margine albo postice profunde indentata.

Ainea subnitida ; capite lato oculis maxime prominentibus, thorace

valde rotundato, elytris margine albo laterali lato medio paullo dila-

to the Ciendelide fauna of Mexico. 507

tato et prope angulum ante-apicalem profunde indentata. Long

9—12 mm. g Q@.

Hab. Mazatlan in Sinaloa (Hége). <A good series,

offering no variation.

The colour above is brownish brassy, beneath more

briluant and partly golden, with the trochanters, base

of femora, and apical segment of the abdomen, fulvo-

testaceous. The labrum is broad and short, but tri-

angularly advanced in the middle, and unidentate in

both sexes, the front margin on each side strongly

sinuated. The thorax is rather abruptly and strongly

rounded after the anterior transverse sulcus, the surface

transversely and irregularly rugulose. ‘The elytra, cop-

pery in certain lights, are punctulated throughout, and

conjointly acuminate, with a sutural spine; the margin

(not serrulate) is oblique and flexuous (more strongly so

in the 2?) to the distinct though rounded ante-apical

angle. ‘The sides of the body beneath are moderately

densely clothed with adpressed hairs. The legs are

long and extremely slender, but the claws are not so

long as in C. macrocnema and allies, being much shorter

than the fifth tarsal joint.

Cicindela sperata, Leconté, Tr. Am. Phil. Soe., xi.

(1856), p. 50.

Taken in considerable number by Herr Hoge at Nuevo

Laredo in Tamaulipas, and Villa Lerdo in Durango.

Cicindela psilogramma. (Plate XVL., fig. 10).

C. sperate (Leconte) primo intuitu similis sed valde differt

elytris apice utroque sexu conjunctim regulariter rotundatis, tro-

chanteribus cupreo-violaceis, etc. EKlongata, supra obscure cupreo-

fusca, elytris lunula basali (apice haud recurva) fascia mediana

paullo flexuosa valde obliqua apice prope suturam leviter -recurva

extusque cum vittula marginali conjuncta, lunulaque apicali

(antice rectangulariter inflexa) albis, signaturis omnibus tenuibus ;

thorace angusto fere cylindrico. Long. 11—13 mm. $ 9.

Hab. Villa Lerdo in Durango (Hége). <A large series

of examples.

Similar in form and colour to C. sperata, but the

white markings differ a little from the most slenderly

marked examples of that species, in the humeral lunule

508 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

being less curved behind and not thickened at the apex,

and in the apical lunule being very abruptly bent. The

species forms a transition between the sperata-marginat

group and the trisignata and hirticollis group; the white

pubescence of the sides of the body beneath, though

rather dense, is less adpressed and felted than in

C. marginata and allies. The labrum is short and broad,

rectangular, with the median part very slightly produced

eveninthe 2. The thorax is narrow, nearly cylindrical,

and minutely, irregularly sculptured. The elytra are

proportionally rather long, broader behind, with con-

jointly rounded and sharply serrulated apical margin;

the surface is very regularly, equally, and finely granu-

late-punctate, with very dense and fine punctuation on

the interstices. The under side and legs are bluish

green, the four posterior trochanters purple-metallic.

Cicindela leuconoé. (Pl. XVI., fig. 11). .

C. macrocnema (Chaud.) affinis et similis sed constanter differt,

inter alia, elytroruin fascia mediana haud obliqua, prope suturam

cum vittula suture parallela conjuncta. Valde elongata, pedibus

posticis longissimis ; «neo-vel cupreo-fusca, elytris opacis macula

utrinque basal, lunula humerali, fascia mediana curvata transversa

cum vittula subsuturali et vitta latiori marginali conjuncta lunula-

que apicali antice valde curvata et incrassata, albis. Variat: (1)

signaturis omnibus plus minusve coalescentibus, (2) signaturis

tenuissimis fascia mediana lunulaque apicali interruptis. Long.

13—15 mm. J Q.

Hab. Manzanillo in Michoacan, Acapulco in Guerrero

(Hége).

Distinguished from other members of the group with

greatly elongated legs and corresponding claws by the

median fascia lying across the elytron, and ending in a

short vitta parallel to the suture. The surface of the

elytra is minutely granulated throughout, as in C.

macrocnema; and the apex, as in that species, is con-

jointly rounded in the , more prolonged and towards

the suture separately rounded in the 2, with the edge

serrulated. The labrum is short and broad, quad-

rangular, with straight front edge and small central tooth.

The under surface, legs, and trochanters are brilliant

coppery, with the abdomen and middle of the sterna

dark geneous ; the sides clothed with adpressed hairs. |

to the Crcindelide fauna of Mexico. 509

There is a large series of this elegant species from

each of the two localities named above. Those from

Acapulco show nearly all a larger extension of white

colour on the elytra than those from Manzanillo.

Cicindela debilis. (Pl. XVL., fig. 12).

G. celeripes (Leconte) affinis. Parva angusta, thorace fere

cylindrico angusto; fusco-nigra (capite plus minusve cuprascenti)

raro viridis, subtus nigra vel cyanea metallica, supra opaca; elytris

vitta submarginali (apud humeros et versus apicem marginem

attingenti) intus bidentata guttaque discoidali interdum per fasciam

tenuem obliquam cum vitta marginali conjuncta, albis, margine

ipso plus minusve polito, cupreo. Long. 8—9 mm.

Hab. Ciudad in Durango (Hoge).

The upper surface is opaque, so that the sculpture of

the thorax and elytra is scarcely visible. The labrum

is white, produced in the middle and unidentate, the

anterior margin being sinuated and the angles sub-

rectangular. ‘The eyes are rather large and prominent,

the vertex depressed, and with the forehead densely and

finely strigose. ‘he thorax is narrow and nearly cylin-

drical, a little narrowed near the base; the sides are

clothed with white laid hairs. The elytra are rather

narrow, though together about twice as broad as the

thorax, oblong in the ¢ and elongate-subovate in the @ ;

the apical margins in the 3 are rather sharply rounded

and sinuated close to the sutural apex, which is spined

and considerably retracted inthe @. The under surface,

especially on the metasternum, is sparsely and loosely

pubescent. The trochanters, apex of femora, and the

whole of the tibiz and tarsi, are fulvo-testaceous

C. celeripes, Lec., in Chaudoir’s catalogue, is the type

of a group (to which C. debilis belongs) placed next to

the C. germanica group.

510 Cicindelide fauna of Mexico.

EXPLANATION oF Prats XVI.

Fic. 1. Cicindela thalestris.

Ritter.

plurigenmata.

precisa.

gquerrerensis.

speculans.

deliciola.

nebuligera.

ewryscopa.

psilogramma.

lewconoe.

debilis.

XV. A Catalogue of the Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera collected

in the Shan, States, with notes on the country and

climate. By Nrevitte Manpvers, M.R.C.S., F.E.S.,

Surgeon, Army Medical Staff.

[Read June 4th, 1890.|

Havine spent two years on active service and intermittent

collecting in the unknown districts of the Cis Salween

Shan States, I have thought that a short account of the

country, together with a catalogue of the Lepidoptera

(Rhopalocera) collected during this time, would prove

not without interest to Fellows of the Society.

I think the catalogue will not be without interest, for,

though few new species are therein described, yet I hold

that one of the most interesting entomological questions

of the day is the distribution of insects; and, as the

vast tract of country lying between Assam and Sikkim,

on the one hand, and Upper Tenasserim, Lower Burma,

and the Malay Peninsula on the other, is practically

unknown to the naturalist, any contribution towards

our knowledge of the insects inhabiting that region will

be of use.

It may reasonably be inferred that insects occurring

both in Assam and the Malay Peninsula would occur

also in the intervening region, yet the proof that they

do so has so far been wanting.

If I were asked to define Upper Burma, I would say

that itis the plain (mostly alluvial) on either bank of

the Irrawaddy, bounded on the west and north-west by

the Aracan, Yomas, Lushai, and Chittagong hill tracts,

on the north-east by Yunan and the Northern Shan

States, on the east by the Shan States, and south-east

by Karenni. It will be seen that I limit Upper Burma

to a comparatively small tract of country; yet 1 think

the definition a natural one. It is, in fact, an alluvial

a plain surrounded by mountainous country, the former

being as hot and almost as dry as the Punjab. The

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—ParT UI. (SEPT.) 2M

512 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

Shan States are essentially a hilly, or rather a moun-

tainous, country ; the usual trend of the hills being north

and south, being the continuation southwards of the

mountains of Junan. Four ranges of hills at least

separate the plains of Burma from the Salwin River,

having an average altitude from 4000 to 6000 ft. Many

individual peaks rise to a much higher altitude, the

highest I individually ascended being just under 10,000 ft.,

and some of the passes the troops crossed were over

6000 ft. in height. They are mostly composed of lime-

stone and conglomerate, supporting a heavy forest,

which, in the more inhabited parts of the country, is

extensively burned by the Shans every cold weather,

in order to secure a good crop of grass for the bullocks,

which are universally used for carriage. At this time

of the year long lines of fire extending from base to

summit of the hills may be seen advancing, now slowly,

now rapidly, with the wind; affording a magnificent

spectacle at night, but limiting one’s collecting rambles

to the neighbourhood of the streams and moister jungles,

which the fire is unable to reach. The toungya, or hill-

cultivation, carried on by the hill-tribes is infinitely less

injurious to the naturalist, as the trees on the space

intended for cultivation are simply cut down and burned,

the damage extending to a few acres instead of over

several miles, as in the former case.

The intervening valleys lie at altitudes all considerably

higher than the Burma plains. the lowest—that of Mone

—hbeing 800 ft., and that of Nyoungwe, in which is

situated the Eulay Lake, 8000 ft. Lying north of the

Mone Valley is that of Legya, which is perfectly flat and

encircled by hills; and it does not require an examina-

tion of the fresh-water shells, which le within a few

inches of the surface of the ground, to be convinced that

this once was the bottom of a sheet of water. ‘The Mone

Valley has the representative of the former lake, which

probably filled the whole valley, in two very much

smaller ones connected by a marsh, which extends some

considerable distance round them.

On the other hand, though the northern end of the

Nyoungwe Valley is now dry land, the southern end is

an extensive lake, sixteen miles long by seven broad,

which once extended up the whole valley. That this

was so 1s proved both by geological evidence and also by

tradition.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 518

The reason for the gradual disappearance of the lakes

is not far to seek, and is primarily due to the porosity of

the limestone. Streams disappearing into extensive

crevices and sometimes caverns of limestone are by no

means infrequent in the Shan States. The best instance

of this is that of the Nyoungwé (Eulay) Lake itself.

This very considerable sheet of water is collected at its

southern end into the Balu Choung, which flows at an

elevation of about 8000 ft. in a south-easterly direction

into Eastern Karenni. Here, after a course of some

forty miles, mostly through an open plain, it enters a

limestone gorge, and immediately at its exit opens out

into a marsh, and disappears into the ground through

holes and fissures in the limestone. Its further course

is at present unknown, but it probably joins the Pan

River some ten miles off, but flowing at a level of only

800 ft., and in this case the whole drainage of the lake

must descend over 2000 ft. by an underground course.

The valleys of the Shan States are almost entirely

devoted to rice culture, and in prosperous times con-

tinuous miles of country were under cultivation. But

during the time I was there (1887-88) an entirely

different state of things prevailed. For two years after

the removal of Theebaw the Shan chiefs, who had

previously paid some sort of allegiance to the Burmese

monarchs, were left to themselves, and they signalised

their emancipation by quarrelling among themselves to

such an extent that the whole country was laid waste,

villages and cattle destroyed, and many of the inhabitants

fled to Lower Burma. Famine of course followed, and

in the Legya Valley alone 2000 people were said to

have died of hunger, and we saw their bones lying

months afterwards in the main street of the town; the

few surviving inhabitants having fallen into such a state

of despondency that they were too apathetic to remove

them. Under our rule this state of things is happily

fast disappearing, and in another year or two the Shan

States will unquestionably become one of the largest

rice-producing districts in our new province.

By far the greater number of the insects enumerated

below came from Bernardmyo, Koni, or Fort Stedman ;

and a few words concerning these places will not be out

of place. I am indebted to Surgeon Philson, M.S., for

all the butterflies from Bernardmyo. 1 have never been

2m 2

514 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

there myself, and can only say that it is an unhealthy

hill station at an altitude of about 7000 ft. The country

round about is mountainous and covered with thick

forest, and I should certainly select this as my head-

quarters if I had the good luck to spend a season

collecting in the Shan States. It lies just north of the

Ruby Mines, and can be reached without any difficulty

from Mandalay.

Koni lies at an altitude of 4500 ft. in the centre of the

Phwayla Plateau, and is close to the newly-made road

leading from Meiktila in Upper Burma to the Shan

States. The railway will also very possibly take the

same route. ‘The Phwayla Plateau is an extensive open

down country, mostly under cultivation, but otherwise

covered with short turf, bracken fern, and_fir-trees

(Pinus longifolia). The change from the dense forest

lying between the Burma plains and this plateau is very

remarkable. The former is essentially tropical; the

latter reminds one immediately of the English South

Downs. Such plateaux are not uncommon; they are to

be met with im the interior of the Khasia and Jynteah

hills, and one has lately been discovered at Haka, in the

Chin country. Such plateaux look healthy enough, but

Koni was dreadfully unhealthy on account of the fever,

and has since been abandoned by British troops. Few

butterflies are obtainable there, but Micros were very

numerous, and I was fortunate enough to take several

new to science.

Fort Stedman lies about thirty miles due east of Koni

and Mone, the capital of the Shan States, almost due

east of Fort Stedman, at a distance of a hundred miles.

- Fort Stedman is situated on rising ground close to the

village of Maingsouk, on the eastern shore of the Kulay

Lake. It isa lovely spot, and would that I had the good

fortune to visit it once again. Immediately behind the

fort rises the Sintoung range of hills, running up to

5000 ft., and everywhere covered with dense forest. The

western shore is also enclosed by a lofty range of hills,

everywhere intersected by deep ravines running up from

the water’s edge, and filled with dense jungle. The

elevation is 8200 ft., and the flora is mostly tropical,

though our experiments in growing English vegetables

were surprisingly successful. The inhabitants are lake-

dwellers, and spend the greater part of their lives on

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 51i

the water in their dug-out canoes: their houses are

built on piles, and pushed far out into the lake. In

appearance they differ both from the Shans and Burmese ;

their dialect is also different, and they have a tradition

that they came from the neighbourhood of Tavoy about

two hundred years ago. The lake is now silting up very

rapidly, both by the soil brought down by the streams in

the rains, and also more particularly by the rapid

erowth of the water-weed. Possibly, in after genera-

tions, the remains of these lake-dwellers will excite as

much interest and speculation as those of the Swiss

lakes.

With regard to the climate of the Shan States: it is

divided into the hot, wet, and dry seasons. The ther-

mometer, of course, varies with the elevation. The

hottest month is April, and at Fort Stedman it occa-

sionally rose to 93° in the shade. Koni was several

degrees cooler. The wettest months are August and

September. The annual rainfall both at Koni and Fort

Stedman was only about 34 in., but at Mone, away to

the east, it was far heavier. Several showers fall in

April, but the rains do not begin regularly until the

middle of May, and continue until October ; but there

may be occasional showers until December, especially

on the uplands. Of course, during the rains, travelling

is objectionable, and, owing to there being no roads, it is

almost impracticable. The climate otherwise cannot be

complained of, and, taken all round, it is far better than

most countries in the East.

I have incorporated with this catalogue the insects

captured in Eastern Kareni during the military expedi-

tion for the subjugation of the Red Karen chief Sawlapaw.

The majority were taken by my friend Captain Raikes,

of the Rifle Brigade, to whom I handed over my net

when I was incapacitated on account of a wound. No

doubt the list might be very considerably extended by

any one who, more fortunate than I, could devote more

time to collecting. Entomology, during active service,

can only be indulged in at odd moments.

My best thanks are due to Mr. Eiwes for the immense

trouble he took in looking over my captures (many of

them ‘‘rags”’), and comparing them with specimens in

his magnificent collection. To Mr. de Niceville also I

516 Surgeon N. Manders’ cataloque of the

am under deep obligation, laying aside, as he did, his

own heavy work to name my specimens.

NYMPHALID.

DANAINZE.

1. Danais aglea.

A common insect throughout the rains, especially in

June and July. It is more common at 3000 than at

5000 ft.

2. Danais melaneus.

Quite as common as the former at the same times and

seasons.

8. Danais liminace.

Occurs commonly at an elevation of 8—4000 ft.

4. Danais septentrions.

Quite the commonest of the hyaline Danaids, especially

in the early rains.

5. Danais chrysippus.

Very common, but not nearly so abundant as in the

plains of India.

6. Danais genutia.

More common than the last. It occurs up to 5000 ft.,

and very probably higher.

lis Euplwa mdamus.

Occurs commonly everywhere. It is curious that I

did not meet with H. rhadamanthus, which is common in

Burma and Tenasserim. Neither have I seen LH. core.

8. Huplea godarti.

Three specimens at Fort Stedman, 3200 ft., on July

11th, 1887. Ido not by any means infer from this that

the insect is rare.

9. Huplea deione.

Two specimens, both males, taken at an elevation of

ie and 3200 ft. in a terai at the base of the Shan

ills.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 517

10. Huplea hopet.

Two specimens; one, a male, from Bernardmyo, and

the other, a female, from Pinyoung, 1000 ft., in the terai

at the foot of the hills. It is evidently widely distri-

buted.

SATYRINZA.

11. Mycalesis anaxias.

One specimen in February near Thibaw.

12. Mycalesis medus.

Not a common insect in the Shan States, but common

enough in Upper Burma. Mr. Elwes considers this the

rainy season form of the next species, and my specimens

of medus were taken in the rains.

13. Mycalesis runeka.

Not rare in the cold weather.

14. Mycalesis perseus.

‘ Butterflies of India,’ vol. i., p. 120.

Very common. I have not the variety visala. My

small series of eighteen specimens seem to show that

specimens taken at the end of the rains are very much

darker on the under side than those taken at the end of

the dry weather. I have specimens taken at this time

which are quite ochreous, with the discal band whitish.

I believe a good series would show every intermediate

shade, from dark plumbeous grey to pale ochreous, which

would coincide with the rainy and dry seasons.

15. Mycalesis mineus.

A very common species, and varies much both in the

size of the ocellus and depth of colouring.

16. Mycalesis sanatana.

One specimen from Bernardmyo.

17. Mycalesis malsara.

A common insect, as far as my experience goes.

518 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

18. Lethe gulnihal, de Nicéville.

P.Z.8., 1889, p. 450.

Three specimens, all males, from Bernardmyo, where

it is very possibly not uncommon.

19. Lethe sinoriz.

One male from Bernardmyo. It has the rufous mar-

gin on the hind wing well-marked.

20. Lethe chandica.

One male from Fort Stedman, taken in the rains.

21. Lethe dyrta. ~

Very common all the year round. I have a specimen

from Sawlon, Eastern Karenni, twelve miles from the

west bank of the Salween, which only differs from other

specimens in being rather larger and brighter.

22. Lethe rohria.

A common species. I have taken it in the rains and

at the commencement of the cold weather.

23. Lethe verma.

Two specimens from Bernardmyo. It seems partial

to considerable elevations, as I did not take it either at

Fort Stedman, 3200 ft., or Koni, 4500 ft.

24. Neope bhina.

Three specimens; two males and a female from

Yatsouk and Bogeathat, at the north end of the

Nyoungwe Valley. It is found in open scrub-jungle,

where the trees are of medium size. It is fond of

settling in the middle of the road, and then flying off

into the jungle to settle on a tree-trunk, and is con-

sequently difficult to catch. The male may be described

as follows:—Fore wing uniform ochreous brown, with

an obscure yellowish submarginal band ; just internal to

this are two black spots; one between the discoidal

nervules, the other between the second and third median

nervules ; a faint yellowish spot on the costa between

the cell and submarginal band. On the hind wing the

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. - 519

black oval spots are not so prominent as in the female.

The under side of fore wing as in the female, but with

no black spot below last ocellus.

25. Orinoma damaris.

One male from the neighbourhood of Bernardmyo.

26. Yphthima newara.

Five specimens of both sexes taken in the wet and

dry seasons, one of which was taken in April on the

Yatsouk Expedition.

27. Yphthima philomela.

Not uncommon and widely distributed.

28. Yphthima methora.

Several specimens from widely distant localities.

29. Melanitis leda.

Abundant at low elevations. They all vary extremely.

I have a specimen from Karenni which is much smaller

than the other specimens, and the ocelli on the upper

side of the hind wing are marked by a white spot only.

The form ismene also occurs.

30. Elymnias undularis.

T have never taken this in the Shan States, but have

a specimen from the terai at the foot of the hills. In

Eastern Karenni it was very common in January at

800 ft.

MORPHIN.

31. Discophora tullia.

A common species. The following is a description of

the larva when full-fed:—Length, 2 in. Colour black,

mottled with grey. A rather broad yellowish dorsal line ;

the junction of the segments marked by a thin irregular

yellow line and red spot. Body covered with white

hairs. Head and anus black, the former marked with

perpendicular yellow lines. Lives during the day among

three or four bamboo-leaves spun together. Pupa white,

suspended by the tail; the labial palpi prominently pro-

520 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

jected, and changing to dark brown a few hours before

emergence. It remains three weeks in pupa.

32. Hnispe cycnus.

One male from Bernardmyo. I do not think that it

has hitherto been recorded from so far east.

33. Gimona lena.

One male of this rare insect from Bernardmyo. I

know nothing regarding its capture.

34. Pareba vesta.

Found not uncommonly at an elevation of 5000 ft.,

but it is a local insect in the Shan States.

NYMPHALINZ.

35. Lrgolis merione.

Found commonly at elevations from 1000—8000 ft.,

but less commonly from 8000—5000 ft.

36. Hrgolis ariadne.

Quite a common species at suitable elevations.

37. Hurytela horsfieldir.

One specimen from Fort Stedman. It is nowin Mr.

Elwes’ collection.

38. Cupha erymanthis.

A common species from 1000—8000 ft., more rarely

at higher elevations. It is almost invariably found near

water, and affects open spaces in thick jungle. It varies

in colour from brownish ochreous to umber-brown, and,

as far as my observation goes, this is not dependent on

season or elevation.

39. Atella sinha.

Not a common species; taken at Yatsouk and Fort

Stedman. Ihave a variety with the lower discal area

pale yellow.

40. Atella phalanta.

Very common everywhere throughout the year.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 521

41. Cethosia cyane.

Acommon species from 8000—5000 ft. The females

emerge about three weeks after the males.

42. Cethosia biblis.

As common a species as the last, but does not extend

to quite the same elevation.

43. Cynthia erota.

An abundant species ; generally found on bushes over-

hanging water, and fond of settling on damp sand. The

females are much more rarely seen.

44, Sephisa chandra.

Occurs rarely at elevations of 8000 ft. I have never

taken the female.

45. Dilipa morgiana.

I have two males taken by a soldier at Fort Stedman

in July.

46. Apatura parysatis.

Not uncommon at 1000 ft., but I have never seen it

above 8000 ft.

47. Hestina nama.

Very common all the year round. In the cold weather

I have found it commonly on the tops of the limestone

outcrops, which are so common in many places in the

Shan States, and which rise to a height of 500 or 600 ft.

above the surrounding plain. I have often observed

that insects accumulate oh the tops of hills, frequently

on the extreme summits, more especially in the cold

weather, when at lower elevations they are scarce or

absent.

48. Herona marathus.

One specimen in August at Fort Stedman.

49. Precis tphita.

One of the most abundant butterflies, and found

almost everywhere.

50. Junonia asterie.

51. Junonia almana.

Occur not uncommonly, but cannot be said to be

abundant.

§22 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

52. Junonia atlites.

Common at low elevations, more rarely at 4000 ft.

It is common in Upper Burma, where the rainfall is

heavy.

53. Junonia lemonias.

Very abundant everywhere. In the plains of Burma

it is equally common.

54. Junonia hierta.

A very common butterfly, especially in the valleys at

800—1000 ft. It extends quite to the right bank of the

Salween. It is also common on the Phwayla Plateau,

4500 ft.

55. Junonia orithyia.

Found in the same situations as the last, and quite as

common, and, like it, much prefers open country to

jungle.

56. Neptis varmona.

Everywhere abundant.

57. Neptis ophiana.

Not uncommon. I have one specimen which agrees

with N. columella, Moore.

58. Neptis aceris var. intermedia.

Two specimens at Fort Stedman in June.

59. Neptis soma.

Very common. No doubt many more species of this

genus occurs, and which I overlooked owing to their

superficial resemblance when on the wing.

60. Cirrhochroa aoris.

A common insect, and doubtless to be found through-

out the Shan States.

61. Pseudergolis wedah.

Not rare, and generally found in jungly places near

water.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 528

62. Hypolimnas bolina.

Very common in the later rainy months. Both the

larger and smaller forms of both sexes occur commonly.

63. Hypolimnas misippus.

Not by any means so common as the last. The only

females I have taken are the form P. diocippus of

Cramer.

64. Argynnis niphe.

I found this commonly on the Phwayla Plateau ; less

commonly at Fort Stedman; but it occurs throughout

the Shan States.

65. Argynnis childrent.

This species is apparently confined to high elevations,

7000 ft. and upwards. I have a series from Bernardmyo,

7500 ft., but from nowhere else.

66. Parthenos gambrisius.

Common at the end of the rains, and occurs from

3000 to 8000 ft.

67. Limenitis danava.

I think this must be an uncommon species. I had

only one specimen, taken near water in thick jungle at

Fort Stedman in August.

68. Limenitis dudu.

This is also a rare insect. I have one specimen, taken

on the summit of a hill near Koni at an elevation of

5000 ft. at the latter end of October.

69. Limenitis procris.

Common everywhere in the Shan States ; and I have

a specimen from Sawlon, Eastern Karenni, taken in

January.

70. Athyma perius.

Common everywhere.

71. Athyma selenophora.

Abundant everywhere.

524 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

72. Athyma cama.

I have found this rather an uncommon species at

3000—4000 ft.

The same remark applies to this genus as to Neptis.

I have no doubt overlooked many species owing to their

close resemblance.

73. Symphedra dirtea.

Extends throughout the Shan States at elevations of

800—8000 ft. I found it commonly in the Legya and

Maingkain districts; also in Thebaw; and I have also

a series which I took at Sawlon, on the banks of the

Pun River, in January.

74. Huthala lepidea.

I believe I have seen this on the Phwayla Plateau, but

am not sure. My specimens come from Hastern Karenni,

where it is not uncommon.

75. Euthalia appiades.

Somewhat local, but abundant where it occurs. I have

it from Nankon, 4000 ft., on the edge of the thick belt of

hills and forest extending between the Phwayla Plateau

and the Upper Burma plains; also from the neighbour-

hood of Moné, and commonly from Eastern Karenni.

It flies nearly all the year round.

76. Huthalia lubentina.

One specimen from Fort Stedman in July.

77. Euthalia discispilota.

One male taken in January at Sawlon.

78. Huthalia garuda.

An abundant species, especially at the edge of belts of

forests. It is common also in Karenni.

79. Pyrameis cardui.

Not uncommon in the colder months at the higher

elevations.

80. Pyramets indica.

One specimen from Bernardmyo. It is probably not

uncommon at high elevations.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 525

81. Vanessa canace.

Not uncommon, and widely distributed throughout

the Shan States. I have specimens from Fort Stedman,

Moné, and also from Swélin in South Theinee.

82. Symbrenthia hippoclus.

An abundant species everywhere.

83. Rhinopalpa vasuki, Doherty.

I have several specimens taken in widely different

localities. It is common in Eastern Karenni, also in

the forest belt between Burma and the Shan States, and

appears partial to thick jungle near water. I have taken

it in July and also in January.

84. Cyrestis thyodamas.

A widely-distributed species. It occurred on the

Yatsouk Expedition, at Fort Stedman, and in Eastern

Karenni.

85. Cyrestis cocles.

Occurs in Eastern Karenni. Though I have never

seen it in the Shan States, yet it probably occurs.

86. Cyrestis rahria.

This occurs in Eastern Karenni, but whether com-

monly or not I cannot say. I have not seen it in the

Shan States. My three specimens are tattered, but

quite sufficient to identify the species.

87. Kalluna inachus.

A common species in the later rainy months.

88. Doleschallia polibete.

An uncommon species at 8000-——5000 It.

89. Charaxes eudamippus.

I have taken this at Singu, 1200 ft., a military post

in the forest between Fort Stedman and Hlinedet. It is

probably not uncommon, though I have only one or two

specimens.

526 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

90. Charaxes athanas.

Occurs commonly all the year round throughout the

Shan hills and Karenni.

91. Charazes anja.

Quite as common as the last, and found in the same

localities.

92. Charaxes fabius.

I think this species must be rare. I have only one

specimen, which I took in December at an elevation of

5000 ft., at the bottom of the Hopaung Valley, south-

east of Fort Stedman.

93. Charaxes aristogiton.

One specimen brought to me by a soldier at Fort

Stedman.

LEMONIIDA.

LYBITHHINA.

94. Libythea myrrha.

I have taken this in most of the valleys of the Shan

States in the Meigupon, Legya, and Moné valleys ; it is

quite common.

NEMEOBIINA.

95. Zemeros flegyas.

Abundant throughout the country.

96. Dodona owida.

Widely distributed. I have taken it in both the

Northern and Southern Shan States.

97. Abisara fylla.

Widely distributed. I have specimens from Ber-

nardmyo, as well as from localities in the Southern

Shan States.

98. Abisara neophron.

This, I think, is more common in the Northern and

Central States ; in fact, I have never taken it either at

Fort Stedman or Koni, but have specimens which I took

at Banzam and Thebaw in the cold weather.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 527

99. Abisara sp. ?.

De Nicéville, writing of the last six species of Abisara,

‘ Butterflies of India,’ vol. ii., states that if the locality

is known the specimen can be named. This being the

case, and specimens from the Shan States not having

been previously examined, it is difficult to name my

specimens, some of which also come from Eastern

Karenni. They all vary, but are probably varieties of

P. echerius of Stoll.

LYCANID.

100. Loxura atymnus.

A very common species throughout the country. It

has a short weak flight, and frequently settles in the

middle of thick brushwood. It is consequently difficult

to secure good specimens.

101. Gerydus (Miletus) boisduvali.

A common species, usually found in the shade of large

trees.

102. Paragerydus horsfeldi.

This is found in the same localities as the last; it is

equally common, the specimens varying greatly in size.

103. Allotinus multistrigatus.

Not rare and widely distributed.

104. Logania marmorata.

Two specimens at Mone in the cold weather.

105. Poritia phraatica.

One specimen in March at Phaseing in Thebaw.

106. Pithecops hylax.

A common species in thick jungle, both in the Shan

States and in Karenni.

107. Cyaniris chennellit.

Occurred, but not commonly, both at Koni and Fort

Stedman.

108. Cyaniris placida.

I have one male only, taken at Mone in January.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART U1. (SEPT.) 2N

528 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

109. Cyaniris jynteana.

I have this from nowhere else than Bernardmyo.

110. Zizera sangra.

Occurs on the open hilly country about Koni; not

commonly.

111. Zizera gaka.

Scarce at Fort Stedman, and I have not found it else-

where.

112. Lycena maha.

A common species found on open hill-sides from 3000—

5000 ft.

113. Lycena plinius.

Very abundant everywhere.

114. Lycena theophrastus.

Occurs at Koni, and no doubt elsewhere.

115. Lycena betica.

Found everywhere in the Shan States, and at all

elevations. The species is very constant.

116. Lycena parrhasius.

Very common at low elevations.

117. Lycena argiades.

Occurs at higher elevations than the last, and is equally

common.

118. Lycena putli.

Widely distributed and abundant.

119. Jamides bochus.

Occurs throughout the Shan States, and also in

Karenni.

120. Talicada myseus.

Common at Yatsouk and at Koni. In fact, it is widely

distributed, and, where found, very common.

121. Lampides elpis.

Very common at 3000—5000 ft.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 529

122. Lampides alexis.

Not so common as the last, and found at lower eleva-

tions, as at Moné, 800 ft.

123. Catachrysops strabo.

Abundant everywhere.

124. Catachrysops cnejus.

Abundant everywhere.

125. Castalius decidea.

A common species, and found throughout the summer.

126. Castalius roxus.

Found in the same localities as the next species.

127. Castalius rosimon.

Commonly at Fort Stedman and Koni.

128. Nacaduba atrata.

A few specimens only, taken at Koni in the summer.

129. Nacaduba ardates.

Very common in the sandy beds of streams at moderate

elevations.

130. Nacaduba hampsonii.

Occurred at Fort Stedman, but rarely.

131. Aphneus lohita.

Occurs commonly all the year round both in the Shan

States and Upper Burma.

132. Aphneus syama.

The only specimens I have are from Koni, but it

probably occurs elsewhere.

138. Jolaus dlurgis.

I have one specimen of this rare insect, which I took

near Koni, 5000 ft. Itis a perfect specimen, and a very

lovely insect.

2n2

530 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

134. Sithon sugriva.

This, I think, must be rare, as I have only one speci-

men, which I took in July at Fort Stedman.

135. Camena ctesia.

Probably a scarce insect; I have only one specimen,

a male, taken at Liseing in the cold weather.

136. Camena deva.

Widely distributed and common on the extreme sum-

mit of isolated hills all the year round, 4000—6000 ft.

The female is much more rarely met with than the male.

137. Cheritra freja.

Very common in Upper Burma, the Shan States, and

Eastern Karenni.

138. Hypolycena erylus.

I have only two specimens, taken at Maingyi, on the

borders of South Theinee, in the cold weather.

189. Hypolycena kina.

My one specimen came from Bernardmyo, in the

Northern Shan States.

140. Hypolycena lisias.

Occurs at Singu, 2000 ft., where I took two specimens

in the rains; but I have not met with it elsewhere.

141. Drupadia boisduvalit.

Occurs not uncommonly throughout the country.

142. Lehera eryx.

One specimen at Yatsouk in April, at about 2000 ft.

elevation.

148. Zinaspa distorta.

A few specimens from Koni. I fancy, however, that

if is not an uncommon insect.

144. Rapala nissa.

Common and widely distributed, and very partial to

the summits of hills at 5000 ft. elevation.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 531

145. Rapala jarbas.

This is also a widely distributed species, and I have

specimens both from the Northern and Southern Shan

States.

146. Iraota mecenas.

Apparently rare. I have only taken it at Moné in the

cold weather.

147. Chrysophanus mandersi, Elwes, n. sp.

Mr. Elwes, in whose collection the specimen now is,

has named and described it as follows:—‘‘ Like C. Pang,

Oberthur, Et. Ent., xi. Liv., p. 19, t. v., fig. 16, but

the band of black spots hardly showing through the

fore wing. Below the difference is well-marked on the

fore wing. The outer row of spots (which, like those

of C. Pang, are black edged with blue inside, except the

discal ones, which are ringed with blue) does not extend

to the costa; the next row is parallel to the outer one,

not directed inwards, as in Pang; the third and inner-

most discal spot is absent On the hind wing the trans-

verse white band is only represented by a faint trace of

spots. The interspaces are not red, and the black spots

near the base not ringed with white.

*‘ Nearly allied to C. Pang, of which I have two speci-

mens from M. Oberthir, taken at or near Tatsienlo in

Kast Thibet, many hundred miles to the northward.

The occurrence of this insect, which belongs to a genus

hitherto unknown in the Eastern Himalaya or Malay

region, is remarkable, especially when the elevation and

the season of its capture is considered.”

My specimen was taken at Banzam, 8400 ft., in

February, and is a male.

148. Ilerda epicles.

Widely distributed, but not, I think, abundant.

149. Ilerda brahma.

Two specimens from Bernardmyo, but nowhere else.

150. Curetis brelis.

Everywhere abundant.

532 Surgeon N. Manders’ cataloque of the

151. Acesina aberrans, de Nicéville.

One female at Koni. It is probably, however, not

uncommon.

152. Amblypodia amantes.

Occurs at Fort Stedman and elsewhere at low eleva-

tions.

158. Amblypodia eumolphus.

Widely distributed and common, 4000—8000 ft. It is

on the wing all the year round. Itis a very pugnacious

insect, and soon tatters itself.

_ 154. Amblypodia anita.

I have only one specimen, taken in the cold weather

at Mone.

155. Amblypodia fulgida.

Not uncommon at Koni during the summer months.

156. Amblypodia atrax.

A rare species, which I have only taken east of Fort

Stedman.

157. Amblypodia (Surendra) quercetorum.

A common species almost everywhere.

158. Amblypodia (Surendra) latimargo (Moore).

Ihave one specimen, afemale, from Koni,in September.

It agrees in every respect with specimens in the british

Museum.

159. Amblypodia rama.

Quite common at Koni and elsewhere.

PAPILIONID/.

PIERINA.

160. Pontia xiphia.

Common all the year, both in Upper Burma and the

Shan States.

161. Delias pasithoe.

Common nearly all the year round. I have found it

up to 5000 ft.

162. Delias descombesi.

Very common everywhere, and found at the same

elevations as the last.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 538

163. Delias hierte.

Not uncommon, and occurs also in Eastern Karenni.

164. Deltas agostina.

Widely distributed at low elevations. In the Mone

Valley it is abundant.

165. Delias belladonna var. horsfeldi.

I have one female specimen from Koni, 4500 ft., which

has the abdominal margin brilliantly yellow. It is most

unfortunate that I was unaware of the vexed question

concerning the three supposed species, belladonna,

horsfeldw, and ithiela; otherwise I might have done

something towards settling it by collecting a large

number of specimens.

166. Prioneris thestylis.

I have specimens from Fort Stedman and Bernardmyo.

My female specimens are mimics of the above, but the

yellow on the abdominal margin is not so well-marked.

167. Prioneris clemanthe var. Watsont.

Not taken in the Shan States, and but rarely in

Karenni.

168. Catopsilia pyranthe.

Abundant all over the country at all elevations.

169. Catopsilia catilla.

The most abundant of the Pierine, and found every-

where.

170. Catopsilia gugurthina.

Widely distributed at low elevations.

171 Terias hecabe.

An abundant insect everywhere. My specimens tend

to bear out Mr. Elwes’ statements regarding the number-

less described species being merely seasonal varieties of

the same species.

172. Terias senna.

Not uncommon at Koni. It varies greatly in size,

534 Surgeon N. Manders’ cataloque of the

some of my specimens being quite half an inch smaller

than others.

173. Gonepteryx himalayensis.

I took a few specimens at Pindea, seven miles north of

Phwayla, on the plateau, in April; and again commonly

at Koniin September. The elevation, 4000—4500 ft.,

appears remarkably low.

174. Colias Fieldi.

Abundant at Bernardmyo, and seen on the summit of

Swélin, 10,000 ft., in South Theinee, in February.

175. Preris canidia.

I have taken this in April, when on the Jatsouk

Expedition, and in August at Fort Stedman, 3000 ft.

176. Pieris melete.

I have two males and a female from Bernardmyo.

Unfortunately I do not know the date of capture.

177. Pieris rama.

Very common nearly all the year round in gardens

and cultivated ground. I have one very diminutive

female, which reminds one of the small form of the

female P. napi.

178. Tachyris paulina.

This is rare at Fort Stedman, but common in the

Mone Valley, in April. It is fond of settling on damp

spots on the roadside, and dashing off into the jungle

when disturbed.

179. Tachyris lalage.

Common at 3000 ft.

180. Tachyris hippo.

I have three males and one female from Sawlon, but I

have not taken it in the Shan States.

181. Huphina hira.

Widely distributed and common.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 585

182. EHronia hippia.

Widely distributed. I have it from the plains of Upper

Burma, and from intervening places between them and

Mone. It is found more abundantly at low elevations.

183. Hebomoia glaucippe.

Occurs commonly all over the Shan States. Its

resemblance to a withered leaf when settled on wet mud

is exact. The upper wings are folded so closely behind

the lower that only the pointed tips project, forming,

as it were, the end of the leaf; while the speckled hind

wings with the fuscous discal line form the base and

midrib to perfection.

184. Ixtas pyrene.

Common everywhere, but is more abundant in the

Burma plains.

PAPILIONINAL.

185. Ornithoptera rhadamanthus.

Very common in the low valleys, 800—3000 ft.

186. Papilio aidoneus.

Not an uncommon species. It is fond of the deep

shade of forest trees overhanging streams, under which

it flies with a slow graceful flight.

187. Papilio philoxenus.

Abundant and widely distributed.

188. Papilio aristolochia.

Very common, but not found, I think, above 5000 ft.

189. Papilio paris.

A common species everywhere; alsoin Karenni.

190. Papilio rhetenor.

Apparently an uncommon species, as I have only

taken it at Fort Stedman in October.

536 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

191. Papilio helenus.

Abundant. Difficult to secure in good condition, as

it has a habit of flying in and out of bushes, and soon

tatters itself.

192. Papilio chaon.

Not so common as the last, but found in the same

localities.

198. Papilio polytes.

Very common almost everywhere.

194. Papilio erithonius.

Very common, especially at low elevations. It also

occurs in Karenni. All my specimens are smaller than

those taken in the Punjab.

195. Papilio clytia.

A common species at low elevations. The dark form

panope also occurs.

196. Papilio anticrates.

Common in low valleys, 800—1200 ft., in March and

April, and again at the commencement of the cold

weather. It occurs at Nasailing, in South Theinee.

197. Papilio sarpedon.

Abundant and very partial to damp places. It rejoices

in the hottest sunshine, andis commonest at elevations

of 8000 ft.

198. Papilio bathycles.

Very common, but I have never seen the female.

199. Papilio machaon.

Not uncommon at 4000 ft., more rarely at 3000 ft.

290. Leptocircus cureus.

This is a most interesting and curious butterfly, and

would scarcely be taken for such when seen for the first

time hovering over a pool of water; when it certainly

has much more resemblance to a dragon-fly. It is not

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 537

by any means rare at low elevations in the moister

valleys.

HESPERIDA.

201. Badamia exclamationis.

Occurs commonly throughout the Shan States.

202. Ismene Benjamint.

Widely distributed and common.

203. Ismene jaina.

The males are not uncommon, but I have not seen

the female.

204. Hasora chromus.

Common during the rains.

205. Pithauria murdava.

Not uncommon during the rains at 3000 ft.

206. Baoris oceia.

Not uncommon, but varies considerably both in size

and in the number of spots on the fore wing.

207. Parnara toona.

Probably not uncommon. No doubt many other

species of Parnara occur, which I overlooked owing to

their close similarity.

208. Sarangesa dasahara.

Very common and widely distributed both in the

Southern and Northern Shan States.

209. Telicota bambuse.

Not uncommon, but local, as far as my experience

goes.

210. Telicota augias.

Not uncommon. It seems to prefer the open down

country at 4000—5000 ft., whereas 7’. bambuse I have

generally found on the outskirts of thick jungle.

211. Telicota dara.

Abundant everywhere.

538 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the .

212. Halpe zema.

A few males taken in the dry season at Fort Stedman.

213. Halpe dolopia.

A few specimens from Fort Stedman in the dry season.

214. Tagiades menaka.

A common species; fond of the neighbourhood of

water, and settling on dark-coloured rocks, thereby

rendering the white hind wings very conspicuous.

215. Tagiades metana (Moore).

One female from Fort Stedman.

216. Antigonus sura.

A very common and widely distributed species.

217. Coladenia dan.

Very common at 3000 ft., and widely distributed.

218. Udaspes folus.

Common in light jungle.

219. Udaspes restricta.

One specimen in June at Fort Stedman, but it is

probably not uncommon.

220. Plesioneura aurivittata.

Very common at low elevations in light jungle, and

very widely distributed.

221. Astictopterus diocles.

Common and widely distributed.

922. Astictopterus olivescens (Moore).

Rare at Fort Stedman in the rains.

223. Astictopterus salsala.

Widely distributed at low elevations.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 539

224, Baracus septentrionum.

I have two specimens from Fort Stedman. It is,

I think, not uncommon, and seems partial to open spaces

covered with long grass.

ADDENDA.

225. Abaratha agama.

A few specimens at Fort Stedman in the rains.

226. Thanaos obsoleta (Moore).

I have lost the locality for this insect. It is, however,

not uncommon.

227. Pyrgus superna (Moore).

A few specimens at 1000 ft. in the middle of March.

228. Hesperia oceta.

Common at Fort Stedman in September.

¥ 4

war UNS

ae)

{

: f

“

rere

{

: )

AY im

< Ps aL rian any

i re tS ee er a ee —

ian ' a

y | yr My a a )

PAREN Lr tt is] iis

fh > % |

; AAA, TRAE ATS A aia

‘ H

gf ;

4 os -

Cs L F ce

“ ont » ‘ae A

qi c |

. Si “f J] Meer eer vehi ; " AK

7 i

zt i iy F ‘ ' he (lt "

& =) i i j j ara sil

‘ Lat

. : td WHE

= = . |

j sae |

Vy: 3 j P ae | a

4 igh | ‘ * é im 2 af iy

i \ ; :

a ¢

P d oe cie : A yey Se a8 etiareh dy

. -

’

7 i

‘a \

- me, .

5 , i ,

MN e

J .

/ ” :

: ;

I P r

: >

5 ; ;

; ; fas

1 ae : ms , :

| ‘Diy =

Bors _ Ae 7

ye | AS a + .~

a ye. : 3

Lr ara)

uN in 7 “4 , : a

Svat 9p!”

mei AD tt i} L ; / miee ; av

( 541 )

XVI. Notes on the species of the families Lycide and

Lampyride, contained in the Imperial Museum of

Calcutta, with descriptions of new species, and a list

of the species at present described from India. By

the Rev. Henry 8. Goruam, F.Z.8., F.E.S.

[Read June 4th, 1890. }

Tne species of the family Telephoride contained in this

collection have been noticed by me in the ‘ Proceedings’

of the Zoological Society for 1889 [pt. ii., p. 96]. Of

the two families of which this paper treats, species have

been described by Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, M. E. Bourgeois,

and myself from various parts of the East; and I have

thought it would be useful if I gave a complete réswmé of

the Indian species, so far as they are at present known.

That our knowledge of the coleopterous fauna of our

Indian Empire is in many groups so very limited seems

almost a reproach tous. It is much to the credit of

the authorities of the Calcutta Museum that they have

determined to inaugurate a better state of things.

In the following notes I have given the actual habitat

of the specimens recorded, whenever I can ascertain it.

The letters B. M. indicate that the species is contained in

the British Museum; G., that the specimens referred to

are in my own collection. Mus. Brus., Mus. Gen., refer

to specimens contained in the Museums of Brussels and

Genoa, sent to me for determination.

Group MALACODERMATA.

Family LYCIDA.

Gen. 1. Macrotycus, Waterhouse.

1. Macrolycus bowringit, Waterh.

Allahabad (B. M.).

Gen. 2. CaLocHromus, Guérin.

1. Calochromus orbatus, Waterh.

Darjeeling (B. M., Mus. Calc., Dr. Anderson, ¢ ?) ;

Assam, Sibsaugor, Andaman Isles.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART III. (SEPT.)

542, Rev. H. S. Gorham’s notes on the

The specimens with long antenne appear to be females.

This species, according to Mr. Waterhouse, occurs also

in the Philippine Isles.

3. Calochromus apicalis, Hope.

Nepal (B. M.).

4. Calochromus rugatus, Waterh.

Allahabad (B. M.).

5. Calochromus ruber, Waterh.

Allahabad (B. M.), Madras (coll. G.), Singapore (G.).

6. Calochromus sp.

Very like C. ruber ; perhaps not distinct. Dibru (G.).

7. Calochromus velutinus, Waterh.

Burmah (B. M.).

8. Calochromus tarsalis, Waterh.

India (B. M.).

9. Calochromus sp.

India (G.).

A large species of similar size and appearance to

M. bowringu.

Gen. 3. Lycostomus, Motschulsky.

1. Lycostomus similis, Hope.

Nepal, Allahabad, Siam, Ceylon, Bootan (B. M.);

Sahibe., Sikkim, Naga Hills, Assam, Andaman Isles,

S. India (Mus. Calc.).

2. Lycostomus thoracicus, Waterh.

Bootan, Sikkim, Darjeeling (B. M.); Cherra (Mus.

Cale.).

3. Lycostomus sp.

Mount Kodeicanel (Castets).

Allied to L. thoracicus.

4. Lycostomus preustus, Fab.

Assam, Madras (Mus. Calc.).

species of the families Lycide and Lampyride. 548

5. Lycostomus analis, Dalm.

Dacca, N. Bengal, Ceylon (B. M.).

Near L. preustus, and also allied to ZL. internexus,

Walker, from Ceylon.

6. Lycostomus modestus, Waterh.

Bootan (B. M.), Kullu, Assam, Sibsaugor, Fista Valley

(Mus. Calc.).

7. Lycostomus ambiguus, Waterh.

Cachar (B. M.).

8. Lycostomus singularis, Waterh.

S. India (B. M.).

9. Lycostomus rufiventris, Waterh.

Burmah (B. M.).

10. Lycostomus striatus, Waterh.

India.

11. Lycostomus sp. ?.

India (G.).

Near debilis, Waterh., a Chinese species.

Gen. 4. Lyponta, Waterhouse.

1. Lyponia waterhousei, n. sp.

Niger, thorace subnitido, disco excepto, rufo angulis posticis

rectis, elytris lateribus, apicem versus paululum latioribus ; antennis

corporis fere longitudine. Long. 12—14mm., $ 9.

Hab. India (Mus. Calcutta, 2 Mus. Gorham).

The antenne in this species are formed as in L. quadricollis, a

Japanese species (of which a figure will be found in the Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1883, t. 17, f. 5 and 6), excepting that those of the

female are nearly of the same length as those of the male, and the

fourth to the tenth joints are much more developed than in the

female of L. quadricollis, being widely triangular, and becoming

more acutely serrate as they approach the apex. The thorax is

wider than in that species, the entire margin elevated, the anterior

angles rounded, the sides a little contracted to the hind angles, but

not so much so as to prevent those angles being right angles; the

thorax is brick-red, with only the disk either infuscate or with a

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND, 1890,— Parr Ill, (SEPT.) 20

544 Rey. H. S. Gorham’s notes on the

square pitchy-black patch; the elytra are pale brick-red, the costx

(nine in number) very even; the scutellum is black, rather long.

This insect is also allied to L. debilis, Waterh., a

species from China, but differs from it in not having the

alternate coste raised. It has long been known to me

from a female specimen in my own collection: there are

three male and one female specimens. Probably from

the N. E. frontier, in the Calcutta Museum, and I have

seen one in the British Museum.

2. Lyponia sp. ?.

A single female specimen in the Mus. Cale., of a

distinct species, smaller, with the thorax rufous only at

the sides, and shorter and scarcely serrate antenne.

Gen. 5. Puateros, Bourgeois.

1. Plateros dispellens, Walker.

South India, Ceylon (B. M.).

2. Plateros languidus, C. Waterh.

Ceylon (B. M.), Andaman Isles (Mus. Calc.).

3. Plateros fuscicornis, n. sp.

Pallide ochraceus, abdomine, antennis, tibiis, tarsisque fuscis

prothorace oblongo-quadrato, disco utrinque foveolato. Long.

9—11 mm., o Q@.

Hab. Andaman Isles (Mus. Calc.).

The head, thorax, elytra, scutellum, femora, body beneath

(except the abdomen), and the basal joint of the antenne in part,

are pale ochraceous yellow. The stric of the elytra are quite even,

and the very short scaly pubescence almost conceals the punctures.

The thorax is shining: in addition to the rather deep but wide

channel there is a transverse impression. behind the frontal carina,

and a very distinct, round, almost punctiform, fovea on each side.

The legs are rather indeterminate in colour, being yellow at the

base, and become fuscous at the tarsi.

Several specimens.

This is very near P. languidus, but much larger.

4. Plateros fuscipennis, Waterh.

Sylhet (B. M.).

species of the families Lycide and Lampyride. 545

5. Plateros carbonarius, Waterhouse.

Gen. 6. XynLopanus, Waterhouse.

1. Xylobanus gratiosus, Waterhouse.

Andaman Isles (Mus. Calc., B. M.).

Varies a good deal in size and somewhat in colour ;

two examples in my own collection are broader and

redder than those in the Calcutta Museum.

Gen. 7. METRIORRHYNCHUS, Guérin.

1. Metriorrhynchus sericeus, Waterhouse.

India (coll. Gorham), Sumatra (Leyden), Java (B. M.).

Var. apice infuscato. India (B. M.).

2. Metriorrhynchus sericans, Waterhouse.

India (B. M.).

3. Metriorrhynchus lineatus, Hope, in Gray, Zool. Mise.

India, Nepal (B. M.), Sikkim (Mus. Calce.), Coimbator

(B. M.).

Var. A, Waterhouse. Allahabad (B. M.).

Var. B. Ceylon.

4. Metriorrhynchus rubicundus, Waterhouse.

Sylhet (B. M.).

Gen. 8. ConpERIs, Waterhouse.

1. Conderis signicollis, Waterhouse ?.

Assam, Sibsaugor (Mus. Cale.).

Gen. 9. ——- —?.

A single example of a species of a genus allied to

Metriorrhynchus, but having but a single cell in the

centre of the disk of the thorax.

Andaman Isles.

Gen. 10. Eros, Newman.

W703) 8p.\2-

A single specimen. India.

202

546 Rev. H. S. Gorham’s notes on the

Gen. 11. — ?.

Allied to Plateros, but with pectinate antenne in the

male.

i sp.

Of the size and in colour like P. languidus. Luteous,

with the antenna, tibix, tarsi, and elytra infuscate.

Andaman Isles.

Family LAMPYRIDA.

Gen. 1. Vesta, Laporte.

1. Vesta saturnalis, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1880, p. 18.

Naga Hills, 5000 ft. alt., Khasia Hills (Mus. G.) ;

Sikkim, Sibsaugor in Assam (Mus. Cale.).

Gen. 2. AtEcton, Laporte (cf. Pyrocelia).

Genus 3. Lampropnorus, Gemminger & Harold.

1. Lamprophorus tenebrosus, Walker.

India (G.), Pondicherry (Mus. Brus., G.), Ceylon

(B. M.).

2. Lamprophorus crassus, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 1880, p. 88.

Pondicherry (Mus. Brus.).

3. Lamprophorus nepalensis, Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 26.

Nepal (B. M.); Sikkim, Khasia Hills (Mus. Cale.) ;

Assam Plains (G.).

4. Lamprophorus diffinis, Walker.

Ceylon.

5. Lamprophorus minor, Olivier.

Burmah.

Gen. 4. DiapHanes, Motschulsky.

1. Diaphanes indicus, Mots., Et. Ent., i., 15.

India (Mus. Brus.) ; Assam, Sibsaugor (Mus. Cale.).

2. Diaphanes limbatus, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1880, p. 90.

India (G.).

species of the families Lycide and Lampyride. 547

3. Diaphanes planus, n. sp.

Pallide ochraceus; corpore subtus, antennis, pedibus alisque

fuscis. Long. 17 mm., 3.

Hab. India ?, Dr. J. Anderson (Mus. Cale.).

Of the same size, colour, and general appearance as Pyrocelia

bicolor, Fab.; the thorax, however, is longer and more evenly

rounded in front, and possesses the usual diaphanous area; the

front margin is gently and evenly elevated, the sides less so. The

hind margin is concave (as usual in this genus), so that the hind

angles seem a little produced. ‘The centre of the disc is very finely

carinate.

Two specimens.

4, Diaphanes guttatus, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond., 1880, p. 90.

Bengal (Mus. Brus.).

Gen. 5. Pua@nopyrus, LH. Olivier.

1. Phenopyrus birmanensis, Olivier, Ann. Mus. Ciy.

de Genes., p. 347, 1885, t. 5, f. 1.

Burmah, Minhla (Mus. Gen.).

I have not seen this.

Gen. 6. Pyrocaiia, Gorham.

1. Pyrocelia foochowensis, Gorham, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 93.

China, Foochow (G., B. M.); Burmah, Minhla (Mus.

Gen. sec. E. Olivier).

2. Pyrocelia terminata, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond., 1880, p. 92.

India (G.), Sumatra (Mus. Gen. sec. E. Olivier).

3. Pyrocelia lateralis, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1880, p. 92.

Ceylon (G.), Java (Mus. Leyden), Sumatra (Mus.

Gen. sec. E. Olivier).

4. [Pyrocelia plagiata, Gorham, l.c., p. 98.]

Java (Mus. Leyden, EK. Olivier, RK. Oberthur).

The occurrence of this in India needs confirmation.

548: Rev. H. 8. Gorham’s notes on the

5. [Pyrocelha fumigata, Gorham, l.¢., p. 938.]

Malacca, Siam (G.), Sumatra (Mus. Leyden), Johore,

Motiram (Mus. Calc.).

7. Pyrocelia lacordairei, EK. Olivier, Rev. d’Ent., 1883,

p. 827. Notes from the Leyden Mus., 1886.

Alecton indicus, Chey., in litt. Lac. Gen. Atlas.

Bengal.

M. E. Olivier has shown that this is not congeneric

with Alecton discoidalis, as might have been anticipated,

seeing that is a Cuban insect, but that it is a Pyrocelia.

The species of this latter genus appear to have a very

extended distribution in the Kast.

Gen. 7. Luctona, Laporte.

1. Luciola vespertina, Fab., Syst. Ht., u1., p. 1038;

Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 100;

HK. Olivier, Ann. Mus. Civ. de Gen., p. 359, 1885

(L. chinensis, L.).

India, Assam (G.), Sibsaugor (Mus. Calc.), Tenasserim

(Mus. Calc.).

2. Luciola substriata, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1880, p. 100.

S. India, Madras, Bombay, Bengal (Mus. Brus.) ;

Borneo, Java (Mus. Leyden); Ceylon (Mus. Gen. sec.

EK. Olivier).

M. Olivier does not agree with me in separating this.

I remark, however, that as all the specimens he had

seen, and which all appear to come from Ceylon, are of

one type, he can hardly have seen the larger wide forms

from Northern India, &c.; and I still think it will prove

to be a valid distinction.

3. Luciola gorhan, Ritsema, Notes from Mus. Leyden,

eis Daa

Luciola afjinis, Gorh., l. ¢., p. 101, nee Ritsema.

Madras, Bombay, Bengal (Mus. Brus.); Calcutta

(Mus. Calc.).

species of the families Lycide and Lampyride. 549

4. Luciola malacce, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1880, p. 101.

India, Madras (G.).; Malacca.

5. Luciola semilimbata, EK. Olivier, Rey. d’Ent., 1883,

Id sathors

India.

Unknown to me.

6. Luciola ovalis, Hope, in Gray’s Zool. Misc., 1831.

Luciola cirewmdata, Mots., Et. Ent., 1854, p. 50.

India (Hudd, G.), Assam (Mus. Brus., B. M.), Sib-

saugor (Mus. Calc.), Burmah, Minhla (Mus. Gen. sec.

K. Oliv.), Sumatra (Mus. Leyden).

This curious and distinct species was well described

by Hope.

7. Luciola indica, Mots., Etud. Ent., iii., D- Oo-

India (G.), Bombay (Mus. Brus.), Andaman Isles (G.).

8. Luciola xanthura, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1880, p. 103.

India, Neilgherry Hills (Mus. Brus.).

9. Luciola insularis, E. Olivier, Rev. d’Ent., i1., p. 3828.

Andaman Isles (Mus. Cale.).

I have identified a species, of which there are several

specimens in the Calcutta Museum, with this, but with a

good deal of doubt.

10. Luciola sp. ?.

Assam, Sibsaugor (Mus. Calc.).

Two specimens of a Luciola, with fuscous elytra nar-

rowly margined and the dise of the thorax infuscate,

cannot at present be determined.

11. Luciola testacea, Mots:, Etud. Ent., 1854, p. 48 ;

K. Olivier, Ann. Mus. Civ. de Genes., 1885, p. 357.

M. Ernest Olivier has identified a species from Borneo,

Sarawak, with this. Motschulsky’s description is vague,

as his also his ‘ Indes Orientales.’

550 Notes on the families Lycide and Lampyride.

Gen. 8. Dioproma, Pascoe.

1. Dioptoma adamsi, Pase., Journ. of Ent., 1860,

p. 118at.5; 1. 2.

India, Madras (G.) ; Dacca.

Gen. 9. OcHoryra, Pascoe.

1. Ochotyra semiusta, Pasc., l.c., 1862, p. 328, t. 16, f. 7.

India, Malabar (Pascoe) ; China, Foochow (G.).

( 551

XVII. On some new species of African diurnal Lepidoptera.

By Purp Crowtry, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Read August 6th, 1890. |

Puates XVII. & XVIII.

Mylothris subfusa, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 3).

3. Fore wing nearest to 7. Bernice of Hewitson, but differing

in the extent of the black apical portion, which is much wider ;

there is no black spot at the end of the submedian nervure and the

first medial nervule; the grey dusting at the base of the wing is

much lighter and does not extend so far as in 7’. Bernice. Hind

wing has the hind marginal border much broader and darker, there

being three large distinct black spots, one on the second subcostal

nervule, one on the first radial nervule, and the third on the third

median nervule; there are three more spots on the hind margin,

but they run together, making a complete black border towards the

anal angle. Under side of fore wing is very similar to the upper

surface, the black at the apex being very distinctly marked; there

is only a slight indication of black along the costa; the base of fore

wing is yellow. Under side of hind wing: the hind wing has a com-

plete broad black border on the hind margin, commencing a little

above the second subcostal nervule and extending below the sub-

median nervure. Nearly the whole of the basal area is suffused

with yellow, and costa strongly marked with same. The ¢ of

this species is closely allied to 7’. Bernice, but is distinguished by

the breadth of the black hind margin. Exp. 24 in.

Hab. Cameroons. In coll. Crowley.

9%. The female (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 4) is similar to thatof 7. Bernice,

but in the fore wing it differs in the larger extent of grey above the

submedian nervure; the hind margin and apex are also much

darker, Hind wing dusky brown, with the hind marginal border

rather distinctly marked. Under side of fore wing is almost white,

with the apex black, and four black spots, one at the end of each

nervule from the second discoidal, or radial nervule to the first

median nervule; they are all slightly tinted with yellow; base

yellow. Under side of hind wing is paler than on the upper surface,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890,—PART II. (SEPT.)

552 Mr. Philip Crowley on some new

being dingy white, the greater part being tinged with yellow; the

black border near the hind margin is very broad and strongly

marked. Exp. 2} in.

Hab. Cameroons. In coll. Crowley.

Hypolimnas limbata, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 2).

Fore wing nearest to H. diffusa of Butler. The black and

white fringe on the hind margin is composed of white spots divided

by the black nervules, these spots becoming smaller towards the

apex; in the discoidal cell there is one large white spot elongated

towards the base of the wing; the whole of the inner is black, and

above the first median nervule is a large white spot with a slight

streak of white below it. In the centre of the wing from the costa,

slanting towards the hind margin, are three oblongate white spots

in succession, and there is an additional row of four white spots

varying in size near the apex; there are four small white spots

near the hind margin, one between each nervule, beginning with

the second discoidal or radial nervule, the fourth spot near the

submedian nervure being much the largest. Hind wing has nearly

the whole of the basal area and centre of the wing white, with a

submarginal brown band; on this brown band are four white spots,

commencing with the subcostal nervure, these spots decreasing in

size towards the third median nervule; the hind margin is white,

the nervules being distinctly marked in black; the whole of the

hind margin is surrounded by a thin black line, fringed with white

between the nervules. Under side is paler in colour than in

H. diffusa, but all the white markings are quite distinct. The

hind wing has only the four white spots marked as on the upper

side, instead of a complete row, as in H. diffusa. Exp. 24 in.

Hab. Madagascar. In coll. Crowley.

Cymothoe marginata, sp.n. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 1).

3. Nearly allied to C. prewsw of Staudinger. Fore wing. The

general colour much brighter, and the black on hind margin much

deeper and of greater extent; the hind margin has a broad border

of deep brown; at the apex the black extends for a short distance

to the subcostal nervure; from the submedian nervure to the costal

margin there is a row of hastate markings; at the base there is a

patch of yellowish green, with three irregular narrow black lines,

in the discoidal cell. Hind wing similar to fore wing, with the

same broad border of deep brown and subapical row of black

hastate markings. The base of the hind wing has the patch of

spectes of African diurnal Lepidoptera. 553

yellowish green colour larger, extending to the anal angle, but

becoming browner towards the angle; the lines of black in the

discoidal cell are present as in the fore wing. Under side of fore

wing is much paler in colour, with a narrow transverse line of

brown near the middle; the black markings near the base are

plainly shown; near the hind margin there are three rows of

hastate markings, the colour being greyish green; the first row

has a small black spot between each nervure, and the third row is

much broader and very distinct, commencing narrowly at the

costa and becoming wider at the inner margin. Under side of

hind wing is nearly similar to the fore wing, the narrow band of

brown continuing to the submedian nervure, but the third row of

hastate markings commencing broadly at the costa and terminating

just above the second median nervule. Exp. 2+ in.

Hab. Sierra Leone. In coll. Crowley.

Charaxes Gabonica, sp. n. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 3).

3. This species resembles the Burmese C. Nicholit of H. G.

Smith, Rhop. Exot., pt. ii., pl. ii., fig. 1 & 2, more nearly than any

African species I have hitherto seen. The fore wing is rufous-

black, with a very large basal area of chocolate; in the centre of

the inner margin is a large patch of yellowish white, quadrate in

form and extending to the first median nervule, margined by a line

of bluish grey on each side; above this patch are five subovate

spots of white, three of medium size, commencing with one at the

end of the discoidal cell, succeeded by two larger spots between

the second and third median nervules, and two much smaller

between the fourth subcostal and the first discoidal or radial

nervule; there is also a row of small white spots situated between

the discoidal cell and hind margin; close to the hind margin,

between the submedian and first median nervules, there is one

white spot of moderate size. The hind wing is cream-colour, with

the basal area chocolate, shading into grey; the hind margin is

scalloped and has a thin line of black, with two small tails, one at

the end of the third and the other at the end of the first median

nervule; at the end of the costa near the hind margin there is a

black spot with a small white centre, and there is also a submarginal

border of small spots having cream-coloured centres encircled with

a narrow black line, which is more pronounced near the hind mar-

gin; from the costa to the anal angle the colouring of the transverse

band on the under side showing through forms a grey band. Head

and upper part of thorax chocolate, the rest of thorax and base of

abdomen black, the end of abdomen grey. Under side: fore wing

554 Mr. Philip Crowley on some new

pearly white, the nervules brown, having the white spots on the

upper side plainly marked; near the hind margin, between the

first and submedian nervules, there is a large black spot. Hind

wing nearly white, with a broad transverse band of chocolate,

somewhat irregular in outline, from the costa to the anal angle

bordered on its basal side with a faint bluish line, which is again

bordered by a rather stronger black line. The whole of the head,

abdomen, and thorax white. Exp. 3} in.

Hab. Gaboon. In coll. Crowley.

Philognoma violinitens, sp. n. (Pl. XVIII, fig. 1).

3. Fore wing similar to P. Decius, Fabr., but differs in having

the transverse band across the wings much broader; this pearly-

white band is bordered on either side with a band of pale mauve

of varying width, being much broader, with more of a blue tint on

the basal side. Hind wing has the white band extended to a little

below the first median nervure narrowing to a point; the blue and

mauve edgings are much broader than in the fore wing; the orange

patch is much less extended than in P. Decius. Exp. 3} in.

Hab. Accra. In coll. Crowley.

The female (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 2) differs still more from P. Decius,

the general colour being black rather than brown; the band of

white which traverses both wings is much broader, with a slight

indication of mauve edging near the base below the discoidal cell

near the hind margin there is a hastate mark of pearly white,

tinged with red between each nervule. The hind wing has the

white transverse band narrowing towards the inner margin; there

is an outline of mauve on the basal side; near the hind margin

there are six ocelli increasing in size from the costa to the anal

angle; these ocelli are chestnut-red, with white borders on the

upper edge, each spot having a small black centre. Under side is

much deeper in colour than in P. Decius, the base being deep

rufous-brown, with vermiculations; all the markings are very

similar to P. Decius ; the white above the ocellus nearest the anal

angle is surmounted by a black band. Exp. 3{ in.

Hab. Cameroons. In coll. Crowley.

I take this opportunity of illustrating the under-

mentioned new species of African Lycenide in my

collection, described by Miss HE. M. Sharpe, in the

species of African diurnal Lepidoptera. 555

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ Part 6,

No. 31, issued July, 1890 :—

Pseudaletis trifasciata, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 8).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Zeritis leonina, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 5).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Zeritis fallax, sp.n. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 4).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Zeritis latijimbriata, sp.n. (Pl. XVIL, fig. 5).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Aphneus chalybeatus, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 7).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Lycenesthes volta, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 6).

Hab. Volta River.

Epitola Crowleyi, sp.n. (&,PI.XVIL, fig.6; 2, fig. 7).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

EXXpLANATION OF Puates XVII. & XVIII.

PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Cymothoe marginata.

2. Hypolimnas limbata.

3. Charazxes gabonica.

4. Zeritis fallaz.

5. Z. latifimbriata.

6. Hpitola crowleyti, 3.

7. H. crowleyt, 2.

556 Species of African diurnal Lepidoptera.

BNOnrwnD re

PLATE XVIII.

. Philognoma violinitens, 3.

. P. violinitens, 2.

. Mylothris subfusa, 3.

. M. subfusa, 2.

. Zeritis leonina.

. Lycenesthes Volta.

. Aphneus chalybeata.

. Pseudaletis trifasciata.

(anS57T ()

XVIII. A catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim collected by

Henry J. Elwes and the late Otto Moller. By Preter

C. T. Snewuen, Hon. F.E.S., with notes by H. J.

Ewes, F.L.S.

[Read April 2nd, 1890.]

Puates XIX. & XX.

PYRALIDINA, Lederer.

(Wien. Ent. Monatschr., vil., p. 243, &c.).

D. PYRALIDIDA, Led.

Genus Paravetra, Moore, P. Z.S., 1865, p. 814.

1. Paravetta discinota.

Paravetta discinota, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 814,

plextor is 3) OSS) c'C:, No. 1158:

In the genus Paravetta, which belongs to the Pyrali-

dina, vein 8 of hind wings is free, the ocelli are wanting,

the maxillary palpi short but distinct, filiform, the tongue

spiral, the labial palpi short, porrect, pilose. For other

characters see Moore, J. c.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Darjeeling; Elwes. Taken at light from June to

September. The plate, which represents a female, is

not a correct one, the colours being less distinct than

they are represented. A nearly allied and perhaps

identical species is found on the Naga Hills.—H. J. E.]

2. Paravetta Sikkima.

Paravetta Sikkima, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep. Atk.,

Del Oe dss Oe Cu, No. 1159.

This species does not so much differ from Discinota by

the smaller size as by the different markings and the

much more angular hind margin of the fore wings.

(This latter point is not constant in my specimens,

but the much darker colour will easily distinguish it.

The female is also in my collection, and is like the male,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 2P

558 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

but with longer wings, and the antenne filiform with

minute sete.—H. J. E.]

Sikkim ; Moller. October, Mongpo, 4000 ft.; Gammie.

3. Paravetta flexuosa, nov. sp.

One female of 36 mm. expanse.

Differs from discinota and Sikkima by the colour and form

of the lines on the fore wings; they are black, not pale; the

first is twice bent, in the discoidal cell and from its inner margin

to that of the wing, the second nearly straight, flexuous in the middle,

running from two-thirds of the costa to three-fourths of the inner

margin. Besides, the fore wings are broader. General colour

pale pinkish brown, palpi and thorax darker; basal third of fore

wings dusted with blackish brown; transverse lines and a slender

oblique linear discal mark blackish grey, distinct. Behind the

second the ground is darker, first ochreous brown, then along hind

margin purplish grey, both colours separated by an ill-defined

blackish line, the upper half of which is flexuous and wavy, the

inferior straight, running close to the second transverse line.

Fringes dark brown. Hind wings paler, somewhat cupreous and

shining. Discal line (at two-thirds of the wing as in the other

species) dark, but very indistinct. Fringes purplish grey. Under

side pale pinkish brown; a common discal line and the hind mar-

gins of all wings darker, those of the fore wings before the fringes

purplish grey. Legs brown with pale tarsi, the posterior pair with

dark brown tufts on the tibie and the first article of the tarsi.

Sikkim interior; Moller. Mongpo, 4000 ft. ; Gammie.

Mr. Elwes since has received two males, of which he

sent me one for examination. I observe a brush of long

hairs at the base of the wings below, which is also

present in the male of Xestula miraculosa, Snellen (see

‘Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéra,’ ii., p. 195). This

character frequently occurs in the Pyralide.

[Genus Danaxa, Moore, Descr. Atk., p. 71, t. 8, f. 10, 3

(1879).

4. Danaka pyraliformis, Moore, l. ¢.

Two specimens in bad condition, which agree with the

plate of this species. Mr. Snellen refrains from any

observations on their generic characters, which do not

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 559

seem to differ appreciably from those of Paravetta.—

Fly J Bie

Genus Sypripa, Walk., Cat., 32, p. 465.

5. Sybrida inordinata.

Sybrida inordinata, Walk., Cat., 32, p. 465, ¢; Butl.,

Il. Het., vi., p. 28, t. 107, 8, 9; S.&C., No. 1114.

The genus Sybrida is closely allied to Paravetta, only

the hind margin of fore wings is more recularly rounded,

and the antenne of the male more broadly pectinated.

Sikkim; Moller.

[As the female of this species is undescribed, I may

say that it is considerably larger than the male, and

much pinker in colour on both wings and both surfaces.

The antenne are very faintly serrate, as in Paravetta,

but the legs are similar to those of the male, and very

peculiar in their structure, as decribed by Walker, who

suggests the affinity to the Pyralide. Butler says the

natural position of the genus can only be decided by

breeding. He also says that the inner line on the fore

wings was overlooked by Walker, but in his figure: he

makes this look both too distinct and too close to the

outer line, as five males in my collection all agree in

this point. The shape of the wings, as well as the

colour, in his plate is also incorrect.

The species is not uncommon at low elevations in

Sikkim, but I have not taken it myself.—H. J. E.]

Genus Tocconosipa, Walk., Cat., 27, p. 14.

6. Toccolosida rubriceps.

Toccolosida rubriceps, Walker, Cat., 27, p. 14, 3;

S. & C., No. 47380.

Toccolosida is a genus of Pyralidina allied to Paravetta,

not to the Crambide or Phycidide; the form of the

wings and the palpi are nearly the same as in Paravetta,

but the antenne are much longer, as long as two-thirds

of the costa of fore wings, pubescent in the male.

Neuration as in Paravetta.

(The hind margin of the fore wings below is not

cinereous, as described by Walker, but vitreous greenish

2P2

560 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

grey. It seems very rare in Sikkim, and occurs also in

Silhet and the Naga Hills.—H. J. E.]

Sikkim; Moller.

7. Toccolosida? pallifrons, nov. spec.

One female of 31 mm. expanse.

It is only provisionally that this species is described here as a

Toccolosida, as the male is still unknown to me. I do not per-

ceive maxillary palpi, which are short and filiform, but distinct in

T. rubriceps ; however, as the head of the only female is damaged,

these organs may exist in perfect specimens. Head and thorax

luteous, mixed with rufous brown. Fore wings dark fuscous at the

base and rufous brown between the discoidal cell, vein 5 and the

inner margin; the costal half of the wing pale greyish luteous, with

a black discal dot. Rufous part of the wing marked with two

oblique pale transverse lines, the second somewhat flexuous, whiter

and remounting close to hind margin till the apex. Fringes dark

grey, variegated with whitish. Form of fore wings nearly as in

T. rubriceps. Hind wings with a very distinct obtuse angle in

cell 3, thus of a different shape as in rwbriceps. The outer third

is rufous brown, the basal part blackish brown, with two flexuous

white lines and a vitreous spot between them.

Sikkim, April 20th, 1888; Moller.

Genus Viressa, Moore, Cat. H.1.C. Mus., ii., p. 299;

Led., p. 334.

8. Vitessa Suradeva.

Vitessa Suradeva, Moore, Cat. Lep. East India Comp.,

il., p. 299, pl.7 a, f. 7; Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,

vil., p. 334, pl. 6, f.6; 8. & C., No. 4516.

In the description of the genus Swradeva, Moore,

Lederer says :—‘‘ Der Hinterleib.... beim Manne....

gegen hinten zu sehr erweitert, mit klumpenformiger,

am Ende borstig behaarter Afterspitze die eigenthumlich

gebildete Afterklappen vermuthen lisst.” A male of

this species, from the Naga Hills, shows that this club-

like end of the abdomen hides a considerable tuft of

long hairs; it is exserted in the said specimen, which

bears also a MS. note, intimating that in the living

insect the anal tuft smells strongly of bitter almonds.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 561

Genus Tyspana, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., p. 256.

9. Tyspana vitessoides.

Tyspana vitessoides, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 256,

pl. 178, f. 8, 8a; S.&C., No. 4517.

Sikkim, one male; Brit. Mus.

Genus CiepEosia, Steph., Cat., 1829; Led., p. 336.

10. Cledeobia angulifascia. (Pl. XIX., fig. 4).

Pyralis angulifascia, Moore, Descer. Atk., p. 206 (1887).

A pair of 21—22 mm. expanse.

Belongs to Lederer’s Section B of the genus, and comes next to

brunnealis, Treits., but is distinct by the long tegule of the male,

reaching almost to the half of the abdomen, the somewhat larger

size, the much more flexuous second line of the fore wings, and

the darker colour of their basal and marginal thirds. Head with

palpi and thorax pale greyish luteous. Basal and marginal third

of fore wings dull black, central area pale cold greyish luteous, a

little dusted with black, and with a round black discal dot, the

costal margin narrowly black, with distinct minute pale dots. The

width of the central area is at the costa the double of that on the

inner margin, being limited by the strongly flexuous paler second

line. The first line, which limits the basal area, is nearly perpen-

dicular, a little flexuous in the middle. Marginal line pale, with

indistinct black dots. Fringes dark grey. Hind wings grey, the

fringes with a dark basal line. Abdomen grey; anal tuft of male

ochreous.

Sikkim, Elwes; Sikkim interior ; Moller.

Genus Proracuys, Walk., Cat., 27, p. 5.

11. Propachys nigrivena.

Propachys nigrivena. Walker, Cat. 27, p.6; 8. & C.,

No. 4728.

Vein 8 of hind wings is free, the ocelli are present,

and the remarkable labial palpi almost formed as in the

genus Nosophora (see Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vit,

pl. 4, f. 26).

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes.

[Seems common at low elevations, but I have not

taken it myself. Occurs also in the Khasia Hills and

China.—H. J. E.}

562 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

12. Propachys linealis.

Propachys linealis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 665,

pl. 83, f. 17; S.& C., No. 4727.

Darjeeling, Dharmsala ; Brit. Mus.

(Seems rare in Sikkim.—H. J. E.)

Genus Orypa, Walk., Cat., 27, p. 10.

13. Oryba conspicualis, nov. spec. (Pl. XX., fig. 3).

A pair of 283—29 mm. expanse.

Palpi fully twice as long as the head, porrected, their base

narrowly white, the remainder deep rosy. Head and thorax red-

dish grey, also the basal article of the setaceous rufous brown

antenne, which in the male sex is larger and curved. Fore wings

partly pale vermilion-red and clear purplish grey, marked with two

distinct simple, nearly black, transverse lines; a somewhat reni-

form pale yellow-red bordered spot below the middle of the costa,

and another vitreous white, which occupies the base of the cells 3

and 4, interrupting the second line. Hind wings whitish, tinged

with red at the base, on the inner third, and along the anterior

margin above vein 6, grey at the apex. The central area, from the

discoidal cell tilt hind margin, is pale vermilion-red, divided by a

recurved distinct black discal line. Fringes dark grey from the

apex of fore wings till vein 3 of hind wings, from thence to the

anal angle whitish. Under side of fore wings mostly dark grey,

that of hind wings white, red tinged with dark grey, apex and

discal line as above. Abdomen with a red spot at the base and

paler apex. Breast white, also the inner side of the anterior

femora ; the remainder of legs deep rosy, with whitish tarsi.

In this species vein 8 of hind wings is free, the ocelli

and maxillary palpi are wanting, veins 4 and 5 everywhere

unstalked, from a point.

Sikkim; Moller. Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes.

(This species is found at about 7—8000 ft. elevation,

but seems rare. This is allied to and may possibly be

the same as Oryba plangonalis, Walk., of which a speci-

men from Sikkim is in the British Museum.—H. J. E.}

[14. Huclita sericea, Warren MSS.

In British Museum from Darjeeling, ex coll. Lidderdale.

—H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 563

Genus Stericta, Led., p. 340.

15. Stericta basalis.

Pannucha basalis, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 200,

pl. vii., f.2, 3; 8. & C., No. 4479.

Vein 8 of hind wings is free. I thus should rather

place this species in Stericta than in Pannucha.

Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes.

16. Stericta lativitta.

Locastra lativitta, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 199,

pl. vil., f.1; S. & C., No. 4476.

A female. Sikkim; Moller.

17. Stericta crassipennis.

Locastra crassipennis, Walker.

A pair.

Sikkim; Moller (?). Naga Hills, 5000—8000 ft.,

July, W. Doherty (3).

18. Stericta cuproviridalis.

Locastra cuproviridalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 87 ;

8. &C., 4475.

This species must be placed here, being a true Pyralid,

and agreeing with Stericta in generic characters; the

only difference is that the veins 4 and 5 in both wings

are not separate but stalked. Palpi as in divtalis and

monesusalts.

Darjeeling, July 20th and August 4th, 1886; H. J.

Elwes.

[Common at Darjeeling at light, and found down to

3 or 4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

19. Stericta sikkima.

Taurica sikkima, Moore, Deser. Atk., p. 202 (1887).

A male of 38 mm. expanse.

Third article of palpi shorter and more obtuse than in the foregoing

species. Apex of fore wings more distinct than in all the other species

of the genus, the anal tuft of the abdomen very obtuse. Veins 4 and

5 unstalked. Head and collar bright cinnamon, third article of

564 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

palpi dark brown, the remainder, the antenne, and thorax, pale

brown. Basal fourth of fore wings blackish brown, followed by a

pale olive-green posteriorly ill-defined fascia, which is widening

towards the costa, and traversed near to and parallel with the dark

base by a distinct undulated black line. Of the second half of the

wing, the basal two-thirds are deep brown, mixed with ferruginous

and olive-green, marked by an indistinct denticulated blackish

second line; the marginal third and the fringes being olive-green,

with an interrupted distinct black marginal line; fringes spotted

with grey. Hind wings dark grey, with a trace of a greenish

discal line on the outer third between veins 2 and 5. Marginal

line blackish grey, not quite continuous. Fringes as in fore wings.

Under side pale olive-green, the basal two-thirds of fore wings and

a common discal line dark grey. Abdomen dark grey, with a

reddish tuft at the dorsal base. Anal tuft blackish brown. Legs

pale olive-green, spotted with grey, the anterior coxe and the

pecten rufous.

Darjeeling, July ; H.J. Elwes. Naga Hills; Doherty.

Genus Scopocera, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 202.

20. Scopocera Pyralata.

Scopocera Pyraliata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep., p. 202;

S. & C., No. 4484.

A female. Vein 8 of hind wings is free, the labial

palpi are very long, recurved, and pointed.

Sikkim ; Moller.

21. Scopocera minor.

Scopocera minor, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.,

p. 208.

A male.

Sikkim, 7000 ft.; Moller.

Genus OrrHaga, Walk., Cat., 16, p. 191.

22. Orthaga euadrusalis.

Orthaga euadrusalis, Walk., Cat., 16, pp. 191, 248;

Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 259, pl. 178, f. 2, 2a,

2b; 8. & C., No. 4488.

Sikkim ; Moller.

{The types were from Borneo and Ceylon.—H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 565

[Orthaga obscura, Moore, Descr. Atk., p. 204.

Darjeeling ; Atkinson.

Mr. Moore has lent me a specimen of this, which

seems very near to the last; but it is not in good enough

condition to justify an opinion.—H. J. E.|

Genus Asopta, T'reitschke, vii., p. 146 ; Led., p. 342.

23. Asopia platymitris.

Pyralis platymitris, Butler, P.Z.8., 1888, p. 166;

; S. & C., No. 4459.

Darjeeling (Brit. Mus.).

24. Asopia subresectalis, nov. spec.

One male of 17 mm. expanse.

This species has, judging from the figure and description, much

conformity with Asopia reseetalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

pp. 348, 458, pl. 7, f. 6, but as the author says that the third article

of the palpi is porrect (‘‘ vorgeneigt”), whereas it is erect in

subresectalis, and that resectalis is from Venezuela, and has the

size of glaucinalis (24—26 mm.), I conclude that the Sikkim species

is distinct. Labial palpi as long as the head, recurved, narrow,

gradually attenuating, their second article not thickened towards

the summit. They are pale brown, like the head and antenne. The

thorax and the fore wings, which very much resemble those of

resectalis, are pale glossy luteous. ‘Traces of a paler, almost

straight, first line are perceptible near the base; the discal dot

minute, dark, distinct. Edge of costa narrowly dark brown, but

without pale streaks. Second line a little paler than the ground

colour, almost regularly concave, without undulations. Outer

third of wing deep chestnut-brown, paler from the middle till hind

margin. Fringes, judging from the remainder at the anal angle,

rufous. Hind wings purplish, with a faint pale discal line and

yellowish fringes. Under side nearly as above, but paler, more

uniform and duller, the lines rather more distinct. Abdomen

luteous.

Sikkim ; Moller.

25. Asopia gerontesalis.

Pyralis gerontesalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 896; Moore,

Lep. of Ceylon, p. 263, pl. 178, f.6; 8. & C.,

No. 4447.

566 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Manihotalis, Guen., Spec. 8, p. 121, is from Cayenne,

and the first line of f. w is not ‘‘tremblé”’; but maniho-

talis, Gn., Réun., p. 61, may be gerontesalis, after

Guenée’s expression concerning the “ extrabasilaire.”

[A single worn specimen only.—H. J. E.]

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus Banepa, Moore, Desecr. Ind. Lep., p. 204.

26. Banepa Atkinsoni.

Banepa Atkinsonii, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep., p. 204,

$2; 8. &C., No. 4491.

Vein 8 of hind wings is stalked with 7 in this species.

(Darjeeling, July, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Seems un-

common ; taken once at light by me.—H. J. E.1

Genus Ruopapa, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 205.

27. Rhodaba angulipennis.

Rhodaba angulipennis, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 205 ;

5S. & C., No. 4492.

In this genus vein 8 of hind wings is also stalked

with 7.

Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft., July; H. J. Elwes. Ten-

dong, 8000 ft.; Elwes, August.

Genus Psruponocastra, Warren MS.

28. Pseudolocastra inimica.

Locastra inimica, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

5th ser., vol. v., p. 448.

The species of Pseudolocastra,a MS. genus of Pyralidina,

created by Mr. Warren, very much resemble those of

Stericta, but vein 8 of hind wings is stalked with 7, and

so the position of the genus is very different, rather

more near hemimatia, Lederer. I must, however, point

here to Mr. Meyrick’s note on this subject (Trans. Ent.

Soc. of London, 1887, p. 187).

Darjeeling, 20th July and 20th August, 1886; H. J.

Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 567

29. Pseudolocastra syrichthusalis.

Bertula syrichthusalis, Walker, Cat., 16, p. 165.

Sikkim, 380th May, 1888; Moller.

[The type was from Borneo.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pannucna, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 199.

30. Pannucha enescens.

Pannucha enescens, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 200 ;

8. & C., No. 4478.

The genus Pannucha is allied to Pseudolocastra, but

the insects are more slender, their labial palpi shorter,

narrower, with a short pointed third article.

Darjeeling, 20th July, 1886; Sikkim, 7000 ft.; H. J.

Elwes.

31. Pannucha vicinalis, nov. spec. (Pl. XX., figs. 2, 2a).

A pair of 22 mm. (g') and 31 mm. (9) expanse.

This species is closely allied to enescens, but the terminal joint

of the palpi is black, with a pale apex, instead of pale brown with

a black circle, as in @nescens, the central area of fore wings not

dusted with black, the second line very strongly indented and pro-

jecting between the veins 8 and 5, and conspicuously shaded with

black on the outside not only at the anterior margin, but also at

the inner. ‘Triangular black patch at the costa near the base

shaped as in enescens. Palpi recurved, much narrower than the

eyes, a little longer than the head, especially in the female, first

and second article pale olive-green. Antenne of the male with

short even ciliations. Head and thorax light olive-green. This is

also the ground colour of the fore wings. They are marked,

besides the above-mentioned conspicuous three black patches, with

a smail discal spot, two or three spots on the costa of the central

area, and distinct spots on the hind margin, all black. First line

indistinct, straight, undulated, hardly paler than the ground, as in

enescens. Central area with traces of a central shade. Costal

and inferior third of second line straight, moderately indented, its

central part abruptly advancing, ejecting long teeth. In @nescens

the corresponding part is rounded, evenly indented throughout.

No submarginal line. Hind wings grey, unmarked. Fringes pale

brown with black dots. Under side grey, costa of fore wings

568 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

marked with two black spots and pale brownish yellow; hind

wings with a pale discal line.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H.J.Elwes. Sikkim ;

Moller.

32. Pannucha asopialis, nov. spec.

A male of 20 and a female of 22 mm. expanse.

Palpi in both sexes narrower and longer than in @nescens and

vicinalis, the backward recurved tuft at the base of the male

antenne longer, attaining the scutellum, and the general appear-

ance of the insect more slender than in those species. Head with

palpi, antenne, tuft, and thorax deep fuscous; basal fifth, a wedge-

shaped discal mark, and the costa of fore wings also. Central

part, occupying a little more than the half of the wing, pale

olivaceous green, somewhat enescent. Second line distinct, fuscous,

outwardly bent below the middle, and basally with a gradually

widening brown shade from vein 5 till the inner margin. Hind-

ward this line is margined with pale olivaceous green. Remainder

of wing deep cupreous brown; marginal line fuscous, with indis-

tinct black spots. Fringes fuscous. Hind wings grey, with a

fuscous spot near hind margin, and in the female with pale margi-

nal dots. Fringes dark grey. Under side of fore wings fuscous

grey ; hind wings dirty white, their apical third and a discal line

fuscous. Abdomen and legs of female fuscous grey, much paler in

the male.

Darjeeling, 21st June, 1886 (¢); Sikkim, 7000 ft.,

August, 1886 (¢); H. J. Elwes.

33. Pannucha dimidialis, nov. spec.

A female of 21 mm. expanse.

Although I have but one female specimen of dimidialis, I do not

hesitate to describe it, because the structure of the palpi is the

same as in asopialis, and the neuration also, so that it evidently

belongs to the same genus. Antenne, palpi and face fuscous.

Vertex and thorax pale whitish green. Basal half of fore wings

also pale whitish green, with fuscous spots on the costa and faint

traces of an undulated dark first line. Second half of the wing

fuscous, with a denticulated whitish green second line, which 1s

widening at the margins. Marginal line ochreous yellow with

black dots. Ciliz brownish yellow with blackish spots. Hind

wings, abdomen, and legs pale grey, also the under side of the

wings ; a discal line darker, indistinct.

Darjeeling, 20th June, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 569

34. Cerasphora variegata.

Scopocera variegata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.,

p. 203, pl. 7, f. 4.

A female.

This species belongs to the same genus as Cerasphora

(Craneophora, olim.) Ficki, Christ., Bull. de Moscou,

1881, p.1. It is larger, and the second fascia of fore

wings more flexuous. Mr. Christoph altered the name

because he found the similitude with Craniophora,

Snellen, Vlind. van Nederland. Macrol., p. 262, a genus

of Noctuina, too great.

[Genus Sarama, Moore, Desc. Atk., p. 203.

35. Sarama Atkinsont, Moore, l.c., p. 204.

From Darjeeling, in the collections of Mr. Moore and

Dr. Staudinger.—H. J. E.|

Genus Enpvorricua, Zell., Isis. 1847, p. 592; Led.,

p. 344.

36. Endotricha flammealis.*

Pyralis flammealis, Wien. Verz., p. 123; Hubn., Pyr.,

f.99; Wood, f. 782.

The specimens are darker coloured than the bulk of

the European, but I do not perceive any other difference.

Time of appearance the same as in North-west Europe.

Darjeeling, July, August; H. J. Hlwes; Sikkim, 18th

July ; Moller.

[Common at light at Darjeeling in May and August.

—H. J. E.]

87. Endotricha costemaculalis.

Endotricha costemaculalis, Christoph, Bull. de Moscow,

1881, i., p. 4; Neue Lep. Amur., p. 92.

Darjeeling, July; H. J. Klwes.

[Described from Vladivostock and the Island of Askold.

Seems rare in Sikkim.—H. J. E.]

[* Doththa similata, Moore, Descr. Atk., p. 206, of which I

have compared the type, is identical with this form. ‘Specimens

from Japan and Dharmsala in the British Museum also agree.—

H.J.E.]

570 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

38. HEndotricha serratalis, nov. spec.

Two females of 22 mm. expanse.

Serratalis has quite the neuration of flammealis, the palpi are

also as in that species, and thus, though I do not know the male, I

do not doubt that its right place is in Hndotricha. Palpi, head,

thorax, and basal area of fore wings chestnut-brown, the central

area somewhat paler, the third or marginal greyish, except at the

apex, where it is brown. Lines pure white; the first at one-third,

almost perpendicular, with three faint undulations ; the second, as

usual in Endotricha, near to the hind margin, and so the central

area very broad: this second line begins at seven-eighths of the

costa; its first part is very slender, waved, parallel to hind margin,

then, from vein 4 to the inner margin, it is turned inward, thicker

and strongly indented. Costa of central area with minute white

dots. Fringes fuscous with pale base. Hind wings pale grey.

Under side variegated with brown and dark grey, and an indented

discal line.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A rare species, which I have never taken myself.—

Ed, 25]

Genus Scoparta, Haw., Lep. Brit., p. 498; Led., p. 347.

39. Scoparia pulveralis, nov. sp.

Six specimens of both sexes of 18—21 mm. expanse.

The shape of wings in this species is about the same as in

centuriella, Wien. Verz., sibirica, Led., and dubitalis, Hiibn., but

it is distinguished by the very coarse and abundant black suffusion

of the fore wings, which renders the markings of some specimens

very indistinct. Palpi black with whitish base. Head blackish

grey. Thorax bluish grey, much suffused with black scales. Fore

wings broad, the hind margins straight, apex rather obtuse.

Ground colour clear bluish grey, as in Scoparia frequentella,

Staint., but in some specimens (from Sikkim interior) so much

suffused with black that the ground seems black, sparingly suffused

with bluish grey. First line indistinct, straight, slightly undulated,

the ordinary adjoining black markings horizontal, elongate, large

but indistinct, in one specimen filled up with ochreous brown, in

the others black. The 8-shaped mark very broad, indistinct, black,

or, in one specimen, filled up with ochreous brown. Direction of

second line as in centwriella and dubitalis, hardly oblique, with a

short but distinct curve, the costal part straight. Subterminal

band black, the subterminal line as in dwbitalis, close to hind

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 571

margin, broad, not touching the subterminal line, indistinctly

interrupted in cell 4. Fringes grey, variegated with white and

with black basal dots. Hind wings whitish, shining, thinly scaled.

Abdomen pale grey. Under side of fore wings dark grey, of hind

wings pale, with a faint darker discal mark and line.

Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft.; Darjeeling, July; H. J.

Elwes; Sikkim interior; Moller.

40. Scoparia medinella, nov. spec.

Three specimens of 15;—16} mm.

Distinguished by the well-visible, rather oblique, white first

transverse line, the pale fascia behind the 8 mark, which, as in

letella, is connected with a black suffusion on the costa, and the

broad black shade along the outside of the first line. Shape of

wings as in dubitalis, the fore wings narrower. Palpi black with

white base; head black. Thorax grey, mixed with black. Basal

fourth of fore wings black, with bluish grey scales. First line very

distinct, bluish white, hardly undulated, rather oblique, its direction

as in ambigualis. Markings at first line very indistinct, merged

in the above-mentioned broad black suffusion. Discal mark

8-shaped, oblique, filled with bluish grey, connected with costa by

a black suffusion ; behind it the bluish white ground colour of the

wing forms a curved fascia, which, however, does not reach the

inner margin. Second line very slender, its central curve short,

flat, its inferior part parallel with hind margin; towards the

base this line is narrowly edged with black. Subterminal band

black, with astrongly interrupted whitish subterminal line. Fringes

bluish white, with black basal dots. Hind wings shining, pale

erey with whitish fringes. Under side of fore wings dark grey,

the hind wings whitish with a grey apex, and an indistinct grey

discal line.

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim interior; Moller.

Genus Ecurrstoprs, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1884, p. 343.

41. Hclipsiodes pangialis.

Botys pangialis, Feld. & Rogenh., Novara, u., 2,

pl. 184, f. 25 (1874).

Pyralis cuprealis, Moore. Ann. & Mag. of N. H., ser. v.,

i, p. 235; 2nd Yarkand Mission, Lepid., p. 18,

ple 26.

A female.

572 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

The front is protuberant, rounded; but the palpi are

destroyed, so I cannot say whether they are of the same

form as in Crypsixantha, Meyrick.

Sikkim ; Atkinson.

Genus Botys,* T'reitschke, vii., p. 78; v. Hein., Schmett.

Deutschl. 2, Band i., 2, p. 58. (Botys, Led., p. 364,

pars.)

42. Botys Sithetalis.

Pyrausta Silhetalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 166,

No. 78.

Porphyritis Sikkima, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 207 ;

8. & C., No. 4837.

A variety with deep orange markings on the fore wings,

consisting in an oblique fascia near the base, not reaching

the costa, and a second at two-thirds, which is perfect,

much dilatated in its upper half, sinuated near the

inner margin. In other respects it well agrees with

Guenée’s description of the type, which has unmarked

fore wings. In the British Museum this variety is

labelled maculata, Butler, and identified with Porphyritis

Sikkima.

Sikkim ; Moller.

43. Botys ? quadralis.

Scopula quadralis, Walker ? ?.

Two worn males.

The arrangement under Botys is only provisional ; I

think the species must form a new genus, for the costa

of hind wings is sinuate, and the palpi are unusually

long.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes.

‘The specimens agree with one in Atkinson’s collection

named Scopula quadralis, Walk., by Moore, but I can

find no description of the species, which i is not Dichromia

quadralis, Walk. —H. J. E.|

* Prof. Zeller, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1872, p. 503, corrected the

name of the genus to Botis, because this word signifies a Cohartim”

(shepherdess), but Lederer called the genus Botys, and I believe

the reason alleged by Zeller is not sufficient for an alteration of the

name.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 578

44, Botys patulalis.

Botys patwalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1405; 8. & C.,

No. 4070.

Sikkim ; Moller. y

(Occurs at low elevations ; not uncommon.—H. J. E.]

45. Botys euryclealis.

Botys euryclealis Walker, Cat., 18, p. 651.

A female.

The markings are nearly the same as in Botys

cambogialis, Guenée, but the insect is larger, and has

shorter labial palpi. I do not know the male.

Sikkim; Moller.

46. Botys coclesalis.

Botys coclesalis, Walk., Cat., 18, p. 701.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[The type was from Borneo.—H. J. E.j

47. Botys ochrealis.

Botys ochrealis, Moore, P. Z.S., 1877, p. 614; 8. &C.,

No. 4069.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Seems not uncommon at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

48. Botys prepandalis, nov. spec.

A dozen specimens of 22—29 mm. expanse.

The proper place of this Botys is evidently between the

European hyalinalis and pandalis; it is, however, in the male

sex devoid of the peculiar character displayed by the last-named

species (upper side of fore wings* in the male with a groove at the

base of the upper median vein, covered by a flat crest, of scales).

Besides, the ochreous yellow colour of wings and body, though,

generally speaking, the same, is, in fresh specimens, more vivid ;

** Not hind wings, as Lederer erroneously states (Wien. Ent.

Mon., vii. (1863), p. 365).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART Iv. (DEC.) 2Q

574 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

the lines, especially the discal line of hind wings, are strongly

serrated and interrupted, while in the above-named species this

line is more sinuated and almost entire; finally, the abdomen of

the male is but a little longer than the inner margin of hind wings,

and the hind margin of fore wings much less oblique. Antenne

ochreous yellow, setaceous, distinctly ciliated in the male (in

hyalinalis and pandalis they are nearly bare). Labial palpi

bicolorous, the first article and the adjoining parts of the throat

and head pure white, the second and third ochreous brown. In

pandalis the second article of the palpi is also partly white. Front,

vertex, and thorax ochreous yellow. Upper side of wings deep

ochreous yellow, without any lustre, except on hind wings towards

the anterior margin, where the colour is whitish, transparent, and

a little glossy. The neuration is somewhat darker scaled than the

cells, also the costa of the fore wings, which in some specimens

even darkens to ochreous brown approaching the base. The

markings are deep ochreous yellow, and consist on the fore wing

in an arched first transverse line with nearly perpendicular under

half in a point, anda lunule in the discoidal cell, in a distinctly

serrated second line, interrupted along vein 3, and quite as in the

two above-mentioned European species, in an antemarginal (waved)

line. The upper part of the latter, however, is more distinctly and

more regularly bent on the fore wings and behind it; in none of

the specimens is the hind margin obscurated, as frequently occurs

in the allied species. Hind wings with a distinctly serrated,

interrupted, discal line, and a waved line nearly parallel to the

hind margin. Cilie deep ochreous yellow; marginal line and

another on the base of the cilie darker. Abdomen deep ochreous

yellow, with paler annulations and under side. Anal brush very

short. Under side of wings ochreous yellow, slightly paler but not

so pure as above. The waved (antemarginal line) fuscous and

more diffused, the other markings only indicated. Discoidal cell

of fore wings wholly fuscous, as is also the case, but not so

thoroughly, in pandalis. Legs ochreous brown; a spot on the

fore tibix, the anterior tarsi, and the outside of the somewhat

thickened middle tibiz, pure white.

Darjeeling, July, August; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim;

Moller.

[A common species, which varies in the shade of

yellow. I think it must have been hitherto confused

with some other species. —H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 575

49. Botys damastesalis.

Scopula damastesalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 1018.

Paliga damastesalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 350 ;

are G., NO. 4147,

A very brightly marked specimen.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Evidently a rare species in Sikkim.—H. J. E.]

50. Botys tranquillalis.

Botys tranquillalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

pp. 3871 and 466, taf. 9, f. 16.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Seems abundant, probably at low elevations. The

type from Ternate.—H. J. E.]

51. Botys nobilis.

Pionea nobilis, Moore, Deser. Indian Lep., Atk., p. 224,

pl. 7,4..29.

A male.

Nobilis is no Pionea, Lederer ; the maxillary palpi are

not brush-like (buschig) and hairy, but smooth. The

pattern of the design is also not that of Pionea.

Sikkim ; Moller.

52. Botys flavofasciata.

Hapala flavofasciata, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 223,

pl. vuil., f. 19; 8. & C., No. 4092.

Sikkim; Moller. Darjeeling; Brit. Mus.

The male is paler than the female, with more distinct

markings, and has, at the under side of the fore wings,

near the costa, between vein 7 and the stalk of 9 and 10,

a small flat crest of lustrous scales.

2Q2

576 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

53. Botys nubilalis.

Pyralis nubilalis, Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyral.,

fs 94+( Si)

P. silacealis, ibid., f. 116 (2).

Botys silacealis, Treits., Schmett. von Europa, vi.,

Dp. SLs Xo supe ie

A male, Sikkim; Moller. Another, from the Naga

Hills, 5500—7000 ft., has the ochreous fascia behind

the second line of fore wings much narrowed.

54. Botys plumbocilialis, nov. spec.

A female of 19 mm. expanse.

This species is a distant relative of pawpellalis, Led., with which

it agrees in some respects, as in the ochreous colour, the slender

dark grey markings, and in the general appearance of the fringes;

but it is much larger, paler, not reddish: of the fringes of hind

wings the exterior half is white, and the costal part of the second

line of fore wings is more rounded. Palpi porrected, rostriform,

pointed, the basal half white, the upper pure ochreous yellow as

the body and upper side of wings. Lines slender, distinct, the first

obtusely broken below the middle, hardly undulated ; the second

with a distinct sinus in ‘the middle, evanescent along vein 3.

Discal markings very distinct, consisting in a dot, and in a nearly

straight lunule on the disco-cellular. Hind wings with a similar

discal line as the second of fore wings; submarginal line shady

dark grey; marginal line also dark grey, as the fringes; these

are glossy and have a still darker basal line; those of hind wings

are white, with a thick, undulated, nearly black basal line. In

paupellalis the fringes are white, with a black basal line, which is

also undulated on hind wings. Under side paler, suffused with

grey.

Darjeeling; 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

55. Botys octoguttalis.

Botys octoguttalis, Felder & Rogenh., Novara, i1, 2,

pl. 185, f. 38.

Circobotys octoguttalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceyl., p. 348,

pl: 182, 1.1 sos ces. 4102:

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Seems rare in Sikkim. The type from Natal and

Australia.—H. J. E.}

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 577

56. Botys effusalis.

Botys effusalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1445.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(The type from Java.—H. J. E.]

57. Botys rubellalis, nov. spec.

A pair of 21 and 25 mm.

This species is allied to diffusalis, Guen., affusalis, Guen., and

testacealis, Zell.; it has the same reddish colour, and, in fact,

comes very near to affusalis, which is also an Indian species, and,

after Guenée, of the same size. The fore wings are, however, not

still more iridescent and transparent than in diffusalis, but, on the

contrary, very dull and opaque, nor are the two first abdominal

segments white; they are concolorous with the other. Labial

palpi porrect, rostriform, twice as long as the head, bicolorous,

ochreous brown, and white. Head, thorax, and abdomen sordid

reddish ochreous. Upper side of wings sordid ochreous yellow,

but evenly powdered with dark red scales on the costa, but not

completely till the apex these scales are more abundant ; markings

also dark dull red, the first line almost as in crocealis, broken in

cell 15, the second line more sinuous, with a tooth in cell le, and

not distinctly reaching the costa. Disco-cellular with a short

streak, as in crocealis ; marginal line and fringes a little brighter

than the markings. Anterior third and inner margin of hind

wings without red scales, a little glossy. Discal line sinuous, dark

red, beginning at the limit of the paler costal part; discal spot

macular, indistinct; hind margin with a dark red shade from

veins 8—6. Marginal line as in fore wings; the fringes also, but

their extremity more distinctly ochreous. Under side paler, with

greyish hind margins. Body and legs almost white. In the male,

which, indeed, is not so well-preserved as the female, and also

darker, the markings are more indistinct. The abdomen is long

and slender, as in crocealis, with a grey anal tuft.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

58. Botys coactalis, nov. spec.

A female of 25 mm. expanse.

I do not know any Botys, closely allied to this species, which is

very distinct by its greyish ochreous brown fore wings, fuscous

hind wings, and bright yellow fringes. Palpi porrect, rostriform,

578 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

twice as long as the head, bicolorous, white and brown. Face

ochreous. Vertex and thorax greyish ochreous brown, as the fore

wings, the edge of costa towards the apex narrowly yellow.

Markings fuscous; the first line very faint, the discal mark lunular ;

the second line not undulated, twice obtusely broken. Fringes

pale golden yellow, also on hind wings, which are not darker, but

more greyish, and have a faint, angular, darker discal line, more

distinct on the dark grey under side. Abdomen dark grey, paler

beneath.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

[Seems a common species.—H. J. E.]

59. Botys Ausonialis, nov. spec.

Three specimens of 34 mm. expanse.

This species is slender, and has ample wings; the setaceous

antenne are fully as long as two-thirds of the costa of fore wings.

Palpi porrect, twice as long as the head, but not very acute,

bicolorous, greyish brown and white. Upper side of wings pure

grey, nearly as in Heterodes Ausonia Cram., and Botys laticalis,

Lederer, but unicolorous, dull, the costa of fore wings slightly

paler, a common indistinct discal line darker, hardly sinuous, not

dentated. Discal mark of fore wings also’darker, small, indistinct.

Fringes grey, as the wings, more glossy. Under side of wings

with legs and body pure greyish white, the markings as on upper

side, but the discal line very faint on hind wings. Fringes dark

grey.

Sikkim ; Moller.

60. Botys ablactalis.

Botys ablactalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 660 (var. a).

B. murinalis, Pagenstecher, Verhandl. d. Nassauisch.

Vereins fur Naturkunde, 38 (1885), p. 54.

Walker’s variety & of ablactalis seems to be specifically

distinct.

Sikkim ; Moller.

61. Botys tropicalis.

Botys tropicalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 670, 1.

Protonocera tropicalis, Warren MSS.

Coptobasis tropicalis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii., p. 293,

t. 18t, 19.9 1S. C., No. 4276.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 579

[Described from Ceylon and figured by Moore, but the

figure does not represent the species as identified by

Messrs. Snellen and Warren.—H. J. E.]

62. Botys detritalis.

Botys detritalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 347, pl. 4,

lesa 0

Darjeeling, July, 1886 ; H. J. Elwes.

[Described by Guenée from Brazil, Columbia, Guyana.

—H. J. E.]

63. Botys stultalis.

Botys stultalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 669.

A male.

Not different from my Javan specimens.

Sikkim ; Moller.

64. Botys subargentalis, nov. spec.

Acharana subargentalis, Swinhoe MS.

Two pairs of 283—31 mm. expanse.

A somewhat inconspicuous species; the upper side dark grey, a

little lustrous, only with traces of the ordinary markings, but dis-

tinguished by the white under side of the hind wings and the body.

Antenne setaceous, in the g with very short (one-third) and even

ciliation. Labial palpi only the half longer than the head, rostri-

form, obtuse, bicolorous, white and dark grey. Head, thorax,

upper side of body and wings, dark grey, somewhat lustrous. Only

traces of discal spots and the ordinary lines are seen. Fringes of

fore wings concolorous, of hind wings whitish. Under side of

fore wings dark grey, the base with a few white scales. Under

side of hind wings white; a discal spot, the upper part of an

imperfect discal line and sufiusion along the upper part of hind

margin (especially towards the apex) dark grey. Fringes whitish.

Under side of body and legs white, suffused with dark grey. Anal

tuft of male blackish.

Near B. Korndérferi, Snell., Midd. Sumatra, Lepid.,

p- 62, but larger, more lustrous, with less distinct

markings, more obtuse palpi, and nearly pure white

under side of hind wings.

Sikkim ; Moller, 7000 ft. Darjeeling; H. J. Elwes.

580 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

65. Botys caletoralis.

Botys caletoralis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 651.

Charema caletoralis, 8. & C., No. 4238.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Seems a rare species, as only a single broken speci-

men was in Moller’s collection. The type from Sylhet.

—H. J. E.]

66. Botys caldusalis.

Botys caldusalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 650; 8. &C.,

No. 4049.

Sikkim ; Moller.

{Seems not uncommon at an elevation of about 3—

4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

67. Botys tardalis.

Botys tardalis, Snellen, Tijdr. v. Ent., 23, p. 210; id.,

26; p. 260, pl "4, d. 6,0:

Sikkim, 7000 ft., August, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Khasia

Mills, 4000 ft., September, 1886; id.

(The type from Celebes.—H. J. E.]

68. Botys robusta.

Hapalia robusta, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 222,

pl.7} f. 2745; Sia’ CusNos4102:

Sikkim, 7000 ft.; H. J. Elwes.

[Not very rare at 7—8000 ft.—H. J. E.]

69. Botys indistans.

Hapalia indistans, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 223;

8. & C., No. 4094.

Darjeeling, 20th July and 4th August; H. J. Elwes.

Sikkim; Modller. Dharmsala; Brit. Mus.

70. Botys oblita.

Hapalia oblita, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 222;

8. & C., No. 4100.

Darjeeling, July, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 581

71. Botys Hypatialis.

Scopula Hypatialis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 1014; Udea

Hypatialis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 849; 8. &C.,

No. 4151.

Udea renalis, Moore, Descr. New. Lep., Atk., p. 224.

This species has, on the under side of the fore wings,

the dark costal. streaks towards the apex, which are also

found in B. prunalis, W. V., olivalis, W. V., costalis,

Kversm., and other allied species, with which it is also

agreeing in the shape of wings and the long, porrect,

pointed labial palpi.

Darjeeling, 20th July, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim

interior ; Méller.

[Seems common at light.—H. J. E.]

72. Botys octonalis, nov. spec.

A pair of 19—20 mm. expanse.

The proper place of this new Botys is evidently in the neighbour-

hood of prunalis, W. V., and olwalis, W. V., as is indicated by

the dark costal strie on the under side of the fore wings towards

the apex, and among the allied species it is very distinct by the

dark fuscous colour of the fore wings, and the perpendicular second

transverse line, which is hardly denticulated, traced almost as

generally in the Phycitide, with a regular curve in the middle,

and straight upper and inferior parts. Antenn setaceous, very

minutely ciliated. Labial palpi twice as long as the head, porrected,

dark fuscous, with whitish base; maxillary palpi distinct, some-

what pencil-shaped, also dark fuscous as the head and thorax.

Abdomen dark grey, the segments white-margined, the under side

whitish. Hind margin of fore wings regularly rounded, hardly

oblique; the ground colour, described above, is more uniform in

the darker female; lines slender, the first only traceable below the

discoidal cell and straight, not dentated, second described above,

both yellowish white. Stigmata well-sized, the orbicular oval, the

reniform 8-shaped; no subterminal line, but a paler, yellowish,

ill-defined patch towards the middle of hind margin; marginal

line yellowish, with short, thick, black streaks in the cells. Fringes

fuscous, with paler spots. Hind wings pale grey, dusted with dark

grey along hind margin, broader towards the apex, two small

discal spots and a discal line darker; marginal line as on hind

wings, with less distinct black streaks; the fringes much paler,

with a dark basal line. Under side of fore wings fuscous grey, the

582 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

costa ochreous yellow, with 4—5 dark spots towards the apex.

Hind wings paler than on upper side, the discal line and spots

much more distinct. Legs dark grey spotted with yellow, the

middle tibiz thickened.

Sikkim, 2—5000 ft., 6th July, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

73. Botys illectalis.

Botys illectalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 658.

Ebulea opheltesalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 1010.

Botys albofimbrialis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 26, p. 128.

B. niveicilialis, ib., Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera,

p- 64.

Hedylepta illectalis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iil., p. 277;

S. & C., No. 4845.

Sikkim interior; Méller.

74. Botys cenostolalis, nov. spec.

A male of 22 mm. and a female of 16 mm. expanse.

This species reminds the genus Cenostala, Led., but the palpi

are as in Botys illectalis ; it has also the same pure white fringes,

with an undulated (stronger on hind wings) black basal line. The

hind margin of wings is, however, more sinuated, and the fringes

partly black. Palpi bicolorous, white and ochreous brown. An-

tennex distinctly ciliated. Head pale fuscous. Thorax (much

damaged in the male) bright ochreous yellow in the female. Apex

of fore wings rather acute, the upper half of hind margin nearly

perpendicular ; base of wings (rubbed in the male) bright ochreous

in the fresh female, fuscous along the costa; central area mixed

with ochreous brown and fuscous; the discal streak black, out-

wardly whitish, margined in the female; the lines slender, black,

the first curved, the second feebly denticulated, its upper part very

oblique, as in tllectalis ; marginal area with an obscure denticu-

lated line; the upper part of this area is ochreous, the inferior

ferruginous, the hind margin itself still darker. Fringes black at

the apex, in cell 8 and at anal angle of fore wings, those of hind

wings unspotted. Abdomen pale fuscous, in the male with a white

spot on the penultimate segment; the upper side of anal tuft also

white. Under side with body and legs sordid pale ochreous (¢))

or greyish (@), the wings with traces of a slender black discal line ;

fore tarsi white, spotted with black.

Sikkim; Moller (3%). Java; Piepers (¢ ).

[According to Mr. Warren, this belongs to his genus

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 583

Leucocraspeda, and occurs in the Nilghiri Hills, where

it has been found by Hampson.—H. J. E.]

75. Botys pulchralis.

Hydrocampa pulchralis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 90;

8. & C., No. 4430.

This species does not belong to Lederer’s genus

Hydrocampa ; it might, I do not venture to say legitimize,

but at least excuse the formation of a new genus, as it

is endowed with a peculiar character, the costa of hind

wings being widened near the base. I prefer, however,

in the present case, avoiding the increase of the already

too numerous genera of Pyralide, as in other respects

the species is a Botys, A, a, Lederer, and has much con-

formity with B. sambucalis and stachydalis. These two

well-known European species have, however, normally

formed hind wings. Perhaps, on account of the above

mentioned character, a new section (vy) of this division

of Botys might be formed, as the widened costa of hind

wings is common to both sexes, though it is not so

accentuated in the female. The antenne are setaceous,

the labial palpi porrected, not fully twice as long as the

head, bicolorous.

Darjeeling, 4th August; H. J. Elwes.

[One of the commonest species at light during the

rains, sometimes in swarms.—H. J. E.]

76. Botys scinisalis.

Botys scinisalis, Walker, Cat., 16, p. 648; Moore,

BeAivioe, USt1, p>), OLO, pl. (OO nus blo Osc. C.,

No. 4040.

Botyodes costalis, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 221.

This species has also been captured in Java by Mr.

Piepers, at an elevation of 5000—5500 ft. ; the speci-

mens do not differ from the Indian, among which some

have the whole basal area and the inferior part of the

central area, from the discoidal cell to the inner margin,

obscurated by the iridescent fuscous of the third area.

Surely no specific difference is implied by that character ;

but it constitutes a well-marked variety. Sometimes

the pale spots in cells 3 and 4 of fore wings are also

wanting.

584 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Sikkim, 7000 ft., 20th July and 26th August, 1886 ;

H. J. Elwes.

77. Botys restrictalis, nov. spec.

A male of 36 mm. expanse.

Allied to scinisalis, of the same size, general colour, and pattern

of design ; the labial palpi also recurved, narrower than the eyes,

smooth, with short but distinct terminal joint. The body, how-

ever, is a little stouter, the basal area of fore wings extends farther;

at the costa beyond one-fourth, at the inner margin beyond one-

third. As the second line is at the same distance from hind margin

as in scinisalis, the central area is narrower, especially its inferior

half, and it is also entirely warm ochreous yellow. Palpi and head

brownish grey. Antenne setaceous, ciliated (3), but much shorter

than in scinisalis, where the ciliation is 11. Thorax rubbed. Abdo-

men brownish grey with whitish venter. Shape of wings as in

scinisalis, the basal area lustrous brownish grey, its upper part

obliquely limited, the first line hardly perceptible; central area

warm ochreous yellow, strongly narrowed below the discoidal cell

there, and with parallel sides, the inferior parts of the first and

second lines being nearly straight, not oblique, as in scinisalis.

Discal marks as in the allied species, rather smaller; central area

with a protruding part at the bases of cells 3 and 4, as in scinisalis,

but this is concolorous, not paler; third area lustrous brownish

grey, with a warm ochreous suffusion near the costa. Basal third of

hind wings ochreous, not whitish, as in the allied species, suffused

with grey, and with a dark grey spot; remainder of the wing and

the fringes lustrous brownish grey. Under side of wings grey, the

basal half whitish, limited by a distinct, flexuous dark grey discal

line with dark grey discal spots, the orbicular of fore wings reduced

to a point, and the space between it and the reniform concolorous,

not white, as in scinisalis.

Sikkim ; Moller.

78. Botys fraterna.

Botyodes fraterna, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 221,

plivit. 16 398. & C., No. 4037.

This species is no Botyodes, Led., the antenne being

normally formed.

Sikkim; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 585

79. Botys consimilalis.

Botys consimilalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 471, No. 65.

Sikkim; Moller.

[ Described from two bad females in Felder’s collection

from Ternate and Amboina.—H. J. E.|

80. Botys angustalis, nov. spec.

Three males of 30—31 mm. expanse.

Evidently allied to Botys consimilalis, Led., also narrow-winged,

and with a long abdomen, the colour and pattern of design the

same, but a smaller insect (expanse of consimdlalis, 40 mm.), the

costa of fore wings suffused with brownish grey, the central part of

the second line not confluent with the dark border, and, instead of a

straight dark stripe on hind wings, a slender, angular, discal line

with distinctly denticulated central part. Dark border of hind

wings also narrowing towards anal angle, hardly attaining it and

denticulated basally. Palpi recurved, narrower than the eyes,

their terminal joint short but visible; they are distinctly bicolorous,

white and brownish grey. Antennz two-thirds of fore wings, asin

consimilalis and sanguiflualis, Lederer, J. c., pl. 11, f. 1; they are

setaceous, nearly bare. Thorax ochreous, mixed with brownish

grey. Ground colour of wings ochreous, not so warm as that of

Lederer’s figure of sangurflualis, the markings brownish grey ;

discal spots small, the first a point, the second somewhat reniform,

as in the foregoing species; lines slender, the second sinuate,

obtusely angular, thickened in cell 1b; costal suffusion covering

the discoidal cell, but not reaching beyond the second line; dark

border of fore wing not narrowing towards the apex. Fringes

dark grey. On hind wings the upper and third parts of the discal

line are somewhat suffused, and the elongated discal spot not so

well separated from it as in the above-mentioned two species.

Abdomen ochreous. Under side paler, marked as above.

Sikkim ; Moller.

81. Botys iopasalis.

Botys iopasalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 652; Hapalia id.,

Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 387, pl. 182, f. 14;

S. & C., No. 4095.

586 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

[This figure does not represent my species, as identified

by Mr. Snellen, but it really refers to No. 83.*—H. J. E.]

Sikkim, 7000 ft., August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

82. Botys orobenalis.

Botys orobenalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 22, p. 211;

id., 26, p. J30;. pl.:%5 tna:

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Seems a rare species.—H. J. E.]

83. Botys recurrens.

Haritala recurrens, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 215,

pl. 7, f.11; 8. &C., No. 4326.

Sikkim ; Moller.

84. Botys plutusalis.

Zebronia plutusalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 478.

Haritala plutusalis, 8. & C., No. 4825.

Sikkim ; Moller. Darjeeling; Brit. Mus.

[Not uncommon at about 4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

85. Botys demeter, nov. spec.

A male of 30 mm. expanse.

This species is closely allied to plutusalis, Walker, but it is

larger, the ground colour of the upper side, though apparently also

shining white, is more suffused with ochreous yellow; the shining

greyish white fringes are not divided by two dark lines as in that

species, but have only a well-defined black basal line, sharper and

not so slender as in plutusalis; the hind margin of wings is

ochreous, not shining white. Palpi recurved, whitish, marked

with two black spots. Thorax white, with ochreous yellow spots.

Upper side of wings white, shining, but strongly suffused with

ochreous yellow ; lines also ochreous yellow, darker and brighter

than in plutusalis ; their number is five on the fore wings, three

nearly straight on the basal fourth, a third, broken in two sharp

angles on vein 2 and a fifth, parallel to and at some distance of,

[* Botyodes leopardalis, Moore, Descer. Atk., p; 221, t. 7, fig. 26,

is a synonym of B. iopasalis, according to Mr. Warren. I have

specimens from the Naga Hills which agree with Sikkim examples.

—H. J. E.|

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 587

hind margin, reaching neither the costa nor the inner margin ;

first, third, and fourth lines with a conspicuous black spot at the

costa, another round one on the disco-cellular, as in plutusalis.

Hind wings with three lines, a short straight near the base, the

discal line broken in two sharp angles, confluent with an ochreous

discal streak, and a third at some distance of hind margin as on fore

wings, but longer and more distinct. Under side of wings greyish

white, with indistinct pale grey lines as above, and a discal spot on

fore wings. Abdomen ochreous and white, with two black spots

as in plutusalis. Legs whitish, the first pair with five black spots.

Sikkim ; Moller.

86. Botys tigrina.

Haritala tigrina, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 312,

ple 182; i153 Ss. & Cz No. 4327.

This species is also allied to plutusalis, but unicolorous

deep ochreous yellow, only with three lines on fore wings,

which each have black spot on the costa (the third line

being grey, not ochreous), the discal spot is more elon-

gate, and the fringes are shining dark grey.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A single specimen only. The figure in Moore’s work

does not agree with the description or with my species,

as identified by Messrs. Warren and Snellen.—H. J. E.]

87. Botys definita.

Haritala definita, Butler.

Sikkim; Moéller.

(? female of the next species.—H. J. E.]

88. Botys onustalis, nov. spec.

A male of 24 mm. expanse.

Palpi recurved, whitish, the outside of the second article dark

grey. Upper side pure dark blackish grey, the face whitish mar-

gined, the hind margins of the abdominal segments narrowly pure

white, a black spot on the penultimate, a pure white just before

the black apex of the last. Fore wings with three nearly straight

broad black transverse lines, all pale margined, the first and third

hindward, the second basally ; first line near the base, the second

at one-third, somewhat oblique outwardly, the third at three-fifths,

a little oblique inwardly, and with a feeble curve in the middle.

588 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Central area of the wing marked with a black discal lunule, and a

little narrowing towards the inner margin. Hind wings with a

forked black discal line, which is white-margined towards hind

margin; marginal line white, very pure from anal angle of hind

wings upwards till vein 2 of fore wings, from thence more sordid

till the somewhat paler apex of fore wings. Fringes grey, with a

black basal and a slender white discal line. Under side paler, pure

grey; four discal spots, and an angular discal line darker. Legs

whitish, the fore tarsi purer, and the first pair of legs marked with

four black spots.

This species belongs also to the group of plutusalis,

but the wings are shorter and more ample.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Mimics Meliasomima xuthusalis, Wlk. (fide Warren).

—H. J. EL.)

89. Botys ruralis.

Phalena ruralis, Scopoli, Entom. Carn., p. 242, No. 616.

Pyralis verticalis, Hubn , Samml. Hur. Schmett., Pyr.,

tab. g, f. 57; Wood, f. 810.

Darjeeling; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.

90. Botys butyrina.

Notarcha butyrina, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 260.

A bad specimen. Possibly identical with B. paleacalis,

Guen.

Sikkim; Moller.

(Described from Fijii—H. J. E.]

91. Botys multilinealis.

Botys multilinealis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 337, pl. 8,

f. 11; Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 875,

ple Litas:

Synclera multilinealis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ili., p. 815;

8. & C., No. 4806.

Darjeeling, August, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim,

Moller. Ganjam; Minchin.

[Not uncommon at 4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 589

92. Botys inscisalis.

Botys inscisalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1410.

Rehimena incisalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 290,

pl USth. i; Ss &iC.) No./4137,

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A very easily recognised species, which seems not

uncommon.—H. J. E.]

93. Botys octomaculalis.

Filodes octomaculalis, Moore, P.Z.§8., 1867, p. 95;

8. & C., No. 4223.

Rhagoba bimaculata, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 218 ;

S. & C., No. 4281.

A somewhat variable species. In some specimens

each wing is marked with two transparent white spots,

in others only with one, and in still others the spot of

hind wings is also wanting. It does not belong to

Filodes, Lederer; the antenne are not longer than in

Botys unitalis, Guén.

Darjeeling, 22nd August; H. J. Elwes.

[A tolerably common species.—H. J. E.]

94. Botys quadrimaculalis.

Scopula quadrimaculalis, Kollar, in von Hugel’s Kash-

mir, p. 492.

Coptobasis? quadrimaculalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,

Vil... D<,400,, pls L6,.f..h2.62).

Darjeeling, 20th June, July; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim;

Moller.

[Not uncommon at about 5000 ft. This is not the

Botys quadrimaculalis of Bremer and Grey and Walker,

No. 4274 of Swinhoe and Cotes’ Catalogue, which is

recorded from Darjeeling in error, I think, by Swinhoe.

—H. J. E.}

95. Botys sordidalis.

Haritala sordidalis, Warren MSS.

Sikkim; Méller.

[Seems rare at about 4000 ft. The type is from

Sarawak.—H. J. E.]

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART IV. (DEC.) 2R

590 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

96. Botys unitalis.

Botys unitalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 349, No. 411;

Walker, Cat., 18, p. 655; 8. & C., No. 4080.

B. megapteralis, Walker, Cat., 384, p. 1407.

Sikkim; Moller.

[Occurs also in Ceram (fide Walker) and Silhet

(Guenée).—H. J. E.]

97. Botys opalinalis.

Botys opalinalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 620.

Pachynoa opalinalis, 8. & C., No. 4166.

Sikkim ; Moller.

98. Botys credulalis, nov. spec.

A male of 26 mm. expanse.

Palpi recurved, brownish, nearly unicolorous, as only the begin-

ning of the base is whitish. Antenne two-thirds of fore wings,

setaceous, brownish grey. Upper side clear brownish grey, some-

what glossy, nearly unicolorous; only the costa of fore wings after

the first line is paler sordid luteous, which colour vanishes towards

the apex. The markings, a comma-form discal spot of fore wings,

a punctiform on hind wings, and the lines are black ; the first line

is broken on costa of discoidal cell, thence perpendicular ; second

line beginning at three-fourths of costa, perpendicular till a curve

on vein 3, thence nearly straight and obliquely directed to two-

thirds of the inner margin of hind wings; it is a little diffused and

widened on hind wings; marginal line pale yellow, slender, distinct,

basally shaded with blackish grey. Fringes blackish grey. Under

side of wings much paler and purer grey, the costa unicolorous, the

markings as above, less distinct. Body and legs also pale grey,

but the fore tibiz and tarsi white, with three black spots.

Sikkim, Ist May, 1888; Moller.

99. Botys attemptalis, nov. spec.

A male of 27 mm. expanse.

By its distinct markings, black marginal line, and somewhat

glossy uniform luteous ground colour, this Botys seems to me very

distinct. I do not know any closely-allied species, paucilinealis,

Snellen, Tyds., 26, pl. 7, f. 8, 8a, excepted, which, however, has

very different markings, more elongate wings, and an ochreous

ground colour. Palpi recurved, luteous, only the base indistinctly

white. Antenne setaceous, with short ciliations. Head and upper

side of body and wings luteous, the wings a little iridescent, paler

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 591

towards the inner margin of hind wings. Abdomen with a black

dot on the penultimate segment ; markings nearly black, sharp,

consisting in astraight first line, obliquely directed from one-fourth

of costa to one-third of inner margin, in lunular discal streaks on

both wings (on hind wings more slender), and in an angularly

sinuous second line, which begins at three-fourths of costa with a

black dot, is thence straight till vein 6, has a denticulated pro-

jection from veins 5—3, is very faint in cell 2 and again distinct,

parallel with the first line, but more sinuous from vein 2 till two-

thirds of inner margin. On hind wings the discal line is alike to

the second of fore wings, but the inferior part is longer, straighter,

directed towards the anal angle, which, however, it does not attain ;

marginal line thick, black, uninterrupted from apex of fore wings

till vein 1c of hind wings, where it abruptly ceases; on the inner

side it is narrowly margined with bright ochreous. Fringes dark

grey, unicolorous, glossy. Under side paler, with similar markings

as above. Body and legs whitish, the fore tibia with a black spot.

Sikkim ; Moller.

100. Botys testudinalis.

Glyphodes ? testudinalis, Saalmuller, Mittheil. Sencken-

berg. naturforsch. Ges., 1879, p. 297.

It is true that the anal tuft in this species is not uni-

colorous: it is black, with two white streaks; but in

other respects it is very alike to several other species of

this section (matutinalis, adipalis, fatualis), and so I

should rather place testudinalis here.

Sikkim ; Moller.

101. Botys dissipatalis.

Botys dissipatalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

pices, pl. tals.

Samea quinquegera, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 207,

pl. 7, f. 14; S: & C., No. 4249.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[The type was from Felder’s collection from Amboina.

hindi

(102. Botys sp.

A single specimen of what seems to me a distinct

species, and which is unknown to Mr. Warren, but not

fresh enough in condition for description.—H. J. E.]

2R 2

592 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Eurycreon, v. Hein., Schmett. Deutschl., 2,

band i., 2, p. 88 (Botys, Sect. B (Hurycreon), Led.,

pp. 3865, 376).

108. EHurycreon nigrescens.

Hapalia nigrescens, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 222 ;

S. & C., No. 4099.

This species undoubtedly belongs to EHwrycreon, von

Heinem.

Darjeeling, 20th July and 22nd August; H. J. Elwes.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A rare species at Darjeeling.—H. J. E.]

Genus Parsartia, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep., p. 225.

104. Parbattia vialis.

Parbattia vialis, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 225,

pl: vi., £302 8. & Cz, No: 4538:

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus ConocetuEs, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1884, p. 314.

105. Conogethes punctiferalis.

Astura punctiferalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 820;

8S. & C., No. 4031.

Conogethes punctiferalis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1884, p. 314.

Darjeeling, July, 1886. Khasia, 4000 ft.; H. J. Elwes.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

[Occurs also at Brisbane, in Ceram, and China (Mey-

rick).—H. J. E.]

106. Conogethes hemactalis, nov. spec.

A pair of 16—18 mm. expanse.

This species is smaller than, but in other respects has much con-

formity with, C. punctiferalis, the ground colour of body and

wings is the same, also the pattern of the design, and the form of

the palpi and antennz. Only the dark metallic-scaled spot near

the anal angle of hind wings, so conspicuous in the male of that

species, is wanting in the corresponding sex of hemactalis, the

apex of fore wings is less acute, and the colour of the lines and

disseminated spots deep blood or rather purplish red. Palpi

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 593

recurved, compressed, smooth, the third article triangular, short,

as in punctiferalis ; they are deep ochreous yellow, with a nearly

black spot below the paler apex ; maxillary palpi short. Antenne

setaceous, bare. Abdomen a little longer than hind wings,

ochreous, with some purplish spots; anal tuft of male pale grey.

Upper side of wings bright ochreous yellow, with deep blood or

purplish red markings, consisting on fore wings in two irregular

transverse lines and several spots, which are confluent behind the

central part of the second line and towards the middle of the inner

margin. Spots on hind wings less numerous and smaller, scattered

over the surface, not arranged in distinct series. Basal half of

fringes ochreous, dull, the second greyish, glossy. Under side pale

yellow, with some blackish spots; the fore wings strongly suffused

with dark grey. Legs pale yellow, the anterior pair with black

spots on the tibie.

Sikkim; Moller.

107. Conygethes alboflavalis.

Conogethes alboflavalis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep.,

p- 220; 8. & C., No. 4030.

A single bad specimen only.

Sikkim; Moller.

[I have another from coll. Atkinson.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pionna, Gn.,in Cat. Dup., p. 203; Pyralide,

p- 367, Led.; p. 382.

108. Pionea forficalis.

Pyralis forficalis, L., Syst. Nat., ed. xii., p. 882,

No. 384; Hubner, Samml. Eur. Schm., Pyr.,

f. 58; Wood, f. 806; S. & C., No. 4172.

The specimens are rather smaller than European

species, but not different in other respects.

Darjeeling, 20th July, 1886; Sikkim, 4—7000 ft.,

June, July; H. J. Hlwes. Kulu; Young.

Genus Gopara, Walk., Cat., 19, p. 808 (1859) ;

Led., p. 383.

109. Godara comalis.

Pionea comalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 368; Moore,

Lep. of Ceylon, p. 348, pl. 179, f. 2, 2a, 2b.

Godara comalis, S. & C., No. 4176.

594 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Apparently a common species. I have also seen it

from South Africa, and it is abundant in Java.

Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes.

[Not rare in Sikkim. I have it also from the Naga

Hills (Doherty) and Bangalore (Minchin).—H. J. E.]

Genus AcHarana, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 285.

110. Acharana otreusalis.

Botys otreusalis, Walker, Cat. 18, p. 687.

Acharana otreusalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 285,

pl 180; it: S. & C.. No. 4112,

Botys ? tridentalis, Snellen, Tyds., 15, p. 89, pl. 7,

folds Toieid., 20,spsloo-

My tridentalis is the same as otreusalis, Moore, but

the figures given in the Tydschrift are inexact in many

points. The fore wings are too brownish, the base of

hind wings too pale, the fringes erroneously white, the

palpi of the scarlet (!). As to the formation of a new

genus by Mr. Moore, this is perfectly right; but the

chief argument for it is the peculiar character found on

the costa of the male fore wings, and figured, l. c., f. 15,

as in other respects the species is a regular Botys. With

Mr. Moore, I also do not believe that this species is the

Botys pheopteralis of Guenee. It occurs, however, also

in the West Indies; I have it from Curacao.

Darjeeling, 20th June and 20th July. Khasia, 6000 ft. ;

H. J. Elwes.

(The bands in Moore’s figure are much more distinct

than in my specimens.—H. J. E.]

Genus CnapHauocrocis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p- 384.

111. Cnaphalocrocis jolinalis.

Cnaphalocrocis jolinalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,

p. 384, pl. 2, f. 18, pl. 12, f. 7.

Botys tolealis, Walk., Cat., 18, p. 666.

Cnaphalocrocis medinalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon,

p. 281; 8. & C., No. 4118.

2 Salbia medinalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 201.

Medinalis, Guenée, is perhaps the same as jolinalis,

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 595

but Guenée’s description, of the female only and evi-

dently made after a bad specimen, is too vague. Lederer’s

name, on the other hand, is supported by a good descrip-

tion and sufficient figures.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

[Described from Hong-Kong, Borneo, and Amboyna.

—H. J. E.]

Genus DouicHosticHa, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1884, p. 304.

112. Dolichosticha venilialis.

Asopia venilialis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 873.

Dolichosticha venilialis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1884, p. 304; 8. & C., No. 4119.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Described from Queensland, and occurs also in

Borneo. A single specimen only.—H. J. E.]

Genus Sameopzs, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 23 (1879),

ps 2%.

113. Sameodes cancellalis.

Botys cancellalis, Zeller, Micropt. Caffr., p. 34.

Sameodes cancellalis, Meyrick, Ent. Mo. Mag., 21,

p. 202; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 241.

S. trithyralis, Snellen, Tyds., 28, p. 218; id., 26,

p- 184, pl. 8, f. 4, 4a, 4b.

S. pipleisalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 307, pl. 181,

f.14; S. & C., No. 4288.

Darjeeling, 21st June and 4th August; H. J. Elwes.

[Seems rare in Sikkim, but has evidently a very wide

range.—H. J. H.]

Genus CrocrpopHora, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., vii., p. 386.

114. Crocidophora ? flavicinctalis, nov. spec.

A male of 23 mm. expanse.

This species is closely allied to the genus Crocidophora, Taderer

(Crocidosema in the Analyt. Table), only the shape of fore wings

is not amygdaliform, as Lederer calls them, but Botys-like;

however, as I do not possess any of Lederer’s species, I prefer to

range the present provisionally under this genus rather than to

596 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

orm a new one. Labial palpi porrected, rostriform, pointed ;

their base snow-white, the remainder bright ochreous brown as the

distinct maxillary palpi and the white-edged front. Antenne

setaceous, almost bare, their length three-fourths of the costa of

fore wings. Shape of wings as in Botys, especially hyalinalis,

jlavalis ; the fore wings dark fuscous brown, with a violaceous

tinge, and glossy; they are margined with ochreous yellow,

narrowly along the costa, broader and suffused round the apex,

and again narrow along hind margin; fringes also yellow; costa

of fore wings marked at two-thirds with a brown spot, indicating

the origin of the second line, which is slender, blackish grey, and

continued on hind wings, where it is nearly straight till vein 5, and

subsequently runs closely to hind margin; a blackish first trans-

verse line on fore wings and a discal dot are indistinct. Hind

wings greyer, also with a narrow yellow hind margin, the marginal

line brown, with minute spots. Under side of wings paler and greyer,

marked as on upper side, the yellow border also paler, narrower,

also continued along the costa of hind wings. Legs and under side

of body pale yellow; upper side of abdomen fuscous; anal tuft

long, pale. The fore wings have a very short discoidal cell, and a

circular depression beyond it on the bases of veins 6 and 7, which

is also visible on the upper side; besides, the crest which retains

the frenulum on the under side near the base of the wings is

unusually strongly developed.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

115. Crocidophora? flavicilialis, nov. spec. (Pl. XX.,

figs. 5, 5a).

A male of 23 mm. expanse.

This species very much resembles the preceding, but the most

striking difference is indicated by the name ; besides, and this, as

a structural character, is more important, it has no groove or

depression on the base of the veins 6 and7 of fore wings, and their

discoidal cell is of normal length; at the base of the discoidal cell

a small groove is visible, and the crest at the under side is as large

as in flavicinctalis. Palpi porrected, rostriform, pointed, fully

twice as long as the head, bicolorous, pure white and bright

ochreous brown. Antenne fully two-thirds of fore wings, setaceous,

fuscous. Head, upper side of thorax, and fore wings bright

ochreous brown, rather dull, uniform, a little violaceous on outer

third; markings dark grey, very faint, consisting in two undulated

lines and areniform discal spot; the second line is retracted behind

this spot ; extremity of hind margin bright ochreous yellow, the

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 597

fringes paler, unspotted. Hind wings grey, with a darker discal

spot, an indistinct pale central fascia, which is narrowing and

vanishes below the middle; behind it a faint violet gloss is visible.

Abdomen grey, the short anal tuft ochreous, the venter pale

ochreous. Legs whitish. Under side of wings pale ochreous, a

discal spot of fore wings dark grey, a common discal line faint, the

crest at the base of fore wings pale grey, their costa suffused with

dark grey; hind margin dark grey, violaceous on fore wings,

narrowing and ill-defined on hind wings. Fringes yellow.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes.

116. Crocidophora ? lutusalis, nov. spec.

A male of 26 mm. expanse.

This species is again allied to the two preceding, but the wings

are longer and narrower, the hind margin of the first pair more

oblique, and their anal angle more rounded. Abdomen long, about

twice as long as the inner margin of hind wings. A depression

near the base of cell 16 of fore wings is distinct; besides, there

are two longitudinal grooves behind the discoidal cell near to the

costa, opposite a minute tooth-like flat process on it. Palpi

porrect, rostriform, twice as long as the head, bicolorous, white and

fuscous. Antenne setaceous. Head, upper side of thorax, and

wings sordid, glossy grey, the fore wings very uniform, the hind

wings a little paler towards the base and whitish along the inner

margin and costa; markings dark grey, but very indistinct, con-

sisting on fore wings in two lines, a reniform discal spot, and in an

angular discal line on hind wings. The second line of fore wings

is retracted behind the discal spot, as in flavicilialis, and slightly

pale margined behind. Fringes dark grey, those of hind wings

whitish towards anal angle. Abdomen grey, paler towards the

end, the last segment elongated, but the anal tuft itself very short.

_ Under side of body whitish, the legs also, fore tibiew with a black

spot ; under side of wings grey, whitish outwards of a faint darker

discal line and on the basal half of hind wings; a crest at the base

of fore wings, as in the two preceding species.

Mongpo, 2500 ft., 8rd June, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

117. Crocidophora ? limbolals.

Asopia limbolalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p.615;

S. & C., No. 4256.

Sikkim; Moller.

598 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

118. Crocidophora? amenalis, nov. spec.

A male of 26 mm. expanse.

Allied to limbolalis, but the basal half of the wings dusky, mixed

with dark grey and ferruginous, the dark border of fore wings twice

as broad at the costa as at the inner margin, while in limbolalis it

is of equal width throughout, the central area of the same wings is

yellow till the costa, which is brownish in the preceding species.

Palpi porrect, rostriform, twice as long as the head, bicolorous,

ochreous brown and white. Vertex brown, white-margined. An-

tenne long, fully two-thirds of fore wings, setaceous; collar

ochreous brown, thorax fuscous. Dark base of wings limited by a

ferruginous line, which is very sinuous on fore wings, nearly

straight (with a feeble basal curve) on hind wings. On fore wings

this line basally cuts off a part of the lemon-yellow central area of

the wings, which in the form of a fascia extends from the costa of

fore wings till the hind margin of the second pair, where it ends,

pointed in cell 1a; marginal part of the wings fuscous, with a

strong lilac mixture, as in limbolalis; it is advancing a little

basally on vein 2 of fore wings, and rapidly narrows on hind wings,

where the basal margin is denticulated, and it is ending at vein 2,

just before meeting the dark basal half of the wing. Fringes

grey, with a darker inwardly pale-margined basal line. Under side

of wings pale yellow, the basal half of fore wings towards the costa

and their hind margin dark grey. Abdomen dark grey, with white

margined segments above ; below pale yellow, as the legs.

As in limbolalis, this species has a tuft or crest at the

under side of fore wings near the base of cell 1b, only it

is smaller, and a small depression (with a flat crest of

scales) at the end of discoidal cell.

Hapalia fasciata, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 223,

pl. 7, f. 20, is evidently a similarly coloured and marked

species, but neither the figure nor the description do

perfectly agree with my specimen of ame@nalis; and

besides, I suppose that Mr. Moore would have remarked

and described the conspicuous tuft at the under side.

So fasciata will be a Botys, Lederer.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Moore had a female only.—H. J. E.]

Genus Circozorys, Butler, Ilust., 3, p. 77 (1879).

119. Circobotys lunbata.

Circobotys limbata, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 220,

pl. 7, f. 24; 8. & C., No. 4128.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 599

120. Circobotys? phycidalis, nov. spec.

A pair; the § 20 mm., the ? 22 mm. expanse.

This species may, provisionally at least, be placed in Circobotys ;

the shape of wings is nearly the same as in limbata, but the apex

of fore wings, though strongly produced, not faleate. The antenne

of the male have an obtuse tooth-like projection at the upper side

of the basal joint, and the first sixth of the shaft is curved down-

wards, with a tuft of scales in the curve, as in the knot-horns; the

remainder is setaceous base, as the whole female antenne are.

Palpi fully twice as long as the head, rostriform, pointed, narrower

than in limbata, and a little pilose. Front obtusely prominent.

Head, thorax and fore wings luteous, mixed with grey; the costa

ochreous, very narrow towards the base. Lines asin limbata, but

more continuous and distinct. Fringes a little paler than the wing.

Hind wings with fringes a trifle paler and more glossy than the

front pair, the anal fourth whitish. Abdomen pale greyish

ochreous, whitish beneath. Under side of wings pale grey, glossy,

unmarked.

Sikkim; Méller. Mongpo, 4000 ft., 27th May, 1886 ;

H. J. Elwes.

Genus Catamocurous, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 386.

121. Calamochrous dichroma.

Ebulea dichroma, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 228;

p. & C., No. 4138.

This species may be placed in Calamochrous, Lederer ;

the front is prominent, as it is in acutellus, Kversm.

(though Lederer does not mention it), only more rounded ;

the palpi are porrect, and the shape of wings nearly

the same, the apex of fore wings being still more pro-

duced. Nervulation normal, the discoidal cell of fore

wings fully half as long as the wing.

Sikkim, 8000 ft., 1st August, 1886 ; ih J. Elwes.

122. Calamochrous brevipalpis, nov. spec.

A male of 33 mm. expanse.

Alhed to C. dichroma ; the discoidal cell of fore wings also fully

half as long as the wing, the nervulation normal, but the rostri-

form, bicolorous labial palpi shorter, not fully twice as long as the

head. The setaceous, nearly bare, antenne, the white-margined

600 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

front, the vertex and thorax, dull luteous. This is also the ground

colour of the fore wings, which are acute, with a straight oblique

hind margin ; the luteous ground colour is suffused with reddish

ochreous, infuscated along the costa, and the discoidal cell marked

with two cloudy brick-red spots. Basal half of fringes dark grey,

the outer pure white. Hind wings with fringes pale amber-yellow,

somewhat lustrous, suffused with grey along the costa. Under side

pale yellow; a discal streak and suffusion along the costa of fore

wings dark grey. Legs whitish.

Sikkim; Moller.

Genus Stenopuyes, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.., p. 388.

123. Stenophyes gratiosalis.

Samea gratiosalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 857; 8. & C.,

No. 4246.

The shape of wings in this species is about the same

as in Stenophyes serinalis, Walker, Lederer.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[The type of this species is from Ceylon.—H. J. E.}

124. Stenophyes histricalis.

Botys histricalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 655.

Cotachena histricalis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iil., p. 276;

8. & C., No. 4855.

Wings more Botys-like than in serinalis, gratiosalis,

but still elongate; also the abdomen.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Occurs also in Ceylon and China.—H. J. E.]

Genus Potytruurra, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 389.

125. Polythlipta ossealis.

Polythlipta osscalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p- 889, pl. 12, f.18; osseatalis, id., p. 477, No. 93.

Sikkim; Moller.

[The type, from Amboina, is in Felder’s collection.

Seems rare in Sikkim.—H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 601

126. Polythlipta cerealis.

Polythlipta cerealis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p.- 389 and 477; Feld. & Rogenh., Novara, ii.,

2, pl. 135, f. 84.

Glyphodes vagalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1856; 8. & C.,

No. 4196.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A common species at low elevations.—H. J. E.]

127. Polythlipta peragrata.

Polythlipta peragrata, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 216,

DIAVe tL S19. iC NO..4195.

Sikkim, 6000 ft., 29th Nia 1886; H. J. Elwes.

128. Polythlipta? vinacealis.*

Botys vinacealis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 619.

Charema vinacealis, 8. & C., No. 4236.

Polythlipta albicaudalis, Snellen, Tyds., 23, p. 221;

Td 26H pls te plasniayo ta.

This species is no Botys, but also not a true Poly-

thlipta, and the formation of a new genus for it would

be very suitable. I also note that the figure in the

‘ Tydschrift’ is insufficient, the colour being much too

reddish.

Sikkim; Moller.

[Seems fairly common at low elevations. This belongs

to the genus T'etredia, Warren MSS. —H. J. E.]

Genus Finopes, Gn., Pyr., p. 317; Led., p. 389.

129. Filodes fulvidorsalis.

Pinacia fulvidorsalis, Geyer, in Hubner, Zutr. 4-tes

Hundert, p. 15, f. 648, 644.

Filodes fulvidorsalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 317;

Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 390, pl. 12,

f.17; Snellen, Tyds., 26, p. 187; Moore, Lep.

of, Ceylon; ps edt; pl. 182, 1.2. Jac 8. & C:,

No. 4220.

[* Thliptoceras calvatalis, Swin., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890,

p. 275, is said to occur at Darjeeling, but an imperfect specimen

lent me by Col. Swinhoe cannot be distinguished from the above.

J. E.]

602 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

F. patruelis, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 218; 8. &C.,

No. 4224.

Var. Auxomitia mirificalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,

Vil., D- O91, Weta adal.

Geyer’s figure of this species does not agree with

the text. The thorax, the base of fore: wings, and the

abdomen are, in fresh typical species, indeed fulvous

(‘‘ hoch goldgelb,”’ as the description intimates), not pale

sreenish ochreous yellow. I also must observe that in

all my specimens the base of hind wings is concolorous

with the rest, dark grey, not yellow. Lederer’s figure,

too, is insufficient, and though he says that in his speci-

men the abdomen was wanting, he figures it with a

fancy-male one. Then I must point toa serious mistake

of this otherwise so very sharp-sighted and conscientious

author. Evidently not being acquainted with the male

of fulvidorsalis, he was unaware of the absence of vein 8

in the hind wings (see my note, ‘Tydschrift,’ J.¢.), as

well as of the various other curious characters displayed

by that sex, and described, as another genus and species

(Auxomitia mirificalis), a variety of Filodes fulvidorsalis

from the Nicobar Islands, which occurs also in Sikkim,

and in which the thorax, the base of fore wings, and the

abdomen do not show the bright fulvous colour of the

type, but a luteous one. Perhaps Geyer’s figure was

drawn after a transitional specimen between the type

and the said variety. All the characters of Lederer’s

mirificalis, of which he also had only one specimen

without abdomen, but nevertheless figures this part on

his plate, are those of the male sex of fulvidorsalis.

The genus Auxomitia thus must be wholly dropped.

Mr. Moore’s patruelis seems to be the transitional

variety between the type and mirificalis. The oblique

transverse discal black fascia is also found in the type,

though often indistinct.

Sikkim ; Moller (var. mirijicalis).

[Seems to be not an uncommon species in Sikkim,

where I have taken both varieties ; the type occurs as

high as 10,000 ft. Occurs also in Java, Calcutta, Hast

Peeu, and Silhet.—-H. J. E.]

cataloque of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 603

130. Filodes sexpunctalis, nov. sp. (Pl. XX., figs. 6, 6a).

Four specimens of 40—43 mm. expanse.

This species comes very near to fulvidorsalis, but is different by

the still deeper fulvous colour of head, thorax, base of fore wings,

and abdomen ; then the base of each fore wing is only marked

with three, though larger, black spots (in fulvidorsalis, six); no

traces exist of a black discal line, which, indeed, is often indistinct

in the allied species, and the under side of the wings is unmarked,

blackish grey, only with the metallic line along the costa of fore

wings, asin fulvidorsalis. Palpi and front nearly black; vertex

deep bright fulvous. Antenne luteous white, infuscated towards

the base. Thorax bright fulvous, unspotted. Wings dull, black ;

cell 12 of fore wings with a line of bluish metallic scales from the

base till the middle ; the fulvous base of the fore wings with three

black spots, one the origin of the subcostalis (vein 12), the second

and third at the limit of the fulvous patch, at one-third of discoidal

cell, and one-fifth of cell 16. Fringes concolorous, a little glossy.

Fulvous upper side of abdomen with three rows of seven (3), or

six (2) black and steel-blue spots, the last segment with blackish

grey apex (2) or deep steel-blue anal tuft (g'); sides and venter

slate-grey, glossy. Legs blackish grey, the tarsi sordid yellowish

white ; fore legs not quite so hairy as in fulvidorsalis. Vein 8 of

hind wings, present in the female, is also absent in the male of this

new species, but there is no oblique transverse veinlet between the

veins 6 and 7, as in fulvidorsalis.

Darjeeling, 20th July—4th August; H. J. Elwes.

[This was a very common species at light in Darjeeling,

and no doubt exists in many collections under the name

of fulvidorsalis.—H. J. E.|

181. Filodes ? nigrolinealis.

Filodes nigrolinealis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 95 (2);

8. & C., No. 4222.

Nigrolinealis is not strictly congeneric with the two

foregoing species; the antenne are not quite as long as

the fore wings, vein 8 of hind wings is present in the

male, the fore legs normal.

- Darjeeling, 20th June, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

(The male has a thick tuft of pure white hairs at the

end of the abdomen.—H. J. EH.)

604 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

132. Filodes ? fascialis.

Propachys fascialis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 665;

8. & C., No. 4726.

Certainly congeneric with the preceding species.

Vein 8 of hind wings is present.

Sikkim, 8th April, 1888, ¢; Méller.

[A rare species.—H. J. E..]

133. Filodes? striolalis, nov. spec.

A female of 24 mm. expanse.

Labial palpi recurved, narrow, smooth, the third joint as long

as two-thirds of the second, slender, rather pointed; maxillary

palpi small, filiform. Wings and body elongate; the colour of

head, thorax, abdomen, and wings pale ochreous, smooth, some-

what shining, especially the hind wings, which are a little trans-

parent. Fore wings marked with two series of longitudinal black

strige in the cells, situated at the place of the ordinary lines, the

first feebly recurved, the second much stronger. Hind margin of

hind wings broadly fuscous ; fringes ochreous. Under side paler,

marked as above. Legs ochreous.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[This must be very rare, as only a single bad speci-

men was in Moller’s collection.—H. J. ..]

[134. Tyspanodes flaviventer, Warren MSS.).

A specimen in the British Museum from Darjeeling,

ex. coll. Lidderdale.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pacnynoa, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 391.

135. Pachynoa thoosalis.

Botys thoosalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 787.

Pachynoa thoosalis, 8. & C., No. 4170.

P. Walkeri, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 391,

plea. teens

I do not consider Lederer’s alteration of Walker’s

name as admissible.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 605

[Lederer’s type was from Amboina; Walker’s had no

locality.—H. J. E.]

186. Pachynoa spilosomoides.

Pitacanda spilosomoides, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 334,

pl. 183, f. 10, 3; 8. & C., No. 4125.

This species has all the characters of Pachy ynod, Led.

Sikkim; Moller. Bangalore.

[The species, as figured by Moore, differs from my

Sikkim female in being smaller, and having a black spot

on inner margin of hind wing; mine has instead a row

of black marks near the outer margin. A male from

Barrackpore has both these markings, and is intermediate

in size.—H. J. H.]

Genus Dysatuacta, Led., p. 393.

187. Dysallacta negatals.

Phalangiodes ? negatalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 468.

Dysallacta negatalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 398, pl. 18, f.6; 8. & C., No. 4148.

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus Boryopss, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 320 ;

Led., p. 394.

138. Botyodes asialis.

Botyodes asialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 821; Lederer,

Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 394, pl. 5, f. 6, pl. 13,

f. 8f; Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 835, pl. 183,

f.1, la; 8. & C., No. 4084.

Darjeeling, July, August; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim ;

Moller.

[A common species at light at Darjeeling.—H. J. E.]

Genus Enpocrossis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1889, p. 515.

139. Endocrossis flavibasalis.

Botyodes flavibasalis, Moore, P. Z.§S., 1867, p. 95;

Felder & Rogenh., Novara, ii., 2, pl. 135, f. 4;

8. & C., No. 4086.

Sikkim ; Moller.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART Iv. (DEC.) 28

606 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

[Seems common at lower elevations than the last.—

H. J. E.]

Genus Hotsropss, Gn., Delt. et Pyr., p. 211 ;

Led., p. 394.

140. Hoterodes ? cinerealis.

Hoterodes cinerealis, Moore, P.Z.S., 1867, p. 94;

S. & C., No. 4217.

Also not a true Hoterodes, and requiring the formation

of a new genus.

Darjeeling, July, August; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim ;

Moller.

[There is a great difference between the length of the

antenne in the sexes of this species not mentioned by

Moore; the anal tuft is not yellow, as he says, only a

little yellowish at the tip. The females were very com-

mon at light at Darjeeling, the males much less numerous.

—H. J. E.]

Genus Nrvrina, Gn., Delt. et Pyr., p. 318; Ld., p. 395.

141. Nevrina Procopia.

Pyralis Procopia, Cramer, iv., p. 152, pl. 868, f. 5.

eurina Procopialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 314.

N. Procopia, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 880; 8. & C.,

ee ING. 42N9.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Common at low elevations.—H. J. E.]

Genus Cypanima, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 897.

: 142. Cydalima conchylalis.

Margarodes conchylalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 303,

Ls6isi29:

Cydalima conchylalis, S. & C., No. 4200.

Darjeeling, 22nd August, 1886 ; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim ;

Moller. :

(Common at light.—H. J. E.]

143. Cydalima laticostalis.

Margarodes laticostalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 303.

Cydalima laticostalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 326,

pl. 182, f.4; 8. & C., No. 4201.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 607

144, Cydalima Elwesialis, nov. spec. (Pl. XIX.,

figs. 1, 1a). “n-

Three males of 33, 36, and 37 mm. expanse.

For the generic characters of this species I refer to Lederer’s

** Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Pyralidinen,’’ Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 597. They are all present and well-defined, though the Phycid-

like curve of the antennex, as Lederer calls it, is rather feeble, not

so conspicuous as in conchylalis ; besides, there is a tooth-like

projection on the fore side of the hamper of the antennx, just above

the basal article. The antenne are each inserted on a flat de-

pression, and, as in conchylalis, very minutely ciliated, pale

brownish grey, their basal article violet, with a coppery lustre.

Labial palpi only a good third longer than the head, the first

article sordid white, the other two, like the maxillary palpi and

the face, violet with coppery lustre. Collar as the face, with a

whitish summit. Thorax and tegule white, with some coppery

brown scales at their bases. Wingsshaped as in conchylalis males

the apex of fore wings less pointed and produced, the hind margin

not so straight and oblique; hind wings more triangular. Colour

of wings white, somewhat transparent and glossy, with iridescent

reflections. Costa of fore wings deep greyish brown, more violet at

the base, and adorned with coppery metallic scales; the grey-

brown attains the apex of the wing, narrowing gradually from the

base, where it occupies the whole basal half of the discoidal cell,

and is not so sharply defined, but more greyish than towards the

base; a white spot at the half of the discoidal cell emarginates the

costal stripe a little, but a white more or less dark-edged lunule on

the transverse veinlet lies nearly totally outside of it; hind margin

grey, about 2mm. wide, inwardly well-defined and straight, not

attaining the anal angle of hind wings; marginal line strong,

brilliantly metallic-grey, reminding the lustre of nickel; it is not

perfectly continuous, and begins at vein 1¢ of hind wings with the

erey border. Hind wings with a grey lunule on the disco-cellular.

Abdomen, whitish, with a long pencil-like anal brush of nearly

black hairs; it is pointed, as the white one of conchylalis, not

expanded, as in the males of Phakellwra. Under side of wings

nearly as above, the costa of fore wings darker than on upper side;

cell 8 of hind wings also grey, but the hind margin and its metallic

ornament less distinct; cilix greyish white. Legs sordid white,

the front side of the first pair coppery violet, with pure white tarsi.

This species differs from conchylalis and laticostalis by

the narrower costa of fore wings, by the broadly grey

and brilliantly metallic-marked hind margin of all wings.

282

608 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

The teeth at the base of the antenne and the blackish

anal brush are also wanting in both species. According

to Guenée, Cydalima nitidicostalis is larger (41 mm.), and

has a dark-scaled nervulation.

Sisyrophora Pfeiffere, Lederer, p. 899, taf. 12, f. 18,

must also be an allied species, but the figure shows a

somewhat more robust insect, with smaller hind wings

and entirely dark collar. Besides, the figure which

Lederer gives of the basal part of the antenne (taf. 5,

fig. 8) is different, and the ‘‘rauhe Beschuppung am

Fuhlerschaft” is wanting. He also says nothing of a

depression of the vertex, though it is conspicuous in

Elwesialis.

Dedicated to H. J. Elwes, Esq.

Sikkim ; Moller (one specimen of 33 mm.). Sumatra,

Deli; Schagen van Leeuwen (the other two).

[This must be a common species from the number in

Moller’s collection, but I never took it myself. It occurs,

however, at Mongpo, 4000 ft., and in Bhutan. I have

also two specimens from the Naga Hills.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pacuyarcuss, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 398.

145. Pachyarches psittacalis.

Parodes psittacalis, Hubner, Zutrage, 3-tes Hundert,

p. 30, £. 523, 524.

Margarodes psittacalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 808.

Pachyarches psittacalis, 8. & C., No. 4213.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Not uncommon at low elevations. Occurs also in

China and the Khasia and Naga Hills.—H. J. E. [

s 146. Pachyarches vertumnalis.

Margarodes vertumnalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 809.

Pachyarches vertumnalis, 8. & C., No. 4215.

Mr. Warren’s opinion is that Margarodes squamopedalis,

Guenée (Hnchocnemidia squamopedalis, Led.)‘ might be

the male of vertumnalis, Guenée. This is perhaps right ;

I have no male of vertumnalis.

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 609

147. Pachyarches amphitritalis.

Margarodes amphitritalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 807.

Pachyarches amphitritalis, 8. & C., No. 4209.

I never have seen the male of this apparently rare

but widespread species. According to Lederer, it belongs

to Pachyarches.

Sikkim; Moller.

Genus Marearonia, Hiibn., Verz., p. 858; Walk., Cat.,

18, p. 518 (Margarodes, Guen., Led., p. 398).

148. Margaronia fallacialis, nov. spec.

A male of 32 mm. expanse.

This species has very much the appearance of Pachyarches

psittacalis, but the antenne are normally formed, without a tooth-

like projection of the basal article or curve at the base of the

hamper (see Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., pl. 5, f. 7 (not fig. 6)),

and there is no fold at the under side of the costa of fore wings ; so

the species belongs to Margaronia (Margarodes, Lederer). Palpi

porrected, rostriform, bicolorous, white and brown. Antenne

green, minutely ciliated. Head, upper side of thorax, abdomen,

and wings bright green, as in psittacalis and Enchoenemidia

squamopedalis, the edge of costa of fore wings brownish, the dots

on the disco-cellular hardly visible; no marginal dots or other

markings. Fringes dark grey, shining; anal tuft black. Under

side of wings pale glaucous green, greyish towards the hind mar-

gins, as in psittacalis, but the costa of fore wings nearly con-

colorous, only very slightly greyish ; base of wings and body paler

and more bluish, again as in psittacalis ; middle and hind coxe

and tibiz pale bluish green; fore coxe mixed with ochreous, the

tibie with a black spot; all tarsi greyish white.

As the name Margarodes is preoccupied in the

Hemiptera, I accept, following Walker and Moore, the

name Margaronia of Hubner’s ‘ Verzeichniss’; but it is

my opinion that in other cases the so-called generic

names of that much antidated Catalogue never can

take priority over those of serious works. Hubner’s

‘ Verzeichniss ’ is, as Zeller very justly observes, a mere

name-store (Namen-magasin), without scientific value.

Sikkim; Moller.

610 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

149. Margaronia aquosalis.*

Margarodes aquosalis, Snellen, Lepidoptera, in Reise

in Midden-Sumatra, p. 66; id., Tyds. voor Ent.,

26, p. 141.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Not uncommon at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

150. Margaronia unionalis.

Pyralis unionalis, Hubn., Samml. Eur., Schmett.,

Pyral., p. 182; Milliére, Icones, ii., 12e livraison,

p. 39, pl. 55, f. 3—6.

Sikkim; Moller. Darjeeling; H. J. Elwes.

151. Margaronia nigropunctalis.

Margarodes nigropunctalis, Bremer, Lep. Ost.-Sibir.,

p. 67, pl. 6, f. 5 (1864).

Margaronia neomera, Butler, Ilustr., ii., p. 57. pl. 39,

f. 5 (1879).

Perhaps Boisduval’s quinquepunctalis, ‘Faune de

Madagascar,’ Bourbon et Maurice, p. 117, pl. 16, f. 5,

Guenée, ‘ Réunion,’ p. 65, is also the same as Bremer's

species, and then the oldest name; but I strongly

suspect nigropunctalis only to be a variety of wnionalis.

Strongly-marked specimens of the former, in fact, look

very different, but in others (neomera, Butler) with

small dark spots, only the dark line parallel to the

hind margin remains as a distinctive character, and

this line, too, is very faint in some specimens. I did

not find any structural differences.

Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft., July; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim

interior; Moller. Bhutan, Sept. ; id.

152. Margaronia celsalis.

Botys celsalis, Walk., Cat., 18, p. 654.

Margaronia celsalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 325,

pl. 181, f.4; §. & C., No. 4205.

Khasia Hills, 6000 fees H. “ Elwes. Sikkim ; Moller.

- [F This appears: to be the same as the species identified by

Swinhoe with Margaroma marthesiusalis, Walk., Cat., xvii,

p. 581 (1859), and agrees with the description of it. Margaronia

hilaralis, Walk., l. c., p. 582, may also be the same.—H. J. E.]}

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 611

158. Margaronia lativitta.

Pitama lativitta, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.

Peal. ple Vide, teal.

A male.

Mongpo, Sikkim; Gammie.

This species has all the principal generic characters

of Margaronia (Margarodes, Led.). I-do not perceive

anything aberrant, nor does Mr. Moore point to a distinct

character in his description.

Genus EncHocnemipiA, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p.399.

154. Enchocnemidia squamopedalis.

Margarodes squamopedalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr.,

p. 809, No. 385, 3.

Enchoenemidia squamopedalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent.

Mon., vul., p. 399; pl. 18, f. 12:

See above, No. 186, Pachyarches vertumnalis, Guenee.

Sikkim; Moller. Barrackpore, 29th July, 1886;

Minchin. Car Nicobar; Doherty.

[Described by Guenée from Cape of Good Hope, and

recorded by Lederer from Amboina.—H. J. H.]

155. Enchocnemidia phryneusalis.*

Margaronia phryneusalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 531.

Enchocnemidia phryncusalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon,

p-. 828, pl.18,-f.12; 8. & C., No. 4204.

* Sikkim; Moller.

[I do not know how to distinguish this from the last ;

neither Walker or Moore seem to have been acquainted

with it. I suspect them to be identical.—H. J. E.]

Genus Puaxeniura, Lansd., cf. Guen., Delt. et Pyr.,

p. 294; Led., p. 400.

156. Phakellura indica.

Eudioptis indica, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

new series, i., p. 163, pl. 12, f. 5—7.

Phakellura Gazorialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 297,

No. 304.

P. indica, 8. & C., No. 4197.

* The male of phryneusalie has no tufts at the hind legs, as

squamopedalis, and the under side of hind wings is much more

hairy.

612 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Phakellura translucidalis and superalis, Guenée, are

also said to occur in India, but I presume they are only

found in America.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

[Not uncommon at 4—7000 ft.—H. J. E.]

Genus GuypHopEs, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 292;

Led,, p. 401.

157. Glyphodes Zellert.

Glyphodes Zelleri, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vil.,

p. 478, pl. 478, pl. 14, f. 3.

The white markings on fore wings more reduced, and

the black margin of hind wings broader, especially

towards the anal angle, than in Lederer’s figure.

Sikkim; Moller.

[The type was from Amboina. The species is nearest

to bicolor, from which it is distinguished by the broad

border of the hind wing and white fringe of the hind

angle of the fore wing.—H. J. E.|

158. Glyphodes bicolor.

Botys bicolor, Swainson, Zool. Illustr., 1st ser., 2,

OUR ioe

Glyphodes diurnalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 294,

No. 800, pl. 5, f. 5.

G. bicolor, 8. & C., No. 4178.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A common species at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

159. Glyphodes conclusalis.

Glyphodes conclusalis, Walker, Cat., 84, p. 1854; 8. &

C., No. 4182.

This species is allied to bicolor, but it is larger, and

the fringes of fore wings entirely dark grey.

Sikkim; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 613

160. Glyphodes bivitralis.

Glyphodes bivitralis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 298;

Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 822, pl. 180, f. 2, 2a;

S. & C., No. 4179.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Fairly common at low elevations.—H. J. H.]

161. Glyphodes crithealis.

Desmia crithealis, Walk., Cat., 17, p. 344.

Glyphodes chilka, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 216,

pl. %,i. 9; 8. & C., Ne: 4181.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Not uncommon at low elevations. The type was

from China.—H. J. E.]

162. Glyphodes stolalis.

Glyphodes stolalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 298, pl. 3,

f. 11; 8. & C., 4189:

Sikkim, 8000 ft., 1st August, 1886; H. J. Hlwes.

Sikkim ; Moller.

168. Glyphodes nyctealis.

Glyphodes nyctealis, Snellen, Lepidoptera, in Reize in

Midden-Sumatyra, p. 68.

Glyphodes zelimalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 657,

pl. 215, f. 6, is an allied species.

Darjeeling, July and 4th August; H. J. Elwes.

164. Glyphodes naralis.

Glyphodes naralis, Feld, & Rogenh., Novara, u., 2,

pl. 136, f. 38.

Sikkim; Moller.

[Rare at about 4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

165. Glyphodes pyloalis.

Glyphodes pyloalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 973; Moore,

Lep. of Ceylon, p. 321, pl. 180, f. 3; 8. &C.,

No. 4188.

G. sylpharis, Butler, Lllustr , 2, p. 57, pl. 39, f. 2.

614 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

[Walker’s type was from North China.—H. J. E.]

166. Glyphodes cesalis.

Glyphodes cesalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 499.

Synclera cesalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 316,

pl. 188, f.7; S. & C., No. 4804.

Glyphodes crameralis, Snellen, Lepidoptera, in Midden-

Sumatra, p. 69.

This species was rightly placed in Glyphodes by Walker.

Sikkim; Moller.

[Not uncommon at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

167. Glyphodes sexpunctalis.

Oligostigma sexpunctalis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 616,

pl. 60, f. 12.

Talanga sexpunctalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 300,

pl. 181, f. 18; 8. & C., No. 4414.

Glyphodes lomaspilalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 28,

p. 228; id., 26, p. 144, pl. 8, f. 12.

Cataclysta nympha, Butler, P. Z.S., 1880, p. 683.

Darjeeling, 20th July and 4th August, 1886; H. J.

Elwes. Naga Hills; Doherty.

[Common at light at Darjeeling.—H. J. E.]

168. Glyphodes lacustralis.

Glyphodes lacustralis, Moore, P.Z.8., 1867, p. 98,

ple v,t. 115 5.% C. No: Also.

Darjeeling, 20th June, 1886: H. J. Elwes. Sikkim,

5—7000 ft., 7th July, 1886; id., Sikkim; Moller.

[One of the most abundant species in Sikkim at light.

—H. J. E.]

169. Glyphodes luciferalis.

Glyphodes luciferalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1412;

S. & C., No. 4186.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 615

. Genus Paaypa, Walk., Cat., 17, p. 487.

170. Pagyda salvalis.

Pagyda salvalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 487; Moore,

Lep. of Ceylon, p. 814, pl. 182, f. 6; 8. & C.,

No. 48380.

Sikkim ; Moller.

171. Pagyda lustralis, nov. spec.

A male of 26 mm. expanse.

This species is very distinct by its clear yellow, shining, brass-

like ground colour, and the metallic lustre of a line running along

the hind margin of the wings. Palpi formed as in salvalis, pale

olive-brown, with a pure white base. Antenne testaceous. Body

concolorous with the wings, the apical fourth of the abdomen

ochreous brown, with two clear white spots; anal tuft pale grey.

Hind wings not quite as shining as the fore wings; all wings with

two slender pale brown lines, outwardly margined with metallic

scales; the first line of fore wings straight, the second twice

obtusely broken on vein 3; lines of hind wings straight, parallel,

the first at one-third, ending before the rounded anal angle, the

second at two-thirds, running from vein 6 to the end of vein 3;

metallic line along hind margin basally margined by another

olive-brown one; marginal line itself pale brown, distinct. Fringes

long, silky, pale yellow, lustrous, on hind wings with a slightly

darker basal line. Under side pale straw-yellow, the outer mar-

gins narrowly fuscous ; fore wings with a distinct, slender, dark

streak on the disco-cellular. Legs pale yellow, the front and

middle tibiz and the tarsi pure white on the outside; fore tibie

with a pale olive-brown spot.

Sikkim; Moller.

172. Pagyda arliter.

Botys arbiter, Butler, Ilustr., i., p. 77, pl. 59, f. 18.

The genus Pagyda is not a very distinct one, but if it

be maintained, then arbiter, Butl., must be considered

as a species of it. I think that the proper place of

Pagyda is here, and that it forms a link between Botys

and Glyphodes.

Sikkim ; Moller.

616 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Hetrrocnerues, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p- 402.

173. Heterocnephes reniferalis, nov. spec.

Three males and a female of 26—28 mm. expanse.

Allied to acamasalis (Chabula), Walker, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon,

p. 317 = strangulalis, Snellen, Tyds., 28, p. 224; 27, p. 35, pl. 3,

f. 1, 1a; all generic characters and the shape of wings the same,

but a larger insect, the ground colour more brownish, the clear

part is not so pure white, though also alittle iridescent, the second

large white spot of fore wings more distinctly reniform; no

white fascia after the white line behind the said spot; on hind

wings the dark discal streak confluent below with the discal fascia,

and after the white line, which is limiting this fascia behind no

white spot, but an ill-defined pale yellowish patch. Labial palpi

whitish, with two black spots; front black, white-edged. Thorax

brownish grey, with longitudinal white lines. Ground colour of

wings fuscous, darkest in the middle, pale along costa of fore wings ;

basal fourth of fore wings with two or three (the second wanting

or indistinct in two specimens), outwardly oblique, straight white

lines; after the last an elongated white fascia, extending from

the costa to cell 10, in one specimen connected by a pale luteous

line with the inner margin; beyond the middle a large, reniform,

black-margined, iridescent white spot, extending from costa to

vein 2, and between it and the first fascia a luteous C on vein 1;

after the reniform spot a black-margined transverse white line,

widening at the costa and also a little at inner margin, as in

acamasalis, but less undulated; marginal fourth of wing pale

olivaceous grey, uniform; marginal line black. Basal half of

hind wings white, a little transparent, with an indistinct black line

along inner margin, a black discal streak, connected with an

undulated black discal fascia by means of a projection of this in

cell 2; behind the black fascia is a white discal line, running from

two-thirds of costa to anal angle; opposite the discoidai cell it is

narrower ; marginal third of wing fuscous, with an elongate pale

luteous patch, pointed towards anal angle. Fringes yellowish

white, with an interrupted black discal line, which is diffused at

the apices and in cells 2—4 of all wings. Abdomen dark grey,

indistinctly marked with white. Under side of wings marked

nearly as the upper side, not so distinctly.

The genus Chabula, Moore, may be united to Hetero-

cnephes ; there are no perceptible differences.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 617

[This seems to be most nearly allied to Glyphodes

Pryert, Butler, from Japan.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pycospiua, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 312;

Led., p. 404.

174. Pygospila tyres.

Pyralis tyres, Cramer, Uitl. Kap., iii., p. 124, pl. 268, o.

Pygospila tyres, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., Vil.,

p- 404; id., Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 820 (part) ;

S. & C., No. 4218.

P. tyrealis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 312.

Pygospila tyres is not at all the same as Lomotropa

costiflexalis, Guenée, though the females have some

likeness together. Guenée, who has both species in one

genus (Pygospila), positively says, ‘‘ L’une est pourvue

de plusieurs appendices tres remarquables qui manquent

totalement chez l'autre.” Indeed, the males are quite

different, and Lederer, in conformity with his system,

very rightly based on the striking sexual characters the

genera Pygospila and Lomotropa (Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

l.c.). To this description of the genus Pygospila may

still be added that the anal tuft of tyres male is thick

and clubby, quite different from the long and pointed

abdomen of costiflexalis male.

The females, too, are not so very difficult to separate ;

the ground colour of the upper side is in tyres nearly

black, with a strong violet gloss, without transparent

streak in cell 2 of fore wings, with a broad square dark

spot on the disco-cellular of hind wings, very distinctly

limited transparent violaceous-white spots and slender

white lines on the thorax. The ground colour of costi-

flexalis female is much paler, hardly more than vio-

laceous fuscous, the violaceous-white spots are diffused ;

cell 2 of fore wings is marked with a distinct transparent

white streak, the disco-cellular of hind wings with a

narrow dark streak, and the thorax with ochraceous

lines. I note this because some entomologists are still

uniting these two very distinct species.

Darjeeling, 20th July and 4th August, 1886; H. J.

Elwes. Sikkim, 8000 ft.; id. Tonglo, Sikkim; Moller.

[A common species up to 10,000 ft.—H. J. E.]

618 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus NosopHora, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vil., p. 407.

175. Nosophora chironalis.

Botys chironalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 683.

Nosophora chironalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 407, t. 14, f. 12.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

[Described from Borneo, and occurs at Amboina, jide

Lederer.—H. J. E.]

176. Nosophora (?) semivialis.*

Patania semivialis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 209,

pl. 7,f.6; 5. & C., No. 4800.

Two females. The species seems to me to belong to

Nosophora, but I do not know the male, which is wanted

to ascertain the true generic position.

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus AnautTES, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 407.

177. Analtes semitritalis

Analtes semitritalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 407, tab. 14, f. 14.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[The type is from Amboina. Seems very rare in

Sikkim.—H. J. H.]

178. Analtes idyalis.

Botys idyalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 996.

Analtes idyalis, Moore, Lep. of coin p. 819, pl. 188,

figs Den0ss sy NOs AL LG:

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Moore’s figure of this species is not good, the outer

spots of the fore wing in all my specimens being much

more distinct, and the hinder margin unicolorous. It

occurs at about 4000 ft., but seems rare.—H. J. E.]

[* I cannot see from Moore’s figure and description how to dis-

tinguish this from Botys concate nalis, Walk., Cat., xxxiv., p. 1408,

the type of which was from Darjecling. —H. Ap E. ]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 619

Genus Hepynepta, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 407.

179. Hedylepta vulgalis.

Asopia vulgalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 202, pl. 6,

£8:

Hedylepta vulgalis, 8S. & C., No. 4849.

Sikkim ; Moller.

180. Hedylepta tristrialis.

Botys tristrialis, Bremer, Lep. Ost.-Sibir., p. 68, pl. 6,

fits

Tristriahs is neither a Botys nor a Coptobasis, in

which genus it is placed in Staudinger and Wocke’s

Catalogue. Its characters agree very well with Hedy-

lepta, still better than with Omiodes, the black anal tuft

of the male being alone aberrant.

Darjeeling, 20th June, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim

interior; Moller.

[My specimens are paler than Bremer’s figure.—

H. J. E.]

Genus OmiopEs, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 355 ;

Led., p. 409.

181. Omiodes analis.

Omiodes analis, Snellen, Tyds., 23, p. 227; 27, p. 87.

Charema albociliata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 219;

S. & C., No. 4282.

Sikkim ; Moller.

182. Omiodes noctescens.

Charema noctescens, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p.218;

S. & C., No. 4235.

The characters of the,genus Charema, Moore, do not

differ from those of Omiodes, Guenée. I must note here

that in Omiodes the maxillary palpi are not absent ;

they are very distinct in some of the species. Noctescens

has recurved labial palpi, just as those of Omiodes

humeralis, Guenée, and they are also bicolorous, only

the inferior part is not whitish, but decidedly ochreous.

Sikkim ; Moller. Mongpo, 4000 ft.; Gammie.

620 Pistar ORM cutellonioda

183. Omiodes palliventralis, nov. spec.

Three males of 30—32 mm. expanse.

This species, also a true Omiodes, is allied to noctescens, Moore,

and still more to humeralis, Guenée ; the shape of the wings and

the length of the abdomen is the same as in these species, only the

hind wings are shorter at the anal angle, and the patagia also shorter,

not only than in hwmeralis, where they reach to the anal angle of

hind wings, but also than in noctescens, where they attain two-

thirds of these wings. In palliventralis they do not reach beyond

the middle of the said margin. Besides, the legs are only ochreous

white, not deep ochreous, as in noctescens, and the under side of

the body also. From both species palliventralis is distinct by the

paler yellowish costa of the central area of fore wings. Labial

palpi recurved, bicolorous, white and fuscous, as in hwmeralis.

Antenne setaceous, deep fuscous, as the thorax, the upper side of

the abdomen (with the anal tuft), and the wings. The ochreous

part of the costa of fore wings is not distinctly limited, extending

in one specimen to the apex, and it is suffused with fuscous scales ;

markings black, the lines thick, suffused; the first oblique, the

second sinuate, as in the allied species ; discal spots of same size as

in noctescens. Hind wings with a very indistinct discal line;

fringes fuscous, but in cells 1b and 2 of fore wings white with

ochreous base, white-tipped in cell 1d and 2 of hind wings. Under

side of wings paler, greyer, with traces of a discal line; sides of

the venter fuscous grey; all tarsi and outside of fore tibise white,

the remainder of the legs more greyish.

Sikkim; Moller.

Genus Omputsa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 318.

184. Omphisa anastomosalis.

Pionea ? anastomosalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 873.

Botys illisais, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 658; Lederer,

Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 371, pl. 9, f. 12.

Omphisa illisalis, Moore, kep. of Ceylon, p. 318,

pl. 183, f.4; 5S. & C., No. 4107.

Very rightly separated from Botys by Mr. Moore.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Guenée’s types, in very bad condition, were from

Java, Walker’s from Ceylon and North India. ‘The

species seems pretty common at low elevation, but I

have never taken it myself.—H. J. E.}

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 621

185. Omphisa repetitalis, nov. spec. (Pl. XIX.,

figs. 6, 6a). ,

Four specimens of 88—40 mm. expanse.

This species has all the characters of the genus Omphisa, Moore,

‘Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ part 12, p. 317; in fact, it displays

them even more decidedly than the hitherto solitary typical

species, for the acute apex of the fore wings is more produced, and

the hind margin of the fore and hind wings much more distinctly

bent on vein 4, especially that of the latter. In other respects it

is also very alike to anastomosalis, Guen. (Pionea), Delt. et Pyr.,

p. 873, wlisalis, Walker, Lederer, Beitrag, pl. 9, fig. 12, and Moore,

l.c., p. 318, pl. 188, fig. 4; colour and markings similar: the

principal differences consist in the hind margin of the wings not

being denticulated, the cilie being only streaked with dark brown

on the veins 8 and 4 of both wings, not generally, and the hind

margin of posterior wings being blackish from the apex till vein 5,

gradually narrowing downwards, and with a graphitic lustre in the

middle. Lederer placed anastomosalis in Botys, but its generic sepa-

ration by Mr. Moore is quite justified, and the proper place of Om-

plisa, Moore, in Lederer’s System, is between Gen. 115, Megastes,

Guen., Led., and 116, Megaphysa, Guen., Led. Labial palpi

formed as in anastomosalis, a little stouter, pale yellow, outwardly

brown; maxillary palpi very distinct. Antenne distinctly ciliated,

somewhat serrated (they are setaceous in anastomosalis). Thorax

sordid ochreous brown; abdomen too, but clearer, and with distinct _

pale ochreous yellow spots on basal half. Ground colour of upper

side of wings a pale whitish ochreous yellow, as in the allied

species, in the same way mixed with luteous brown on the fore

wings; only the costa, except on the basal and apical fourths,

which are deep brown, and the hind margin posterior to a double

denticulated second transverse line from veins 8—8 are pale; first

transverse or antemedial line strongly curved, single, dark brown,

on the outside of the upper part with a nearly black shade, which

becomes wider downwards, and almost covers a small, hyaline,

orbicular mark; reniform mark oblique, quadrate, elongate, also

hyaline, brown-bordered ; below it one smaller hyaline spot at the

base of cell 2; the inferior part of a deep brown discal line is

visible below the spot ; second transverse line described above, its

inferior part indistinct, lost in the brown suffusion, which, below

vein 4, extends fully to the hind margin; vein 7 is dark brown, a

thick marginal line also, the cilie pale yellow, except at the apex

and anal angle, where they are dark brown; two transversal brown

streaks are also found at the extremities of veins 3 and 4. Hind

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—paRT iv. (DEC.) 2T

622 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

wings paler and more hyaline yellow, their base suffused with

black, the upper part of an ante-medial discal band luteous brown,

dark-bordered, its inferior half blackish, basally ill-defined, a post-

medial transverse line denticulated, double, black, basally shaded

with blackish ; it does not reach till the anal angle, but disappears

‘below vein 2 in a fuscous cloud covering the anal fourth ; upper

part of hind margin adorned by the above-described blackish, or

rather dark glossy grey, black-margined band}; inferior part from

vein 4 till anal angle with a thick marginal black line ; ciliw pale

yellow; a thick basal line, interrupted from vein 8—1c, and two

transverse streaks on veins 3 and 4 are dark brown. Under side

yellowish white; the apices of all wings, a discal mark on fore

wing, and traces of a transverse line, which only becomes distinct

towards the inner margin of hind wings, are dark brown.

Sikkim; Moller.

(Seems as abundant as the last, but not easy to dis-

tinguish without close examination.—H. J. E.|

Genus Trrastia, Guen., p. 211; Led., p. 415.

186. Terastia proceralis.*

Terastia proceralis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 415 and p. 480 (1863); 8. & C., No. 4284.

Very large specimens.

Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.

Upper Assam and Naga Hills ; Doherty.

(Not common at light, and occurs at from 4 to 7000 ft.

—H. J. E.]

Genus AcatTHopEs, Guen., p. 207 (Stenurges, Led.,

p- 416).

187. Agathodes ostensals.

Perinephele ostensalis, Geyer, in Hubner’s Zutrige,

5tes Hundert, p. 11, f. 833, 834.

Agathodes ostensalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 208;

Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 555, pl. 215, f. 10;

8. & C., No. 4282.

Large specimens. I have one before me of 37 mm.

[* This seems to be identical with Megaphysa egialalis, Walk.,

Cat., xvil., p. 883 (1859), from India, and with Agathodes diversalis

Walk., l.c., xxxiv., p. 1807 (1865), from Darjeeling. If it is so,

Walker’s name has priority.—H. J. E.|

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 628

expanse. Geyer’s figure (which is bad, as Guenée

observes), measures only 30 mm., and my specimens

from Java are, as a rule, not larger.

Lederer’s alteration of Guenée’s name is not admis-

sible, because Achatodes and Agathodes are sufficiently

different.

Tendong, Sikkim, 8000 ft., 1st August, 1886; H. J.

Elwes. Sikkim; Moller. Khasia Hills, 4500 ft., 24th

September, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

{Not uncommon at light in Sikkim.—H. J. E.]

Genus Diasemia, Guen., p. 233; Led., p. 418.

188. Diasemia litterata.

Phalena litterata, Scopoli, Entom. Carn., p. 229,

No. 574.

Pyralis literalis, Hubner, Samml. Kur. Schmett, Pyr.,

f. 86.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

Genus Srrrocauta, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 424.

189. Sirtocauta testulalis.

Crochiphora testulalis, Geyer, in Hubner’s Zutrige,

4 tes Hundert, p. 12, f. 629, 630.

Manica testulalis, S. & C. No. 4229.

Hydrocampa aquatilis, Boisduval, in Guérin, Icon. du

Reégne animal, Insect., pl. 90, f. 9.

Striocauta testulalis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 424

In Geyer’s figure the antenne are too short.

Sikkim; Moller.

(Occurs in South America, the Cape, and Amboina.

Seems common in Sikkim.—H. J. E.)

190. Siriocauta simialalis.

Siriocauta simialalis, Snellen, Lepidopt. in Reise in

Midden-Sumatra, p. 73; id., Tyds. v. Ent., 27,

Dos pls ta, te 9, 9a, OD.

Sikkim; Moller.

(Seems very near the last species.—H. J. E.|

27 2

624 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Brapina, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 424.

191. Bradina ? pionealis, nov. spec.

A fine and fresh female of 25 mm. expanse.

This species will probably form a new genus; the base of vein 11

of fore wings is recurved, and the veins S—10 stalked; but as I do

not know the male, which may be endowed with still other

characters, I prefer to incorporate pionealis provisionally in

Bradina, which, with it, seems to have affinities, though the palpi

are rostriform and pointed. In general appearance the species

reminds one of the genus Pionea, and also of my Odontia (better,

Orobena, Sect. B) exoticalis, Tyds. v. Ent., 18, p. 191, pl. 11, f. 3,

from Columbia, being smaller, the fore wings more elongated, their

hind margin more oblique, the inner without tooth. Front a little

obtusely prominent, ochreous brown, white-edged. Palpi twice as

long as the head, porrect, pointed, the basal half white, the second

ochreous brown. Antenne setaceous. Thorax, fore wings, and

fringes sordid straw-yellow, with a faint olivaceous tinge; the

wings smooth, a little shining; they are unicolorous, with a black

spot at one-fourth of cell 1b, and a second further on at three-

fifths, which is crossed by an indistinct, slender, denticulated line

originating from a short, oblique, black streak at two-thirds of the

costa, and ending in a black spot at three-fifths of inner margin;

on the disco-cellular there is another black dot, minute but distinct,

others on the marginal line. Hind wings yellowish white, shining,

unmarked. Abdomen whitish. At the under side the fore wings

are marked as above, grey, the outer third behind the transverse

line, from vein 7 to inner margin, pale yellow. Hind wings as on

upper side. Legs yellowish.

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes.

(A single specimen only of this species, for which,

having lost its label, I can give no exact locality.—

Hey

Genus Puzeonectusa, Led,, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 426.

192. Pleonectusa admixtalis.

Botys admixtalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 665.

Pleonectusa admixtalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 286,

ple 180, f A135 Sec Co eNo. 4010.

P. sodalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 426 and

p- 481.

Tabidalis, Led., is not the same as admixtalis, Walker

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 625

(sodalis, Lederer) ; perfect specimens of both are quite

distinct, but I suppose that Lederer’s were faded, and so

his descriptions are not striking. The same remark is

applicable to Mr. Moore’s figures.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes.

| Tabidalis occurs at Amboina and Perak; admiztalis

is described from Ceylon.—H. J. E.]

Genus Stecotuyris, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 427.

193. Stegothyris diagonalis.

Salbia diagonalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 201, No.

147; 8. & C., No. 4801.

Stegothyris transversalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,

Vii., p. 427 and p. 482, pl. 16, f. 5.

Botys plagalis, Moore, P. Z.§., 1867, p. 96.

Mongpo, 2500 ft., 8rd June, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

(The type was from Java.* Lederer gives Venezuela

as the locality for his species.—H. J. EK.)

Genus ORPHNOPHANES, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 428

194. Orphnophanes productalis.

Orphnophanes productalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,

Vil:, p..420; pl. LG, f. 7.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(Two imperfect specimens only. The type was from

Amboina.—H. J. E.|

Genus Copropasis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 429.

195. Coptobasis sulcialis.

Botys sulcialis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 684.

A true Coptobasis, Lederer.

Sikkim; Moller.

(The type was from Borneo, and Lederer records it

from Amboina.—H. J. E.|

* T have many specimens from Sumatra and Java, but never

received it from America (Snellen).

626 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

196. Coptobasis lunalis.

Botys lunalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 852, No. 417.

Coptobasis lunalis, 8. & C., No. 4271.

Botys thyasalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 734.

This species is a Coptobasis.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

[The type was from Coromandel.—H. J. E.|

197. Coptobasis textalis.

Coptobasis textalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 482, No. 117, pl. 16, £.9:

A male.

The specimen is a dark one, and the second line of

fore wings much less distinct than in Lederer’s figure.

I have, however, a male from Sumatra which forms the

transition.

Darjeeling ; Lidderdale.

(It is in the British Museum from Borneo.—H. J. E.|

198. Coptobasis luctuosalis.

Hyalitis Inctuosalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 290.

Ebulea Zelleri, Bremer, Lepid. Ost.-Sibirien’s, p. 70,

pl. 6, f. 12 (rough).

Coptobasis erebina, Butler, Illusty., i1., p. 57, pl. 59,

rig

Luctuosalis, Guenée, is the oldest name for this species

(see Oberthiir, Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, 1885, Bull.,

p- lvu), but Guenée’s description is not very striking.

Mr. Butler rightly placed his erebina in the genus

Coptobasis. I have not seen the species, but Mr. Elwes

writes to me, ‘‘ I have specimens from Sikkim agreeing

with the species of Amoorland and Japan.”

199. Coptobasis deficrens.

Coptobasis defictens, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 556,

pl. 215, f. 12; 5. & C., No. 4269.

The palpi in this species are very long; still I believe

that it may very well be considered as a Coptobasis. It

belongs to Lederer’s Section A of the genus.

Darjeeling, 20th July, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 627

200. Coptobasis denticulata.

Pramadea denticulata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep.,

p. 211; §. & C., No. 4488. .

This species is a true Coptobasis, Lederer, and belongs

to Section A of the genus.

Mongpo, 4000 ft.; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim interior ;

Moller.

201. Coptobasis ? emealis.

Botys emealis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 671.

A female. I expect that the male will prove that this

species is a Coptobasis, and therefore mention it here.

The colour of the upper side agrees with that of the bulk

of the species of the genus, but the apex of fore wings is

rather obtuse, and they have, at the origin of the second

line, very near to the costa, a distinct yellowish white

reniform or bean-shaped mark; the hind wings have a

whitish discal line, the central part of which is effaced.

First line and discal streak of fore wings dark.

Sikkim, 7000 ft. ;

(Agrees with the type from Ningpo.—H. J. E.]

Genus Dienoryia, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 246.

202. Diplotyla exuvialis, nov. spec.

A male of 25 mm. expanse. :

Shape of wings the same as in my diodes? orientalis, Tyds.

v. Ent., 23, p. 233, and 27, pl. 4, f. 3, 83a, 36, which is much better

placed in Mr. Meyrick’s new genus Diplotyla. The body, how-

ever, is more slender, the abdomen longer, and the antennze have

only one tooth-like projection at two-thirds. Antenne whitish,

distinctly ciliated. Palpi rather narrow, recurved, their terminal

joint distinct, truncated; they are bicolorous, whitish and fuscous,

as the front; vertex obscure ochreous. Upper side of body and

wings dark fuscous ; the fore wings have at two-thirds towards the

costa an indistinct ochreous spot, but are otherwise unmarked, as

well as the hind wings. Fringes cinereous brown, whitish in cell

16 of fore wing and 1d and 2 of hind wings. Abdomen twice as

long as the inner margin of hind wings. Under side paler, more

greyish, the body and legs whitish. Veins 8—10 of fore wings

are stalked, and the maxillary palpi present, though very short.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes.

628 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Syneamra, Guen., p. 187; Led., p. 434.

203. Syngamia floridalis.

Botys floridalis, Geller, Micropt. Caff., p. 60.

Atthaloéssa floridalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,

p. 435, pl. 17, f. 2.

Botys Witialis, Felder & Rogenh., Nov., li., 2, pl. 185,

f8:

Syngamia floridalis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 239.

I agree with Mr. Meyrick that the genus A’thaloéssa,

Lederer, may be united to Syngamia, Guenée, Lederer.

Darjeeling, 20th June and 4th August, 1886; H. J.

Elwes. Tendong, lst August; id. Sikkim; Moller.

(This very wide-ranging specics was not uncommon

at light.—H. J. E.]

Genus Gonocausta, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vil., p. 436.

204. Gonocausta ? vestigialis, nov. spec.

Three males of 25—26 mm. expanse.

In this species the shape of fore wings is as in Gonocausta

zephyralis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 436, pl. 17, f. 5,* but

the hind wings are more like those of Aitholia flavibasalis, Guen.,

male (the female of that species has shorter rounded hind wings) ;

the palpi, however, are porrect, like those of zephyralis, and not

recurved. Strictly, a new genus should be formed, but as I have

only males of the new species, and thus am not able to give the

characters in full, I prefer to place vestigialis provisionally in

Gonocausta. Labial palpi porrect, rostriform, bicolorous, white

and ochreous brown; maxillary palpi filiform. Ocelli present.

Forehead rounded. Antenne two-thirds of fore wings, setaceous,

distinctly ciliated; apex of fore wings rather acute, slightly

recurved; hind margin as in zephyralis, Led. Hind wings nearly

triangular, the apex and anal angle distinct but obtuse, the hind

margin nearly straight, with two shallow undulations. Colour of

body and wings ochreous, the former and the base of wings darker,

the hind margin of fore wings and the apex of hind wings pale

fusecous; the remainder paler, shining, thinly clothed. Fore wings

* T have a specimen of zephyralis from Columbia, but never

received it from India. It is also not enumerated among the

Indian Pyralidina in Colonel Swinhoe’s ‘ Catalogue of the Moths

of India,’ and so the habitat given by Lederer may be considered

at least to be doubtful.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 629

with a curved ferruginous first transverse line at one-fourth ; inner

margin of hind wings with a ferruginous patch, surmounted with a

tuft of woolly ochreous hairs on the base of vein 2; second line near

hind margin, black, beginning with a strong oblique streak at

costa of fore wings, then interrupted, continued on hind wings as

a series of black spots; marginal line brown, more distinct on hind

wings ; fringes brown, paler on hind wings, and with a white spot

in cell 6 of fore wings; no distinct discal spots. Under side paler,

shining; markings as above; no tuft on hind wings. Legs yellowish,

the tarsi white, the anterior with black apex, the middle and hind

tarsi with black annulations. Nervulation of fore wings as in

Botys; veins 4 and 5 of hind wings stalked.

Sikkim ; Moller.

205. Gonocausta ? ferruginata.

Agrotera ferruginata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.,

p- 209.

A male.

This species is congeneric with vestigialts, but certainly

not an Agrotera, the labial palpi being quite different

from those of that genus, rostriform, obtuse, their third

joint very short, the maxillary palpi distinct, filiform.

Ferruginata differs from vestigialis by its smaller size,

the regularly arched upper part of the second line of

fore wings; the discal line of hind wings is also not

dissolved in a series of points, but nearly uninterrupted,

undulated.

Sikkim ; Atkinson.

Genus Zincxenta, Zell., Caff., p. 55; Led., p. 436.

206. Zinckenia recurvalis.

Pyralis recurvalis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., ui., 2, p. 237,

No. 407.

Zinckenia recurvalis, Zeller, Micropt. Cafir., p. 55

(1852).

Spoladea recurvalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 225,

pl. 8, f. 5 (1854).

Hymenia recurvalis, S. & C., No. 4262.

Guenée was probably unacquainted with Zeller’s

previous and excellent description of the genus Zinchkenia,

otherwise he would not have formed a new name. That

630 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

of Hubner’s ‘ Verzeichniss,’ Hymenia, can never take

precedence of Zeller’s, as it is without description.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim ;

Moller.

(One of the most abundant species at light in Dar-

jeeling.—H. J. EH.)

Genus Acrotera, Schrank, Faun. Boica, p. 163;

Led., p. 489.

207. Agrotera scissalis.

Afidiodes scissalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1526.

Sikkim; Moller. Naga Hills; Doherty.

[A single bad specimen only in Moller’s collection.

The type was from Java.—H. J. E.]

Genus Diatnrausta, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii,

p- 488.

208. Diathrausta profundalis.

Diathrausta profundalis, Led., l.c., pl. 17, f. 4.

Sikkim ; Atkinson.

Genus Cirruocurista, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,

p. 440.

209. Cirrhochrista fumipalpis.

Cirrhochrista fumipalpis, Feld. & Rogenh., Novara, il.,

2, pl. 185, f. 81; Pagenstecher, Jahrb. des

Nassanisch. Vereins, vol. 87 (1884), p. 185 (de-

scription).

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A single specimen only of this peculiar-looking

species, which must be rare in Sikkim. The type was

from the Moluceca Islands. I have another specimen

from the Naga Hills.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pycnarmon, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 441.

210. Pycnarmon jaguaralis.

Spilomela jaguaralis, Guence, Delt. et Pyr., p. 283 (2).

Pycnarmon jaguaralis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p: 441, plil7.f 11 (d) 5/8. & C:, No. 4316:

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 631

The maxillary palpi are not absent, as Lederer says ;

they are, however, small and easily overlooked.

Sikkim, 2000 ft.; H. J. Elwes. Mongpo, 4000 ft. ;

id. Sikkim; Moller.

211. Pycnarmon abracxalis.

Zebronia abraxalis, Walker, Cat., 84, p. 1849.

Pycnarmon abraxalis, 8. & C., No. 4818.

Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.

Naga Hills; Doherty.

[A common species in Sikkim, somewhat variable in

its markings.—H. J. E.]

Genus SprnomEena, Guen., p. 280.

212. Spilomela ommatalis.

Spilomela ommatalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 23, p. 285;

id., 27, p. 44, pl. 4, f. 5, 5a.

The figure in the ‘Tydschrift’ is not elaborate, but

sufficient for recognising the species.

Sikkim; Moller. Mongpo, 4000 ft.; Gammie.

[Seems a common species.—H. J. E.]

Genus Zepronia, Hiibn., Verz., p. 361.

213. Zebronia zebralis.

Pycnarmon zebralis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 91, pl. 7,

f.12; §.&C., No. 4318.

This species is no Pycnurmon, as the antenne of the

male are simple; but it is more nearly allied to striginalis,

platinalis, and ovulalis, Guenée, which [ have separated

from Conchylodes, Lederer, as a distinct genus (Ledererta,

Snellen, Tyds., 18, p. 256). However, as that name is

preoccupied (see T'yds., 28, p. 286), I propose for it the

name Zebronia, derived from the well-known name-store,

Hubner’s ‘ Verzeichniss.’

Sikkim ; Moller.

214. Zebronia rigidalis, nov. spec.

Two females of 25 mm. expanse.

Labial palpi recurved, narrow, compressed, their terminal joint

short, pointed; they are white, the first article marked with a

632 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

black spot; base of antennz spotted with black. Head and thorax

white, the latter with longitudinal black lines. Upper side of

wings white, not very pure, a little yellowish, especially on the

hind pair, which besides has a deep ochreous patch at anal angle;

basal third of. fore wings marked with three straight, vertical,

broad black stripes, the centre with a black streak along costa, just

in the middle, an elongated black discal spot, and a somewhat

obliquely placed fureate black stripe; parallel to hind margin,

more curved than this, we observe a fifth black stripe, which is

attenuated towards the costa; hind margin black, also on hind

wings ; these are marked with five converging black stripes, which

stop at the limit of the ochreous anal patch, except the second

from the base, which crosses it and attains the inner margin.

Fringes white, with two black lines. Basal half of abdomen white,

with two lateral black stripes, the second half ochreous, with white

marginal segments, their last marked with a black spot, and a

black apex. Under side white, the markings of the upper side

sketched with pale grey. Front legs with four black spots.

Sikkim ; Moller.

215. Zebronia trbialis.

Synclera tibialis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 216;

5. & C., No. 4807.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A single specimen only.—H. J. E.]

216. Zebronia auroralis.

Haritala auroralis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 215,

pl. vil., f. 17 $°S: & C., No. 4319.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

[A single bad specimen only. The type was from

Cherra Punji. According to Mr. Warren’s arrangement

this is rather a Pagyda.—H. J. Ei.)

217. Zebronia ? bistrigalis.

Zebronia bistrigalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1848.

Pycnarmon bistrigalis, 8. & C., No. 4314.

A male.

This species is provided with a tolerably large flat tuft

of hairs and long scales at the under side of hind wings,

on the costa, near to the base. It also bears only a

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 633

superficial resemblance to the Indian as well as to the

American species, the abdomen being shorter, the wings

broader, and the antenne not so long; so it might

deserve the formation of a new genus between Zebronia

and Conchylodes.

Sikkim; Moller.

(This is the type of genus Metaxyspila, Warren MSS.

—H. J. E.]

Genus Ravanoa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii1., p. 284.

218. Ravanoa virgatalis.

Pycnarmon virgatalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, pl. 92,

f.7—10; S. & C., No. 4817.

This species has, in the male sex, simple antennae,

and is much more. slenderly built than Pycnarmon

jaguaralis, Guenée. In fact, it agrees, in facies and

generic characters, with Iavanoa Iilineolalis, Moore.

Ravanoa creonalis, Moore, belongs to Meyrick’s genus

Dolichosticha.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(This belongs to genus Hutrichotis, Warren MSS.—

Ee Je |

Genus ConcHyLopEs, Guen., Lederer, p. 442 (pars.).

Perhaps it would be better to unite caberalis and the allied species

under the generic name Aripana, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 312,

to reserve the name Conchylodes, Guen., for diphtheralis and

hebrealis, and to place striginalis, platwnalis, argentalis, and

ovulalis in a third genus Zebronia, Hiibn.; but as I do not

possess diphtheralis and hebrealis, I prefer to leave the question

undecided. Lederer speaks of two sections (A and B) of his genus

Conchylodes, but does not indicate the species belonging to them.

219. Conchylodes paucipunctalis, noy. spec.

El x. ae. 2).

A male of 20 mm. expanse.

I cannot consider this species, of which I have also four Javanese

specimens of 20—21 mm. expanse, as a variety of caberalis, Guen.,

to which species it is allied, because, as in diaphana, Cram.,

meritalis, Walker (baptalis, Snellen), and judging after the figure,

also in levinia, Cram., the costa of fore wings is not marked with

black striz, as in caberalis, Guen., erinalis, Walk., Led., and

634 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

corycialis, Snell. As to argyria, Butler (Zebronia argyria, Ilust.,

3, p. 76, pl. 59, f. 9), it seems to be distinguished by the absence of

transverse lines on fore wings and by their grey costa (though this

latter character is not mentioned in the description). Mr. Butler

describes and figures also fowr black spots on hind wings. Pauct-

punctalis differs from the African diaphana by the want of the

apical black spots of fore and hind wings, by the position of the

outermost of the four basal spots of fore wings, which is not placed

on the same line as the first and second but lower, by the flexuous,

not angular, second line, and by the smaller size. From meritalis

it differs by its larger size, the want of the black stripe on hind

margin of fore wings, and the want of the apical spot of hind

wings. Levinia is a roughly figured small American species,

which I do not possess, and leave undiscussed. Palpi white, like the

thorax and abdomen, the latter with two black spots near the base,

and a faint ochreous band with two minute black spots near the

apex. Upper side of wings white, with two diffused ochreous

transverse lines, the second flexuous; four black spots at base, as

shown by the figure, one on the disco-cellular, a sixth on the costa

above the fifth, a little more outward, a seventh at the origin of

the second line, and the eighth in cell 2, near hind margin; the

sixth and seventh affect in two specimens the form of black rings,

in the other three they are very small. As in meritalis, the black

spot on inner margin, at the extremity of the second line, is

wanting. Hind wings only with three black spots; hind margin

ochreous, but only in the Sikkim specimens distinctly so, in two

of the Javanese nearly white. Fringes greyish white. Under

side suffused with grey, especially along the costa and hind margin

of fore wings.

Sikkim; Moller.

220. Conchylodes corycialis.

Conchylodes corycialis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 23,

p. 238; id., 27, p. 44. pl. 4, f. 6.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(A single specimen only. The type from Celebes.—

H. J. E.]

221. Conchylodes meritalis.

Zebronia? meritalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 479.

Aripana meritalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 813;

§.& C., No. 4312.

Conchylodes baptalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 23, p. 237 ;

Ids; 205, )> 44, pl. 4.1. is

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 635

In the figure in the ‘Tydschrift’ the apex of fore

wings is too sharp, but otherwise it is tolerably accurate.

The fourth basal spot (on inner margin) is, indeed, some-

times absent.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

[A single bad specimen only. The type was from

Ceylon.—H. J. E.]}

222. Conchylodes eriferalis.

Conchylodes eriferalis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 618.

Aripana eriferalis, 8. & C., No. 4809.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(Of this also there was only one bad specimen in

Moller’s collection. The type was from the Andaman

Islands.—H. J. EK.)

223. Conchylodcs ? marginalis, nov. spec.

A female of 20 mm. expanse.

This species very much resembles, by its pure white, black,

marked wings, the genus Conchylodes, Lederer (sens. strict.) ; the

form of the labial palpi and the neuration are also the same, but

Ido not know the male, which may perhaps be endowed with

special characters. Labial palpi white, narrow, recurved, ap-

pressed ; third article long, pointed, erect. I cannot distinctly

perceive maxillary palpi; perhaps they are short and filiform.

Head rounded, white, as the antenni, the body, and the wings ;

apex of abdomen black, also the sharply limited conspicuous hind

margin of all wings and the markings; these consist in two

rounded costal spots of fore wings, near to the base and at one-

third, a discal spot and a flexuous second line, which is very slender

on hind wings, almost extinguished on the inner half of fore wings,

and gradually incrassating towards the anterior margin on their

costal half. First line of fore wings very indistinct and slender ;

discal spot of hind wings small, elongate. Fringes pale grey, with

a dark basal line. Markings of under side as above, but only

sketched. Legs white, the anterior pair with black spots.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A near ally of this species is in the British Museum

Collection from New Guinea.—-H. J. E.|

636 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus SyncLeRA, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 444.

224, Synclera traducals.

Eudioptis traducalis, Zeller, Micropt. Caffr., p. 54.

Spilomela retinalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., 1,

jen JOA

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Seems very common at low elevations, but I have

not taken it myself.—H. J. E.]

225. Synclera subtessulalis.

Botys subtessulalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1406.

2 Synclera traducalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 316,

pl: 182; £9.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(This wide-ranging species seems less common than

the last in Sikkim.—H. J. E.}

226. Synclera onychinalis.

Asopia onychinalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 205, pl. 6,

ted

Synclera onychinalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent.. 27. p. 45.

Lepyrodes astomalis, Felder & Rogenh., Novara, i.,

2, pl. 185, f. 22.

Glyphodes astumalis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 224.

This species was omitted by Lederer, probably from

inadvertence. Of course, it is no Asopia, and I believe

the genus Synclera to be its proper pines.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

(A single demanded specimen only.—H. J. E.|

Genus Lepyropzs, Guen., p. 277; Led., p. 445.

227. Lepyrodes geometricalis.

Lepyrodes geometricalis, Guencée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 278,

No. 271, pl. 8, f. 6.

Mongpo, 4000 ft.; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 637

Genus PHaLanetopEs, Guen., p. 278.

228. Phalangiodes neptis.*

Pyralis neptis, Cramer, Uitl. Kap., iii., p. 128, pl. 264, F.

Phalangiodes neptisalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 279.

Sikkim ; Moller.

229. Phalangiodes rivulalis, nov. spec. (Pl. XX.,

fies. 1, 1a).

Two males of 31 and 29} mm. and a female of 28 mm. expanse.

This species must be placed between neptis, Cramer, and

columalis, Snellen (Tyds. v. Ent., 23 (1879), p. 239; 27 (1888—84),

p. 46, pl. 4, f.8, 2). It has the same shape of wings and nervula-

tion as columalis, and the white spots are also without well-

defined dark margins; but the ground colour of the upper side of

the wings is still more uniform violet-grey, the basal half of hind

wings is vitreous white, with a large oval dark central spot on the

discocellular, anda sinuated hind margin. Besides, instead of the

two elongated vitreous white spots along the somewhat paler hind

margin of the wing, which we observe in neptis and colwmalis,

there is a white line, the angulated upper half of whichis separated

by an interruption in cell 2 from the sinuated inferior part that

ends in the anal angle. Fore wings marked as in colwmalis, but

instead of the inferiorly dilatated vitreous white spot at one-third

of the wing, we find two superposed elongate spots, and a point at

the base of cell 2; second half of the wing marked with four

vitreous white spots, as in neptis and colwmalis; they are, how-

ever, widely separated, and the spot in the anal angle, which is

somewhat lunular, as in neptis, is much narrower; cilie grey.

Under side of the wings marked as above, but the ground colour

paler, especially on hind wings. Legs nearly white, the anterior

tarsi with grey hair on the first and second joints.

Sikkim, the male of 81 mm. (O. Moller) ; Sumatra,

Deli (Schagen van Leeuwen); Java, Batavia (Piepers).

(Seems commoner than the last in Sikkim, but I have

never taken it myself.—H. J. H.]

** Phalangodes, Lederer. This name is preoccupied since 1842

fora genus of Arachnide (Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 310), but I

believe that Phalangiodes is still disposable.

TRANS. ENT. soc. LOND. 1890.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 20

638 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Preryarsus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 429 (Isopteryx, Guenée, Lederer).

230. Pterygisus foedalis.

Isopteryx foedalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral., p. 228,

plat

I. tenellalis, ibid., p. 228.

Physematia epispila, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 257.

A male.

As the name Isopteryx was pre-occupied, Mr. Butler

changed it into Pterygisus.

Sikkim ? ; :

Genus Hyprocampa, Latreille, Fam. Nat., p. 478 ;

Led., p. 451.

231. Hydrocampa exsolvalis.

Hydrocampa exsolvalis, Snellen, Lepidoptera, in Reize

in Midden-Sumatra, p. 76 (1880).

Cymoriza inextricata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 210,

pl. vu., f.7 (8); S. & C., No. 4890.

C. rwularis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 210, pl. vii,

f.8(9); 8. & C., No. 4895.

This species is no Cymoriza; it is true that the

characters of Hydrocampa, Lederer, are also not strictly

applicable to it, but as I have not yet had the oppor-

tunity to examine a male, I abstain from forming a new

genus, which I suppose will be necessary.

Sikkim ; Moller.

232. Hydrocampa simplalis, nov. spec.

A female of 19 mm. expanse.

This species belongs to Lederer’s Section A of the genus

Hinterfliigelrippen normal); the markings, however, are less

complicated, the first line of fore wings absent, the upper part of

the second regularly arched, not sinuous or angulated. Antenne,

palpi, head, thorax and the ground colour, the wings white, not

very pure, a little greyish. No first line nor discal spot; second

line arched, the upper part from the costa to vein 3 distinct, nearly

black, the inferior hardly visible. Hind wings with a black discal

spot and a thin sinuated grey discal line, Hind margin narrowly

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 639

pale ochreous, as in the allied species, basally margined by a waved

dark grey line, which is more distinct towards the apices of the

wings. Behind the second line of the fore wings, the discal line of

the hind wings and the hind margin, the ground is clouded with

pale fuscous. Fringes pale grey.

Sikkim ; Atkinson.

Genus Ouicostiema, Guen., p. 260.

233. Oligostigma colonialis.

Oligostigma colonialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 262,

No. 248; Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 19, p. 189 and

p. 198, pl. 8, f. 8, a—d; 8. & C., No. 4407.

On the figure in the ‘ Tydschrift’ the first unocellated

spot on the margin of hind wings is not distinctly

indicated.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[I have never taken any species of Oligostigma myself

in Sikkim, but Moller’s collectors got them not uncom-

monly at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

234. Olagostigma saturatalis, nov. spec.

A female of 25 mm. expanse.

This genus comes next to simplicialis, Snell., and latifascialis,

Snell. (Tyds. v. Ent., 19, pp. 189 and 201); it differs from the first

by the very broad deep ochreous central fascia of hind wings,

which is still broader than in latifascialis, leaving only a narrow

streak of the lustrous white ground colour between it and the black

bordered yellow margin; this margin is marked with three white

black-margined spots, as in simplicialis (in latifascialis with two),

and the trigonous central patch of fore wings is also shaped as in

the first species; it is deep ochreous, with sinuous dark grey basal

and hind borders, extending till the costa. All other markings are

deep, dull, pure ochreous yellow, and consist, on fore wings, of

three stripes along the costa and inner margin, while the third,

narrower and curved, is found in cell 16; these are all without

darker margins. ‘Two others are parallel to the hind margin, and

of these the interior has only a slender black margin at the out-

side; the exterior has them on both sides, slender, distinct, and

waved. Fringes dark grey, with a darker spot at the apex. On

hind wings the central yellow fascia is diffused over the apical

third, and the fringes are grey, with a darker basal line. Veins

2u 2

640 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

8—11 of fore wings stalked; 6—7 from a point with 8; 3—5 from

a point, also 4 and 5 of hind wings; disco-cellulars very oblique.

Sikkim ; Moller.

235. Oligostigma simplicialis.

Oligostigma simplicialis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 19,

p. 189 and p. 201, pl. 8, f. 6.

The figure in the ‘ Tydschrift’ is not very exact; the

tinge of the yellow markings on the apical part of the

fore wings is too brownish, and the yellow discal fascia

of hind wings should have been diffused just behind the

three ocellated spots.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

236. Oligostigma sejunctalis.

Oligostigma sejunctalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 19,

p= 189.and p. 207, plo). -01.

Sikkim ; Moller.

237. Oligostigma papulalis, nov. spec.

A male. Length of a fore wing, 12 mm.

In this species the third article of labial palpi is distinct and

elub-like, while in all the other species of my section B of the

genus it is short, truncate, or pointed. Basal article of antenne

with a peculiarly shaped, slender, clubbed projection ; the discoidal

cell of fore wings with a depression, covered on the upper side by

a conspicuous flat crest of scales, inserted on the costa of the cell;

margin of hind wings marked with four large minutely white-

centred spots upon a wholly unbordered pale ochreous stripe. By

these characters papulalis is very distinct. Ground colour of

wings lustrous white, a little greyish; costa of fore wings suffused

with luteous and grey, the crest of scales darker, shining; inner

margin of wing pale ochreous; discal fascia wedge-shaped, rather

narrow, luteous, grey-margined, oblique, pointed, converging in

cell 1b, with a luteous yellow stripe descending from the costa,

and which has at the outside a slender, distinct, grey margin;

marginal band of wing pale bright ochreous yellow, black-mar-

gined; base of hind wings pale ochreous, grey-margined ; central

fascia broad, widening from the inner margin towards the apex,

and distinctly grey-margined on both sides from inner margin till

yein 6 ; black marginal spots somewhat 8-shaped, their upper part

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 641

white-centred. Fringes pale grey. Veins 8—11 of fore wings

stalked; 7 from a point with 8; 3—5 from a point; 4 and 5 of

hind wings short-stalked; disco-cellulars very oblique.

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus Cymoriza, Guen., p. 271.*

238. Cymoriza wrrectalis.

Cymoriza wrrectalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 272,

Pleo ints Se & C., No; 4391:

One specimen represents a dark variety in which the

upper side of the wings is almost entirely fuscous brown,

with the white markings partly obliterated.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Bhootan,

Moller.

239. Cymoriza marginalis.

Cymoriza marginalis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep.,

po 2it.

Bhootan; Moller. Sikkim; Coll. Atk.

Fam. CRAMBIDA, Zetu.+

Genus Ramina, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 667.

240. Ramila marginella.

Ramila marginella, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 667,

pl. 88, f. 16; 8. & C., No. 4660.

Sikkim, 1—4000 ft. ; Moller.

941. Ramila acciusalis.

Margaronia acciusalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 997.

Ramila acciusalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 389,

pl. 184, f. 5.

Cirrhochrista acciusalis, id., Descr. Indian Lep., p. 227

(2); 8. & C., No. 4658.

This species was well placed in Ramila, but is no

Cirrhochrista.

Sikkim ; Moller.

* Not identical with Cymoriza, Lederer (see Snellen, 'Tyds. v.

Ent., 23, p. 248). ;

+ Zeller, ‘ Chilonid. et Crambid. genera et species,’ 1863.

642 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

(Moore’s figure does not show the two bands across

the wings at all.—H. J. H.]

Genus Brinaspa, Moore, P. Z.S8., 1867, p. 666.

242. Brihaspa atrostigmatella.

Briaspa atrostigmatella, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 666,

pl. 388, f. 18; Felder & Rogenh., Novara, u., 2,

pl. 98, f. 19; 5S. & C., No. 4657.

Sikkim; Moller. Darjeeling, August; H. J. Elwes.

Genus ScrrpopHaca, Treitschke, Schmett. von Europa,

ix.,i., p. 55; Zeller, Chil. et Cramb. gen. et spec.,

p. &

243. Scirpophaga auriflua.

Scirpophaga auriflua, Zeller, l.c., p. 1; Moore, Lepid.

of Ceylon, p. 387.

A male. A second specimen differs from the other by

the presence of a black discal dot on fore wings; the

under side of these wings is also not suffused with grey ;

the other characters are the same. Perhaps a distinct

species, but as it is somewhat rubbed, and the palpi are

in bad condition, I abstain from giving it a name.

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus Cuino, Zineken, Zeller, Chil. et Cramb. Gen. et

Species, p. 6.

244, Chilo ? ambiguellus, nov. spec. (Pl. XX., fig. 4).

Two males of 87 and 43, two females of 42 and 53 mm. expanse.

Though this species has, in its general aspect, some resemblance

with our European Chilo phragmitellus, and looks like a stout species

of that genus, yet there exist many divergencies. Firstly, with

regard to the nervulation, vein 8 of hind wings is free, vein 11 of

fore wings oblique, vein 7 short-stalked with veins 8—10, vein 3

comes from a point with 4 and 5, not emerging between 2 and 4,

as in Chilo, and the disco-cellular of hind wings is much less

oblique. The rostriform palpi have only the length of the thorax,

aud the female abdomen is obtuse, with a short anal tuft, as in

Schenobius gigantellus 9. The inner margin of the discoidal

cell of hind wings is ciliated on the upper side. Possibly the right

place of the species might be near Cledeobia. Antennx hardly as

cataloque of the Pyralidina of Sikkim 648

long as the half of the costa of fore wings, setaceous, thicker in the

male. Labial palpi somewhat rough-haired, fuscous, the base pale ;

maxillary palpi pencil-like, distinct; front obtusely protruding.

Ocelli distinct, tongue wanting. Head with antenne an thorax

fuscous, paler in the female. Wings shaped as in Chilo phragmt-

tellus, pale ochreous brown in the male, still much paler in the

female; a spot at the base, two transverse rows of spots at the

place of the ordinary lines, a shade behind the second, and a large

rounded spot on the disco-cellular, brown; the first row consists

of two or three spots and is outwardly oblique, the second is much

more so in the opposite direction, somewhat flexuous and more

distinct ; both are meeting in cell 10, and there confluent; shade

behind the second line not reaching the apex; marginal spots

black, distinct, larger in the male. Fringes paler than the wing,

especially in the male. Hind wings white, in the male with a row

of dark spots from the apex till vein 2. Abdomen fuscous. Under

side of wings nearly white ; four discal spots, a transverse row of

spots on all wings at three-fourths, and marginal spots brown, but

very obsolete in one of the females. Legs pale fuscous (g') or

whitish (2), smooth, with long spurs as in Chilo phragmitellus.

i Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft., July; id., 7000 ft.; H. J.

lwes.

Genus Diprycnornora, Zeller, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1866,

p. 158.

245. Diptychophora prematurella.

Eromene prematurella, Meyr., Australian Microlepid.,

p- 198.

Diptychophora prematurella, id., l.¢., p. 217.

Hromene dilatella, id., p. 199.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

Genus Escuata, Walker, Catal., ix., p. 138.

246. Hschata argentata.

Eschata argentata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.

p. 227.

Sikkim ; Atkinson. Naga Hills, 5—7000 ft., August,

1889 ; W. Doherty.

247. Eschata conspurcata.

Eschata conspurcata, Moore, Deser. Indian Lep., Atk.,

Ds 22h:

Sikkim ; Moller.

644 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

[Genus Acastya, Moore, P. Z.8., 1881, p. 378.

248. Agastya hybleoides.

Agastya hybleoides, Moore, l.c., p. 879.

A single specimen, which agrees with Mr. Moore’s

type. I cannot tell where this curious looking insect

should be placed, as Mr. Snellen had not seen it.

Sikkim, June 17th, 1887; Dudgeon.

249. Agastya flavomaculata, Moore, l. c.

This appears to differ only in smaller size, and in

having a small yellow spot between the median and

submedian veins. The type from Darjeeling should be

in the Atkinson collection, but I could not find it.—

H. J.2.]

Genus CramBus, Fabr., Zeller, Chil. et Cramb. Gen.

et Spec., p. 14.

250. Crambus latellus, nov. spec.

A female, without abdomen, of 27 mm. expanse.

This species is very distinct by its broad white fore wings,

sparingly marked with ochreous yellow along the hind margin, and

with a black central dot, situated on the base of vein 2, a somewhat

unusual place. Palpi as long as the thorax, bicolorous, the basal

half ochreous, the central fourth white, the tip black. Head and

thorax denuded. Apex of the dull pure white broad fore wings

rectangular, somewhat obtuse, as in the European hortwellus, to

which group latellus belongs, the hind margin nearly straight, and

the fringes with a pearly and pale golden lustre. The markings

consist in the above-mentioned very distinct black dot, two faint

oblique ochreous streaks on the second half of the costa, and in a

slender ochreous transverse line near hind margin, which is oblique

and geminated from five-sixths of costa till vein 5, thence parallel

to hind margin, single and faintly undulated; apex with an

ochreous spot; hind margin in cells 10 and 2 with another, which

is adorned with two black dots; marginal line ochreous. Hind

wings with fringes sordid white, unmarked ; marginal line ochreous.

Under side of fore wings dark grey, the hind sixth yellowish white,

with two marginal black dots in cell 16 and2 as above. Neuration

as in hortuellus.

Darjeeling; H.J. Hlwes. Mongpo, 4000 ft. ; Gammie.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 645

251. Crambus parallelus.

Crambus parallelus, Zeller, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1867,

Paeoospl art. 1,

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes.

252. Crambus dividellus, nov. spec.

Five specimens of 25—30 mm. expanse.

This apparently undescribed species belongs to the section O, d,

v, of Zeller’s genus Crambus (‘Chilonid. et Crambid. genera et

Species,’ p. 15), and is evidently allied to our European tristellus

and selasellus ; from both it is distinguished—1, by the bicolorous

fore wings (the costal half being ochreous yellow and the inner

ochreous brown) ; 2, by the want of the longitudinal white stripe,

which is always found in selasellws, and occurs in several varieties

of tristellus. Besides (and this is not the least considerable,

though not the most apparent difference), the front is rounded,

without the obtuse projection of selasellus and tristellus. Antenne

setaceous, nearly bare, brownish grey. Labial palpi thrice as long

as the head, brownish grey. Front and vertex pale ochreous

yellow. Thorax with collar and patagie ochreous brown. The

form of the fore wings is as in selasellus, the costa a little stronger,

and also more regularly rounded, without depression before the

more acute apex; on the contrary, the hind margin is alittle more

sinuate. The costal half of fore wings is of a rather pure but pale

dull ochreous yellow, and the inner impure, greyish, dull ochreous

brown ; the limit of the two colours is, however, neither sharp nor

quite straight; on the bases of the veins 8 and 4 the brown

advances a little towards the costa and beyond it retreats towards

the anal angle, leaving only the veins 3 and 4 brown. Besides,

towards the base of the wing, the ochreous yellow of the costal

half is sullied by ochreous grey-brown. In the fold a short ill-

defined ochreous yellow longitudinal stria is issued by the base; it

does not reach the half of cell1b, and between its end and the

inner margin of discoidal cell we perceive a small ill-defined dark

grey spot; marginal line marked with minute black spots. The

fringes have a silky lustre and are ochreous brown, with exception

of the basal half from the apex till veins 5 or 4, which is more or

less well-defined white. Hind wings white, a little glossy, dusted

with grey on the apical third. Fringes white. Under side of fore

wings grey, the apex and hind margin paler, first yellowish,

outwardly whitish. Hind wings as above. Abdomen grey, with

646 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

whitish under side and yellowish anal brush. Legs yellowish.

Nervulation as in selasellus. Vein 11 of fore wings more oblique.

Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft.; H. J. Elwes.

(This species was common in July in the grassy

country along the Sundukpho range.—H J. E.|

253. Crambus aurivittatus.

Crambus aurivittatus, Moore, Descr. Atk., p. 226

(1887).

[A distinct species with broad golden band on the hind

margin of the fore wing, which I have seen in the

Atkinson collection.—H. J. E.|

Darjeeling ; Atkinson.

[Another species or variety of this, in which the upper

edge of the band is toothed, is Crambus argyroptera,

Butler, fide Moore, also from Darjeeling, in the Atkinson

collection.—H. J. E.|

[Note.—This paper was written by Mr. Snellen on the

collections made by the late Otto Moller and myself in

Sikkim, and forms the second part of the Catalogue of

the Lepidoptera of Sikkim, which I commenced in 1887,

and of which the first part was published in Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1888.

I can add but little to the remarks which I then made;

but, owing to the untimely death of Mr. Moller, | am

unable to give full particulars of the localities and

seasons of the specimens in his collection, of which a

set is now preserved in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

It may be said, however, that they were mostly collected

by natives at low elevations in the valleys of the Great

and Little Rangit rivers, near Darjeeling, and many of

the species found at these low elevations have an

extremely wide distribution in India and the tropics.

The species which occur only at higher elevations are

not so wide-ranging as a rule, and but very few species

are as yet known to occur as high as 10,000 ft.

Mr. Snellen has had great difficuly in identifying

many of Walker’s and Moore’s descriptions, but I have,

with the kind assistance of Mr. Warren, who has recently

arranged the Pyralide of the British Museum, checked

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 647

the doubtful identifications, and in some few cases

suggested corrections to Mr. Snellen.

For all which is signed with my initials I alone am

responsible, and I have to offer my hearty thanks to our

distinguished foreign member for the careful labour he

has devoted to this work.

In order to facilitate the references I have given the

number of each species in Swinhoe and Cotes’ ‘ Cata-

logue of the Moths of India,’ citing it as “8. & C.” No.

—H. J. Eiwes. |

EXPLANATION oF Puates XIX. & XX.

PLATE XIX.

Fies. 1, la. Cydalima Elwesialis, Snellen.

Conchylodes paucipunctalis, Snellen.

0, 8a. Pannucha asopialis, Snellen.

4. Cledeobia angulifascia, Snellen.

5. Scoparia pulveralis, Snellen.

6, 6a. Omplisa repetitalis, Snellen.

PLATE XX.

Fies. 1, la. Phalangiodes rivulalis, Snellen.

2, 2a. Pannucha vicinalis, Snellen.

3, 8a. Oryba conspicualis, Snellen.

4. Chilo ambiguellus, Snellen.

5, 5a. Crocidophora flavicilialis, Snellen.

6, 6a. Filodes sexpunctalis, Snellen.

ae a iy iia 4ily Ay Ait’ itn = cae

Whe vey SF tei dine i tab ff FON

Senet Hea Ate oh oth en boss ta

ore ola, Deg ai Re TA Or 8 ak Meade {lie Yoh

Aah? hig Febr ia |e aD) oN ob val Uo ti oak (agar

i iaiey #13 a 10) il oer | Hiaiinenitalb

- | un olilto) futorli iy

vieck rhe Vie el ot NAqah pA oh. colt

rol Ieee moder ah epetader Howe Wp cad mits

age? | i dE ath) ae, foie ir ed Nite wil Ww pune

Fa Leal: at

f as

<= . _

| iz

{ y

’

See =

: 1

, ’ [a ae

( 649 )

XIX. On a species of Aphideous insects infesting the bread-

fruit trees in Ceylon. By Prof. J. O. Wxstwoop,

MA Liusisess OcGe

[Read July 2nd, 1890.

PLATE XXI.

Tur almost universal prevalence of species of the plant-

sucking family, Aphide, will cause no surprise to ento-

mologists in learning that another member of that

family should have been found to occur on the bread-

fruit tree in Tropical Asia. For a knowledge of this

fact we are indebted to Mr. KE. Ernest Green, nephew

of Mr. Staniforth Green, of Colombo, Ceylon, who has

on various occasions supplied me with materials which

have enabled me to lay interesting matter before the

Entomological Society of London.

Siphonophora Artocarpt.

Lete viridis (vivens et post ultimam exuviationem) vel postea

magis infuscata, thorace et fasciis transversis abdominalibus fuscis;

oculis sanguineis; alis hyalinis venis gracilibus, anticis ramulo

2do venee post-costalis pone medium ejus valde arcuato; corniculis

melliferis longissimis, divergentibus setosis, obscurioribus. Species

magnitudine mediocri.

On the 21st June, 1889, Mr. E. E. Green found a

colony of these Aphideans feeding on the young leaves

of the Jack-tree (Artocarpus integrifolia) in Ceylon. The

following is Mr. Green’s description, taken from the living

specimens, given in his communication to his uncle, and

forwarded by him to me :—

“The larve and pups are of a bright pale green

colour (changing to dull buff when placed in spirits) ;

the honey-secreting tubes, cornicles, or nectaries are

pale brownish, and the eyes crimson. The imago-state

is also bright green immediately after the final moult,

but soon darkens to brownish green; with the thorax

and bands across the abdomen brown; the eyes are

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.)

650 Prof. Westwood on a species of Aphideous

bright crimson. The antenne, legs, and honey-tubes

are brownish, and the space below the eyes is brown.”

Mr. E. E. Green has sent me a small bottle with

specimens of this curious aphis in all its stages ; asexual

females, winged and wingless nymphs and larve, the

last-named individuals varying from a very minute size

to that of the nymphs or pupe. Mr. Green watched

some of the asexual females producing their living

young, which are emitted tail foremost, and seem to

commence feeding as soon as they are deposited.

A striking character of the species consists in the

enlarged size of the cornicles or honey-secreting tubes

springing from the sixth abdominal ring near the

extremity of the body, common to many of the species

of Aphides, especially in those composing the division

to which Koch thence gave the generic name of Siphono-

phora. These tubes are stated by Mr. Green to be

carried diverging and elevated at an angle of 45°; they

are sometimes as long as the whole remainder of the

insect, and are strongly setose, the fine bristles set on

nearly at right angles; many of the larve carried a drop

of milky fluid at the ends of their tubes. When alarmed

the insects suddenly dropped from the leaves to the

sround. They are very active, and walk rapidly.

The drawings which I have made to illustrate this

species are from different individuals, communicated by

Mr. E. E. Green.

The first figure (fig. 1) represents a winged viviparous

female. ‘The wings are of the ordinary large size of the

Siphonophore (Aphis rose, &c.), the first branch of the

post-costal vein being short and oblique; the next

branch is very strongly curved beyond its centre, differing

in this respect from the wings of every other known

species of the family ; the three branchlets of the third

branch are of the ordinary character and form. The

hind wing is rather narrowly oval, with a minute hooklet

- beyond the middle of the anterior or costal margin

(fig. 4).* ‘The honey-secreting tubes are exceptionally

** The post-costal vein of the hind wings in Siphonophora has

only two branches. Mr. Buckton (‘ Brit. Aphides,’ i., 28) calls

this vein the cubitus, but it clearly represents the branched vein of

the fore wing, and not the slender simple veinlet of the fore wings,

to which he gives the name of the cubitus,

insects infesting the bread-fruit tree of Ceylon. 651

long and setose. The front of the head is rather

irregular and slightly setose. The antenne are beautiful

objects for the microscope, arising from two or three

thickened, very short, joints (fig. 2), and followed by

long slender joints, each of which is composed of a vast

number of minute annuli, very finely setose, the extremity

of the terminal joint being shown in fig. 3.

The nymph or pupa (fig. 5) is comparatively narrow,

and exhibits the rudimental wings of a small size at the

sides of the ‘‘alitrunk,” as Mr. Kirby styled the two

wing-bearing segments conjointly ; the body is termi-

nated by asmall conical point. The rostrum or proboscis

(fig. 6) extends along the breast to nearly the base of

the middle pair of legs (which are iong and slender). In

the accompanying drawing it is extended laterally beyond

the sides of the prothorax.

The full-grown apterous viviparous female (fig. 7) has

the body much swollen and rounded, without any traces

of wings or wing-covers ; the antennz are very long and

slender. The front of the head is represented in fig. 8

and the antenne greatly magnified in fig. 9.

With regard to the destruction of the green aphides

on various plants, Mr. Staniforth Green states to me, in

a recent letter, that although the use of Paris-green, so

strongly suggested by the ‘American economic “entomo-

logists, has been hitherto tried in a feeble way, and

without producing much diminution of these pests, it

being considered that it would be too costly to be applied

on a “large scale.

EXPLANATION OF PuatE XXI.

Fic. 1. The winged viviparous female.

2. Side of head and base of antenna of ditto.

3. Extreme tip of the antenna.

4. Hind wing of ditto.

5. The pupa.

6. The proboscis of ditto.

7. The apterous viviparous full-grown female.

8. Front of head of ditto.

9. Side of head and right antenna.

All the figures are highly magnified.

; : 7 i ae r - :

Bid peda “ong TH

1 ‘rhe “Wi ATL vy eee

ve Galt

PROUTP Ta the tJ SUDA

a} !

eae Ade! vw

J i 4 ’ : j uid ij re en wi i ul

jf i mt dha while ;

: - ‘ oe A ' r uy ie

i iy

i | ei } (time as

} ij ] i ; t s ini tired

io Bion wD ity

( 653 )

XX. Further notes on the synonymy of the genera of

Noctuites. By Arruur G. Butusr, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

&e.

[Read September 3rd, 1890. |

To some of the groups already treated of, I have a few

additional notes to record; I shall therefore take them

in the order in which they now stand in the Museum

cabinets.

CYMATOPHORID..

PRoMEToPuUS, Guén.

1. Prometopus tnassueta.

Prometopus inassueta, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 38, n. 42

(1852).

Bryophila dorsivaria, Walk., Lep. Het., 15, p. 1648

(1858).

Australia and Tasmania.

M. Guenée placed this genus in his heterogeneous

family Bombycoide ; it is, however, allied to Cymato-

phora.

NOCTUIDA.

OcHropLeurRA, Hiibn.

In the Grote collection I found an example of O. plecta,

which is labelled, probably in error, “‘ Valeria grotei,

Morr.”

It is avery remarkable thing that Ochropleura, a genus

founded by one of Mr. Scudder’s favourite authors, is

amongst the many lepidopterous genera omitted from

the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus.’

Mentaxya, Hiibn.*

Eugrapha, Hubner = Ariathisa, Walk.

1. Mentaxya amatura.

Agrotis amatura, Walker, Lep. Het., 15, p. 1700

(1858).

* This genus is extremely close to Anicla, Grote, which may

_ have to be amalgamated with it.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—pParT IV. (DEC.) 2x

654 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Port Natal.

This species, in the Zeller collection, is labelled

‘* Agrotis trisema, Z.,” but 1 do not know whether he

described it. Walker incorrectly associated two examples

with two of an apparently unnamed species as A. albi-

frons, Hubn., which, however, is distinct.

21 Mentaxya rimosa.

Agrotis rimosa, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 277, n. 446 (1852).

A. varia, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 694 (1865).

Cape of Good Hope.

3. Mentaxya muscosa.

Mentaxya muscosa, Hubner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett., 10,

414, figs. 827, 828.

Diphtera cumulata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,

p. 618 (1865).

Cape Town.

4. Mentaxya furcifera.

Agrotis furcifera. Walker, Lep. Het., 15, p. 1699

(1858).

United States.

This is A. brocha, Morrison. I do not know which

name has priority.

ANIcLA, Grote.

1. Anicla incivis.

Agrotis incivis, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 274, n. 441 (1852).

United States to Brazil.

This is proved, by a comparison of the type-specimens,

to be A. alubame, Grote. Prodenia pauper, Butl., de-

scribed from a female received from Jamaica, is only a

dwarfed form of the same species.

2. Anicla ignicans.

Agrotis ignicans, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 274, n. 440

(1852).

A. prodenoides, Walker, Lep. Het., 10, p. 854, n. 113

(1856).

S. America generally.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 655

In the species of Anicla the secondaries are white, as

in most of the species of Mentaxya, but they are more

opaline and less thickly scaled.

XyYLopHasia, Stephens.

I am unable to see any reason for ignoring this very

natural group of moths, the bulk of which can be dis-

tinguished at a glance by the character of their markings ;

they doubtless only form a subgroup of Mamestra, so far

as structure goes, but it is convenient to keep them

separate.

1. Xylophasia rurea.

Noctua rurea, Fabricius, Sp. Ins., il., p. 240.

Europe and United States.

I ean discover no characters by which to distinguish

X. vultuosa, Grote, from this species.

2. Xylophasia lignicolora.

Xylophasia lignicolora, Gueneée, Noct., i., p. 140, n. 221

(1852).

United States.

X. quenita, Grote, only differs from X. lignicolora in

its slightly paler colouring, and X. auranticolor only

appears to be a darker form of the same.

3. Xylophasia cariosa.

? , Xylophasia cariosa, Guenée, Noct.,i., p. 144, n. 282

(1852).

United States.

Hadena idonea of Grote is the male of this species ;

the females labelled H. cariosa in the Grote collection

do not agree with Guenée’s type, and, in my opinion,

represent a distinct and altogether a finer species.

It seems to be generally supposed, in the States, that

the whole of M. Guenée’s types are in the possession of

M. Oberthur. An examination of the descriptions in

the three volumes of the ‘ Noctuélites,’ or, indeed, of any

of the volumes of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle’ (Léepidoptéres)

will show that nearly the whole of the N. American

species were described from specimens lent to the author

2x2

656 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

by Mr. Doubleday, and many of the East Indian species

from specimens in the Museum of the H. I. Company.

All these types, labelled by Guenée himself, are in the

British Museum collection.

Aurpama, Moeschl.

1. Alibama punctirena.

Hadena punctirena, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 586,

n. 64 (1857).

Hi, terens, Walker, U. c., n. 65 (1857).

St. Domingo, Venezuela, Guadaloupe. Coll. B. M.

This species appears to me to be better placed next to

Dipterygia than elsewhere.

Axyuia, Hiibn.

1. Axylia eridania.

Phalena eridania, Cramer, Pap. Exot., iv., p. exxxiil.,

fig. F (1882).

Leucania externa, Walker, Lep. Het., 9, p. 114, n. 85

(1856).

Prodenia strigifera, Walker, l. c., 15, p. 1678 (1858).

South America.

The species regarded as the male by Cramer must

bear the name.

AntacHara, Walk.

Barely separable from the preceding genus. Associated

with Xylophasia by M. Guenée.

1. Antachara diminuta.

Xylophasia diminuta, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 141, n. 228

(1852).

Antachara rotundata, Walker, Lep. Het., 15, p. 1741,

n. 1 (1858).

Laphyugma lignigera, Walker, 1.¢, Suppl, 2, p. 650

(1865).

Brazil.

X. denterna of Guenée is a species of this group: we

have it from Rio Janeiro,

synonymy of the genera of Noctuttes. 657

2. Antachara phytolacce.

Phalena phytolacce, Smith Abbot, Lep. Ins. Georgia,

He, Pp. 193, pl. 97.

Xylina inquieta, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 682, n. 22

(1857).

Prodenia ignobilis, Butler, Proce. Zool. Soc., 1878,

p- 485

North and South America.

This species varies in tint and in the prominence or

the reverse of the black stigma at the end of the cell of

primaries.

3. Antachara albula.

Xylina albula, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 629, n. 16

(1857).

Laphygma orbicularis, Walker, l.c., p. 719.

St. Domingo, Honduras, Callao.

Allied to the preceding, though clearly a distinct

species.

Morrison, Grote.

1. Morrisonia ewingit.

Noctua (Xylophasia ?) ewingii, Westwood, Proc. Ent.

Soc. Lond., ii., p. lv., pl. xx., fig. 1 (1837).

Cloantha composita, Guenée, Noct., ii., p. 114, n. 832

(1852).

Leucania dentigera, Butler, Cist. Ent., i1., p. 542 (1880),

Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand, United States.

The last-mentioned locality is based upon a specimen

in the Grote collection, undoubtedly of this species,

labelled ‘‘ Morrisonia peracuta, Morr.” The species will

probably be found to have a far wider geographical range

than has been supposed: Walker made the astonishing

blunder of identifying it with Drymonia dimidiata,

H.-Sch.

AUCHMIS, Guén.

1. Auchmis intermedia.

Cloantha intermedia, Bremer, Lep. Ost.-Sibiriens, p. 538,

tab. v., fig. 138 (1864).

Auchmis sikkimensis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe., 1867,

p- 49, pl. vi., fig. 15.

India, Japan, South Africa.

658 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Levucania, Ochs.

1. Leucania l-album.

Phalena-Noctua l-album, Linneus, Syst. Nat., xi1.,

p. 850.

Leucania listrigata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881,

p- 334.

L. penicillata, Moore, l. ¢., p. 835.

Europe and India.

I have elsewhere pointed out that the slight characters

on which the Indian species were based are very in-

constant.

With LZ. insueta of Guenée, Walker associated four

specimens of L. adonea.

2. Leucania albilinea.

Leucania albilinea, Hubner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett.,

p-. 25, n. 169, figs. 837, 338.

L. diffusa, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 94, n. 35 (1856).

L. moderata, Walker, l.c., p. 114, n. 86 (1856).

Heliophila harveyi, Grote (see Check List, p. 80, n. 619).

Leucania chilensis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1882, p. 115, n. 4.

North and South America.

38. Leucania humidicola.

Leucania humidicola, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 90, n. 137

(1852).

LL. extenuata, Guenée, l.c., n. 138.

L. dorsalis, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 98, n. 48 (1856).

S. America.

I. humidicola is slightly paler than ZL. extenuata, but

is undoubtedly the same species.

4, Leucania loreyt.

Leucania loreyi, Duponchel, Lep. France, vii., 1, p. 81;

pl. 105, tig. 7 (1827).

L. collecta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 105, n. 63 (1856).

L. thoracica, Walker, l.c., p. 106, n. 68 (1856).

L. denotata, Walker, l. c., p. 107, n. 70 (1856).

Europe, Japan, India.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 659

5. Leucanta percussa.

Leucania percussa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1880,

ps O74, ne oo.

L. insularis, Butler, l. c., n. 56.

Formosa.

I believe these two must be slightly different forms of

the same species; in any case L. insularis is much

rubbed, and ought not to have been described.

6. Leucania multilinea.

Leucania multilinea, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 97,

n. 41 (1856).

Canada.

This is the species described by Grote as L. lapidaria,

Grote: it is quite distinct from LL. commoides, under

which Grote gives “L. multilinea, Walk., in litt.,” as a

synonym.

7. Leucania phragmitidicola.

Leucania phragmitidicola, Guenee, Noct., i., p. 89:

n. 186 (1852).

United States.

This species is quite distinct from the Haytian insect,

identified with it by Walker, being very closely allied to

the preceding, L. multilinea: it was correctly identified

by Grote.

8. Leucania amens.

Leucania amens, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 88, n. 133 (1852).

South Africa.

Probably only a pale form (the prevalent one) of L.

torrentium, Guén.; the differences are slight, all the

markings being alike.

9. Leucania exterior.

Leucania exterior, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 106, n. 66

(1856).

L. designata, Walker, l.c., p. 107, n. 69 (1856).

India.

Both of the types are now in the Museum Collection,

and prove to be inseparable as species.

660 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

“ Teucania” disjuncta, Walker, is an Agrotis; L.

propria and L. semivittata must be transferred to Omma-

tostola.

10. Leucania extincta.

Leucania extincta, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 79, n. 107

(1852).

United States.

This is proved, by a comparison of the types, to be

the Heliophila ligata of Grote.

11. Leucania insueta.

Leucania insueta, Guenée, Noct., 1, p. 81, n. 118

(1852).

United States.

Allied to L. comma. The type only differs from that

of L. adonea, Grote, in the less distinctly whitish costal

border and veins of primaries: it is quite possible that

they may prove to be forms of the same species, but |

would always rather err on the side of allowing too

many species to stand rather than too few; it is always

easy to put things together, but it often requires careful

study to discriminate between closely-allied species.

12. Leucania linita.

Leucania linita, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 81, n. 114 (1852).

L. insecuta, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 625

(1865).

L. intermissa, Walker, l. c., p. 626.

United States and Shanghai.

This is also identical with L. amygdalina, Harvey.

The Shanghai specimens are indistinguishable from the

American. I have already pointed out (Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond., 1882, p. 113) that L. decolorata of Blanchard is

only a pale form of L. umpuncta, Guén.

‘I, pallens”’ of the United States agrees absolutely

with the European L. siraminea. The two forms have

practically the same characters, and if received from any

extra-European locality would never have been con-

sidered distinct ; indeed, it is possible to find examples

which cannot with certainty be referred to one form

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 661

rather than the other. JZ. straminea differs chiefly in

the generally more prominent pale longitudinal streak

above the median vein of the primaries, and the better-

defined black or dark markings. Not having bred both

from the egg, I keep them separate in the collection.

The L. juncicola of Walker is not the species so named

by M. Guenée, but is the L. adjusta of Grote. The true

L. juncicola seems to be very closely allied to, if distinct

from, L. scirpicola.

In the Index to ‘ Illustrations of Typical Lepidoptera-

Heterocera,’ I inadvertently placed L. griseifascia, Moore,

as a synonym of L. commoides ; it really is a dark form

of L. percisa (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 410).

The following is a very variable species, which has

received many names :—

13. Leucania unipuncta.

Noctua unipuncta, Haworth, Lep. Brit., p. 174, n. 37

(1810).

Typical form. United States, Chili, New Zealand,

Azores. Coll. B. M.

This is a large reddish form of the species in which

the white dot on the primaries is very prominent. I have

seen no undoubted Kuropean examples of the species,

and the few specimens which may have been obtained

were probably accidentally imported.

Var. saccharivora.

Leucania saccharivora, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1882, p. 115.

Chili, India, and New Zealand. Coll. B. M.

Smaller than the typical form, and of a brighter red-

dish colour ; the white spot obsolete.

Var. antica.

Leucania antica, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 100, n 52

(1852).

L. adusta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 335.

Western coast of America, Venezuela, Darjiling. Coll.

B. M.

662 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

About the same size as the preceding variety, but

much paler, the primaries being pale testaceous, with

ill-defined dusky markings, and the secondaries almost

white, with more or less defined dusky border, darkest

towards apex. The Indian examples show the dusky

border distinctly as a broad subapical patch, varying in

intensity in different individuals; one of the examples

from Venezuela has a similar though less prominent

patch.

Var. trifolit.

Leucania trifolii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1882,

p. 114.

Sao Paulo, Chili, Canada, Japan, Java, N.W. India,

New Zealand, and Flores. Coll. B. M.

Altogether a greyer form, with prominent pale dis-

coidal spots, well-defined dark oblique apical streak, and

dusky secondaries.

Var. extranea.

Leucania eatranea, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 77, n. 104

(1852).

United States, ‘“‘ Europe,’ Darjiling, Azores, Flores.

Coll. B. M.

A darker form than the preceding, and generally

larger.

Var. convecta.

Leucania convecta, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 711

(1857).

Moreton Bay. Coll. B. M.

The primaries almost uniformly greyish, with testa-

ceous reflections ; the white dot almost lost in a blackish

spot at the end of the cell; the secondaries whitish,

with dusky veins and border somewhat as in the darkest

form of var. antica.

Var. separata.

Leucania separata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., u.,

p- 626 (1865).

Japan, Shanghai, N. W. India, Goya, Chili, Kansas.

Coll. B. M.

Scarcely separable from the preceding ; the specimens

synonymy of the genera of Noctwites. 663

have a washed-out, faded appearance; the primaries

pale testaceous, with indistinct markings; the second-

aries greyish white, with dusky veins and borders.

I have not the least doubt that the whole of the above

forms are mere variations of one widely-distributed

species; at the same time it is doubtful whether the

whole of the forms occur together, as, in a long series,

Mr. Edmonds only had the two varieties, L. trifolit and

saccharivora, whilst the typical form, received subse-

quently from Talcahuano, is only like a duller, darker

specimen of the latter variety: most of the varieties

occur in N. Western India, but I have not seen typical

L. unipuncta, var. antica, or var. convecta from there.

Hypuiuare, Hiibn.

This is the Mythimna of Walker, slightly modified: it

will include FI. albipuncta, lithargyria, rudis, albicosta,

fraterna, rufipennis, placida, pseudargyria, singularis,

jormosana, turca, grandis and divergens, and perhaps

obusta.

1. Hyphilare pseudargyria.

Leucania pseudargyria, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 74, n. 94

(1852).

United States.

The type of this species agrees exactly with the var.

callida of Grote: in the Grote collection this form is

labelled ‘‘ var. obusta, Guen.,” but the type of ‘ Leucania

obusta”’ 1s a very distinct species, having densely ciliated

antenne, and darker by far in colouring even than the

European H. turca. I very much doubt whether it can

be placed in the same genus.

SESAMIA, Guenéce.

1. Sesamia incerta.

Leucamia incerta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 103, n. 58

(1856).

Nonagria intestata, Walker, l. c., p. 130, n. 23 (1856).

South Africa (Sir A. Smith). Coll. B. M.

2. Sesamia abdominals.

Nonagria abdominalis, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 131,

n. 24 (1856).

Mythimna robusta, Walker, l.c., xi., p. 710 (1857).

Australia. Coll. B. M.

664 Mr. A. G. Butler's further notes on the

3. Sesamia ciliata.

Leucania ciliata, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 110, n. 77

(1856).

Teniocampa assimilis, Walker, 1. c., xv., p. 1708 (1858).

Leucania curta, Walker, l.c., Suppl., il., p. 627 (1865).

Australia. Coll. B. M.

PLATYSENTA, Grote.

1. Platysenta videns.

Leucania videns, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 78, n. 106 (1852).

Nonagria? indigens, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 713,

n. 3 (1857).

Platysenta atriciliata, Grote (see Check List, p. 30).

United States. Coll. B. M.

The type from Florida is identical with the species

subsequently described by Walker and Grote.

Nonagria irregularis, Walker, and Leucania proscripta,

Walker, may be referred to this genus.

Nonaeria, Ochs.

“* Nonagria”’ geminipuncta, Hatchett (an example of

which stood in Zeller’s series of N. nexa), has simple

antenne, and is congeneric with Oria (Tapinostola)

JSulva.

OmMATOSTOLA, Grote.

I have been obliged to extend this genus to include

the following, most of them hitherto having been placed

under Nonagria :—N. canna, lutosa, spargani, arundinis,

polita of Walker (Shanghai), neva, propria, Wik. (New

Zealand), photophila, Butl. (Hawaiian Islands), semi-

vittata, Wilk. (New Zealand). The antenne of these

species are of the same character as those of O. lintneri,

being thicker and more densely ciliated than in the

little dull-coloured species which remain in Nonagria,

viz.:—N. dissoluta, Treit., punctifinis, Walk., and neuwrica,

Hiibn. The Leucania sulcana of Fereday, which vaguely

resembles O. semivittata, appears to me to be an

Arsilonche; it is a little more developed in every way

than A. albovenosa, the palpi, antenne, legs, and wings

being all longer; the primaries are buff instead of

greyish or whity-brown, and the secondaries and abdo-

men are blackish instead of pure white; the pattern of

the primaries, however, is almost identical.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 66

ORTHODES, Guén.

I have already. stated (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 6, vol. vi., p. 96) that the type of this genus,

O. t-nigrum, must be placed here, the whole of Guenée’s

other so-called Orthodes being referred to Dyschorista.

Orthodes will now include O. t-nigrum from Brazil, and

O. exempta (Leucauia ecempta, Walk.) from Ceylon.

Mycrrropuus, Herr.-Sch.

Zotheca, Grote, is synonymous with this genus.

SPopOPTERA, Guén.

‘* Spodoptera’’ pecten of Guenée, although it closely

resembles S. mauritie in colouring and general pattern,

is structurally quite distinct, and must either be placed

in or near to the genus Agrotis.

1. Spodoptera mauritia.

?, Hadena mauritia, Boisduval, Faune, Ent. de

Madag., p. 92, pl. 13, fig. 9 (1833).

3, Spodoptera nubes, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 155, n. 246

(1852).

2, S. filum, Guenée, U. c., n. 248 (1852).

2, Prodenia infecta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 196,

n. 12 (1856).

3, P. insignata, Walker, l.c., p. 197, n. 14 (1856).

2, Caradrina triturata, Walker, 1. c., x., p. 295, n. 30

(1856).

2, Agrotis transducta, Walker, l.c., p. 344, n. 91

(1856).

3, Prodenia permunda, Walker, l.c¢., x1., p. 728

(1857).

2, Laphygma gratiosa, Walker, l.c., Suppl., il., p. 651

(1865).

$, L. squalida, Walker, l. ¢., p. 652 (1865).

3, Prodenia venustula, Walker, l. ¢., p. 654 (1865).

3, Celena bisignata, Walker, l. c., p. 679 (1865).

2, Agrotis aliena, Walker, l.c., p. 694 (1865).

2, A. bisignata, Walker, l.c., p. 702 (1865).

3, Hadena obliqua, Walker, 1. ¢., i1., p. 736 (1865).

Atrica, Asia, and Australia. Coll. B. M.

It is remarkable, considering what a number of

666 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

species this insect was divided into, how little, com-

paratively, it varies; the sexes differ considerably,

owing to the obliteration of the white markings in the

female, but otherwise there is nothing beyond intensity

of colour to account for the manifold synonymy noted

above.

2 Spodoptera exempta.

3, Agrotis exempta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 355,

n. 114 (1856).

@ , Prodenia bipars, Walker, l.¢., xi., p. 724 (1857).

3, P. ingloria, Walker, l.c., xv., p. 1679 (1858).

Africa, Australia, and Hawaiian Islands. Coll. B. M.

3. Spodoptera frugiperda.

3,2, Phalena frugiperda, Smith & Abbot, Lep.

Georg. i1., p. 191; ‘pl. 96 (1797):

3, Prodenia signifera, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 193,

Nw) (S56).

3, P. plagiata, Walker, l.c., p. 194, n. 6 (1856).

North and South America. Coll. B. M.

This is also P. autumnalis of Riley.

PRODENIA, Guenée.

This genus differs from Spodoptera in the fact that

the antenne of the males are very delicately ciliated,

especially towards the base, and in the much greater

similarity of the sexes.

1. Prodenia littoralis.

Hadena littoralis, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag.,

p. 91, pl. 13, fig. 8 (1833).

3, 2, Noctua retina, Freyer, Neuere Beitrage, v.,

p. 161, n. 865, pl. 478, figs. 2, 3 (1845).

3, 2, Prodenia ciligera, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 164,

n. 260 (1852).

2, P. testaceoides, Guenée, l.c., p. 165, n. 262 (1852).

3, P. subterminalis, Walker, l.c., p. 196, n. 13 (1856).

3, P. glaucistriga, Walker, l.c., p. 197, n. 15 (1856).

3, P. declinata, Walker, l. c., xi., p. 723 (1857).

Africa, Asia, Australia. Coll. B. M.

P. testaceoides is a slight variety, and P. declinatu a

starved specimen.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 667

2. Prodenia ornthogall.

Prodenia ornithogalli, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 163, n. 258

(1852).

United States. Coll. B. M.

This is P. lineatella, Harvey, and P. commeline, Riley :

I believe the following form to be only a variety, corre-

sponding with the var. testaceoides of P. littoralis.

2a. Prodenia eudiopta.

Prodenia eudiopta, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 164, n. 261

(1852).

United States. Coll. B. M.

This is P. flavimedia, Harvey.

P. ornithogalli is the American representative of

P. littoralis ; the two forms are extremely closely allied,

but that of the New World is constantly of a more

uniform dark sepia-brown tint, upon which the mark-

ings stand out more sharply; the oblique dash at the

end of the cell also appears to be shorter.

3. Prodenia commeline.

Phaleéna commeline, Smith & Abbot, Lep. Ins. Georgia,

ies De USO spl. OD not):

P.-Noctua marmorea, Sepp, Surin. Vlind. 1., pl. 51.

North and South America. Col. B. M.

LapHyema, Guén.

1. Laphygma exigua.

Noctua exigua, Hubner, Samml. Eur. Schmett., Noct.,

fig. 362.

3, Caradrina venosa, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag., xvii.,

p- 7 (1880).

Var. Laphygma cycloides, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 157,

n. 250 (1852).

L. ? caradrinoides, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 190, n. 8

(1856).

L. flavimaculata, Harvey (see Grote, Check List, under

Caradrina, p. 30, n. 651).

Kurope, Asia, Africa, N. America, and Honolulu. Coll.

B. M.

668 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Walker identified two normal specimens from the Cape

as ‘‘L. cycloides,” but redescribed typical L. cycloides

(which agrees with LD. flavimaculata in being a little

larger than most European examples) as L. caradri-

nordes.

2. Laphygma orbicuiaris.

Caradrina orbicularis, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 294,

n. 26 (1856).

C. preterita, Walker, l. c., n. 27 (1856).

South Africa. Coll. B. M.

3. Laphygma macra.

Laphygma macra, Guenée, Noct., i. p. 157, n. 251

(1852).

L.? inepta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 190, n. 6 (1856).

North and South America. Coll. B. M.

4. Laphygma cilium.

Spodoptera cilium, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 156, n. 249

(1852).

S. msulsa, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 648 (1865)

Java. Coll. B. M.

‘* Spodoptera” erica, Butl., belongs to the same genus.

KULAPHYGMA, gen. nov.

Ditters in the ciliated antenne of the male.

Eulaphygma abyssinia.

Spodoptera abyssinia, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 154, n. 244

(1852).

S. capicola, Herrich-Schaffer, Lép. Exot., fig. 131

(1854).

Caradrina insignata, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 295,

n.29) (1856) 2 5 .

Laphygma procedens, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 721

(1857).

South and West Africa. Coll. B. M.

I have no doubt that this wide-ranging species is the

S. abyssinia of Guenée: it is astonishing that, when

making three genera, this author failed to see how to

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 669

separate them correctly. All the species of Laphygma

are so much alike that, unless examined with a lens

in detail, they might be taken for one species; yet

Guenée placed ZL. cilium and HL. abyssinia into his genus

Spodoptera, the species of which are far more like those

of Prodenia.

CaRaDRINA, Ochs.

1. Caradrina extima.

Caradrina extima, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2. p. 687

(1865).

C'. fidicularia, Morrison (see Grote, Check List, p. 30,

n. 650),

Vancouver, California. Coll. B M.

Specimens of this species in the Grote series are

labelled as ‘‘ Caradrina multifera,” Walk.

2. Caradrina quadripunctata.

Noctua quadripunctata, Fabricius, Sp. Ins., il., p. 214,

n. 25.

Caradrina pulverosa, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 295,

n. 28 (1856).

Kurope and 8. Africa. Coll. B. M.

3. Caradrina selint.

Caradrina selini, Boisduval, Ind. Méeth., p. 187, n.1096,

Europe. Coll. B. M.

Staudinger, in his Catalogue, p. 111, queries C. nocti-

vaga as a variety of C. selini, and places C. infusca under

it as a scarcely distinguishable slightly paler variety of

C. noctivaga. In the Zeller collection I found the

ordinary female of C. selini, which sex is always darker

than the male, labelled as C. infusca: it is quite likely,

therefore, that C. noctivaga and infusca are only ordinary

females of C. selini, the sex having been not looked into.

4, Caradrina himaleyica.

Caradrina himaleyica, Kollar, Hugel’s Kashmir, 4,

p- 479 (1842).

C. arenacea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 549.

Dharmsala. Coll. B. M.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1890.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 2 ¥

670 Mr, A. G. Butler's further notes on the

5. Caradrina lenta.

Caradrina lenta, Treitschke, Schmett. Eur., ii., p. 257.

C. tarda, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 248, n. 389 (1882).

Europe and N. America. Coll. B. M.

Hyprintua, Boisd.

1. Hydrilla lepigone.

Caradrina lepigone, Moeschler, Wien. Ent. Monatschr.,

1860, p. 273.

C. miranda, Grote (see Check List, p. 30, n. 647).

Europe and United States. Coll. B. M.

Hypra, Dup.

1. Hyppa xylinoides.

Hadena xylinoides, Guenée, Noct., ii., p. 106, n. 825

(1852).

Xylina contraria, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 627, n. 10

(1857).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Miseia, Guén.

1. Misela extensa.

? , Belosticta extensa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

5th ser., vol. 4, p. 857 (1879).

3, Miselia cinerea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 184.

Japan. Coll. B. M.

MEGANEPHRIA, Hiibn.

The type of this genus is the so-called ‘‘ Miselia”’

bimaculosa, which differs from M. oxyacanthe in the

non-serrated character of its antenne.

1. Meganephria latex.

Aplecta latex, Guenée, Noct., 1i., p. 78, n. 771 (1852).

Apamea demissa, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 728 (1857).

United States. Coll. B. M.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 671

ApLEcTA, Guén.

Mamestra stoliczke of Moore must be referred to this

genus: in form it agrees best with A. beanw, Grote.

PacHETRA, Guén.

Pachypolia Polia and Dryobota (part), Grote.

1. Pachetra illocata.

Hadena illocata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi, p. 758 (1857).

Eurois pluviosa, Walker, l. c., Suppl., 8, p. 725 (1865).

Dryobota stigmata, Grote (see Check List, p. 28, n. 535).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Lamprosticta, Hitbn.

Chariptera, Guén.

1. Lamprosticta viridana.

Phalena viridana, Walch, Naturf., xui., p. 28, pl. i.,

figs. 5, a, b (1779).

Mamestra adjuncta, Walker (not Guenée), Lep. Het.,

Xtal 2On(Loo iN).

Europe. Coll. B. M.

Mr. Moore’s genus Karana should be placed here.

Dicuonia, Hiibn.

D. convergens does not differ from Mamestra: D.

@ruginea therefore becomes the type of Dichonia.

Walker founded a genus Horma for D. @ruginea, but

the specimens from which he described his genus were

not what he supposed, but identical with Derthisa

scoriacea, so that Horma must be suppressed.

Eumicutis, Hitbn.

1. Humichtis plena.

3, Hrana plena, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3, p. 744

(1865).

?, Dianthecia viridis, Butler, Cist. Ent., ii., p. 547

(1880).

New Zealand. Coll. B. M.

2y2

672 Mr. A. G. Butler's further notes on the

Daraiwa, Walk.

Eupsephopectes, Grote.

1. Dargida graminivora.

Dargida grammivora, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 202,

n. 1 (1856).

Venezuela, Brazil. Coll. B. M.

This species, which is very closely allied to D. pro-

cinctus, Grote, is labelled, on Zeller’s example, ‘‘ Noctua

graminivora, Moritz.’ Walker evidently misread the

name received with the Museum specimens, which he

quotes, ‘“‘ grammivora, Morritz [sic] MSS.” The name

‘“grammivora” is not only hybrid, but conveys no.

meaning; therefore I propose to restore the original

reading to the species.

2. Dargida graminicolans.

Dianthecia graminicolens [sic], Butler, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 4, p. 295, n. 50 (1878).

Madagascar. Coll. B. M.

PSEUDEPUNDA, gen. nov.

Wings broader than in EHpunda, the primaries more

triangular, the antenne simple and tapering instead of

denticulated and ciliated.

Type. Epunda bicolor, Moore, from India.

SyYNVALERIA, gen. nov.

Differs from Valeria in the submoniliform, somewhat

flattened, antenne of the male, no pectinations being

present.

Type. Valeria jaspidea, Vill., from Kurope.

I now return to Mamestra, to which I have to add

some synonyms discovered since the publication of my

last paper: naturally, as I have proceeded with the

Noctua, | have seen cause to modify the arrangement of

the genera, and doubtless many changes will yet have

to be made before anything approaching to a natural

classification can be obtained. One thing seems clear—

that the numerous families made for the earlier groups

are totally untenable.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 673

Mamestra, Ochs.

1. Mamestra binotata.

Mamestra binotata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,

p- 663 (1865).

Hadena extersa, Walker, l. c., 8, p. 728 (1865).

H. curvata, Grote = pavie, Behr. (see Grote, Check

List, p. 27, n. 450).

United States. Coll. B. M.

2. Mamestra inducta.

Mamestra inducta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 236, n. 32

(1856).

M. septentrionalis, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 2, p. 660

(1865).

Venezuela and United States. Coll. B. M.

This is labelled M. lycarum, H.-Sch., on Grote’s

specimens.

The Mamestra insulsa of Walker is an Agrotis allied to

A. albipennis (males, having white secondaries, stood

without a name in the Grote collection): M. expulsa,

Walker, is another closely allied species.

Mamestra nitida, Walker, is a distorted female of

Agrotis spina, Guén., without secondaries.

Mamestra punctigera 3, Walk., is the male of Agrotis

pastoralis 2? , Grote.

Mr. Barrett pointed out to me that Walker’s Mamestra

consigurata, from Mexico, isa slight variety of M. brassice.

Havena (typical), Guén.

I only regard this as a group of Mamestra.

Hadena albifusa, Walk., represents H. trifolii in the

United States, and may not be constantly different ; in

our examples the primaries are far less uniformly

coloured, the usual markings being defined upon a paler

ground colour.

The following species referred to Hadena are synony-

mous :—

Hadena detracta, Walk. (Mamestra claviplena, Grote),

which appears to me to be a Pachnobia.

Hadena sputatrix, Grote = Apamea ? insignata, Walk.

674 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Hadena aspera, Walker, subsequently described as

Xylina provida and X. canescens, Walk.

Hadena olivacea, Moore, is a synonym of H. mega-

stigma, Walk., and belongs to the genus T'rachea.

Hadena algeus, Grote, appears to me to be a Calathusa,

and H. cylindrica a Bryophila.

HoMmoHapDENA, Grote.

1. Homohadena infixa.

Xylophasia infica, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 178, n. 18

(1856).

Homohadena induta, Harvey (see Grote’s Check List,

p. 28, n. 198).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Kupiexia, Steph.

1. Huplexia semifascia.

Hadena semifascia, Walk., Lep. Het., Suppl., 8, p. 737

(1865).

Euplexia cuprea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1874, p. 578.

India. Coll. B. M.

2. Huplexia confundens.

Huplexia confundens, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 544,

n. 3 (1857).

E.. exclusa, Walker, 1. c., p. 545, n. 4 (1857).

E. indoctlis (part), Walker, l. c., n. 5 (1857).

Hadena familiaris, Walker, l. ¢., p. 597, n. 91 (1857).

Var. H. extima, Walker, l. c., p. 599, n. 96 (1857).

H. punctisigna, Walker, l.c., p. 600, n: 97 (1857).

Tasmania, Australia. Coll. B. M.

From the fact that Walker named this species six

times in one volume, it might be supposed that it was

very variable. It varies only in depth of colour, the

pattern being almost identical throughout. The variety

extima is the most distinct, and, if proved to be locally

constant, might be kept separate.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 675

3. Huplexia sepultria.

Mamestra sepultriz, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 200, n. 317

(1852).

Hadena expulsa, Guenée, l. c., 2, p. 98, n. 800 (1852).

Euplexia emergens, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 544, n. 2

(1857).

E. indocilis (part), Walker, l.¢., p. 545, n. 5 (1857).

Hadena lutra, Walker, l. ¢., p. 598, n. 93 (1857).

Tasmania and Victoria. Coll. B. M.

This species varies a little, and much in the same

manner as the preceding species, with which it might

easily be confounded ; the outline of the central band of

the primaries, nevertheless, is very different, and the

lines immediately beyond it are equidistant.

The following genus is extremely like Huplexia, some

of the species differing chiefly in their pectinated

antenne, the pattern being almost exactly the same.

Nyssocnemis, Led.

1. Nyssocnenus insignis.

Euplexia insignis, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3,

p. 724 (1865).

Xylina turbida, Walker, l.c., p. 754 (1865).

Var. Hadena skelloni, Butler, Cist. Ent., u1., p. 547

(1880).

New Zealand. Coll. B. M.

H. skelloni must, I think, be a well-marked variety of

this species, in which the large pale patches are wanting,

and the ordinary pale lines are green: when examined

with a lens the markings are seen to correspond

exactly.

2. Nyssocnemis lignifusca.

$, Hadena lignifusca, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 603,

n. 101 (1857).

2, H. debilis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. 385,

ple xin, os. 6.

Xylina spurcata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 631, n. 21

(1857).

Var. X. verata, 3, 2, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl. 3,

p- 755 (1865).

676 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Var. Hadena mutans, 3, 2, Walker, Lep. Het., x1.,

p. 602, n. 100 (1857).

Mamestra acceptriz, 2, Felder, Reise der Novara,

Lep..iv., pl. cix., fiey 19.

New Zealand. Coll. B. M.

This is a very common and variable species, some of

the forms of which bear a considerable resemblance to

Huplexia sepultrix.

The Huplexia pectinata of Warren, which closely re-

sembles EL. albovittata, Moore, belongs to this genus.

Hasryntis, Led.

H. v-brunneum, Grote, appears to me to be nothing

more than a variety of H. periculosa, in which the

central belt of the primaries is blacker.

ConsERVULA, Grote.

Conservula, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc., 1., p. 17 (1874).

Appana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 355.

CreLmna, Steph.

I cannot see any reason for distinguishing Hydrecia

and Helotropha from this ‘genus.’ Celena is very

close to Mamestra, so much so that I find that M. stricta

(= cinnabarina) and M. olivacea (which looks lke a

black form of the same thing) undoubtedly belong to

Celena, and are closely allied to C. renigera; on the

other hand, .W. egens, which I considered (Trans. Ent.

Soc., 1889, p. 386, n. 7) to be identical with M. stricta,

proves, upon a second examination by a better light, to

be nearer to M. strigilis: Walker’s type is much worn

and rubbed, so that one might be excused for making it

synonymous with almost any species of the same size;

nevertheless, traces of the pattern can be seen with the

help of a lens and bright sunlight.

Celena appears to be a fairly natural group, but the

structural distinctions between it and Mamestra are not

apparent on the surface.

1. Celena renigera.

Celena renigera, Stephens, Ill. Brit. Haust., i1., p. 16

(1829).

synonymy of the genera of Noctuttes. 677

C. herbimacula, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 223, n. 354

(1852).

9, C. infecta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 263, n. 9

(1856).

United States. Coll. B. M.

2. Celena leucostigma.

Noctua leucostigma, Hubner, Samml. Eur. Schmett.

Noct., pl. 80, fig. 375.

Var. Cerastis levis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881,

Pp. 18.

Europe, Japan, and China. Coll. B. M.

The type of C. levis is an unusually large dark male,

the markings upon which are ill-defined; there is, how-

ever, no question of its identity with this species. I can

see no reason whatever for separating C. leucostigma,

generically, from ‘‘ Mamestra”’ splendens or ‘‘ Hydracia”

nictitans.

NEPHELODES, Gruén.

1. Nephelodes minians.

Nephelodes minians, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 180, n. 208

(1852).

Graphiphora expansa, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 399,

n. 26 (1856).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Grote considers N. violans a variety of this species,

and certainly there seems nothing beyond the greyer

colour of the wings, due to the absence of red in the

dark bands, upon which to separate it.

Var. violans.

Nephelodes violans, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 1380, n. 204

(1852).

Graphiphora subdolens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 405,

n. 44 (1856).

United States. Coll. B. M.

** Hadena”’ exornata, Mceschl., seems to me to be a

very closely allied species to the preceding.

678 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Betuura, Walker.

Arzama, Walk.

1. Bellura gortynoides.

2, Bellura gortynoides, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., i1.,

p. 465 (1865).

3, Arzama densa, Walker, l.c., p. 645 (1865).

2, A. vulnifica, Grote (see Check List, p. 29, n. 584).

United States (Georgia). Coll. B. M.

2. Bellura obliqua.

Edema? obliqua, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 428

(1865).

Sphida obiiquata, Grote (see Check List, p. 29, n. 582).

Canada; New York. Coll. B. M.

I fail to see a sufficient reason for distinguishing this

species, generically, from the preceding.

Gortyna, Ochs.

Judging from the perfect insects only, this genus

seems chiefly to differ from Celena in the greater

tendency of the species to become greasy, although

many of the forms have a very distinct aspect, and are

barely, if at all, separable from Xunthia; others, again

(G. illoba, necopina, micacea, stramentosa, petasitis,

and nitela), are extremely like C. leucostigma and allies.

It is difficult to know what to do with groups of this

kind, based, perhaps correctly, upon the mere clothing

of the thorax, or some such apparently trivial character ;

they appear to be natural genera, and, therefore, I leave

them as I find them.

1. Gortyna illoba.

Agrotis illoba, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5,

vol. 1., p. LO2(1878):.

Graphiphora pacifica, Butler, l. ¢., p. 165 (1878).

Japan. Coll. B. M.

The type of A. illobu is a very pale example from

Hakodate.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 679

2. Gortyna micacea.

Noctua mieacea, Esper, Kur. Schmett., pl. 145, fig. 6.

Hydrecia immanis, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 128, n. 201

(1852).

Apamea obliqua, Harvey (see Grote, Check List, p. 29,

mn. 560).

Kurope, Japan, United States. Coll. B. M.

The Japanese and American examples are, as a rule,

though not invariably, a little larger and darker than

those from Europe.

Gortyna nebris, Guen., is considered by Grote to be a

variety of G. nitela: this may be the case, although the

latter resembles G. petasitis, and the former is more

like G. limpida; but, if Gortyna is capable of so much

variation, why is G. harrisii described as distinct from

G. rutila, into which it grades almost insensibly (one of

Grote’s types agrees in all respects with that of

M. Guenée, having whitish secondaries ; whilst another

is clearly the female of his Ochria! sanzalite, a very

slight variety of G. rutila, not worth a name): the

darkest examples, having b:own secondaries, may,

perhaps, stand as var. harristi. The G. rutila of Grote’s

collection is not Guenée’s species, but the female of

G. purpurifascia, Grote.

XantTuHIA, Ochs.

1. Xanthia indirecta.

Xanthia indirecta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 468, n. 22

(1856).

Scopelosoma grefiana, Grote (see Check List, p. 32,

n. 753).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Staudinger, in his Catalogue, regards the Noctua

jfulvago of Linneus’ ‘Fauna Suecica’ as the Xanthia

cerago of Schiffermuller; he is certainly wrong, for the

Linnean description proves it, without question, to be

the Kuperia fulvago of Haworth. It is described as

“somewhat glaucous and pale, with ferruginous bands

across the primaries; secondaries paler; under surface

of palpi and abdomen fulvous, of the wings pale

yellow.”

680 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

CERAMICA, Guén.*

1. Ceramica picta.

Mamestra picta, Harris (see Grote’s Check List, p. 26,

n. 348).

Ceramica exusta, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 344, n. 574

(1852).

Mythimna contraria, Walker, Lep Het., ix., p. 78,

n. 10 (1856).

United States. Coll. B. M.

A specimen in the Zeller series is labelled, ‘‘ Ha-

mulus, Z. Mamestra capucina splendens, v. Mull.”

Whether either of these names is published, I do not

know.

Facitana, Walk.

1. Fagitana littera.

Leucania littera, Guenée, Noct. i., p. 71, n. 89 (1852).

Fagitana lucidata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,

p. 645 (1865).

United States. Coll. B. M.

2. Fagitana v-album.

Ceramica v-album, Guenée, Noct., 1, p. 345, n. 577

(1852).

Apamea purpuripennis, Grote (see Check List, p. 29,

n. 555).

United States. Coll. B. M.

PskuporTHosiaA, Grote.

1. Pseudorthosia vetusta.

Mythimna vetusta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 78, n. 12

(1856).

Pseudorthosia variabilis, Grote (see Check List, p. 31,

n. 706).

United States. Coll. B. M.

“ C. ambusta is more nearly allied to this genus than to

Cirredia, the palpi being very short and horizontal. It should

form the type of an allied genus; the subcostal furca of the

secondaries is longer, and its footstalk consequently shorter; the

hind tibial spurs also differ. It may be called Brachycosmia.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 681

The so-called ‘‘ Hiptelia’” miniago is the European

representative of this species, and belongs to the same

genus.

Enareia, Hiibn.

1. Enargia decolor.

Mythimna decolor, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1658

(1858).

Var. Cosmia infumata, Grote (see Check List, p. 32,

n. 735).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Bracuyxanruia, Butl.

Gortyna inquesita, Grote, belongs to this genus.

Crrr@pia, Guén.

C. xerampelina is the type: the structure of the palpi

and entire pattern and coloration of C. ambusta are

different, and will remove it from the neighbourhood of

C. xerampelina. .

Catymnia, Hitbn.

The type of Calymnia is C. trapezina: the other

species may be restored to their rightful genus, Cosmia ;

the latter name was erroneously applied by Lederer and

Staudinger to a group of species, of which only two were

included in Cosmia by Ochsenheimer (no type being

indicated by him). M. Guenée distinctly indicated

C. affinis as the type of Cosmia, and so it must remain.

Puastenis, Boisd.

1. Plastenis retusa.

Phalena-Noctua retusa, Linneus, Faun. Suec., p. 321.

Cosmia curvata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886, p. 131.

Europe and Japan. Coll. B. M.

The Japanese specimens are slightly larger and darker

than most European examples: when I named ‘‘ Cosmia

curvata,” we had no European representative in the

general collection. This was one of the many desiderata

supplied by the Zeller collection,

682 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Mesogona, Boisd.

1. Mesogona tedata.

?, Pseudoglea tedata, Grote (see Check List, p. 31,

mt 09)s

3 3, P.blanda and P. decepta, Grote (I, ¢., nn. 710, 11).

United States. Coll. B. M.

There are only three examples—none of them perfect,

and two a good deal worn—to represent the three

species upon which Pseudoglea is based: as these three

specimens vary less one from the other than our eight

specimens of the nearly-allied M. acetoselle, I have been

reluctantly obliged to regard them as synonymous.

2. Mesogona oxalina.

Noctua oxalina, Hubner, Eur. Schmett. Noct., pl. 45,

fig. 219.

Ipimorpha intexta, Harvey (see Grote’s Check List,

p- 32, note).

Europe and N. America. Coll. B. M.

OrtHosia, Ochs.

Teniocampa (part), Guén.

1. Orthosia incerta.

Noctua incerta, Hufnagel, Berl. Monats., iii., p. 298,

n. 424 (1767).

Teniocampa alia, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 852, n. 587

(1852).

Europe and United States. Coll. B: M.

This is the type of Orthosia, as restricted by Curtis.

GumA, Hubn.

1. Glea vaccini.

Phalena- Noctua vaccinii, Linneus, Faun. Suec., p. 320.

Noctua spadicea (Schiff.), Hubn., fig. 179.

Var. N. ligula, Esper, Eur. Schmett., pl. 166, fig. 3.

Kurope. Coll. B. M.

The describers of Exotic Lepidoptera frequently have

to suffer from the bitter onslaught of men whose expe-

rience is limited to a study of the European and some-

synonymy of the genera of Nocturtes. 683

times of the British fauna, these men complaining that

the student of tropical forms makes too many species.

As a matter of fact, no men are greater hair-splitters

than purely European workers. ‘The above is only one

out of many instances in which one variable species has

been laboriously sorted out into three. Formerly N.

ligula was believed to be, in all probability, a variety of

N. spadicea, Schiff.; but N. vaccinit was regarded as a

very distinct species. In Walker’s Catalogue (part x.,

p- 450) N. ligula stands as a recognised variety.

Staudinger, on the other hand (Cat., pp. 118, 119), calls

spadicea an aberration of vaccinii, but raises ligula to the

rank of a species. Zeller, with his seventy specimens,

showing every gradation between the three forms, was

sadly bothered; so that he left a typical N. ligula

amongst his examples of G. vaccinii, and divided the

remainder somewhere in the middle, being evidently

unable to find any constant character by which to dis-

tinguish them. Is it not a sense of their own short-

comings which makes the describers of European Lepi-

doptera so bitter against the students of exotic species ?

Orruopia, Hiibn.

As regards the European species, I restrict this genus

to O. erythrocephala, vau-punctatum, and daubei, the male

antenne in all of which are ornamented with series of

little tuft-like ciliations. O. signata, French, decliva,

Grote, ardescens, Butl., punctosa, Walk., and viatica,

Grote, must also be referred to the same genus.

An example of O. signata was labelled ‘* Glea ancho-

celioides, Guén.,” in the Grote collection; but the type

of Guenée’s species appears to me to be a female Noctua

allied to N. orbis, Grote. Walker associated with it five

other moths, representing three forms belonging to two

different genera; of these the first three specimens were

Dyschorista cynica and its variety candens, whilst the

fourth and fifth were Semiophora oviduca.

1. Orrhodia decliva.

Orthosia decliva, Grote, on label (Epiglea, in Check

List, p. 32, n. 746).

Epiglea deleta, Grote (I. ¢., n. 747).

United States. Coll. B. M.

684 Mr. A. G. Butler's further notes on the

Beyond the fact that the type of H. deleta is rubbed

and the fringes are wanting, which last fact gives a

different outline to the wings, I cannot see how it is to

be separated from O. decliva.

EpieLma, Grote.

I believe E. pastillicans, Morr., to be a brightly coloured

form of E. tremula, Harv.; the markings are identical

in the two insects.

IprmorpHA, Hiibn.

1. Ipimorpha subtusa.

Noctua subtusa, Schiff., Wien. Verz., p. 88, n. 17.

Ipimorpha pleonectusa and subvexa, Grote (see Check

List, p. 82, nn. 716, 717).

Europe and United States. Coll. B. M.

The type of I. subvexa is larger, and has the outer line

rather more incurved than in any of our other examples ;

but in both of these characters we have a gradation to

the smallest of European specimens. In a series of six

specimens taken by Grote in Renfrew Co., Canada, there

is one example smaller than some of those from Europe.

The ground colour of the wings is most inconstant, one

of the six specimens above referred to being darker and

ereyer than the greyest European specimens, the latter

being of the same tint as the type of I. subvexa. Grote

himself says of the latter, “It is possible that the

southern form is only a variety of Pleonectusa”; and I

am satisfied that the latter is identical with I. subtusa.

Raprnacra, Butl.

1. Radinacra cinerascens.

Cosmia cinerascens, Motschoulsky, Etudes, ix., p. 34

(1860).

Caradrina albosignata, var. ceca, Oberthur, Etudes,

5th livr., p. 74 (1880).

Japan. Coll. B. M.

ANCHOCELIS, Guén.

Orthosia, Lederer & Staudinger.

Staudinger, strangely enough, regards A. lunosa as the

type of Anchocelis; this is manifestly impossible, as

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 685

Guenée did not include the species in his genus when he

described it. A. litura must be the type.

Dyscuorisra, Led.

1. Dyschorista cynica.

Orthodes cynica, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 375, n. 627

(1852).

Var. O. numia, Guenee, l. c., p. 376, n. 628 (1852).

Var. O. candens, Guenée, I. c., n. 629 (1852).

Orthosia tecta, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3, p. 714

(1865).

United States. Coll. B. M.

All the types of the above synonyms are in the Museum

Collection, so that there can be no question about their

identity as species.

2. Dyschorista vecors.

Orthodes vecors, Guenée, Noct.,1., p. 876, n. 630 (1852).

O. enervis, Guenée, Noct., 3, p. 400 (1852).

O. griseocincta, Harvey (see Grote, Check List, p. 31,

n. 660).

United States. Col. B. M.

There is no reason for adopting Guenée’s unnecessary

alteration of the name of this species.

3. Dyschorista crenulata.

Dyschorista crenulata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 6, vol. 6, p. 97 (1890).

Orthodes infirma (auct. nec Guenée).

United States. Coll. B. M.

As I have already pointed out, the Orthodes infirma of

Guenée is a Brazilian species.

“4. Dyschorista curvirena.

Orthodes curvirena, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 3874, n. 625

(1852). ,

Orthosia spurcilinea, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1709

(1858).

Rio Janeiro and Venezuela. Coll. B. M.

This is such a characteristic common Brazilian species

that it is impossible to mistake it for anything else.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1890.—PaRT IV, (DEC.) 22

686 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Eremosia, Steph.

1. Hremobia brevicornis.

Xanthia brevicornis, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 466,

n. 18 (1856).

Eremobia virescens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 5, vol. 4, p. 243 (1879).

Congo and Madagascar. Coll. B. M.

Walker’s type is so very much rubbed that, being

placed far away from its natural position, it was easily

overlooked ; sufficient traces of the pattern still remain

upon the primaries to render identification certain.

PrricEa, Guén.

1. Perigea apameoides.

Perigea apameoides (part), Guenée, Noct., i., p. 229,

n. 367 (1852).

P. ? indecisa, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 733 (1857).

P. otiosa, Walker, l.c., xv., p. 1693 (1858).

P. paupera, Walker, l. c. (1858).

Xylina detrecta, Walker, l. c., Suppl., 3, p. 750 (1856).

Perigea fabrefacta, Morrison (see Grote’s Check List,

p- 28, n. 480).

North and South America. Coll. B. M.

This may prove to grade into the following species :—

2. Perigea conducta.

Perigea apameoides (part), Guenée, Noct., i., p. 229,

n. 367 (1852).

Caradrina conducta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 296,

n. 32 (1856).

Perigea centralis, Walker, l. c., xi., p. 734 (1857).

Celena serva. Walker, l. c., xv., p. 1689 (1858).

Hadena pauperata, Walker, l. c., p. 1727 (1858).

Perigea inexacta, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 2, p. 682 (1865).

P. canorufa, Walker, l. c., p. 6883 (1865).

P., illecta, Walker, l.c., p. 684 (1865).

Hadena leonina, Walker, 1. c., 3, p. 785 (1865).

HH. spargens, Walker, 1. c., p. 789 (1865).

HH. conducta, Walker, l. ¢., p. 740 (1865).

Asia, Africa, and Australasia. Coll. B. M.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuttes. 687

Guenée included both species under his P. apameoides ;

the description was evidently taken from an American

example. but he noted a specimen as belonging to the

East India Company, which he could not believe to be

Indian. The specimen in question still retains Guenée’s

label: it is a P. conducta from Java.

3. Perigea vecors.

Perigea vecors, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 280, n. 371 (1852).

Apamea remissa, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 729 (1857).

Mamestra denittens, Walker, l. c., xv., p. 1684 (1858).

North and South America. Coll. B. M.

Guenée’s type is a damaged headless specimen. This

species is also identical with P. luxa, Grote.

4. Perigea punctifera.

Celena punctifera, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 263, n. 8

(1856).

2, C. semifusca (as 3), Walker, l. c., xi., p. 732 (1857).

United States, St. Domingo, and Jamaica. Coll.

B. M.

5. Perigea concisa.

Laphygma concisa, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 191,

n. 10 (1856).

Perigea imbella, Walker, l.c., xv., p. 1692 (1858).

St. Domingo. Coll. B. M.

6. Perigea dolorosa.

Mamestra dolorosa, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 667

(1865).

Hadena taprobane, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep., 4,

pl. cx., fig. 3.

Ceylon and Figi. Coll. B. M.

Felder’s figure is much under-coloured: the primaries

are very black, and the external border of the secondaries

dark. The species approaches P. albomaculata, Moore,

being intermediate between it and P. conducta.

688 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

7. Perigea subornata.

Perigea subornata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 682

(1865).

Ochria niveopicta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878,

p. 485, n. 78.

Jamaica. Coll. B. M.

Walker’s type is a broken specimen without locality.

8. Perigea decens.

Perigea decens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 276, n. 23

(1856).

Celena prolifera, Walker, l.c., x1., p. 782 (1857).

Perigea punctosa, Walker, l.c., p. 734 (1857).

Apamea intermittens, Walker, l. c., xv., p. 1686 (1858).

St. Domingo. Coll. B. M.

9. Perigea albigera.

Perigea albigera, Guenee, Noct.,i., p. 228, n. 364

(1852).

Hadena abida, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep., 4, pl. cix.,

fic. 7.

Rio Janeiro. Coll. B. M.

10. Perigea tepens.

Celena tepens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 266, n. 17

(1856).

Perigea nigripalpis, Walker, l.c., p. 277, n. 25 (1856).

Venezuela. Coll. B. M.

11. Perigea mobilis.

Perigea mobilis, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 277, n. 24

(1856).

Celena inclinata, Walker, l. c., xi., p. 732 (1857).

Perigea subaurata, Walker, l.c., Suppl. 2, p. 681

(1865).

St. Domingo, Honduras, Brazil. Coll. B. M.

Perigea albinasus, Walker, is a rubbed example of

Agrotis ignobilis, Walk. ; Hadena albipalpis, Walk., is

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 689

the same species: these may therefore be added to the

synonymy of A. ignobilis.

P. niveirena is not a Perigea ; it would be better placed

in Homohadena.

Conpica, Walk.

This is only a distinctly marked group of Perigea.

1. Condica cupentia.

Noctua cupentia, Cramer, Pap. Exot., iii., pl. cclii.,

fig. B (1782).

Condica palpalis, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 240, n. 1

(1856).

N. America, St. Domingo, Jamaica. Coll. B. M.

Var. C. epopea.

Noctua epopea, Cramer, Pap. Exot., iii., pl. cclxxi..,

figs. ¢, H (1782).

“ Hadena”’ confederata, Grote, on label (see Check

List, p. 28, n. 478).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Var. C. infelix.

Perigea infelix, Guenee, Noct., i., p. 229, n. 368 (1852).

- N. America and Callao. Coll. B. M.

Of the above three fairly well-defined forms of a very

variable species, C. cupentia has the primaries silvery

whitish, with dark brown markings; C. epopea has the

silvery colouring stained with orange ferruginous, and

C. infelix has the primaries suffused with brown.

Amyna, Guenée.

1. Amyna selenampha.

Amyna selenampha, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 406, n. 378

(1852).

Var. Alamis spoliata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 1050

nel (1857).

Hadena latipennis, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 3, p. 738

(1865).

Asia, Africa, and Australasia. Coll. B. M.

The variety twice named by Walker belongs to the

690 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

form without a white stigma: an example of the same

form from Java was labelled by Guenée with a MS.

name, but he evidently came to the conclusion afterwards

that it was no more than a variety, and therefore

refrained from publishing it.

Inattia, Walk.

Amyna (part), Guenée.

Stridova, Walker.

Chytoryza, Grote.

1. Llattia octo.

Perigea octo, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 238, n. 877 (1852).

Poaphila stricta, Walker, Lep. Het., xiv., p. 1476, n. 21

(1857).

Ilattia cephusalis, Walker, l.c., xvi., p. 209 (1858).

Amyna undulifascia, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 4, vol. xvi., p. 403 (1875).

Tlattia apicalis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep., Atk., i,

p. 112 (1882).

Perigea supplex, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1885,

p. 452.

Var. axis.

Amyna axis, Gueneée, Noct., 1., p. 407, n. 378, b (1852).

Celena flavigutta, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1688

(1858).

C.? perfundens, Walker, l. c., p. 1691 (1858).

Miana inornata, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 2, p. 677 (1865).

Erastria stigmatula, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent., 15th

Jahrg., p. 55, n. 44, pl. 4, fig. 14 (1872).

Stridova albigutta, Walker, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe.

Glasgow, 1., p. 85, n. 41 (1878).

Amyna stellata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5,

vol. 1., p. 162 (1878).

Chytoryza tecta, Grote (see Check List, p. 33, n. 811).

Asia, Africa, America, and Australasia. Coll. B. M.

It is quite impossible, with so large a series as we

possess, to separate any of the numerous synonyms

associated above ; many of the descriptions were based

upon single examples from widely distant localities ;

Guenée described his species from specimens received

from Tahiti; we have examples from the Ellice, Gilbert

and Marquesas Islands, the New Hebrides, Tonga, Fiji,

synonymy of the genera of Noctuittes. 691

and Rockhampton, answering to both his descriptions :

they are, as a rule, a little smaller than the majority of

Indian examples, but one specimen from the New

Hebrides is as large as the largest Indian specimens

representing J. apicalis. Perigea supplez is like examples

from Marquesas. Grote’s Chytoryza agrees exactly with

Solomon Island specimens.

Tt is quite possible that I. cupreipennis may be only a

form of J. octo, but the figures of this and I. cervina are

so unsatisfactory that they hinder rather than assist the

identification of the species; figures of closely allied

species with complicated markings need to be extremely

carefully executed to be of the slightest use.

Mr. Tutt has called attention to an error in my previous

paper, probably due to my being interrupted by some

visitor whilst in the act of copying the synonymy from

my rough notes. Agrotis saucia is not a synonym of A.

ypsilon: therefore, the name “ ypsilon’’ should be erased

from the page and A. saucia substituted. As is well

known, A. suffusa is the synonym of A. ypsilon: the

error was purely a lapsus calami, as it did not extend to

the arranged collection. In the other supposed mistakes,

it is Mr. Tutt who is in error.

7 ' , r rf wre

$ VIVE EEE vg

) pas i] i i “flan

(Os) fecee. oom

1 o ‘

Taae

7 e

é ,

‘

. '

Sehr

, a Cee

= : *

% ‘

‘

f £

ert :

: ' ¢ yey

heed alee (ued

bev ei Af

i ie

THE

PROCEEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For tHE YeEaR 1890.

SS Oe

February 5, 1890.

The Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsinenam, M.A., F.R.S., President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Nomination of Vice- Presidents.

The President announced that he had nominated Mr.

Joseph W. Dunning, M.A., F.L.S., Mr. Henry J. Elwes,

F.L.S., and Mr. Frederick DuCane Godman, M.A., F.RB.8.,

Vice-Presidents for the Session 1890—1891.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. B. A. Bristowe, of Champion Hill, §.H.; Mr. J. BE.

Eastwood, of Witley, Surrey; Mr. Albert B. Farn, of Stone,

Greenhithe, Kent; and Mr. O. Goldthwaite, of Leyton,

Essex, were elected Fellows.

PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND., I., 1890. B

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. F. D. Godman exhibited a specimen of Papilio thoas, from

Alamos, in the state of Gonora, Mexico, showing an aberra-

tion in the left hind wing. He pointed out that the subcostal

nervure bifurcated a little beyond the cell, thus sending an

extra branch to the outer margin. The effect upon the

coloration was as follows :—the transverse discal band on the

upper surface showed seven instead of six ochreous spots, and

there was an extra lunule on the outer margin. On the under

side the extra spots were also shown; in addition to this there

was another glaucous lunule in the dark discal band. The

right side of the insect appeared to be perfectly normal.

Mr. Roland Trimen observed that butterflies of the genus

Papilio were seldom liable to variation.

Mr. Charles G. Barrett exhibited a series of specimens of

Phycis subornatella, Dup., from Pembroke, the east and west

of Ireland, the Isle of Man, and Perthshire; and a series of

Phycis adornatella, Tr., from Box Hill, Folkestone, Norfolk,

and Reading; also a number of forms intermediate between

the above, taken in the Isle of Portland by Mr. N. M.

Richardson. He said that these forms proved the identity of

the two supposed species, which he believed were both

referable to P. dilutella, Hb. He also exhibited specimens of

Hesperia lineola, and a pale variety of it taken in Cambridge-

shire by Mr. H. W. Vivian; specimens of Hpischnia bankes-

tella, a recently-described species, taken by Mr. N. M.

Richardson in Portland; and a specimen of Retinia mar-

garotana, H.-§., a species new to Britain, discovered in Mr.

Hodgkinson’s collection amongst a number of Retinia pini-

vorana which had been collected in Scotland.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher showed a series of Gelechia fuma-

tella from sandhills in Hayling Island and near Little-

hampton, and, for comparison, a series of G@. distinctella, from

the same places. He also showed a few bred specimens of @.

terrella, and a series of preserved larve. He stated that on

the downs the larve live in the middle of the tufts of such

grasses as Festuca ovina and allied species, and that on sand-

hills, where herbage is more sparse, they make silken galleries

¢ i *)

under stones, and gally forth to eat blades of grass growing

near their homes.

Papers &c., read.

Mr. H. Goss read a communication from Dr. Clemow, of

Cronstadt, St. Petersburg, on the subject of the coincidence

of vast flights and blights of insects during the years 1510,

1757, 1768, 1782, 1788, 1886 and 1847, and the epidemic of

influenza. During the year 1889 no unusual activity in the

insect world had been recorded.

Mr. H. T. Stainton and Mr. M‘Lachlan made some

remarks on the subject, the purport of which was that there

was no connection between epidemics and the occurrence

of swarms of insects; and this appeared to be the opinion

of the meeting.

Mr. G. A. J. Rothney communicated the following ‘‘ Notes

on Flowers avoided by Bees.” :—

‘‘With reference to Mr. J. W. Slater’s note, read at the

meeting of the Society on April 2nd, 1879, on certain flowers

being avoided by bees, and mentioning particularly the

dahlia, passion-flower and oleander, I described in a letter

read at the meeting on April 7th, 1880, how exceptionally

attractive I had found the dahlias, which grow so luxuriantly

on the Mussoorie Hills (India), to bees, wasps, and indeed

Hymenoptera generally. From 1880 to 1886 I made a

practice of watching the blossoms of the passion-flower and

oleander, and as both these plants grew strongly in my own

compound in Barrackpore (Bengal), I had ample oppor-

tunity for making the following observations, which in a

ereat measure agree with Mr. Slater’s note—

Passion-flower.—This is a great favourite with various

species of Xylocopa, and numbers of these handsome bees

can generally be seen booming from flower to flower, with

their strong heavy flight and deep hum. I have taken Xylo-

copa latipes, tenuiscapa, fenestrata, auripennis, and the female

of astuans (the male of estuans I have only taken circling

round and round the tops of the China-box, or high up in the

foliage of the Peepul-tree, but never resting for a second). I

Cm)

have never seen any other bees visiting the passion-flower,

so that it would seem that only a powerful insect like Xylocopa

can appreciate its sweets.

Oleander. — With one solitary exception I have never seen

any insect of any kind visiting the flowers of this shrub;

while other plants in the compound would be gay with

butterflies, bees, and insect-life generally, the fine clusters of

the oleander always remained entirely neglected. The one

exception occurred on July 13th, 1883, when I noticed a

large black Xylocopa settle on a cluster of white flowers,

remain for a few seconds, and then fly away.”

Mr. Slater, Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Trimen, Lord Walsingham,

and Mr. M‘Lachlan took part in the discussion which ensued.

Dr. D. Sharp read a paper entitled ‘‘On the structure of

the Terminal Segment in some male Hemiptera.”’

Colonel Swinhoe read a paper entitled ‘‘On the Moths

of Burma,” which contained descriptions of several new

genera and 107 new species.

Dr. F. A. Dixey read a paper entitled ‘‘On the Phylo-

genetic Significance of the wing-markings in certain genera

of the Nymphalide.” The author said he believed that the

various markings of members of the genera Vanessa, Pyra-

meis, Grapta, Araschnia, &c., were modifications of a single

type, seen in its simplest form in the genus Argynnis, where

it consists essentially of four series of dark spots on a light

ground colour, running more or less parallel to the hind

border of both pairs of wings. The passage of the gene-

ralised Argynnid type of marking to the specialised condition

which obtains in the highly ornamental Vanessids is illus-

trated by several forms, and especially by the female of A.

niphe, where the survival of what is probably the ancestral

dark ground colour in some places, and the picking out of

certain areas in pure white in others, produces a resemblance

to Pyrameis which affects not only the general aspect, but

extends even to several small details; and this although the

characteristic Argynnid markings still preserve their relative

size and position. ‘The oldest Argynnid pattern now extant

is probably that exhibited by the female of A. diana, in

which the characteristic series of spots have scarcely yet

(Vg)

fully emerged from the general dark-blue colour of the wing.

The tendency towards a deeper coloration, shown by many

female Argynnids, appears to be due to the retention of an

old, and not to the acquisition of a new, feature. The

successive modifications undergone by the dark spots and the

intervening patches of ground-colour, were traced in detail

by the help of diagrams, which also exhibited a system of

letters and numbers devised by Dr. Dixey for the ready

identification of the markings.

Lord Walsingham said that the lucid manner in which

Dr. Dixey had defined the series and groups of markings and

the direction in which modifications are found to occur must

be of great use in separating true species from mere local

varieties ; and that it might be worthy of notice as corrobo-

rative evidence that the darker forms are probably the more

ancestral and therefore the more glacial, that Vanessa hyber-

nates with folded wings, catching the first rays of warmth on

its dark under side, whereas the modified Argynnis does not

withstand the winter. Lord Walsingham also complimented

Dr. Dixey on his excellent drawings and diagrams.

Mr. Jenner Weir observed that Dr. Dixey’s philosophical

paper had given him the greatest pleasure, and he was very

glad to find that the author attached so much importance to

the nearly obsolete markings of some ci the species dealt

with as illustrating their phylogeny, such as the minute blue

spot below the ocellus in the under wing of Vanessa io, and

the small white spot in the red band of the upper wing, in the

female only, of Pyrameis atalanta; and he observed that Mr.

Scudder, in his late work on ‘ The Butterflies of the Kastern

United States,’ had not mentioned this mark in his very

carefully worded descriptions, and that he had written to

him on the subject, to which he replied that he had never

observed it in New England specimens. Mr. Weir further

said that he thought that the markings on the wings of

Apatura iris had a different phylogenetic origin to those of

the Argynnidi and Vanessidi; and he also stated that Dr.

Dixey’s paper threw considerable light on the mode in which

the female of Acidalia niphe had become a mimic of Limnas

chrysippus.

(Svat)

Mr. H. J. Elwes said that he had listened with much

interest to Dr. Dixey’s paper, because he had recently been

engaged on a review of the genus Argynnis, which had been

largely referred to; and as he had been able to find no good

characters by which that large genus could be divided, he

should have been glad to make use of anything suggested by

Dr. Dixey. But as the species to which he had mainly

referred were species which he looked upon as aberrant in the

genus, as regards their coloration and distribution, he did not

see his way to utilise those observations at present. He

thought that the exact definition of the areas in the wings in

which a certain type of markings were found in any group

of Lepidoptera, as had been done by Dr. Dixey, would be of

importance in studying their affinities, because in genera in

which the same sort of markings or ocelli were common to

many species, the position of those markings or ocelli was

of much more importance for purposes of specific distinction

than their degree of size or colour. In Parnassius, and in

many genera of Satyride, the number and size of the ocelli

was very variable, whereas their position was almost invari-

able, and in other genera in which bands or stripes were the

prevalent type of markings, the length, breadth, and distinct-

ness of the bands was much more variable than their position

and direction. He thought, however, that in attempting to

follow out such a line of investigation as had been pursued by

Dr. Dixey, we ran the risk of becoming lost in a maze of un-

profitable speculation upon points about which we could at

present come to no certain conclusion; and though he

recognised to the fullest extent the value of such investiga-

tions, when pursued by those whose previous stores of know-

ledge and industry of research fitted them for the difficulties

which they would encounter at every turn, yet he believed

that only one man, perhaps, in a million was gifted with the

mental abilities which would enable him to use that Inowledge

in the way in which Darwin had done. And he thought that

the want of accurate and complete observation and definition

of genera and species, in this branch of entomology, was

still so great that most of us would do more useful work by

trying to increase that knowledge for the benefit of future

(Gi:xil 4)

Darwins, rather than by trying to explain facts which, in the

absence of such knowledge, seemed to him inexplicable,

March 5, 1890.

Henry J. Exwes, Hsq., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vice-President, in

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. G. H. Kenrick, of Whetstone, Somerset Road, Edg-

baston, Birmingham; and the Rt. Hon. Lord Rendlesham,

of Rendlesham Hall, Woodbridge, Suffolk, were elected

Fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a number of specimens of

Dianthecia carpophaga, Bork., bred by Mr. W. F. H. Bland-

ford from larve collected near Tenby, Pembrokeshire, on

flowers of Silene maritima. He remarked that the series

included a number of forms intermediate between D. carpo-

phaga and D. capsophila, and established the fact that the

latter is only a local variety of the former.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher, Mr. Blandford, Mr. M‘Lachlan,

and the chairman took part in a discussion as to the identity

of the supposed species.

Mr. Barrett further exhibited a specimen of Dianthecia

luteago var. Barrettit, Db., also bred by Mr. Blandford from

a larva found at Tenby, and he remarked that Barrettii

had not previously been taken in England; also along series

of forms intermediate between Catoptria scopoliana, Hw., and

its small variety parvulana Wilk., collected by Mr. E. Bankes,

Mr. Fletcher, Mr. Vine, and others, in Sussex, the Isle of

Wight, and Pembrokeshire ; also a specimen of Botys mutu-

alis, Zell.,—a species widely distributed in Asia and Africa,——

taken by Mr. C. 8. Gregson near Bolton, Lancashire.

( yi?)

Mr. A. F. Griffith exhibited two specimens of Myelois

pryerella, male and female, taken in the London Docks in

the autumn of 1888; also a series of M. ceratonie, kindly

lent by Mr. B. A. Bower for comparison, shewing the former

species to be not only much paler and without the discoidal

spots on the fore wing, but also much shorter and broader in

the fore wing. He also exhibited two Penthina grevillana taken

in Sutherlandshire, with a row of P. prelongana from the

same locality, and also a row of P. sauciana var. Staintoniana

kindly lent by Mr. Bower for comparison; the grevillana

appearing to be intermediate between the other two species,

approximating to prelongana in the shape of the wings, and to

sauctana in the markings. He said that he had not met with

the latter species in Sutherland. Mr. Griffith further ex-

hibited a row of a species of Peronea bred from larve taken

by himself on Myrica gale and bilberry in Sutherland, in

1889, approximating to comparana, perplewana and comariana ;

six specimens of Symmoca signatella taken in the London

Docks among cork (both the genus and the species having

now been for the first time detected in Britain); three

specimens of a species of Hphestia apparently allied to /icella

and kiihniella, taken by the exhibitor in the London Docks

in 1888, and apparently new to Britain; also a nondescript

specimen taken at Tan y Grisiau in North Wales, in August,

1886, at rest on a slate fence. He pointed out that the

specimen was a female, partaking of the appearance of a Chilo,

and said that Mr. W. Warren had promised to examine it.

Mr. Griffith also exhibited three specimens of the form of

Exapate found among fir and named duratella, together with

a pair of ordinary gelatella bred from larve taken on M. gale,

in Sutherland. He remarked that though these latter are

darker than our southern forms, the specimens from fir are of

a very distinctly unicolorous appearance, and dusky brownish,

instead of warm grey. The three specimens exhibited were

taken in a fir-wood near Aberdeen, by Mr. A. Horne, in Novem-

ber, 1884. He further exhibited one specimen of Incurvaria

tenuicornis and tour Nemophora pilella, taken in Sutherland,

and the three original specimens of Ornia fagivora, bred from

larve found near Cambridge; also specimens (two from

( = )

Sutherland, and five from Abbots Wood, Sussex), of a form

apparently allied to, but distinct from, Tinea rusticella, with

specimens of the latter from Sutherland and Brighton for

comparison. He observed that in this form the fore wings

are shorter and broader, the black more intense and shining,

and the yellow very brilliant ; and that there is a large clear

yellow patch beyond the middle of the hind margin of the fore

wings which is wanting in rusticella. He also exhibited two

specimens of a pretty unicolorous variety of Hypermecia

angustana, taken at Horning in 1888.

Mr. H. Goss exhibited several abnormal specimens of Che-

lonia caja, bred last December, from eggs given him in August

by Mr. Sydney Webb, of Dover. The object of the exhibition

was to show the effects produced by forcing the larve, and

subjecting them to unusual conditions. It was stated that

the peculiarity of the colour of the hind wings of the female

parent had not been transmitted to any of the offspring.

Mr. Blandford referred to two specimens of a species of

Cardiophorus, from Tenby, which he had exhibited at the

August meeting of the Society as Cardiophorus cinereus, and

stated that subsequent investigation had led him to hand

them to Mr. Champion for determination. Mr. Champion

was of opinion that they did not belong to the same species ;

that one of them was Cardiophorus asellus, EKr., and the other,

probably, C. equiseti, Hbst., a species new to this country.

Papers read.

Mr. C. J. Gahan read a paper entitled ‘‘ New Longicornia

from Africa and Madagascar.”’

Mr. Elwes read a paper entitled “‘On a new species of

Thymara and other species allied to Himantopterus fuscinervis,

Wesmael.”’

Dr. Sharp read a paper entitled ‘‘On some Aquatic

Coleoptera from Ceylon.”

Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., communicated a paper entitled

‘Notes on the Lepidoptera from the Region of the Straits of

Gibraltar.”

Mr. F. Merrifield, Mr. B. G. Nevinson, Mr. Elwes, and -

Mr. G. Lewis took part in the discussion which ensued.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 1., 1890. Cc

April 2, 1890.

Freperick DuCanze Gopman, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-

President, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. George Bryant, of 6, Oakley Crescent, Chelsea, S.W. ;

Mr. A. E. Hall, of Norbury, Pitts Moor, Sheffield; Mr. J. J.

F, X. King, of 207, Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow; Mr. H. C.

Oakshott, of De Beauvoir House, Falmouth; Mr. A. E.

Stearns, of the Lodge, Upper Halliford, Walton-on-Thames ;

and Mr. George Vigers, of Hersham, Surrey, were elected

Fellows.

Death of a Fellow.

Mr. Godman announced the death of Mr. Joseph 8. Baly,

of Warwick, who had been a member of the Society since

1850.

Exhibitions, dc.

Dr. Sharp exhibited a female specimen of a coleopterous

insect, Temnochila quadricollis, Reitt., which was the subject

of a very unusual malformation. Dr. Sharp said that the

malformation was of the nature termed “ectromélie”’ by

Lacordaire ; this form of malformation, viz., by deficiency

of some part, is rare, but occurs occasionally in parts of

the extremities. In the specimen exhibited by Dr. Sharp,

the part wanting was the prosternum between and behind

the middle cox. With this exception the structure of the

individual appeared to be normal, and even the malformation

was symmetrical.

Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited three specimens of Elater

pomone, taken about the middle of March last, at Brocken-

hurst, in the New Forest.

Colonel Swinhoe exhibited and read notes on certain

species of the genus Huthalia.

Mr. T. R. Billups exhibited male and female specimens of

Cecidomyia salicis-siliqua, Walsh, which had just emerged from

( oP)

galls received from Mr. Cockerell, who had collected them on

a species of sallow in Colorado. He also exhibited three

species of Ichneumonide new to Britain, viz., Ichneumon

Haglundi, Holmg, bred by Messrs. Adkin and Barker from

Arctia fuliginosa; Phygadeuon rufo-niger, Bridg., taken at

Ashdown Forest in November, 1885 ; and Phygadeuon sodalis,

Tasch., taken at Dulwich in June, 1889. He said that two of

these species had been described by Mr. Bridgman, in Part IV.

of the ‘ Transactions of the Entomological Society’ for 1889.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited specimens of Bryotropha

obscurella, Hein., received from Darlington, and the neigh-

bourhood of Windermere. He also exhibited specimens of

Doryphora elongella, Hein., from Pembroke, and remarked

that both species were new to the British list.

Papers, d&c., read.

Colonel Swinhoe read the following ‘‘ Notes on certain

species of the genus Huthalia”’ :—‘‘ In 1859 Mr. Moore de-

scribed a female of the genus Huthalia as Adolias sedeva in

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 68, pl. 4, f. 3; and in 1865 he

described a male Huthalia as Adolias balarama in P. Z. §%.,

1865, p. 766, pl. 41, f. 8. Mr. de Niceville, in his ‘ Butter-

flies of India,’ vol. 1. p. 207, puts FH. sedeva as a female

variety of EL. appiades of Ménétrie’s ; in p. 208 he enters F.

balarama as a separate species doubtfully, and remarks as

follows :—‘ The female of EH. balarama, should it ever be dis-

covered, is almost certain to have the outer discal band on

both wings straight. My knowledge of E. balarama is con-

fined to what has been published regarding it, but I have a

suspicion that it is a “sport” only of EH. appiades. Mr.

Moore believes E. balarama to be a good species of which his

E. sedeva is the female, but I cannot agree with him; F.

sedeva is inseparable from the normal form of EF. appiades

female, in which the white spots are obsolete.’

About two years ago the Indian Museum, Calcutta, gave

me a quantity of old duplicates in paper envelopes, collected

in several localities, and only quite recently have I been

able to get the opportunity of having them relaxed and

pinned out. Though most of them are old and worn, and

taxi

many of them mite-eaten, yet being from good localities I de-

termined to go through them all, and the result has well paid

me for the trouble. Amongst the duplicates from Buxar I

found a number of butterflies of the genus Huthalia, which

looked when in the envelopes like males and females of F.

appiades, &@ common insect in Buxar, but as they did not

correspond with the Buxar specimens in my collection I had

them all set up, and find I have a nice series of H. balarama

male and F. sedeva female. I have brought for exhibition to

this meeting six of the males and three females (the others I

have given to Mr. Moore); also seven males and six females.

of H. appiades (two males and one female from Buxar, and

the rest from Sikkim). I have also made rough enlarged

drawings of both species. I think, after examining these

specimens, no one can for a moment doubt that H. sedeva and

FE. balarava are sexes of one and the same species, and that

though closely allied to, it is quite distinct from FL’. appiades.

Above the specimens of H. balarama from Buxar I have

placed a broken specimen of that species, received from Mr.

Moore, labelled ‘ Silhet.’ This is a co-type, and it will be

seen that all the Buxar specimens are identical with it. The

type of HF. sedeva is a unique specimen in Mr. Moore’s

collection: it is very well represented in his plate, and my

Specimens are identical with it. The chief character in

E. sedeva is the large white subapical patch on the fore wings,

on the borders of which the double discal band expands, after

being very much contracted around a small white spot in the

lower radial interspace; this character is constant in all the

male examples of E. balarama, and although the patch is not

white it is there, and can be distinctly seen both on the upper

and under sides, whereas in F. appiades the outer band is

straight and the inner one only slightly bent in the lower

radial interspaces; there are also differences in coloration

below, but they are not of so much consequence.”

Dr. Thallwitz, of Dresden, communicated the following

«« Notes on some species of the genus Hilipus ” :—‘‘ Mr. Pascoe

described, at p. 577 et sq. of the ‘Transactions’ of the Ent.

Soc. London, 1889, a series of new species of the genus Hilipus,

from South America, and some among them appear to be

(* ai =)

identical with species described by Th. Kirsch, in a paper on

South American beetles, which was ready for printing at the

time of his sudden death in July, 1889, and which has since

been printed under my supervision, during the last months of

the past year, as the 4th memoir of the ‘ Abhandlungen und

Bericht Konig]. Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethno-

graphischen Museums zu Dresden, 1888-89.’ It has not yet

been published, as 4 coloured plates, with figures of about 100

new species, are still in the hands of the artist; but it will

be issued in about a fortnight. I beg to notice here that

Th. Kirsch described and figured as Hilipus anchoralis (pl. 11.

fig. 55), a species which evidently is identical with H.

Jimbriatus, Pascoe (pl. xvii. fig. 1) which latter name will, of

course, stand. Closely related, but not identical, appear to

be Hilipus inca, Wirsch., and H. angusticollis, Pascoe. No

doubt very nearly allied to one another are Hilipus scutellatus,

Kirsch., and H. phrynodes, Pascoe.”

Mr. E. Meyrick read a paper entitled “‘The Classification

of the Pyralidina of the European: Fauna.” Mr. W.F. Kirby,

Mr. M‘Lachlan, Mr. Stainton, Mr. Elwes, and Mr. Barrett,

took part in the discussion which ensued.

Prof. Westwood contributed a paper entitled ‘Notes on

certain species of Cetoniide of the Section Goliathides.”

Mynheer P. C. T. Snellen, of Rotterdam, communicated a

paper entitled ‘‘ A Catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim, col-

lected by H. J. Elwes, and the late Otto Moller,” and Mr.

Elwes read some “‘ supplementary notes’ on the last-named

paper by way of an appendix. A discussion followed, in which

Mr. Distant, Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. M‘Lachlan, and Mr. M.

Jacoby took part.

May 7, 1890.

Henry J. Exwes, Esq., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Vice President, in

the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective Donors.

PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND., I., 1890. D

( zw )

Election of Fellows.

Mr. W. G. Blatch, of 214, Green Lane, Small Heath,

Birmingham; Mr. F. J. S. Chatterton, of 182, Queen Victoria

Street, E.C.; Mr. Charles Fenn, of Burnt Ash Hill, Lee,

S.E.; and Mr. George B. Routledge, of 50, Russell Square,

W.C., were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited specimens of a beetle of the family

Bruchide (Caryoborus lacerde), and the nuts resembling small

cocoa-nuts from which they had been reared, and stated that

three of these nuts had been sent him from Bahia, by the late

Senor Lacerda, about six years ago, and one of the beetles

had in part effected its exit from the nut during the voyage ;

a second beetle had recently emerged after the nuts had been

in this country for five years; the exact date of appearance

had not been noticed, but Dr. Sharp had little doubt it was

during the warm weather of 1889. The example in the third

nut had been interfered with when received, but had under-

gone its metamorphosis and had died within its nut. Dr.

Sharp added that the facts left little doubt that tbe means of

exit for the perfect insect were provided by the larva boring

a hole through the very hard nutshell, which hole was not,

however, visible externally, as it was not carried quite to the

surface, but left the outer skin intact. Dr. Sharp also

exhibited several specimens of Diptera collected by Mr.

Herbert Smith in St. Vincent, and read a letter from him to

Mr. Godman on the subject of the vast number of species of

this order which he had recently collected in that island.

Mr. M‘Lachlan, Dr. Mason, Mr. Waterhouse, and Mr. Elwes

took part in the discussion which ensued.

Mr. R. T. Lewis, F.R.M.S., on behalf of Mr. W. M. Maskell,

of Wellington, New Zealand, exhibited a collection of Coccide

from that Colony, in explanation of which the following

extracts were read, from a letter addressed by Mr. Maskell

to Mr. Lewis, and dated ‘‘ Wellington, New Zealand, Feb-

ruary 16th, 1890 :—

‘‘T am going to ask that, if not giving too much trouble,

( ay 3

you or Mr. Douglas would some evening exhibit these insects

on my behalf at the Entomological Society. I believe

searcely anybody in England has seen our New Zealand

Coccids; and although this lot is not a complete set, it

contains some very representative, and some very curious,

species. I regret very much that I cannot bring home my

whole cabinet.

“ These now sent comprise 25 species of Coccids, 2 Psyllids,

and 8 Aleurodids, forming a fairly representative lot of some

of our most curious Homoptera.

‘The following, amongst them, are described and figured

in my book, ‘On the Scale Insects of New Zealand’

(Wellington, 1887) :—Poliaspis media, Ctenochiton depressus,

C. flavus, C. viridis, Fiorina astelia, Inglisia patella, I. lepto-

spermi, Eriochiton spinosus, Eriococcus pallidus, Dactylopius

poe, and. Celestoma zealandicum. Monophlebus Crawfordi is

described in the ‘ Transactions of the Royal Society of South

Australia,’ 1887-8.

“The following appear in my papers of this year, which

are now in the printers’ hands :—Solenophora fagi (gen. nov.),

S. corokia, Gassyparia cavelli, Iihizococcus pulchellus, I. totare,

Dactylopius obtectus, D, aurilanatus, Trioza panacis, Aleurodes

Sagi, A. asplenti, and Eriococcus Raithbyi.

“The following will be described in a paper to be read in

our session of 1890:—Friococcus danthonia, Inglisia fayi,

Leachia zealandica, Lecanochiton minor, Calostoma pilosum,

Psylla mimosa, and Aleurodes drimydis.

“‘T believe you will find all these insects both new and

curious.

‘Please note that Inglisia patella is very loosely attached

to its leaf. Ehizococcus pulchellus loses almost all its beauty

when dead, but in life it is an extremely beautiful object,—

bright green, with silvery spikes. Ctenochiton viridis also

loses its colours; perhaps one or two specimens may keep

their vivid green until they reach you, but I fear not.

Calostoma pilosum is alive, and may reach you alive. Note,

also, how closely, to the naked eye or with a weak lens,

Leécanochiton minor seems to resemble Aleurodes fagi.

‘“* Leachia is a genus hitherto new to New Zealand; had I

( xy" )

seen only the female, I should probably have taken it for

Monophlebus ; but the male has sixteen simple eyes in a ring,

and the characteristic antenne of Leachia, also no tassels on

the abdomen. I think you will consider this male as a fine

insect; unfortunately, I can only send one.

“« Gossyparia is also new to this country. I hesitated long

before I fixed the genus, but it has very frequently only a

cushion of cotton with the dorsum exposed. I believe

Gossyparia ought to be united with Hriococcus.

“ Dactylopius obtectus is most peculiar, as it shelters itself

under the little red scale of a bud of the plant. It can only

be detected at sight by the little extruded cotton at the edges

of this bud-seale. I know of no other Dactylopid which does

this.

«¢ Selenophora is a new genus, very peculiar from the ‘ spout’

of the test. The male is in a narrow felted sac, like that of

Eriococcus. What may be the use of this spout? Scarcely

sexual; at least neither Ctenochiton, Inglisia, nor any Diaspid

has any such apparatus.”’

Mr. Lewis also exhibited some specimens of the larve and

imagos, both male and female, of Jcerya Purchasi (Maskell),

obtained from Natal, where it had proved very destructive to

orange, lemon, and many other fruit trees. Specimens were

also shown of the larva of an allied species from Natal, and

originally assigned by Mr. Douglas to the genus Ortonia, but

which Mr. Maskell is inclined to regard as a new species of

Icerya. The male of this insect has not yet been found.

Mr. M‘Lachlan and Mr. Elwes commented on the inte-

resting nature of the exhibition, and the importance of a

knowledge of the parasites of injurious insects, in connection

with which special mention was made of the researches and

discoveries of Prof. Riley.

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, on behalf of Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell,

of Colorado, a large collection of insect-galls, and read the

following letter from Mr. Cockerell on the subject :—

“West Cliff, Custer Co., Colorado, March 21, 1890.

‘‘ Dear Sir,—I have been so much interested in the rearing

of gall-insects myself, that I venture to send you by this mail

(| X¥ily )

a box of galls, all collected in this vicinity, from which the

perfect insects will emerge in April or May. Will you kindly

distribute these galls, at the next meeting of the Entomological

Society, to those who are sufficiently interested to rear the

insects? With the galls, I send also a batch of eggs of

Clisiocampa californica, Pack. Some lepidopterist may like to

rear the larve, which may be fed on willow or Ribes awreum.

The galls sent are as follows :—

roughish gall. (2) A. ignota, Osten-Sacken, smaller round

smooth gall. (8) R. bicolor, Harris, round prickly gall.

(4) Lt. fusiformans, Cockerell, oblong or irregular galls.

(5) R. rosefolie, Cockerell, flattish leaf-galls on withered

leaves. (6) LF. globosus, Cockerell, round smooth leaf-galls.

“B. On Wittow.—(7) Cecidomyia salicis-siliqua, Walsh,

fusiform red galls. (8) C. salicis-strobiloides, Osten-Sacken,

bud-galls. (9) Hormomyia salicum, n.sp.?, reddish leaf-gall.

(10) Huura salicis-ovum, Walsh, lateral oval galls, on twigs.

“C. On Composirm.—(11) Trypeta bigelovie, Cockerell,

woolly white galls, on Bigdonia graveolens. (12) Sp. ?, woolly

galls. (13) N. sp. ?, galls at junction of branches and

stems.

“From the above galls may be reared, besides the gall-

makers, the following parasites and inquilines :—From

Lhodites ignota :—Periclistus pirata, Osten-Sacken ; Murytoma

diastrophi, Walsh ; Habrocytus obscuripes, Ashmead; &. From

Ti. bicolor :—Torymus magnificus, Osten-Sacken; Hurytoma

diastrophi, Walsh; Tetrastichus rose, Ashmead; &c. From

ft. fusiformans :—Periclistus fusi, Ckll. MS. ; Torymus chryso-

chlora, Osten-Sacken; Hurytoma diastrophi, Walsh; &c.

From R. bicolor :—Habrocytus obscuripes, Ashmead. From

R. ignota:—H. rose, Ashmead. From R. fusiformans ;—

H.vros@, Ashmead. From Cecidomyia salicis-siliqua :-—-Nematus

concolor, Norton. From T'rypeta bigelovie :-—Cecidomyia bige-

lovie, Cockerell; Torymus sp.; &c. And many others from

several of the galls, not yet specifically identified. Thus

C. salicis-strobiloides galls produce three distinct Cecids, as

well as many Chalcids.--Yours truly, T. D. A. Cockrreu.

‘“« The Secretary, Entomological Society of London.”

(\ xvii ))

Dr. Mason said he should be happy to take charge of these

galls, with a view of rearing the insects and reporting the

results.

Mr. Goss read the following letter from the Vicar of

Arundel :——

: “The Vicarage, Arundel, May 5, 1890.

‘‘Sir,—The roof of the parish church of Arundel is very

seriously affected by insects. It is a heavy oak timber roof,

covered with lead, and some of the large old tie-beams

(S80 feet in length and 2 feet thick) are eaten to a very serious

extent. Ido not know whether your Society would be inte-

rested enough in the matter to investigate it. Maggots are

found in hundreds in the wood, and at this time of the year

a dull kind of brown beetle falls into the church, and they

seem to be nibbling at the seats; at the same time a beetle,

of a much more active kind, bright blue, makes its appear-

ance. Is this a parasite, or a further development? We are

entirely in the dark; and Mr. J. O. Scott, whom we consulted,

does not know of any similar case. As the cost of tampering

with the roof would be enormous, the vicar and church-

wardens would be pleased to obtain information on the

matter, and your Society would be doing a good turn in

saving an historic church from destruction. If anyone would

come down to see, I would be pleased to give them hospitality,

or I would send up a box containing insects, &c.—I remain,

yours faithfully, Rosert FisHer.

“The Secretary, Entomological Society of London.”

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse said he had already been consulted

on the question some twelve months ago. The brown beetles

referred to in Mr. Fisher’s letter were Anobium tessellatum, F.

(Xestobium rufovillosum, Deg., of some catalogues), and the blue

one was Corynetes rufipes,* Deg. A small piece of one of the oak-

beams from the roof of the church, reduced to a honey-comb

condition, was exhibited in the Insect Gallery at the Natural |

History Museum. He had advised that the beams should be

* Before sending this sheet to press, I received a number of

specimens from Mr. Fisher; these were all Corynetes ceruleus, Deg.—

W. W. Fowurr, Hon. Sec.

( “aE )

soaked with kerosene oil. The destructive character of the

Anobium is well known, and Mr. Spence contributed some

notes on the injury caused by it in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this

Society for May, 1836, p. xi. There is little doubt that the

Corynetes is parasitic upon the Anobiwn, but this requires

confirmation. Dr. Sharp, Mr. M‘Lachlan, Dr. Mason, and

the Chairman made some remarks on the subject.

Paper read.

Mr. H. W. Bates communicated a paper entitled ‘On new

Species of Cicindelide.”

June 4, 1890.

The Right. Hon. Lorp Watustnenam, M.A., F.R.S., Presi-

dent, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. George William Carter, M.A., F.L.8., of Lime Grove,

Knottingley, Yorkshire; and Mr. R. Newstead, of The

Museum, Chester, were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

The Rev. Canon Fowler exhibited, on behalf of Mr. J.

Edwards, of Norwich, two specimens of Jlybius subeneus, Kr.,

and a single specimen of Didessus unistriatus, Schr. Mr.

Champion alluded to the fact that the only recorded British

specimen of the first-mentioned beetle had been taken many

years ago at Peckham. ‘The species is very closely allied to

I. fenestratus, F., but the posterior tarsi of the male have the

joints externally margined at their lower edge, whereas in the

male of the last-mentioned species they are not margined ;

this character was very plain in the male specimen sent by

Mr. Edwards. Lord Walsingham, in alluding to the exhibit,

referred to the list of Norfolk Coleoptera compiled some

years ago by Mr. Crotch, which appeared to have been lost

sight of.

( xx )

Mr. Verrall exhibited a specimen of a fly in amber, belong-

ing to a genus allied to Psychoda.

Mr. McLachlan alluded to the damage done by insects to

orange-trees in Malta, and stated that the Rev. G. Henslow

had lately been studying the question; one of the chief de-

predators was the widely spread “ fly,” Ceratitis citriperda,

well known as devastating the orange. He found, however,

that another and more serious enemy was the larva of a large

Longicorn beetle (Cerambyx miles, Bon.), which bores into

the lower part of the stem and down into the roots, making

large galleries; in all probability the larva, or that of an

allied species, is the true Cossus of the ancients. Lord

Walsingham stated that a species of Prays allied to P. oleellus

and our common P. curtisellus was known to feed in the buds

of the orange and the lemon in Southern Europe. Mr.

Pascoe, Mr. Champion, and others took part in the discus-

sion which followed.

Canon Fowler, on behalf of Miss Carr, exhibited a port-

folio of drawings of Indian Lepidoptera and their food-plants.

Papers read.

The Rev. H. S. Gorham communicated a paper entitled

** Notes on the species of the families Lycide and Lampyride

contained in the Imperial Museum of Calcutta, with descrip-

tion of new species, and a list of the species at present

described from India.”

Mr. Neville Manders communicated a paper entitled

in the Shan States, with notes on the country and climate.”

The latter paper contained a very interesting description

of the chief physical features of the Shan States and neigh-

bouring parts of Burmah, with special reference to variations

of altitude; an account was also given of the lake-dwellers

on the Eutay lake, who built their houses on piles far out

into the water, after the manner of the Swiss lake-dwellings.

A great deal of the collecting referred to in the paper was

done while Mr. Manders was on active service ; otherwise, as

he observes, the list might have been largely extended, ‘‘ as

Entomology, during active service, can only be indulged in

at odd moments.”

C oxi)

July 2, 1890.

Prof. Joun O. Westwoop, M.A., F.L.S., Hon. Life

President, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mrs. Bazett, of Springfield, Reading, and Mr. J. B.

Hodgkinson, of Ashton-on-Ribble, Preston, Lancashire, were

elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, &c.

Lord Walsingham exhibited some rare Micro-Lepidoptera

collected by himself at Cannes, including Mudemis heli-

chrysana, Conchylis rubricana, Millicre; a new Depressaria

from Opoponasx cheironium, which is about to be described by

M. A. Constant, and Bucculatrix helichrysella ; and also a

volume of drawings of larve of the genus HMupithecia, by

Mr. Buckler, which formerly belonged to the Rev. H. Harpur

Crewe.

Mr. M‘Lachlan exhibited larve and cocoons of Mecyna

deprivalis, Walk., sent by Mr. W. W. Smith, of Ashburton,

New Zealand ; the species feeds commonly on Genista capensis,

an introduced plant. Mr. M‘Lachlan remarked on the curious

nature of the larva, and suggested that as the species was so

closely allied to M. polygonalis, so extremely rare in this

country, they might be interesting to British lepidopterists.

Mr. Jacoby exhibited abnormal specimens of a phyto-

phagous beetle, Metaxonycha tridentata, Jac., in which one

side of the thorax was furnished with teeth as in the type,

whereas the other side was quite simple, and presented no

trace of teeth.

The Rey. Canon Fowler, on behalf of Mr. J. Edwards,

exhibited specimens of Gyrinus colymbus, Er., with specimens

of G. elongatus, Aubé, for comparison; he also exhibited

drawings of the sdeagus of both species proving their

distinctness.

Mr. Bower exhibited Phoxopteryx upupana, bred from larves

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11., 1890. E

( 31)

feeding between united birch leaves at Chiselhurst, Sept.,

1889; and Scardia picarella, bred from fungus collected in

Durham in May, 1890.

Mr. S. Stevens, in speaking of a tour which he had lately

made in Devonshire, remarked on the extreme scarcity of

insects on the coast of that county as compared with the

coasts of Kent and Sussex ; there were very few larve, and

the vegetation was very luxuriant and very little eaten ; he

thought it possible that the reason of the scarcity was the

heavy rainfall of South Devon, which washed off and

destroyed the young larve.

Mr. Barrett said that his experience had been the. same,

and that he attributed the scarcity of larvee to the violence

of the winds, which beat the insects from the trees.

Mr. F. H. Blandford remarked that he had found Coleoptera

abundant on the Braunton Burrows, near Barnstaple, but

very scarce in other localities. Mr. Mason and others took

part in the discussion which followed.

Mr. Stevens further said that when at Exeter he visited

the Museum, and was pleased to see the original specimen of

Plusia ni in the late Mr. H. Dorville’s collection, taken at

Alphington, near Exeter, in August, 1868, and a specimen of

Callimorpha hera, taken also at Alphington in August, 1871,

which is about six miles from the locality in which the latter

insect is now said to occur; both the specimens are in fine

condition.

Papers read.

Prof. Westwood read a paper on a species of Aphis, received

from Mr. E. Ernest Green, of Ceylon, affecting the bread-

fruit tree, which he had named Siphonophora artocarpt; at

the conclusion of his paper he alluded to the use of Paris-

sreen as a destructive agent for insects.

Mr. Blandford then made some remarks as to the use of

London-purple (another arsenic compound) as an insecticide

in the place of Paris-green; he stated that the compound

was a waste product and one-tenth the cost of Paris-green,

and further that it was more soluble and more easily applied ;

he was also of opinion that arsenic compounds do not greatly

( xxi -)

affect sucking insects, such as Aphides, the ordinary kerosene

preparations being more suitable for their destruction.

Lord Walsingham communicated the following description

of a new species of Nirmus, sent to him by Mr. T. Southwell,

of Norwich, who had received it from Dr. HE. Piaget, of

Bayard: the species was found on an extremely rare species

of plover, yialitis asiatica, recently shot in Norfolk.*

Nirmvus assiuiuis, Piaget.

Head conical, rounded in front, with a few short hairs ;

trabecula not reaching beyond the first joint of the antenn® ;

antenne almost colourless, except the fifth joimt, which is as

long as the second or third ; eyes very slightly

projecting, with a single hair; temples

rounded in front, furnished with two hairs;

occiput projecting over the thorax ; occipital

bands indicated by a_ scarcely-coloured

furrow; antennal bands curved back towards

the suture of the clypeus, which has a small

central spot.

Prothorax slightly inserted beneath the

occiput, with the sides a little convergent;

metathorax bell-shaped, with the posterior

angles rounded and furnished with three long

hairs, produced in a point over the abdomen

in centre of posterior margin; legs short and stout, coloured,

tibie about as long as femora, with two sete on their outer

side and some small spines on their inner margin; claws

normal.

Abdomen elongate-oval, broadest at the third segment, with

the posterior angles of each segment projecting and rounded,

those of the first two segments without hairs, those of the

next two or three with two long silky hairs, and the remainder,

except the last, with three ; lateral bands produced in a sharp

point into the anterior segment; segments alittle unequal in

length, the central being the longest, with two long lateral

and two short central hairs, dark, except towards the sutures,

* See ‘The Zoologist,’ August, 1890, p. 311.—H. G.

(| xxiv)

and a more or less abbreviated light central furrow, more or

less developed, which ceases at the anterior third of the

fourth segment ; the first segment has the lateral margins

parallel ; the ninth is bilobed in the female and rounded in

the male, with a single long silky hair, and a short terminal

spine. The vulva is furnished with two narrow bands behind,

and two spots in front; the genital organs of the male are

normal,

The general colour is more or less dark chestnut, with

blackish bands.

Dimensions: 2? 22:2”; 3 17:4”.

On Agialitis asiatica: the genus is closely allied to N.

acutifasciatus, which infests Plotus melanogaster, and to

N. bicuspis, Nitsch, which is parasitical on Charadrius minor

and C. hiaticula: it differs in size, colour, and certain other

details.

August 6, 1890.

Henry J. Exwes, Esq., F.L.8., F.Z.8., Vice-President, in

the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Major-General George Carden, of Douglas Lodge, Surbiton,

Surrey, and the Army and Navy Club, Pall Mall, 8.W.; and

Sir Vauncey Harpur-Crewe, Bart., of Calke Abbey, Derby-

shire, were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions.

Mr. P. Crowley exhibited two species of butterflies from

the West Coast of Africa, which he proposed to name respec-

tively Charaaes gabonica and Cymothoe marginata. He also

exhibited several other new species of butterflies from Sierra

Leone and other parts of Africa, which had been recently

described by Miss E. M. Sharpe, in the ‘Annals and Maga-

zine of Natural History’ for July, 1890.

(° xxv)

Prof. Meldola exhibited a male specimen of Polyommatus

dorilis, Hufn., a common European and Asiatic species, which

had been taken at Lee, near Ilfracombe, in August, 1887, by

Mr Latter, then Demonstrator in the Laboratory of the

Deputy Linacre Professor at Oxford, and now Science Master

at the Charter-House School. At the time of its capture

Mr. Latter supposed the specimen to be a hybrid between

Polyommatus phleas and one of the ‘“ Blues,” and had only

recently identified it as belonging to a well-known species.

Mr. Stainton, Mr. Jenner Weir, and Colonel Swinhoe made

some remarks on the specimen, and commented on the

additions to the list of butterflies captured in the United

Kingdom which had been made of late years.

Mr. W. F. H. Blandford exhibited, and made remarks on,

five specimens of Athous rhombeus, Ol., bred from larva and

pupe recently collected by himself in the New Forest.

The Rey. Dr. Walker exhibited a large collection of Coleo-

ptera which he had recently made in Iceland. The follow-

ing genera, amongs others, were represented, viz. —Patrobus,

Nebria, Byrrhus, Aphodius, Philonthus, Barynotus, Chrysomela,

Agabus, Creophilus, and Carabus. Mr. Champion, Dr. Sharp,

and the Chairman made some remarks on the collection.

Mr. Elwes exhibited three species of the genus Atossa,

Moore, three of the genus Hleysma, Butl., and three of the

genus Campylotes, West.,—all from the Himalayas and North-

eastern Asia. The object of the exhibition was to illustrate

the remarkable differences of venation in these closely allied

forms of the same family. Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Warren,

Mr. Moore, and others took part in the discussion which

ensued.

Paper read.

Mr. Crowley read a paper entitled ‘‘On some new species

of African Diurnal Lepidoptera.’’ In this paper the author

described five new species of butterflies from the Cameroons,

Madagascar, Sierra Leone, Gaboon and Accra ; and enume-

rated seven new species recently described by Miss Sharpe in

the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History. The paper

was illustrated by two plates of fifteen figures.

C xaar }

September 3, 1890.

Henry T. Srainton, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.8., in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective Donors.

Evhibitions, dc.

Mr. C. Fenn exhibited and remarked on specimens of Fu-

pithecta satyrata, Eudorea ambiqualis, and Tortrix viburnana

from the neighbourhood of Darlington.

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Martin Stanger

Higgs, a remarkable variety of Melitea aurinia (artemis),

taken a few years ago, in Gloucestershire, by Mr. Joseph

Merrin.

Mr. Stevens stated that he had recently been to Liverpool,

where he had seen the collection of the late Mr. Robertson,

of Limehouse, which was still in fine condition, and con-

tained a long series of Polyommatus dispar.

The Rey. Dr. Walker communicated some observations on

the Entomology of Iceland, and gave an account of his

recent travels in that island. He stated that he had taken

Bombus terrestris this year, for the first time, in the north

of Iceland (from which quarter of the island it had not

been recorded by Dr. Staudinger), namely, at Akureyri at

the southern end of the Eyjafjordr, 28 miles from the Arctic

Ocean, and at Glarufoss, the picturesque waterfall, an hour’s

walk from Akureyri. He also referred to his visit to Berufjordr

on the east coast, and to Husavik on the north coast, two fjords

which he had not landed at in 1889, which made a total of

sixteen fjords that he had scientifically visited. In reference

to Husavik, he said he had been prevented by the rough sea

and hopelessly wet weather from landing there in 1889,

and also on his first voyage round Iceland this year, from

the fact that the steamer anchored there too early in the

morning, and then only at the entrance of Husavik Bay to

allow of some Faroese quitting the steamer in their rowing-

boat. On the second voyage round Iceland this year he

succeeded in landing, and found insects far more plentiful

C xxv)

than he expected in so northerly a locality (Husavik is

upwards of 66° N. lat.). The numbers of Diptera were

astonishing ; they were not the ordinary Calliphora erythro-

cephala, Which occurs in numbers on rotting fish all round

the island, but the species that frequents sea-weed on the

sand. Multitudes of this fly flew on board the steamer, black-

ening the windows of the deck saloon, and some continued

there until the vessel’s arrivalat Granton. Dr. Walker further

observed that he had captured there about a dozen specimens

of a small species of Ichneumon, which, along with numerous

Diptera, had settled on soles that had been spread out on the

greensward to dry. He also adverted to the rarity of

Hymenoptera, whether Bombi or Ichneumonide, in Iceland,

and to the fact of his having taken three specimens of a large

species of Ichneumon at Akureyri, which might possibly not

have been previously noticed in the country. He next

described the great interest attaching to so northerly a place

as Siglufjordr, the most northerly fjord that he had visited

(lat. 66.9°), and stated that on that account he had taken

careful note of all the species he had met with there. In 1889

he had not observed any moths there. Plusia interrogationis

had been recorded by Staudinger as captured there by

Finsterwalden in 1856, and to this he had now to add

Crymodes exulis, Coremia munitata, and Aphelia pratana.

Dr. Walker then remarked on the wide distribution, but at

the same time extreme rarity, of a large dipterous insect

striped like a Syrphus (Sericomyia lappona) that he had been

the first to take in Iceland. He had to report its occurrence

at Reykjavik in the south-west, Seydisfjordr on the east

coast, and Akureyri on the north, but he only obtained

SIX specimens in all, namely, two at Akureyri, one at

Seydistjordr, and three at Reykjavik. He said he had

taken three additional specimens on the blossoms of the

marsh marigold at Thorshayn in the Faroes, on June 9th,

where he had also to report the capture of two species of

Kristalis (a genus of Diptera not found so far north as

Iceland), as well as of the following moths :— Crymodes

exulis, Charaas graminis, Coremta munitata, Coremia pro-

puynata, Emmelesia albulata ?, and Scoparia ambigualis ?.

(| xxvii)

Returning to the subject of Iceland, Dr. Walker said that

last year he had only seen Helophilus pendulus? on the

east and west coasts of the island; he had now also to

report it from Akureyri in the north and from Reykjavik,

where it and Creophilus maxillosus were far more plentiful

than his experience of these two species in 1889 led him

to expect. He considered the best localities for Coleo-

ptera in Iceland, beyond all doubt, to be Reykjavik, Flatey

Island off the west coast, and Akureyri and the coast-road

leading from that place to Oddeyri. He said he had been

led to visit Iceland at an earlier date this year than last

year in the belief that he would thus meet with other species

of insects. To some extent his anticipations had been

fulfilled, for he had captured several specimens of Alelanippe

thulearia, which Dr. Mason—-who had proceeded to Iceland

a fortnight before him in 1889—had also taken ; and he had

now three new localities on the west coast for that species,

namely Stykkisholmur, Dyrefjordr, and Patriksfjordr. It

was a late season, and moths proved correspondingly

late and scarce on his first arrival. From the wintry

weather reported to him as having prevailed at Reykjavik,

and his experience of the bitter cold in his first voyage

round the island, he feared that he should meet with very

indifferent success, but his fortune proved better as the

season advanced. Crymodes exulis was by far the commonest

of the Noctusz, and Coremia munitata of the Geometride, of

which last-named species he had taken the reddish variety.

This type, however, though of frequent occurrence in Scotland,

is rare in Iceland. He said that Chareas graminis had been

taken for the first time on the north coast, but, as on the

west, only very sparingly. Noctua conflua proved much the

commonest Noctua last year, but though taken this year

was not nearly so plentiful as Crymodes exulis. This was to

be accounted for by its later appearance. Dr. Walker like-

wise gave an account of his visit to the Westmann Isles, and

mentioned that he believed he was the first who ever collected

on that group. He enumerated his captures of Diptera and

Coleoptera there, and said he found these islands quite as good

places for collecting insects as any spots on the mainland.

( ox 5)

Dr. Walker said that the difficulty of landing was very great,

but feeling satisfied it could be done, he was determined that

it should be done. On June 12th, inspite of in disposition,

owing to the heavy rolling of the steamer the whole of the

previous day, he succeeded in landing under the following

circumstances. The mail boat having already gone ashore

he had to have recourse to a cargo boat from Copenhagen

laden with sacks of flour for the natives, and the companion-

ladder not being let down, he had to slew himself on one

side on to a rope-ladder and descend hand over hand, and, as

the bottom of the rope-ladder did not reach to the boat, to

drop heavily on to the flour-sacks. He was then rowed for

about a mile over a choppy sea to the shore, receiving an

occasional dollop of salt-water in the face or over the whole

of his waistcoat. Dr. Walker concluded by saying that not-

withstanding the hardships he endured in landing he did not

regret having done so, for, with some help in collecting from

the juvenile population, he had been enabled to bring home

to England the first insects recorded from the Westmann Isles.

In reply to a question by Mr. Stainton, Dr. Walker said

that the flowers chiefly frequented by the humble-bees in

Iceland, were those of a small species of white galium (pro-

bably Galium saxatile?) and Viola tricolor. Dy. Walker also

added that this year he had taken Hemiptera in Iceland for

the first time, namely, Salda littoralis (Cimea littoralis in

Paijhull’s List) the same species that Dr. Mason captured in

1889. He also said he had taken its larva at Reykjavik, and

at Akureyri.

Messrs. M‘Lachlan, Stainton, Jenner Weir, Stevens, Jacoby,

Lewis and others took part in the discussion which ensued.

Papers read.

Dr. Walker contributed ‘Notes on Calathus melanocephalus

collected in Iceland, the Westmann Isles, and the Faroe

Isles.”

Mr. A. G. Butler communicated a paper entitled “ Further

Notes on the synonymy of the genera of Noctuites.”

PROC, ENT, SOC, LOND., Iv., 1890. F

( xxx )

October 1, 1890.

The Right Hon. Lord Waustneuam, M.A., F.R.S., President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective Donors.

Exhibitions, &c.

The Rev. Dr. Walker exhibited a long and varied series of

forms of Crymodes exulis, collected in June and July last in

Iceland. In reply to a question by Lord Walsingham as to

whether all the forms referred by Dr. Walker to Crymodes

exulis had been identified as belonging to that species, Mr.

Kirby said the species was a very variable one, and that

several forms had been described from Labrador and Green-

land. Mr. South stated that he had examined Dr. Walker’s

specimens, and he believed that most of the forms exhibited

had been described by Dr. Staudinger in his papers on the

Entomology of Iceland.

Dr. Sharp exhibited a specimen of Ornithomyia avicularia,

L., taken near Dartford, to which there were firmly adhering

—apparently by their mandibles—-several specimens of a

mallophagous insect. He also exhibited some specimens of

fragile Diptera, Neuroptera, and Lepidoptera, to show that

the terminal segments in both sexes might be dissected off

and mounted separately without the structures suffering from

shrivelling or distortion. Dr. Sharp also said, in reference

to the statement made by him, on p. 421 of his paper recently

published in the ‘Transactions’ of the Society, as to the

number of the segments of the abdomen, and the position of

the genital orifice in the female of Hemiptera-Heteroptera,

that he had recently been making some dissections, and found

that the structures externally were difficult of comprehension,

and he now thought that the statement he had made from

observation, without dissection, might prove to be erroneous.

Mr. G. F. Hampson exhibited and remarked on a series of

Erebia melas, taken in July last, in the Austrian Alps (Dolo-

mites), by Mrs, Nicholls. Mr. Elwes observed that though

( xxxi 7)

this species was abundant in the Pyrenees and Southern

Carpathians, and was also found in Greece, it seemed to be

so rare in Carinthia that he had never been able to obtain

specimens therefrom, and he was not aware that any German

entomologist had taken it in the Tyrol or Dolomite Mountains.

He added that the species only frequented very steep and

stony slopes on the mountains, so that its capture was

attended with difficulty.

Mr. M‘Lachlan exhibited specimens of an extraordinary

Neuropterous larva found by Mr. B. G. Nevinson in tombs at

Cairo. He said that this larva had been assigned to the

genus Nemoptera by Schaum, who described it as having been

found in tombs in Egypt (Berl. Ent. Zeitschrift, vol. i.); and

Roux had previously (Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xxviii) described and

figured it as an abnormal apterous hexapod under the name

of Necrophilus arenarius. Myr. Nevinson supplemented these

remarks with an account of his capture of the specimens in

the Egyptian tombs.

Mr. G. T. Baker exhibited a series of forms of species of

the genus Boarmia from Madeira; and also a series of melanic

varieties of Gracilaria syringella from the neighbourhood of

Birmingham.

Mr. W. IF. H. Blandford exhibited and remarked on a series

of specimens of Dermestes vulpinus, which had been doing much

damage to the roofs of certain soap-works in the neighbour-

hood of London, where they had no doubt been introduced

with bones.

Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited a specimen of Carabus catenu-

latus, in which the femur of the right foreleg was curiously

dilated and toothed. He stated that he took the specimen

at Oxshott, Surrey, on the 27th September last.

The Rev. C. F. Thornewill exhibited an almost black variety

of the male of Argynnis aglaia, taken by himself in July last on

Cannock Chase; also a number of living larve of a species

of Hupithecia feeding on the flower-heads of Tanacetum vulgare

collected in a limestone quarry in Leicestershire. He expressed

some doubt as to the identity of the species, but the general

opinion was that the larve were only those of Hupithecia

absynthiata.

(xxx

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. G. Bryant, a variety of the

larva of Trichiura crategi.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a specimen of Plusia moneta,

Fabr., a species new to Britain, taken at Reading by Mr. W.

Holland in July last. It wasstated that the first specimen of this

species captured in England had been taken at Dover last June,

and is now in the collection of Mr. Sydney Webb, of that town.

Mr. Kirby said that Mynheer Snellen had reported this species

as being unusually common in Holland a few years ago.

Mr. W. Dannatt exhibited a variety of Papilio hectorides

from Paraguay. Mr. Osbert Salvin said he believed he had

seen this form before.

Mr. C. J. Gahan exhibited a curious little larva-like

creature, found by Mr. A. P. Green in a rapid mountain

stream in Ceylon, and observed that there was some doubt as

to its true position in the animal kingdom. It was suggested

that it might possibly be an insect larva, and he was desirous

of eliciting information on this point. He could find no

account of any insect larva with a similar structure. It was

made up of six distinct segments, each of which bore a single

pair of laterally directed processes or unjointed appendages

coming off from the ventral side of the body a little below the

margin of the hard dorsal shield. Near the inner base of

each of these processes was a bundle of five club-shaped,

apparently branchial, filaments. Each segment had on the

middle of the under side a comparatively large sucker. The

anterior segment was furnished with a pair of two-jointed

antennal structures, in addition to a few stout bristles.

Mr. Hampson supplemented these remarks by stating that

just behind the mouth, which was placed not far from the an-

terior margin on the under side, was a pair of broad flattened

jaws with rasp-like teeth, and that there was nothing that re-

sembled the mandibles of an insect. ‘The appendages, which

were towards the sides and unjointed, were, he said, very

suggestive of the parapodia of certain chetopod worms ; but

that all the known polychetous worms were marine.

Mr. Gahan agreed with these remarks, and said that the

animal seemed to have very much the characters of a poly-

chetous worm. Lord Walsingham and Mr. M‘Lachlan

(FSX)

expressed an opinion that the animal was of myriopodous

affinities, and was not the larva of an insect.

Papers read.

Mr. Baker read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the genitalia of

a gynandromorphous Hronia hippia.”

The Rev. Dr. Walker read the following ‘‘ Notes on Cry-

modes exulis.””

‘* Newman observes of this species :—‘The moth appears

on the wing in July, and has been brought in great numbers

from Iceland. It flies during the day, and may sometimes

be seen flying in crowds about the flowers scattered sparingly

over the surface of the ground.’ It is, however, equally the

fact that it is on the wing by the middle of June, as, for

example, I captured it at Akureyri on the 19th of June this

year; and as young friends there collecting on my behalf had

a few then in store for me, it is reasonable to suppose that it

had first been seen at all events a week previously. We shall

probably not be far wrong in asserting that the period when

it occurs in the best condition and in the greatest numbers is

from about the middle of June to the middle of July. Noctua

conflua is met with, but much more sparingly in June, but

becomes particularly abundant and is quite the commonest

Noctua just at the time that Crymodes begins to be scarce.

Both species agree in this particular,—in the very variable

tint and markings of the fore wings. Both kinds greatly

affect the wild thyme, on which they are often found asleep;

Crymodes, however, is the more active of the two, and

is frequently to be seen flying about, as Mr. Newman describes,

or hovering round the flowers.

It was at Aknreyri, at the southern extremity of the Eyja-

fjordr (28 miles from the north coast of Iceland and the

Aretic Ocean) that I found this moth in the greatest

numbers. My observations on the present occasion will

accordingly have reference chiefly to its different types, as

occurring there on Viola tricolor, Galium saxatile, Thymus

serpyllum, Silene acaulis, Dryas octopetala, &c. Out of upwards

of 350 specimens collected by myself, and by the young

( xsxiy)

friends above mentioned on my behalf, I have picked out

representatives of about thirteen types or forms which I have

brought with me for exhibition to-night, viz. :—

1. Marbled type. 8. Marbled one-spot type.

2. Dark marbled type. 9. Marbled two-spot type.

8. Light brown marbled type. 10. Brown white patch type.

4, Brown marbled type. 11. Light brown type.

5. Dark type. 12. Dusky marbled type.

6. Dark one-spot type. 18. Brown type.

7. Light brown one-spot type.

These types or varieties, however, occur in very dispropor-

tionate numbers. No. 1, the marbled type, among those from

Akureyri, submitted for your inspection, is, in my opinion,

the handsomest ; No. 4, the brown marbled type, is decidedly

the commonest; No. 9, the marbled two-spot type, and

No. 8, the light brown marbled type, are likewise fairly

common; but No. 1, 3.4, are connected by almost imper-

ceptible gradations. Such types have a tendency to melanism.

Nos. 2, 5, 6 and 8, are decidedly scarce; No. 11 would

seem to be also very rare; and it may be laid down as a

general principle that the normal forms are the variegated

and very elaborately marked ones, and those that possess only

one, or almost only one, uniform tint are decidedly scarce.

Below the Akureyri specimens you will note three from

Siglufjordr, highly interesting as representing three varieties,

Nos. 1, 2 and 11 of the Akureyri ones, and also as occurring

in the high latitude of 66.9°, and, again, because Finsterwalden

is not reported as having obtained this species here in 1856.

On the other side of the box, the two specimens from Reyk-

javik correspond to Nos. 1 and 2 of the Akureyri ones; the

three from the road to Hengill Mt., to Nos. 1, 2 and 12 of the

Akureyri; the one from Dyrefjordr, to No. 9; and the three

from Stykkisholmur, to Nos. 1, 2 and 4 of the Akureyri; and

the one with wings closed, from Thorshavn, Faroe Isles, to

No. 4.

Among the few specimens I brought back of this species in

1889, Nos. 2, 4and 12 are represented; and one var. caught for

(oO xve 1)

me by Dr. Knaggs, at Krisuvik, resembling No. 5, but darker.

The browner forms decidedly predominated, as they did, to

the best of my recollection, among the numerous specimens

that I then took at the Geysir, which were hopelessly

spoiled during a jolting ride over the plain on my return.

According to Newman’s figuring, Crymodes eaulis differs

from the Scotch Hadena assimilis in having more cream-

coloured markings and more distinctly defined ones, in its

wings being slightly smaller than those of the latter, and in

its body being rather longer and a trifle more slender.

Two other species of Hadena are stated by Newman to be

generally distributed in England, Scotland, and Iceland,

namely, Hadena contigua, the beautiful brocade, and H. Pisi,

the brown moth. I took two specimens of H. contiqua at

Akureyri this year, and one specimen of an Hadena closely

allied to H. pist. In my last year’s list there is also a

record of an Hadena approaching pist termed var. Akureyri-

ensis, from its having been taken at Akureyri; this,

however, I seem to have unfortunately lost. In Staudinger’s

List this insect is set down as Mamestra pisi; he gives

no locality, but if taken by himself it must have been some-

where in the south-west of Iceland. The prevalence of the

genus Hadena, in the north of the island is partly borne out

by the fact that Krueper, one of Staudinger’s companions,

took another species, H. Sommeri, at Hofios on the Skaga-

fjordr.”’

November 5, 1890.

The Right Hon. Lord Watsineuam, M.A., F.R.S., President,

in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Francis H. Barclay, of Knott’s Green, Leyton,

Essex; Miss M. Kimber, of Cope Hall, Enborne, Berk-

shire; and Mr. John E. Robson, of Hartlepool, were elected

Fellows.

@ Xxev ))

Death of Mr. BE. T. Atkinson.

Lord Walsingham announced the death of Mr. Atkinson,

of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited a number of Lepidoptera col-

lected in June last near Digne, Basses Alpes, including Papilio

Alexanor, Parnassius Apollo, larger and paler than the Swiss

form; Anthocharis tages var. Bellezina ; Leucophasia Duponcheli;

Thecla spint; Thecla ilicis var. cerri; Lycena argiades var.

corretas; L. argus var. argyronomon; L. bellargus var. ceronus ;

Melitea deione; and Argynnis Fuphrosyne.

Mr. W. E. Nicholson also exhibited a collection of Lepi-

doptera, formed near Digne last June, which included very

large specimens of Papilio Machaon; P. Podalirius ; Thais

rumina var. medesicaste, larger and redder than the Mediterra-

nean specimens; Apatura ilia var. clytie; Argynnis adippe

var. cleodoxa; A. Daphne; Melanargia galatea var. leucomelas ;

Vanessa egea, bred from Pellitory; Satyrus semele, and many

others.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse exhibited the upper and lower

membranes of a wing of a species of Attacus, which had been

separated without removing the scales and mounted on glass

so as to show the internal surfaces. He explained that he

separated the membranes by inserting a needle in the vein at

the base of the wing, and when they were sufficiently parted

to be taken hold of they were gradually drawn asunder and

floated on water until the two membranes were entirely

separated. He said that some years ago Dr. Hagen had shown

that this could be done with fresh examples of Libellule. The

specimen exhibited had been operated upon a few hours after

leaving the chrysalis; but he had also succeeded fairly well

in separating the membranes of a wing of a dried Cicada.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited a photograph he had received from

Prof. Exner, of Vienna, showing the picture obtained at the

back of the eye of Lampyris splendidula. He stated that this

picture is continuous and not reversed, and shows the out-

line of lights and shades of objects at a distance as well as

of those closer to the eye.

( “xsxutr 9

Mr. H. Goss exhibited a specimen of Zyyena filipendula

var. chrysanthemi, which he had taken at Rhinefield, in the

New Forest, on the 15th July last, when in the company

of Mr. George Bryant. Dr. P. B. Mason said this variety

was known on the Continent of Europe, and was figured by

Hubner in his ‘Sammlung,’ a copy of which work he ex-

hibited. He added that he possessed a similar specimen

of this variety taken by Mr. Nowers in Wyre Forest, Wor-

cestershire. Colonel Swinhoe stated that he possessed

a similar variety of a species of Syntomis.

The Rev. Dr. Walker exhibited a number of Diptera,

Hymenoptera, and Coleoptera recently collected in Iceland ;

also some drawings illustrating the various forms of Crymodes

exulis occurring in Iceland which he had shown at the

October meeting of the society; he also exhibited seven

varieties of Melanippe thulearia, nine of Coremia munitata, and

a few of Noctua conflua, illustrating the varied forms of these

species occurring in Iceland. Dr. Mason said that the only

British specimens of N.conflua which he had seen resembling

the Iceland form of the species were taken at Wolsingham,

Durham.

Mons. A. Wailly exhibited and remarked on a number of

Lepidoptera from Japan. The collection comprised the fol-

owing species :—Orthogonia sera, Felder; Remigia archesia,

Butler; Herminia fumosa, Butl.; Herminia arenosa, Buil. ;

Hypena stygiana, Butl.; H. minna, Butl.; Bocana tristis,

Butl. ; Thalassodes ambigua, Butl.; Abraxas elegans, Butl. ;

Parepione lapidea, Butl.; Platydia casta, Butl.; Kgnasia

polybapta, Butl.; Marmorinia obscurata, Butl.; Pseudolo-

castra inimica, Butl.; Hydrillodes lentalis, Guén.; Calobochyla

mollis, Butl.; Inuworis tenuis, Butl.; Pagyda quadrilineata,

Butl.; Notarcha pallidalis Warren; Pyrausta astrifera, Butl.;

Bocchoris inspersalis, Zell. ; Nothophyle pantherata, Butl. ;

Crambus pinellus, Linn.; Mimorista butyrosa, Butl.; Steno-

meles consocialis, Warren; Rhynchina plusioides, Butl. ; Dia-

semia literata, Scop.; and Cesia similis, Butl. Besides these

there were eleven species undetermined, which, it was stated,

were not represented in the British Museum collections.

Mr. A. C. Horner exhibited a number of rare species of

PROC, ENT. SOC, LOND,, Iv., 1890, G

( gxxyui. ,)

Coleoptera, including Homalota crassicornis, Gyll.; H. fimorum,

Bris.; H. humeralis, Kr.; and Huryporus picipes Pk.; col-

lected at Church Stretton, Shropshire; and also Amara

nitida, Sturm.; Oxypoda amena, Fair,; Homalota testaceipes,

Heer; Lithocharis apicalis, Kr.; and Epurea neglecta, Heer,

from the neighbourhood of Tonbridge.

Mr. Meyer Darcis exhibited a specimen of Termitobia

physogastra, Gangelb., a new genus and species of Brachelytra

obtained in a white ant’s nest from the Congo. Dr. Sharp

commented on the interesting nature of the exhibition.

Colonel Swinhoe exhibited a collection of moths from

Southern India, which comprised about forty species, dis-

tributed amongst the following families :—Syntomida, Litho-

stida, Arctiidae, Lasiocampide, Zerenidea, Fidonide, Leucanidea,

Heliothide, Acontiide, and Poaphilide.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter

from Mr. Philip Crowley, on the subject of the species of

Charaxes which he had described and figured in Part III.

of the Transactions of the Society :—‘I hear from Mons.

Ch. Oberthir that the Charazes I described and figured in

the last number of the ‘ Transactions’ as* Charaaes gabonica

is identical with Charaaes Hadrianus of Ward, described in

Ent. Mo. Mag, viii. p. 120, 1871. I have referred to this vol.

of the Ent. Mo. Mag. and find Mons. Oberthiir is correct.

I am very sorry I omitted to notice this when searching for

the species, but having made the mistake I can now only

correct it in this manner.”’

Papers read.

Colonel Swinhoe read a paper describing the species

exhibited by him entitled ‘‘New Species of Moths from

Southern India.”

The Rey. T. A. Marshall communicated a paper entitled

«‘A Monograph of British Braconidie. Part IV.”

Lord Walsingham read a paper entitled ‘‘ African Micro-

Lepidoptera.”’ In this paper nine new genera were described,

viz. ;—dAutuchthonus, type A. chalybiellus, Wlsm.; Scalidoma,

* See Trans, Ent, Soc, Part III, 1890, Plate xvii. fig, 3.—H. G,

(CRE 7)

type Tinea horridella, Wkr.; Barbaroscardia, type B. fasciata,

Wlsm.: Odites, type O. natalensis, Wism.; Idiopterya, type

Cryptolechia obliquella, Wlsm.: Microthauma, type M. metal-

lifera, Wlsm.; Licmocera, type L. lyonetiella, Wlsm.; O.xy-

macheris, type O. niveocervina, Wlsm.; Micropostega, type M.

eneofasciata, Wlsm. Several European genera were recorded

as new to the African fauna. The American genera Phecasio-

phora, Grote; (ita, Grote; Polyhymno, Chamb.; Strobisia,

Clem.; Anorthosia, Clem.; Ide, Chamb., and Zarathra, Wkr.,

were described as occurring in Africa. The genus Philobota,

Meyr., hitherto confined to the Australian region, was also

recorded. The Indian genus Timyra, Wkr., was represented

in Africa. Nigilgia, Wkr., was identified as a synonym of

Phycodes. Polyhymno, Chamb., had been re-described as Co-

pocercia by Zeller. Teratopsis, Wlsm., was a synonym of

Cacochroa, Hein. Seventy-one species were described as new.

December 3, 1890.

The Right Honourable Lorp Watstnenam, M.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the chalr.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. John Gardner, of 6, Friar Terrace, Hartlepool; and

Mr. Samuel James Capper, F.L.8., of Huyton Park, near

Liverpool, were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited specimens of Papilio polites, P.

erithonius, and Huplea asela, received from Mr. J. J. Lister,

who had caught them on board ship when near Colombo, in

November, 1888. Dr. Sharp read a letter from Mr. Lister,

in which it was stated that from the ship hundreds of these

(ry ml)

butterflies were seen flying out to sea against a slight breeze.

Many of them, apparently exhausted by a long flight,

alighted on the deck of the ship, and large numbers perished

in the sea.

Lord Walsingham exhibited a coloured drawing of a

variety of -4cherontia atropos, which had been sent to him by

Mons. Henri de la Cuisine, of Dijon. He also exhibited

specimens of an entomogenous fungus, apparently belonging

to the genus Torrubia, growing on pupe (received from Sir

Charles Forbes), which had been collected in Mexico by

Mr. H. B. James. Mr. M‘Lachlan expressed an opinion, in

which Mr. C. O. Waterhouse and Mr. G. C. Champion con-

curred, that the pupe were those of a species of Cicada.

Mr. F. D. Godman said that at the meeting of the Society on

the 8rd October, 1888, he had exhibited a larva of a Cicada

with a similar fungoid growth. The specimen was sub-

sequently produced, and the fungus proved to be identical

with that on the pup shown by Lord Walsingham.

Mr. R. Adkin exhibited male specimens of Spilosoma

mendica, Clk., bred from ova obtained from a female of the

Irish form which had been impregnated by a male of the

English form. These specimens were of a dusky white

colour, and were intermediate between the English and Irish

forms.

Mr. F. Merrifield showed samples of a material known as

“‘ cork-carpet,” and explained its advantages as a lining for

cabinets and store-boxes. Dr. Sharp fully endorsed the

opinion expressed by Mr. Merrifield.

Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited specimens of Anisotoma Triepkei,

Schmidt, and Megacronus inclinans, Er., collected last August

at Loch Alvie by Aviemore.

Mr. Hamilton H. Druce exhibited several very beautiful

species of butterflies, belonging to the genus Hypochrysops,

from the Solomon Islands and Australia.

Papers, dc., read.

Mr. Merrifield read a paper entitled, ‘On the conspicuous

changes in the markings and colouring of Lepidoptera caused

by subjecting the pupe to different temperature conditions,”

( -xle)

In this paper it was stated that the results of many experi-

ments made on Selenia illustraria and Ennomos autumnaria

tended to prove that both the markings and colouring

of the moths were materially affected by the temperature to

which the pup were exposed: the markings by long con-

tinued exposure before the last active changes; the colouring,

chiefly by exposure during these last changes, but before the

colouring of the perfect insect began to be visible, a mode-

rately low temperature during this period causing darkness,

@ high one producing the opposite effect, and two or three

days at the right time appearing in some cases sufficient.

Dryness or moisture applied during the whole pupal period

had little or no effect on either markings or colouring.

Applying the facts thus ascertained, Mr. Merrifield said he

had obtained from summer pupee of tllustraria, besides moths

with summer markings and colouring, some moths with

summer colouring and spring markings, some with spring

markings and almost spring colouring, and some with

summer markings, but an approach to spring colouring.

These specimens, with enlarged and coloured photographs of

them were exhibited.

Lord Walsingham thanked Mr. Merrifield for his valuable

paper, and said he thought that it was proved conclusively

that the effect of retardation by the means applied in the

pupal stage was to cause a tendency to the darker colouring

characteristic of the winter brood. If it could be established

that changes of temperature were a direct cause of variation,

not only throughout a series of generations, but in each in-

dividual case, the discovery would be extremely interesting,

especially if the insects themselves derived any distinct ad-

vantage from such varietal changes.

Mr. C. Fenn exhibited a long series of F’. autwmnaria, em-

bracing, he thought, all the shades of colouring obtained by

Mr. Merrifield, though the pup# had all been kept at the

same temperature, in a. room facing the east; they were the

produce of three consecutive years, in each of which the

moths had been several weeks in emerging.

Mr. Waterhouse pointed out that the temperature might

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., V., 1890. H

( xli )

have varied a good deal during the time that Mr. Fenn’s in-

sects were in the pupa state.

Mr. Jenner Weir, who said that he had been to Mr.

Merrifield’s house and examined his arrangements for forcing

and retarding the emergence of moths from the pupe, bore

testimony to the careful way in which Mr. Merrifield’s ex-

periments were conducted.

Colonel Swinhoe said he considered that the amount of

licht at the time of the emergence of the moth influenced the

colouring, and suggested that attention should be directed to

to this in any further experiments.

Mr. Elwes expressed the opinion that many other causes

besides temperature had their influences.

Mr. C. G. Barrett thought that in a hilly country moths

were darker than in the plains. The black betularia were

spreading in districts far removed from any smoky atmo-

sphere. Mr. M‘Lachlan, Mr. G. T. Porritt, and others,

continued the discussion.

Mr. Merrifield, in reply, said that with regard to Mr. Fenn’s

autumnaria, it was probable that during the three summers in

question some of the pups had been subjected to very

different temperatures; he had found a variation of 15

degrees F., or less, applied at the right time, sufficient to

make all the difference between a very light and a very dark

autumnaria. He thought it was proved beyond doubt that,

in the two species experimented on by him, temperature

had been the chief cause of difference in colouring, though

the hereditary tendencies of the particular brood, and the

variability of the individuals, had their share in the pro-

duction of the variations. He quite believed, also, that in

many cases other and different causes operated; for example,

in the case of the dark Gnophos obscurata he was disposed to

think that it was a fixed variety, the colour being a protective

one, caused by the gradual assimilation of the colour of the

moth to the colour of the soil on which it reposed.

Mr. G. T. Baker read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the

Lepidoptera collected in Madeira by the late T. Vernon

Wollaston.” The paper was illustrated by a number of

figures drawn and coloured some years ago by Professor

Westwood.

( xl )

Mr. Hamilton H. Druce read a paper entitled ‘‘ A Mono-

graph of the Lycrenoid genus Hypochrysops, with descriptions

of new species.”

Mr. C. J. Gahan read the following ‘‘ Notes on some

species of Diabrotica”’ :—

‘ Being at present engaged in arranging the species of Dia-

brotica in the British Museum collection, I find it necessary

to alter some specific names previously used for other species.

The names which I propose to substitute are as follows :—

D. subrugosa for D. rugulosa, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p. 64, nec Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 450. D. tarsata

for D. tarsalis, Baly, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 254; nec

Harold Col. Hefte, xiii. p. 92; nec Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc.

1890, p. 23. D. crucigera for D. cruciata, Baly, Ent. Mo.

Mag. xxv. p. 253; nec Jacoby, Biol. Cent. Am. Col. vi.

p. 547. D. Balyana for D. melanocephala, Baly, Trans. Ent.

Soc. 1886, p. 455; nec Fab.; nec Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc.

1890, p. 18. D. melanospila for D. spiloptera, Baly, Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 92; nec Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. xix.

p. 242. D. socia for D. tetraspilota,'Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc.

xix. p. 254; nec. Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 8rd Ser. Vol. I.

(1865), p. 851.”

ANNUAL MEETING

January 21st, 1891.

The Right Honble. Lorp Watsincuam, M.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the chair.

An abstract of the Treasurer’s Accounts was read by Mr.

Herbert Druce, one of the Auditors.

Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, then read the

following :—

Report of the Council.

In accordance with the Bye-Laws, the Council begs leave

to present the following Report :—

H 2

( xiv )

During the year 1890 five Fellows have died, viz., Mr.

Joseph S. Baly, M.R.C.S., Mr. Arthur Bliss, Mr. William

Copperthwaite, Mons. Abbé de Marseul, and Mr. Owen

Wilson; four Fellows have been struck out of the list for

non-payment of their subscriptions; and 27 new Fellows

have been elected.

The number of Fellows elected during the year is the

largest on record, with the exception of that for 1886, when

the number was greatly augmented by the conversion of

Subscribers into Fellows. Notwithstanding the yearly in-

crease in the number of Fellows, the Council is still obliged

to refuse cr postpone the publication of valuable papers and

plates for want of funds, and therefore it feels again bound

to urge the Fellows to do their utmost to induce their friends

to join the Society and thus increase its revenue.

At the present time the Society consists of an Hon. Life-

President, 10 Honorary Fellows, 46 Life Fellows, and 278

paying the Annual Subscription, making the total number of

Fellows now on the Society’s List 334, which, after allowing

for the losses by deaths and exclusions, is an increase in

number of 18 since the date of the Annual Meeting last year.

The Transactions for the year 1890 form a volume of

691 pages, containing 20 memoirs contributed by the follow-

ing 17 authors, viz., the late Mr. Joseph S. Baly, M.R.C.S.;

Mr. Lionel de Nicéville; Dr. Frederick Augustus Dixey,

M.A.; Mr. Frederic Merrifield; Colonel Charles Swinhoe

(2 papers); Mr. Charles J. Gahan, M.A.; Mr. Henry J. Elwes;

Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S. (2 papers); Mr. James J. Walker,

4.N.; Professor John O. Westwood, M.A. (2 papers); Mr.

Edward Meyrick, B.A.; Mr. Henry W. Bates, F.R.S.; Mr.

Neville Manders, M.R.C.S.; The Rev. HenryS. Gorham; Mr.

Philip Crowley; Mynheer Pieter C. T. Snellen; and Mr.

Arthur G. Butler.

Of these 20 papers 12 relate to Lepidoptera (or to enquiries

in which Lepidoptera were the subjects of experiment) ; 6 to

Coleoptera; and 2 to Hemiptera.

The memoirs above referred to are illustrated with 21

plates, of which 11 are coloured.

(. Sebysre)

The Society is indebted to Mr. F. Merrifield for half the

cost of Plates IV. and V.; to Mr. Elwes for the entire cost

of Plates X., XIX., and XX.; to Dr. Sharp for £5 towards

the cost of Plates XII., XIII., and XIV.; to Mr. Godman

for the entire cost of Plate XVI.; and to Mr. Crowley for the

entire cost of Plates XVII. and XVIII.

The Proceedings, containing an account of the exhibitions

and discussions at the Meetings, in addition to certain

short papers not published in the Transactions, extend to

47 pages.

The financial position of the Society appears at first

sight less satisfactory than it has been of late years, the

total receipts for 1890 being smaller than in 1889, although

the amount received in entrance fees and subscriptions is

much larger; but the deficiency in the amount of the

total is explained by the fact that during the past year not a

single composition has been received, whereas, in 1889, two

compositions alone added £31 10s. to the total receipts.

Making allowance for this, the actual yearly income of the

Society is larger this year than it has ever been before. The

balance carried forward is unusually small; but the thickness

of the volume of Transactions, and the number of the

plates, will show that the Society’s income for the year has

been well spent.

During the past year nearly 200 Books, Pamphlets,

Journals, and Papers have been added to the Library; the

average number of Fellows attending the Meetings has been

far greater than in any previous year of the Society’s

existence, and there has been a gain of 18 new Fellows.

Notwithstanding the smallness of the balance carried for-

ward, and the decrease, for the reasons explained, in the

total of the receipts, the Council considers it has reason to

congratulate the Fellows on the progress made by the Society

during the year 1890.

The following is an Abstract of the Receipts and Payments

during 1890 :—

qc exiva 3

Receipts. Payments.

20 ty 1s 8. od.

Balance in hand Ist Rent, Office Expenses

Jan., 1890 * 5 ily “a 8 & Salary to Resident + 152 5 7

Contributions of Fel- iabeaSten A g :

lows, fee AE Bah agery | OReRES Lenk cy weet ae

Sale of Publications - 71 6 1 Plates, we . i > TTB. 8

Davaonee i Deo Tieeo Books, Binding, &e. - il 9 5

Intereston Consols - 1018 9 Balance inhand 2 7 Il

45h 296 Te S26

11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W.

January 21st, 1891.

The Secretaries not having received any notice proposing

to substitute other names than those contained in the lists

prepared by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the

Council for 1891:—The Rev. Canon Fowler, M.A., F.L.S. ;

Frederick D. Godman, M.A., F.R.S.; Herbert Goss, F.L.S. ;

Ferdinand Grut, F.L.S.; Robert M‘Lachlan, F.R.S.; Prof.

Raphael Meldola, F.R.S.; Edward Saunders, F.L.S.; Richard

South ; Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S.; Henry T. Stainton,

F.R.S.; Colonel Charles Swinhoe, F.L.S.; George Henry

Verrall; and the Right Hon. Lord Walsingham, M.A.,

F.R.S.

The following are the Officers elected:— President, Mr.

Frederick Du Cane Godman; Treasurer, Mr. Robert M’Lach-

lan ; Secretaries, Mr. Herbert Goss and the Rev. Canon

Fowler; Librarian, Mr. Ferdinand Grut.

Lord Walsingham, the retiring President, then delivered

an Address, at the conclusion of which, Dr. Sharp proposed

a vote of thanks to Lord Walsingham for his services as

President during the year, and for his Address.

The proposal was seconded by Mr. M‘Lachlan and carried

unanimously.

A vote of thanks to the Treasurer, Secretaries, and

Librarian was moved by Mr. M‘Lachlan, seconded by Mr. 8.

Stevens, and carried unanimously.

Lord Walsingham, Mr. Goss, and Mr. Grut severally

replied.

( xlvu )

Abstract of Receipts and Payments for 1890.

REcEI?PTs.

Balance in hand Ist)

Jan., 1890 - -j

Subscriptions, 1890

Entrance Fees” -

Arrears - -

Donations - é

Sale of Transactions

Interest on Consols

Subscriptions, considered good

Consols - - -

Audited and found correct,

January 14th, 1891.

PAYMENTS.

£3. d: £

1s 4 8 | Rent, Salary to Assist-

ant-Librarian, and} 152

- 268 16 0 ‘ Once Expenses” - Be

e501 80 ee > ae

_ 1515 0 Plates, Colouring, &e.- 77

ote Books, Binding, &e. - 11

161 Balance in hand - 2

= eLOMISh ES

£457 2 6 LAST

ASSETS.

- : : E . Ss, -&

£411 11 2 (cost) 392 18 0

LIABILITIES.

(Nil.)

HERBERT DRUCE.

RIcHARD SouTH.

FERDINAND GRUT.

Bak

i 2

(jl

18} @

9 5

7 11

206

Same

Ropert McLacuuan.

@ oxy {)

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

aE REE

GENTLEMEN,

Wir your permission, I propose to limit the scope

of my address to you this evening, and, for two reasons, it

will be brief. The first reason is insufficient in itself, and

is merely this, that having a vast number of other things

to attend to, and being obliged to regard my rather inter-

mittent studies in Entomology as a recreation confined to

leisure hours, I have not been able during the past few

months to devote more than a very limited attention to the

subject of a Presidential Address. ‘This I should hold to be

but a poor excuse, if an excuse be required; but my second

reason is one to which I think more weight should be

attached, in the interests of the Society itself.

The lst of your Presidents has included the names of

many men distinguished by scientific attainments—men who,

unlike myself, have been fully capable of enlightening and in-

structing the Fellows of this Society upon general or special

entomological subjects, probably with far less exertion to

themselves, than would be required, in one less thoroughly

informed, to produce a bare summary of the events of the

year as connected with our favourite study; nevertheless

many such men, however highly they would appreciate the

honour of presiding over the interesting meetings of this

Society, might not unreasonably hesitate to -accept the

responsibility of composing and delivering a Presidential

Address. In many cases it might be thought to interfere

with the course of systematic work already taken in hand,

and I have no doubt whatever that you would find it easier

to secure the services of those whom you would most desire

to elect to occupy this chair, if they could feel that they

() Sshixy)

would be relieved—or perhaps, at least, partially relieved—

from the necessity of special literary work in connection

with their annual duties. This consideration applies with

equal force to the choice of President in many other societies.

There are others, such as the Zoological Society, which have

entirely dispensed with this necessity. But I do not suggest

that it would be well to go so far as this; I merely wish, on

the present occasion, at least, to revert to some extent to

the precedent offered by some of your former Presidents, and

to acknowledge myself a sinner in having been one of those

to depart from the excellent maxims which inculcate the

value of brevity.

Much good entomological work has been done during the

past year. I shall not trespass upon the province of those

who compile our annual Record, but it is always satisfactory

to be able to refer to what is being done by private enter-

prise, prompted by a love of science. Such publications as

those of Edwards and Scudder in America, of Romanhoff in

Russia, of the Oberthiirs in France, and Godman and Salvin

in this country, must always command our admiration.

Many others are doing good private work, although perhaps

on a somewhat smaller scale; and Mr. Moore’s courageous

undertaking in commencing the ‘ Lepidoptera Indica,’ on the

lines already adopted in his ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ is a

task worthy of a veteran. Such are a few only of the

contributions to entomological work which form a valuable

addition to what is being constantly done in current

periodicals, and in the Proceedings and Transactions of the

learned Societies of all countries where Science is cultivated.

Periodical publications are always on the increase, and it

becomes every year more and more difficult for specialists to

avoid missing some important papers or descriptions within

a reasonable time after their appearance.

If there is one branch of our study which has shown a

tendency to unusual development during the past year, it

is that which deals with those problems to which the minds

of men have been turned by the researches of Darwin,

Wallace, Weismann, Meldola, Poulton, and many others.

Already, not only here, but on the Continent, these subjects

(AIRS)

have claimed, and have created, a literature of their own.

Such literature must be especially interesting to us, because,

in the case of many of the theories advanced, there is a

strong tendency to throw the burden of proof upon facts and

deductions connected with entomological science. Already

we have to welcome a new publication devoted entirely to

such subjects. The ‘Entomologist’s Record and Journal of

Variation,’ edited by Mr. Tutt, has appeared within the

year; and Mr. Poulton has lately added another valuable

contribution to the elucidation of Darwinian problems. His

book on the meaning and use of the colours of animals,

—one of the volumes of the International Scientific Series,—

has special reference to Entomology. However guarded we

may be in the degree of acceptance accorded to the theories

he seeks to advance, we cannot but be greatly interested in

his admirable summary of the work already done, and in his

excellent attempt to corroborate, by new observations and

experiments, many of the conclusions already more or less

generally accepted.

With regard to the uses of colour in insects for protective,

aggressive, or attractive purposes, so much has been said

and written that it seems difficult to add any new suggestion ;

but there is one point to which only a slight allusion is

made in Mr. Poulton’s book, and which I do not remember

to have seen insisted upon elsewhere,—viz. the value of

bright colours, temporarily displayed, as a means of increasing

the degree of security derived from protective tints. My

attention was lately drawn to a passage in Herbert Spencer’s

‘Essay on the Morals of Trade.’ He writes :—‘‘ As when

tasting different foods or wines the palate is disabled by

something strongly flavoured from appreciating the more

delicate flavour of another thing afterwards taken, so with

the other organs of sense, a temporary disability follows an

excessive stimulation. This holds not only with the eyes in

judging of colours, but also with the fingers in judging of

“textures.”

Here, I think, we have an explanation of the principle on

which protection is undoubtedly afforded to certain insects

by the possession of bright colouring on such parts of their

Cin >

wings or bodies as can be instantly covered and concealed at

will. It is an undoubted fact, and one which must have been

observed by nearly all collectors of insects abroad, and perhaps

also in our own country, that it is more easy to follow with the

eye the rapid movements of a more conspicuous insect soberly

and uniformly coloured than those of an insect capable of

changing in an instant the appearance it presents. The eye,

having once fixed itself upon an object of a certain form and

colour, conveys to the mind a corresponding impression, and

if that impression is suddenly found to be unreliable the

instruction which the mind conveys to the eye becomes also

unreliable, and the rapidity with which the impression and

consequent instruction can be changed will not always com-

pete suecessfully with the rapid transformation effected by

‘the insect in its efforts to escape.

I would take as a simple illustration the case of certain

species of large grasshoppers (Cdipoda miniatum, Pallas,

and c@rulescens, L.), familiar to all who have traversed the

stony slopes of a Swiss mountain. These insects have

bright red or blue hind wings, which are displayed only

in flight, and when at rest are folded up and completely

concealed under the fore wings. The fore wings them-

selves are essentially protective in their coloration, absolutely

resembling the grey stones amongst which they rest. When

the insect is disturbed, it takes a short and rapid flight,

remaining on the wing just long enough to attract the

eye to its conspicuous colour, and alights suddenly and

abruptly, usually at an angle from its direct line of flight,

and is immediately concealed by its protective resemblance to

the surroundings. The very sudden loss of the conspicuous

guiding colour of the hind wings so completely deceives the

eye that there is much more difficulty in marking the spot on

which the insect alights than there would be if such colour had

never been displayed. In California I noticed a very gimilar

instance in one of the Arctiad@ (or Catocalide), which had pre-

cisely similar habits. It frequented the dry stones in the bed of

ariver left by the shrinking of the water to its summer limits.

It had orange hind wings with black bars or mottlings, which

were very conspicuous during its short flights, but on alighting

(¢ lw)

it became almost absolutely invisible; the fore wings being

coloured exactly as the stones among which it dropped, and

from which it was not easily disturbed.

In our own country we have conspicuous instances in the

genera Catocala, Triphena, Heliodes, and others. Who has

not noticed the deceptive effect of the bright yellow under

wings displayed in the short flights of Triphena pronuba, and

the extreme difficulty of following its movements at the

moment when these are no longer visible, as it darts down

among the grass-roots, where it is often extremely difficult to

detect or to dislodge? If this protective effect of the partial

and intermittent display of brilliant colouring is so obvious in

relation to the human eye, must it not be at least equally so

in relation to the eyes of its more natural enemies, such as

birds, and have we not here indicated a new and distinct

line of investigation as regards the use and advantage of

brilliant colours in many cases which cannot be accounted

for by the theory that they are developed for the purpose of

warning, or through their esthetic relation to courtship ?

Mr. Poulton has attempted to account for some of these

appearances by the idea that birds in pursuit of insects would

strike with their beaks at the most conspicuous part, and

that the body or more vital part would be thus protected at

the expense of a few chips out of the hind wings; but in some

instances, especially in exotic Arctiada, the body itself is the

more conspicuous and ornamented part of the insect. For

such cases this theory, however partially true it may be,

would fail to account; moreover, it can scarcely be denied

that the insect, if less conspicuous in its flight, would be less

likely to attract the attention of the bird, and therefore less

liable to attack.

Now in the same way it may possibly be shown, and I

merely indicate it for what it is worth as an interesting line

of enquiry, that msects with bright metallic markings or

colours may derive some advantage from a power of rendering

themselves suddenly inconspicuous by altering the angle at

“which the light strikes their scales. That they are aware of

the effect of such changes of position is suggested by Mr.

Poulton himself when observing that the angle at which the

€ hn)

highly ornamented males of certain butterflies place them-

selves in courtship is that at which their brilliant colours are

rendered most conspicuous to the eyes of the females, and it

is easily conceivable that the same power exercised in an

opposite direction may be deceptive to the eye of an insecti-

vorous bird. Ithink it would not be difficult to find instances

where the markings of animals and birds have somewhat the

same protective effect.

I was much struck with the observation of a friend who

described to me the habits of a family of wild badgers which

he Lad watched coming out of their holes to feed after dark.

He observed that when the badger turned its head sideways

to look in his direction, the white marks at the sides of the

head were at once conspicuous and attracted immediate

attention, but that when its suspicions were aroused the

head was immediately turned away, and the outline of the

animal in the dusk of evening was lost to the eye as it moved

slowly and noiselessly away. His impression was that it

would have been far more easily followed if the eye had not

been tempted to continue the search for the more conspicuous

though smaller object.

I could name many instances in which the colouring on

the under sides of the wings and breasts of birds, especially

of wildfowl, undoubtedly gives them an advantage in being

able to render themselves suddenly inconspicuous against the

background of a clear sky. In the wintry weather we have

had of late, I have seen teal and widgeon disturbed by a

sudden shot or pursued by a falcon. In such cases they

instantly alter the angle of their flight, throwing themselves

sideways in such a manner that the pale under colour pro-

tects them from view in their rapid movements as it is

‘suddenly and frequently displayed against the white snow-

clouds.

An especially interesting line of enquiry as connected with

the use and value of colour in insects is that which has been

followed up in Mr. Tutt’s series of papers in the ‘ Kntomolo-

gist’s Record.’ The special object of these papers appears to

be a discussion of the causes which tend to produce melanism

and melanochroism in our British Lepidoptera, and, so far as

( liv )

the conclusion he comes to has been indicated up to the

present time, he seems to declare in favour of the theory that

such varietal changes are due to the action of moisture. A

valuable paper was read by Mr. Merrifield at one of our last

meetings, giving an account of some interesting experiments

carried out upon the pupe of certain Geometride, in which

the temperature was artificially raised or lowered, excess of

cold producing the darker coloration of the winter brood, with

the reverse effect under the opposite conditions. Mr. Merri-

field’s experiments were entirely conducted with seasonally

dimorphic forms, as also were those of W. H. Edwards and

Weismann, and although the power of producing artificially

certain recognised varieties was still questioned by some of

those who heard him, I think his carefully conducted re-

searches went sufficiently far to prove that retardation of

development does produce a tendency to darker colouring

where such colouring is distinctly seasonal. Nevertheless it

must be remembered that no attempt has yet been made to

establish by experiment any theory that variation in the

direction of melanism can be encouraged in insects not

seasonally dimorphic, but subject to such variation under

natural climatic conditions.

Mr. Tutt, referring to a paper of my own in which I called

attention to the tendency to melanism exhibited by Arctic

and Alpine Lepidoptera, points out that insects from high

latitudes are not generally melanic. I think I may at once

admit that I had used the term ‘melanic’”’ somewhat in-

correctly in this connection ; what I desired to point out was

the general tendency of Arctic Lepidoptera to a certain

suffusion of markings, and to an increase in the proportion

of dull or dingy scales calculated more rapidly to absorb

heat than the purer white of more southern varieties. Such

a tendency will, I think, be admitted to exist, but I am aware

it is far more conspicuous in many insular and alpine

districts; and while I cannot agree that the arguments put

forward in that paper are in any way undermined by this

admission, or that the advantage secured to the species by

the development of colour capable of rapidly absorbing heat

has been in any way disproved, I am quite willing to accept

( W 4

Mr. Tutt’s assertion that melanism does not habitually occur

unless lower temperature is accompanied by increased hu-

midity ; qualifying the acceptance only by suggesting that

anything which would have the same effect as increased

humidity in diminishing the action of sunlight will probably

be found to produce the same results.

There are many local circumstances which cause an inter-

ference with direct sunshine; dense forests occur where the

full rays of the sun never penetrate, clouds and mist accu-

mulate around the summits of high mountains, fog and

smoke envelop the districts immediately surrounding our

manufacturing towns, islands in a temperate climate are

subject to condensation of moisture and sea-fogs, and under

all these circumstances dark varieties of certain species are

known to occur, although the same species when found under

different conditions more favourable to the action of light are

usually less intensely coloured. But if moisture is to be

taken as a direct, rather than an indirect, cause, we should

expect to find melanic variation occurring in the swamps of

Tropical Africa, in the forests of the Amazons, on the banks

of the Mississippi, and in many other damp climates, even

within tropical regions, and I am not aware that this is the

case.

It has been pointed out that no variation in the direction

of melanism has been found to occur in dry open level tracts,

however far north these may be; and this fact, although it

tends to show that cold is not by itself a potent cause of such

variation, is perfectly consistent with the theory that

diminished sunlight exercises a certain influence upon the

direction in which colour may be expected to, and does, vary.

It cannot be too freely admitted that in all cases of sup-

posed natural selection, accompanied by advantage to the

species, such advantage is probably by no means the sole and

exclusive cause of, or inducement to selection—all the special

conditions under which the species exists must be taken into

consideration, and any inclination to overrate the active

value of one special condition should be carefully discounted.

The study of such supposed causes and effects is yet in its

infancy, and although the promising child has ‘‘ grown apace”’

(Co lwap i

under the loving care of its numerous admirers, it has by no

means arrived at maturity; on the other hand, no jealous or

disparaging critic can at present be justified in putting it

down as an ‘‘ill weed.”

The only conclusion that I would venture to maintain, in

recard to this very wide subject, is that variation of colour

in the direction of melanism, melanochroism, or such suf-

fusion of markings as can appreciably affect the rapidity of

heat-absorption by the wing-surface of any insect, is very

generally proportionate to the degree of interference with

the direct action of sunlight caused by climatic or other

conditions to which the insect is exposed, and that such in-

terference may have a more or less immediate, or only a very

gradual effect upon the variation of species. We have yet

to ascertain how far such effect is assisted by a process of

natural selection, and whether such natural selection is

exercised for the sake of protective resemblance, or for the

advantage derived from an increased power of heat-absorp-

tion, or whether it is produced by the direct chemical action

of the visible or invisible rays of the solar spectrum.

I sincerely wish that Mr. Poulton, or Mr. Merrifield, or

some of those gentlemen who have time and opportunity for

studying this question, would carry out an experiment

originally put into my head by Sir John Lubbock, viz., the

rearing of some of our variable Geometride@, such as Gnophos

obscuraria, Cidaria russata, or some of the species of Mel-

anippe or Hybernia, guarding them in the larval and pupal

stages. by hyposulphide of carbon or bichromate of potash

from the action of the ultra-violet rays of the sun, which are

supposed by many to have such a strong chemical effect upon

the colouring matter in the scales, or on the chlorophyll

in the pigment of the larve. If it were found that under

such conditions any appreciable change could be made in the

percentage of dark as compared with paler varieties, it would

go far to prove that melanie variation cannot be attributed

to the direct influence either of cold or’moisture, but rather

to the indirect influence of the two combined ; and the facts,

so far as they are at present known, point, I think, some-

what forcibly to this conclusion.

( ly )

An International Zoological Congress has been held at

Paris during the past year, at which the rules of nomen-

clature have been once more reviewed and revised.

The resolutions passed at that Congress are not at vari-

ance with the system usually adopted on the general lines of

Strickland’s Rules as approved by the British Association —

indeed, they confirm them in all important particulars.

The only point to which it may be worth while to call

attention is the rule dealing with what is known as “fixation

of types.”

Rule 28 of the International Code provides that ‘“‘ when

the original type (of a genus) is not clearly indicated, the

author who first subdivides the genus can apply the original

name to such subdivision as he may judge convenient,

‘convenable,’ and this attribution cannot be subsequently

altered.”

It may seem that a saving clause is here required, to

provide for the possibility that sufficient evidence may be

subsequently found to enable the original type to be clearly

identified, and in that case any author should surely be

entitled to re-establish the connection between the original

generic name and the original type described, where such

connection has been erroneously destroyed.

In doubtful cases the first name on the list of species

placed under the original generic name has been habitually

regarded as the type so long as it truly conforms to the full

generic description, and the effect of the rule I have quoted

might be to introduce many undesirable exceptions to this

practice. In any case, you will all agree that the practice of

ignoring altogether generic names given by early authors and

substituting for the same typical species other more recently

invented designations, is one which cannot but lead to con-

fusion and cause waste of time to those workers who, while

admitting the necessity for correction, would have preferred

to add to the knowledge of the subject itself, rather than to

the past history of those steps by which such knowledge has

been arrived at. It would surely be preferable in such cases

to expand the original description, retaining the generic

name rather than to write a completely new description and

PROC ENT. SOC. LOND., v., 1890. i

( lvii )

re-christen the genus; but in any case the actual type of the

genus should always be indicated.

During the past year the Society has lost five Fellows by

death :—

Mr. Joseph 8. Baly, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., died in March, at

the age of 73. He was elected to this Society in 1850, and

was well known as the author of a large number of papers on

Coleoptera, and especially as one of the foremost authorities

on the Phytophaga. Formerly a medical student at St. George’s

Hospital, he was at least as well known in his extensive

medical practice as for his valuable entomological studies; a

large number of his types are now in the British Museum.

Mr. Arthur Bliss, who died at the early age of 32, joined

our Society in 1885, and was formerly Secretary to the

South London Entomological and Natural History Society.

Mr. William C. Copperthwaite had been a Fellow of the

Society since 1876.

Monsieur 1’ Abbé 8. A. de Marseul, one of the oldest members

of the French Entomological Society, was well known as an

eminent Coleopterist, and as the founder of the journal

called ‘L’Abeille’; he was also the author of an ‘ Essai

Monographique sur la famille des Histerides,’ and of a well-

known catalogue of European Coleoptera. He joined our

ranks in 1869.

Mr. Owen Wilson, a barrister by profession, was best

known to the Society as the author of a work on the larve of

British Lepidoptera and their food-plants.

Among those entomologists, not Fellows of this Society,

who have passed away during the year, are many well-known

names. In Mons. Lucien Buquet and Mons. Eugene

Desmarest the French Entomological Society have had the

misfortune to lose two of their oldest and most faithful

officers ; the former was no less than 45 years their

Treasurer, the latter their Secretary since 1845.

Professor Heinrich Frey, M.D., one of the joint authors

_of the ‘Natural History of the Tineina’; author of the

‘Lepidoptera der Schweiz,’ as well as of many valuable papers,

especially on Micro-Lepidoptera, leaves our ex-Presidents,

Mr. Douglas and Mr. Stainton, the only survivors of the four

( lx )

joint-authors, of what was, as far as it went, a great classical

work. He was the author, also, of many important papers on

Histology and Microscopy, some of which have been translated

into several languages. His valuable collection has been

fortunately acquired by the Trustees of the British Museum.

Mr. E. T. Atkinson, Accountant-General of Bengal, and

President of the Board of Trustees of the Indian Museum,

died at Calcutta on Sept. 15th, after a short illness from

Bright’s disease. He was born at Tipperary on Sept. 6th,

1840, and passed into the Indian Civil Service in 1862.

He held many important official appointments in India,

amongst others that of Financial Secretary to the Indian

Government. Between 1874 and 1879 he published a

Gazetteer of the North-Western Provinces of India, and was

also the author of works on Indian Law and kindred subjects.

As an entomologist, he published two series of papers on

Indian Rhynchota from 1885 to 1890, in the ‘ Journal of the

Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ and a series of Catalogues of the

insects of the Oriental Region. One of his latest works was

a bulky Catalogue of the Capside of the world. He also

started the ‘Indian Museum Notes,’ dealing largely with

Indian Economic Entomology.

Dr. R. C. R. Jordan, a frequent contributor to the ‘ Knto-

mologists’ Monthly Magazine,’ did not confine his studies to

British Lepidoptera, but added to our knowledge of the

general subject, whenever his short holidays from professional

work gave him the opportunity of improving his Kuropean

collection.

Mr. W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S., and Assistant Secretary of the

Geological Society, was formerly one of our Members, and

the author of a book entitled ‘ Elements of Entomology,’

published in 1857.

The names of Dr. L. W. Schaufuss, Dr. 8S. Nowicki,

Oberstlieutenant Max Saalmiiller, Dr. Alfred Walter, Dr.

Hermann Dewitz, Mons. Louis Reiche, Herr Peter Maassen,

Mr. C. G. Hall, and Mr. W. B. Farr, are all more or less

well-known in the entomological world.

In conclusion, I have to return to each and every Fellow

of this Society, my cordial thanks for the indulgence with

(alz.+)

which they have treated me, during the time I have had the

honour of occupying the Presidential chair.

I shall look back to the two years now past, not without

some regrets that the attention I have been able to devote to

my duties has been less than I should have wished, but cer-

tainly with much satisfaction that, personally, our relations

have been throughout of the most peaceful and cordial

character. For this I have not only to thank the Society as

a whole, but especially the official members of it. . To

Mr. Goss I am greatly indebted for the willing assistance he

has so heartily rendered me at all times, as I am also to

Canon Fowler and to Mr. Grut, as well as to the Council and

other officers of the Society.

It has been a matter of great regret to the Council, that

the state of Mr. Saunders’ health will no longer permit him

to devote to this Society that active and efficient service for

which they have been so long indebted to him. No one has

more richly deserved the hearty vote of thanks which you

will presently be asked to accord to him.

( dar)

IN DEX...

Where the name only of the Insect or Genus is mentioned, the

description will be found on the page referred to.

The Arabic Figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the

Roman Numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

Owing to the greater length of the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1890, and the

much larger number of species simply catalogued or alluded to, a

different arrangement of the Index has been adopted, which, it is hoped,

will be found more convenient; the new species, and those which have

been redescribed, as well as the more important ones alluded to, will be

found in detail as before, whereas the General Index will be found

generically arranged under the headings of the various papers that have

been published during the year.

PAGE PAGE

GENERAL SuBJECTS ......-. Ixi | HYMENOPTERA .......+0- lxv

COUHOPTERAG iejelciciciclslersfersiets » Lxil, |) GeemMmopTERA ce cic ae circles lxvi

PTE MER AWateretereisisicie re exelelaists et xy, i) ATOR HAGA sei clele acine) slater Ixxvi

FIEMIPTERA ....cscececeesee Ixv | NEUROPTERA .e0...00+-. I&XVI

GENERAL SUBJECTS.

Alleged coincidence of vast flights of insects and the influenza epidemic,

iii.

Annual Meeting, xliii.

Arundel, beetles destroying timber roof of church at, xviii.

Caryoborus lacerdé, notes on, xiv.

Coccide from New Zealand, notes on, xiv.

Coleoptera from Iceland, xxv.

Comparative remarks on the various pieces of the terminal segment im

some male Hemiptera, 415.

Crymodes exulis, notes on, XXiii.

Descriptions of the male characters in some species of Pentatomide, 401.

Devonshire, scarcity of larve in, xxii.

Entomology of Iceland, observations on, xxvi.

Euthalia, notes on certain species of the genus, xi.

Gall-insects of Colorado, letter on, xvi.

Hilipus, notes on certain species of the genus, xii.

( ke )

Lepidoptera collected near Digne, Basses Alpes, xxxvi.

Lepidoptera from Japan, xxxvil.

Malta, insects devastating orange trees in the island of, xx.

Nirmus assimilis, description of, xxiii.

Notes on flowers avoided by bees, iii.

President’s Address, xlviii.

COLEOPTERA.

Allogaster unicolor, n.8s., 300.

Alphitopola octomaculata, n.s., 316.— Pascoet, n.8., 317.— vitticollis

N.'8., o16:

Amphiops mirabilis, n.s., 355.—pedestris, n. 8., 354.—simplez, n. 8., 354.

Amphistylus, n. g., 325.—Pauli, alluded to, 326.

Anisotoma Triepkei from Aviemore, exhibited, xxv.

Anobium tessellatum, alluded to, xviii.

Aneme, n. g., 299.

Apiogaster similis, n.s., 310.

Armostus, n.g., 358. A. optatus, n.s., 359.

Asthenorhina Stanleyana, n.s., 393.

Athous rhombeus from New Forest, exhibited, xxv.

Berosus decrescens, 353.

Bidessus bufo, n.s., 344. — gentilis, n.s., 344. — intermiztus, alluded to,

344.—unistriatus, exhibited, xix.

Callichroma fuligineum, n.s., 308.

Canthydrus letabilis, alluded to, 341.—luctuosus, alluded to, 340.

Cardiophorus equiseti, specimen exhibited from Tenby, ix.

Cercyon lineolatus, alluded to, 357.— uniformis, n. s., 357.— vicinalis,

alluded to, 357.

Cicindelide of Mexico (H. W. Bates), 493. Cicindela debilis, n.s., 509,—

deliciola, n.s., 502. —Dugesi, var. calomicra, 501.— euryscopa, 0.8.,

506. — fera, alluded to, 506. — flavopunctata, var. Chiapana, 505.—

guerrensis, n. s., 499. — hydrophoba, alluded to, 504. — leuconoé, n.8.,

508. — melania, n.s., 495. — nebuligera, n.s., 504. — obsoleta, 493.—

plurigemmata, n. s., 496. — politula, alluded to, 501. — precisa, n.s8.,

498.—psilogramma, n. s., 507.—punctulata, var. Chihuahua, alluded

to, 500.—rectilatera, alluded to, 505.—Ritteri, n.s., 496.—rujiventris,

vars. alluded to, 503. — rugatilis, n.s., 497.— scotina, n.s., 494.—

semicircularis, synonym of C. rugatilis, 497.— sinaloe, 505.— specu-

lans, n.s., 500. — sperata, alluded to, 507. — thalestris, n.s., 494.—

viatica, var. nigrilabris, 495.

Closterus oculatus, n.s., 297.—serraticornis, n.s., 298.

Compsomera nigricollis, n.s., 305.

Copelatus pusillus, alluded to, 345.

Corynetes caruleus and rujipes, alluded to, xviii.

Cybister sugillatus, alluded to, 348.—ventralis, alluded to, 347.—wehncki-

anus, alluded to, 348.

Cyclonotum simplex, n.s., 356.

( Ix)

Diabrotica, South American species of (J. 8. Baly). New Sprrcrrs :—

D. adornata, 17.—egrota, 82.—analis, 52.—apicipennis, 46.—asig-

nata, 78.—atriceps, 76.—atriscutata, 82.—atritarsis, 77.—atrivittata,

57.—atrolineata, 58.—atromaculata, 24.—atrosignata, 46.—Bartleti,

81.—bilineata, 20. — bisecta, 14.—brevicornis, 51. — brevivittata, 55.

—Buqueti, 50.—cavicollis, 55.—chloris, 84.—confluenta, 26.—confra-

terna, 59.—contigua, 60.—crenulata, 83.— curvipustulata, 44.—

decaspila, 16.—diversicolor, 86.—diversicornis, 63.—Donckiert, 22.—

emorsitans, 68.—evanescens, 75.—extensa, 65.—facialis, 54.— Fauvelt,

81.—flavo-fulva, 75.—Fowleri, 20.—fulveola, 79.—fulvescens, 76.—

Germari, 29.—glaucina, 44.—Gorhami, 37.—guttifera, 7.—Ianthe,

18.—Illigeri, 10.—Javeti, 12.—Kirbyi, 57.—Kraatzt, 35.—limitata,

70.—luteopustulata, 43.—lutescens, 77.—mediofasciata, 14.—melano-

pyga, 67.—Meyeri, 63.—nigroscutata, 65.—nigrostriata, 69.—octo-

pustulata, 19.—oculata, 72.—pallescens, 80.—pauperata, 27.—pectini-

cornis, 15.—piceicornis, 80.—piceolimbata, 73.—piceomarginata, 72.—

piceopicta, 25.—piceosignata, 61.—prasinomarginata, 71.—proximans,

51.—Reedii, 33.—Reitteri, 66.— rugulipennis, 19.—rugulosa, 64.—

Schaufussi, 74.— sedata, 48.— simulata, 50.—soroensis, 54.—sub-

marginata, 67.—testaceicollis, 9.—tibialis, 79.—transversa, 34.—tri-

foveolata, 58.—wagrans, 27.—viridans, 84.—Weisei, 53.—Westwoodt,

53. Species alluded to or fresh descriptions given:— D. albo-

plagiata, 8.—amena, 45.—arcuata, 35.—atomaria, 25.—balteata, 43.

—biannularis, 30.—bipustulata, 45.—boliviana, 61.—Buckleyi, 35.—

centralis, 28.—Chapuisi, 18.— chloropus, 21.—chrysopleura, 85.—

clarkella, 49.—consentanea, 6.—decempunctata, 28.—discoidalis, 35.

—distincta, 23.—duplicata, 28.—Dysoni, 48.—elata, 34.—elegans, 34.

—elegantula, 16.—erythrodera, 83.—exclamationis, 22.—formosa, 39,

—fulvofasciata, 38.—fulvosignata, 12.—Gemmingeri, 35.—generosa,

12.—gracilis, 45.—gratiosa, 6.—Grayella, 46.—Haroldi, 32.—histri-

onica, 28.—inequalis, 32.—interrupta, 64.—Jacobiana, 35.—Jacobyt,

16.—Klugii, 28.—labiata, 85.—Lacordairei, 6.—Lebasti, 71.—lineo-

lata, 47. — liciens, 74.—melanocephala, 13. —melanopyga, 67.—

minuta, 68.—mutabilis, 38.—nigrolimbata, 72.—nigromaculata, 36.—

nigronotata, 27.—nitidicollis, 62.—ochreata, 78.—optiva, 40.—Pas-

coet, 14.—placida, 28.—prolongata, 40.—pulchella, 31.—quindecim-

punctata, 29.—quinquemaculata, 37.—regalis, 5.—rufolimbata, 71.—

scripta, 10.—septemliturata, 47.—sesquilineata, 55.—Sharpii, 30.—

speciosa, 41.—speciosissima, 34.—spilota, 28.—sublimbata, 69.—sub-

sulcata, 83.—tarsalis, 23.— translucida, 35.— tumidicornis, 38.—

undecimpunctata, 39. — unipunctata, 72. — varicornis, 32. — vene-

zuelensis, 64.—virescens, 69.—viridana, 74.—viridimaculata, 17.—

viridipustulata, 18.—viridula, 40.

Diaphanes planus, n.s., 547.

Docus, n.g., 321. D. femoratus, n. 8., 322.

Dolichaspis, n. g., 306. D. scutellata, n.s., 306.

( Isiv .)

Elater pomonea, from the New Forest, exhibited, x.

Epimetopus flavidulus, n.8., 355.

Eumimetes Johanne, n. s., 322.

Euryporus picipes from Church Stretton, exhibited, xxxviil.

Globaria leachi, alluded to, 354.

Goliathus Fornassinii, alluded to, 397.—Higginsii, alluded to, 397.

Helochares anchoralis, n. s., 352.—densus, n. s., 352.—lentus, n. s., 382.—

taprobanicus, n. s., 351.

Hercodera, n. g., 302. H. fasciata, n.s., 302.

Hesxarrhopala, n. g., 308. H. apicalis, n.s., 309.

Hydaticus bihamatus, alluded to, 346.—rhantoides, alluded to, 346.—

vittatus, alluded to, 347.

Hydrobius advena, n.s., 349.—evanescens, n. S., 349.—minimus, n. s., 348.

Hydrochus lacustris, alluded to, 355.

Hydrocoptus bivittus, alluded to, 340.—subvittulus, 340.

Hydrovatus castaneus, elevatus, and fusculus, alluded to, 343.—sinister,

n.s., 343.—subtilis, alluded to, 344.

Hypargyra, n. g., 303. H. cribripennis, n.s., 304.

Hypatium splendidum, nu. s., 306.

Hyphoporus pugnator, n. 8., 345.

Hyphydrus indicus, alluded to, 345.

Idactus Ellioti, n.s., 312. —maculicornis, n.s., 312. — spinipennis, n.s.,

ea le

Tlybius subeneus, from Norfolk, exhibited, xix.

Laccobius rectus, n.s., 353.

‘ Laccophilus anticatus, n.s., 341.—/lexuosus, alluded to, 342.—inefficiens,

341.—parvulus, alluded to, 341.—rufulus, alluded to, 342.

Lampyride, genera alluded to (H. 8. Gorham). dAlecton, 546.—Diaphanes,

546. — Lamprophorus, 546. — Luciola, 548.— Phenopyrus, 547.—

Pyrocelia, 547.—Vesta, 546.

Lithocharis apicalis, from Tonbridge, exhibited, xxxviil.

Lycide, genera alluded to (H. 8. Gorham) :—Calochromus, 541.—Con-

deris, 545.—Lycostomus, 542,—Lyponia, 543.— Macrolycus, 541.—

Metriorrhynchus, 545.—Plateros, 544.—Xylobanus, 545.

Lyponia Waterhousei, n. 8., 543.

Mecaspis mina, n.s8., 305.

Megasternum nigrovittatum, alluded to, 358.

Metaxonycha tridentata, abnormal specimens of, exhibited, xxi.

Metobrium, n.g., 303. MM. elegans, alluded to, 303.

Neptosternus taprobanicus, n.s., 342.

Nupserha Kirki, n. s., 326.

Philematium nitidipenne, n.s., 307.

~ Philhydrus abnormalis, n.8., 351.—escuriens, 350.—fragilis, n. 8., 350.—

iteratus, n.s., 349.

Phymasterna maculifrons, n. s., 318.—obscura, n. 8., 318.

Phytaecia basalis, n.s8., 327.

( dee)

Plateros fuscicornis, n.s., 544.

Plectroscapus, n. g., 319.

Prosopocera antennata, n.s., 313. — aspersa, n.s., 314. —corntfrons, Nn. 8.,

315.—Dejeani, n. 8., 315.—Schiippelii, synonym of P. aspersa, 314.—

senegalensis, synonym of P. Dejeani, 315.

Protosternum, n.g., 356. P. atomarium, n.s., 356.

Psathyrus longipennis, n.8., 321.

Rhantus interclusus, 346.—taprobanicus, 0.8., 346.

Sandracottus festivus, alluded to, 347.

Soridus, n.g., 323. S. biapicatus, alluded to, 324.

Spheridium quinquemaculatum, n.s., 357.

Stathmodera, n.g., 324. S. aureicornis, nu. 3., 325.—lineata, n.s., 324.

Sternolophus rufipes, alluded to, 348.

Stizis, n.g., 310. S. punctata, n.8., 311.

Taurotagus brevipennis, n.s., 301.

Temnochila quadricollis, malformation of, x.

Termitobia physogastra, from the Congo district, exhibited, xxxviil.

Thylactus insignis, n.3., 320,

Volvulus eneus, alluded to, 354.

Xystrocera chalybeata, n.8., 299,

DIPTERA.

Cecidomyia salicis-siliqua, from Colorado, exhibited, x.

Ceratitis citriperda, devastating the orange in Malta, xx.

Ornithomyia avicularia, with parasites, exhibited, xxx.

HEMIPTERA,

Cicada, fungus growing on species of, al.

Coccidé from New Zealand, exhibited, xv.

Pentatomide, descriptions of male characters of the following species

of (D. Sharp) :—Aspongopus obscurus, 404.—Brachyplatys sp., 414.—,

Calliphara obscura, 412. — Cantao ocellata, 411.— Cappea tapro-

banensis, 409.—Catacanthus incarnatus, 411.—Dalpada oculata, 408.

Edessa cornuta, 410,—rufomarginata, 410.—sp.?, 410.—Husthenes

eurytus, 402.—grossipes, 404.—pratti, 403,—Megarhynchus limatus,

406.—Nezara sp. near acuta, 406.—marginata, 408.—viridula, 408.

Pharypia pulchella, 410.— Piezosternum subulatum, 404.— Pecilo-

chroma hardwicki, 413.—lata, 412.—Stilida indecora, 409.—Taricha

nitens, 415.—Tesseratoma malaya, 402. — nigripes, 401, — papillosa,

402.

Stphonophora artocarpt, n.s., 649.

HYMENOPTERA.

Ichneumon Haglundi, exhibited, xi.

Phygadeuon rufo-niger aud sodalis, exhibited, xi.

LEPIDOPTERA.

Abraxas perampla, n.s., 211.

Acropentias, n.g., 470.

Ei geria rangoonensis, n. 8., 165.

Aletia ? erigida, n. s., 221.

Angeronia figlina, n.s8., 205.

Anisodes rapistriaria, n.s., 210.

Anophia longinqua, n.s., 233.—undara, n.s., 234.

Aphneus chalybeatus, alluded to, 555.

Apphadana plana, n.s., 261.

Aramuna lutosa, n. s., 225.

Arasada lycaugesaria, 0,8., 232.

Arbele 2 dea, n.s., 199.

Argynnis aglaia, black var. exhibited, xxxi.—diana, alluded to, 119.—

niphe, &c., significance of wing-markings in, 101.

Armana, n. g., 250. A. nigrericta, n.s., 250.

Arsiloncha roseana, n. s., 220.

Asopia subresectalis, n.s., 565.

Axylia abstracta, n.s., 221.

Bagada diffisa, 0. 8., 224.

Bertula agrestis, n.s., 262.—analis, n.s., 263.—ethnica, n. s., 263.—

factitia, n.s., 263.

Bocana nigella, n.s., 265.

Botys, new species described :— B. angustalis, 585.— attemptalis, 590.—

Ausonialis, 578.—coactalis, 577.—cenostolalis, 582.—credulalis, 590.

—demeter, 586.—octonalis, 581.—onustalis, 587.—plumbocilialis, 576.

prepandalis, 573.—restrictalis, 584.—rubellalis, 577.—subargentalis,

579; B. mutualis from Bolton, exhibited, vii.

Bradina ? pionealis, n.s., 624.

Bryophila conjecturalis, n.s., 222.

Bryotropha obscurella from Darlington and Windermere, exhibited, vii.

Burma, Moths of, speeies alluded to belonging to the following genera

(C. Swinhoe) :—

Abraxas, 211.— Achea, 244.—Acharana, 274.—Acherontia, 164.—

Acontia, 223.—Acosmeryx, 162.—Acropteris, 216.— Ai geria, 165.

—Afgocera, 174. — tholix, 278.— Agathia, 209.—Agathodes,

278.—Aginna, 267.—Aletia, 221.—Aloa, 186.—Ambulyx, 164.—

Amphigonia, 256.—Amraca, 207.—Amyna, 227.—Anagina, 179.

Angeronia, 205.—Anisodes, 209.—Ankova, 292.—Anoplia, 233.

Antheua, 189.—Anuga, 228.—Apphadana, 261.—Apurima, 292.

—Aramuna, 225.—Arasada, 232.—Arbela, 199.—Arcte, 233.—

Argina, 183.—Argiva, 240.— Aripana, 280.— Armana, 250.—

Arsiloncha, 220.—Artaza, 187.—Artena, 248.—Arthisma, 229.—

Artona, 172.—Asthena, 213.—Athyrma, 248.—Attacus, 197.—

Attatha, 186.—Avitta, 267.—Azylia, 221.—Azata, 211.—Azazia,

259.

( Ixvi )

Bagada, 224.—Barsine, 182.—Berresa, 226.—Bertula, 262.—Bireta,

190.—Bizone, 182. — Blennia, 230.—Bocana, 265.— Bocchoris,

284.—Botyodes, 268.—Brihaspa, 292.—Bryophila, 222.

Cacyparis, 209.—Calesia, 246-—Callinais, 287.—Callopistria, 228.—

Calymnia, 165.—Cania, 195.—Capnodes, 257.—Caramilla, 245.

—Catephia, 233.— Catocala, 231.— Catoria, 206.—Cauninda,

249.—Celerena, 203.—Cervaria, 295.—Chabula, 281.—Chero-

campa, 163.—Cherodes, 203.—Cherotricha, 188.—Charema, 269.

—Cheromettia, 196.—Chilkasa, 206.—Chilo, 295.—Chnaura, 277.

—Chogada, 206.—Cleapa, 190.—Clethora, 237.—Cnaphalocrocis,

272.— Codane, 176.— Cometura, 276.— Comibena, 208.—Con-

chylis, 294.—Conogethes, 268.—Coptobasis, 277.—Corymica, 211.

—Cosmophila, 229.—Crambostenia, 292.—Craspedia, 213.—Crea-

tonotos, 185.—Cricula, 198.—Cultripapa, 254.—Cyclosia, 176.—

Cydalima, 279.—Cypa, 164.

Dadessa, 268. — Damalis, 180.—Daphnusa, 164.— Datanga, 179.—

Decticogaster, 272.—Deiopeia, 183.—Delgamma, 245.—Dichelia,

294.—Dichromia, 259.—Dierna, 232.—Digama, 181.—Diludia,

165.— Dinumma, 235.— Dirades, 201.—Dolichosticha, 273.—

Dordura, 247.—Dragana, 261.—Drepana, 190.—Durdara, 289.

—Dyrzela, 266.

Ebulea, 275.—Egnasia, 254.—Elphos, 207.—Elydna, 225.—Endo-

tricha, 291.—Entephria, 283.—Entomogramma, 241.—Episparis,

259.—Epyrgis, 175.—Erygia, 234.—EHschata, 293.—Estigena,

197.—Euchera, 204.—Euchromia, 171.—Euclasta, 280.—Euclita,

276.—Eumelia, 209.—EHuplocia, 179.—Euproctis, 187.—Eupte-

rote, 196.—Eurrhyparodes, 283.—Eurycraspeda, 284.—Euschema,

201.—Eusemia, 174.

Felinia, 232.—Filodes, 280.—Fodina, 248.

Gadirtha, 235.—Gasteropacha, 197.—Genusa, 186.—Geometra, 208.

—Girpa, 238.—Girterta, 285.—Glottula, 222.—Glyphodes, 278.

—Godara, 276. — Gonitis, 230. — Gonodela, 210.— Grammodes,

248.—Grapholitha, 294.—Gubaria, 210.—Gynautocera, 178.

Hadena, 225.—Hadennia, 264.—Hamodes, 243.—Hapalia, 269.—

Hedylepta, 283.—Hemaris, 162.—Hemonia, 183.—Hepialus, 199.

—Herculia, 291.—Heterusia, 175.—Hipoepa, 264.—Hirasa, 207.

—AHistia, 177.—Homoptera, 238.—Hulodes, 242.—Hyblea, 229.

—Hyboma, 222.—Hydrillodes, 267.—Hydrocampa, 287.—Hy-

menia, 277.—Hypetra, 246.—Hypena, 259.—Hypereschra, 189.

—Hypercompa, 185.—Hyperythra, 204.—Hypogramma, 235.—

Hypopyra, 242.—Hypospila, 233.—Hypsa, 180.

Idea, 212.—Ilattia, 226.—Ischyja, 239.—Isocentris, 274.

Kalabana, 204.

Labanda, 267.—Lacerda, 256.—Laphygma, 227.— Laurion, 176.—

Lenodora, 196.—Lepyrodes, 284.—Leucania, 217.—Leucinodes,

278.—Limacodes, 194.—Lalia, 186.—Leliotdes, 186.—Loepa,

( Ixviii )

198.—Lophoptera, 235.—Lotanga, 273.—Luziaria, 245-—Ly-

cauges, 214.—Lyclene, 182.—Lygniodes, 240.—Lymantria, 188.

Mabra, 277.—Macaldenia, 245.—Macaria, 210.—Macrobrochis, 181.

—Macroglossa, 162.—Marapana, 260.—Marasmia, 273.—Marga-

ronia, 279. — Maruca, 284. — Matella, 256.— Mazates, 208.—

Medasina, 206. — Melioptis, 243. — Mellitia, 168. — Meroctena,

269.—Mestleta, 258.—Micronia, 215.—Microsca, 289.—Milionia,

203-—Minucia, 244.—Miresa, 195.—Morova, 290.—Mosara, 233.

Nagadeba, 255. — Naranga, 223. — Narosa, 193. — Nasaga, 233.—

Natada, 191.—Nausinoe, 281.—Nazia, 245.—Neochara, 180.—

Nephele, 165.—Nepita, 182.—Nodaria, 267.—Nolasena, 260.—

Nonagria, 222.—Noreia, 206.—Nosophora, 273.—Notarcha, 281.

—Notioptera, 174.—Nudaria, 182.—Numenes, 188.—Nyctemera,

178.—Nyctipao, 241.

Odontodes, 234.—(onistis, 181.—Oglasa, 266.—Omiza, 206.—Om-

phisa, 280.—Ophisma, 244.—Ophiuche, 260.—Ophiusa, 247.—

Orasia, 190.—Orgyia, 186.—Oromena, 290.—Orthosia, 225.—

Orudiza, 201.—Othreis, 238.—Oxyodes, 240.—Ozarba, 223.

Pachyarches, 279.—Pachyzancla, 282.—Pagyda, 282.—Paliga, 276.

—Panagra, 211.—Pandemis, 294.—Pandesma, 238.—Paraponyz,

285.—Parasa, 192.— Passipeda, 245.— Patana, 188.—Patula,

240.—Pelecyntis, 283.—Pergesa, 162.—Peridrome, 179.—Perigea,

226. — Petelia, 207. —Phakellura, 279.— Pharambura, 289.—

Pharetra, 222.—Phauda, 172.—Philona, 181.—Phissama, 184.—

Photoscotosia, 212.—Phragmatecia, 199.—Phurys, 231.—Phyl-

lodes, 239.—Pindara, 244.—Pingasa, 207.—Pintia, 175.—Pita-

sila, 178.—Platyja, 256.—Pleurona, 259.—Plusia, 228.—Plusi-

odonta, 228.—Poaphila, 231.—Polydesma, 238.—Polytela, 222.—

Pompelon, 178.—Porthesia, 187.—Poteria, 212.—Pradata, 222.

Pramila, 171.—Pramadea, 288.—Prionia, 211.—Problepsis, 191.

—Procodeca, 188.—Prodenia, 227.—Proneca, 193.—Protoparce,

165. — Pseudasthena, 213. — Pseudoblabes, 184. — Pseudoglossa,

261.—Psimada, 245.—Pterophorus, 292.—Pterothysanus, 179.—

Pygospila, 280.—Pyralis, 291.

Rajendra, 185. — Rambara, 213. — Ramesa, 189. — Ravanoa, 274.—

Rehimena, 276.—Remigia, 249.—Rhodoneura, 289.—Rhesena,

254.—KRhytia, 239.—Risoba, 217.—Rivula, 267.—Reselia, 184.

Rusicada, 230.

Sagora, 295.—Sameodes, 277.—Sanys, 258.—Scatespyle, 177.—Sche-

nobius, 292.—Sciapteron, 166.—Scopelodes, 191.—Selenis, 258.—

Selepa, 235. — Sericia, 241. — Serraca, 207. — Sesamia, 220.—

Sesapa, 182. — Setora, 195. — Seudyra, 174. — Somatina, 191.—

Somena, 187. — Sonagara, 258. — Soritia, 175.—Spadiz, 267.—

Spelotis, 226.—Spanista, 284.—Speiredonia, 241.— Spilarctia,

184. — Spiramia, 242. — Spodoptera, 227. — Stauropus, 189. —

Stemmatophora, 290.— Stictoptera, 234. — Strophidia, 216. —

(° Misa +y))

Susica, 192, — Symitha, 236. — Sympis, 257.— Synelera, 280.—

Syntomis, 172.—Sypna, 240.

Tamraca, 278.—Tarache, 224.—Targalla, 228.—Tatargyna, 182.—

Tatobotys, 272. — Taurica, 291. — Thalassodes, 208. — Thalatta,

230. — Thalera, 208. — Thermesia, 258. — Thiacidas, 190.—Thi-

nopteryx, 203. — Thisizima, 295. — Thliptoceras, 274.— Thosea,

191.—Thyas, 243.—Thymara, 177.—Timandra, 214.—Tinolius,

185. — Toxocampa, 231.— Trabala, 197. — Trigonodes, 249.—

Trypanophora, 175.

Udea, 276.—Urapteryx, 203.

Vitessa, 292.

Zeuzera, 198,—Zethes, 251.

Calamochrous brevipalpis, n.s., 599.

Callinais, n.g., 286. C. gracilentalis, n.s., 287.

Cania ? minutissima, n.s., 195.

Capnodes fabularis, n.s., 257.

Cherodes ? umbrosa, n.s., 203.

Charaxes Gabonica, n.s., 553, exhibited, xxiv, synonym of C. Hadrianus,

XXXVili.

Chelonia caja, abnormal specimens exhibited, ix.

Chilo 2? ambiguellus, n. s., 642.

Chrysophanus mandersi, n.8., 531,

Circobotys ? phycidalis, n.s., 599.

Cledeobia angulifascia, n.s., 561.

Clethora bilinea, n. s., 237.—mirabilis, n. 8., 237.

Codane neoterica, n.s., 177.

Conchylodes marginalis, n. 8., 635.—paucipunctalis, n.s., 633.

Conogethes hemactalis, n.s., 592.

Crambostenia, n. g., 292. C. angustifimbrialis, n.s., 293.

Crambus dividellus, n. s., 645.—latellus, n. s., 644.

Crasimetis, n. g., 489.

Cricula burmana, n.s., 198.

Crocidophora? amenalis, n.s., 598.— favicilialis, n.s., 596. —flavi-

cinctalis, 0. 8., 595.—lutusalis, n. s., 597.

Crymodes exulis, forms of, exhibited, xxx.

Cydalima Elwesi, n.8., 607.

Cymothoe marginata, n. s., 552.—exhibited, xxiv.

Dianthecia, species exhibited, vii.

Diplotyla exuvialis, n.s., 627.

Dipsas odata, alluded to, 87.

Donacaula, n.g., 466.

Doratopteryz afra, alluded to, 335.—plumigera, alluded to, 335.

Doryphora elongella, from Pembroke, exhibited, xi.

Dyrzela bosca, 0. 8., 266.

Egnasia igneola, n. 8., 254.

Endotricha serratalis, n. 8., 570.

( Tixx” })

Ennomos alniaria, autumnaria, illunaria, and illustraria, temperature

experiments upon, 133. et seqq.

Epitola Crowleyi, alluded to, 555.

Eschata percandida, n.s., 293.

Eudemis helichrysana, &c., exhibited, xxi.

Eulaphygma, n. g., 668.

Eupithecia satyrata, &c., from Darlington, exhibited, xxvi.

Eurycraspeda, n. g., 284. EH. burmanalis, n.s., 285.

Euschema ludifica, n. s., 202.

Euthalia, notes on certain species of, xi.

Filodes sexpunctalis, n.s., 603.—striolalis, n.8., 604.

Gastropacha modulata, n.s., 197.

Gelechia fumatella, from Hayling Island, exhibited, ii.

Gibraltar, Notes on Lepidoptera from the region of the Straits of,

belonging to the following genera (J. J. Walker) :—

Abraxas, 387. — Acherontia, 379. — Acidalia, 388. — Acontia, 385.—

Acronycta, 383. — Agrotis, 384. — Anaitis, 389. — Ancylolomia,

391.—Anosia, 375.—Anthometra, 388.—Aporodes, 390.—Arctia,

380.—Argynnis, 375.—Asopia, 390.—Aspilates, 387.

Boarmia, 388.—Botys, 390.—Brithys, 384.—Bryophila, 883.

Calocampa, 385.—Calophasia, 385.—Caradrina, 383.—Catocala, 385.

—Cerocala, 386.—Cerura, 382.—Cherocampa, 379.—Charazes,

374.—Chesias, 389.—Cledeobia, 390.—-Cleophana, 385.—Clisio-

campa, 382.—Cenonympha, 377. — Colias, 370. — Cossus, 381.—

Cucullia, 385.

Deilephila, 379.—Deiopeia, 380.—Dryobota, 384.

Emmilia, 386.—Emydia, 380.—Epinephele, 377.—Eriopus, 385.—

Euchelia, 380.—Euchloé, 369.—Eugonia, 387.—Eupithecia, 390.

—Luprepia, 380.—Eurhipia, 385.—Eurycreon, 390.

Fidonia, 388.

Gnophos, 388.—Gonepteryx, 371.

Habryntis, 385.—Heliothis, 385.—Herminia, 387.—Hesperia, 378.

Larentia, 390. — Lasiocampa, 382. — Leucania, 383. — Leucophasia,

370.—Ligia, 387.—Lycena, 372.

Macroglossa, 379. — Mamestra, 384. — Margarodes, 391.—Megasoma,

382.—Melanargia, 376.—Melitea, 375.—Metasia, 391. — Metop-

tria, 387.—Myelophila, 391.

Nemoraria, 388.—Nola, 380.—Nomophila, 390.

Ocneria, 381.—Ophiusa, 386.—Orgyia, 381.—Orrhodia, 383:—Ortho-

litha, 389.

Pachnobia, 383.—Pachycnemia, 388. — Papilio, 8368. — Paranthrene,

379.— Pararge, 376. — Pellonia, 389. — Phibalapteryx, 390.—

Phragmatobia, 381.—Pieris, 368.—Plusia, 385.—Polyommaius,

372. — Porthesia, 381. — Prothymia, 386. — Pseudophia, 386.—

2? Pseudosestra, 387.—Pterogon, 379.—Pygera, 382.

Raphia, 383.

( the *)

Saturnia, 382.—Satyrus, 376. — Sciapteron, 379. — Scoparia, 390.—

Selidosema., 388.—Sesia, 379.—Smerinthus, 379.—Sphinz, 379.—

Spilothyrus, 377. — Spintherops, 386.— Stemmatophora, 390. —

Stenia, 391.—Sterrha, 389.—Syrichthus, 377.

Tapinostola, 383. — Terpnomicta, 887. — Thais, 368.—Thamnonoma,

388. — Thecla, 371.— Thestor, 372. — Trigonophora, 384.—

Triphena, 383.—Trothisa, 386.

Vanessa, 374.

Zeuzera, 381.—Zonosoma, 389.—Zygena, 379.

Girtexta, n.g., 285. G. argentuosalis, n.s., 286.

‘Gonocausta ? vestigialis, n.s., 628.

Grapholitha swinhoeiana, n.s., 294.

Grapta c-album, significance of wing-markings in, 115.

Gypsochares, n. g., 488.

Hadennia ignicoma, n.s., 264.

Hamodes unilinea, n.s., 243.

Hapalia? albicostalis, n.s., 271. — cascalis, n. s., 271. — perbonalis, n.s.,

272.

Hemonia dulcicula, n.s., 183.

Heterocnephes reniferalis, n.s., 616.

Himantopterus ? Dohertyi, n.s., 332.—H. fuscinervis, alluded to, 333.

Hipoepa? opacaria, n.s., 264.

Hydrocampa palliolatalis, n.s., 287.—simplalis, n.s., 638.

Hypetra ocularia, n.s., 246.

Hypena invenustalis, n.s., 260.

Hypereschra annulata, n.s., 189.

Hyperythra lala, n.s., 205.

Hypolimnas limbata, n.s., 552.

Lenodora semihyalina, n.s., 196.

Lepidogma, n.g., 472.

Leucania albivenata, n.s., 217.—basilinea, n. s.,220.—homopterana, n. S.,

219.—nefasta, n. s., 219.—subnitens, 218.

Limacodes inferma, n.s., 194.

Lozogramma obtusaria, alluded to, 887.

Lycenesthes volte, alluded to, 555.

Lycauges annularia, n. s., 214.

Margaronia fallacialis, n. s., 609.

Mecyna deprivalis, larve of, exhibited, xxi.

Melitea aurinia (artemis), variety, exhibited, xxvi.

Nellitia congruens, n.s., 169.—notabilis, n. s., 168.—pelleeta, n. 8., 169.—

2 volatilis, n.s., 170,

Microstega, n. g., 450.

Miresa fumifera, n.s., 195.

Mnesizena, n.g., 472.

Myelois pryerella, and other species, exhibited, viii.

Mylothris subfusa, n.s., 551.

( Ixxii_ )

Nagadeba ianthina, n. s., 255.

Narosa lacteola, nu. 8., 193.

Noctuites, Notes on the synonymy of species belonging to the following

genera (A, G. Butler) :—

Alibama, 656.—Amyna, 689.—Anchocelis, 684.—Anicla, 654.—Anta-

chara, 656.—Aplecta, 671.—Auchmis, 657.—dAzylia, 656.

Bellura, 678.—Brachyxanthia, 681.

Calymnia, 681.—Caradrina, oe —Celena, 676.—Ceramica, 680.—

: Cirredia, 681.—Condica, 6 Conservula, 676. ;

Dargida, 672.—Dichonia, O71 Duseonietns 685.

' Enargia, 681.—Epiglea, 684.—Eremobia, 686.—Eulaphygma, 668.—

Eumichtis, 671.—Euplezia, 674.

Fagitana, 680.

Glea, 682.—Gortyna, 678.

' Habryntis, 676.—Hadena, 673.—Homohadena, 674.—Hydrilla, 670.

—Hyphilare, 663.—Hyppa, 670.

Ilattia, 690.—Ipimorpha, 684.

Lamprosticta, 671.—Laphygma, 667,—Leucania, 658.

Mamestra, 673. — Meganephria, 670. — Mentaxya, 653. — Mesogona,

682.—WMiselia, 670.—Morrisonia, 657.—Myctereplus, 665.

Nephelodes, 677.—Nonagria, 664.—Nyssocnemis, 675

Ochropleura, 653. — Ommatostola, 664. — Orrhodia, 682. — Orthodes,

665.—Orthosia, 682.

Pachetra, 671.—Perigea, 686.—Plastenis, 681.—Platysenta, 664.—

Prodenia, 666.—Prometopus, 653.—Pseudepunda, 672.—Pseud-

orthosia, 680.

Radinacra, 684.

Sesamia 663.—Synvaleria, 672.—Spodoptera, 665.

Teniocampa, 682.

Xanthia, 679.—Xylophasia, 655.

Zotheca, 665.

Nosophora albiguttalis, n.s., 273.

Oglasa costipannosa, n. s., 266.

Oligostigma palpulalis, n. s., 640.—saturatalis, n. 8., 639.

Omiodes palliventralis, n. s., 620.

Omphisa repetitalis, n.s., 621.

Oryba conspicualis. n. s., 562.

Pachyzancla mellealis, n. s., 282.

Pagyda lustralis, n. s., 615.— rubricatalis, n.6., 282.

Paliga leucanalis, n.s., 276.

Panagra idea, n.s., 211.

Pannucha asopialis, n.s., 568.—dimidialis, n.s,, 568.—vicinalis, n. s.,

567.

Papilio polites, &c., taken on board ship, xxxix.

Parasa mirza, n. s., 192. ,

Paratalanta, n.g., 440.

( ixxid 7)

Paraveita flexuosa, n.s., 558.

Pedoptila nemopteridia, alluded to, 335.—Staudingeri, alluded to, 336.

Phalangiodes rivulalis, n. s., 637.

Philognoma violinitens, n. s., 554.

Phoxopteryx upupana, exhibited, xxi.

Phurys enervis, n.s., 231.

Phycis subornatella, and other species, exhibited, ii.

Pleuroptya, n. g., 443.

Plusia moneta from Reading, exhibited, xxxii.

Polyommatus dorilis from Lee, near Ifracombe, exhibited, xxv.

Pramadea carbatinalis, n.s., 288.

Pramila minuta, n.s., 171.

Prochoristis, n. g., 458.

Proneca, n.g., 193. P. fola,n.s., 194.

Pseudaletis trifasciata, alluded to, 535.

Pseudepunda, n. g., 672.

Pseudoglossa modesta, n. s., 261.

Pyralidina of the European fauna (EK. Meyrick); families charac-

terised :—Crambide, 477.—Galleriade, 477.—Musotimide, 468.

— Orneodide, 490. — Phycitide, 476.— Pterophoride, 488. —

Pyralidide, 469.—Pyraustide, 436.

Genera characterised :—Acentropus, 468.—<A cropentias, 470.—

Agdistis, 486.—Aglossa, 476.—Agrotera, 442.—Algedonia, 445.—

Alucita, 487. — Ancylolomia, 478. — Antigastra, 463. — Calamo

tropha, 483.—Cataclysta, 466.— Cornifrons, 451. — Chilo, 480.

—Crambus, 481. — Craneophora, 474. — Crasimetis, n. g., 489.—

Cybolomia, 459.—Cyneda, 454,

Diasemia, 461. — Diptychophora, 479.— Donacaula, n.g., 466. —

Duponchelia, 461.

Endotricha, 471.—Euchromius, 479. — Euclasta, 464. — Eurrhypara,

444,—EHvergestis, 457.

Gypsochares, n.g., 488.

Heliothela, 455.—Hellula, 459.—Hydriris, 463.—Hydrocampa, 465.

Hymenia, 441.—Hypotia, 473.

Ischnurges, 462.—Isocentris, 448.

Lepidogma, n. g., 472.—Lowostege, 452.

Marasmarcha, 488.—Margaronia, 439.—Mecyna, 451.—Mesographe,

458.—Metasia, 460.—Metaxmeste, 447.—Microstega, n.g., 450.—

Mnesixena, n. g., 472.—Musotima, 469.

Nacoleia, 460.—Nausinoe, 464.—Nomophila, 447.—Notarcha, 443.—

Nymphula, 465.

Omiodes, 441.—Orenaia, 457.—Orneodes, 490.—Oxyptilus, 485.

Paratalanta, n. g.,439.—Pelea, 455.—Perinephela, 444.—Phlyctenia,

446.—Platyptilia, 485.—Platytes, 480.—Pleuroptya, n. g., 443.—

Prochoristis, n. g., 458. — Psammotis, 448.— Pterophorus, 489.

—Pyralis, 475.—Pyrausta, 449.

«( Ixxiv' )

Satanastra,n. g.,442.—Schenobius, 466.—Scirpophaga, 467.—Sclero-

cona, n. g., 445.—Scoparia, 456.—Stenia, 462.—Stenoptilia, 487.

—Stericta, 487.—Synaphe, 471.

Talis, 478.—Titanio, 453.—Trichoptilus, 48-4.

Ulotricha, 473.

Xestula, 475.

Pyralidina of Sikkim (C. T. Snellen and H. J. Elwes); genera alluded

Lona

Acharana, 594.—Agastya, 654.—Agathodes, 622.—Agrotera, 630.—

Analtes, 618.—Asopia, 565.

Banepa, 566. — Botyodes, 605. — Botys, 572. — Bradina, 624, — Bri-

haspa, 642.

Calamochrous, 599.—Cerasphora, 569.—Chilo, 642.—Circobotys, 598.

—Cirrhochrista, 630.—Cledeobia, 561.—Cnaphalocrocis, 594.—

Conchylodes. 633.—Conogethes, )92.—Coptobasis, 625.—Crambus,

644.—Crocidophora, 595.—Cydalima, 606.—Cymoriza, 641.

Danaka, 558.—Diasemia, 623.—Diathrausta, 630.—Diplotyla, 627.—

Diptychophora, 643.—Dolichosticha, 595.—Dysallacta, 600.

Eclipsiodes, 571. — Enchocnemidia, 611. — Endocrossis, 605.—Endo-

tricha, 569.—Eschata, 643.—Euclita, 562.—Eurycreon, 592.

Filodes, 601.

Glyphodes, 612.—Godara, 593.—Gonocausta, 628.

Hedylepta, 619. — Heterocnephes, 616.— Iloterodes, 606. — Hydro-

campa, 638.

Lepyrodes, 636.

Margaronia, 609.

Nevrina, 605.—Nosophora, 618.

Oligostigma, 639. — Omiodes, 619. — Omphisa, 620.— Orphnophanes,

625.—Orthaga, 564.—Oryba, 562.

Pachyarches, 608.—Pachynoa, 604.—Pagyda, 615.—Pannucha, 567.

—Paravetta, 557.—Parbattia, 592.—Phalangiodes, 637.—Pha-

kellura, 611. — Pionea, 593.— Pleonectusa, 624.— Polythlipta ,

600.—Propachys, 561.—Pseudolocastra, 566.—Pterygisus, 6388.—

Pycnarmon, 630.—Pygospila, 617.

Ramila, 641.—Ravanoa, 633.—Rhodaba, 566.

Sameodes, 595.—Sarama, 569.—Scirpophaga, 642.—Scoparia, 570.—

Scopocera, 564.—Siriocauta, 623.—Spilomela, 631.—Stegothyris,

625,.—Stenophyes, 600.—Stericta, 563.—Sybrida, 559.—Syneclera,

636.—Syngamia, 628.

Terastria, 622.—Toccolosida, 559.—Tyspana, 561.

Vitessa, 560.

Zebronia, 631.—Zinckenia, 629.

Pyrameis atalanta and other species, alluded to, 111, 125, 127. — cardui,

&c., significance of wing-markings in, 92.

Reselia fragilis, n.s., 184.

Rusicada brunnea, n.s,, 230,

( lexyr)

Satanastra, n.g., 442.

Sciapteron gracilis, n.s., 168.—jucunda, n. s., 167.—noblei, n.s., 166.

Sclerocona, n. g., 445.

Scoparia medinella, n.s., 571.—pulveralis, n.s., 570.

Selepa curiosa, n.s., 235.

Semioptila torta, alluded to, 336.

Semnopsyche diana, alluded to, 105.

Setora neutra, n.s., 195.

Seudyra dissimilis, n.s., 174.

Shan States, Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera collected in the (N. Manders) ;

genera alluded to :—

Abarathra, 539.—Abisara, 526.—Allotinus, 527.—Amblypodia, 532.—

Antigonus, 538.—Apatura, 521.—Aphneus, 529.—Argynnis, 525

—Astictopterus, 588.—Atella, 520.—Athyma, 523.

Badamia, 537.—Baoris, 537.—BParacus, 539.

Camena, 5380.—Castalius, 529.—Catachrysops, 529.—Catopsilia, 533.

Cethosia, 521.—Charazes, 525.—Cheritra, 530.—Chrysophanus,

531.— Cirrochroa, 522.—Coladenia, 538.—Colias, 5384.—Cupha,

520.—Curetis, 531.—Cyaniris, 527.—Cynthia, 521.—Cyrestis,

525.

Danais, 516.—Delias, 532.—Dilipa, 521.—Discophora, 519.—Dodona,

526,.—Doleschallia, 525.—Drupadia, 530.

Elymnias, 520.—Ergolis, 520.—Eronia, 5385.—Huplea,

516.—Eurytela, 520.—Euthalia, 524.

Gerydus, 527.—Gonepteryx, 534.

Halpe, 538. — Hasora, 537. — Hebomoia, 535. — Herona, 521.—

Hesperia, 539.— Hestina, 521, — ccna 534. — Hypolimnas,

523.—Hypolycena, 530.

Ilerda, 531.—TIolaus, 529.—Iraota, 531 Rie top 37.—Iaias, 535.

Jamnides, 528.—Junonia, 521.

Kallima,.525.

Lampides, 528.— Lehera, 550.— Leptocircus, 536. — Lethe, 518.—

Libythea, 526.—Limenitis, 523.—Logania, 527.—Lozura, 527.—

Lycena, 528.

Melanitis, 519.—Miletus, 527.—Mycalesis, 517.

Nacaduba, 529.—Neope, 518.—Neptis, 522

(nona, 520.—Orinoma, 519.—Ornithoptera, 535.

Papilio, 555.—Paragerydus, 527.—Pareba, 520.—Parnara, 537.—

Parthenos, 623.—Pieris, 5384.—Pithauria, 537.—Pithecops, 527.

—Plesioneura, 538.—Pontia, 532.—Poritia, 527.—Precis, 521.—

Prioneris, 533.— Pseudergolis, 522.— Pyrameis, 524.—Pyrgus,

539.

Rapala, 530.—Rhinopalpa, 525.

Sarangesa, 637.—Sephisa, 521.—Sithon, 5380.—Symbrenthia, 525,.—

Symphedra, 524.

Tachyris, 584.—Tagiades, 538.— Talicada, 528.—Telicota, .537.—

Terias, 533.—Lhanaos, 539.

C Texvi 7)

Udaspes, 538.

Vanessa, 525.

Yphthima, 519.

Zemeros, 526.—Zinaspa, 530.—Zizera, 528.

Spelotis uniformis, n.s., 226,

Stemmatophora denticulata, n.s., 290.—tactilis, n. s., 290.

Stericta sikkima, 563.

Susica? cepphica, n.s., 192.

Symitha punctata, n. s., 236.

Syntomis volans, n. s., 173,

Synvaleria, n. g., 672.

Tarache betica, n. 8., 224.—optiva, n. s., 224.

Thliptoceras, n.g., 274. T. calvatalis, n.s., 275.—epicrocalis, n.s., 275.

—variabilis, n. s., 274.

Thymara caudata, alluded to, 333. — Dohertyi, n.s., 332. — papilionaria,

alluded to, 334.—zaida, alluded to, 333.

Timandra burmana, n.s., 214.

Tinolius zingha, n.s., 185.

Toccolosida? pallifrons, n.s., 560.

Zebronia rigidalis, n.s., 631.

Zeritis fallax, latifimbriata, and leonina, alluded to, 555.

Zethes compactilis, n.s., 251.—exigqualis, n.s., 253.—mopsa, n. s., 251.—

palliolata, n. s., 252.—umbrifera, n. s., 258.

Zeuzera oblita, n.s., 198.

Zygena filipendule, var. chrysantheni, from the New Forest, exhibited

XXXVli.

MALLOPHAGA.

Nirmus assimilis, n.s., Xxili.

NEUROPTERA.

Neuropterous larva found in tombs at Cairo, xxxi.

WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PRINTERS, a4, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.¢.